550K and 650K Crawler Dozer Operation and Test (PIN: 1T0550KX_ _F275977—303907) (PIN: 1T0650KX_ _F275978—303837)
OPERATION & TEST TECHNICAL MANUAL 550K and 650K Crawler Dozer (PIN: 1T0550KX_ _F275977—303907) (PIN: 1T0650KX_ _F275978—303837) TM13356X19 24AUG17
For complete service information also see: 550K and 650K Crawler Dozer Repair................
TM13357X19
550K and 650K Crawler Dozer Operator’s Manual .................................................................. OMT356886X19 PowerTech™ 4.5 L OEM Diesel Engines — Final Tier 4/Stage IV Platform............................. CTM120119 4000S Winches ....................................................
CTM166
Hydraulic Cylinders.............................................
CTM120519
JDLink™ (MTG) Technical Manual.....................
TM114519
Undercarriage Appraisal Manual ....................... Test and Service Specifications Manual ...........
SP326VOL1 SP458VOL2
Worldwide Construction And Forestry Division PRINTED IN U.S.A.
(ENGLISH)
Introduction Foreword This manual is written for an experienced technician. Essential tools required in performing certain service work are identified in this manual and are recommended for use. Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the introduction of this manual and the cautions presented throughout the text of the manual.
Information is organized in groups for the various components requiring service instruction. At the beginning of each group are summary listings of all applicable essential tools, service equipment and tools, other materials needed to do the job, service parts kits, specifications, wear tolerances, and torque values.
This is the safety-alert symbol. When this symbol is seen on the machine or in this manual, be alert for the potential of personal injury.
Technical manuals are concise guides for specific machines. They are on-the-job guides containing only the vital information needed for diagnosis, analysis, testing, and repair.
Technical manuals are divided in two parts: repair and operation and tests. Repair sections tell how to repair the components. Operation and test sections help to quickly identify the majority of routine failures quickly.
Fundamental service information is available from other sources covering basic theory of operation, fundamentals of troubleshooting, general maintenance, and basic type of failures and their causes. MM16284,0001A38 -19-01DEC15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
082417
PN=2
Contents Section 9000—General Information Section 9026—Hydrostatic System
Group 01—Safety
Section 9001—Diagnostics Group 10—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 20—Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 30—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 40—Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 50—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 60—Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 70—Blade Control Joystick (BCJ) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 80—Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group 05—Theory of Operation Group 10—System Diagrams Group 15—Diagnostic Information Group 25—Tests
Section 9031—Heating and Air Conditioning Group 05—Theory of Operation Group 10—System Diagrams Group 15—Diagnostic Information Group 25—Tests
Section 9900—Dealer Fabricated Tools Group 99—Dealer Fabricated Tools
Section 9005—Operational Checkout Procedure Group 10—Operational Checkout Procedure
Section 9010—Engine Group 05—Theory of Operation Group 10—System Diagrams Group 15—Diagnostic Information Group 20—Adjustments Group 25—Tests
Section 9015—Electrical System Group 05—Theory of Operation Group 10—System Diagrams Group 15—Diagnostic Information Group 16—Monitor Operation Group 17—Diagnostic Test Box Group 18—Topcon® Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Operation (Factory Installation) Group 20—Adjustments Group 25—Tests
Section 9025—Hydraulic System Group 05—Theory of Operation Group 10—System Diagrams Group 15—Diagnostic Information Group 20—Adjustments Group 25—Tests
Original Instructions. All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice. COPYRIGHT © 2017 DEERE & COMPANY Moline, Illinois All rights reserved. A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION ™ Manual Previous Editions Copyright © 2015, 2016
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
i
082417
PN=1
Contents
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
ii
082417
PN=2
Contents
Section 9000 General Information
Page
Group 01—Safety Recognize Safety Information ................... 9000-01-1 Follow Safety Instructions.......................... 9000-01-1 Operate Only If Qualified ........................... 9000-01-1 Wear Protective Equipment....................... 9000-01-2 Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications.......................................... 9000-01-2 Inspect Machine ........................................ 9000-01-2 Stay Clear of Moving Parts........................ 9000-01-2 Avoid High-Pressure Fluids ....................... 9000-01-3 Avoid High-Pressure Oils .......................... 9000-01-3 Work In Ventilated Area............................. 9000-01-3 Prevent Fires ............................................. 9000-01-4 Prevent Battery Explosions ....................... 9000-01-4 Handle Chemical Products Safely.............. 9000-01-5 Decommissioning — Proper Recycling and Disposal of Fluids and Components ................................... 9000-01-5 Exhaust Filter Ash Handling and Disposal................................................. 9000-01-5 Prepare for Emergencies........................... 9000-01-6 Clean Debris from Machine ....................... 9000-01-6 Add Cab Guarding for Special Uses ...................................................... 9000-01-6 Use Steps and Handholds Correctly ................................................ 9000-01-6 Start Only From Operator's Seat ............... 9000-01-7 Use and Maintain Seat Belt ....................... 9000-01-7 Prevent Unintended Machine Movement.............................................. 9000-01-7 Avoid Work Site Hazards........................... 9000-01-8 Keep Riders Off Machine .......................... 9000-01-8 Avoid Backover Accidents ......................... 9000-01-9 Avoid Machine Tip Over and Machine Damage ................................ 9000-01-10 Inspect and Maintain ROPS .................... 9000-01-10 Add and Operate Attachments Safely................................................... 9000-01-11 Park and Prepare for Service Safely................................................... 9000-01-11 Service Cooling System Safely ............... 9000-01-11 Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating ................................................ 9000-01-12 Make Welding Repairs Safely ................. 9000-01-12 Drive Metal Pins Safely ........................... 9000-01-12 Clean Exhaust Filter Safely ..................... 9000-01-13
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9000-1
082417
PN=1
Contents
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9000-2
082417
PN=2
Group 01
Safety Recognize Safety Information T133555 —UN—15APR13
This is the safety alert symbol. When you see this symbol on your machine or in this manual, be alert for the potential of personal injury. Follow the precautions and safe operating practices highlighted by this symbol. A signal word — DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION — is used with the safety alert symbol. DANGER identifies the most serious hazards.
T133588 —19—28AUG00
On your machine, DANGER signs are red in color, WARNING signs are orange, and CAUTION signs are yellow. DANGER and WARNING signs are located near specific hazards. General precautions are on CAUTION labels.
TX,RECOGNIZE -19-28JUN10-1/1
Follow Safety Instructions
TS201 —UN—15APR13
Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on your machine safety signs. Keep safety signs in good condition. Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Use this operator’s manual for correct safety sign placement. Be sure that new equipment components and repair parts include the current safety signs. Replacement safety signs are available from your John Deere dealer. There can be additional safety information contained on parts and components sourced from suppliers that is not reproduced in this operator's manual. Learn how to operate the machine and how to use controls properly. Do not let anyone operate without instruction. Keep your machine in proper working condition. Unauthorized modifications to the machine could impair the function or safety and affect machine life.
If you do not understand any part of this manual and need assistance, contact your John Deere dealer.
TX,FOLLOW -19-20JAN11-1/1
Operate Only If Qualified Do not operate this machine unless the operator's manual has been read carefully, and you have been qualified by supervised training and instruction.
machine functions with the machine in an open area before starting to work. Know and observe all safety rules that may apply to every work situation and work site.
Operator should be familiar with the job site and surroundings before operating. Try all controls and TX,QUALIFIED -19-18JAN11-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9000-01-1
082417
PN=7
Safety
Wear Protective Equipment Guard against injury from flying pieces or metal or debris; wear goggles or safety glasses.
TS206 —UN—15APR13
Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appropriate to the job. Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones while operating machine. Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing. Wear suitable hearing protection such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or uncomfortable loud noises. Radio or music headphones are not suitable to use for hearing protection.
TX,WEAR,PE -19-22SEP10-1/1
Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications John Deere recommends using only genuine John Deere replacement parts to ensure machine performance. Never substitute genuine John Deere parts with alternate parts not intended for the application as these can create hazardous situations or hazardous performance. Non-John Deere Parts, or any damage or failures resulting from their use, are not covered by any John Deere warranty. Modifications of this machine, or addition of unapproved products or attachments, may affect machine stability or
reliability, and may create a hazard for the operator or others near the machine. The installer of any modification which may affect the electronic controls of this machine is responsible for establishing that the modification does not adversely affect the machine or its performance. Always contact an authorized John Deere dealer before making machine modifications that change the intended use, weight, or balance of the machine, or that alter machine controls, performance, or reliability. AM40430,00000A9 -19-02JUN15-1/1
Inspect Machine
Keep all guards and shields in good condition and properly installed. Fix damage and replace worn or broken parts immediately. Pay special attention to hydraulic hoses and electrical wiring.
T6607AQ —UN—15APR13
Inspect machine carefully each day by walking around it before starting.
TX,INSPECT -19-08SEP10-1/1
Entanglements in moving parts can cause serious injury. Stop engine before examining, adjusting, or maintaining any part of machine with moving parts. Keep guards and shields in place. Replace any guard or shield that has been removed for access as soon as service or repair is complete.
T133592 —UN—15APR13
Stay Clear of Moving Parts
TX,MOVING,PARTS -19-20JAN11-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9000-01-2
082417
PN=8
Safety
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high-pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
X9811 —UN—23AUG88
Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
DX,FLUID -19-06OCT16-1/1
Avoid High-Pressure Oils
Never search for leaks with your hands. Protect hands. Use a piece of cardboard to find location of escaping oil. Stop engine and relieve pressure before disconnecting lines or working on hydraulic system.
T133840 —UN—20SEP00
If hydraulic oil penetrates your skin, see a doctor immediately. Injected oil must be removed surgically within hours or gangrene could result. Contact a knowledgeable medical source or the Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
T133509 —UN—15APR13
This machine uses a high-pressure hydraulic system. Escaping oil under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
TX,HPOILS -19-20JAN11-1/1
Work In Ventilated Area
If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the doors and get outside air into the area.
TS220 —UN—15APR13
Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, remove the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaust pipe extension.
DX,AIR -19-17FEB99-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9000-01-3
082417
PN=9
Safety
T133552 —UN—15APR13
Prevent Fires Handle Fluids Safely: All fuels, most lubricants, and some coolant mixtures are flammable. Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Never refuel machine while smoking or when near sparks or flame. Clean Machine Regularly: Keep flammable debris (trash, leaves, twigs, straw, and so forth), grease and oil from accumulating in engine compartment, around fuel lines, hydraulic lines, exhaust components, and electrical wiring. Never store oily rags or flammable materials inside a machine compartment.
T133553 —UN—07SEP00
Maintain Hoses, Tubes, and Wiring: Replace hoses and tubes immediately if they begin to leak, and clean up any oil spills. Examine electrical wiring and connectors frequently for damage. Keep A Fire Extinguisher Available: Always keep a multipurpose fire extinguisher on or near the machine. Know how to use an extinguisher properly.
T133554 —UN—07SEP00
Be Aware of the Operating Environment: Airborne debris may contain sparks or embers. Do not operate near any flame.
TX,PREVENT,FIRE -19-09JUN16-1/1
Prevent Battery Explosions Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of battery. Battery gas can explode.
Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F).
TS204 —UN—15APR13
Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a volt-meter or hydrometer.
DX,SPARKS -19-03MAR93-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9000-01-4
082417
PN=10
Safety
Handle Chemical Products Safely
TS1132 —UN—15APR13
Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause serious injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used with John Deere equipment include such items as lubricants, coolants, paints, and adhesives. A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specific details on chemical products: physical and health hazards, safety procedures, and emergency response techniques. Check the MSDS before you start any job using a hazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly what the risks are and how to do the job safely. Then follow procedures and recommended equipment. (See your John Deere dealer for MSDS’s on chemical products used with John Deere equipment.) DX,MSDS,NA -19-03MAR93-1/1
Decommissioning — Proper Recycling and Disposal of Fluids and Components
TS1133 —UN—15APR13
Safety and environmental stewardship measures must be taken into account when decommissioning a machine and/or component. These measures include the following:
• Use appropriate tools and personal protective
equipment such as clothing, gloves, face shields or glasses, during the removal or handling of objects and materials. • Follow instructions for specialized components. • Release stored energy by lowering suspended machine elements, relaxing springs, disconnecting the battery or other electrical power, and releasing pressure in hydraulic components, accumulators, and other similar systems. • Minimize exposure to components which may have residue from agricultural chemicals, such as fertilizers and pesticides. Handle and dispose of these components appropriately. • Carefully drain engines, fuel tanks, radiators, hydraulic cylinders, reservoirs, and lines before recycling components. Use leak-proof containers when draining fluids. Do not use food or beverage containers. • Do not pour waste fluids onto the ground, down a drain, or into any water source. • Observe all national, state, and local laws, regulations, or ordinances governing the handling or disposal of waste fluids (example: oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid);
filters; batteries; and, other substances or parts. Burning of flammable fluids or components in other than specially designed incinerators may be prohibited by law and could result in exposure to harmful fumes or ashes. • Service and dispose of air conditioning systems appropriately. Government regulations may require a certified service center to recover and recycle air conditioning refrigerants which could damage the atmosphere if allowed to escape. • Evaluate recycling options for tires, metal, plastic, glass, rubber, and electronic components which may be recyclable, in part or completely. • Contact your local environmental or recycling center, or your John Deere dealer for information on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste. DX,DRAIN -19-01JUN15-1/1
Exhaust Filter Ash Handling and Disposal CAUTION: Under federal, state, and local laws or regulations, exhaust filter ash can be classified as a hazardous waste. Hazardous waste must be disposed of in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws or regulations
governing hazardous waste disposal. Only a qualified service provider should remove ash from the exhaust filter. Personal protective equipment and clothing, maintained in a sanitary and reliable condition, should be used when handling and cleaning exhaust filter. See your authorized dealer for exhaust filter ash handling and disposal. TX,ASH,DISP -19-20JAN11-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9000-01-5
082417
PN=11
Safety
Prepare for Emergencies Be prepared if a fire starts. Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy. TS291 —UN—15APR13
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service, hospital, and fire department near your telephone.
DX,FIRE2 -19-03MAR93-1/1
Clean Debris from Machine Keep engine compartment, radiator, batteries, hydraulic lines, exhaust components, fuel tank, and operator's station clean and free of debris. T6669AG —UN—15APR13
Clean any oil spills or fuel spills on machine surfaces. Temperature in engine compartment could go up immediately after engine is stopped. BE ON GUARD FOR FIRES DURING THIS PERIOD. Open access door(s) to cool the engine faster, and clean engine compartment.
TX,DEBRIS -19-20JAN11-1/1
Add Cab Guarding for Special Uses Special work situations or machine attachments could create an environment with falling or flying objects. Working near an overhead bank, demolition work, using a hydraulic hammer or winch, working in a forestry application or wooded area, or working in a waste management application, for example, could require added guarding to protect the operator.
Additional level II FOPS (falling object protective structure), forestry protection packages, and special screens or guarding should be installed when falling or flying objects could enter or damage the machine. A rear screen should always be used with a winch to protect against a snapping cable. Before operating in any special work environments, follow the operator protection recommendations of the manufacturer of any specialized attachment or equipment. Contact your authorized John Deere dealer for information on protective guarding. TX,CABGUARD -19-12FEB13-1/1
Prevent falls by facing the machine when you get on and off. Maintain 3-point contact with steps and handrails. Never use machine controls as handholds. Use extra care when mud, snow, or moisture present slippery conditions. Keep steps clean and free of grease or oil. Never jump when exiting machine. Never mount or dismount a moving machine.
T133468 —UN—15APR13
Use Steps and Handholds Correctly
TX,STEPS -19-09FEB11-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9000-01-6
082417
PN=12
Safety
T133715 —UN—15APR13
Start Only From Operator's Seat Avoid unexpected machine movement. Start engine only while sitting in operator's seat. Ensure that all controls and working tools are in proper position for a parked machine. Never attempt to start engine from the ground. Do not attempt to start engine by shorting across the starter solenoid terminals.
TX,SOFOS -19-20JAN11-1/1
Use and Maintain Seat Belt TX1165594 —19—23JUL14
Use seat belt when operating machine. Remember to fasten seat belt when loading and unloading from trucks and during other uses. Examine seat belt frequently. Be sure that webbing is not cut or torn. Replace seat belt immediately if any part is damaged or does not function properly. The complete seat belt assembly should be replaced every three years, regardless of appearance.
Use and Maintain Seat Belt CN93077,0000340 -19-28JUL14-1/1
Always move the park lock levers to the up (locked) position before leaving the operator's seat for any reason. Be careful not to accidentally actuate controls when coworkers are present. Engage park lock and lower work equipment to the ground during work interruptions. Stop the engine before allowing anyone to approach the machine. Follow these same precautions before standing up, leaving the operator's seat, or exiting the machine.
(LOCKED) UP POSITION
(UNLOCKED) DOWN POSITION
T207688 —19—31JAN05
Prevent Unintended Machine Movement
ER79617,0000CF9 -19-30NOV10-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9000-01-7
082417
PN=13
Safety
Avoid Work Site Hazards Avoid contact with gas lines, buried cables, and water lines. Call utility line location services to identify all underground utilities before starting work. T139002 —UN—05MAR01
Prepare work site properly. Avoid operating near structures or objects that could fall onto the machine. Clear away debris that could move unexpectedly if run over. Avoid boom or attachment contact with overhead obstacles or overhead electrical lines. Never move machine closer than 3 m (10 ft) plus twice the line insulator length to overhead wires. Contact With Gas Line
T139003 —UN—05MAR01
Keep bystanders clear at all times. Keep bystanders away from raised booms, attachments, and unsupported loads. Avoid swinging or raising booms, attachments, or loads over or near personnel. Use barricades or a signal person to keep vehicles and pedestrians away. Use a signal person if moving machine in congested areas or where visibility is restricted. Always keep signal person in view. Coordinate hand signals before starting machine. Operate only on solid footing with strength sufficient to support machine. Be especially alert working near embankments or excavations. Avoid working under over-hanging embankments or stockpiles that could collapse under or on machine.
Only on Solid Footing
Reduce machine speed when operating with tool on or near ground when obstacles may be hidden (e.g., during snow removal or clearing mud, dirt, etc.). At high speeds,
hitting obstacles (rocks, uneven concrete, or manholes) can cause a sudden stop. Always wear your seat belt. VD76477,000135C -19-07AUG15-1/1
Keep Riders Off Machine Only allow operator on machine.
T137580 —UN—22FEB01
Riders are subject to injury. They may fall from machine, be caught between machine parts, or be struck by foreign objects. Riders may obstruct operator’s view or impair the operator’s ability to operate machine safely.
Keep Riders Off Machine TX03768,0000B73 -19-03JUN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9000-01-8
082417
PN=14
Safety
Before moving machine, be sure that all persons are clear of machine path. Turn around and look directly for best visibility. Use mirrors to assist in checking all around machine. Keep windows and mirrors clean, adjusted, and in good repair. Be certain reverse warning alarm is working properly. Use a signal person when backing if view is obstructed or when in close quarters. Keep signal person in view at all times. Use prearranged hand signals to communicate.
PC10857XW —UN—15APR13
Avoid Backover Accidents
Do not rely on the rear camera and radar object detection systems, if equipped, to determine if personnel are behind the machine. The system has limitations due to maintenance practices, environmental conditions, and operating range. TX,AVOID,BACKOVER -19-04MAR16-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9000-01-9
082417
PN=15
Safety
Avoid Machine Tip Over and Machine Damage TX1165594 —19—23JUL14
Use seat belt at all times. Do not jump if the machine tips. You will be unlikely to jump clear and the machine may crush you. Load and unload from trucks or trailers carefully. Be sure truck is wide enough and secured on a firm level surface. Use loading ramps and attach them properly to truck bed. Avoid trucks with steel beds because tracks slip more easily on steel.
Use Seat Belt
T138416 —UN—22FEB01
Be careful on slopes. Use extra care on soft, rocky, or frozen ground because machine may slip sideways in these conditions. When traveling up or down steep slopes, keep the bucket or blade on uphill side and just above ground level. Ensure solid footing. Use extra care when operating on stockpile materials, or near banks or excavations that may cave-in and cause machine to tip or fall. Do Not Jump if Machine Tips
T138415 —UN—22FEB01
Avoid machine damage on slopes. Use extra care to operate machine.
TX1165684 —UN—17JUL14
Load and Unload From Trucks or Trailers Carefully
Be Careful on Slopes CN93077,0000342 -19-03JUN15-1/1
Inspect and Maintain ROPS
To maintain the ROPS:
A damaged rollover protective structure (ROPS) should be replaced, not reused.
• Replace missing hardware using correct grade
The protection offered by ROPS could be impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural damage, is involved in an overturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding, bending, drilling, or cutting.
• Check hardware torque. • Check isolation mounts for damage, looseness, or
hardware.
wear; replace them if necessary.
• Check ROPS for cracks or physical damage.
If ROPS was loosened or removed for any reason, inspect it carefully before operating the machine again. TX,ROPS -19-20JAN11-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9000-01-10
082417
PN=16
Safety
Add and Operate Attachments Safely Always verify compatibility of attachments by contacting your authorized dealer. Adding unapproved attachments could affect machine stability or reliability and could create a hazard for others near the machine. Ensure that a qualified person is involved in attachment installation. Add guards to machine if operator protection
is required or recommended. Verify that all connections are secure and attachment responds properly to controls. Carefully read attachment manual and follow all instructions and warnings. In an area free of bystanders and obstructions, carefully operate attachment to learn its characteristics and range of motion. TX,ATTACH -19-20JAN11-1/1
Park and Prepare for Service Safely Warn others of service work. Always park and prepare your machine for service or repair properly. attachments to the ground.
• Place park lock lever(s) in “up” (locked) position. Stop engine.
• Attach a “Do Not Operate” tag in an obvious place in the operator's station.
Securely support machine or attachment before working under it.
T133332 —19—17APR13
• Park machine on a level surface and lower blade and
• Do not support machine with blade or attachments. • Do not support machine with cinder blocks or wooden pieces that may crumble or crush.
• Do not support machine with a single jack or other Understand service procedures before beginning repairs. Keep service area clean and dry. Use two people whenever the engine must be running for service work.
TS229 —UN—23AUG88
devices that may slip out of place.
TX,PARK,CRW -19-30JAN12-1/1
Service Cooling System Safely
Do not service radiator through the radiator cap. Only fill through the surge tank filler cap. Shut off engine. Only remove surge tank filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to relieve pressure before removing completely.
TS281 —UN—15APR13
Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.
TX,SURGE -19-19JAN11-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9000-01-11
082417
PN=17
Safety
Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust. Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch. TS220 —UN—15APR13
Remove paint before heating:
• Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area
to be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed, wear an approved respirator before heating or welding. • If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust. Wear an approved respirator. • If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or paint stripper containers and other flammable material from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or heating.
Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding will take place.
Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic fumes and dust away. Dispose of paint and solvent properly. DX,PAINT -19-24JUL02-1/1
Make Welding Repairs Safely T133547 —UN—15APR13
IMPORTANT: Disable electrical power before welding. Turn off main battery switch and disconnect positive (+) and negative (-) battery cables. Do not weld or apply heat on any part of a reservoir or tank that has contained oil or fuel. Heat from welding and cutting can cause oil, fuel, or cleaning solution to create gases which are explosive, flammable, or toxic. Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines
Avoid welding or heating near pressurized fluid lines. Flammable spray may result and cause severe burns if pressurized lines malfunction as a result of heating. Do not let heat go beyond work area to nearby pressurized lines.
Make sure there is good ventilation. Wear eye protection and protective equipment when welding.
Remove paint properly. Do not inhale paint dust or fumes. Use a qualified welding technician for structural repairs. MB60223,0000212 -19-02JUL15-1/1
Always wear protective goggles or safety glasses and other protective equipment before striking hardened parts. Hammering hardened metal parts such as pins and bucket teeth could dislodge chips at high velocity. Use a soft hammer or a brass bar between hammer and object to prevent chipping.
T133738 —UN—15APR13
Drive Metal Pins Safely
TX,PINS -19-20JAN11-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9000-01-12
082417
PN=18
Safety
During exhaust filter cleaning operations, the engine may run at elevated idle and hot temperatures for an extended period of time. Exhaust gases and exhaust filter components reach temperatures hot enough to burn people, or ignite or melt common materials. Keep machine away from people, animals, or structures which may be susceptible to harm or damage from hot exhaust gases or components. Avoid potential fire or explosion hazards from flammable materials and vapors near the exhaust. Keep exhaust outlet away from people and anything that can melt, burn, or explode.
TS227 —UN—15APR13
Clean Exhaust Filter Safely
Closely monitor machine and surrounding area for smoldering debris during and after exhaust filter cleaning.
Always make sure that engine is stopped while hauling machine on a truck or trailer. Contact with exhaust components while still hot can result in serious personal injury. Avoid contact with these components until cooled to safe temperatures.
TS271 —UN—23AUG88
Adding fuel while an engine is running can create a fire or explosion hazard. Always stop engine before refueling machine and clean up any spilled fuel.
If service procedure requires engine to be running:
• Only engage power-driven parts required by service procedure
and machine
Keep hands, feet, and clothing away from power-driven parts. Always disable movement (neutral), set the parking brake or mechanism and disconnect power to attachments or tools before leaving the operator’s station.
TS1693 —UN—09DEC09
• Ensure that other people are clear of operator station
TS1695 —UN—07DEC09
Shut off engine and remove key (if equipped) before leaving the machine unattended.
DX,EXHAUST,FILTER -19-12JAN11-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9000-01-13
082417
PN=19
Safety
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9000-01-14
082417
PN=20
Section 9001 Diagnostics Contents Page Page
Group 10—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ..................... 9001-10-1 000091.19 — Foot Throttle........................9001-10-1 000111.07 — Coolant Level ......................9001-10-2 000237.02 — Vehicle ID............................9001-10-3 000237.13 — Vehicle ID............................9001-10-4 000237.31 — Vehicle ID............................9001-10-4 000647.05 — Engine Fan Drive ................9001-10-5 000647.06 — Engine Fan Drive ................9001-10-6 001321.05 — Starter Relay .......................9001-10-7 001321.06 — Starter Relay .......................9001-10-8 001321.09 — Starter Relay .......................9001-10-9 001321.16 — Starter Relay .....................9001-10-10 001321.31 — Starter Relay .....................9001-10-11 002003.09 — System Message ..............9001-10-12 003353.31 — Alternator Output...............9001-10-13 004211.03 — Hydraulic Fan Pressure..............................................9001-10-14 004211.04 — Hydraulic Fan Pressure..............................................9001-10-15 005484.05 — Fan Reversing Valve ...................................................9001-10-16 005484.06 — Fan Reversing Valve ...................................................9001-10-17 524225.31 — Engine Start ......................9001-10-18 Group 20—Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ..................... 9001-20-1 000237.02 — Vehicle ID Fault...................9001-20-1 000237.13 — Vehicle ID Fault...................9001-20-2 000237.31 — Vehicle ID Fault...................9001-20-2 000628.12 — Control Unit Programming.........................................9001-20-3 002000.09 — Communication System Message Missing ..................................9001-20-3 002003.09 — Communication System Message Missing ..................................9001-20-4 002030.09 — Communication System Message Missing ..................................9001-20-4 002141.09 — Communication System Message Missing ..................................9001-20-5 002251.09 — Communication System Message Missing ..................................9001-20-5 Group 30—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ..................... 9001-30-1
002033.09 — Communication System Message Missing ..................................9001-30-1 002634.04 — Ignition Relay Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-30-2 002634.05 — Ignition Relay Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-30-3 520752.04 — SSM Button Stuck .....................................................9001-30-4 520752.09 — Communication System Message Missing ..................................9001-30-4 520753.04 — SSM Button Stuck .....................................................9001-30-5 520753.09 — Communication System Message Missing ..................................9001-30-5 520754.04 — SSM Button Stuck .....................................................9001-30-6 520754.09 — Communication System Message Missing ..................................9001-30-6 520755.04 — SSM Button Stuck .....................................................9001-30-7 520755.09 — Communication System Message Missing ..................................9001-30-7 521274.09 — Communication System Message Missing ..................................9001-30-8 523335.04 — SSM Button Stuck .....................................................9001-30-8 523335.09 — Communication System Message Missing ..................................9001-30-9 523336.04 — SSM Button Stuck .....................................................9001-30-9 523336.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-30-10 523338.04 — SSM Button Stuck ...................................................9001-30-10 523338.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-30-11 523339.04 — SSM Button Stuck ...................................................9001-30-11 523339.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-30-12 523340.04 — SSM Button Stuck ...................................................9001-30-12 523340.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-30-13 523849.04 — SSM Button Stuck ...................................................9001-30-13 523849.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-30-14 523850.04 — SSM Button Stuck ...................................................9001-30-14
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-1
082417
PN=1
Contents
Page
Page
523850.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-30-15 523852.04 — SSM Button Stuck ...................................................9001-30-15 523852.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-30-16 523854.04 — SSM Button Stuck ...................................................9001-30-16 523854.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-30-17 523855.04 — SSM Button Stuck ...................................................9001-30-17 523855.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-30-18 523856.04 — SSM Button Stuck ...................................................9001-30-18 523856.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-30-19 523857.04 — SSM Button Stuck ...................................................9001-30-19 523857.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-30-20 523858.04 — SSM Button Stuck ...................................................9001-30-20 523858.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-30-21 523860.04 — SSM Button Stuck ...................................................9001-30-21 523860.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-30-22 523861.04 — SSM Button Stuck ...................................................9001-30-22 523861.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-30-23 523862.04 — SSM Button Stuck ...................................................9001-30-23 523862.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-30-24 523863.04 — SSM Button Stuck ...................................................9001-30-24 523863.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-30-25 523864.04 — SSM Button Stuck ...................................................9001-30-25 523864.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-30-26 523865.04 — SSM Button Stuck ...................................................9001-30-26 523865.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-30-27 523867.04 — SSM Button Stuck ...................................................9001-30-27 523867.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-30-28 523868.04 — SSM Button Stuck ...................................................9001-30-28 523868.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-30-29
Group 40—Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ..................... 9001-40-1 000070.00 — Park Lock Lever Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-40-2 000070.01 — Park Lock Lever Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-40-3 000070.04 — Park Lock Lever Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-40-4 000070.06 — Park Lock Lever Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-40-5 000116.00 — Brake Pressure High.......................................................9001-40-6 000116.01 — Brake Pressure Low........................................................9001-40-7 000116.03 — Brake Pressure Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-40-8 000116.04 — Brake Pressure Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-40-9 000158.03 — Switched Power Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-40-10 000158.04 — Switched Power Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-40-11 000168.04 — Unswitched Power Circuit Fault .........................................9001-40-12 000177.00 — Transmission Oil Temperature High................................9001-40-13 000177.03 — Transmission Oil Temperature Circuit Fault....................9001-40-14 000177.04 — Transmission Oil Temperature Circuit Fault....................9001-40-15 000177.16 — Transmission Oil Temperature High................................9001-40-16 000190.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-40-16 000237.02 — Vehicle Identification Fault ....................................................9001-40-17 000237.13 — Vehicle Identification Fault ....................................................9001-40-17 000237.31 — Vehicle Identification Fault ....................................................9001-40-18 000521.00 — Decel Sensor Calibration Fault ....................................................9001-40-18 000521.01 — Decel Sensor Calibration Fault ....................................................9001-40-19 000521.03 — Decel Sensor Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-40-20 000521.04 — Decel Sensor Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-40-21 000521.05 — Decel Sensor Calibration Fault ....................................................9001-40-22 000521.06 — Decel Sensor Calibration Fault ....................................................9001-40-22 000521.13 — Decel Sensor Not Calibrated............................................9001-40-23
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-2
082417
PN=2
Contents
Page
Page
000521.15 — Decel Sensor Calibration Fault ....................................................9001-40-23 000521.16 — Decel Sensor Calibration Fault ....................................................9001-40-24 000521.17 — Decel Sensor Calibration Fault ....................................................9001-40-24 000521.18 — Decel Sensor Calibration Fault ....................................................9001-40-25 000581.03 — Speed in Grip Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-40-26 000581.04 — Speed in Grip Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-40-27 000581.07 — Speed in Grip Button Stuck ...................................................9001-40-28 000604.03 — Neutral Position Switch Circuit Fault .........................................9001-40-29 000604.04 — Neutral Position Switch Circuit Fault .........................................9001-40-30 000604.15 — Neutral Position Switch Calibration Fault ..................................9001-40-31 000604.16 — Neutral Position Switch Calibration Fault ..................................9001-40-31 000604.17 — Neutral Position Switch Calibration Fault ..................................9001-40-32 000604.18 — Neutral Position Switch Calibration Fault ..................................9001-40-32 000619.05 — Brake Solenoid Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-40-33 000619.06 — Brake Solenoid Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-40-34 000629.12 — Control Unit Fault ..............9001-40-35 000907.00 — Left Motor Speed Sensor Circuit Fault .........................................9001-40-36 000907.01 — Left Motor Speed Sensor Circuit Fault .........................................9001-40-37 000907.03 — Left Motor Speed Sensor Circuit Fault .........................................9001-40-38 000907.04 — Left Motor Speed Sensor Circuit Fault .........................................9001-40-39 000907.07 — Left Motor Speed Sensor Fault ....................................................9001-40-40 000907.12 — Left Motor Speed Sensor Circuit Fault .........................................9001-40-41 000908.00 — Right Motor Speed Sensor Circuit Fault.............................9001-40-42 000908.01 — Right Motor Speed Sensor Circuit Fault.............................9001-40-43 000908.03 — Right Motor Speed Sensor Circuit Fault.............................9001-40-44 000908.04 — Right Motor Speed Sensor Circuit Fault.............................9001-40-45 000908.07 — Right Motor Speed Sensor Fault........................................9001-40-46 000908.12 — Right Motor Speed Sensor Circuit Fault.............................9001-40-47 002000.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-40-48
002023.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-40-48 002141.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-40-49 002660.00 — Steer Sensor Calibration Fault ....................................................9001-40-49 002660.01 — Steer Sensor Calibration Fault ....................................................9001-40-50 002660.03 — Steer Sensor Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-40-51 002660.04 — Steer Sensor Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-40-52 002660.07 — Steer Sensor Calibration Fault ....................................................9001-40-53 002660.13 — Steer Sensor Not Calibrated............................................9001-40-53 002660.15 — Steer Sensor Calibration Fault ....................................................9001-40-54 002660.16 — Steer Sensor Calibration Fault ....................................................9001-40-54 002660.17 — Steer Sensor Calibration Fault ....................................................9001-40-55 002660.18 — Steer Sensor Calibration Fault ....................................................9001-40-55 002661.00 — FNR Sensor Calibration Fault ....................................................9001-40-56 002661.01 — FNR Sensor Calibration Fault ....................................................9001-40-56 002661.03 — FNR Sensor Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-40-57 002661.04 — FNR Sensor Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-40-58 002661.07 — FNR Sensor Calibration Fault ....................................................9001-40-59 002661.13 — FNR Sensor Not Calibrated............................................9001-40-59 002661.15 — FNR Sensor Calibration Fault ....................................................9001-40-60 002661.16 — FNR Sensor Calibration Fault ....................................................9001-40-60 002661.17 — FNR Sensor Calibration Fault ....................................................9001-40-61 002661.18 — FNR Sensor Calibration Fault ....................................................9001-40-61 003359.31 — Transmission Oil Filter Restricted ............................................9001-40-62 003509.03 — Sensor Supply 1 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-40-64 003509.04 — Sensor Supply 1 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-40-65 003510.03 — Sensor Supply 2 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-40-66 003510.04 — Sensor Supply 2 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-40-68 003511.03 — Sensor Supply 3 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-40-70 003511.04 — Sensor Supply 3 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-40-72 Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-3
082417
PN=3
Contents
Page
Page
003512.03 — Sensor Supply 4 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-40-74 003512.04 — Sensor Supply 4 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-40-76 521999.00 — Park Lock Lever Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-40-77 521999.01 — Park Lock Lever Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-40-78 521999.04 — Park Lock Lever Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-40-79 521999.06 — Park Lock Lever Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-40-80 522444.00 — Charge Pressure High.....................................................9001-40-81 522444.01 — Charge Pressure Low......................................................9001-40-81 522444.03 — Charge Pressure Sensor Circuit Fault .........................................9001-40-82 522444.04 — Charge Pressure Sensor Circuit Fault .........................................9001-40-83 522447.05 — Right Forward Pump Coil Circuit Fault..................................9001-40-84 522447.06 — Right Forward Pump Coil Circuit Fault..................................9001-40-85 522447.15 — Right Forward Pump Coil Calibration Fault...........................9001-40-86 522447.16 — Right Forward Pump Coil Calibration Fault...........................9001-40-86 522447.17 — Right Forward Pump Coil Calibration Fault...........................9001-40-87 522447.18 — Right Forward Pump Coil Calibration Fault...........................9001-40-87 522448.05 — Right Reverse Pump Coil Circuit Fault..................................9001-40-88 522448.06 — Right Reverse Pump Coil Circuit Fault..................................9001-40-89 522448.15 — Right Reverse Pump Coil Calibration Fault...........................9001-40-90 522448.16 — Right Reverse Pump Coil Calibration Fault...........................9001-40-90 522448.17 — Right Reverse Pump Coil Calibration Fault...........................9001-40-91 522448.18 — Right Reverse Pump Coil Calibration Fault...........................9001-40-91 522449.05 — Left Reverse Pump Coil Circuit Fault .........................................9001-40-92 522449.06 — Left Reverse Pump Coil Circuit Fault .........................................9001-40-93 522449.15 — Left Reverse Pump Coil Calibration Fault ..................................9001-40-94 522449.16 — Left Reverse Pump Coil Calibration Fault ..................................9001-40-94 522449.17 — Left Reverse Pump Coil Calibration Fault ..................................9001-40-95 522449.18 — Left Reverse Pump Coil Calibration Fault ..................................9001-40-95 522450.05 — Left Forward Pump Coil Circuit Fault .........................................9001-40-96
522450.06 — Left Forward Pump Coil Circuit Fault .........................................9001-40-97 522450.15 — Left Forward Pump Coil Calibration Fault ..................................9001-40-98 522450.16 — Left Forward Pump Coil Calibration Fault ..................................9001-40-98 522450.17 — Left Forward Pump Coil Calibration Fault ..................................9001-40-99 522450.18 — Left Forward Pump Coil Calibration Fault ..................................9001-40-99 523108.13 — Transmission Pumps/Motors Not Calibrated ................................................9001-40-100 523108.14 — Transmission Not Calibrated..........................................9001-40-100 523577.05 — Left Motor Solenoid Circuit Fault .......................................9001-40-101 523577.06 — Left Motor Solenoid Circuit Fault .......................................9001-40-102 523577.13 — Transmission Motors Not Calibrated ...................................9001-40-103 523577.16 — Left Motor Solenoid Calibration Fault ................................9001-40-103 523577.18 — Left Motor Solenoid Calibration Fault ................................9001-40-104 523578.05 — Right Motor Solenoid Circuit Fault .......................................9001-40-105 523578.06 — Right Motor Solenoid Circuit Fault .......................................9001-40-106 523578.16 — Right Motor Solenoid Calibration Fault ................................9001-40-107 523578.18 — Right Motor Solenoid Calibration Fault ................................9001-40-107 523579.05 — Left Motor Solenoid Circuit Fault .......................................9001-40-108 523579.06 — Left Motor Solenoid Circuit Fault .......................................9001-40-109 523580.05 — Right Motor Solenoid Circuit Fault .......................................9001-40-110 523580.06 — Right Motor Solenoid Circuit Fault ....................................... 9001-40-111 524089.00 — Left System Pressure High...................................................9001-40-112 524089.01 — Left System Pressure Low....................................................9001-40-112 524089.03 — Left System Pressure Circuit Fault .......................................9001-40-113 524089.04 — Left System Pressure Circuit Fault .......................................9001-40-114 524090.00 — Right System Pressure High...................................................9001-40-115 524090.01 — Right System Pressure Low....................................................9001-40-115 524090.03 — Right System Pressure Circuit Fault .......................................9001-40-116 524090.04 — Right System Pressure Circuit Fault .......................................9001-40-117
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-4
082417
PN=4
Contents
Page
Page
524233.07 — Hydrostatic Drive System Not Responding ...................9001-40-118
521997.03 — Left Door Wiper Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-50-23 521997.06 — Left Door Wiper Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-50-25 521998.03 — Right Door Wiper Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-50-27 521998.06 — Right Door Wiper Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-50-29 522433.03 — Rear Wiper Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-50-31 522433.06 — Rear Wiper Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-50-33 522434.03 — Front Wiper Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-50-35 522434.06 — Front Wiper Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-50-37 522796.03 — Rear Washer Pump Circuit Fault .........................................9001-50-39 522796.05 — Rear Washer Pump Circuit Fault .........................................9001-50-41 522796.06 — Rear Washer Pump Circuit Fault .........................................9001-50-43 522797.03 — Front Washer Pump Circuit Fault .........................................9001-50-45 522797.05 — Front Washer Pump Circuit Fault .........................................9001-50-47 522797.06 — Front Washer Pump Circuit Fault .........................................9001-50-49
Group 50—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ..................... 9001-50-1 000237.02 — Vehicle Identification Fault ......................................................9001-50-1 000237.13 — Vehicle Identification Fault ......................................................9001-50-2 000237.31 — Vehicle Identification Fault ......................................................9001-50-2 000628.12 — Control Unit Programming.........................................9001-50-3 000924.03 — Auxiliary Power Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-50-4 000924.06 — Auxiliary Power Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-50-5 001638.00 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature High..................................9001-50-6 001638.03 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-50-7 001713.01 — Hydraulic Oil Filter Restricted ..............................................9001-50-8 001713.03 — Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-50-10 002000.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-50-11 002141.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-50-11 002347.03 — Front Drive Light Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-50-12 002347.05 — Front Drive Light Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-50-13 002347.06 — Front Drive Light Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-50-14 002361.03 — Rear Drive Work Light Circuit Fault .........................................9001-50-15 002361.05 — Rear Drive Work Light Circuit Fault .........................................9001-50-16 002361.06 — Rear Drive Work Light Circuit Fault .........................................9001-50-17 004089.03 — Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-50-18 004089.04 — Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-50-19 520688.03 — Hydraulic Enable Solenoid Circuit Fault ..........................9001-50-20 520688.05 — Hydraulic Enable Solenoid Circuit Fault ..........................9001-50-21 520688.06 — Hydraulic Enable Solenoid Circuit Fault ..........................9001-50-22
Group 60—Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ..................... 9001-60-1 000237.02 — Vehicle Identification Fault ......................................................9001-60-1 000237.13 — Vehicle Identification Fault ......................................................9001-60-2 000237.31 — Vehicle Identification Fault ......................................................9001-60-2 000628.12 — Control Unit Programming.........................................9001-60-3 001899.03 — Blade Lower Valve Circuit Fault ...........................................9001-60-4 001899.04 — Blade Lower Valve Circuit Fault ...........................................9001-60-5 001899.05 — Blade Lower Valve Circuit Fault ...........................................9001-60-6 001899.06 — Blade Lower Valve Circuit Fault ...........................................9001-60-7 001900.03 — Blade Raise Valve Circuit Fault ...........................................9001-60-8 001900.04 — Blade Raise Valve Circuit Fault ...........................................9001-60-9 001900.05 — Blade Raise Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-10 001900.06 — Blade Raise Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-11
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-5
082417
PN=5
Contents
Page
Page
001911.03 — Blade Tilt Left Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-12 001911.04 — Blade Tilt Left Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-13 001911.05 — Blade Tilt Left Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-14 001911.06 — Blade Tilt Left Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-15 001912.03 — Blade Tilt Right Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-16 001912.04 — Blade Tilt Right Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-17 001912.05 — Blade Tilt Right Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-18 001912.06 — Blade Tilt Right Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-19 001923.03 — Blade Angle Right Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-20 001923.04 — Blade Angle Right Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-21 001923.05 — Blade Angle Right Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-22 001923.06 — Blade Angle Right Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-23 001924.03 — Blade Angle Left Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-24 001924.04 — Blade Angle Left Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-25 001924.05 — Blade Angle Left Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-26 001924.06 — Blade Angle Left Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-27 001935.03 — Rear Auxiliary 1 Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-28 001935.04 — Rear Auxiliary 1 Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-29 001935.05 — Rear Auxiliary 1 Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-30 001935.06 — Rear Auxiliary 1 Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-31 001936.03 — Rear Auxiliary 1 Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-32 001936.04 — Rear Auxiliary 1 Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-33 001936.05 — Rear Auxiliary 1 Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-34 001936.06 — Rear Auxiliary 1 Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-35 002030.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-60-36 002051.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-60-36 002141.09 — Communication System Message Missing ................................9001-60-37 002722.03 — Right Hand Joystick Lower Button Circuit Fault...................9001-60-38 002722.07 — Right Hand Joystick Lower Button Stuck .............................9001-60-40
002723.03 — Right Hand Joystick Lower Rocker Circuit Fault..................9001-60-42 002723.04 — Right Hand Joystick Lower Rocker Circuit Fault..................9001-60-44 002723.07 — Right Hand Joystick Lower Rocker Button Stuck.................9001-60-46 002724.03 — Right Hand Joystick Upper Button Circuit Fault...................9001-60-48 002724.07 — Right Hand Joystick Upper Button Stuck .............................9001-60-50 002725.03 — Right Hand Joystick Upper Rocker Circuit Fault..................9001-60-52 002725.04 — Right Hand Joystick Upper Rocker Circuit Fault..................9001-60-54 002725.07 — Right Hand Joystick Upper Rocker Button Stuck.................9001-60-56 002734.03 — Rear Auxiliary 1 Joystick Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-58 002734.04 — Rear Auxiliary 1 Joystick Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-59 002734.14 — Rear Auxiliary 1 Joystick Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-60 002735.03 — Rear Auxiliary 2 Joystick Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-61 002735.04 — Rear Auxiliary 2 Joystick Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-62 002735.14 — Rear Auxiliary 2 Joystick Circuit Fault .........................................9001-60-63 Group 70—Blade Control Joystick (BCJ) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Blade Control Joystick (BCJ) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ..................... 9001-70-1 000444.01 — Switched Power Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-70-2 002697.02 — Control Unit Fault ................9001-70-3 002697.03 — Right Hand Joystick X-Axis Position Circuit Fault..................9001-70-3 002697.04 — Right Hand Joystick X-Axis Position Circuit Fault..................9001-70-4 002697.13 — Right Hand Joystick X-Axis Calibration Error.........................9001-70-4 002697.14 — Right Hand Joystick X-Axis Position Circuit Fault..................9001-70-5 002698.02 — Control Unit Fault ................9001-70-5 002698.03 — Right Hand Joystick Y-Axis Position Circuit Fault..................9001-70-6 002698.04 — Right Hand Joystick Y-Axis Position Circuit Fault..................9001-70-6 002698.13 — Right Hand Joystick Y-Axis Calibration Error.........................9001-70-7 002698.14 — Right Hand Joystick Y-Axis Position Circuit Fault..................9001-70-7 003509.02 — Sensor Supply 1 Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-70-8 003510.02 — Sensor Supply 2 Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-70-9 522431.12 — Control Unit Fault ..............9001-70-10 Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-6
082417
PN=6
Contents
Page
522507.13 — Control Unit Fault ..............9001-70-10 523438.12 — Control Unit Fault ..............9001-70-11 523455.12 — Control Unit Fault ..............9001-70-11 524152.12 — Control Unit Fault ..............9001-70-12 524259.00 — Control Unit Fault ..............9001-70-12 524259.01 — Control Unit Fault ..............9001-70-13 524259.09 — Control Unit Fault ..............9001-70-13 524259.12 — Control Unit Fault ..............9001-70-14 524259.14 — Control Unit Fault ..............9001-70-14 Group 80—Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ..................... 9001-80-1 000096.03 — Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-80-1 000096.04 — Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-80-2 000158.03 — Switched Power Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-80-3 000158.04 — Switched Power Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-80-4 000168.04 — Unswitched Power Circuit Fault ...........................................9001-80-5 000628.12 — Control Unit Programming.........................................9001-80-6 003509.03 — Sensor Supply 1 Voltage High.......................................................9001-80-7 003509.04 — Sensor Supply 1 Voltage High.......................................................9001-80-8 521537.03 — Front Work Light Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-80-9 521537.05 — Front Work Light Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-80-10 521537.06 — Front Work Light Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-80-11 521555.03 — Front Work Light Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-80-12 521555.05 — Front Work Light Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-80-13 521555.06 — Front Work Light Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-80-14 523440.04 — Unswitched Power Circuit Fault .........................................9001-80-15
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-7
082417
PN=7
Contents
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-8
082417
PN=8
Group 10
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.) • See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service
The diagnostic trouble code (DTC) number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000091.09, 91 is the SPN and 09 is the FMI number.
Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all engine control unit (ECU) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group.
Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) or by usingService ADVISOR™.
NOTE: More ECU DTCs can be found in the 4.5L FT4 engine component technical manual (CTM). See Foreword. (CTM120119.)
ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-20.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000082F -19-11FEB15-1/1
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
000091.19 — Foot Throttle Missing or late controller area network (CAN) throttle message from sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level:
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Open or shorted circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000830 -19-15DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-10-1
082417
PN=29
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000111.07 — Coolant Level Engine coolant loss switch (B29) is open and engine coolant level switch (B30) is closed. A5505
X5048
X5502-30 X5502-17 X5502-23
5127 VLT 5125 GRN 5126 BLU
X105 5127 VLT 5125 GRN 5126 BLU
20 15 29
5127 VLT
1 2 3
5125 GRN
X5502
A
B29
B30 B
5126 BLU
B
TX1179335 —UN—08DEC14
5126 BLU
A
5126 BLU
TX1179335 Engine Coolant Loss Switch (B29) and Engine Coolant Level Switch (B30) Circuit Schematic A5505—Engine Control Unit (ECU) B29— Engine Coolant Loss Switch B30— Engine Coolant Level Switch
X105— Cooling Package Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector X5048—Vehicle Harness-toEngine Harness 31-Pin Connector
X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 2 X5502—17—Signal X5502—23—Return
X5502—30—Signal
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Cooling Package Harness (W10) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Coolant level low. See Check Coolant Level at Surge Tank. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Connectors for switches (B29 and B30) are swapped. 3. Coolant loss switch (B29) circuit is open. 4. Coolant level switch (B30) circuit is shorted to ground. 5. Component malfunction. 6. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000831 -19-12NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-10-2
082417
PN=30
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000237.02 — Vehicle ID
Wiring Diagram:
Vehicle identification numbers (VINs) do not match between engine control unit (ECU) and at least one other controller (vehicle control unit [VCU], vehicle control unit 2 [VC2], or standard display monitor [SDM]). Alarm Level:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• None
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Wiring Diagram and
see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) • See Front Dash Harness (W22) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) • See Engine Harness (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Component Location:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
(Group 9015-10.)
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Software malfunction. Program controllers.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000832 -19-12NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-10-3
082417
PN=31
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location.
000237.13 — Vehicle ID
(Group 9015-10.)
Option code part of vehicle identification number (VIN) data does not match at least one other controller in network (vehicle control unit [VCU], vehicle control unit 2 [VC2], or standard display monitor [SDM]).
Wiring Diagram:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Wiring Diagram and
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) • See Front Dash Harness (W22) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) • See Engine Harness (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)
Machine Response:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• None
• Not Applicable
Circuit Information:
Additional References:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
NOTE: Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) 237.13 may be set after programming session, indicating controller is learning vehicle options. VCU will clear code 237.13 once options are learned. Alarm Level:
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Component Location:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10)
Possible Causes: 1. Controller is learning vehicle options. ECU will clear code once options are learned. 2. Software malfunction. Program controllers.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000833 -19-12NOV14-1/1
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram
000237.31 — Vehicle ID
or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) • See Front Dash Harness (W22) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) • See Engine Harness (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)
Vehicle identification number (VIN) security data is missing. Alarm Level:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• None
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
Possible Causes:
Wiring Diagram:
1. Open or shorted circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Wiring Diagram and Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000834 -19-12NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-10-4
082417
PN=32
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000647.05 — Engine Fan Drive
5023 ORG
Hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid (Y11) circuit is open or shorted to power.
A5505
A
X5048 X5502-32
5023 ORG
X5502-33
5647 VLT
X58 5023 ORG
30
5647 VLT
22
Y11
1 3 B
TX1179336 —UN—08DEC14
5647 VLT
X5502
TX1179336 Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid (Y11) Circuit Schematic A5505—Engine Control Unit (ECU) X58— Fan Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
X5048—Vehicle Harness-toEngine Harness 31-Pin Connector X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 2
Alarm Level:
X5502—32—Signal X5502—33—Return Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Fan Harness (W11) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: NOTE: DTC 000647.05 may be generated when running ECU harness diagnostic mode test from Service ADVISOR. Clearing code and cycling switched power will resolve issue. 1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is shorted to power. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000835 -19-31AUG15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-10-5
082417
PN=33
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000647.06 — Engine Fan Drive
5023 ORG
Hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid (Y11) circuit is shorted to ground.
A5505
A
X5048 X5502-32
5023 ORG
X5502-33
5647 VLT
X58 5023 ORG
30
5647 VLT
22
Y11
1 3 B
TX1179336 —UN—08DEC14
5647 VLT
X5502
TX1179336 Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid (Y11) Circuit Schematic A5505—Engine Control Unit (ECU) X58— Fan Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
X5048—Vehicle Harness-toEngine Harness 31-Pin Connector X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 2
X5502—32—Signal X5502—33—Return Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Fan Harness (W11) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000836 -19-12NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-10-6
082417
PN=34
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001321.05 — Starter Relay Start relay (K1) circuit output is out of range low or open. A5505 X45 X5503-26 X5503-30
R025 BLK J002 TAN
9 6
R025 BLK J002 TAN
X5503 e1
K1 1
12
XJ1237944 —UN—04MAY17
g1
43
54
XJ1237944 Start Relay (K1) Circuit Schematic A5505—Engine Control Unit X5503—Engine Control Unit (ECU) (ECU) Connector 3 K1—Start Relay X5503—26—Return X45— Engine Auxiliary Harness-to-Load Center Harness 12-Pin Connector
X5503—30—Signal
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Start and Charge Circuits Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
1. Component malfunction. 2. Circuit is open. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000837 -19-05MAY17-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-10-7
082417
PN=35
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001321.06 — Starter Relay Start relay (K1) circuit output is out of range high or shorted to power. A5505 X45 X5503-26 X5503-30
R025 BLK J002 TAN
9 6
R025 BLK J002 TAN
X5503 e1
K1 1
12
XJ1237944 —UN—04MAY17
g1
43
54
XJ1237944 Start Relay (K1) Circuit Schematic A5505—Engine Control Unit X5503—Engine Control Unit (ECU) (ECU) Connector 3 K1—Start Relay X5503—26—Return X45— Engine Auxiliary Harness-to-Load Center Harness 12-Pin Connector
X5503—30—Signal
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Start and Charge Circuits Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
1. Component malfunction. 2. Circuit is shorted to power. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000838 -19-05MAY17-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-10-8
082417
PN=36
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001321.09 — Starter Relay Start relay (K1) solenoid control request signal missing from engine control unit (ECU). A5505 X45 X5503-26 X5503-30
R025 BLK J002 TAN
9 6
R025 BLK J002 TAN
X5503 e1
K1 1
12
XJ1237944 —UN—04MAY17
g1
43
54
XJ1237944 Start Relay (K1) Circuit Schematic A5505—Engine Control Unit X5503—Engine Control Unit (ECU) (ECU) Connector 3 K1—Start Relay X5503—26—Return X45— Engine Auxiliary Harness-to-Load Center Harness 12-Pin Connector
X5503—30—Signal
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Start and Charge Circuits Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location: Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
1. 2. 3. 4.
Component malfunction. Circuit is open. Circuit is shorted to ground. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000839 -19-05MAY17-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-10-9
082417
PN=37
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
001321.16 — Starter Relay Starter engaged for more than 30 seconds. Starter overheat protection timer has elapsed.
and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: To clear code, starter needs to be disengaged for a period of 60 seconds.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• No Warning Indicator Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
Possible Causes: 1. Starter engaged for too long. Starter must be disengaged for an additional period of 60 seconds prior to engaging again. 2. Engine is not able to start. See Engine Cranks and Will Not Start. (CTM120119.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000083A -19-15DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-10-10
082417
PN=38
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001321.31 — Starter Relay Engine speed is 0 rpm while start relay (K1) is energized. Possible open in starter solenoid circuit. B005 RED
B005 RED X20 E003 WHT
1
B1
A
e1
K1 E003 WHT
S1 2
30
50
1
G1
g1
E003 WHT
B001 RED
G2
M1
M
2
B002 RED
G
CATHODE
1
G2
XJ1237945 —UN—04MAY17
G012 BLK
V2 ANODE
2
G012 BLK
G012 BLK
XJ1237945
W1 Starter Motor (M1) and Start Relay (K1) Supply Circuit Schematic
G1—Battery G2—Battery K1—Start Relay
M1—Starter Motor S1— Battery Disconnect Switch
V2— Starter Solenoid Diode W1—System Ground
X20— Start Terminal Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
1. Component malfunction. 2. Starter solenoid circuit is open. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000083B -19-05MAY17-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-10-11
082417
PN=39
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Wiring Diagram and
002003.09 — System Message
Machine Response:
see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) • See Front Dash Harness (W22) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) • See Engine Harness (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)
• None
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
Additional References:
Controller area network (CAN) communication error; engine control unit (ECU) has lost communication with the vehicle control unit (VCU). Alarm Level:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Wiring Diagram:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Open or shorted circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Wiring Diagram or see
Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000083C -19-15DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-10-12
082417
PN=40
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003353.31 — Alternator Output Alternator output is low for more than 5 seconds while engine is running. A5505 X5502-34
5246 TAN
D+
X5502 B+
G5
U 3~
W
TX1179340 —UN—08DEC14
G012 BLK
GND
W1
TX1179340 Alternator (G5) Circuit Schematic A5505—Engine Control Unit (ECU)
G5—Alternator W1—System Ground
X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 2
Alarm Level:
X5502—34—Signal
• Not Applicable
• Low Battery Voltage Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Engine is derated to 25% of full power. • Engine is derated at 20% per minute. • Engine power is recovered at 20% per minute.
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
1. Loose or broken serpentine belt. See Inspect or Replace Belt and Check Automatic Belt Tensioner. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Component malfunction. See Alternator Test Procedure. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Circuit is shorted to ground. 4. Circuit is open. 5. Software malfunction. Program controller.
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company
AB51738,000083D -19-12NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-10-13
082417
PN=41
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
004211.03 — Hydraulic Fan Pressure Fan drive pressure sensor (B54) circuit is shorted to power. A5505 X29 X5503-36 X5503-46 X5503-49
R082 BLK N007 YEL P082 RED
X V W
R082 BLK N007 YEL P082 RED
X5503
B54
1 C
B
p/U
TX1180815 —UN—06JAN15
12
A B C
A
43
54
TX1180815 Fan Drive Pressure Sensor (B54) Circuit Schematic A5505—Engine Control Unit X29— Load Center Harness(ECU) to-Vehicle Harness B54— Fan Drive Pressure Sensor Connector 1 X5503—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 3
X5503—36—Return X5503—46—Signal X5503—49—Supply (5 V)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000841 -19-15DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-10-14
082417
PN=42
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
004211.04 — Hydraulic Fan Pressure Fan drive pressure sensor (B54) circuit is shorted to ground. A5505 X29 X5503-36 X5503-46 X5503-49
R082 BLK N007 YEL P082 RED
X V W
R082 BLK N007 YEL P082 RED
X5503
B54
1 C
B
p/U
TX1180815 —UN—06JAN15
12
A B C
A
43
54
TX1180815 Fan Drive Pressure Sensor (B54) Circuit Schematic A5505—Engine Control Unit X29— Load Center Harness(ECU) to-Vehicle Harness B54— Fan Drive Pressure Sensor Connector 1 X5503—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 3
X5503—36—Return X5503—46—Signal X5503—49—Supply (5 V)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000842 -19-15DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-10-15
082417
PN=43
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
005484.05 — Fan Reversing Valve Hydraulic fan reversing solenoid (Y12) circuit is open.
1
A5505
2 1
X5048 X5502-26 X5502-33
5014 YEL 5647 VLT
31 22
5014 YEL 5647 VLT
5014 YEL 5647 VLT
Y12
X5502
TX1179341 —UN—08JAN15
2
TX1179341 Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid (Y12) Circuit Schematic A5505—Engine Control Unit (ECU) X5048—Vehicle Harness-toEngine Harness 31-Pin Connector
X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 2 X5502—26—Signal
X5502—33—Return Y12— Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Fan Reverse Driver Disabled
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000083E -19-29JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-10-16
082417
PN=44
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
005484.06 — Fan Reversing Valve Hydraulic fan reversing solenoid (Y12) circuit has short to ground.
1
A5505
2 1
X5048 X5502-26 X5502-33
5014 YEL 5647 VLT
31 22
5014 YEL 5647 VLT
5014 YEL 5647 VLT
Y12
X5502
TX1179341 —UN—08JAN15
2
TX1179341 Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid (Y12) Circuit Schematic A5505—Engine Control Unit (ECU) X5048—Vehicle Harness-toEngine Harness 31-Pin Connector
X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 2 X5502—26—Signal
X5502—33—Return Y12— Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Fan Reverse Driver Disabled
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000083F -19-29JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-10-17
082417
PN=45
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524225.31 — Engine Start Starter motor (M1) is powered without start signal present. Possible short to power on E003 WHT circuit. J002 TAN
B005 RED
X5503-30 X5503-26
J002 TAN R025 BLK
6 9
50 e1
B1
M1 K1
12
1
54
43
R025 BLK
X5503
g1
30
M
G2
G X20
E003 WHT
A
E003 WHT
W1
XJ1237946
XJ1237946 —UN—04MAY17
X45
G012 BLK
A5505
Starter Motor (M1) Signal Circuit Schematic A5505—Engine Control Unit (ECU) K1—Start Relay M1—Starter Motor
W1—System Ground X5503—Engine Control Unit X20— Starter Terminal Connector (ECU) Connector 3 X45— Engine Auxiliary X5503—26—Return Harness-to-Load Center X5503—30—Signal Harness 12-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Start and Charge Circuits Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit E003 WHT is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000840 -19-05MAY17-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-10-18
082417
PN=46
Group 20
Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes The diagnostic trouble code (DTC) number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000628.12, 628 is the SPN and 12 is the FMI number.
• See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. (Operator’s Manual • See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service
ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.)
Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all SDM diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group.
Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) or by using Service ADVISOR™. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00008CE -19-12NOV16-1/1
000237.02 — Vehicle ID Fault
Component Location:
Vehicle identification numbers (VINs) do not match between standard display monitor (SDM) and at least one other controller (engine control unit [ECU] or vehicle control unit [VCU]). Alarm Level:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Software malfunction. Program controller.
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of • See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company
AB51738,00008CF -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-20-1
082417
PN=47
Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000237.13 — Vehicle ID Fault
Component Location:
Option code part of vehicle identification number (VIN) data does not match at least one other controller in network (engine control unit [ECU] or vehicle control unit [VCU]).
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
NOTE: Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) 237.13 may be set after programming session, indicating controller is learning vehicle options. SDM will clear code 237.13 once options are learned.
• See Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
(Group 9015-10.)
• See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
(Group 9015-10.)
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Controller is learning vehicle options. SDM will clear code once options are learned. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00008D0 -19-07JAN15-1/1
• See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location.
000237.31 — Vehicle ID Fault
(Group 9015-10.)
Vehicle identification number (VIN) security data is missing.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
Possible Causes: 1. Open or short in controller area network (CAN) circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00008D1 -19-05DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-20-2
082417
PN=48
Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000628.12 — Control Unit Programming
• None
Controller stuck in boot mode.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Component malfunction. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company
AB51738,00008D2 -19-05DEC14-1/1
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
002000.09 — Communication System Message Missing Controller area network (CAN) communication error; standard display monitor (SDM) has lost communication with engine control unit (ECU). Alarm Level:
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Open or shorted circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00008D3 -19-05DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-20-3
082417
PN=49
Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002003.09 — Communication System Message Missing
Component Location:
Controller area network (CAN) communication error; standard display monitor (SDM) has lost communication with transmission control unit (TCU).
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU. Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Open or shorted circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00008D4 -19-05DEC14-1/1
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
002030.09 — Communication System Message Missing Controller area network (CAN) communication error; standard display monitor (SDM) has lost communication with vehicle control unit (VCU). Alarm Level:
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Open or shorted circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00008D5 -19-05DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-20-4
082417
PN=50
Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location.
002141.09 — Communication System Message Missing
(Group 9015-10.)
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Controller area network (CAN) communication error; standard display monitor (SDM) has lost communication with sealed switch module (SSM).
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Open or shorted circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A5A -19-07JAN15-1/1
002251.09 — Communication System Message Missing Controller area network (CAN) communication error; standard display monitor (SDM) has lost communication with modular telematics gateway (MTG) control unit. Alarm Level:
integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See JDLink™ Harnesses (W6002 and W6003) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • For JDLink™ circuit information, see JDLink™ Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Open or shorted circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. MTG control unit is disconnected or not equipped on machine. Disable software delivery. See Operation—Software Delivery, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and
JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00008D6 -19-12NOV16-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-20-5
082417
PN=51
Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-20-6
082417
PN=52
Group 30
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost. The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000444.04, 444 is the SPN and 04 is the FMI number.
Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) or by using Service ADVISOR™.
• See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.) • See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service
ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.)
Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all SSM diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000084D -19-20NOV14-1/1
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
002033.09 — Communication System Message Missing CAN communication error; sealed switch module (SSM) has lost communication with vehicle control unit (VCU). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000084E -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-1
082417
PN=53
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002634.04 — Ignition Relay Circuit Fault Sealed switch module (SSM) (A4) switched power signal circuit is shorted to ground.
NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
B1
e1
K2
2
5
3
4
G2
X61 3
J003 TAN
X62 J003 TAN
J003 TAN
6 2
G001 BLK
N G001 BLK
g1
X29 G001 BLK
4
TX1178457 —UN—30DEC14
6
G010 BLK
1
G010 BLK
M
M
A4
1
1
W1
W2
TX1178457 Switched Power Relay (K2) Signal Circuit Schematic A4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) W1—System Ground A4—2—Ground W2—Frame Ground A4—3—Signal X29— Load Center HarnessK2—Switched Power Relay to-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
X61— Operator’s Station Harness-to-Roof Harness 31-Pin Connector X62— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 23-Pin Connector
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Alarm Level:
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Switched Electrical Power For Machine
• Not Applicable
Circuit Information:
Additional References:
• See Start and Charge Circuits Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Component Location:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
(Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000084F -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-2
082417
PN=54
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002634.05 — Ignition Relay Circuit Fault Sealed switch module (SSM) (A4) switched power signal circuit is open.
NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
B1
e1
K2
2
5
3
4
G2
X61 3
J003 TAN
X62 J003 TAN
J003 TAN
6 2
G001 BLK
N G001 BLK
g1
X29 G001 BLK
4
TX1178457 —UN—30DEC14
6
G010 BLK
1
G010 BLK
M
M
A4
1
1
W1
W2
TX1178457 Switched Power Relay (K2) Signal Circuit Schematic A4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) W1—System Ground A4—2—Ground W2—Frame Ground A4—3—Signal X29— Load Center HarnessK2—Switched Power Relay to-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
X61— Operator’s Station Harness-to-Roof Harness 31-Pin Connector X62— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 23-Pin Connector
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Alarm Level:
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• None
• Not Applicable
Circuit Information:
Additional References:
• See Start and Charge Circuits Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Component Location:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
(Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000850 -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-3
082417
PN=55
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520752.04 — SSM Button Stuck
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Switch 17 on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Machine Response:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Component Location: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000851 -19-07JAN15-1/1
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
520752.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response from vehicle control unit (VCU) for switch 17 on sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program VCU. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000852 -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-4
082417
PN=56
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520753.04 — SSM Button Stuck
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Switch 18 on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Machine Response:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Component Location: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000853 -19-07JAN15-1/1
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
520753.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response for switch 18 on sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program HVC. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000854 -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-5
082417
PN=57
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520754.04 — SSM Button Stuck
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Auto-idle switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Machine Response:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Component Location: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000855 -19-07JAN15-1/1
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
520754.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response from vehicle control unit (VCU) for auto-idle switch on sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program VCU. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000856 -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-6
082417
PN=58
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520755.04 — SSM Button Stuck
Component Location:
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Engine speed increase switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000857 -19-07JAN15-1/1
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
520755.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response from engine control unit (ECU) for engine speed increase switch on sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program ECU. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000858 -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-7
082417
PN=59
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
521274.09 — Communication System Message Missing Local interconnect network (LIN) communication error; sealed switch module (SSM) has lost communication with vehicle control unit 2 (VC2). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program VC2. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000859 -19-21JUL16-1/1
523335.04 — SSM Button Stuck
Component Location:
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Engine speed decrease switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000085A -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-8
082417
PN=60
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
523335.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response from engine control unit (ECU) for engine speed decrease switch on sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program ECU. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000085B -19-07JAN15-1/1
523336.04 — SSM Button Stuck
Component Location:
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Economy (ECO) mode enable switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000085C -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-9
082417
PN=61
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
523336.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response from transmission control unit (TCU) for economy (ECO) mode enable switch on sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program TCU. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000085D -19-07JAN15-1/1
523338.04 — SSM Button Stuck
Component Location:
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Reverse ratio switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000085E -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-10
082417
PN=62
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
523338.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response from transmission control unit (TCU) for reverse ratio switch on sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program TCU. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000085F -19-07JAN15-1/1
523339.04 — SSM Button Stuck
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Switch 22 on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Machine Response:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Component Location: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000860 -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-11
082417
PN=63
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
523339.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response for switch 22 of sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000861 -19-07JAN15-1/1
523340.04 — SSM Button Stuck
Component Location:
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Decelerator mode switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000862 -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-12
082417
PN=64
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
523340.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response from transmission control unit (TCU) for decelerator mode switch on sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program TCU. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000863 -19-05FEB15-1/1
523849.04 — SSM Button Stuck
Component Location:
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Auxiliary power switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000864 -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-13
082417
PN=65
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
523849.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response from vehicle control unit (VCU) for auxiliary power switch on sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program VCU. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000865 -19-07JAN15-1/1
523850.04 — SSM Button Stuck
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Switch 15 on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Machine Response:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Component Location: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000866 -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-14
082417
PN=66
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
523850.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response for switch 15 of sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000867 -19-07JAN15-1/1
523852.04 — SSM Button Stuck
Component Location:
Door window washer switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location.
NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
(Group 9015-10.)
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• None
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000868 -19-12NOV16-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-15
082417
PN=67
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
523852.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response from vehicle control unit (VCU) for door window washer switch on sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program VCU. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000869 -19-12NOV16-1/1
523854.04 — SSM Button Stuck
Component Location:
Rear window wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location.
NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
(Group 9015-10.)
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• None
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000086A -19-12NOV16-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-16
082417
PN=68
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
523854.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response from vehicle control unit (VCU) for rear window wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program VCU. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000086B -19-12NOV16-1/1
523855.04 — SSM Button Stuck
Component Location:
Front and rear window washer switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location.
NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
(Group 9015-10.)
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• None
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000086C -19-12NOV16-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-17
082417
PN=69
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523855.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response from vehicle control unit (VCU) for front and rear window washer switch on sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program VCU. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000086D -19-12NOV16-1/1
523856.04 — SSM Button Stuck
Component Location:
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Cab work light switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000086E -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-18
082417
PN=70
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
523856.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response from vehicle control unit (VCU) for cab work light switch on sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program VCU. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000086F -19-07JAN15-1/1
523857.04 — SSM Button Stuck
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Switch 10 on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Machine Response:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Component Location: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000870 -19-12NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-19
082417
PN=71
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
523857.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response from hydraulic valve controller (HVC) for switch 10 on sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program HVC. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000871 -19-12NOV14-1/1
523858.04 — SSM Button Stuck
Component Location:
Right door window wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location.
NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
(Group 9015-10.)
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• None
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000872 -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-20
082417
PN=72
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
523858.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response from vehicle control unit (VCU) for right door window wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program VCU. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000873 -19-07JAN15-1/1
523860.04 — SSM Button Stuck
Component Location:
Front and door window wiper speed switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location.
NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
(Group 9015-10.)
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• None
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000874 -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-21
082417
PN=73
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523860.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response from vehicle control unit (VCU) for front and door window wiper speed switch on sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program VCU. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000875 -19-07JAN15-1/1
523861.04 — SSM Button Stuck
Component Location:
Left door window wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location.
NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
(Group 9015-10.)
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• None
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000876 -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-22
082417
PN=74
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
523861.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response from vehicle control unit (VCU) for left door window wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program VCU. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000877 -19-07JAN15-1/1
523862.04 — SSM Button Stuck
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Drive lights switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Machine Response:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Component Location: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000878 -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-23
082417
PN=75
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
523862.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response from vehicle control unit (VCU) for drive lights switch on sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program VCU. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000879 -19-07JAN15-1/1
523863.04 — SSM Button Stuck
Component Location:
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Hydraulic enable switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000087A -19-12NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-24
082417
PN=76
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
523863.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response from hydraulic valve controller (HVC) for hydraulic enable switch on sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program HVC. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000087B -19-12NOV14-1/1
523864.04 — SSM Button Stuck
Component Location:
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Reversing fan switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000087C -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-25
082417
PN=77
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
523864.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response from vehicle control unit (VCU) for reversing fan switch on sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program VCU. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000087D -19-07JAN15-1/1
523865.04 — SSM Button Stuck
Component Location:
Front window wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location.
NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
(Group 9015-10.)
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• None
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000087E -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-26
082417
PN=78
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
523865.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response from vehicle control unit (VCU) for front window wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program VCU. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000087F -19-07JAN15-1/1
523867.04 — SSM Button Stuck
Component Location:
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Engine stop switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000880 -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-27
082417
PN=79
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
523867.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response from vehicle control unit (VCU) for engine stop switch on sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program VCU. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000881 -19-07JAN15-1/1
523868.04 — SSM Button Stuck
Component Location:
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Engine start switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of
1. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000882 -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-28
082417
PN=80
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
523868.09 — Communication System Message Missing No LED response from vehicle control unit (VCU) for engine start switch on sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) does not store diagnostic trouble codes; when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program VCU. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM. See Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000883 -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-29
082417
PN=81
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-30-30
082417
PN=82
Group 40
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU. The diagnostic trouble code (DTC) number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000070.06, 70 is the SPN and 06 is the FMI number.
Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) or by using Service ADVISOR™.
• See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.) • See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service
ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-20.)
Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all TCU diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000070B -19-21JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-1
082417
PN=83
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000070.00 — Park Lock Lever Circuit Fault Left park lock lever switch (S2) circuit is shorted to power. Park and run signals on at same time.
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
P062 RED
1
X9
A B C D E F
G
H
4 3
S2
2
A
A
1
F15 A
B
C
A1
TX1169202 —UN—14OCT14
B
X57 P015 RED
P015 RED 11
X9-C1
T009 BLU
C
B
T009 BLU 19
X9-D1
T010 BLU
T010 BLU 16
TX1169202 Left Park Lock Lever Switch (S2) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) F15— Transmission Switches 5 A Fuse
S2— Left Park Lock Lever Switch X9—C1—Run Signal X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X9—D1—Park Signal Connector 1 X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Transmission Control Set to Neutral
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
• Circuit is shorted to power. • Component malfunction. Replace left park lock lever
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
• Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
switch (S2).
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000070A -19-24NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-2
082417
PN=84
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000070.01 — Park Lock Lever Circuit Fault Left park lock lever switch (S2) circuit has open circuit. Park and run signals off at same time.
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
P062 RED
1
X9
A B C D E F
G
H
4 3
S2
2
A
A
1
F15 A
B
C
A1
TX1169202 —UN—14OCT14
B
X57 P015 RED
P015 RED 11
X9-C1
T009 BLU
C
B
T009 BLU 19
X9-D1
T010 BLU
T010 BLU 16
TX1169202 Left Park Lock Lever Switch (S2) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) F15— Transmission Switches 5 A Fuse
S2— Left Park Lock Lever Switch X9—C1—Run Signal X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X9—D1—Park Signal Connector 1 X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Transmission Control Set to Neutral
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
• Circuit is open. • Component malfunction. Replace left park lock lever
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
• Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
switch (S2).
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000070C -19-24NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-3
082417
PN=85
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000070.04 — Park Lock Lever Circuit Fault Left park lock lever switch (S2) park signal circuit is shorted to ground.
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
P062 RED
1
X9
A B C D E F
G
H
4 3
S2
2
A
A
1
F15 A
B
C
A1
TX1169202 —UN—14OCT14
B
X57 P015 RED
P015 RED 11
X9-C1
T009 BLU
C
B
T009 BLU 19
X9-D1
T010 BLU
T010 BLU 16
TX1169202 Left Park Lock Lever Switch (S2) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) F15— Transmission Switches 5 A Fuse
S2— Left Park Lock Lever Switch X9—C1—Run Signal X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X9—D1—Park Signal Connector 1 X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Transmission Control Set to Neutral
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
• Circuit is shorted to ground. • Component malfunction. Replace left park lock lever
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
• Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
switch (S2).
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000070D -19-24NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-4
082417
PN=86
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000070.06 — Park Lock Lever Circuit Fault Left park lock lever switch (S2) run signal circuit is shorted to ground.
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
P062 RED
1
X9
A B C D E F
G
H
4 3
S2
2
A
A
1
F15 A
B
C
A1
TX1169202 —UN—14OCT14
B
X57 P015 RED
P015 RED 11
X9-C1
T009 BLU
C
B
T009 BLU 19
X9-D1
T010 BLU
T010 BLU 16
TX1169202 Left Park Lock Lever Switch (S2) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) F15— Transmission Switches 5 A Fuse
S2— Left Park Lock Lever Switch X9—C1—Run Signal X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X9—D1—Park Signal Connector 1 X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Transmission Control Set to Neutral
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
• Circuit is shorted to ground. • Component malfunction. Replace left park lock lever
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
• Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
switch (S2).
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000070E -19-24NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-5
082417
PN=87
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
X9 A1 X15
ABCDE F G H 4
X9-H4
P073 RED
2
X9-F1
T021 BLU
1
X9-H3
R073 BLK
3
B9 C
16
B
p/U
A B C TX1178804 —UN—09DEC14
P073 RED
Brake pressure sensor (B9) reading above normal operating range or greater than 345 kPa (3.4 bar) (50 psi) with park brake OFF and engine running above 800 rpm.
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
T021 BLU
000116.00 — Brake Pressure High
A
18 17
R073 BLK
TX1178804 Brake Pressure Sensor (B9) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B9—Brake Pressure Sensor
X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 X9—F1—Signal
X9—H3—Return X9—H4—Supply (5 V) X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Transmission Control Set to Neutral
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Component malfunction. See Park Brake Test. (Group 9026-25.)
• Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000070F -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-6
082417
PN=88
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
X9 A1 X15
ABCDE F G H 4
X9-H4
P073 RED
2
X9-F1
T021 BLU
1
X9-H3
R073 BLK
3
B9 C
16
B
p/U
A B C TX1178804 —UN—09DEC14
P073 RED
Brake pressure sensor (B9) reading below normal operating range or below 1379 kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi) with park brake ON and engine running above 800 rpm.
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
T021 BLU
000116.01 — Brake Pressure Low
A
18 17
R073 BLK
TX1178804 Brake Pressure Sensor (B9) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B9—Brake Pressure Sensor
X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 X9—F1—Signal
X9—H3—Return X9—H4—Supply (5 V) X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Transmission Control Set to Neutral
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Component malfunction. See Park Brake Test. (Group 9026-25.)
• Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000710 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-7
082417
PN=89
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
B9
X9
T021 BLU
P073 RED
Brake pressure sensor (B9) circuit is shorted to power (above 4.81 V).
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
A1 X15
ABCDE F G H 4
X9-H4
P073 RED
2
X9-F1
T021 BLU
1
X9-H3
R073 BLK
3
C
16
B
p/U
A B C TX1178804 —UN—09DEC14
000116.03 — Brake Pressure Circuit Fault
A
18 17
R073 BLK
TX1178804 Brake Pressure Sensor (B9) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B9—Brake Pressure Sensor
X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 X9—F1—Signal
Alarm Level:
X9—H3—Return X9—H4—Supply (5 V) X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
• Test Box S1 Setting: 6 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Brake Pressure • See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
High. (Group 9015-17.)
• Transmission Control Set to Neutral
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
Possible Causes:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Circuit is shorted to power. • Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.)
• Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000711 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-8
082417
PN=90
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
B9
X9
T021 BLU
P073 RED
Brake pressure sensor (B9) circuit is open or is shorted to ground (below 0.24 V).
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
A1 X15
ABCDE F G H 4
X9-H4
P073 RED
2
X9-F1
T021 BLU
1
X9-H3
R073 BLK
3
C
16
B
p/U
A B C TX1178804 —UN—09DEC14
000116.04 — Brake Pressure Circuit Fault
A
18 17
R073 BLK
TX1178804 Brake Pressure Sensor (B9) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B9—Brake Pressure Sensor
X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 X9—F1—Signal
Alarm Level:
X9—H3—Return X9—H4—Supply (5 V) X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
• Test Box S1 Setting: 6 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Brake Pressure • See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
Low. (Group 9015-17.)
• Transmission Control Set to Neutral
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
Possible Causes:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Circuit is shorted to ground. • Circuit is open. • Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.)
• Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000712 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-9
082417
PN=91
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000158.03 — Switched Power Circuit Fault Switched power supply to transmission control unit (TCU) circuit voltage is out of range high (greater than 31 V with engine running).
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
P062 RED
X12-1
1
B1
e1
A1
K2 P061 RED
X12
G2
g1
TX1185413 —UN—18FEB15
2
F61 X25-L1 1 1
P061 RED
TX1185413 Switched Power Relay (K2) Supply Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) F61— System 120 A Circuit Breaker
K2—Switched Power Relay X12—1—Supply (24 V) X12— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X25—L1—Fuse Box 1 Connector 4 Unswitched Power Connector
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Transmission Control Set to Neutral
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Alternator malfunction. See Alternator Test Procedure. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Circuit is shorted to power. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000713 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-10
082417
PN=92
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000158.04 — Switched Power Circuit Fault Switched power supply to transmission control unit (TCU) circuit voltage is out of range low (below 25 V with engine running).
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
P062 RED
X12-1
1
B1
e1
A1
K2 P061 RED
X12
G2
g1
TX1185413 —UN—18FEB15
2
F61 X25-L1 1 1
P061 RED
TX1185413 Switched Power Relay (K2) Supply Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) F61— System 120 A Circuit Breaker
K2—Switched Power Relay X12—1—Supply (24 V) X12— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X25—L1—Fuse Box 1 Connector 4 Unswitched Power Connector
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Transmission Control Set to Neutral
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of
1. Batteries not fully charged. See Handling, Checking, and Servicing Batteries Carefully and see Using Battery Charger. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Alternator malfunction. See Alternator Test Procedure. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Circuit is open. 4. Circuit is shorted to ground. 5. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000714 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-11
082417
PN=93
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000168.04 — Unswitched Power Circuit Fault Transmission control unit (TCU) unswitched power supply circuit is open or shorted to ground (below 12 V).
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
P061 RED
2
X10
F5
A1
L M
TX1169258 —UN—14OCT14
A B C D E F G H J K
A
4
B
3 2 1
X10-L1
P005 RED
X10-M1
P005 RED
P005 RED
TX1169258 Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Unswitched Power Supply Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU)
F5— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Machine Response:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• Transmission Control Set to Neutral
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—M1—Supply (24 V) Connector 2 X10—L1—Supply (24 V)
1. Vehicle control unit (VCU) unswitched power 10 A fuse (F5) is blown. Replace fuse. 2. Low battery voltage. See Handling, Checking, and Servicing Batteries Carefully and see Using Battery Charger. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Alternator malfunction. See Alternator Test Procedure. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Circuit is open. 5. Circuit is shorted to ground. 6. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Additional References: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000715 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-12
082417
PN=94
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000177.00 — Transmission Oil Temperature High Hydrostatic oil temperature sensor (B17) is reading temperatures above 100°C (212°F).
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Stop Indicator
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) • Transmission Control Set to Neutral
• Transmission is overheating. See Overheating Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Not Applicable
• Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.)
• Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000716 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-13
082417
PN=95
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000177.03 — Transmission Oil Temperature Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Hydrostatic oil temperature sensor (B17) circuit is shorted to power (output is at or above 4.9 V). X9
B17
A1 X9-F3
4
A
X001 YEL
7
t/U
3 2
X9-H3
R073 BLK
1
8
B A
TX1178833 —UN—21JAN15
ABCDE F G H
X45
B
TX1178833 Hydrostatic Oil Temperature Sensor (B17) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B17— Hydrostatic Oil Temperature Sensor
X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 X9—F3—Signal
Alarm Level:
X9—H3—Return X45— Engine Auxiliary Harness-to-Load Center Harness 12-Pin Connector
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Test Box S1 Setting: 8 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Transmission
Machine Response:
• See Two Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Temperature
High. (Group 9015-17.)
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component
Possible Causes:
Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Circuit is shorted to power. • Component malfunction. See Electrical Component
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Software malfunction. Program controller.
Specifications. (Group 9015-15.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000717 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-14
082417
PN=96
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000177.04 — Transmission Oil Temperature Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Hydrostatic oil temperature sensor (B17) circuit is shorted to ground (output is below 0.25 V). X9
B17
A1 X9-F3
4
A
X001 YEL
7
t/U
3 2
X9-H3
R073 BLK
1
8
B A
TX1178833 —UN—21JAN15
ABCDE F G H
X45
B
TX1178833 Hydrostatic Oil Temperature Sensor (B17) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B17— Hydrostatic Oil Temperature Sensor
X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 X9—F3—Signal
Alarm Level:
X9—H3—Return X45— Engine Auxiliary Harness-to-Load Center Harness 12-Pin Connector
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Test Box S1 Setting: 8 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Transmission
Machine Response:
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Temperature
Low. (Group 9015-17.)
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component
Possible Causes:
Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Circuit is shorted to ground. • Component malfunction. See Electrical Component
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Software malfunction. Program controller.
Specifications. (Group 9015-15.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000718 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-15
082417
PN=97
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000177.16 — Transmission Oil Temperature High Hydrostatic oil temperature sensor (B17) is reading temperatures above 97°C (207°F).
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) • Transmission Control Set to Neutral
• Transmission is overheating. See Overheating Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.)
• Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000719 -19-11FEB15-1/1
000190.09 — Communication System Message Missing
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
Controller area network (CAN) communication error; transmission control unit (TCU) has lost communication with engine control unit (ECU). Engine speed is missing from controller area network (CAN) data signal.
(Group 9015-10.)
• See Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• None Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of
1. Open or shorted circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000079E -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-16
082417
PN=98
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000237.02 — Vehicle Identification Fault Vehicle identification numbers (VINs) do not match between transmission control unit (TCU) and at least one other controller (engine control unit [ECU] or hydraulic valve controller [HVC]).
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of
1. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000071A -19-25NOV14-1/1
000237.13 — Vehicle Identification Fault Option code part of vehicle identification number (VIN) data does not match at least one other controller in network (engine control unit [ECU] or hydraulic valve controller [HVC]). NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU. NOTE: Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) 237.13 may be set after programming session, indicating controller is learning vehicle options. TCU will clear code 237.13 once options are learned.
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Alarm Level:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Possible Causes:
Machine Response:
1. Controller is learning vehicle options. TCU will clear code once options are learned. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• None Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000071B -19-25NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-17
082417
PN=99
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000237.31 — Vehicle Identification Fault
Component Location:
Vehicle identification number (VIN) security data is missing.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
(Group 9015-10.)
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• None
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of
1. Open or shorted controller area network (CAN) circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000071C -19-11FEB15-1/1
000521.00 — Decel Sensor Calibration Fault Decelerator sensor (B1) voltage out of range high for maximum calibration (above 4.38 V).
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) • Commanded Engine Speed Set to 0% • Decelerator Pedal Set to No Deceleration • Park Brake Set to Released State
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
1. Decelerator/brake pedal out of adjustment. See Decelerator/Brake Pedal Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Decelerator sensor malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000071D -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-18
082417
PN=100
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000521.01 — Decel Sensor Calibration Fault Decelerator sensor (B1) voltage out of range low for minimum calibration (below 0.63 V).
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) • Commanded Engine Speed Set to 0% • Decelerator Pedal Set to No Deceleration • Park Brake Set to Released State
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
1. Decelerator/brake pedal out of adjustment. See Decelerator/Brake Pedal Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Decelerator sensor malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000071E -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-19
082417
PN=101
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000521.03 — Decel Sensor Circuit Fault Decelerator sensor (B1) is shorted to power (signal voltage from sensor above 4.70 V).
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
X11
4
C
3 2 1 A B C D E F
G
H
B1 A1 B
X57 T005 BLU
T005 BLU
X11-F3
R071 BLK
R071 BLK
C
B
A
R071 BLK L
32 X11-F4
T005 BLU M
27
TX1169296 —UN—14OCT14
X11-E3
A
X36
P071 RED
P071 RED
P071 RED K
34
TX1169296 Decelerator Sensor (B1) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B1—Decelerator Sensor X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3
X11—E3—Signal X11—F3—Return X11—F4—Supply (5 V) X36— Operator’s Station Harness-to-Front Dash Harness Connector
X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
• See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Test Box S1 Setting: 6 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Decelerator Rate
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) • Commanded Engine Speed Set to 0% • Decelerator Pedal Set to No Deceleration • Park Brake Set to Released State
Setting
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range High. (Group 9015-17.)
Circuit Information:
Additional References:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Component Location:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000071F -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-20
082417
PN=102
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000521.04 — Decel Sensor Circuit Fault Decelerator sensor (B1) is shorted to ground (signal voltage from sensor is below 0.25 V).
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
X11
4
C
3 2 1 A B C D E F
G
H
B1 A1 B
X57 T005 BLU
T005 BLU
X11-F3
R071 BLK
R071 BLK
C
B
A
R071 BLK L
32 X11-F4
T005 BLU M
27
TX1169296 —UN—14OCT14
X11-E3
A
X36
P071 RED
P071 RED
P071 RED K
34
TX1169296 Decelerator Sensor (B1) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B1—Decelerator Sensor X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3
X11—E3—Signal X11—F3—Return X11—F4—Supply (5 V) X36— Operator’s Station Harness-to-Front Dash Harness Connector
X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
• See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Test Box S1 Setting: 6 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Decelerator Rate
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) • Commanded Engine Speed Set to 0% • Decelerator Pedal Set to No Deceleration • Park Brake Set to Released State
Setting
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range Low. (Group 9015-17.)
Circuit Information:
Additional References:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Component Location:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000720 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-21
082417
PN=103
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000521.05 — Decel Sensor Calibration Fault Decelerator sensor (B1) calibrated voltage out of range low (below 3.79 V or less than 0.15 V greater than maximum) in braking position. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
1. Decelerator/brake pedal out of adjustment. See Decelerator/Brake Pedal Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Decelerator sensor malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000721 -19-20JAN15-1/1
000521.06 — Decel Sensor Calibration Fault Decelerator sensor (B1) calibrated voltage out of range high (above 3.99 V) in braking position.
integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of
1. Decelerator/brake pedal out of adjustment. See Decelerator/Brake Pedal Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Decelerator sensor malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000722 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-22
082417
PN=104
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000521.13 — Decel Sensor Not Calibrated Decelerator sensor (B1) not calibrated.
integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
Possible Causes: 1. Decelerator sensor (B1) has not been calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Decelerator sensor malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000723 -19-19FEB15-1/1
000521.15 — Decel Sensor Calibration Fault Decelerator sensor (B1) voltage minimum calibration point out of range high (above 1.75 V).
integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of
1. Decelerator/brake pedal out of adjustment. See Decelerator/Brake Pedal Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Decelerator sensor malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000724 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-23
082417
PN=105
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000521.16 — Decel Sensor Calibration Fault Decelerator sensor (B1) voltage maximum calibration point out of range high (above 3.75 V).
integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of
1. Decelerator/brake pedal out of adjustment. See Decelerator/Brake Pedal Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Decelerator sensor malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000725 -19-11FEB15-1/1
000521.17 — Decel Sensor Calibration Fault Decelerator sensor (B1) voltage minimum calibration point out of range low (below 1.25 V).
integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of
1. Decelerator/brake pedal out of adjustment. See Decelerator/Brake Pedal Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Decelerator sensor malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000726 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-24
082417
PN=106
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000521.18 — Decel Sensor Calibration Fault Decelerator sensor (B1) voltage maximum calibration point out of range low (below 3.25 V).
integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of
1. Decelerator/brake pedal out of adjustment. See Decelerator/Brake Pedal Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Decelerator sensor malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000727 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-25
082417
PN=107
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000581.03 — Speed in Grip Circuit Fault Transmission speed control switch (S34) voltage out of range high or shorted to power (above 4.75 V).
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
X11
A10
ABCDE F G H 4
A1
3
X57
2
X11-G4
1
X11-F3 X9-D2
P074 RED
35
R071 BLK
32
T011 BLU
21
X9
S34
+
P074 RED R071 BLK T011 BLU
-
TX1178947 —UN—09DEC14
ABCDE F G H 4 3
3
2
1
6
5
4
2 1
TX1178947 Transmission Speed Control Switch (S34) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) A10— Transmission Control Lever (TCL) S34— Transmission Speed Control Switch
X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—F3—Return X11—G4—Supply (5 V) Connector 1 X57— Load Center HarnessX9—D2—Signal to-Operator’s Station X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Harness 35-Pin Connector Connector 3
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• Test Box S1 Setting: 6 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Transmission Speed
• Transmission Speed Limited to 1.0
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Button Voltage
High. (Group 9015-17.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of
Additional References:
Component Location:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000728 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-26
082417
PN=108
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000581.04 — Speed in Grip Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Transmission speed control switch (S34) voltage out of range low (below 0.25 V). Possible short to ground or open circuit. X11
A10
ABCDE F G H 4
A1
3
X57
2
X11-G4
1
X11-F3 X9-D2
P074 RED
35
R071 BLK
32
T011 BLU
21
X9
S34
+
P074 RED R071 BLK T011 BLU
-
TX1178947 —UN—09DEC14
ABCDE F G H 4 3
3
2
1
6
5
4
2 1
TX1178947 Transmission Speed Control Switch (S34) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) A10— Transmission Control Lever (TCL) S34— Transmission Speed Control Switch
X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—F3—Return X11—G4—Supply (5 V) Connector 1 X57— Load Center HarnessX9—D2—Signal to-Operator’s Station X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Harness 35-Pin Connector Connector 3
Alarm Level:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Test Box S1 Setting: 6 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Transmission Speed
Machine Response:
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Button Voltage
Low. (Group 9015-17.)
• Transmission Speed Limited to 1.0
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000729 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-27
082417
PN=109
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000581.07 — Speed in Grip Button Stuck Transmission speed control switch (S34) was out of neutral upon machine start-up.
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• Transmission Speed Limited to 1.0 Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000072A -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-28
082417
PN=110
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000604.03 — Neutral Position Switch Circuit Fault
Neutral start switch indicates out of neutral and FNR sensor output voltage indicates neutral. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Neutral start switch (S12) input circuit is open or mismatch exists between neutral start switch and forward, neutral, and reverse (FNR) sensor (B2).
P062 RED
1
A
F15
B
P015 RED
B
X9 A1
ABCDE F G H
S12
3
P015 RED 11
2
X9-E1
1
T026 BLU
A
B
TX1179182 —UN—09DEC14
X57
4
A
T026 BLU 18
TX1179182 Neutral Start Switch (S12) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) F15— Transmission Switches 5 A Fuse
S12— Neutral Start Switch X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1
Alarm Level:
X9—E1—Signal X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
(SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• No Forward or Reverse Operation
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open. 2. FNR sensor (B2) malfunction. Check for FNR codes. 3. Neutral start switch (S12) malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000072B -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-29
082417
PN=111
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000604.04 — Neutral Position Switch Circuit Fault
Neutral start switch indicates neutral and FNR sensor voltage indicates out of neutral. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Neutral start switch (S12) input circuit is shorted to power or mismatch exists between neutral start switch and forward, neutral, and reverse (FNR) sensor (B2).
P062 RED
1
A
F15
B
P015 RED
B
X9 A1
ABCDE F G H
S12
3
P015 RED 11
2
X9-E1
1
T026 BLU
A
B
TX1179182 —UN—09DEC14
X57
4
A
T026 BLU 18
TX1179182 Neutral Start Switch (S12) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) F15— Transmission Switches 5 A Fuse
S12— Neutral Start Switch X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1
Alarm Level:
X9—E1—Signal X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
(SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• No Forward or Reverse Operation
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. FNR sensor (B2) malfunction. Check for FNR codes. 3. Neutral start switch (S12) malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000072C -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-30
082417
PN=112
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
000604.15 — Neutral Position Switch Calibration Fault Neutral start switch (S12) signal voltage minimum calibration too high when shifting from neutral to reverse position.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Neutral start switch (S12) malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000072D -19-11FEB15-1/1
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
000604.16 — Neutral Position Switch Calibration Fault Neutral start switch (S12) signal voltage maximum calibration too high when shifting from neutral to forward position.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Neutral start switch (S12) malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000072E -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-31
082417
PN=113
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
000604.17 — Neutral Position Switch Calibration Fault Neutral start switch (B2) signal voltage minimum calibration too low when shifting from neutral to reverse position. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Machine Response:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Neutral start switch (S12) malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000072F -19-11FEB15-1/1
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
000604.18 — Neutral Position Switch Calibration Fault Neutral start switch (S12) signal voltage maximum calibration too low when shifting from neutral to forward position.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Neutral start switch (S12) malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000730 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-32
082417
PN=114
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000619.05 — Brake Solenoid Circuit Fault Park brake solenoid (Y3) circuit is open or is shorted to power.
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
A1
Y3 X29
X11-D1
T024 BLU
K
T024 BLU
1
2
G010 BLK 1
X11
W2 2
1
ABCDE F G H
TX1179183 —UN—16DEC14
4 3 2 1
TX1179183 Park Brake Solenoid (Y3) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) W2—Frame Ground
X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X29— Load Center HarnessConnector 3 to-Vehicle Harness X11—D1—Signal Connector 3
Y3— Park Brake Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• No Forward or Reverse Operation
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Park brake solenoid (Y3) circuit is open. 2. Park brake solenoid (Y3) circuit is shorted to power. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000731 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-33
082417
PN=115
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000619.06 — Brake Solenoid Circuit Fault Park brake solenoid (Y3) circuit is shorted to ground.
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
A1
Y3 X29
X11-D1
T024 BLU
K
T024 BLU
1
2
G010 BLK 1
X11
W2 2
1
ABCDE F G H
TX1179183 —UN—16DEC14
4 3 2 1
TX1179183 Park Brake Solenoid (Y3) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) W2—Frame Ground
X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X29— Load Center HarnessConnector 3 to-Vehicle Harness X11—D1—Signal Connector 3
Y3— Park Brake Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• No Forward or Reverse Operation
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Park brake solenoid (Y3) circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000732 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-34
082417
PN=116
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000629.12 — Control Unit Fault
Component Location:
Transmission control unit (TCU) watchdog timer exceeded.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of
1. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000733 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-35
082417
PN=117
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000907.00 — Left Motor Speed Sensor Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Left motor speed sensor (B12) voltage high or R071 BLK return circuit is open. X10 ABCDE FGH J K L M 4 3
4
1
X11
1
6
2
5
3
4
B12
3
5
A1
TX1179185 —UN—16DEC14
ABCDE F G H
+
P074 RED
2
4 3 2 1
X10-E1
X15
T016 BLU
X11-A3
T016 BLU
X11-F3
R071 BLK
X11-G4
P074 RED
11 10 9
T016 BLU R071 BLK P074 RED
TX1179185 Left Motor Speed Sensor (B12) Circuit Schematic X11—F3—Return A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—E1—Signal B12— Left Motor Speed Sensor X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—G4—Supply (5 V) X15— Load Center HarnessX10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2 X11—A3—Signal Connector 1
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Tracker Control Disabled
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. R071 BLK return circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000736 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-36
082417
PN=118
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000907.01 — Left Motor Speed Sensor Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Left motor speed sensor (B12) voltage low or P074 RED supply circuit is open. X10 ABCDE FGH J K L M 4 3
4
1
X11
1
6
2
5
3
4
B12
3
5
A1
TX1179185 —UN—16DEC14
ABCDE F G H
+
P074 RED
2
4 3 2 1
X10-E1
X15
T016 BLU
X11-A3
T016 BLU
X11-F3
R071 BLK
X11-G4
P074 RED
11 10 9
T016 BLU R071 BLK P074 RED
TX1179185 Left Motor Speed Sensor (B12) Circuit Schematic X11—F3—Return A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—E1—Signal B12— Left Motor Speed Sensor X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—G4—Supply (5 V) X15— Load Center HarnessX10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2 X11—A3—Signal Connector 1
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Tracker Control Disabled
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. P074 RED supply circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000737 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-37
082417
PN=119
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000907.03 — Left Motor Speed Sensor Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Left motor speed sensor (B12) out of range high or shorted to power (above 4.75 V). X10 ABCDE FGH J K L M 4 3
4
1
X11
1
6
2
5
3
4
B12
3
5
A1
TX1179185 —UN—16DEC14
ABCDE F G H
+
P074 RED
2
4 3 2 1
X10-E1
X15
T016 BLU
X11-A3
T016 BLU
X11-F3
R071 BLK
X11-G4
P074 RED
11 10 9
T016 BLU R071 BLK P074 RED
TX1179185 Left Motor Speed Sensor (B12) Circuit Schematic X11—F3—Return A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—E1—Signal B12— Left Motor Speed Sensor X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—G4—Supply (5 V) X15— Load Center HarnessX10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2 X11—A3—Signal Connector 1
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Tracker Control Disabled
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000738 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-38
082417
PN=120
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000907.04 — Left Motor Speed Sensor Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Left motor speed sensor (B12) out of range low or shorted to ground (below 0.25 V). X10 ABCDE FGH J K L M 4 3
4
1
X11
1
6
2
5
3
4
B12
3
5
A1
TX1179185 —UN—16DEC14
ABCDE F G H
+
P074 RED
2
4 3 2 1
X10-E1
X15
T016 BLU
X11-A3
T016 BLU
X11-F3
R071 BLK
X11-G4
P074 RED
11 10 9
T016 BLU R071 BLK P074 RED
TX1179185 Left Motor Speed Sensor (B12) Circuit Schematic X11—F3—Return A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—E1—Signal B12— Left Motor Speed Sensor X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—G4—Supply (5 V) X15— Load Center HarnessX10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2 X11—A3—Signal Connector 1
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Tracker Control Disabled
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000739 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-39
082417
PN=121
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000907.07 — Left Motor Speed Sensor Fault Left motor speed sensor (B12) no response with engine running and no active circuit faults.
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
X10 ABCDE FGH J K L M 4 3
4
1
X11
1
6
2
5
3
4
B12
3
5
A1
TX1179185 —UN—16DEC14
ABCDE F G H
+
P074 RED
2
4 3 2 1
X10-E1
X15
T016 BLU
X11-A3
T016 BLU
X11-F3
R071 BLK
X11-G4
P074 RED
11 10 9
T016 BLU R071 BLK P074 RED
TX1179185 Left Motor Speed Sensor (B12) Circuit Schematic X11—F3—Return A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—E1—Signal B12— Left Motor Speed Sensor X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—G4—Supply (5 V) X15— Load Center HarnessX10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2 X11—A3—Signal Connector 1
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Tracker Control Disabled
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000073A -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-40
082417
PN=122
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000907.12 — Left Motor Speed Sensor Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Left motor speed sensor (B12) T016 BLU signal circuit is open. X10 ABCDE FGH J K L M 4 3
4
1
X11
1
6
2
5
3
4
B12
3
5
A1
TX1179185 —UN—16DEC14
ABCDE F G H
+
P074 RED
2
4 3 2 1
X10-E1
X15
T016 BLU
X11-A3
T016 BLU
X11-F3
R071 BLK
X11-G4
P074 RED
11 10 9
T016 BLU R071 BLK P074 RED
TX1179185 Left Motor Speed Sensor (B12) Circuit Schematic X11—F3—Return A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—E1—Signal B12— Left Motor Speed Sensor X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—G4—Supply (5 V) X15— Load Center HarnessX10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2 X11—A3—Signal Connector 1
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Tracker Control Disabled
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. T016 BLU signal circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000073B -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-41
082417
PN=123
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000908.00 — Right Motor Speed Sensor Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Right motor speed sensor (B11) voltage high or R071 BLK return circuit is open. X10 ABCDE FGH J K L M 4 3 2
4
1
X11
1
6
2
5
3
4
+ 5
TX1179186 —UN—09DEC14
3
A1
ABCDE F G H
B11
4 3 2 1
X10-E2
T017 BLU
X11-A4
T017 BLU
X11-F3
R071 BLK
X11-G4
P074 RED
X15 T017 BLU
7 6 5
T017 BLU R071 BLK P074 RED
TX1179186 Right Motor Speed Sensor (B11) Circuit Schematic X11—F3—Return A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—E2—Signal B11— Right Motor Speed Sensor X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—G4—Supply (5 V) X15— Load Center HarnessX10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2 X11—A4—Signal Connector 1
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Tracker Control Disabled
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. R071 BLK return circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000073C -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-42
082417
PN=124
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000908.01 — Right Motor Speed Sensor Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Right motor speed sensor (B11) voltage low or P074 RED supply circuit is open. X10 ABCDE FGH J K L M 4 3 2
4
1
X11
1
6
2
5
3
4
+ 5
TX1179186 —UN—09DEC14
3
A1
ABCDE F G H
B11
4 3 2 1
X10-E2
T017 BLU
X11-A4
T017 BLU
X11-F3
R071 BLK
X11-G4
P074 RED
X15 T017 BLU
7 6 5
T017 BLU R071 BLK P074 RED
TX1179186 Right Motor Speed Sensor (B11) Circuit Schematic X11—F3—Return A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—E2—Signal B11— Right Motor Speed Sensor X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—G4—Supply (5 V) X15— Load Center HarnessX10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2 X11—A4—Signal Connector 1
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Tracker Control Disabled
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. P074 RED supply circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000073D -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-43
082417
PN=125
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000908.03 — Right Motor Speed Sensor Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Right motor speed sensor (B11) out of range high or shorted to power (above 4.75 V). X10 ABCDE FGH J K L M 4 3 2
4
1
X11
1
6
2
5
3
4
+ 5
TX1179186 —UN—09DEC14
3
A1
ABCDE F G H
B11
4 3 2 1
X10-E2
T017 BLU
X11-A4
T017 BLU
X11-F3
R071 BLK
X11-G4
P074 RED
X15 T017 BLU
7 6 5
T017 BLU R071 BLK P074 RED
TX1179186 Right Motor Speed Sensor (B11) Circuit Schematic X11—F3—Return A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—E2—Signal B11— Right Motor Speed Sensor X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—G4—Supply (5 V) X15— Load Center HarnessX10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2 X11—A4—Signal Connector 1
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Tracker Control Disabled
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000073E -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-44
082417
PN=126
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000908.04 — Right Motor Speed Sensor Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Right motor speed sensor (B11) out of range low or shorted to ground (below 0.25 V). X10 ABCDE FGH J K L M 4 3 2
4
1
X11
1
6
2
5
3
4
+ 5
TX1179186 —UN—09DEC14
3
A1
ABCDE F G H
B11
4 3 2 1
X10-E2
T017 BLU
X11-A4
T017 BLU
X11-F3
R071 BLK
X11-G4
P074 RED
X15 T017 BLU
7 6 5
T017 BLU R071 BLK P074 RED
TX1179186 Right Motor Speed Sensor (B11) Circuit Schematic X11—F3—Return A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—E2—Signal B11— Right Motor Speed Sensor X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—G4—Supply (5 V) X15— Load Center HarnessX10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2 X11—A4—Signal Connector 1
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Tracker Control Disabled
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000073F -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-45
082417
PN=127
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000908.07 — Right Motor Speed Sensor Fault Right motor speed sensor (B11) no response with engine running and no active circuit faults.
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
X10 ABCDE FGH J K L M 4 3 2
4
1
X11
1
6
2
5
3
4
+ 5
TX1179186 —UN—09DEC14
3
A1
ABCDE F G H
B11
4 3 2 1
X10-E2
T017 BLU
X11-A4
T017 BLU
X11-F3
R071 BLK
X11-G4
P074 RED
X15 T017 BLU
7 6 5
T017 BLU R071 BLK P074 RED
TX1179186 Right Motor Speed Sensor (B11) Circuit Schematic X11—F3—Return A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—E2—Signal B11— Right Motor Speed Sensor X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—G4—Supply (5 V) X15— Load Center HarnessX10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2 X11—A4—Signal Connector 1
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Tracker Control Disabled
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000740 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-46
082417
PN=128
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000908.12 — Right Motor Speed Sensor Circuit Fault
Right motor speed sensor (B11) T017 BLU signal circuit is open.
X10 ABCDE FGH J K L M 4 3 2
4
1
X11
1
6
2
5
3
4
+ 5
TX1179186 —UN—09DEC14
3
A1
ABCDE F G H
B11
4 3 2 1
X10-E2
T017 BLU
X11-A4
T017 BLU
X11-F3
R071 BLK
X11-G4
P074 RED
X15 T017 BLU
7 6 5
T017 BLU R071 BLK P074 RED
TX1179186 Right Motor Speed Sensor (B11) Circuit Schematic X11—F3—Return A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—E2—Signal B11— Right Motor Speed Sensor X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—G4—Supply (5 V) X15— Load Center HarnessX10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2 X11—A4—Signal Connector 1
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Tracker Control Disabled
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. T017 BLU signal circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000741 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-47
082417
PN=129
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002000.09 — Communication System Message Missing
Component Location:
Controller area network (CAN) communication error; transmission control unit (TCU) has lost communication with engine control unit (ECU).
• See Engine Harness (W32) Component Location.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
(Group 9015-10.)
(Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Machine Response:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Open or shorted circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000742 -19-11FEB15-1/1
002023.09 — Communication System Message Missing
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Controller area network (CAN) communication error; transmission control unit (TCU) has lost communication with standard display monitor (SDM).
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of
1. Open or shorted circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000743 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-48
082417
PN=130
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
002141.09 — Communication System Message Missing Controller area network (CAN) communication error; transmission control unit (TCU) has lost communication with sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Open or shorted circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000744 -19-11FEB15-1/1
002660.00 — Steer Sensor Calibration Fault Steer sensor (B3) voltage is out of range high for maximum calibration value (above 3.39 V).
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) • Steering Disabled Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
1. Transmission control lever (TCL) out of adjustment. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000745 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-49
082417
PN=131
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002660.01 — Steer Sensor Calibration Fault Steer sensor (B3) voltage is out of range low for minimum calibration value (below 1.61 V). Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Machine Response:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) • Steering Disabled
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Transmission control lever (TCL) out of adjustment. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000746 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-50
082417
PN=132
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002660.03 — Steer Sensor Circuit Fault Steer sensor (B3) signal voltage is out of range high (above 4.70 V).
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
A1 X57 P071 RED
X11-B4
T006 BLU
X11-F3
R071 BLK
P071 RED
34 T006 BLU
24 32
R071 BLK B
X11 C
ABCDE F G H
B
A
B3 TX1179188 —UN—09DEC14
X11-F4
A
4
C
3 2
R071 BLK
1
TX1179188 Steer Sensor (B3) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B3—Steer Sensor X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3
X11—B4—Signal X11—F3—Return X11—F4—Supply (5 V) X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Test Box S1 Setting: 6 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Steer Sensor • See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Machine Response:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) • Steering Disabled
High. (Group 9015-17.)
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Signal circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000747 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-51
082417
PN=133
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002660.04 — Steer Sensor Circuit Fault Steer sensor (B3) signal voltage is out of range low (below 0.25 V).
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
A1 X57 P071 RED
X11-B4
T006 BLU
X11-F3
R071 BLK
P071 RED
34 T006 BLU
24 32
R071 BLK B
X11 C
ABCDE F G H
B
A
B3 TX1179188 —UN—09DEC14
X11-F4
A
4
C
3 2
R071 BLK
1
TX1179188 Steer Sensor (B3) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B3—Steer Sensor X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3
X11—B4—Signal X11—F3—Return X11—F4—Supply (5 V) X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
• Test Box S1 Setting: 6 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Steer Sensor • See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
Low. (Group 9015-17.)
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) • Steering Disabled
Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Signal circuit is open. 2. Signal circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 4. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 5. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000748 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-52
082417
PN=134
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002660.07 — Steer Sensor Calibration Fault Steer sensor (B3) neutral calibration out of range (below 2.39 V or above 2.61 V).
integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Transmission control lever (TCL) out of adjustment. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000749 -19-11FEB15-1/1
002660.13 — Steer Sensor Not Calibrated Steer sensor (B3) not calibrated.
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
Possible Causes: 1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000074A -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-53
082417
PN=135
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002660.15 — Steer Sensor Calibration Fault Steer sensor (B3) minimum calibration voltage point out of range high.
integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Transmission control lever (TCL) out of adjustment. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000074B -19-11FEB15-1/1
002660.16 — Steer Sensor Calibration Fault Steer sensor (B3) maximum calibration voltage point out of range high.
integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Transmission control lever (TCL) out of adjustment. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000074C -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-54
082417
PN=136
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002660.17 — Steer Sensor Calibration Fault Steer sensor (B3) minimum calibration voltage point out of range low.
integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Transmission control lever (TCL) out of adjustment. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000074D -19-11FEB15-1/1
002660.18 — Steer Sensor Calibration Fault Steer sensor (B3) maximum calibration voltage point out of range low.
integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Transmission control lever (TCL) out of adjustment. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000074E -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-55
082417
PN=137
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002661.00 — FNR Sensor Calibration Fault Forward, neutral, and reverse (FNR) sensor (B2) voltage is out of range high for maximum calibration value (above 3.88 V). NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Alarm Level:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• No Forward or Reverse Operation
1. Transmission control lever (TCL) out of adjustment. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000074F -19-11FEB15-1/1
002661.01 — FNR Sensor Calibration Fault Forward, neutral, and reverse (FNR) sensor (B2) voltage is out of range low for minimum calibration value (below 0.42 V). NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Alarm Level:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• No Forward or Reverse Operation
1. Transmission control lever (TCL) out of adjustment. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000750 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-56
082417
PN=138
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002661.03 — FNR Sensor Circuit Fault Forward, neutral, and reverse (FNR) sensor (B2) signal voltage is out of range high (above 4.70 V).
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
A1 X57 P071 RED
X11-B3
T012 BLU
X11-F3
R071 BLK
P071 RED
34 T012 BLU
25 32
R071 BLK B
X11 C
ABCDE F G H
B
A
B2 TX1179225 —UN—09DEC14
X11-F4
A
4
C
3 2 1
R071 BLK
TX1179225 Forward, Neutral, and Reverse (FNR) Sensor (B2) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B2—Forward, Neutral, and Reverse (FNR) Sensor
X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—F4—Supply (5 V) Connector 3 X57— Load Center HarnessX11—B3—Signal to-Operator’s Station X11—F3—Return Harness 35-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
• Test Box S1 Setting: 6 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: FNR Sensor • See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
High. (Group 9015-17.)
• No Forward or Reverse Operation
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
Possible Causes:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Signal circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000751 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-57
082417
PN=139
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002661.04 — FNR Sensor Circuit Fault Forward, neutral, and reverse (FNR) sensor (B2) signal voltage is out of range low (below 0.25 V).
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
A1 X57 P071 RED
X11-B3
T012 BLU
X11-F3
R071 BLK
P071 RED
34 T012 BLU
25 32
R071 BLK B
X11 C
ABCDE F G H
B
A
B2 TX1179225 —UN—09DEC14
X11-F4
A
4
C
3 2 1
R071 BLK
TX1179225 Forward, Neutral, and Reverse (FNR) Sensor (B2) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B2—Forward, Neutral, and Reverse (FNR) Sensor
X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—F4—Supply (5 V) Connector 3 X57— Load Center HarnessX11—B3—Signal to-Operator’s Station X11—F3—Return Harness 35-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
• Test Box S1 Setting: 6 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: FNR Sensor • See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
Low. (Group 9015-17.)
• No Forward or Reverse Operation
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
Possible Causes:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Signal or supply circuit is open. 2. Signal or supply circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 4. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 5. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000752 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-58
082417
PN=140
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002661.07 — FNR Sensor Calibration Fault Forward, neutral, and reverse (FNR) sensor (B2) neutral calibration voltage out of normal range (below 2.25 V or above 2.75 V). NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Transmission control lever (TCL) out of adjustment. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000753 -19-11FEB15-1/1
002661.13 — FNR Sensor Not Calibrated Forward, neutral, and reverse (FNR) sensor (B2) not calibrated.
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000754 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-59
082417
PN=141
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002661.15 — FNR Sensor Calibration Fault Forward, neutral, and reverse (FNR) sensor (B2) voltage minimum calibration point out of range high with TCL in reverse position. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Transmission control lever (TCL) out of adjustment. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000755 -19-11FEB15-1/1
002661.16 — FNR Sensor Calibration Fault Forward, neutral, and reverse (FNR) sensor (B2) voltage maximum calibration point out of range high with TCL in forward position. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Alarm Level:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
1. Transmission control lever (TCL) out of adjustment. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000756 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-60
082417
PN=142
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002661.17 — FNR Sensor Calibration Fault Forward, neutral, and reverse (FNR) sensor (B2) voltage minimum calibration point out of range low with TCL in reverse position. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Transmission control lever (TCL) out of adjustment. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000757 -19-11FEB15-1/1
002661.18 — FNR Sensor Calibration Fault Forward, neutral, and reverse (FNR) sensor (B2) voltage maximum calibration point out of range low with TCL in forward position. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Alarm Level:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
1. Transmission control lever (TCL) out of adjustment. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000758 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-61
082417
PN=143
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003359.31 — Transmission Oil Filter Restricted
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Hydrostatic oil filter restriction switch (B15) input is high. A1
X10
X15 X10-G1
24
ABCDE FGH J K L M
X64 N001 YEL
7 TX1179190 —UN—09DEC14
4 3 2 1
1
B15
TX1179190 Hydrostatic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (B15) Circuit Schematic (IGC controls) A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B15— Hydrostatic Oil Filter Restriction Switch
X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X64— Rear Service Connector 2 Harness-to-Vehicle X10—G1—Signal Harness Connector X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
A1
X10
X15 X10-G1
24
ABCDE FGH J K L M
X64 N001 YEL
G TX1180568 —UN—16DEC14
4 3 2 1
1
B15
TX1180568 Hydrostatic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (B15) Circuit Schematic (manual controls) A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B15— Hydrostatic Oil Filter Restriction Switch
X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X64— Rear Service Connector 2 Harness-to-Vehicle X10—G1—Signal Harness Connector X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
Alarm Level:
Machine Response:
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• None
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator • Oil Filter Restriction Indicator
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Rear Service Harness (W14) Component Location or see Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Hydrostatic oil filter is restricted. See Hydrostatic Charge Oil Filter Operation. (Group 9026-05.) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-62
AB51738,0000759 -19-11FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=144
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes 2. Circuit is shorted to power. 3. Circuit is open. 4. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.)
5. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000759 -19-11FEB15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-63
082417
PN=145
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003509.03 — Sensor Supply 1 Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
P071 RED sensor supply voltage is out of range high (above 5.25 V). X57
T005 BLU
X11-B3
T012 BLU
X36 P071 RED
P071 RED
P071 RED
K
P071 RED
X11-E3
34
P071 RED
P071 RED
P071 RED
X11-F4
X36 27
25
T005 BLU
B
T012 BLU
T006 BLU
24
A
B1
A
B2 A
X11-B4
B
T005 BLU
M
B
T006 BLU
B
C
C
A
B3
A
B
C
A
B
C
C
R071 BLK
A1
32
X11
TX1169749 —UN—14OCT14
R071 BLK
R071 BLK
X11-F3
R071 BLK
C
X36 R071 BLK
TX1169749
R071 BLK
R071 BLK
L
Sensor Supply 1 Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B1—Decelerator Sensor B2—Forward, Neutral, and Reverse (FNR) Sensor B3—Steer Sensor
X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 X11—B3—Forward, Neutral, and Reverse (FNR) Sensor Signal X11—B4—Steer Sensor Signal
X11—E3—Decelerator Sensor Signal X11—F3—Return X11—F4—Supply (5 V) X36— Operator’s Station Harness-to-Front Dash Harness Connector
X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
• See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• No Forward or Reverse Operation
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
Possible Causes:
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
1. P071 RED sensor supply circuit is shorted to power. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000075A -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-64
082417
PN=146
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003509.04 — Sensor Supply 1 Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
P071 RED sensor supply voltage is out of range low (below 4.75 V). X57
T005 BLU
X11-B3
T012 BLU
X36 P071 RED
P071 RED
P071 RED
K
P071 RED
X11-E3
34
P071 RED
P071 RED
P071 RED
X11-F4
X36 27
25
T005 BLU
B
T012 BLU
T006 BLU
24
A
B1
A
B2 A
X11-B4
B
T005 BLU
M
B
T006 BLU
B
C
C
A
B3
A
B
C
A
B
C
C
R071 BLK
A1
32
X11
TX1169749 —UN—14OCT14
R071 BLK
R071 BLK
X11-F3
R071 BLK
C
X36 R071 BLK
TX1169749
R071 BLK
R071 BLK
L
Sensor Supply 1 Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B1—Decelerator Sensor B2—Forward, Neutral, and Reverse (FNR) Sensor B3—Steer Sensor
X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 X11—B3—Forward, Neutral, and Reverse (FNR) Sensor Signal X11—B4—Steer Sensor Signal
X11—E3—Decelerator Sensor Signal X11—F3—Return X11—F4—Supply (5 V) X36— Operator’s Station Harness-to-Front Dash Harness Connector
X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
• See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• No Forward or Reverse Operation
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
Possible Causes:
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
1. P071 RED sensor supply circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000075B -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-65
082417
PN=147
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003510.03 — Sensor Supply 2 Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
P081 RED sensor supply voltage is out of range high (above 5.25 V). X9
ABCDE F G H 4 3 2 1
A1
G
X64 P081 RED
41
P081 RED
B A C
B C
p/U
B42
R081 BLK
A
X9-G3
R081 BLK
X11-C3
H013 GRN
J A
R081 BLK
42
H013 GRN
43
H013 GRN
P081 RED
P081 RED
X29 X9-G4
R081 BLK H013 GRN
TX1179194 —UN—16DEC14
X11 ABCDE F G H 4 3 2 1
TX1179194 Sensor Supply 2 Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B42— Hydraulic Pump Pressure Sensor X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1
X9—G3—Return X29— Load Center HarnessX9—G4—Supply (5 V) to-Vehicle Harness X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Connector 3 X64— Rear Service X11—C3—Hydraulic Pump Harness-to-Vehicle Pressure Sensor Signal Harness Connector
Alarm Level:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Machine Response:
Component Location:
• No Forward or Reverse Operation
• See Rear Service Harness (W14) Component Location
Circuit Information:
or see Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-66
AB51738,000075C -19-11FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=148
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Possible Causes:
• Not Applicable
1. P081 RED sensor supply circuit is shorted to power. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Additional References: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000075C -19-11FEB15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-67
082417
PN=149
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003510.04 — Sensor Supply 2 Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
P081 RED sensor supply voltage is out of range low (below 4.75 V). X9
ABCDE F G H 4 3 2 1
A1
G
X64 P081 RED
41
P081 RED
B A C
B C
p/U
B42
R081 BLK
A
X9-G3
R081 BLK
X11-C3
H013 GRN
J A
R081 BLK
42
H013 GRN
43
H013 GRN
P081 RED
P081 RED
X29 X9-G4
R081 BLK H013 GRN
TX1179194 —UN—16DEC14
X11 ABCDE F G H 4 3 2 1
TX1179194 Sensor Supply 2 Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B42— Hydraulic Pump Pressure Sensor X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1
X9—G3—Return X29— Load Center HarnessX9—G4—Supply (5 V) to-Vehicle Harness X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Connector 3 X64— Rear Service X11—C3—Hydraulic Pump Harness-to-Vehicle Pressure Sensor Signal Harness Connector
Alarm Level:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Machine Response:
Component Location:
• No Forward or Reverse Operation
• See Rear Service Harness (W14) Component Location
Circuit Information:
or see Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-68
AB51738,000075D -19-11FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=150
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Possible Causes:
• Not Applicable
1. P081 RED sensor supply circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Additional References: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000075D -19-11FEB15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-69
082417
PN=151
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003511.03 — Sensor Supply 3 Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Sensor supply voltage 3 P073 RED circuit is out of range high or shorted to power. A1
X15
X9-H4
P073 RED
X9-F1
T021 BLU
P073 RED
16
C
T021 BLU
18
B
B9
p/U A
R073 BLK
X9-H3
R073 BLK
17
A B C
13 T018 BLU
X9-F2
P073 RED C
T018 BLU
15
B
B8
p/U A
X9 R073 BLK
14
A B C
ABCDE F G H 3 2 1
P073 RED
R073 BLK
4
X29 P X9-F4
T019 BLU
P073 RED C
T019 BLU
R
B
B7
p/U A
R073 BLK
Q
A B C
S
P073 RED C
T020 BLU
U
B
B6
p/U A
R073 BLK
T
A B C
TX1179195
TX1179195 —UN—16DEC14
X9-D4
T020 BLU
Sensor Supply 3 Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B6—Left Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor B7—Right Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor B8—Hydrostatic Charge Pressure Sensor
B9—Brake Pressure Sensor X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 X9—D4—Left Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor Signal X9—F1—Brake Pressure Sensor Signal
X9—F2—Hydrostatic Charge Pressure Sensor Signal X9—F4—Right Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor Signal X9—H3—Return X9—H4—Supply (5 V) X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
X29— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 3
Alarm Level:
Circuit Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of
Machine Response:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location: Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-70
AB51738,000075E -19-11FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=152
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Sensor supply P073 RED circuit is shorted to power. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Additional References: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000075E -19-11FEB15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-71
082417
PN=153
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003511.04 — Sensor Supply 3 Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Sensor supply voltage 3 P073 RED circuit is out of range low or shorted to ground. A1
X15
X9-H4
P073 RED
X9-F1
T021 BLU
P073 RED
16
C
T021 BLU
18
B
B9
p/U A
R073 BLK
X9-H3
R073 BLK
17
A B C
13 T018 BLU
X9-F2
P073 RED C
T018 BLU
15
B
B8
p/U A
X9 R073 BLK
14
A B C
ABCDE F G H 3 2 1
P073 RED
R073 BLK
4
X29 P X9-F4
T019 BLU
P073 RED C
T019 BLU
R
B
B7
p/U A
R073 BLK
Q
A B C
S
P073 RED C
T020 BLU
U
B
B6
p/U A
R073 BLK
T
A B C
TX1179195
TX1179195 —UN—16DEC14
X9-D4
T020 BLU
Sensor Supply 3 Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B6—Left Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor B7—Right Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor B8—Hydrostatic Charge Pressure Sensor
B9—Brake Pressure Sensor X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 X9—D4—Left Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor Signal X9—F1—Brake Pressure Sensor Signal
X9—F2—Hydrostatic Charge Pressure Sensor Signal X9—F4—Right Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor Signal X9—H3—Return X9—H4—Supply (5 V) X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
X29— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 3
Alarm Level:
Circuit Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of
Machine Response:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location: Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-72
AB51738,000075F -19-11FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=154
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Sensor supply circuit P073 RED is shorted to ground. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Additional References: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000075F -19-11FEB15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-73
082417
PN=155
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003512.03 — Sensor Supply 4 Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Sensor supply voltage 4 P074 RED circuit is out of range high or shorted to power.
ABCDE FGH J K L M
ABCDE F G H
A B C D E F G H
4
4
4
3
3
3
X11
2
X10
2
X9
2
1
1
1
X15 P074 RED
5
X11-G4
P074 RED
X11-A3
T016 BLU
X10-E1
T016 BLU
X11-A4
T017 BLU
X10-E2
T017 BLU
X11-F3
R071 BLK
9
B12
4
+
T016 BLU
11
R071 BLK
X9-B2
1
6
2
5
3
4
3
5
T017 BLU
7
10
R071 BLK
B11
6
+
A10
X57 32 13
P074 RED
TX1179196
21 35
R071 BLK
6
A017 GRY
1
T011 BLU P074 RED
5 4
3
2
1
6
5
4
1
6
2
5
3
4
TX1179196 —UN—16DEC14
T011 BLU
R071 BLK
4
X9-D2
A017 GRY
P074 RED
P074 RED
P074 RED
A1
P074 RED
3
5
T017 BLU R071 BLK
Sensor Supply 4 Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) A10— Transmission Control Lever (TCL) B11— Right Motor Speed Sensor B12— Left Motor Speed Sensor X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1
X9—B2—Signal X9—D2—Signal X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 X10—E1—Signal X10—E2—Signal X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3
X11—A3—Signal X11—A4—Signal X11—F3—Return X11—G4—Supply (5 V) X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1 X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
Alarm Level:
Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Transmission Speed Limited to 1.0 • Tracker Control Disabled
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
Possible Causes:
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Sensor supply circuit P074 RED is shorted to power.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-74
AB51738,0000760 -19-11FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=156
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000760 -19-11FEB15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-75
082417
PN=157
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003512.04 — Sensor Supply 4 Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Sensor supply voltage 4 P074 RED circuit is out of range low or shorted to ground.
ABCDE FGH J K L M
ABCDE F G H
A B C D E F G H
4
4
4
3
3
3
X11
2
X10
2
X9
2
1
1
1
X15 P074 RED
5
X11-G4
P074 RED
X11-A3
T016 BLU
X10-E1
T016 BLU
X11-A4
T017 BLU
X10-E2
T017 BLU
X11-F3
R071 BLK
9
B12
4
+
T016 BLU
11
R071 BLK
X9-B2
1
6
2
5
3
4
3
5
T017 BLU
7
10
R071 BLK
B11
6
+
A10
X57 32 13
P074 RED
TX1179196
21 35
R071 BLK
6
A017 GRY
1
T011 BLU P074 RED
5 4
3
2
1
6
5
4
1
6
2
5
3
4
TX1179196 —UN—16DEC14
T011 BLU
R071 BLK
4
X9-D2
A017 GRY
P074 RED
P074 RED
P074 RED
A1
P074 RED
3
5
T017 BLU R071 BLK
Sensor Supply 4 Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) A10— Transmission Control Lever (TCL) B11— Right Motor Speed Sensor B12— Left Motor Speed Sensor X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1
X9—B2—Signal X9—D2—Signal X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 X10—E1—Signal X10—E2—Signal X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3
X11—A3—Signal X11—A4—Signal X11—F3—Return X11—G4—Supply (5 V) X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1 X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
Alarm Level:
Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Transmission Speed Limited to 1.0 • Tracker Control Disabled
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
Possible Causes:
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Sensor supply circuit P074 RED is shorted to ground.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-76
AB51738,0000761 -19-11FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=158
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000761 -19-11FEB15-2/2
521999.00 — Park Lock Lever Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Right park lock lever switch (S14) circuit is shorted to power. Park and run signals on at same time. A1 X9-C4
1
X9-A2
X57 17 20
T001 BLU
T001 BLU
T002 BLU
T002 BLU
A
X9
S14 F15
ABCDE F G H 4 C
P015 RED
P015 RED
11
T002 BLU
A
A
B
3 2
B
T001 BLU
TX1179198 —UN—16DEC14
B
1
C
TX1179198 Right Park Lock Lever Switch (S14) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) F15— Transmission Switches 5 A Fuse
S14— Right Park Lock Lever Switch X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1
X9—A2—Run Signal X9—C4—Park Signal X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Transmission Control Set to Neutral
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
• Circuit is shorted to power. • Component malfunction. Replace right park lock lever
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
• Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
switch (S14).
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000766 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-77
082417
PN=159
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
521999.01 — Park Lock Lever Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Right park lock lever switch (S14) circuit has open circuit. Park and run signals off at same time. A1 X9-C4
1
X9-A2
X57 17 20
T001 BLU
T001 BLU
T002 BLU
T002 BLU
A
X9
S14 F15
ABCDE F G H 4 C
P015 RED
P015 RED
11
A
2
B
A
B
3
T001 BLU
TX1179198 —UN—16DEC14
B
T002 BLU
1
C
TX1179198 Right Park Lock Lever Switch (S14) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) F15— Transmission Switches 5 A Fuse
S14— Right Park Lock Lever Switch X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1
X9—A2—Run Signal X9—C4—Park Signal X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Transmission Control Set to Neutral
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
• Circuit is open. • Component malfunction. Replace right park lock lever
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
• Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
switch (S14).
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000767 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-78
082417
PN=160
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
521999.04 — Park Lock Lever Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Right park lock lever switch (S14) park signal circuit is shorted to ground. A1 X9-C4
1
X9-A2
X57 17 20
T001 BLU
T001 BLU
T002 BLU
T002 BLU
A
X9
S14 F15
ABCDE F G H 4 C
P015 RED
P015 RED
11
A
2
B
A
B
3
T001 BLU
TX1179198 —UN—16DEC14
B
T002 BLU
1
C
TX1179198 Right Park Lock Lever Switch (S14) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) F15— Transmission Switches 5 A Fuse
S14— Right Park Lock Lever Switch X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1
X9—A2—Run Signal X9—C4—Park Signal X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Transmission Control Set to Neutral
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
• Circuit is shorted to ground. • Component malfunction. Replace right park lock lever
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
• Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
switch (S14).
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000768 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-79
082417
PN=161
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
521999.06 — Park Lock Lever Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Right park lock lever switch (S14) run signal circuit is shorted to ground. A1 X9-C4
1
X9-A2
X57 17 20
T001 BLU
T001 BLU
T002 BLU
T002 BLU
A
X9
S14 F15
ABCDE F G H 4 C
P015 RED
P015 RED
11
A
2
B
A
B
3
T001 BLU
TX1179198 —UN—16DEC14
B
T002 BLU
1
C
TX1179198 Right Park Lock Lever Switch (S14) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) F15— Transmission Switches 5 A Fuse
S14— Right Park Lock Lever Switch X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1
X9—A2—Run Signal X9—C4—Park Signal X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Transmission Control Set to Neutral
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
• Circuit is shorted to ground. • Component malfunction. Replace right park lock lever
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
• Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
switch (S14).
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000769 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-80
082417
PN=162
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522444.00 — Charge Pressure High Hydrostatic charge pressure sensor (B8) data is valid but above normal operating range.
control (IGC), see Vehicle (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• None Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of
1. Charge relief valve malfunction. See Neutral Charge Relief and Operating Charge Relief Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.) 2. Component malfunction. See Charge Pressure Sensor Test. (Group 9026-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000076C -19-11FEB15-1/1
522444.01 — Charge Pressure Low Hydrostatic charge pressure sensor (B8) data is valid but below normal operating range.
control (IGC), see Vehicle (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• Engine Speed Limited to Slow Idle • Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Component Location:
1. Check low charge pressure. See High/Low Charge Pressure Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) 2. Component malfunction. See Charge Pressure Sensor Test. (Group 9026-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000076D -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-81
082417
PN=163
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522444.03 — Charge Pressure Sensor Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Hydrostatic charge pressure sensor (B8) circuit out of range high (above 4.81 V).
ABCDE F G H 4 3 2 1
A1
X15
X9-H4
P073 RED
X9-F2
T018 BLU
X9-H3
R073 BLK
13 15
P073 RED T018 BLU
14
R073 BLK
TX1179200 —UN—09DEC14
X9
A B C
C B
p/U
B8
A
TX1179200 Hydrostatic Charge Pressure Sensor (B8) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B8—Hydrostatic Charge Pressure Sensor
X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 X9—F2—Signal
Alarm Level:
X9—H3—Return X9—H4—Supply (5 V) X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Test Box S1 Setting: 6 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Transmission Charge
Machine Response:
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Pressure Voltage
High. (Group 9015-17.)
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000076E -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-82
082417
PN=164
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522444.04 — Charge Pressure Sensor Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Hydrostatic charge pressure sensor (B8) circuit out of range low (below 0.24 V).
ABCDE F G H 4 3 2 1
A1
X15
X9-H4
P073 RED
X9-F2
T018 BLU
X9-H3
R073 BLK
13 15 14
P073 RED T018 BLU R073 BLK
TX1179200 —UN—09DEC14
X9
A B C
C B
p/U
B8
A
TX1179200 Hydrostatic Charge Pressure Sensor (B8) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B8—Hydrostatic Charge Pressure Sensor
X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 X9—F2—Signal
Alarm Level:
X9—H3—Return X9—H4—Supply (5 V) X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Test Box S1 Setting: 6 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Transmission Charge
Machine Response:
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Pressure Voltage
Low. (Group 9015-17.)
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
Possible Causes:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
1. Circuit open. 2. Circuit shorted to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000076F -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-83
082417
PN=165
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522447.05 — Right Forward Pump Coil Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Front pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B13) circuit for right forward command is open or is shorted to ground. X10 2
B13 ABCDE FGH J K L M 4
1
3 2
2
T029 BLU
T029 BLU
X10-J4
T030 BLU
T030 BLU
X10-K4
T030 BLU
TX1179205 —UN—16DEC14
X45
T029 BLU
X10-K3
1
T030 BLU
A1 X10-J3
T029 BLU
1
4 3
TX1179205 Front Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) (B13) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B13— Front Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP)
X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—K3—Reverse Return X10—K4—Forward Return Connector 2 X45— Engine Auxiliary X10—J3—Forward Signal Harness-to-Load Center X10—J4—Reverse Signal Harness 12-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• No Forward Operation
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location: Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000770 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-84
082417
PN=166
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522447.06 — Right Forward Pump Coil Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Front pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B13) circuit for right forward command is shorted to power. X10 2
B13 ABCDE FGH J K L M 4
1
3 2
2
T029 BLU
T029 BLU
X10-J4
T030 BLU
T030 BLU
X10-K4
T030 BLU
TX1179205 —UN—16DEC14
X45
T029 BLU
X10-K3
1
T030 BLU
A1 X10-J3
T029 BLU
1
4 3
TX1179205 Front Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) (B13) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B13— Front Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP)
X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—K3—Reverse Return X10—K4—Forward Return Connector 2 X45— Engine Auxiliary X10—J3—Forward Signal Harness-to-Load Center X10—J4—Reverse Signal Harness 12-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• No Forward Operation
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location: Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000771 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-85
082417
PN=167
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522447.15 — Right Forward Pump Coil Calibration Fault Front pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B13) forward threshold (point of track movement) is too high. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Alarm Level:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• No Forward Operation Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. TCU calibration malfunction. See TCU Calibration Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000772 -19-11FEB15-1/1
522447.16 — Right Forward Pump Coil Calibration Fault Front pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B13) maximum calibration speed value is too high in forward. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Alarm Level:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. TCU calibration malfunction. See TCU Calibration Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000773 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-86
082417
PN=168
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522447.17 — Right Forward Pump Coil Calibration Fault Front pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B13) calibration threshold current too low in forward direction. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Alarm Level:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• No Forward Operation Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. TCU calibration malfunction. See TCU Calibration Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000774 -19-11FEB15-1/1
522447.18 — Right Forward Pump Coil Calibration Fault Front pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B13) calibration current too low at maximum speed in forward direction. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Alarm Level:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. TCU calibration malfunction. See TCU Calibration Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000775 -19-26APR16-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-87
082417
PN=169
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522448.05 — Right Reverse Pump Coil Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Front pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B13) circuit for right reverse command is open or is shorted to power. X10 2
B13 ABCDE FGH J K L M 4
1
3 2
2
T029 BLU
T029 BLU
X10-J4
T030 BLU
T030 BLU
X10-K4
T030 BLU
TX1179205 —UN—16DEC14
X45
T029 BLU
X10-K3
1
T030 BLU
A1 X10-J3
T029 BLU
1
4 3
TX1179205 Front Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) (B13) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B13— Front Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP)
X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—K3—Reverse Return X10—K4—Forward Return Connector 2 X45— Engine Auxiliary X10—J3—Forward Signal Harness-to-Load Center X10—J4—Reverse Signal Harness 12-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• No Reverse Operation
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location: Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is shorted to power. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000776 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-88
082417
PN=170
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522448.06 — Right Reverse Pump Coil Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Front pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B13) circuit for right reverse command is shorted to ground. X10 2
B13 ABCDE FGH J K L M 4
1
3 2
2
T029 BLU
T029 BLU
X10-J4
T030 BLU
T030 BLU
X10-K4
T030 BLU
TX1179205 —UN—16DEC14
X45
T029 BLU
X10-K3
1
T030 BLU
A1 X10-J3
T029 BLU
1
4 3
TX1179205 Front Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) (B13) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B13— Front Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP)
X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—K3—Reverse Return X10—K4—Forward Return Connector 2 X45— Engine Auxiliary X10—J3—Forward Signal Harness-to-Load Center X10—J4—Reverse Signal Harness 12-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• No Reverse Operation
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location: Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
1. Circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000777 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-89
082417
PN=171
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522448.15 — Right Reverse Pump Coil Calibration Fault Front pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B13) reverse threshold (point of track movement) is too high. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Alarm Level:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• No Reverse Operation Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. TCU calibration malfunction. See TCU Calibration Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000778 -19-11FEB15-1/1
522448.16 — Right Reverse Pump Coil Calibration Fault Front pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B13) maximum calibration speed value is too high in reverse. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Alarm Level:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. TCU calibration malfunction. See TCU Calibration Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000779 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-90
082417
PN=172
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522448.17 — Right Reverse Pump Coil Calibration Fault Front pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B13) calibration threshold current too low in reverse direction. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Alarm Level:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• No Reverse Operation Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. TCU calibration malfunction. See TCU Calibration Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000077A -19-11FEB15-1/1
522448.18 — Right Reverse Pump Coil Calibration Fault Front pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B13) calibration current too low at maximum speed in reverse direction. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Alarm Level:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. TCU calibration malfunction. See TCU Calibration Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000077B -19-26APR16-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-91
082417
PN=173
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522449.05 — Left Reverse Pump Coil Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Rear pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B14) circuit for left reverse command is open or is shorted to ground.
2
X10
1
1
ABCDE FGH J K L M
B14 T028 BLU
4 2 1
X10-G4
T028 BLU
X10-H4
T028 BLU
X10-G3
T027 BLU
X10-H3
T027 BLU
T027 BLU
A1 X45 T028 BLU
T027 BLU
2
TX1179206 —UN—16DEC14
3
1
2
TX1179206 Rear Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) (B14) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B14— Rear Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP)
X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—H3—Reverse Return X10—H4—Forward Return Connector 2 X45— Engine Auxiliary X10—G3—Forward Signal Harness-to-Load Center X10—G4—Reverse Signal Harness 12-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• No Reverse Operation
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location: Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000077C -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-92
082417
PN=174
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522449.06 — Left Reverse Pump Coil Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Rear pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B14) circuit for left reverse command is shorted to power.
2
X10
1
1
ABCDE FGH J K L M
B14 T028 BLU
4 2 1
X10-G4
T028 BLU
X10-H4
T028 BLU
X10-G3
T027 BLU
X10-H3
T027 BLU
T027 BLU
A1 X45 T028 BLU
T027 BLU
2
TX1179206 —UN—16DEC14
3
1
2
TX1179206 Rear Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) (B14) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B14— Rear Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP)
X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—H3—Reverse Return X10—H4—Forward Return Connector 2 X45— Engine Auxiliary X10—G3—Forward Signal Harness-to-Load Center X10—G4—Reverse Signal Harness 12-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• No Reverse Operation
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location: Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000077D -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-93
082417
PN=175
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
522449.15 — Left Reverse Pump Coil Calibration Fault
(Group 9015-10.)
Rear pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B14) reverse threshold (point of track movement) is too high. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Alarm Level:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• No Reverse Operation Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. TCU calibration malfunction. See TCU Calibration Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000077E -19-11FEB15-1/1
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
522449.16 — Left Reverse Pump Coil Calibration Fault
(Group 9015-10.)
Rear pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B14) maximum calibration speed value is too high in reverse. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Alarm Level:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. TCU calibration malfunction. See TCU Calibration Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000077F -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-94
082417
PN=176
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
522449.17 — Left Reverse Pump Coil Calibration Fault
(Group 9015-10.)
Rear pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B14) calibration threshold current too low in reverse direction. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Alarm Level:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• No Reverse Operation Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. TCU calibration malfunction. See TCU Calibration Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000780 -19-11FEB15-1/1
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
522449.18 — Left Reverse Pump Coil Calibration Fault
(Group 9015-10.)
Rear pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B14) calibration current too low at maximum speed in reverse direction. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Alarm Level:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. TCU calibration malfunction. See TCU Calibration Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000781 -19-26APR16-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-95
082417
PN=177
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522450.05 — Left Forward Pump Coil Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Rear pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B14) circuit for left forward command is open or is shorted to ground.
2
X10
1
1
ABCDE FGH J K L M
B14 T028 BLU
4 2 1
X10-G4
T028 BLU
X10-H4
T028 BLU
X10-G3
T027 BLU
X10-H3
T027 BLU
T027 BLU
A1 X45 T028 BLU
T027 BLU
2
TX1179206 —UN—16DEC14
3
1
2
TX1179206 Rear Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) (B14) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B14— Rear Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP)
X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—H3—Reverse Return X10—H4—Forward Return Connector 2 X45— Engine Auxiliary X10—G3—Forward Signal Harness-to-Load Center X10—G4—Reverse Signal Harness 12-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• No Forward Operation
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location: Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000782 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-96
082417
PN=178
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522450.06 — Left Forward Pump Coil Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Rear pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B14) circuit for left forward command is shorted to power.
2
X10
1
1
ABCDE FGH J K L M
B14 T028 BLU
4 2 1
X10-G4
T028 BLU
X10-H4
T028 BLU
X10-G3
T027 BLU
X10-H3
T027 BLU
T027 BLU
A1 X45 T028 BLU
T027 BLU
2
TX1179206 —UN—16DEC14
3
1
2
TX1179206 Rear Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) (B14) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B14— Rear Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP)
X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—H3—Reverse Return X10—H4—Forward Return Connector 2 X45— Engine Auxiliary X10—G3—Forward Signal Harness-to-Load Center X10—G4—Reverse Signal Harness 12-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• No Forward Operation
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location: Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000783 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-97
082417
PN=179
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
522450.15 — Left Forward Pump Coil Calibration Fault
(Group 9015-10.)
Rear pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B14) forward threshold (point of track movement) is too high. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Alarm Level:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• No Forward Operation Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. TCU calibration malfunction. See TCU Calibration Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000784 -19-11FEB15-1/1
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
522450.16 — Left Forward Pump Coil Calibration Fault
(Group 9015-10.)
Rear pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B14) maximum calibration speed value is too high in forward. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Alarm Level:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. TCU calibration malfunction. See TCU Calibration Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000785 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-98
082417
PN=180
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
522450.17 — Left Forward Pump Coil Calibration Fault
(Group 9015-10.)
Rear pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B14) calibration threshold current too low in forward direction. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Alarm Level:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• No Forward Operation Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. TCU calibration malfunction. See TCU Calibration Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000786 -19-11FEB15-1/1
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
522450.18 — Left Forward Pump Coil Calibration Fault
(Group 9015-10.)
Rear pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B14) calibration current too low at maximum speed in forward direction. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Alarm Level:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. TCU calibration malfunction. See TCU Calibration Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000787 -19-26APR16-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-99
082417
PN=181
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523108.13 — Transmission Pumps/Motors Not Calibrated
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Hydrostatic pumps and motors not calibrated. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Alarm Level:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
1. Pumps and motors (threshold, low speed, or high speed) not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000078A -19-11FEB15-1/1
523108.14 — Transmission Not Calibrated
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Transmission control unit (TCU) not calibrated.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
1. Transmission functions (sensors, pumps, and motors) not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000078B -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-100
082417
PN=182
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523577.05 — Left Motor Solenoid Circuit Fault Left motor shift solenoid (Y1) circuit is open or is shorted to ground.
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
X10 A1
2
3 2
Y1
X15 X10-F4 X10-E3
R015 BLK T015 BLU
2
2 1
TX1179207 —UN—09DEC14
ABCDE FGH J K L M 4
1
1 1
TX1179207 Left Motor Shift Solenoid (Y1) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—E3—Supply X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—F4—Return Connector 2 X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
Y1— Left Motor Shift Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Controller malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000078C -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-101
082417
PN=183
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523577.06 — Left Motor Solenoid Circuit Fault Left motor shift solenoid (Y1) circuit is shorted to power.
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
X10 A1
2
3 2
Y1
X15 X10-F4 X10-E3
R015 BLK T015 BLU
2
2 1
TX1179207 —UN—09DEC14
ABCDE FGH J K L M 4
1
1 1
TX1179207 Left Motor Shift Solenoid (Y1) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—E3—Supply X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—F4—Return Connector 2 X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
Y1— Left Motor Shift Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Controller malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000078D -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-102
082417
PN=184
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523577.13 — Transmission Motors Not Calibrated Hydrostatic motor high speed not calibrated.
control (IGC), see Vehicle (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• None Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of
1. Motor high speed not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000078E -19-11FEB15-1/1
523577.16 — Left Motor Solenoid Calibration Fault Left motor shift solenoid (Y1) maximum calibration out of range high. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
control (IGC), see Vehicle (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Machine Response:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000078F -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-103
082417
PN=185
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523577.18 — Left Motor Solenoid Calibration Fault Left motor shift solenoid (Y1) maximum calibration out of range low. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
control (IGC), see Vehicle (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Machine Response:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000790 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-104
082417
PN=186
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523578.05 — Right Motor Solenoid Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Right motor shift solenoid (Y2) circuit is open or is shorted to ground.
X10 A1
2
4 3 2
Y2
X15 X10-F3 X10-E4
R034 BLK T034 BLU
2
4 3
1
1 1
TX1179201
TX1179201 —UN—09DEC14
ABCDE FGH J K L M
Right Motor Shift Solenoid (Y2) Circuit Schematic X10—E4—Supply A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—F3—Return X15— Load Center HarnessConnector 2 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
Y2— Right Motor Shift Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Controller malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000791 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-105
082417
PN=187
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523578.06 — Right Motor Solenoid Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Right motor shift solenoid (Y2) circuit is shorted to power.
X10 A1
2
4 3 2
Y2
X15 X10-F3 X10-E4
R034 BLK T034 BLU
2
4 3
1
1 1
TX1179201
TX1179201 —UN—09DEC14
ABCDE FGH J K L M
Right Motor Shift Solenoid (Y2) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—E4—Supply X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—F3—Return Connector 2 X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
Y2— Right Motor Shift Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Controller malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000792 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-106
082417
PN=188
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523578.16 — Right Motor Solenoid Calibration Fault Right motor shift solenoid (Y2) maximum calibration out of range high. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
control (IGC), see Vehicle (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Machine Response:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000793 -19-11FEB15-1/1
523578.18 — Right Motor Solenoid Calibration Fault Right motor shift solenoid (Y2) maximum calibration out of range low. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
control (IGC), see Vehicle (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Machine Response:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
1. Component not calibrated. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000794 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-107
082417
PN=189
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523579.05 — Left Motor Solenoid Circuit Fault Left motor shift solenoid (Y1) circuit is open or is shorted to ground.
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
X10 A1
2
3 2
Y1
X15 X10-F4 X10-E3
R015 BLK T015 BLU
2
2 1
TX1179207 —UN—09DEC14
ABCDE FGH J K L M 4
1
1 1
TX1179207 Left Motor Shift Solenoid (Y1) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—E3—Supply X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—F4—Return Connector 2 X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
Y1— Left Motor Shift Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Controller malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000079F -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-108
082417
PN=190
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523579.06 — Left Motor Solenoid Circuit Fault Left motor shift solenoid (Y1) circuit is shorted to power.
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
X10 A1
2
3 2
Y1
X15 X10-F4 X10-E3
R015 BLK T015 BLU
2
2 1
TX1179207 —UN—09DEC14
ABCDE FGH J K L M 4
1
1 1
TX1179207 Left Motor Shift Solenoid (Y1) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—E3—Supply X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—F4—Return Connector 2 X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
Y1— Left Motor Shift Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Controller malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007A0 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-109
082417
PN=191
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523580.05 — Right Motor Solenoid Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Right motor shift solenoid (Y2) circuit is open or is shorted to ground.
X10 A1
2
4 3 2
Y2
X15 X10-F3 X10-E4
R034 BLK T034 BLU
2
4 3
1
1 1
TX1179201
TX1179201 —UN—09DEC14
ABCDE FGH J K L M
Right Motor Shift Solenoid (Y2) Circuit Schematic X10—E4—Supply A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—F3—Return X15— Load Center HarnessConnector 2 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
Y2— Right Motor Shift Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Controller malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007A1 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-110
082417
PN=192
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523580.06 — Right Motor Solenoid Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Right motor shift solenoid (Y2) circuit is shorted to power.
X10 A1
2
4 3 2
Y2
X15 X10-F3 X10-E4
R034 BLK T034 BLU
2
4 3
1
1 1
TX1179201
TX1179201 —UN—09DEC14
ABCDE FGH J K L M
Right Motor Shift Solenoid (Y2) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—E4—Supply X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X10—F3—Return Connector 2 X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
Y2— Right Motor Shift Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Controller malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007A2 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-111
082417
PN=193
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524089.00 — Left System Pressure High Left hydrostatic pressure sensor (B6) reading high pressure.
control (IGC), see Vehicle (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• None Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of
• System pressure is high. See Hydrostatic Motor
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
Min./Max. Angle Servo Piston Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.) • Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) • Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000795 -19-11FEB15-1/1
524089.01 — Left System Pressure Low Left hydrostatic pressure sensor (B6) reading low pressure.
Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• None Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of
• System pressure is low. See Hydrostatic Motor
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Vehicle (SmartGrade™ and IGC
Min./Max. Angle Servo Piston Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.) • Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) • Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000796 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-112
082417
PN=194
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524089.03 — Left System Pressure Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Left hydrostatic pressure sensor (B6) circuit is shorted to power. A1
X29
X9-H4 X9-D4 X9-H3
ABCDE F G H 4
P073 RED T020 BLU R073 BLK
S U T
B6 C
3
B
TX1179203 —UN—09DEC14
X9
2 1
p/U
A B C
A
TX1179203 Left Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor (B6) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B6—Left Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor
X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 X9—D4—Signal
Alarm Level:
X9—H3—Return X9—H4—Supply (5 V) X29— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 3
• None
• Test Box S1 Setting: 6 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Left HST System
Machine Response:
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Pressure Voltage
High. (Group 9015-17.)
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Controller malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000797 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-113
082417
PN=195
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524089.04 — Left System Pressure Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Left hydrostatic pressure sensor (B6) circuit is open or is shorted to ground. A1
X29
X9-H4 X9-D4 X9-H3
ABCDE F G H 4
P073 RED T020 BLU R073 BLK
S U T
B6 C
3
B
TX1179203 —UN—09DEC14
X9
2 1
p/U
A B C
A
TX1179203 Left Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor (B6) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B6—Left Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor
X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 X9—D4—Signal
Alarm Level:
X9—H3—Return X9—H4—Supply (5 V) X29— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 3
• None
• Test Box S1 Setting: 6 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Left HST System
Machine Response:
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Pressure Voltage
Low. (Group 9015-17.)
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
Possible Causes:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Controller malfunction. Program controller.
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000798 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-114
082417
PN=196
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524090.00 — Right System Pressure High Right hydrostatic pressure sensor (B7) reading high pressure.
control (IGC), see Vehicle (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• None Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of
• System pressure is high. See Hydrostatic Motor
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
Min./Max. Angle Servo Piston Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.) • Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) • Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000799 -19-11FEB15-1/1
524090.01 — Right System Pressure Low Right hydrostatic pressure sensor (B7) reading low pressure.
control (IGC), see Vehicle (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• None Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of
• System pressure is low. See Hydrostatic Motor
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
Min./Max. Angle Servo Piston Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.) • Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) • Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000079A -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-115
082417
PN=197
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524090.03 — Right System Pressure Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Right hydrostatic pressure sensor (B7) circuit is shorted to power. A1
X29
X9-H4 X9-F4 X9-H3
ABCDE F G H 4
P073 RED T019 BLU R073 BLK
P R Q
B7 C
3
B
TX1179204 —UN—09DEC14
X9
2 1
p/U
A B C
A
TX1179204 Right Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor (B7) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B7—Right Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor
X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 X9—F4—Signal
Alarm Level:
X9—H3—Return X9—H4—Supply (5 V) X29— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 3
• None
• Test Box S1 Setting: 6 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Right HST System
Machine Response:
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Pressure Voltage
High. (Group 9015-17.)
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Controller malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000079B -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-116
082417
PN=198
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524090.04 — Right System Pressure Circuit Fault
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Right hydrostatic pressure sensor (B7) circuit is open or is shorted to ground. A1
X29
X9-H4 X9-F4 X9-H3
ABCDE F G H 4
P073 RED T019 BLU R073 BLK
P R Q
B7 C
3
B
TX1179204 —UN—09DEC14
X9
2 1
p/U
A B C
A
TX1179204 Right Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor (B7) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B7—Right Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor
X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 X9—F4—Signal
Alarm Level:
X9—H3—Return X9—H4—Supply (5 V) X29— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 3
• None
• Test Box S1 Setting: 6 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Right HST System
Machine Response:
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Pressure Voltage
Low. (Group 9015-17.)
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
Possible Causes:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Controller malfunction. Program controller.
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000079C -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-117
082417
PN=199
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524233.07 — Hydrostatic Drive System Not Responding Transmission control unit (TCU) is attempting to return hydrostatic transmission to neutral by auto-applying brakes but detects mechanical movement (motor speed sensors indicate motion) for 1.5 seconds. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Vehicle (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Engine Speed Limited to Slow Idle • Machine Speed Limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph)
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Motor speed sensor malfunction. 2. Hydrostatic pump or motor malfunction. See Transmission Efficiency Test. (Group 9026-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location: SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000079D -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-40-118
082417
PN=200
Group 50
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.) • See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service
The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000070.03, 70 is the SPN and 03 is the FMI number.
ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.)
Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all VCU diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group.
Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) or by using Service ADVISOR™. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000884 -19-02DEC14-1/1
000237.02 — Vehicle Identification Fault
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
Vehicle identification numbers (VINs) do not match between vehicle control unit (VCU) and at least one other controller (engine control unit [ECU] or vehicle controller 2 [VC2]).
• See Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
(Group 9015-10.)
(Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Software malfunction. Program controllers.
Component Location: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000885 -19-27JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-1
082417
PN=201
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000237.13 — Vehicle Identification Fault Option code part of vehicle identification number (VIN) data does not match at least one other controller in network (engine control unit [ECU] or vehicle controller 2 [VC2]). NOTE: Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) 237.13 may be set after programming session, indicating controller is learning vehicle options. VCU will clear code 237.13 once options are learned. Alarm Level:
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location or see Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
1. Controller is learning vehicle options. VCU will clear code once options are learned. 2. Software malfunction. Program controllers.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location: SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company
AB51738,0000886 -19-27JAN15-1/1
000237.31 — Vehicle Identification Fault Vehicle identification number (VIN) security data is missing.
see Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location or
1. Open or short in controller area network (CAN) circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000887 -19-27JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-2
082417
PN=202
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000628.12 — Control Unit Programming
• None
Controller stuck in boot mode.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,0000146 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-3
082417
PN=203
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000924.03 — Auxiliary Power Circuit Fault Rotary beacon light (E12) circuit has short to power. X11
A1 X57 L007 BRN
X11-H4
33
ABCDE F G H
X61 L007 BRN
L007 BRN
9
4
X53
3
1
2 1
2
1
E12 X53
TX1186541 —UN—03MAR15
G004 BLK
2
1
W3
TX1186541 Rotary Beacon Light (E12) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—H4—Supply X61— Operator’s Station E12— Rotary Beacon Light X53— Auxiliary Lighting (beacon) Harness-to-Roof Harness W3—Roof Ground Connector 31-Pin Connector X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X57— Load Center HarnessConnector 3 to-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Alarm Level:
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• None
• Not Applicable
Circuit Information:
Additional References:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Component Location:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000888 -19-12NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-4
082417
PN=204
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000924.06 — Auxiliary Power Circuit Fault Rotary beacon light (E12) circuit has short to ground. X11
A1 X57 L007 BRN
X11-H4
33
ABCDE F G H
X61 L007 BRN
L007 BRN
9
4
X53
3
1
2 1
2
1
E12 X53
TX1186541 —UN—03MAR15
G004 BLK
2
1
W3
TX1186541 Rotary Beacon Light (E12) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—H4—Supply X61— Operator’s Station E12— Rotary Beacon Light X53— Auxiliary Lighting (beacon) Harness-to-Roof Harness W3—Roof Ground Connector 31-Pin Connector X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X57— Load Center HarnessConnector 3 to-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Alarm Level:
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• None
• Not Applicable
Circuit Information:
Additional References:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Component Location:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000889 -19-12NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-5
082417
PN=205
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001638.00 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature High Hydraulic oil temperature is too high or hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B18) has malfunction. A1
ABCDE F G H
B18 X64
X29
X9-E4
4
X002 YEL
L
3
A
13
t/U
X15 X9-H3
2
R073 BLK
27
14
TX1179491 —UN—22DEC14
X9
A B
B
1
TX1179491 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor (B18) Circuit Schematic (IGC controls) A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X9—E4—Signal B18— Hydraulic Oil Temperature X9—H3—Return Sensor X15— Load Center HarnessX9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) to-Vehicle Harness Connector 1 Connector 1
X9
X29— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 3 X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
A1
B18 X64 X29
X9-E4
A
X002 YEL
L
3
N
t/U
X15 X9-H3
2
R073 BLK
27
O
TX1180480 —UN—12DEC14
ABCDE F G H 4
A B
B
1
TX1180480 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor (B18) Circuit Schematic (manual controls) A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X9—E4—Signal B18— Hydraulic Oil Temperature X9—H3—Return Sensor X15— Load Center HarnessX9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) to-Vehicle Harness Connector 1 Connector 1
X29— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 3 X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• Test Box S1 Setting: 8 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Hydraulic Temperature
• Fan Speed Defaults to Maximum
• See Two Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Sensor Voltage
High. (Group 9015-17.)
Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Additional References:
Component Location:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Hydraulic oil overheating. See Hydraulic System Diagnose Malfunctions. (Group 9025-15.) 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000088A -19-12NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-6
082417
PN=206
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001638.03 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Circuit Fault A1
ABCDE F G H
B18 X29
X9-E4
4
X64 X002 YEL
L
3
A
13
t/U
X15 X9-H3
2
R073 BLK
27
14
TX1179491 —UN—22DEC14
X9
Hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B18) circuit is open or shorted to power.
A B
B
1
TX1179491 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor (B18) Circuit Schematic (IGC controls) A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X9—E4—Signal B18— Hydraulic Oil Temperature X9—H3—Return Sensor X15— Load Center HarnessX9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) to-Vehicle Harness Connector 1 Connector 1
X9
X29— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 3 X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
A1
B18 X64 X29
X9-E4
A
X002 YEL
L
3
N
t/U
X15 X9-H3
2
R073 BLK
27
O
TX1180480 —UN—12DEC14
ABCDE F G H 4
A B
B
1
TX1180480 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor (B18) Circuit Schematic (manual controls) A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X9—E4—Signal B18— Hydraulic Oil Temperature X9—H3—Return Sensor X15— Load Center HarnessX9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) to-Vehicle Harness Connector 1 Connector 1
X29— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 3 X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• Test Box S1 Setting: 8 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Hydraulic Temperature
• Fan Speed Defaults to Maximum
• See Two Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Sensor Voltage
High. (Group 9015-17.)
Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Additional References:
Component Location:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is shorted to power. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000088B -19-27JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-7
082417
PN=207
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001713.01 — Hydraulic Oil Filter Restricted
NOTE: This code will not be enabled until hydraulic oil temperature is greater than 40°C (104°F).
Hydraulic oil filter is restricted. X10
X15 X10-G2
N002 YEL
ABCDE FGH J K L M
25
X64 N002 YEL
8
N002 YEL
4 2
TX1179492 —UN—30JAN15
A1
3
1
1
B16
TX1179492 Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (B16) Circuit Schematic (IGC controls) A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B16— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch
X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X64— Rear Service Connector 2 Harness-to-Vehicle X10—G2—Signal Harness Connector X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
X10 X15 X10-G2
N002 YEL
ABCDE FGH J K L M
25
X64 N002 YEL
H
N002 YEL
4 2
1
1
TX1180484 —UN—30JAN15
A1
3
A
B16
TX1180484 Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (B16) Circuit Schematic (manual controls) A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B16— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch
X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X64— Rear Service Connector 2 Harness-to-Vehicle X10—G2—Signal Harness Connector X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
Alarm Level:
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• None
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Additional References:
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Rear Service Harness (W14) Component Location
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
or see Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-8
AB51738,000088C -19-19MAR15-1/2
082417
PN=208
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
1. Filter is restricted. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic System Oil and Replace Filters. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Circuit is shorted to ground.
3. Component is shorted to ground. 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000088C -19-19MAR15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-9
082417
PN=209
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001713.03 — Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Circuit Fault
NOTE: This code will not be enabled until hydraulic oil temperature is greater than 40°C (104°F).
Hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B16) is shorted to power. X10 X15 X10-G2
N002 YEL
ABCDE FGH J K L M
25
X64 N002 YEL
8
N002 YEL
4 2
TX1179492 —UN—30JAN15
A1
3
1
1
B16
TX1179492 Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (B16) Circuit Schematic (IGC controls) A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B16— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch
X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X64— Rear Service Connector 2 Harness-to-Vehicle X10—G2—Signal Harness Connector X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
X10 X15 X10-G2
N002 YEL
ABCDE FGH J K L M
25
X64 N002 YEL
H
N002 YEL
4 2
1
1
TX1180484 —UN—30JAN15
A1
3
A
B16
TX1180484 Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (B16) Circuit Schematic (manual controls) A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B16— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch
X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X64— Rear Service Connector 2 Harness-to-Vehicle X10—G2—Signal Harness Connector X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
Alarm Level:
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• None
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Additional References:
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Rear Service Harness (W14) Component Location
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
or see Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-10
AB51738,000088D -19-27JAN15-1/2
082417
PN=210
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Possible Causes: 1. Component is shorted to power. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company
AB51738,000088D -19-27JAN15-2/2
002000.09 — Communication System Message Missing
IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location or see Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Controller area network (CAN) communication error; vehicle control unit (VCU) has lost communication with engine control unit (ECU).
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Open or shorted circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000088E -19-27OCT16-1/1
002141.09 — Communication System Message Missing
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
Controller area network (CAN) communication error; vehicle control unit (VCU) has lost communication with sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level:
and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
1. Open or shorted circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000088F -19-27JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-11
082417
PN=211
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002347.03 — Front Drive Light Circuit Fault Left front drive light (E2) or right front drive light (E3) circuit has short to power. A1 X15 L002 BRN
L002 BRN
G010 BLK
22
X11 ABCDE F G H
L002 BRN L002 BRN
X11-G2
2
2
1
4
1
1
G010 BLK
3 2 1
1
E2
E3 2
2
G010 BLK
TX1185888 —UN—27FEB15
W2
G010 BLK
TX1185888 Left and Right Front Drive Lights (E2 and E3) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) E2— Left Front Drive Light
E3— Right Front Drive Light X11—G2—Supply W2—Frame Ground X15— Load Center HarnessX11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) to-Vehicle Harness Connector 3 Connector 1
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Component malfunction. 2. Circuit is shorted to power. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000890 -19-27JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-12
082417
PN=212
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002347.05 — Front Drive Light Circuit Fault Left front drive light (E2) or right front drive light (E3) circuit is open. A1 X15 L002 BRN
L002 BRN
G010 BLK
22
X11 ABCDE F G H
L002 BRN L002 BRN
X11-G2
2
2
1
4
1
1
G010 BLK
3 2 1
1
E2
E3 2
2
G010 BLK
TX1185888 —UN—27FEB15
W2
G010 BLK
TX1185888 Left and Right Front Drive Lights (E2 and E3) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) E2— Left Front Drive Light
E3— Right Front Drive Light X11—G2—Supply W2—Frame Ground X15— Load Center HarnessX11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) to-Vehicle Harness Connector 3 Connector 1
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000891 -19-27JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-13
082417
PN=213
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002347.06 — Front Drive Light Circuit Fault Left front drive light (E2) or right front drive light (E3) circuit has short to ground. A1 X15 L002 BRN
L002 BRN
G010 BLK
22
X11 ABCDE F G H
L002 BRN L002 BRN
X11-G2
2
2
1
4
1
1
G010 BLK
3 2 1
1
E2
E3 2
2
G010 BLK
TX1185888 —UN—27FEB15
W2
G010 BLK
TX1185888 Left and Right Front Drive Lights (E2 and E3) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) E2— Left Front Drive Light
E3— Right Front Drive Light X11—G2—Supply W2—Frame Ground X15— Load Center HarnessX11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) to-Vehicle Harness Connector 3 Connector 1
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000892 -19-27JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-14
082417
PN=214
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002361.03 — Rear Drive Work Light Circuit Fault
Right and left rear drive lights (E5 and E6) circuit has short to power.
A1 X57 L003 BRN
30
X61 L003 BRN
8
L003 BRN
L003 BRN L003 BRN
X11-G1
X11
2
2
1
1
1
ABCDE F G H
1
4
E5
3 2
E6 2
2
G004 BLK
TX1185889 —UN—27FEB15
G004 BLK
1
G004 BLK
W3
TX1185889
Right and Left Rear Drive Lights (E5 and E6) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) E5— Right Rear Drive Light E6— Left Rear Drive Light
W3—Roof Ground X57— Load Center HarnessX11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) to-Operator’s Station Connector 3 Harness 35-Pin Connector X11—G1—Supply X61— Operator’s Station Harness-to-Roof Harness 31-Pin Connector
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Alarm Level:
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• None
• Not Applicable
Circuit Information:
Additional References:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Component Location:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000893 -19-12NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-15
082417
PN=215
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002361.05 — Rear Drive Work Light Circuit Fault
Right and left rear drive lights (E5 and E6) circuit is open.
A1 X57 L003 BRN
30
X61 L003 BRN
8
L003 BRN
L003 BRN L003 BRN
X11-G1
X11
2
2
1
1
1
ABCDE F G H
1
4
E5
3 2
E6 2
2
G004 BLK
TX1185889 —UN—27FEB15
G004 BLK
1
G004 BLK
W3
TX1185889
Right and Left Rear Drive Lights (E5 and E6) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) E5— Right Rear Drive Light E6— Left Rear Drive Light
W3—Roof Ground X57— Load Center HarnessX11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) to-Operator’s Station Connector 3 Harness 35-Pin Connector X11—G1—Supply X61— Operator’s Station Harness-to-Roof Harness 31-Pin Connector
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Alarm Level:
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• None
• Not Applicable
Circuit Information:
Additional References:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Component Location:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000894 -19-12NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-16
082417
PN=216
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002361.06 — Rear Drive Work Light Circuit Fault
Right and left rear drive lights (E5 and E6) circuit is short to ground.
A1 X57 L003 BRN
30
X61 L003 BRN
8
L003 BRN
L003 BRN L003 BRN
X11-G1
X11
2
2
1
1
1
ABCDE F G H
1
4
E5
3 2
E6 2
2
G004 BLK
TX1185889 —UN—27FEB15
G004 BLK
1
G004 BLK
W3
TX1185889
Right and Left Rear Drive Lights (E5 and E6) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) E5— Right Rear Drive Light E6— Left Rear Drive Light
W3—Roof Ground X57— Load Center HarnessX11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) to-Operator’s Station Connector 3 Harness 35-Pin Connector X11—G1—Supply X61— Operator’s Station Harness-to-Roof Harness 31-Pin Connector
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Alarm Level:
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• None
• Not Applicable
Circuit Information:
Additional References:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Component Location:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000895 -19-12NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-17
082417
PN=217
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
004089.03 — Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Circuit Fault
Hydraulic pump pressure sensor (B42) circuit voltage above 4.75 V.
ABCDE F G H 4 3 2
A B C
1
A1 X29
X64 C
X11-C3
H013 GRN
A
B
43
p/U
B42
ABCDE F G H 4
A
3
X9-G3 X9-G4
2
R081 BLK P081 RED
J G
1
TX1179500 —UN—12DEC14
X9
P081 RED
X11
42 41
TX1179500 Hydraulic Pump Pressure Sensor (B42) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B42— Hydraulic Pump Pressure Sensor X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1
X9—G3—Return X29— Load Center HarnessX9—G4—Supply to-Vehicle Harness X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Connector 3 X64— Rear Service X11—C3—Signal Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• Test Box S1 Setting: 5 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Hydraulic System
• None
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Pressure Voltage
High. (Group 9015-17.)
Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Additional References:
Component Location:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Rear Service Harness (W14) Component Location
or see Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is shorted to power. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000898 -19-12NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-18
082417
PN=218
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
004089.04 — Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Circuit Fault
Hydraulic pump pressure sensor (B42) circuit voltage below 0.25 V.
ABCDE F G H 4 3 2
A B C
1
A1 X29
X64 C
X11-C3
H013 GRN
A
B
43
p/U
B42
ABCDE F G H 4
A
3
X9-G3 X9-G4
2
R081 BLK P081 RED
J G
1
TX1179500 —UN—12DEC14
X9
P081 RED
X11
42 41
TX1179500 Hydraulic Pump Pressure Sensor (B42) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B42— Hydraulic Pump Pressure Sensor X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1
X9—G3—Return X29— Load Center HarnessX9—G4—Supply to-Vehicle Harness X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Connector 3 X64— Rear Service X11—C3—Signal Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• Test Box S1 Setting: 5 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Hydraulic System
• None
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Pressure Voltage
Low. (Group 9015-17.)
Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Additional References:
Component Location:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Rear Service Harness (W14) Component Location
or see Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000899 -19-06FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-19
082417
PN=219
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520688.03 — Hydraulic Enable Solenoid Circuit Fault X11
A1
ABCDE F G H
X11-E2
4
Hydraulic enable solenoid (Y9) circuit has short to power.
H212 GRN
X29
X64
B
44 4
3
H212 GRN
1
1
TX1185890 —UN—27FEB15
G010 BLK
G010 BLK
2
Y9 2
W2
TX1185890
Hydraulic Enable Solenoid (Y9) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—E2—Supply W2—Frame Ground X29— Load Center HarnessX11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) to-Vehicle Harness Connector 3 Connector 3
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y9— Hydraulic Enable Solenoid
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• Hydraulics Disabled
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Rear Service Harness (W14) Component Location or see Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000089A -19-06FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-20
082417
PN=220
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520688.05 — Hydraulic Enable Solenoid Circuit Fault X11
A1
ABCDE F G H
X11-E2
4
Hydraulic enable solenoid (Y9) circuit is open.
H212 GRN
X29
X64
B
44 4
3
H212 GRN
1
1
TX1185890 —UN—27FEB15
G010 BLK
G010 BLK
2
Y9 2
W2
TX1185890
Hydraulic Enable Solenoid (Y9) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—E2—Supply W2—Frame Ground X29— Load Center HarnessX11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) to-Vehicle Harness Connector 3 Connector 3
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y9— Hydraulic Enable Solenoid
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• Hydraulics Disabled
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Rear Service Harness (W14) Component Location or see Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000089B -19-06FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-21
082417
PN=221
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520688.06 — Hydraulic Enable Solenoid Circuit Fault X11
A1
ABCDE F G H
X11-E2
4
Hydraulic enable solenoid (Y9) circuit has short to ground.
H212 GRN
X29
X64
B
44 4
3
H212 GRN
1
1
TX1185890 —UN—27FEB15
G010 BLK
G010 BLK
2
Y9 2
W2
TX1185890
Hydraulic Enable Solenoid (Y9) Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—E2—Supply W2—Frame Ground X29— Load Center HarnessX11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) to-Vehicle Harness Connector 3 Connector 3
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y9— Hydraulic Enable Solenoid
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• Hydraulics Disabled
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Rear Service Harness (W14) Component Location or see Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000089C -19-06FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-22
082417
PN=222
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
521997.03 — Left Door Wiper Circuit Fault Left door wiper motor (M6) signal circuit has short to power.
P062 RED
1
1
F17
P017 RED
2
A1 X57 X11-E1
A026 GRY
23
X61
X62 P017 RED
F
20
A026 GRY
19
P017 RED
1
P017 RED
A026 GRY
X11
ANODE
V3
M6 CATHODE
ABCDE F G H
TX1185891 —UN—27FEB15
4 3 2
A027 GRY
2
G004 BLK
3
1
W3
TX1185891 Left Door Wiper Motor (M6) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power V3— Left Door Wiper Diode X61— Operator’s Station A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) W3—Roof Ground Harness-to-Roof Harness F17— Window Wipers 15 A Fuse X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) 31-Pin Connector M6—Left Door Wiper Motor Connector 3 X62— Load Center HarnessX11—E1—Signal to-Operator’s Station X57— Load Center HarnessHarness 23-Pin Connector to-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Machine Response:
(SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• None
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Signal circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-23
AB51738,00008AE -19-11FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=223
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00008AE -19-11FEB15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-24
082417
PN=224
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
521997.06 — Left Door Wiper Circuit Fault Left door wiper motor (M6) signal circuit has short to ground.
P062 RED
1
1
F17
P017 RED
2
A1 X57 X11-E1
A026 GRY
23
X61
X62 P017 RED
F
20
A026 GRY
19
P017 RED
1
P017 RED
A026 GRY
X11
ANODE
V3
M6 CATHODE
ABCDE F G H
TX1185891 —UN—27FEB15
4 3 2
A027 GRY
2
G004 BLK
3
1
W3
TX1185891 Left Door Wiper Motor (M6) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power V3— Left Door Wiper Diode X61— Operator’s Station A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) W3—Roof Ground Harness-to-Roof Harness F17— Window Wipers 15 A Fuse X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) 31-Pin Connector M6—Left Door Wiper Motor Connector 3 X62— Load Center HarnessX11—E1—Signal to-Operator’s Station X57— Load Center HarnessHarness 23-Pin Connector to-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Alarm Level:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• None
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Additional References:
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
(Group 9015-10.)
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-25
AB51738,000089D -19-11FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=225
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
1. Signal circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction.
3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000089D -19-11FEB15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-26
082417
PN=226
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
521998.03 — Right Door Wiper Circuit Fault Right door wiper motor (M7) signal circuit is short to power.
P062 RED
1
1
F17
P017 RED
2
A1 X57 X11-F1
A029 GRY
22
X61
X62 P017 RED
F
20
A029 GRY
17
P017 RED
1
P017 RED
A029 GRY
X11
ANODE
V1
M7 CATHODE
ABCDE F G H
TX1185892 —UN—27FEB15
4 3 2
A030 GRY
2
G004 BLK
3
1
W3
TX1185892 Right Door Wiper Motor (M7) Circuit Schematic V1— Right Door Wiper Diode 1— Switched Power X61— Operator’s Station W3—Roof Ground A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Harness-to-Roof Harness F17— Window Wipers 15 A Fuse X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) 31-Pin Connector Connector 3 M7—Right Door Wiper Motor X62— Load Center HarnessX11—F1—Signal to-Operator’s Station X57— Load Center HarnessHarness 23-Pin Connector to-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Machine Response:
(SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• None
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Signal circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-27
AB51738,00008AF -19-12NOV14-1/2
082417
PN=227
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00008AF -19-12NOV14-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-28
082417
PN=228
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
521998.06 — Right Door Wiper Circuit Fault Right door wiper motor (M7) signal circuit is short to ground.
P062 RED
1
1
F17
P017 RED
2
A1 X57 X11-F1
A029 GRY
22
X61
X62 P017 RED
F
20
A029 GRY
17
P017 RED
1
P017 RED
A029 GRY
X11
ANODE
V1
M7 CATHODE
ABCDE F G H
TX1185892 —UN—27FEB15
4 3 2
A030 GRY
2
G004 BLK
3
1
W3
TX1185892 Right Door Wiper Motor (M7) Circuit Schematic V1— Right Door Wiper Diode 1— Switched Power X61— Operator’s Station W3—Roof Ground A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Harness-to-Roof Harness F17— Window Wipers 15 A Fuse X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) 31-Pin Connector Connector 3 M7—Right Door Wiper Motor X62— Load Center HarnessX11—F1—Signal to-Operator’s Station X57— Load Center HarnessHarness 23-Pin Connector to-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Machine Response:
(SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• None
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Signal circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-29
AB51738,000089E -19-12NOV14-1/2
082417
PN=229
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000089E -19-12NOV14-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-30
082417
PN=230
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522433.03 — Rear Wiper Circuit Fault Rear wiper motor (M3) signal circuit has short to power.
P062 RED
1
1
F17
P017 RED
2
A1 X57 X11-H1
A015 GRY
X62
1
4
2
3
X61 P017 RED
F
20
A015 GRY
29
P017 RED
1
A015 GRY
2
X11 M3 ABCDE F G H TX1185893 —UN—27FEB15
4 3 2 1
G003 BLK
3
W5
TX1185893 Rear Wiper Motor (M3) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power W5—Cab Ground X61— Operator’s Station A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Harness-to-Roof Harness F17— Window Wipers 15 A Fuse Connector 3 31-Pin Connector M3—Rear Wiper Motor X11—H1—Signal X62— Load Center HarnessX57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station to-Operator’s Station Harness 23-Pin Connector Harness 35-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Machine Response:
(SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• None
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Signal circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-31
AB51738,00008B0 -19-12NOV14-1/2
082417
PN=231
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00008B0 -19-12NOV14-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-32
082417
PN=232
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522433.06 — Rear Wiper Circuit Fault Rear wiper motor (M3) signal circuit has short to ground.
P062 RED
1
1
F17
P017 RED
2
A1 X57 X11-H1
A015 GRY
X62
1
4
2
3
X61 P017 RED
F
20
A015 GRY
29
P017 RED
1
A015 GRY
2
X11 M3 ABCDE F G H TX1185893 —UN—27FEB15
4 3 2 1
G003 BLK
3
W5
TX1185893 Rear Wiper Motor (M3) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power W5—Cab Ground X61— Operator’s Station A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Harness-to-Roof Harness F17— Window Wipers 15 A Fuse Connector 3 31-Pin Connector M3—Rear Wiper Motor X11—H1—Signal X62— Load Center HarnessX57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station to-Operator’s Station Harness 23-Pin Connector Harness 35-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Machine Response:
(SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• None
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Signal circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-33
AB51738,000089F -19-06FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=233
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,000089F -19-06FEB15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-34
082417
PN=234
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522434.03 — Front Wiper Circuit Fault Front wiper motor (M2) signal circuit is out of range high or has short to power.
1
P062 RED
1
F17
P017 RED
2
A1 X57 X11-G3
A008 GRY
28
X61
X62 F
P017 RED
20
A008 GRY
18
P017 RED
P017 RED
A008 GRY
A009 GRY
X11
ANODE
V5 CATHODE
ABCDE F G H 4 3
A008 GRY
1
G004 BLK
W3
3
1
4
2
TX1185894 —UN—27FEB15
2
M2
1
4
2
3
TX1185894 Front Wiper Motor (M2) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) F17— Window Wipers 15 A Fuse M2—Front Wiper Motor V5— Front Wiper Diode
W3—Roof Ground X61— Operator’s Station X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector 3 31-Pin Connector X11—G3—Signal X62— Load Center HarnessX57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station to-Operator’s Station Harness 23-Pin Connector Harness 35-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Machine Response:
(SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• None
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Signal circuit is shorted to power. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-35
AB51738,00008B2 -19-11FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=235
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes 2. Component malfunction.
3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00008B2 -19-11FEB15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-36
082417
PN=236
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522434.06 — Front Wiper Circuit Fault Front wiper motor (M2) signal circuit has short to ground.
1
P062 RED
1
F17
P017 RED
2
A1 X57 X11-G3
A008 GRY
28
X61
X62 F
P017 RED
20
A008 GRY
18
P017 RED
P017 RED
A008 GRY
A009 GRY
X11
ANODE
V5 CATHODE
ABCDE F G H 4 3
A008 GRY
1
G004 BLK
W3
3
1
4
2
TX1185894 —UN—27FEB15
2
M2
1
4
2
3
TX1185894 Front Wiper Motor (M2) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) F17— Window Wipers 15 A Fuse M2—Front Wiper Motor V5— Front Wiper Diode
W3—Roof Ground X61— Operator’s Station X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector 3 31-Pin Connector X11—G3—Signal X62— Load Center HarnessX57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station to-Operator’s Station Harness 23-Pin Connector Harness 35-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Machine Response:
(SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• None
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Signal circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-37
AB51738,00008A0 -19-11FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=237
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00008A0 -19-11FEB15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-38
082417
PN=238
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522796.03 — Rear Washer Pump Circuit Fault Rear washer motor (M5) circuit has short to power. X11
A1 X15
ABCDE F G H
A025 GRY
X11-A1
4
X64
21
10
3 2
A
1
M5 TX1179509 —UN—12DEC14
M
B
X64 G010 BLK
TX1179509
5
W2 Rear Washer Motor (M5) Circuit Schematic (IGC controls)
A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—A1—Signal M5—Rear Washer Motor W2—Frame Ground X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X15— Load Center HarnessConnector 3 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
X11
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
A1 X15
ABCDE F G H
A025 GRY
X11-A1
4
X64
21
K
3 2
A
1
M5 TX1180489 —UN—26JAN15
M
B
X64 G010 BLK
TX1180489
E
W2 Rear Washer Motor (M5) Circuit Schematic (manual controls)
A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—A1—Signal M5—Rear Washer Motor W2—Frame Ground X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X15— Load Center HarnessConnector 3 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
Alarm Level:
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
Circuit Information:
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• None
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Not Applicable
Component Location: Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-39
AB51738,00008A4 -19-27JAN15-1/2
082417
PN=239
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Additional References:
Possible Causes:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) • Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00008A4 -19-27JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-40
082417
PN=240
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522796.05 — Rear Washer Pump Circuit Fault Rear washer motor (M5) circuit is open. X11
A1 X15
ABCDE F G H
A025 GRY
X11-A1
4
X64
21
10
3 2
A
1
M5 TX1179509 —UN—12DEC14
M
B
X64 G010 BLK
TX1179509
5
W2 Rear Washer Motor (M5) Circuit Schematic (IGC controls)
A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—A1—Signal M5—Rear Washer Motor W2—Frame Ground X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X15— Load Center HarnessConnector 3 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
X11
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
A1 X15
ABCDE F G H
A025 GRY
X11-A1
4
X64
21
K
3 2
A
1
M5 TX1180489 —UN—26JAN15
M
B
X64 G010 BLK
TX1180489
E
W2 Rear Washer Motor (M5) Circuit Schematic (manual controls)
A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—A1—Signal M5—Rear Washer Motor W2—Frame Ground X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X15— Load Center HarnessConnector 3 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
Alarm Level:
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
Circuit Information:
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• None
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Not Applicable
Component Location: Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-41
AB51738,00008A5 -19-27JAN15-1/2
082417
PN=241
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Additional References:
Possible Causes:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
1. Circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) • Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00008A5 -19-27JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-42
082417
PN=242
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522796.06 — Rear Washer Pump Circuit Fault Rear washer motor (M5) circuit has short to ground. X11
A1 X15
ABCDE F G H
A025 GRY
X11-A1
4
X64
21
10
3 2
A
1
M5 TX1179509 —UN—12DEC14
M
B
X64 G010 BLK
TX1179509
5
W2 Rear Washer Motor (M5) Circuit Schematic (IGC controls)
A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—A1—Signal M5—Rear Washer Motor W2—Frame Ground X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X15— Load Center HarnessConnector 3 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
X11
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
A1 X15
ABCDE F G H
A025 GRY
X11-A1
4
X64
21
K
3 2
A
1
M5 TX1180489 —UN—26JAN15
M
B
X64 G010 BLK
TX1180489
E
W2 Rear Washer Motor (M5) Circuit Schematic (manual controls)
A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11—A1—Signal M5—Rear Washer Motor W2—Frame Ground X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X15— Load Center HarnessConnector 3 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
Alarm Level:
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
Circuit Information:
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• None
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Not Applicable
Component Location: Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-43
AB51738,00008A6 -19-27JAN15-1/2
082417
PN=243
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Additional References:
Possible Causes:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
1. Circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) • Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00008A6 -19-27JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-44
082417
PN=244
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522797.03 — Front Washer Pump Circuit Fault X11
Front washer motor (M4) circuit has short to power.
A1 X15
ABCDE F G H
X11-F2
4
20
X64 A024 GRY
9
3 2
A
1
M4 TX1179510 —UN—08DEC14
M
B
X64 G010 BLK
TX1179510
4
W2 Front Washer Motor (M4) Circuit Schematic (IGC controls)
A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) M4—Front Washer Motor W2—Frame Ground
X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X64— Rear Service Connector 3 Harness-to-Vehicle X11—F2—Signal Harness Connector X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
X11
A1 X15
ABCDE F G H
X11-F2
4
20
X64 A024 GRY
J
3 2
A
1
M4 TX1180493 —UN—26JAN15
M
B
X64 G010 BLK
TX1180493
D
W2 Front Washer Motor (M4) Circuit Schematic (manual controls)
A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) M4—Front Washer Motor W2—Frame Ground
X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X64— Rear Service Connector 3 Harness-to-Vehicle X11—F2—Signal Harness Connector X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
Alarm Level:
Component Location:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
Machine Response:
• None Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-45
AB51738,00008A7 -19-27JAN15-1/2
082417
PN=245
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00008A7 -19-27JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-46
082417
PN=246
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522797.05 — Front Washer Pump Circuit Fault X11
Front washer motor (M4) circuit is open.
A1 X15
ABCDE F G H
X11-F2
4
20
X64 A024 GRY
9
3 2
A
1
M4 TX1179510 —UN—08DEC14
M
B
X64 G010 BLK
TX1179510
4
W2 Front Washer Motor (M4) Circuit Schematic (IGC controls)
A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) M4—Front Washer Motor W2—Frame Ground
X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X64— Rear Service Connector 3 Harness-to-Vehicle X11—F2—Signal Harness Connector X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
X11
A1 X15
ABCDE F G H
X11-F2
4
20
X64 A024 GRY
J
3 2
A
1
M4 TX1180493 —UN—26JAN15
M
B
X64 G010 BLK
TX1180493
D
W2 Front Washer Motor (M4) Circuit Schematic (manual controls)
A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) M4—Front Washer Motor W2—Frame Ground
X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X64— Rear Service Connector 3 Harness-to-Vehicle X11—F2—Signal Harness Connector X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
Alarm Level:
Component Location:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
Machine Response:
• None Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-47
AB51738,00008A8 -19-27JAN15-1/2
082417
PN=247
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
1. Circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00008A8 -19-27JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-48
082417
PN=248
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522797.06 — Front Washer Pump Circuit Fault X11
Front washer motor (M4) circuit has short to ground.
A1 X15
ABCDE F G H
X11-F2
4
20
X64 A024 GRY
9
3 2
A
1
M4 TX1179510 —UN—08DEC14
M
B
X64 G010 BLK
TX1179510
4
W2 Front Washer Motor (M4) Circuit Schematic (IGC controls)
A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) M4—Front Washer Motor W2—Frame Ground
X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X64— Rear Service Connector 3 Harness-to-Vehicle X11—F2—Signal Harness Connector X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
X11
A1 X15
ABCDE F G H
X11-F2
4
20
X64 A024 GRY
J
3 2
A
1
M4 TX1180493 —UN—26JAN15
M
B
X64 G010 BLK
TX1180493
D
W2 Front Washer Motor (M4) Circuit Schematic (manual controls)
A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) M4—Front Washer Motor W2—Frame Ground
X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X64— Rear Service Connector 3 Harness-to-Vehicle X11—F2—Signal Harness Connector X15— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 1
Alarm Level:
Component Location:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
Machine Response:
• None Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-49
AB51738,00008A9 -19-11FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=249
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• Not Applicable
Possible Causes:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
1. Circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00008A9 -19-11FEB15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-50-50
082417
PN=250
Group 60 Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a Suspect Parameter Number (SPN) and a Failure Mode Indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000628.12, 628 is the SPN and 12 is the FMI number.
• See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.) • See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service
ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.)
Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all HVC diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group.
Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) (A8) or by using Service ADVISOR™. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00009D6 -19-05DEC14-1/1
000237.02 — Vehicle Identification Fault Vehicle identification numbers (VINs) do not match between hydraulic valve controller (HVC) and at least one other controller (engine control unit [ECU] or vehicle control unit [VCU]). Alarm Level:
control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Software malfunction. Program controllers.
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00009D7 -19-05DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-1
082417
PN=251
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000237.13 — Vehicle Identification Fault Option code part of vehicle identification number (VIN) data does not match at least one other controller in network (engine control unit [ECU] or vehicle control unit [VCU]). NOTE: Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) 237.13 may be set after programming session, indicating controller is learning vehicle options. HVC will clear code 237.13 once options are learned. Alarm Level:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of
1. Controller is learning vehicle options. HVC will clear code once options are learned. 2. Software malfunction. Program controllers.
Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location: SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company
AB51738,00009D8 -19-23JAN15-1/1
000237.31 — Vehicle Identification Fault Vehicle identification number (VIN) security data is missing.
IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and
1. Open or short in controller area network (CAN) circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00009D9 -19-23JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-2
082417
PN=252
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000628.12 — Control Unit Programming
• None
Controller stuck in boot mode.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00009DA -19-16FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-3
082417
PN=253
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001899.03 — Blade Lower Valve Circuit Fault Lift port A solenoid (Y22) supply circuit has short to power.
ABCDE FGH J K L M 4
X18 X5-C3
R202 BLK
X5-D3
H202 GRN
U F
X64 R202 BLK H202 GRN
27 26
2
3 2
Y22
A11
1
1
2
1
TX1179927
TX1179927 —UN—12DEC14
X5
Lift Port A Solenoid (Y22) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X5—C3—Return (HVC) X5—D3—Supply X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller X18— Load Center Harness(HVC) Connector 2 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y22— Lift Port A Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Supply circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007D6 -19-12NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-4
082417
PN=254
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001899.04 — Blade Lower Valve Circuit Fault Lift port A solenoid (Y22) return circuit has short to ground.
ABCDE FGH J K L M 4
X18 X5-C3
R202 BLK
X5-D3
H202 GRN
U F
X64 R202 BLK H202 GRN
27 26
2
3 2
Y22
A11
1
1
2
1
TX1179927
TX1179927 —UN—12DEC14
X5
Lift Port A Solenoid (Y22) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X5—C3—Return (HVC) X5—D3—Supply X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller X18— Load Center Harness(HVC) Connector 2 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y22— Lift Port A Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Return circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007D7 -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-5
082417
PN=255
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001899.05 — Blade Lower Valve Circuit Fault Lift port A solenoid (Y22) circuit is open.
ABCDE FGH J K L M 4
X18 X5-C3
R202 BLK
X5-D3
H202 GRN
U F
X64 R202 BLK H202 GRN
27 26
2
3 2
Y22
A11
1
1
2
1
TX1179927
TX1179927 —UN—12DEC14
X5
Lift Port A Solenoid (Y22) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X5—C3—Return (HVC) X5—D3—Supply X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller X18— Load Center Harness(HVC) Connector 2 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y22— Lift Port A Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007D8 -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-6
082417
PN=256
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001899.06 — Blade Lower Valve Circuit Fault Lift port A solenoid (Y22) supply circuit has short to ground or return circuit has short to power.
ABCDE FGH J K L M 4
X18 X5-C3
R202 BLK
X5-D3
H202 GRN
U F
X64 R202 BLK H202 GRN
27 26
2
3 2
Y22
A11
1
1
2
1
TX1179927
TX1179927 —UN—12DEC14
X5
Lift Port A Solenoid (Y22) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X5—C3—Return (HVC) X5—D3—Supply X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller X18— Load Center Harness(HVC) Connector 2 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y22— Lift Port A Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
1. Supply circuit is shorted to power. 2. Return circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007D9 -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-7
082417
PN=257
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001900.03 — Blade Raise Valve Circuit Fault Lift port B solenoid (Y21) supply circuit has short to power. A11
Y21
1
X5-A4
H201 GRN
X5-B4
R201 BLK
X18
X64
A
24
C
H201 GRN
2
1
R201 BLK
25
X5
2
TX1179931 —UN—13DEC14
ABCDE FGH J K L M 4 3 2 1
TX1179931 Lift Port B Solenoid (Y21) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X5—A4—Supply (HVC) X5—B4—Return X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller X18— Load Center Harness(HVC) Connector 2 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y21— Lift Port B Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Supply circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007DA -19-12NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-8
082417
PN=258
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001900.04 — Blade Raise Valve Circuit Fault Lift port B solenoid (Y21) return circuit has short to ground. A11
Y21
1
X5-A4
H201 GRN
X5-B4
R201 BLK
X18
X64
A
24
C
H201 GRN
2
1
R201 BLK
25
X5
2
TX1179931 —UN—13DEC14
ABCDE FGH J K L M 4 3 2 1
TX1179931 Lift Port B Solenoid (Y21) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X5—A4—Supply (HVC) X5—B4—Return X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller X18— Load Center Harness(HVC) Connector 2 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y21— Lift Port B Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Return circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007DB -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-9
082417
PN=259
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001900.05 — Blade Raise Valve Circuit Fault Lift port B solenoid (Y21) circuit is open. A11
Y21
1
X5-A4
H201 GRN
X5-B4
R201 BLK
X18
X64
A
24
C
H201 GRN
2
1
R201 BLK
25
X5
2
TX1179931 —UN—13DEC14
ABCDE FGH J K L M 4 3 2 1
TX1179931 Lift Port B Solenoid (Y21) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X5—A4—Supply (HVC) X5—B4—Return X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller X18— Load Center Harness(HVC) Connector 2 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y21— Lift Port B Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007DC -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-10
082417
PN=260
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001900.06 — Blade Raise Valve Circuit Fault Lift port B solenoid (Y21) supply circuit has short to ground or return circuit has short to power. A11
Y21
1
X5-A4
H201 GRN
X5-B4
R201 BLK
X18
X64
A
24
C
H201 GRN
2
1
R201 BLK
25
X5
2
TX1179931 —UN—13DEC14
ABCDE FGH J K L M 4 3 2 1
TX1179931 Lift Port B Solenoid (Y21) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X5—A4—Supply (HVC) X5—B4—Return X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller X18— Load Center Harness(HVC) Connector 2 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y21— Lift Port B Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
1. Supply circuit is shorted to power. 2. Return circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007DD -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-11
082417
PN=261
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001911.03 — Blade Tilt Left Valve Circuit Fault Tilt port B solenoid (Y23) supply circuit has short to power. A11
Y23
2
X6-A2
R203 BLK
X6-B2
H203 GRN
X18
X64
J
29
H
R203 BLK
2
1
H203 GRN
28
1
A B C D E F
G
H
3 2
TX1179933 —UN—15DEC14
4
X6
1
TX1179933 Tilt Port B Solenoid (Y23) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X6—A2—Return X6—B2—Supply (HVC) X18— Load Center HarnessX6— Hydraulic Valve Controller to-Vehicle Harness (HVC) Connector 3 Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y23— Tilt Port B Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Supply circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007E1 -19-12NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-12
082417
PN=262
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001911.04 — Blade Tilt Left Valve Circuit Fault Tilt port B solenoid (Y23) return circuit has short to ground. A11
Y23
2
X6-A2
R203 BLK
X6-B2
H203 GRN
X18
X64
J
29
H
R203 BLK
2
1
H203 GRN
28
1
A B C D E F
G
H
3 2
TX1179933 —UN—15DEC14
4
X6
1
TX1179933 Tilt Port B Solenoid (Y23) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X6—A2—Return X6—B2—Supply (HVC) X18— Load Center HarnessX6— Hydraulic Valve Controller to-Vehicle Harness (HVC) Connector 3 Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y23— Tilt Port B Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Return circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007E2 -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-13
082417
PN=263
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001911.05 — Blade Tilt Left Valve Circuit Fault Tilt port B solenoid (Y23) circuit is open. A11
Y23
2
X6-A2
R203 BLK
X6-B2
H203 GRN
X18
X64
J
29
H
R203 BLK
2
1
H203 GRN
28
1
A B C D E F
G
H
3 2
TX1179933 —UN—15DEC14
4
X6
1
TX1179933 Tilt Port B Solenoid (Y23) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X6—A2—Return X6—B2—Supply (HVC) X18— Load Center HarnessX6— Hydraulic Valve Controller to-Vehicle Harness (HVC) Connector 3 Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y23— Tilt Port B Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007E3 -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-14
082417
PN=264
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001911.06 — Blade Tilt Left Valve Circuit Fault Tilt port B solenoid (Y23) supply circuit has short to ground or return circuit has short to power. A11
Y23
2
X6-A2
R203 BLK
X6-B2
H203 GRN
X18
X64
J
29
H
R203 BLK
2
1
H203 GRN
28
1
A B C D E F
G
H
3 2
TX1179933 —UN—15DEC14
4
X6
1
TX1179933 Tilt Port B Solenoid (Y23) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X6—A2—Return X6—B2—Supply (HVC) X18— Load Center HarnessX6— Hydraulic Valve Controller to-Vehicle Harness (HVC) Connector 3 Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y23— Tilt Port B Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
1. Supply circuit is shorted to power. 2. Return circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007E4 -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-15
082417
PN=265
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001912.03 — Blade Tilt Right Valve Circuit Fault
Tilt port A solenoid (Y24) supply circuit has short to power.
A11
Y24
2
X6-A1 X6-C2
X18
X64
L
31
R204 BLK
R204 BLK
H204 GRN
2
1
H204 GRN K
30 1
TX1179935 —UN—13DEC14
ABCDE F G H 4 3 2
X6
1
TX1179935 Tilt Port A Solenoid (Y24) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X6—A1—Return X6—C2—Supply (HVC) X18— Load Center HarnessX6— Hydraulic Valve Controller to-Vehicle Harness (HVC) Connector 3 Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y24— Tilt Port A Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Supply circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007E5 -19-12NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-16
082417
PN=266
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001912.04 — Blade Tilt Right Valve Circuit Fault
Tilt port A solenoid (Y24) return circuit has short to ground.
A11
Y24
2
X6-A1 X6-C2
X18
X64
L
31
R204 BLK
R204 BLK
H204 GRN
2
1
H204 GRN K
30 1
TX1179935 —UN—13DEC14
ABCDE F G H 4 3 2
X6
1
TX1179935 Tilt Port A Solenoid (Y24) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X6—A1—Return X6—C2—Supply (HVC) X18— Load Center HarnessX6— Hydraulic Valve Controller to-Vehicle Harness (HVC) Connector 3 Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y24— Tilt Port A Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Return circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007E6 -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-17
082417
PN=267
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001912.05 — Blade Tilt Right Valve Circuit Fault
Tilt port A solenoid (Y24) circuit is open.
A11
Y24
2
X6-A1 X6-C2
X18
X64
L
31
R204 BLK
R204 BLK
H204 GRN
2
1
H204 GRN K
30 1
TX1179935 —UN—13DEC14
ABCDE F G H 4 3 2
X6
1
TX1179935 Tilt Port A Solenoid (Y24) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X6—A1—Return X6—C2—Supply (HVC) X18— Load Center HarnessX6— Hydraulic Valve Controller to-Vehicle Harness (HVC) Connector 3 Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y24— Tilt Port A Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007E7 -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-18
082417
PN=268
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001912.06 — Blade Tilt Right Valve Circuit Fault
Tilt port A solenoid (Y24) supply circuit has short to ground or return circuit has short to power.
A11
Y24
2
X6-A1 X6-C2
X18
X64
L
31
R204 BLK
R204 BLK
H204 GRN
2
1
H204 GRN K
30 1
TX1179935 —UN—13DEC14
ABCDE F G H 4 3 2
X6
1
TX1179935 Tilt Port A Solenoid (Y24) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X6—A1—Return X6—C2—Supply (HVC) X18— Load Center HarnessX6— Hydraulic Valve Controller to-Vehicle Harness (HVC) Connector 3 Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y24— Tilt Port A Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
1. Supply circuit is shorted to power. 2. Return circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007E8 -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-19
082417
PN=269
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001923.03 — Blade Angle Right Valve Circuit Fault
Angle port A solenoid (Y26) supply circuit has short to power.
A11
Y26
2
X4-B4
X18
X64
R
36
R206 BLK
X4-C4
R206 BLK
H206 GRN
2
1
H206 GRN P
35 1
ABCDE F G H 3 2
TX1179938 —UN—13DEC14
4
X4
1
TX1179938 Angle Port A Solenoid (Y26) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X4—B4—Return X4—C4—Supply (HVC) X18— Load Center HarnessX4— Hydraulic Valve Controller to-Vehicle Harness (HVC) Connector 1 Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y26— Angle Port A Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Supply circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007E9 -19-12NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-20
082417
PN=270
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001923.04 — Blade Angle Right Valve Circuit Fault
Angle port A solenoid (Y26) return circuit has short to ground.
A11
Y26
2
X4-B4
X18
X64
R
36
R206 BLK
X4-C4
R206 BLK
H206 GRN
2
1
H206 GRN P
35 1
ABCDE F G H 3 2
TX1179938 —UN—13DEC14
4
X4
1
TX1179938 Angle Port A Solenoid (Y26) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X4—B4—Return X4—C4—Supply (HVC) X18— Load Center HarnessX4— Hydraulic Valve Controller to-Vehicle Harness (HVC) Connector 1 Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y26— Angle Port A Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Return circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007EA -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-21
082417
PN=271
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001923.05 — Blade Angle Right Valve Circuit Fault
Angle port A solenoid (Y26) circuit is open.
A11
Y26
2
X4-B4
X18
X64
R
36
R206 BLK
X4-C4
R206 BLK
H206 GRN
2
1
H206 GRN P
35 1
ABCDE F G H 3 2
TX1179938 —UN—13DEC14
4
X4
1
TX1179938 Angle Port A Solenoid (Y26) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X4—B4—Return X4—C4—Supply (HVC) X18— Load Center HarnessX4— Hydraulic Valve Controller to-Vehicle Harness (HVC) Connector 1 Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y26— Angle Port A Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007EB -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-22
082417
PN=272
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001923.06 — Blade Angle Right Valve Circuit Fault
Angle port A solenoid (Y26) supply circuit has short to ground or return circuit has short to power.
A11
Y26
2
X4-B4
X18
X64
R
36
R206 BLK
X4-C4
R206 BLK
H206 GRN
2
1
H206 GRN P
35 1
ABCDE F G H 3 2
TX1179938 —UN—13DEC14
4
X4
1
TX1179938 Angle Port A Solenoid (Y26) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X4—B4—Return X4—C4—Supply (HVC) X18— Load Center HarnessX4— Hydraulic Valve Controller to-Vehicle Harness (HVC) Connector 1 Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y26— Angle Port A Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
1. Supply circuit is shorted to power. 2. Return circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007EC -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-23
082417
PN=273
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001924.03 — Blade Angle Left Valve Circuit Fault
Angle port B solenoid (Y25) supply circuit has short to power.
A11
Y25
2
X4-E4
X18
X64
N
33
R205 BLK
X4-D4
R205 BLK
H205 GRN
2
1
H205 GRN M
32 1
A B C D E F
G
H
TX1179940 —UN—13DEC14
4 3 2
X4
1
TX1179940 Angle Port B Solenoid (Y25) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X4—D4—Supply (HVC) X4—E4—Return X4— Hydraulic Valve Controller X18— Load Center Harness(HVC) Connector 1 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y25— Angle Port B Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Supply circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007ED -19-12NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-24
082417
PN=274
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001924.04 — Blade Angle Left Valve Circuit Fault
Angle port B solenoid (Y25) return circuit has short to ground.
A11
Y25
2
X4-E4
X18
X64
N
33
R205 BLK
X4-D4
R205 BLK
H205 GRN
2
1
H205 GRN M
32 1
A B C D E F
G
H
TX1179940 —UN—13DEC14
4 3 2
X4
1
TX1179940 Angle Port B Solenoid (Y25) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X4—D4—Supply (HVC) X4—E4—Return X4— Hydraulic Valve Controller X18— Load Center Harness(HVC) Connector 1 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y25— Angle Port B Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Return circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007EE -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-25
082417
PN=275
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001924.05 — Blade Angle Left Valve Circuit Fault
Angle port B solenoid (Y25) circuit is open.
A11
Y25
2
X4-E4
X18
X64
N
33
R205 BLK
X4-D4
R205 BLK
H205 GRN
2
1
H205 GRN M
32 1
A B C D E F
G
H
TX1179940 —UN—13DEC14
4 3 2
X4
1
TX1179940 Angle Port B Solenoid (Y25) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X4—D4—Supply (HVC) X4—E4—Return X4— Hydraulic Valve Controller X18— Load Center Harness(HVC) Connector 1 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y25— Angle Port B Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007EF -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-26
082417
PN=276
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001924.06 — Blade Angle Left Valve Circuit Fault
Angle port B solenoid (Y25) supply circuit has short to ground or return circuit has short to power.
A11
Y25
2
X4-E4
X18
X64
N
33
R205 BLK
X4-D4
R205 BLK
H205 GRN
2
1
H205 GRN M
32 1
A B C D E F
G
H
TX1179940 —UN—13DEC14
4 3 2
X4
1
TX1179940 Angle Port B Solenoid (Y25) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X4—D4—Supply (HVC) X4—E4—Return X4— Hydraulic Valve Controller X18— Load Center Harness(HVC) Connector 1 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y25— Angle Port B Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
1. Supply circuit is shorted to power. 2. Return circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007F0 -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-27
082417
PN=277
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001935.03 — Rear Auxiliary 1 Valve Circuit Fault
Auxiliary port A solenoid (Y27) supply circuit has short to power.
A11
Y27
2
X6-F2
R208 BLK
X6-F1
H208 GRN
X18
X64
W
40
V
R208 BLK
2
1
H208 GRN
39
1
TX1179943 —UN—06FEB15
ABCDE F G H 4 3 2
X6
1
TX1179943 Auxiliary Port A Solenoid (Y27) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X6—F1—Supply (HVC) X6—F2—Return X6— Hydraulic Valve Controller X18— Load Center Harness(HVC) Connector 3 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y27— Auxiliary Port A Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Supply circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007F1 -19-12NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-28
082417
PN=278
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001935.04 — Rear Auxiliary 1 Valve Circuit Fault
Auxiliary port A solenoid (Y27) return circuit has short to ground.
A11
Y27
2
X6-F2
R208 BLK
X6-F1
H208 GRN
X18
X64
W
40
V
R208 BLK
2
1
H208 GRN
39
1
TX1179943 —UN—06FEB15
ABCDE F G H 4 3 2
X6
1
TX1179943 Auxiliary Port A Solenoid (Y27) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X6—F1—Supply (HVC) X6—F2—Return X6— Hydraulic Valve Controller X18— Load Center Harness(HVC) Connector 3 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y27— Auxiliary Port A Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Return circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007F2 -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-29
082417
PN=279
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001935.05 — Rear Auxiliary 1 Valve Circuit Fault
Auxiliary port A solenoid (Y27) circuit is open.
A11
Y27
2
X6-F2
R208 BLK
X6-F1
H208 GRN
X18
X64
W
40
V
R208 BLK
2
1
H208 GRN
39
1
TX1179943 —UN—06FEB15
ABCDE F G H 4 3 2
X6
1
TX1179943 Auxiliary Port A Solenoid (Y27) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X6—F1—Supply (HVC) X6—F2—Return X6— Hydraulic Valve Controller X18— Load Center Harness(HVC) Connector 3 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y27— Auxiliary Port A Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007F3 -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-30
082417
PN=280
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001935.06 — Rear Auxiliary 1 Valve Circuit Fault
Auxiliary port A solenoid (Y27) supply circuit has short to ground or return circuit has short to power.
A11
Y27
2
X6-F2
R208 BLK
X6-F1
H208 GRN
X18
X64
W
40
V
R208 BLK
2
1
H208 GRN
39
1
TX1179943 —UN—06FEB15
ABCDE F G H 4 3 2
X6
1
TX1179943 Auxiliary Port A Solenoid (Y27) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X6—F1—Supply (HVC) X6—F2—Return X6— Hydraulic Valve Controller X18— Load Center Harness(HVC) Connector 3 to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y27— Auxiliary Port A Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
1. Supply circuit is shorted to power. 2. Return circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007F4 -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-31
082417
PN=281
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001936.03 — Rear Auxiliary 1 Valve Circuit Fault
Auxiliary port B solenoid (Y28) supply circuit has short to power.
A11
Y28
2
X6-B1
R207 BLK
X6-C1
H207 GRN
X18
X64
T
38
S
R207 BLK
2
1
H207 GRN
37
1
TX1179945 —UN—06FEB15
ABCDE F G H 4 3
X6
2 1
TX1179945 Auxiliary Port B Solenoid (Y28) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X6—B1—Return X6—C1—Supply (HVC) X18— Load Center HarnessX6— Hydraulic Valve Controller to-Vehicle Harness (HVC) Connector 3 Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y28— Auxiliary Port B Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Supply circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007F5 -19-12NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-32
082417
PN=282
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001936.04 — Rear Auxiliary 1 Valve Circuit Fault
Auxiliary port B solenoid (Y28) return circuit has short to ground.
A11
Y28
2
X6-B1
R207 BLK
X6-C1
H207 GRN
X18
X64
T
38
S
R207 BLK
2
1
H207 GRN
37
1
TX1179945 —UN—06FEB15
ABCDE F G H 4 3
X6
2 1
TX1179945 Auxiliary Port B Solenoid (Y28) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X6—B1—Return X6—C1—Supply (HVC) X18— Load Center HarnessX6— Hydraulic Valve Controller to-Vehicle Harness (HVC) Connector 3 Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y28— Auxiliary Port B Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Return circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007F6 -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-33
082417
PN=283
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001936.05 — Rear Auxiliary 1 Valve Circuit Fault
Auxiliary port B solenoid (Y28) circuit is open.
A11
Y28
2
X6-B1
R207 BLK
X6-C1
H207 GRN
X18
X64
T
38
S
R207 BLK
2
1
H207 GRN
37
1
TX1179945 —UN—06FEB15
ABCDE F G H 4 3
X6
2 1
TX1179945 Auxiliary Port B Solenoid (Y28) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X6—B1—Return X6—C1—Supply (HVC) X18— Load Center HarnessX6— Hydraulic Valve Controller to-Vehicle Harness (HVC) Connector 3 Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y28— Auxiliary Port B Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007F7 -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-34
082417
PN=284
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001936.06 — Rear Auxiliary 1 Valve Circuit Fault
Auxiliary port B solenoid (Y28) supply circuit has short to ground or return circuit has short to power.
A11
Y28
2
X6-B1
R207 BLK
X6-C1
H207 GRN
X18
X64
T
38
S
R207 BLK
2
1
H207 GRN
37
1
TX1179945 —UN—06FEB15
ABCDE F G H 4 3
X6
2 1
TX1179945 Auxiliary Port B Solenoid (Y28) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X6—B1—Return X6—C1—Supply (HVC) X18— Load Center HarnessX6— Hydraulic Valve Controller to-Vehicle Harness (HVC) Connector 3 Connector 2
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y28— Auxiliary Port B Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
1. Supply circuit is shorted to power. 2. Return circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007F8 -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-35
082417
PN=285
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002030.09 — Communication System Message Missing
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
Controller area network (CAN) communication error; hydraulic valve controller is unable to retrieve hydraulics enable state message from vehicle control unit (VCU).
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• None
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of
1. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A19 -19-05DEC14-1/1
002051.09 — Communication System Message Missing
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
Controller area network (CAN) communication error; hydraulic valve controller has lost communication with blade control joystick. Alarm Level:
and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
1. Open or shorted circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A1A -19-05DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-36
082417
PN=286
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21)
002141.09 — Communication System Message Missing
Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Controller area network (CAN) communication error; hydraulic valve controller has lost communication with sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Machine Response:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
1. Open or shorted circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A1B -19-05DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-37
082417
PN=287
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002722.03 — Right Hand Joystick Lower Button Circuit Fault X5
X4
Blade shake switch (S29) signal circuit has short to power. X6
ABCDE FGH J K L M
ABCDE F G H
ABCDE F G H
4
4
4
3
3
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
A12
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
A11
S31
S29
PNK
P092 RED
R092 BLK
R092 BLK 5
X6-E3
H046 GRN
H046 GRN
H018 GRN
H018 GRN
H027 GRN
X6-F3
GRY
IGC ON/OFF
BLK
BLADE SHAKE
WHT
BLADE ANGLE
BLU
BLADE INC/DEC
SW1 S30 SW2
3 H027 GRN
SW1
5
9 H017 GRN
GND
2
8 X6-D4
PNK 6
13 X6-G3
5V SUPPLY
H017 GRN 10
S32
BLU
1 BRN
SW2
TX1205203
TX1205203 —UN—05NOV15
X5-K2
BRN 4
4
BLK
P092 RED
GRY
X38 X4-H3
Joystick Switch Module (A12) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) A12— Joystick Switch Module S29— Blade Shake Switch S30— Blade Angle Switch S31— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) On/Off Switch S32— Blade Height Increment/Decrement Switch
X4— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 1 X4—H3—Supply X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 2 X5—K2—Return X6— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 3 X6—D4—Blade Angle Switch Signal
Alarm Level:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• None
X6—E3—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Enable Signal X6—F3—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Blade Height Increment/Decrement Signal X6—G3—Blade Shake Switch Signal X38— Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness-to-Operator’s Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness 31-Pin Connector
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-38
AB51738,0000A1C -19-05DEC14-1/2
082417
PN=288
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Blade shake switch signal circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A1C -19-05DEC14-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-39
082417
PN=289
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002722.07 — Right Hand Joystick Lower Button Stuck X5
X4
Blade shake switch (S29) on blade control joystick (BCJ) is stuck or circuit is shorted to ground. X6
ABCDE FGH J K L M
ABCDE F G H
ABCDE F G H
4
4
4
3
3
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
A12
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
A11
S31
S29
PNK
P092 RED
X5-K2
R092 BLK
X6-E3
H046 GRN
R092 BLK 5
H018 GRN
H018 GRN
H027 GRN
X6-F3
GND
GRY
IGC ON/OFF
BLK
BLADE SHAKE
WHT
BLADE ANGLE
BLU
BLADE INC/DEC
SW1 S30 SW2
3 H027 GRN
SW1
5
9 H017 GRN
PNK
2
8 X6-D4
5V SUPPLY
6 H046 GRN
13 X6-G3
BRN 4
4
H017 GRN 10
S32
BLU
1 BRN
SW2
TX1205203
TX1205203 —UN—05NOV15
P092 RED
BLK
X4-H3
GRY
X38
Joystick Switch Module (A12) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) A12— Joystick Switch Module S29— Blade Shake Switch S30— Blade Angle Switch S31— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) On/Off Switch S32— Blade Height Increment/Decrement Switch
X4— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 1 X4—H3—Supply X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 2 X5—K2—Return X6— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 3 X6—D4—Blade Angle Switch Signal
Alarm:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• None
X6—E3—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Enable Signal X6—F3—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Blade Height Increment/Decrement Signal X6—G3—Blade Shake Switch Signal X38— Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness-to-Operator’s Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness 31-Pin Connector
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-40
AB51738,0000A1D -19-16FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=290
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Switch is stuck. 2. Blade shake switch signal circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program HVC.
Additional References: SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A1D -19-16FEB15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-41
082417
PN=291
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002723.03 — Right Hand Joystick Lower Rocker Circuit Fault X5
X4
Blade angle switch (S30) control signal circuit is out of range high or has short to power. X6
ABCDE FGH J K L M
ABCDE F G H
ABCDE F G H
4
4
4
3
3
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
A12
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
A11
S31
S29
PNK
P092 RED
X5-K2
R092 BLK
X6-E3
H046 GRN
R092 BLK 5
H018 GRN
H018 GRN
H027 GRN
X6-F3
GND
GRY
IGC ON/OFF
BLK
BLADE SHAKE
WHT
BLADE ANGLE
BLU
BLADE INC/DEC
SW1 S30 SW2
3 H027 GRN
SW1
5
9 H017 GRN
PNK
2
8 X6-D4
5V SUPPLY
6 H046 GRN
13 X6-G3
BRN 4
4
H017 GRN 10
S32
BLU
1 BRN
SW2
TX1205203
TX1205203 —UN—05NOV15
P092 RED
BLK
X4-H3
GRY
X38
Joystick Switch Module (A12) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) A12— Joystick Switch Module S29— Blade Shake Switch S30— Blade Angle Switch S31— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) On/Off Switch S32— Blade Height Increment/Decrement Switch
X4— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 1 X4—H3—Supply X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 2 X5—K2—Return X6— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 3 X6—D4—Blade Angle Switch Signal
Alarm Level:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• None
X6—E3—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Enable Signal X6—F3—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Blade Height Increment/Decrement Signal X6—G3—Blade Shake Switch Signal X38— Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness-to-Operator’s Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness 31-Pin Connector
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-42
AB51738,0000A1E -19-23JAN15-1/2
082417
PN=292
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Blade angle switch signal circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A1E -19-23JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-43
082417
PN=293
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002723.04 — Right Hand Joystick Lower Rocker Circuit Fault X5
X4
Blade angle switch (S30) control signal circuit is out of range low or is shorted to ground. X6
ABCDE FGH J K L M
ABCDE F G H
ABCDE F G H
4
4
4
3
3
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
A12
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
A11
S31
S29
PNK
P092 RED
X5-K2
R092 BLK
X6-E3
H046 GRN
R092 BLK 5
H018 GRN
H018 GRN
H027 GRN
X6-F3
GND
GRY
IGC ON/OFF
BLK
BLADE SHAKE
WHT
BLADE ANGLE
BLU
BLADE INC/DEC
SW1 S30 SW2
3 H027 GRN
SW1
5
9 H017 GRN
PNK
2
8 X6-D4
5V SUPPLY
6 H046 GRN
13 X6-G3
BRN 4
4
H017 GRN 10
S32
BLU
1 BRN
SW2
TX1205203
TX1205203 —UN—05NOV15
P092 RED
BLK
X4-H3
GRY
X38
Joystick Switch Module (A12) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) A12— Joystick Switch Module S29— Blade Shake Switch S30— Blade Angle Switch S31— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) On/Off Switch S32— Blade Height Increment/Decrement Switch
X4— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 1 X4—H3—Supply X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 2 X5—K2—Return X6— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 3 X6—D4—Blade Angle Switch Signal
Alarm:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• None
X6—E3—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Enable Signal X6—F3—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Blade Height Increment/Decrement Signal X6—G3—Blade Shake Switch Signal X38— Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness-to-Operator’s Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness 31-Pin Connector
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-44
AB51738,0000A1F -19-23JAN15-1/2
082417
PN=294
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Blade angle switch signal circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program HVC.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A1F -19-23JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-45
082417
PN=295
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002723.07 — Right Hand Joystick Lower Rocker Button Stuck X5
X4
Blade angle switch (S30) is stuck. X6
ABCDE FGH J K L M
ABCDE F G H
ABCDE F G H
4
4
4
3
3
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
A12
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
A11
S31
S29
PNK
P092 RED
R092 BLK
R092 BLK 5
X6-E3
H046 GRN
H046 GRN
H018 GRN
H018 GRN
H027 GRN
X6-F3
GRY
IGC ON/OFF
BLK
BLADE SHAKE
WHT
BLADE ANGLE
BLU
BLADE INC/DEC
SW1 S30 SW2
3 H027 GRN
SW1
5
9 H017 GRN
GND
2
8 X6-D4
PNK 6
13 X6-G3
5V SUPPLY
H017 GRN 10
S32
BLU
1
SW2
BRN
TX1205203
TX1205203 —UN—05NOV15
X5-K2
BRN 4
4
BLK
P092 RED
GRY
X38 X4-H3
Joystick Switch Module (A12) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) A12— Joystick Switch Module S29— Blade Shake Switch S30— Blade Angle Switch S31— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) On/Off Switch S32— Blade Height Increment/Decrement Switch
X4— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 1 X4—H3—Supply X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 2 X5—K2—Return X6— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 3 X6—D4—Blade Angle Switch Signal
Alarm:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• None
X6—E3—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Enable Signal X6—F3—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Blade Height Increment/Decrement Signal X6—G3—Blade Shake Switch Signal X38— Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness-to-Operator’s Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness 31-Pin Connector
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-46
AB51738,0000A20 -19-23JAN15-1/2
082417
PN=296
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Switch is stuck. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program HVC.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A20 -19-23JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-47
082417
PN=297
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002724.03 — Right Hand Joystick Upper Button Circuit Fault X5
X4
Integrated grade control (IGC) On/Off switch (S31) signal circuit has short to power. X6
ABCDE FGH J K L M
ABCDE F G H
ABCDE F G H
4
4
4
3
3
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
A12
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
A11
S31
S29
PNK
P092 RED
X5-K2
R092 BLK
X6-E3
H046 GRN
R092 BLK 5
H018 GRN
H018 GRN
H027 GRN
X6-F3
GND
GRY
IGC ON/OFF
BLK
BLADE SHAKE
WHT
BLADE ANGLE
BLU
BLADE INC/DEC
SW1 S30 SW2
3 H027 GRN
SW1
5
9 H017 GRN
PNK
2
8 X6-D4
5V SUPPLY
6 H046 GRN
13 X6-G3
BRN 4
4
H017 GRN 10
S32
BLU
1
SW2
BRN
TX1205203
TX1205203 —UN—05NOV15
P092 RED
BLK
X4-H3
GRY
X38
Joystick Switch Module (A12) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) A12— Joystick Switch Module S29— Blade Shake Switch S30— Blade Angle Switch S31— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) On/Off Switch S32— Blade Height Increment/Decrement Switch
X4— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 1 X4—H3—Supply X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 2 X5—K2—Return X6— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 3 X6—D4—Blade Angle Switch Signal
Alarm Level:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• None
X6—E3—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Enable Signal X6—F3—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Blade Height Increment/Decrement Signal X6—G3—Blade Shake Switch Signal X38— Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness-to-Operator’s Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness 31-Pin Connector
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-48
AB51738,0000A21 -19-23JAN15-1/2
082417
PN=298
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. IGC On/Off signal circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program HVC.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A21 -19-23JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-49
082417
PN=299
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002724.07 — Right Hand Joystick Upper Button Stuck X5
X4
Integrated grade control (IGC) On/Off switch (S31) on blade control joystick (BCJ) is stuck or IGC On/Off signal circuit is shorted to ground. X6
ABCDE FGH J K L M
ABCDE F G H
ABCDE F G H
4
4
4
3
3
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
A12
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
A11
S31
S29
PNK
P092 RED
R092 BLK
X6-E3
H046 GRN
X6-G3
H018 GRN
X6-D4
H027 GRN
R092 BLK 5
GND
GRY
IGC ON/OFF
BLK
BLADE SHAKE
WHT
BLADE ANGLE
BLU
BLADE INC/DEC
SW1 S30 SW2
2 H018 GRN
8
3 H027 GRN
SW1
5
9 H017 GRN
PNK 6
H046 GRN 13
X6-F3
5V SUPPLY
H017 GRN 10
S32
BLU
1
SW2
BRN
TX1205203
TX1205203 —UN—05NOV15
X5-K2
BRN 4
4
BLK
P092 RED
GRY
X38 X4-H3
Joystick Switch Module (A12) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) A12— Joystick Switch Module S29— Blade Shake Switch S30— Blade Angle Switch S31— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) On/Off Switch S32— Blade Height Increment/Decrement Switch
X4— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 1 X4—H3—Supply X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 2 X5—K2—Return X6— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 3 X6—D4—Blade Angle Switch Signal
Alarm:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• None
X6—E3—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Enable Signal X6—F3—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Blade Height Increment/Decrement Signal X6—G3—Blade Shake Switch Signal X38— Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness-to-Operator’s Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness 31-Pin Connector
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location: Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-50
AB51738,0000A22 -19-23JAN15-1/2
082417
PN=300
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Switch is stuck. 2. IGC On/Off signal circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program HVC.
Additional References: SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A22 -19-23JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-51
082417
PN=301
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002725.03 — Right Hand Joystick Upper Rocker Circuit Fault X5
X4
Blade height increment/decrement switch (S32) signal circuit is out of range high or has short to power. X6
ABCDE FGH J K L M
ABCDE F G H
ABCDE F G H
4
4
4
3
3
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
A12
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
A11
S31
S29
PNK
P092 RED
X5-K2
R092 BLK
X6-E3
H046 GRN
R092 BLK 5
H018 GRN
H018 GRN
H027 GRN
X6-F3
GND
GRY
IGC ON/OFF
BLK
BLADE SHAKE
WHT
BLADE ANGLE
BLU
BLADE INC/DEC
SW1 S30 SW2
3 H027 GRN
SW1
5
9 H017 GRN
PNK
2
8 X6-D4
5V SUPPLY
6 H046 GRN
13 X6-G3
BRN 4
4
H017 GRN 10
S32
BLU
1
SW2
BRN
TX1205203
TX1205203 —UN—05NOV15
P092 RED
BLK
X4-H3
GRY
X38
Joystick Switch Module (A12) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) A12— Joystick Switch Module S29— Blade Shake Switch S30— Blade Angle Switch S31— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) On/Off Switch S32— Blade Height Increment/Decrement Switch
X4— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 1 X4—H3—Supply X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 2 X5—K2—Return X6— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 3 X6—D4—Blade Angle Switch Signal
Alarm Level:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• None
X6—E3—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Enable Signal X6—F3—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Blade Height Increment/Decrement Signal X6—G3—Blade Shake Switch Signal X38— Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness-to-Operator’s Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness 31-Pin Connector
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-52
AB51738,0000A23 -19-23JAN15-1/2
082417
PN=302
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. IGC blade height increment/decrement signal circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Additional References: SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A23 -19-23JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-53
082417
PN=303
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002725.04 — Right Hand Joystick Upper Rocker Circuit Fault X5
X4
Blade height increment/decrement switch (S32) signal circuit is out of range low or is shorted to ground. X6
ABCDE FGH J K L M
ABCDE F G H
ABCDE F G H
4
4
4
3
3
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
A12
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
A11
S31
S29
PNK
P092 RED
X5-K2
R092 BLK
X6-E3
H046 GRN
R092 BLK 5
H018 GRN
H018 GRN
H027 GRN
X6-F3
GND
GRY
IGC ON/OFF
BLK
BLADE SHAKE
WHT
BLADE ANGLE
BLU
BLADE INC/DEC
SW1 S30 SW2
3 H027 GRN
SW1
5
9 H017 GRN
PNK
2
8 X6-D4
5V SUPPLY
6 H046 GRN
13 X6-G3
BRN 4
4
H017 GRN 10
S32
BLU
1 BRN
SW2
TX1205203
TX1205203 —UN—05NOV15
P092 RED
BLK
X4-H3
GRY
X38
Joystick Switch Module (A12) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) A12— Joystick Switch Module S29— Blade Shake Switch S30— Blade Angle Switch S31— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) On/Off Switch S32— Blade Height Increment/Decrement Switch
X4— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 1 X4—H3—Supply X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 2 X5—K2—Return X6— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 3 X6—D4—Blade Angle Switch Signal
Alarm:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• None
X6—E3—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Enable Signal X6—F3—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Blade Height Increment/Decrement Signal X6—G3—Blade Shake Switch Signal X38— Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness-to-Operator’s Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness 31-Pin Connector
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-54
AB51738,0000A24 -19-05DEC14-1/2
082417
PN=304
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. IGC blade height increment/decrement signal circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program HVC.
Additional References: SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A24 -19-05DEC14-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-55
082417
PN=305
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002725.07 — Right Hand Joystick Upper Rocker Button Stuck X5
X4
Blade height increment/decrement switch (S32) is stuck. X6
ABCDE FGH J K L M
ABCDE F G H
ABCDE F G H
4
4
4
3
3
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
A12
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
A11
S31
S29
PNK
P092 RED
R092 BLK
R092 BLK 5
X6-E3
H046 GRN
H046 GRN
H018 GRN
H018 GRN
H027 GRN
X6-F3
GRY
IGC ON/OFF
BLK
BLADE SHAKE
WHT
BLADE ANGLE
BLU
BLADE INC/DEC
SW1 S30 SW2
3 H027 GRN
SW1
5
9 H017 GRN
GND
2
8 X6-D4
PNK 6
13 X6-G3
5V SUPPLY
H017 GRN 10
S32
BLU
1
SW2
BRN
TX1205203
TX1205203 —UN—05NOV15
X5-K2
BRN 4
4
BLK
P092 RED
GRY
X38 X4-H3
Joystick Switch Module (A12) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) A12— Joystick Switch Module S29— Blade Shake Switch S30— Blade Angle Switch S31— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) On/Off Switch S32— Blade Height Increment/Decrement Switch
X4— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 1 X4—H3—Supply X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 2 X5—K2—Return X6— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 3 X6—D4—Blade Angle Switch Signal
Alarm:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• None
X6—E3—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Enable Signal X6—F3—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Blade Height Increment/Decrement Signal X6—G3—Blade Shake Switch Signal X38— Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness-to-Operator’s Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness 31-Pin Connector
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-56
AB51738,0000A25 -19-23JAN15-1/2
082417
PN=306
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Switch is stuck. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program HVC.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A25 -19-23JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-57
082417
PN=307
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002734.03 — Rear Auxiliary 1 Joystick Circuit Fault X4
A B C D E F
G
Auxiliary joystick 1 (A15) signal 1 or signal 2 is shorted to power (above 4.75 V).
X5
H
A B C D E F G H J K
L M
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
A15
A11 X38 H042 GRN
H042 GRN 6
X5-J2
R091 BLK
R091 BLK 12
X4-H1
H043 GRN
H043 GRN 7
X5-K1
P091 RED
P091 RED 11
3 1 4 2
SIGNAL 2 RETURN SIGNAL 1 TX1172290 —UN—24SEP14
X4-G1
POWER (5V)
1
4
2
3
TX1172290 Auxiliary Joystick 1 (A15) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) A15— Auxiliary Joystick 1 X4— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 1
X4—G1—Signal 2 X4—H1—Signal 1 X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 2 X5—J2—Return
Alarm Level:
X5—K1—Supply (5 V) X38— Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness-to-Operator’s Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness 31-Pin Connector
and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™
Possible Causes: 1. Signal 1 or signal 2 circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A26 -19-23JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-58
082417
PN=308
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002734.04 — Rear Auxiliary 1 Joystick Circuit Fault X4
A B C D E F
G
Auxiliary joystick 1 (A15) signal 1 or signal 2 is shorted to ground (below 0.25 V).
X5
H
A B C D E F G H J K
L M
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
A15
A11 X38 H042 GRN
H042 GRN 6
X5-J2
R091 BLK
R091 BLK 12
X4-H1
H043 GRN
H043 GRN 7
X5-K1
P091 RED
P091 RED 11
3 1 4 2
SIGNAL 2 RETURN SIGNAL 1 TX1172290 —UN—24SEP14
X4-G1
POWER (5V)
1
4
2
3
TX1172290 Auxiliary Joystick 1 (A15) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) A15— Auxiliary Joystick 1 X4— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 1
X4—G1—Signal 2 X4—H1—Signal 1 X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 2 X5—J2—Return
Alarm Level:
X5—K1—Supply (5 V) X38— Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness-to-Operator’s Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness 31-Pin Connector
and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™
Possible Causes: 1. Signal 1 or signal 2 circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A27 -19-23JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-59
082417
PN=309
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002734.14 — Rear Auxiliary 1 Joystick Circuit Fault X4
A B C D E F
G
Auxiliary joystick 1 (A15) signals 1 and 2 are mismatched (sum of signal 1 and 2 does not equal 5 V).
X5
H
A B C D E F G H J K
L M
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
A15
A11 X38 H042 GRN
H042 GRN 6
X5-J2
R091 BLK
R091 BLK 12
X4-H1
H043 GRN
H043 GRN 7
X5-K1
P091 RED
P091 RED 11
3 1 4 2
SIGNAL 2 RETURN SIGNAL 1 TX1172290 —UN—24SEP14
X4-G1
POWER (5V)
1
4
2
3
TX1172290 Auxiliary Joystick 1 (A15) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) A15— Auxiliary Joystick 1 X4— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 1
X4—G1—Signal 2 X4—H1—Signal 1 X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 2 X5—J2—Return
Alarm Level:
X5—K1—Supply (5 V) X38— Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness-to-Operator’s Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC controls) Harness 31-Pin Connector
and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™
Possible Causes: 1. Signal 1 or signal 2 is shorted to power. 2. Signal 1 or signal 2 is shorted to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A28 -19-23JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-60
082417
PN=310
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002735.03 — Rear Auxiliary 2 Joystick Circuit Fault
Auxiliary joystick 2 (A16) signal 1 or signal 2 is shorted to power (above 4.75 V).
X4
X5
ABCDE F G H
ABCDE FGH J K L M
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
A11
A16
X38 R091 BLK
R091 BLK 12
X5-K1
P091 RED
P091 RED X16
X4-F2 X4-D2
11
X57
H045 GRN
1 H045 GRN
5
12
4
10
H044 GRN
3
H044 GRN
4 2
SIGNAL 2 RETURN SIGNAL 1 TX1179950 —UN—13DEC14
X5-J2
POWER (5V)
1
4
2
3
TX1179950 Auxiliary Joystick 2 (A16) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) A16— Auxiliary Joystick 2 X4— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 1 X4—D2—Signal 2
X4—F2—Signal 1 X38— Load Center (IGC controls) X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller Harness-to-Operator’s (HVC) Connector 2 Station Harness 31-Pin X5—J2—Return Connector X5—K1—Supply (5 V) X57— Load Center HarnessX16— Load Center Harness-toto-Operator’s Station Load Center (IGC controls) Harness 35-Pin Connector Harness 16-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Signal 1 or signal 2 circuit is shorted to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A29 -19-05DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-61
082417
PN=311
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002735.04 — Rear Auxiliary 2 Joystick Circuit Fault
Auxiliary joystick 2 (A16) signal 1 or signal 2 is shorted to ground (below 0.25 V).
X4
X5
ABCDE F G H
ABCDE FGH J K L M
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
A11
A16
X38 R091 BLK
R091 BLK 12
X5-K1
P091 RED
P091 RED X16
X4-F2 X4-D2
11
X57
H045 GRN
1 H045 GRN
5
12
4
10
H044 GRN
3
H044 GRN
4 2
SIGNAL 2 RETURN SIGNAL 1 TX1179950 —UN—13DEC14
X5-J2
POWER (5V)
1
4
2
3
TX1179950 Auxiliary Joystick 2 (A16) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) A16— Auxiliary Joystick 2 X4— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 1 X4—D2—Signal 2
X4—F2—Signal 1 X38— Load Center (IGC controls) X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller Harness-to-Operator’s (HVC) Connector 2 Station Harness 31-Pin X5—J2—Return Connector X5—K1—Supply (5 V) X57— Load Center HarnessX16— Load Center Harness-toto-Operator’s Station Load Center (IGC controls) Harness 35-Pin Connector Harness 16-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Signal 1 or signal 2 circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A2A -19-23JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-62
082417
PN=312
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002735.14 — Rear Auxiliary 2 Joystick Circuit Fault
Auxiliary joystick 2 (A16) signals 1 and 2 are mismatched (sum of signal 1 and 2 does not equal 5 V).
X4
X5
ABCDE F G H
ABCDE FGH J K L M
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
A11
A16
X38 R091 BLK
R091 BLK 12
X5-K1
P091 RED
P091 RED X16
X4-F2 X4-D2
11
X57
H045 GRN
1 H045 GRN
5
12
4
10
H044 GRN
3
H044 GRN
4 2
SIGNAL 2 RETURN SIGNAL 1 TX1179950 —UN—13DEC14
X5-J2
POWER (5V)
1
4
2
3
TX1179950 Auxiliary Joystick 2 (A16) Circuit Schematic A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) A16— Auxiliary Joystick 2 X4— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 1 X4—D2—Signal 2
X4—F2—Signal 1 X38— Load Center (IGC controls) X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller Harness-to-Operator’s (HVC) Connector 2 Station Harness 31-Pin X5—J2—Return Connector X5—K1—Supply (5 V) X57— Load Center HarnessX16— Load Center Harness-toto-Operator’s Station Load Center (IGC controls) Harness 35-Pin Connector Harness 16-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location and see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Signal 1 or signal 2 is shorted to power. 2. Signal 1 or signal 2 is shorted to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A2B -19-23JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-63
082417
PN=313
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-60-64
082417
PN=314
Group 70
Blade Control Joystick (BCJ) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Blade Control Joystick (BCJ) Diagnostic Trouble Codes The diagnostic trouble code (DTC) number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 002697.03, 2697 is the SPN and 03 is the FMI number. Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) (A8) or by using Service ADVISOR™.
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service
ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.)
Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all BCJ diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007B6 -19-21JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-70-1
082417
PN=315
Blade Control Joystick (BCJ) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000444.01 — Switched Power Circuit Fault Switched power supply to blade control joystick (A9) voltage is out of range low (below 9 V).
1 A
F41
B
A9 6
2
5
3
4
X38 1
P041 RED
14
X62 2
G001 BLK
M
TX1172318 —UN—24SEP14
1
P041 RED
G001 BLK 1
W1
TX1172318 Blade Control Joystick (A9) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power X38— Load Center (SmartX62— Load Center HarnessA9—Blade Control Joystick Grade™ and IGC controls) to-Operator’s Station (BCJ) Harness-to-Operator's StaHarness 23-Pin Connector F41— Blade Control Joystick 5 A tion (SmartGrade™ and Fuse IGC controls) Harness W1—System Ground 31-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location
or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™
Possible Causes: 1. Switched power circuit is open. 2. Switched power circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007B7 -19-26OCT16-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-70-2
082417
PN=316
Blade Control Joystick (BCJ) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
002697.02 — Control Unit Fault
control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Blade control joystick (BCJ) internal malfunction. Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007B8 -19-11FEB15-1/1
002697.03 — Right Hand Joystick X-Axis Position Circuit Fault The X-axis sensor is out of range high. Blade control joystick (BCJ) internal malfunction. Alarm Level:
IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007B9 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-70-3
082417
PN=317
Blade Control Joystick (BCJ) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002697.04 — Right Hand Joystick X-Axis Position Circuit Fault The X-axis sensor is out of range low. Blade control joystick (BCJ) internal malfunction. Alarm Level:
IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007BA -19-12NOV14-1/1
002697.13 — Right Hand Joystick X-Axis Calibration Error The X-axis sensor is not giving the expected output. Blade control joystick (BCJ) internal malfunction. Alarm Level:
IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007BB -19-12NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-70-4
082417
PN=318
Blade Control Joystick (BCJ) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002697.14 — Right Hand Joystick X-Axis Position Circuit Fault Two X-axis Hall effect sensor readings do not correspond with respect to one another within an acceptable range. Blade control joystick (BCJ) internal malfunction.
IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component.
control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007BC -19-11FEB15-1/1
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
002698.02 — Control Unit Fault
control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Blade control joystick (BCJ) internal malfunction. Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007BD -19-26OCT16-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-70-5
082417
PN=319
Blade Control Joystick (BCJ) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002698.03 — Right Hand Joystick Y-Axis Position Circuit Fault The Y-axis sensor is out of range high. Blade control joystick (BCJ) internal malfunction. Alarm Level:
IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007BE -19-11FEB15-1/1
002698.04 — Right Hand Joystick Y-Axis Position Circuit Fault The Y-axis sensor is out of range low. Blade control joystick (BCJ) internal malfunction. Alarm Level:
IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007BF -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-70-6
082417
PN=320
Blade Control Joystick (BCJ) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002698.13 — Right Hand Joystick Y-Axis Calibration Error The Y-axis sensor is not giving the expected output. Blade control joystick (BCJ) internal malfunction. Alarm Level:
IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007CB -19-11FEB15-1/1
002698.14 — Right Hand Joystick Y-Axis Position Circuit Fault Two Y-axis Hall effect sensor readings do not correspond with respect to one another within an acceptable range. Blade control joystick (BCJ) internal malfunction.
IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component.
control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007C0 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-70-7
082417
PN=321
Blade Control Joystick (BCJ) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003509.02 — Sensor Supply 1 Circuit Fault Supply voltage (5 V) reading is out of tolerance for a minimum of 200 ms. X57
T005 BLU
X11-B3
T012 BLU
X36 P071 RED
P071 RED
P071 RED
K
P071 RED
X11-E3
34
P071 RED
P071 RED
P071 RED
X11-F4
X36 27
25
T005 BLU
B
T005 BLU
M
B
T012 BLU
T006 BLU
24
B1
A
B2 A
X11-B4
A
B
T006 BLU
B
C
C
A
B3
A
B
C
X11
32 A
B
C
C
R071 BLK
A1
TX1169749 —UN—14OCT14
R071 BLK
R071 BLK
X11-F3
R071 BLK
C
X36 R071 BLK
TX1169749
R071 BLK
R071 BLK
L
Sensor Supply 1 Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B1—Decelerator Sensor B2—Forward, Neutral, and Reverse (FNR) Sensor B3—Steer Sensor
X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 X11—B3—Forward, Neutral, and Reverse (FNR) Sensor Signal X11—B4—Steer Sensor Signal
X11—E3—Decelerator Sensor Signal X11—F3—Return X11—F4—Supply (5 V) X36— Operator’s Station Harness-to-Front Dash Harness Connector
X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component.
• See Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007CC -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-70-8
082417
PN=322
Blade Control Joystick (BCJ) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003510.02 — Sensor Supply 2 Circuit Fault External 5 V supply voltage reading is out of tolerance for a minimum of 200 ms. X9
ABCDE F G H 4 3 2 1
A1 P081 RED
G
P081 RED
41
P081 RED
B A C
B C
p/U
B42 H013 GRN
X9-G4
X64 P081 RED
X29
R081 BLK
A
X9-G3
R081 BLK
X11-C3
H013 GRN
J A
R081 BLK H013 GRN
42 43
R081 BLK H013 GRN
TX1179194 —UN—16DEC14
X11 ABCDE F G H 4 3 2 1
TX1179194 Sensor Supply 2 Circuit Schematic A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B42— Hydraulic Pump Pressure Sensor X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1
X9—G3—Return X29— Load Center Harness-toX9—G4—Supply (5 V) Vehicle Harness 23-Pin X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Connector 3 X64— Rear Service X11—C3—Hydraulic Pump Harness-to-Vehicle Pressure Sensor Signal Harness Connector
Alarm Level:
Component Location:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• See Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Machine Response:
• See Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21)
• None
Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Circuit Information:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of
• Not Applicable
Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-70-9
AB51738,00007CD -19-11FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=323
Blade Control Joystick (BCJ) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Additional References:
Possible Causes:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component.
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) • Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007CD -19-11FEB15-2/2
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
522431.12 — Control Unit Fault RAM location test malfunction. Blade control joystick (BCJ) internal malfunction.
control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component.
control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007C1 -19-11FEB15-1/1
522507.13 — Control Unit Fault EEPROM calibration table revision is incompatible with the application software revision. Blade control joystick (BCJ) internal malfunction. Alarm Level:
IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007C2 -19-26OCT16-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-70-10
082417
PN=324
Blade Control Joystick (BCJ) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523438.12 — Control Unit Fault
Alarm Level:
IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
EEPROM image check malfunction. Blade control joystick (BCJ) internal malfunction.
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
Possible Causes:
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007C3 -19-26OCT16-1/1
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
523455.12 — Control Unit Fault Internal temperature sensor malfunction. Blade control joystick (BCJ) internal malfunction.
control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component.
control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007C4 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-70-11
082417
PN=325
Blade Control Joystick (BCJ) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
524152.12 — Control Unit Fault
control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Blade control joystick (BCJ) internal malfunction. Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007C5 -19-11FEB15-1/1
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
524259.00 — Control Unit Fault Internal temperature sensor reading over 90°C (194°F). Blade control joystick (BCJ) internal malfunction.
control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component.
control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007C6 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-70-12
082417
PN=326
Blade Control Joystick (BCJ) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
524259.01 — Control Unit Fault Internal temperature sensor reading under -45°C (-49°F). Blade control joystick (BCJ) internal malfunction.
control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component.
control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007C7 -19-11FEB15-1/1
524259.09 — Control Unit Fault Request to read internal temperature sensor value malfunction due to time-out. Blade control joystick (BCJ) internal malfunction. Alarm Level:
IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007C8 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-70-13
082417
PN=327
Blade Control Joystick (BCJ) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
524259.12 — Control Unit Fault Internal temperature sensor 1 malfunction. Blade control joystick (BCJ) internal malfunction.
control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component.
control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007C9 -19-11FEB15-1/1
524259.14 — Control Unit Fault Internal temperature sensor readings are different by greater than 10°C (50°F). Blade control joystick (BCJ) internal malfunction. Alarm Level:
IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• If equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Load Center (SmartGrade™ and
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007CA -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-70-14
082417
PN=328
Group 80
Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.) • See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service
The diagnostic trouble code (DTC) number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000096.03, 96 is the SPN and 03 is the FMI number.
ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.)
Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all VC2 diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group.
Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) or by using Service ADVISOR™. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00007A3 -19-22JAN15-1/1
000096.03 — Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Fault Fuel level sensor (B19) circuit is open or shorted to power (greater than 4.5 V). X7 A13 X29 M
L
K J H G F E D C B A
X7-G3
R035 BLK
4
X64 R035 BLK
H
B19
X40 R035 BLK
M
R12 BLK
B
2
X15
2 1
X7-G2
Y001 YEL
TX1177786 —UN—03JAN15
3
B A
Y001 YEL
Y001 YEL L
30
Y01 YEL 1 A
TX1177786 Fuel Level Sensor (B19) Circuit Schematic A13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 X7—G2—Signal (VC2) X7—G3—Return B19— Fuel Level Sensor X15— Load Center HarnessX7— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) to-Vehicle Harness Connector Connector 1
X29— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 3 X40— Fuel Tank Harness Connector
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• Test Box S1 Setting: 8 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Fuel Level Sender
• None
• See Two Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Voltage
High. (Group 9015-17.)
Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Additional References:
Component Location:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Rear Service Harness (W14) Component Location
or see Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is shorted to power. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A4B -19-23DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-80-1
082417
PN=329
Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000096.04 — Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Fault Fuel level sensor (B19) circuit is shorted to ground (less than 0.3 V). X7 A13 X29 M
L
K J H G F E D C B A
X7-G3
R035 BLK
4
X64 R035 BLK
H
B19
X40 R035 BLK
M
R12 BLK
B
2
X15
2 1
X7-G2
Y001 YEL
TX1177786 —UN—03JAN15
3
B A
Y001 YEL
Y001 YEL L
30
Y01 YEL 1 A
TX1177786 Fuel Level Sensor (B19) Circuit Schematic A13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 X7—G2—Signal (VC2) X7—G3—Return B19— Fuel Level Sensor X15— Load Center HarnessX7— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) to-Vehicle Harness Connector Connector 1
X29— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 3 X40— Fuel Tank Harness Connector
X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
• Test Box S1 Setting: 8 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Fuel Level Sender
• None
• See Two Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Voltage
Low. (Group 9015-17.)
Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
Additional References:
Component Location:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Rear Service Harness (W14) Component Location
or see Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A4C -19-22DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-80-2
082417
PN=330
Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000158.03 — Switched Power Circuit Fault Switched power supply to vehicle control unit 2 (VC2) circuit voltage is out of range high (greater than 31 V with engine running). P062 RED
A
e1
B1
K2 F13 g1
G2 1
X29
L
G010 BLK
M
C3
K J H G F E D C B A
4
X7-M1
P013 RED
X7-M3
G001 BLK
X7-M2
G001 BLK
P061 RED
A13
F61
13
X25
X7
2
TX1185525 —UN—18FEB15
B
3 2
G001 BLK
1
1
W1
1
W2
TX1185525 Switched Power Relay (K2) Supply Circuit Schematic A13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) F13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Switched Power 5 A Fuse
F61— System 120 A Circuit Breaker K2—Switched Power Relay W1—System Ground W2—Frame Ground
X7— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) X25— Fuse Box 1 Connector Connector X29— Load Center HarnessX7—M1—Supply (24 V) to-Vehicle Harness X7—M2—Ground Connector 3 X7—M3—Ground
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Alternator malfunction. See Alternator Test Procedure. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A4D -19-13DEC16-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-80-3
082417
PN=331
Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000158.04 — Switched Power Circuit Fault Switched power supply to vehicle control unit 2 (VC2) circuit voltage is out of range low (less than 25 V with engine running). P062 RED
A
e1
B1
K2 F13 g1
G2 1
X29
L
G010 BLK
M
C3
K J H G F E D C B A
4
X7-M1
P013 RED
X7-M3
G001 BLK
X7-M2
G001 BLK
P061 RED
A13
F61
13
X25
X7
2
TX1185525 —UN—18FEB15
B
3 2
G001 BLK
1
1
W1
1
W2
TX1185525 Switched Power Relay (K2) Supply Circuit Schematic A13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) F13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Switched Power 5 A Fuse
F61— System 120 A Circuit Breaker K2—Switched Power Relay W1—System Ground W2—Frame Ground
Alarm Level:
X7— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) X25— Fuse Box 1 Connector Connector X29— Load Center HarnessX7—M1—Supply (24 V) to-Vehicle Harness X7—M2—Ground Connector 3 X7—M3—Ground
• Not Applicable
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Circuit Information:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or
see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Batteries not fully charged. See Handling, Checking, and Servicing Batteries Carefully and see Using Battery Charger. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Alternator malfunction. See Alternator Test Procedure. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Circuit is open. 4. Circuit is shorted to ground. 5. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A4E -19-13DEC16-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-80-4
082417
PN=332
Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000168.04 — Unswitched Power Circuit Fault Vehicle control unit 2 (VC2) unswitched power supply circuit is open or shorted to ground (less than 12 V). 2 A
F6
B
X7 A13 M
L
K J H G F E D C B A
3
X7-L1
P006 RED
X7-L2
P006 RED
TX1172380 —UN—29OCT14
4
P006 RED
2 1
TX1172380 Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Unswitched Power Supply Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power A13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2)
F6— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) X7— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) X7—L2—Supply (24 V) Unswitched Power 10 A Connector Fuse X7—L1—Supply (24 V)
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Machine Response:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
1. VC2 unswitched power 10 A fuse (F6) is blown. Replace fuse. 2. Low battery voltage. See Handling, Checking, and Servicing Batteries Carefully and see Using Battery Charger. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Alternator malfunction. See Alternator Test Procedure. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Circuit is open. 5. Circuit is shorted to ground. 6. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Additional References: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A4F -19-23DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-80-5
082417
PN=333
Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000628.12 — Control Unit Programming
• None
Controller stuck in boot mode.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A50 -19-22DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-80-6
082417
PN=334
Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003509.03 — Sensor Supply 1 Voltage High
C A
B1
B
C
B
A
P071 RED T005 BLU
A1
X57
X11-B3 X11-B4 X11-E3 X11-F3 X11-F4
T012 BLU T006 BLU T005 BLU R071 BLK P071 RED
25 24 27 32 34
T012 BLU T006 BLU T005 BLU R071 BLK P071 RED
C
B2
A
B
C
B
A
B3 A
P071 RED
B
P071 RED
C
T012 BLU
B
T006 BLU
C A
R071 BLK
R071 BLK
R071 BLK
Decelerator sensor (B1), forward, neutral, and reverse (FNR) sensor (B2), or steer sensor (B3) supply circuit is shorted to power (greater than 5.5 V).
M L K X36
X11
ABCDE F G H TX1178271 —UN—15DEC14
4 3 2 1
TX1178271 Sensor Supply 1 Circuit Diagram A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B1—Decelerator Sensor B2—Forward, Neutral, and Reverse (FNR) Sensor
X11-F3—Return B3—Steer Sensor X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11-F4—Supply (5 V) X36— Operator’s Station Connector 3 Harness-to-Front Dash X11-B3—Signal Harness Connector X11-B4—Signal X11-E3—Signal
X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
• See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
Possible Causes:
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
1. Component malfunction. 2. Circuit is shorted to power. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A51 -19-23DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-80-7
082417
PN=335
Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003509.04 — Sensor Supply 1 Voltage High
C A
B1
B
C
B
A
P071 RED T005 BLU
A1
X57
X11-B3 X11-B4 X11-E3 X11-F3 X11-F4
T012 BLU T006 BLU T005 BLU R071 BLK P071 RED
25 24 27 32 34
T012 BLU T006 BLU T005 BLU R071 BLK P071 RED
C
B2
A
B
C
B
A
B3 A
P071 RED
B
P071 RED
C
T012 BLU
B
T006 BLU
C A
R071 BLK
R071 BLK
R071 BLK
Decelerator sensor (B1), forward, neutral, and reverse (FNR) sensor (B2), or steer sensor (B3) supply circuit is open or shorted to ground (less than 4.5 V).
M L K X36
X11
ABCDE F G H TX1178271 —UN—15DEC14
4 3 2 1
TX1178271 Sensor Supply 1 Circuit Diagram A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B1—Decelerator Sensor B2—Forward, Neutral, and Reverse (FNR) Sensor
X11-F3—Return B3—Steer Sensor X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X11-F4—Supply (5 V) X36— Operator’s Station Connector 3 Harness-to-Front Dash X11-B3—Signal Harness Connector X11-B4—Signal X11-E3—Signal
X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
• See Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location.
Possible Causes:
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component
1. Component malfunction. 2. Circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A52 -19-23DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-80-8
082417
PN=336
Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
521537.03 — Front Work Light Circuit Fault Left front cab work light (E7) circuit is shorted to power. A13
X57 X7-L4
L004 BRN
X61 L004 BRN
31
10
L004 BRN
E7
1
2
X7
M
L
K J H G F E D C B A
1
2
4
2 1
TX1185526 —UN—18FEB15
G004 BLK
3
1
W3
TX1185526 Left Front Cab Work Light (E7) Circuit Schematic A13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) E7— Left Front Cab Work Light W3—Roof Ground
X7— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) X61— Operator’s Station Connector Harness-to-Roof Harness X7—L4—Supply 31-Pin Connector X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Alarm Level:
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• None
• Not Applicable
Circuit Information:
Additional References:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Component Location:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Component malfunction. 2. Circuit is shorted to power. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A53 -19-22DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-80-9
082417
PN=337
Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
521537.05 — Front Work Light Circuit Fault Left front cab work light (E7) circuit is open. A13
X57 X7-L4
L004 BRN
X61 L004 BRN
31
10
L004 BRN
E7
1
2
X7
M
L
K J H G F E D C B A
1
2
4
2 1
TX1185526 —UN—18FEB15
G004 BLK
3
1
W3
TX1185526 Left Front Cab Work Light (E7) Circuit Schematic A13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) E7— Left Front Cab Work Light W3—Roof Ground
X7— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) X61— Operator’s Station Connector Harness-to-Roof Harness X7—L4—Supply 31-Pin Connector X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Alarm Level:
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• None
• Not Applicable
Circuit Information:
Additional References:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Component Location:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Component malfunction. 2. Circuit is open. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A54 -19-22DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-80-10
082417
PN=338
Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
521537.06 — Front Work Light Circuit Fault Left front cab work light (E7) circuit is shorted to ground. A13
X57 X7-L4
L004 BRN
X61 L004 BRN
31
10
L004 BRN
E7
1
2
X7
M
L
K J H G F E D C B A
1
2
4
2 1
TX1185526 —UN—18FEB15
G004 BLK
3
1
W3
TX1185526 Left Front Cab Work Light (E7) Circuit Schematic A13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) E7— Left Front Cab Work Light W3—Roof Ground
X7— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) X61— Operator’s Station Connector Harness-to-Roof Harness X7—L4—Supply 31-Pin Connector X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Alarm Level:
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• None
• Not Applicable
Circuit Information:
Additional References:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Component Location:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Component malfunction. 2. Circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A55 -19-22DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-80-11
082417
PN=339
Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
521555.03 — Front Work Light Circuit Fault Right front cab work light (E8) circuit is shorted to power. A13
X62 X7-J4
L005 BRN
X61 L005 BRN
R
11
L005 BRN
E8
1
2
X7
M
L
K J H G F E D C B A
1
2
4
2 1
TX1185527 —UN—18FEB15
G004 BLK
3
1
W3
TX1185527 Right Front Cab Work Light (E8) Circuit Schematic A13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) E8— Right Front Cab Work Light W3—Roof Ground
X7— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) X62— Load Center HarnessConnector to-Operator’s Station X7—J4—Supply Harness 23-Pin Connector X61— Operator’s Station Harness-to-Roof Harness 31-Pin Connector
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Alarm Level:
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• None
• Not Applicable
Circuit Information:
Additional References:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Component Location:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Component malfunction. 2. Circuit is shorted to power. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A56 -19-23DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-80-12
082417
PN=340
Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
521555.05 — Front Work Light Circuit Fault Right front cab work light (E8) circuit is open. A13
X62 X7-J4
L005 BRN
X61 L005 BRN
R
11
L005 BRN
E8
1
2
X7
M
L
K J H G F E D C B A
1
2
4
2 1
TX1185527 —UN—18FEB15
G004 BLK
3
1
W3
TX1185527 Right Front Cab Work Light (E8) Circuit Schematic A13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) E8— Right Front Cab Work Light W3—Roof Ground
X7— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) X62— Load Center HarnessConnector to-Operator’s Station X7—J4—Supply Harness 23-Pin Connector X61— Operator’s Station Harness-to-Roof Harness 31-Pin Connector
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Alarm Level:
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• None
• Not Applicable
Circuit Information:
Additional References:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Component Location:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Component malfunction. 2. Circuit is open. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A57 -19-22DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-80-13
082417
PN=341
Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
521555.06 — Front Work Light Circuit Fault Right front cab work light (E8) circuit is shorted to ground. A13
X62 X7-J4
L005 BRN
X61 L005 BRN
R
11
L005 BRN
E8
1
2
X7
M
L
K J H G F E D C B A
1
2
4
2 1
TX1185527 —UN—18FEB15
G004 BLK
3
1
W3
TX1185527 Right Front Cab Work Light (E8) Circuit Schematic A13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) E8— Right Front Cab Work Light W3—Roof Ground
X7— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) X62— Load Center HarnessConnector to-Operator’s Station X7—J4—Supply Harness 23-Pin Connector X61— Operator’s Station Harness-to-Roof Harness 31-Pin Connector
• See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location or
Alarm Level:
see Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator Machine Response:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• None
• Not Applicable
Circuit Information:
Additional References:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Component Location:
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Operator's Station (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Component malfunction. 2. Circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A58 -19-22DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-80-14
082417
PN=342
Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523440.04 — Unswitched Power Circuit Fault Vehicle control unit 2 (VC2) unswitched power supply circuit is open or shorted to ground (less than 12 V). 2 A
F6
B
X7 A13 M
L
K J H G F E D C B A
3
X7-L1
P006 RED
X7-L2
P006 RED
TX1172380 —UN—29OCT14
4
P006 RED
2 1
TX1172380 Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Unswitched Power Supply Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power A13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2)
F6— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) X7— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) X7—L2—Supply (24 V) Unswitched Power 10 A Connector Fuse X7—L1—Supply (24 V)
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Check Diagnostic Code Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Remote: See Using Service
Machine Response:
ADVISOR™ Remote. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Component Location:
• See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
1. VC2 unswitched power 10 A fuse (F6) is blown. Replace fuse. 2. Low battery voltage. See Handling, Checking, and Servicing Batteries Carefully and see Using Battery Charger. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Alternator malfunction. See Alternator Test Procedure. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Circuit is open. 5. Circuit is shorted to ground. 6. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Additional References: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A59 -19-23DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-80-15
082417
PN=343
Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9001-80-16
082417
PN=344
Contents
Section 9005 Operational Checkout Procedure
Page
Group 10—Operational Checkout Procedure Operational Checkout................................ 9005-10-1 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Check ....................................................9005-10-1 Operational Checks—Switched Power OFF, Engine OFF Checks .....................9005-10-1 Operational Checks—Switched Power ON, Engine OFF ...................................9005-10-8 Operational Checks—Switched Power ON, Engine ON ...................................9005-10-20
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-1
082417
PN=1
Contents
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-2
082417
PN=2
Group 10
Operational Checkout Procedure Operational Checkout
Most checks will require machine systems to be at normal operating temperature. You will need a level area with adequate space to operate machine. Some checks may require varied surfaces.
Operational checkouts are accomplished in three conditions:
• Switched Power OFF, Engine OFF • Switched Power ON, Engine OFF • Switched Power ON, Engine ON
No special tools are necessary to perform the checkout.
Use this procedure to make a quick check of machine operation by doing a walk-around inspection and performing specific checks from the operator seat.
If no problem is found, go to the next check. If a problem is indicated, an additional check or repair procedure will be suggested.
Complete visual checks (oil levels, oil condition, external leaks, loose hardware, linkage, wiring, etc.) before performing checkout. SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-1/61
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Check SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-2/61
Display and Clear Trouble Always check for diagnostic trouble codes and correct them before performing the Codes operational checkout. Check for active and stored diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed by using one of the following methods:
• Standard Display Monitor (SDM)
- To access and clear DTCs using the SDM, see Accessing Service Mode, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
• Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application
YES: Correct all diagnostic trouble codes before proceeding.
LOOK: Are diagnostic trouble codes present?
NO: Go to next check.
- To access and clear DTCs using Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic application, see Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-3/61
Operational Checks—Switched Power OFF, Engine OFF Checks SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-4/61
Grouser Wear, Bent Track Shoe, and Loose Hardware Checks
Inspect for worn grousers, bent track shoes, and loose shoe hardware.
IMPORTANT: Hardware must be tight. Excessive grouser wear weakens track shoes and may result in track shoes bending.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Are grouser bars in good condition, are track shoes straight, and is hardware tight?
NO: If shoe hardware is loose, remove shoe and clean joint before tightening. If worn or bent, replace.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-1
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-5/61
082417
PN=347
Operational Checkout Procedure Sprocket Wear Check
T6484AY —UN—19OCT88
Sprocket Wear Inspect drive sprocket for excessive root wear. NOTE: Do not evaluate sprocket by condition of tooth tip. Tooth tip wear does not affect sprocket operation if it does not extend into the bushing contact area. Reverse drive side wear is generally more than forward drive side wear.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Is sprocket in good condition?
NO: Replace sprocket. SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-6/61
Track Sag, Roller and Idler Leakage Checks
2
1
TX1005542 —UN—28MAR06
Track Sag 1— Chain 2— Measuring Point Rotate track until a track chain pin is located directly above front carrier roller. Measure track sag between points (1) and (2). Inspect rollers and front idler.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Is track sag between 45—57 mm (1.75—2.25 in.)?
NO: Adjust track sag. See Check and Adjust Track Sag. (Operator’s Manual.)
LOOK: Are rollers and idlers free of oil seepage?
NO: Repair or replace roller or idler.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-2
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-7/61
082417
PN=348
Operational Checkout Procedure Fan Check
TX1179467A —UN—09DEC14
Cooling System Fan 1— Fan Blade (10 used) 2— Fan Shroud 3— Fan Guard Visually inspect fan blades (1) for damage.
YES: Go to next step in this check.
LOOK: Are fan blades free of any nicks or bends?
NO: If blades are bent, replace fan. If fan blades are nicked, repair blades.
NOTE: If fan is installed backwards, approximately 50% of its capacity is lost. Check fan for correct installation.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Is cupped portion of fan blades toward grille?
NO: Remove fan and reinstall with cupped portion of fan blades toward grille.
Visually inspect fan shroud (2) and fan guard (3) for damage.
YES: Go to next step in this check.
LOOK: Is the fan guard free of damage?
NO: Repair or replace fan guard.
Inspect fan guard mounting hardware.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK/FEEL: Is all fan guard mounting hardware tight?
NO: Tighten hardware.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-3
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-8/61
082417
PN=349
Operational Checkout Procedure Engine Oil Level Check
TX1179620A —UN—09DEC14
Right Engine Compartment 1— Dipstick 2— Fill Port Cap 3— Belt Check for fuel or coolant in oil. If there is fuel in oil, oil will have a fuel smell. To check for coolant in oil, remove small amount of oil from engine oil test port. See Fluid Sampling Procedure—If Equipped. (Group 9010-25.) Check sample for water (coolant) content. If oil level is low, check for oil leaks or oil seal problems in engine. SMELL: Does engine oil have fuel smell? LOOK: Does engine oil contain coolant?
YES: Replace oil. See Drain and Refill Engine Oil and Replace Filter. (Operator's Manual.)
LOOK: Does engine oil appear milky or grainy?
NO: Go to next step in this check.
Open right engine compartment door. Remove dipstick (1). Check oil level and condition.
YES: Add oil. See Check Engine Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)
LOOK: Is engine oil below minimum mark?
NO: Go to next step in this check.
LOOK: Is engine oil above maximum mark?
YES: Remove engine oil drain plug and drain oil to proper level. NO: Go to next check.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-4
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-9/61
082417
PN=350
Operational Checkout Procedure Belt Check
TX1179620A —UN—09DEC14
Right Engine Compartment 1— Dipstick 2— Fill Port Cap 3— Belt Inspect condition of belt (3). FEEL/LOOK: Are belt and pulleys free of oil or grease? LOOK: Is inside surface of belt free of any cracks?
YES: Go to next check.
NOTE: If operator has been reporting squealing sound during engine shutdown, replace belt.
NO: Replace belt. SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-10/61
Fuel Water Separator Check
TX1179623A —UN—09DEC14
Primary Fuel Filter 1— Primary Fuel Filter 2— Drain Valve Open right rear service compartment door. Place drain hose from primary fuel filter (1) into container. Open drain valve (2) on bowl, and drain fuel for several seconds or until water and sediment are removed. Close drain valve. LOOK: Does fuel flow from drain valve?
YES: Go to next check.
FEEL/LOOK: Does drain valve seal when closed?
NO: Clean or replace drain valve.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-5
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-11/61
082417
PN=351
Operational Checkout Procedure Radiator/Heater Hoses and Clamps Check
Inspect all radiator and heater hoses for cracks or leaks. Inspect all hose clamps. LOOK: Are the radiator and heater hoses in good condition? LOOK: Are hose clamps tight and perpendicular to the hose?
YES: Go to next check.
IMPORTANT: Make sure hose clamps are perpendicular to hoses. Crooked clamps can cause damage and leaks.
NO: Replace damaged hoses or straighten and tighten clamps. SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-12/61
Coolant Level and Condition Check
IMPORTANT: Overfilling surge tank will cause aeration and coolant will be expelled from overflow hose when engine reaches operating temperature. Do not overfill surge tank; coolant must be between maximum cold and minimum cold marks on surge tank.
TX1179643A —UN—09DEC14
Surge Tank 1— Surge Tank Access Panel 2— Surge Tank Open surge tank access panel (1). Inspect coolant level and coolant condition in surge tank. LOOK: Is coolant at correct level in the tank?
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Is coolant clean, and not oily, foamy, or rusty?
NO: If coolant level is low, add coolant. Drain, flush, and replace coolant if coolant is rusty, oily, or foamy. See Drain and Refill Engine Cooling System. (Operator's Manual.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-6
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-13/61
082417
PN=352
Operational Checkout Procedure Fuel Cap Check
TX1099742A —UN—04JAN12
Fuel Cap 1— Vent Valve Assembly 2— Fuel Cap Remove fuel cap (2). NOTE: Air "hiss" from tank is normal when cap is removed. Inspect fuel cap seal.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Is seal on fuel cap in good condition and is vent valve assembly (1) open?
NO: Clean vent, replace seal, or replace fuel cap. SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-14/61
Seat Belt Check
TX1083766A —UN—27OCT10
Seat Belt 1— Seat Belt 2— Seat Belt Lock Pull seat belt (1) all the way out and inspect seat belt for damage. LOOK: Is seat belt in good condition, free of cuts? LOOK: Is seat belt buckle in good condition?
NO: Replace seat belt.
Install seat belt in seat belt lock (2).
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK/FEEL: Does seat belt retract and lock in place?
NO: Replace seat belt lock.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
YES: Go to next check.
9005-10-7
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-15/61
082417
PN=353
Operational Checkout Procedure Cab Door and Window Seals Check
Open and close door and windows. Inspect seals. LOOK: Do door and windows contact seals evenly?
YES: Go to next step in this check.
LOOK: Are seals in position and in good condition?
NO: Adjust door and windows to close against seals properly. Replace seals as necessary.
LOOK: Are latches aligned with strikers?
YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Align latches with strikers.
FEEL/LOOK: Are door, window, and door hold-open latches easy to operate?
YES: Go to next check. NO: Adjust or replace latches as necessary. SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-16/61
Operational Checks—Switched Power ON, Engine OFF SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-17/61
Battery Disconnect Switch Check
NOTE: Battery disconnect switch is located inside of the left rear service door.
TX1158186 —UN—17APR14
Battery Disconnect Switch in OFF Position Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Press engine start switch on SSM.
YES: Switch is malfunctioning. Repair battery disconnect switch.
LOOK: Do monitor indicator lights illuminate?
NO: Go to next check. SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-18/61
Battery Disconnect Turn battery disconnect switch ON. Switch Check (continued) Press engine start switch on SSM. Do not start engine.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Do monitor indicator lights illuminate?
NO: Repair battery disconnect switch.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-8
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-19/61
082417
PN=354
Operational Checkout Procedure Battery Check
Display battery voltage on monitor. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Functions. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Does battery voltage read a minimum of 24 volts?
NO: Check for loose connection on battery terminals. If battery connection is OK, check and recharge batteries. See Check Battery Electrolyte Level; Clean and Tighten Terminals. (Operator's Manual.) Check voltage on each battery before recharging. If one battery will not hold a charge, replace all batteries. SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-20/61
Horn Check
TX1180157A —UN—09DEC14
Transmission Control Lever (TCL) 1— Horn Switch Press horn switch (1).
YES: Go to next check.
LISTEN: Does horn activate?
NO: Check horn circuit. See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-9
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-21/61
082417
PN=355
Operational Checkout Procedure Indicator and Gauge Check
1
4
3
2
5
6
7 8
22 9 21
1750
10
DEF
20
11
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
TX1170825 —UN—24SEP14
Indicators (SDM) 1— Exhaust Filter Cleaning Indicator 2— Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 3— Engine Oil Pressure Gauge 4— Fuel Level Gauge 5— Engine Oil Filter Restriction Indicator 6— Caution Indicator 7— Engine Air Filter Restriction Indicator 8— MENU Button 9— BACK Button 10— NEXT Button 11— SELECT Button 12— Auto Blade Indicator (if equipped) 13— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Indicator 14— Return-to-Neutral Indicator 15— Park Brake Indicator 16— Display 17— Engine Alternator Voltage Indicator 18— Fasten Seat Belt Indicator 19— Transmission Oil Temperature Indicator 20— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Indicator 21— Wait-to-Start Indicator 22— STOP Indicator Place transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral position. Pull park lock levers to LOCKED (up) position. Press engine start switch on SSM. LOOK: Do all indicators turn on for 3 seconds? LOOK: Do all three gauges move to far right position, then move to center position?
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: After 3 seconds, do gauges move to their normal runtime positions?
NO: Check standard display monitor (SDM) circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend or see System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—Integrated Grade Control (IGC). (Group 9015-10.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-10
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-22/61
082417
PN=356
Operational Checkout Procedure Seat Control Checks
TX1083892A —UN—29OCT10
Air Suspension Seat
TX1083894A —UN—29OCT10
Seat Heater Switch 1— Headrest 2— Lumbar Adjustment 3— Backrest Adjustment 4— Height Adjustment 5— Tilt Adjustment 6— Fore-and-Aft Adjustment 7— Seat Heater Switch
YES: Go to next step in this check.
Operate all seat adjustments (1—6).
NO: Inspect linkage and repair.
FEEL/LOOK: Do seat adjustments move seat to desired positions?
NO: Check air seat motor. See Seat Heater and Air Seat Motor Circuits Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Operate the seat heater switch (7).
YES: Go to next check.
FEEL: Does the seat warm up?
NO: Check seat heater circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend or see System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—Integrated Grade Control (IGC). (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-11
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-23/61
082417
PN=357
Operational Checkout Procedure Drive Lights Check
TX1180466A —UN—11DEC14
Drive Lights Switch 1— Drive Lights Switch 2— Left LED 3— Right LED Press drive lights switch (1). LOOK: Is the left LED (2) illuminated? Are only the front drive lights illuminated? Press drive lights switch. LOOK: Is the right LED (3) illuminated? Are only the rear drive lights illuminated? Press drive lights switch.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Are the left and right LEDs illuminated? Are the front and rear drive lights illuminated?
NO: Check drive lights circuit. See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-12
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-24/61
082417
PN=358
Operational Checkout Procedure Work Lights Check
TX1180467A —UN—11DEC14
Work Lights Switch 1— Work Lights Switch 2— Left LED 3— Right LED Press work lights switch (1).
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Are the left and right LEDs (2 and 3) illuminated? Are the front and rear work lights illuminated?
NO: Check work lights circuit. See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-13
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-25/61
082417
PN=359
Operational Checkout Procedure Front Wiper Check
TX1180468A —UN—11DEC14
Front Wiper Switch 1— Front Wiper Switch 2— LED Press front wiper switch (1). Observe wiper. LOOK: Does wiper run at a constant speed? LOOK: Does LED (2) illuminate? Turn switch OFF.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Does wiper return to park position?
NO: Check front wiper switch circuit. See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-14
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-26/61
082417
PN=360
Operational Checkout Procedure Wiper Speed Check
TX1180469A —UN—11DEC14
Wiper Speed Switch 1— Wiper Speed Switch 2— Left LED 3— Middle LED 4— Right LED Press wiper speed switch (1). One LED illuminated. LOOK: Does wiper operate in low-speed intermittent mode? Press wiper speed switch. Two LEDs illuminated. LOOK: Does wiper operate in medium-speed intermittent mode? Press wiper speed switch. Three LEDs illuminated.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Does wiper operate in high-speed continuous mode?
NO: Check wiper speed switch circuit. See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-15
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-27/61
082417
PN=361
Operational Checkout Procedure Rear Wiper Check
TX1180470A —UN—11DEC14
Rear Wiper Switch 1— Rear Wiper Switch 2— Low-Speed LED 3— Medium-Speed LED 4— High-Speed LED Press rear wiper switch (1). One LED illuminated. LOOK: Does wiper operate in low-speed intermittent mode? Press wiper speed switch. Two LEDs illuminated. LOOK: Does wiper operate in medium-speed intermittent mode? Press wiper speed switch. Three LEDs illuminated. LOOK: Does wiper operate in high-speed continuous mode? Turn switch OFF.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Does wiper return to park position?
NO: Check rear wiper switch circuit. See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-16
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-28/61
082417
PN=362
Operational Checkout Procedure Front and Rear Washer Motor Check
TX1180471A —UN—11DEC14
Front and Rear Washer Motor Switch 1— Front and Rear Washer Motor Switch Press front and rear washer motor switch (1). LOOK: Do front and rear washers operate?
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Do front and rear wipers continue to operate?
NO: Washer fluid reservoir may be empty. Check washer fluid. Check wiper circuit. See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-17
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-29/61
082417
PN=363
Operational Checkout Procedure Left and Right Door Wiper Check
TX1180472A —UN—11DEC14
Door Wiper Switch 1— Left Door Wiper Switch 2— LED 3— Right Door Wiper Switch 4— LED Press left door wiper switch (1). LOOK: Does LED (2) illuminate? LOOK: Does left wiper run at a constant speed? Press left door wiper switch again. LOOK: Does wiper return to park position? Press right door wiper switch (3). LOOK: Does LED (4) illuminate? LOOK: Does right wiper run at a constant speed? Press right door wiper switch again.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Does wiper return to park position?
NO: Check left and right door wiper circuits. See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-18
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-30/61
082417
PN=364
Operational Checkout Procedure Left and Right Door Washer Motor Check
TX1180473A —UN—11DEC14
Door Washer Switch 1— Door Washer Switch Press door washer switch (1) on SSM. LOOK: Do left and right door washers operate?
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Do left and right door wipers continue to operate?
NO: Washer fluid reservoir may be empty. Check washer fluid. Check wiper circuit. See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-19
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-31/61
082417
PN=365
Operational Checkout Procedure Cab Interior Light Check
TX1083995A —UN—02NOV10
Cab Interior Light 1— Cab Interior Light Press on cab interior light (1) to turn on light.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Does cab interior light turn on?
NO: Check cab interior light circuit. System Functional Schematic and Section Legend or see System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—Integrated Grade Control (IGC). (Group 9015-10.) SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-32/61
Glow Plug Check
TX1180362A —UN—09DEC14
Wait-to-Start Indicator 1— Wait-to-Start Indicator Cycle switched power. With switched power on, observe wait-to-start indicator (1).
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Does wait-to-start indicator come on then go off when engine is ready to start? NO: Check glow plugs. SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-33/61
Operational Checks—Switched Power ON, Engine ON Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-20
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-34/61
082417
PN=366
Operational Checkout Procedure Start Circuit Check
TX1180162A —UN—09DEC14
Park Lock Levers
TX1180474A —UN—11DEC14
Engine Start Switch 1— Park Lock Lever (2 used) 2— Engine Start Switch 3— Left LED 4— Right LED Move park lock levers (1) to UNLOCKED (down) position. Press and release engine start switch (2) to turn switched power ON. The left LED (3) will illuminate. After display monitor has initialized, press and hold engine start switch. LISTEN/FEEL: Does starter motor engage?
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-21
YES: If starter engages, start circuit is shorted. See Start and Charge Circuits Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-35/61
082417
PN=367
Operational Checkout Procedure LOOK: Does right LED (4) illuminate?
NO: Go to next step in this check.
Move park lock levers to LOCKED (up) position and press engine start switch to start. LISTEN/FEEL: Does starter motor engage?
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Does right LED illuminate?
NO: If starter does not engage, start circuit is shorted. See Start and Charge Circuits Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-22
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-36/61
082417
PN=368
Operational Checkout Procedure Monitor Check With Engine Running
1
4
3
2
5
6
7 8
22 9 21
1750
10
DEF
20
11
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
TX1170825 —UN—24SEP14
Indicators (SDM) 1— Exhaust Filter Cleaning Indicator 2— Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 3— Engine Oil Pressure Gauge 4— Fuel Level Gauge 5— Engine Oil Filter Restriction Indicator 6— Caution Indicator 7— Engine Air Filter Restriction Indicator 8— MENU Button 9— BACK Button 10— NEXT Button 11— SELECT Button 12— Auto Blade Indicator (if equipped) 13— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Indicator 14— Return-to-Neutral Indicator 15— Park Brake Indicator 16— Display 17— Engine Alternator Voltage Indicator 18— Fasten Seat Belt Indicator 19— Transmission Oil Temperature Indicator 20— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Indicator 21— Wait-to-Start Indicator 22— STOP Indicator After bulb check with engine running, check the following: NOTE: Park brake indicator will stay illuminated due to machine being in park. LOOK: Do all indicators except park brake indicator (15) turn off?
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Does display show engine speed?
NO: Check standard display monitor (SDM) circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend or see System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—Integrated Grade Control (IGC). (Group 9015-10.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-23
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-37/61
082417
PN=369
Operational Checkout Procedure Park Lock Lever Switch Check
TX1180162A —UN—09DEC14
Park Lock Levers
1750 DEF
2 TX1172765 —UN—24SEP14
Park Brake Indicator (SDM) 1— Park Lock Lever (2 used) 2— Park Brake Indicator Move transmission control lever (TCL) to neutral. CAUTION: Avoid possible injury from unexpected machine movement. Machine may move when park brake is released. Observe park brake indicator (2) on standard display monitor (SDM) as park lock levers YES: Go to next check. (1) are moved to UNLOCKED (down) position. LOOK: Does park brake indicator go off when park lock levers are in the UNLOCKED (down) position?
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-24
NO: If park brake indicator remains on, perform Park Brake Test. (Group 9026-25.) SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-38/61
082417
PN=370
Operational Checkout Procedure Alternator Output Check
TX1000662 —UN—23NOV05
Voltage Indicator Run engine at slow idle.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Is voltage indicator off?
NO: Increase engine speed to fast idle; if light is still on, check and charge batteries. Check alternator wiring and output; repair as required. See Start and Charge Circuits Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-25
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-39/61
082417
PN=371
Operational Checkout Procedure Engine Speed Control Switch Check
TX1180475A —UN—22JAN15
Engine Speed Control 1— Engine Speed Decrease Switch 2— Engine Speed Increase Switch Run engine and press engine speed decrease switch (1) once to run engine at slow idle. LOOK: Is engine speed at approximately 900 rpm? Press engine speed increase switch (2) once to run engine at fast idle. LOOK: Is engine speed at approximately 2350 rpm? Press and hold engine speed decrease switch to ramp idle to slow idle. LOOK: Is engine speed at approximately 900 rpm? LISTEN: Does engine speed change proportionally? Press and hold engine speed increase switch to ramp idle to fast idle. LOOK: Is engine speed at approximately 2350 rpm?
YES: Go to next check.
LISTEN: Does engine speed change proportionally?
NO: Check engine speed control circuit. See Engine Idle Speeds and Auto Shutdown Check. (Group 9010-25.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-26
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-40/61
082417
PN=372
Operational Checkout Procedure Air Filter Restriction Check
TX1000024 —UN—04NOV05
Air Filter Restriction Indicator Run engine at fast idle with park lock levers in LOCKED (up) position.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Is air filter restriction indicator off?
NO: Replace air cleaner elements. See Replace Primary and Secondary Engine Air Filter Elements. (Operator's Manual.) SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-41/61
Cooling Fan Circuit Check NOTE: This check will not work if engine or hydraulic oil temperature is above 52°C (125°F). Change in fan speed may be hard to detect. Run engine at slow idle. Move park lock levers to LOCKED (up) position. Open right engine door and disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor (B5208). See Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) LISTEN/LOOK: Does fan speed increase when sensor is disconnected? NOTE: If fan circuit is malfunctioning, the cooling fan will default to high speed. Connect temperature sensor.
YES: Go to next check.
LISTEN/LOOK: Does fan speed decrease when sensor is connected?
NO: Diagnose cooling fan malfunction. See Hydraulic Fan Runs at Full Speed Only. (Group 9025-15.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-27
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-42/61
082417
PN=373
Operational Checkout Procedure Reversing Fan Circuit Check (if equipped)
TX1180476A —UN—11DEC14
Reversing Fan Switch 1— Reversing Fan Switch 2— LED Run engine at slow idle. Press reversing fan switch (1). LISTEN/LOOK: Does hydraulic cooling fan reverse direction?
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Does LED (2) come on?
NO: Check reversing fan circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend or see System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—Integrated Grade Control (IGC). (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-28
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-43/61
082417
PN=374
Operational Checkout Procedure Hydraulic Enable Solenoid Check
TX1180477A —UN—11DEC14
Hydraulic Enable Switch 1— Hydraulic Enable Switch 2— LED Press hydraulic enable switch (1) to hydraulics locked (LED [2] off). Run engine at slow idle. Move blade control lever to each function position. LOOK: Do all hydraulic functions not operate? Press hydraulic enable switch to unlocked (LED on). Move blade control lever to operate each function.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Do all hydraulic functions operate correctly?
NO: Check hydraulic enable solenoid valve and blade control lever circuit. See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-44/61
Park Brake Circuit Check CAUTION: Avoid possible injury from unexpected machine movement. Moving park lock levers will stop machine abruptly. Wear seat belt at all times when operating machine. Fasten seat belt. Run machine at fast idle. Press transmission control lever (TCL) to forward. Move park lock levers to LOCKED (up) position. LOOK/FEEL: Does machine stop and park brake indicator illuminate immediately? Move TCL back to neutral and move park lock levers to UNLOCKED (down) position. Run machine slowly in forward. Return TCL to neutral and measure time required for park brake indicator to illuminate.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK/FEEL: Does machine stop and park brake indicator illuminate after approximately 7 seconds?
NO: Check park brake circuit. See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-29
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-45/61
082417
PN=375
Operational Checkout Procedure Park Brake Valve Leakage Warm hydrostatic oil. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9026-25.) Check Adjust engine speed control to slow idle with park lock levers in the UNLOCKED (down) position. Observe charge pressure reading on standard display monitor (SDM). See Diagnostics—Transmission Readings, SDM. (Operator's Manual.) LOOK: Does pressure drop as park lock levers are moved to UNLOCKED (down) position, then return to original value? Fully depress decelerator/brake pedal, then release.
YES: Go to next step in this check.
LOOK: Does pressure drop as decelerator/brake pedal is released, then return to original value?
NO: Pressure value does not return to original value. Isolate park brakes and brake valve to locate leakage. See Park Brake Valve Operation. (Group 9026-05.) Perform Park Brake Test. (Group 9026-25.)
LOOK: Do tracks creep or move with park lock levers in UNLOCKED (down) position? YES: Tracks move in neutral. Inspect park brake valve. See Park Brake Valve Operation. (Group 9026-05.) Perform Park Brake Test. (Group 9026-25.) NO: Go to next check. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-30
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-46/61
082417
PN=376
Operational Checkout Procedure Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Check
TX1180167A —UN—09DEC14
Transmission Control Lever (TCL) 1— Transmission Control Lever (TCL) S34— Transmission Speed Control Switch CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from machine movement. Make sure there is adequate room and be aware of bystanders. Set transmission speed to 2.0. Set engine speed to specification. Specification Engine—Speed................................................................................................. 1500 rpm Move transmission control lever (TCL) (1) from neutral to forward, neutral to reverse, and then forward to reverse. LOOK: Does machine operate smoothly in forward and reverse?
YES: Go to next check.
NOTE: Transmission control lever shift rate can be set to operator preference. Low has a slower reaction time and high has a quicker reaction time. See Setup—Preferences, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
NO: Adjust transmission control lever. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-31
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-47/61
082417
PN=377
Operational Checkout Procedure Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Speed Change Check
TX1180167A —UN—09DEC14
Transmission Control Lever (TCL) 1— Transmission Control Lever (TCL) S34— Transmission Speed Control Switch CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from machine movement. Make sure there is adequate room and be aware of bystanders. Run engine at fast idle with blade raised. Move park lock levers to UNLOCKED (down) position. Move transmission control lever (TCL) (1) to forward and drive machine. Move TCL to neutral. Move TCL to reverse and drive machine. Move TCL to neutral.
YES: Go to next step in this check.
LOOK/FEEL: Does TCL stay in selected position in forward, neutral, and reverse?
NO: Check adjustment of TCL. Perform Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.)
Move transmission control lever (TCL) (1) to forward and drive machine. Press top button of transmission speed control switch (S34) to increase speed. Press bottom button of transmission speed control switch to decrease speed.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK/FEEL: Does machine move faster or slower when speed control buttons are pressed?
NO: Check transmission speed control switch circuit. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-32
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-48/61
082417
PN=378
Operational Checkout Procedure Decelerator/Brake Pedal and Park Brake Check
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from machine movement. Perform this check in an open area away from other people and machinery. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from sudden machine stops. Wear seat belt while operating machine. Fasten seat belt. Move park lock levers to UNLOCKED (down) position. Depress decelerator/brake pedal until spring resistance is felt. Adjust engine speed to fast idle and transmission speed to 3.0. Move transmission control lever to forward position. Release decelerator/brake pedal. LOOK: Does machine accelerate smoothly to maximum speed?
YES: Go to next check.
NOTE: Decelerator/brake response time can be set to operator preference. See Setup—Preferences, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
NO: Inspect park brake valve. See Park Brake Valve Operation. (Group 9026-05.) Adjust decelerator/brake pedal. See Decelerator/Brake Pedal Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-33
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-49/61
082417
PN=379
Operational Checkout Procedure Decelerator Mode Check
TX1180478A —UN—11DEC14
Decelerator Mode Switch 1— Decelerator Mode Switch 2— LED NOTE: Decelerator mode switch has two settings. Engine mode will both slow engine and reduce machine ground speed. Transmission mode will reduce machine ground speed but will not slow engine speed. Engine Mode Run engine at slow idle. Depress decelerator/brake pedal. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from machine movement. Perform this check in an open area away from other people and machinery. Move park lock levers to UNLOCKED (down) position. Press decelerator mode switch (1) to enable engine mode (LED off). Move transmission control lever (TCL) to forward. Increase engine to fast idle. Slowly release decelerator/brake pedal. LOOK: Does engine speed increase as machine speed increases? LOOK: Is LED (2) off? Transmission Mode Run engine at slow idle. Depress decelerator/brake pedal. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from machine movement. Perform this check in an open area away from other people and machinery. Move park lock levers to UNLOCKED (down) position. Press decelerator mode switch to enable transmission mode (LED on). Move TCL to forward. Increase engine to fast idle. Slowly release decelerator/brake pedal.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-34
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-50/61
082417
PN=380
Operational Checkout Procedure LOOK: Does engine speed remain the same as machine speed increases?
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Does LED illuminate?
NO: Check decelerator/brake pedal and decelerator sensor circuit. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-35
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-51/61
082417
PN=381
Operational Checkout Procedure Tracking and Maximum Speed Check
TX1180478A —UN—11DEC14
Decelerator Mode Switch 1— Decelerator Mode Switch 2— LED NOTE: Track sag must be at specification and machine must be driven on a level surface for all tracking checks. Press decelerator mode switch (1) to enable engine mode (LED off). Operate engine at fast idle. Set transmission speed to 3.0. Depress decelerator/brake pedal fully. Move park lock levers to UNLOCKED (down) position. Move TCL to forward. Slowly increase engine speed from slow to fast idle by slowly raising the decelerator/brake pedal. Depress decelerator/brake pedal fully. Move TCL to reverse. Slowly increase engine speed from slow to fast idle by slowly raising the decelerator/brake pedal. LISTEN/LOOK: Does machine speed increase as engine speed increases?
YES: Go to next step in this check.
LISTEN/LOOK: Does machine reach full speed at high idle?
NO: Diagnose cause of full speed malfunction. See Machine Full Speed Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.)
FEEL/LOOK: Is tracking straight at all speeds?
YES: Go to next check. NO: Diagnose cause of mistracking. See Mistrack/Index Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-36
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-52/61
082417
PN=382
Operational Checkout Procedure Reverse Ratio Check
TX1180479A —UN—11DEC14
Reverse Ratio Switch 1— Reverse Ratio Switch 2— Left LED 3— Middle LED 4— Right LED Run engine at fast idle. NOTE: The reverse ratio has three settings. The left LED (2) is 100%, the left and middle LEDs (3) is 115%, and the left, middle, and right LEDs (4) is 130%. Press reverse ratio switch (1) three times so left, right, and middle LEDs are illuminated. Push transmission control lever (TCL) to forward. Pull TCL to reverse.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK/FEEL: Does machine operate faster in reverse than forward?
NO: Calibrate transmission control unit (TCU). See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-37
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-53/61
082417
PN=383
Operational Checkout Procedure Blade Control Lever and Hydraulic Controls Check (non IGC machines)
TX1099746A —UN—04JAN12
Blade Control Lever Functions 1— Blade Float 2— Blade Down 3— Blade Tilt Right 4— Blade Lift 5— Blade Tilt Left Operate engine at slow idle. Move control lever to positions (2—5) and release.
YES: Go to next step in this check.
LOOK/FEEL: Does blade control lever move to all positions (2—5) easily and return to NO: If blade control lever neutral when released? does not operate smoothly, repair or replace blade control lever. See Blade Control Lever Linkage Adjustment. (Group 9025-20.)See Blade Control Lever Linkage Remove and Install. (Group 3215.) Operate engine at slow idle. Slowly move blade control lever to all positions except blade float detent.
YES: Go to next step in this check.
LOOK/FEEL: Do all blade functions operate smoothly, without hesitation?
NO: Diagnose hydraulic system malfunctions. See Hydraulic System Diagnose Malfunctions. (Group 9025-15.)
Operate engine at slow idle. Raise front of machine off ground by fully lowering blade. Push blade control lever into float detent position.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-38
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-54/61
082417
PN=384
Operational Checkout Procedure LOOK: Does front of crawler lower to ground?
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK/FEEL: Does blade control lever lock into blade float position?
NO: If front of crawler does not lower to ground, see Hydraulic System Diagnose Malfunctions. (Group 9025-15.) If blade control lever does not lock into blade float position, check blade float detent coil. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend. (Group 9015-10.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-39
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-55/61
082417
PN=385
Operational Checkout Procedure Blade Control Lever and Hydraulic Controls Check (IGC machines)
TX1181042A —UN—17DEC14
Blade Control Lever (BCL) Functions 1— Blade Float 2— Blade Down 3— Blade Tilt Right 4— Blade Lift 5— Blade Tilt Left Press hydraulic enable switch to locked position (LED off) to disable hydraulic controls. Move control lever to positions (2—5) and release. Move control lever to blade float (1) position.
YES: Go to next step in this check.
LOOK/FEEL: Does blade control lever move to all positions (1—5) easily and return to NO: If blade control neutral when released? lever does not operate smoothly, repair or replace blade control lever. See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Lever Remove and Install. (Group 1600.) Operate engine at slow idle. Press hydraulic enable switch to unlocked position (LED on). Slowly move blade control lever to all positions except blade float detent.
YES: Go to next step in this check.
LOOK/FEEL: Do all blade functions operate smoothly, without hesitation?
NO: Diagnose hydraulic system malfunctions. See Hydraulic System Diagnose Malfunctions—Integrated Grade Control (IGC). (Group 9025-15.)
Operate engine at slow idle. Raise front of machine off ground by fully lowering blade. Push blade control lever into float detent position.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-40
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-56/61
082417
PN=386
Operational Checkout Procedure LOOK: Does front of crawler lower to ground?
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK/FEEL: Does blade control lever return to neutral but blade float remain activated? NO: Check blade float circuit. See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 0915-05.) See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—Integrated Grade Control (IGC). (Group 9015-10.) SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-57/61
Cycle Time Check
NOTE: Procedure must be performed on level surface. Use the SDM or Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic application to read engine speed and hydraulic oil temperature.
YES: Go to next check.
Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature............................................................................. 57—66°C 135—150°F Engine—Speed.................................................................................................. Fast Idle Blade Raise—Cycle Time....................................................................................2.3 sec. Blade Power Down—Cycle Time.........................................................................2.7 sec. Blade Tilt Left—Cycle Time..................................................................................1.3 sec. Blade Tilt Right—Cycle Time...............................................................................1.5 sec. Blade Angle (IGC)—Left —Cycle Time................................................................3.0 sec. Blade Angle (IGC)—Right—Cycle Time..............................................................3.1 sec. Are cycle times at or below specifications?
NO: Check hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-41
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-58/61
082417
PN=387
Operational Checkout Procedure Air Conditioner Check
TX1169032 —UN—13AUG14
Temperature Controls 1— Air Conditioner Switch 2— Blower Control Dial 3— Temperature Control Dial Operate engine at fast idle. Press air conditioner switch (1) to ON position. Turn blower control dial (2) to maximum and temperature control dial (3) to cold position. Wait for any warm air in duct system to dissipate.
YES: Go to next check.
FEEL: Is air from ducts cool?
NO: Diagnose air conditioner malfunctions. See Air Conditioning System Does Not Cool Interior of Cab. (Group 9031-15.) SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-59/61
Heater Blower Motor Check
TX1169032 —UN—13AUG14
Temperature Controls 1— Air Conditioner Switch 2— Blower Control Dial 3— Temperature Control Dial Turn blower motor control dial (2) to maximum and temperature control dial (3) to hot position. FEEL: Is air from ducts warm?
YES: Go to next check.
FEEL: Does air exit all ducts from roof?
NO: Diagnose heater malfunction. See Heating System Does Not Operate. (Group 9031-15.) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-42
SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-60/61
082417
PN=388
Operational Checkout Procedure Under Seat Heater Check
TX1169034 —UN—13AUG14
Under Seat Heater Switch
TX1169035 —UN—13AUG14
Under Seat Heater Vent 1— Under Seat Heater Switch 2— Under Seat Heater Vent Press under seat heater switch (1) to ON position.
YES: Operational checkout is complete.
FEEL: Does warm air exit from under seat heater?
NO: Check under seat heater blower circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend or see System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—Integrated Grade Control (IGC). (Group 9015-10.) SK32938,00008E6 -19-22JUL16-61/61
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-43
082417
PN=389
Operational Checkout Procedure
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9005-10-44
082417
PN=390
Section 9010 Engine Contents Page
Group 05—Theory of Operation John Deere Engine.................................... 9010-05-1 Cold Start Aid System Theory of Operation—If Equipped ......................... 9010-05-1 Group 10—System Diagrams Engine Cooling System Component Location ............................. 9010-10-1 Engine Fuel System Component Location ................................................. 9010-10-5 Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location ............................. 9010-10-9 Group 15—Diagnostic Information John Deere Engine.................................... 9010-15-1 Group 20—Adjustments John Deere Engine.................................... 9010-20-1 Service Filter Cleaning .............................. 9010-20-1 Group 25—Tests John Deere Engine.................................... 9010-25-1 Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Pressure Test ........................................................ 9010-25-1 Fluid Sampling Procedure—If Equipped ............................................... 9010-25-2 Engine Idle Speeds and Auto Shutdown Check ................................... 9010-25-6 Exhaust Emissions Test Point ................... 9010-25-7
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-1
082417
PN=1
Contents
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-2
082417
PN=2
Group 05
Theory of Operation • See Electric Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation
John Deere Engine
For theory of operation on John Deere 4045 PowerTech™ 4.5 L diesel engine not contained in this group, see the following:
or see High-Pressure Fuel System Operation. (CTM120119.) • See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation. (CTM120119.) • See Cold Start Aid Operation. (CTM120119.) • See Aftertreatment System Operation. (CTM120119.)
• See General Engine Operation. (CTM120119.) • See Cooling System Operation. (CTM120119.) • See Lubrication System Operation. (CTM120119.)
For additional information, see PowerTech™ 4.5 L OEM Diesel Engines—Final Tier 4/Stage IV Platform. (CTM120119.)
This machine uses a John Deere 4045 PowerTech™ 4.5 L diesel engine.
PowerTech is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00006FD -19-08JAN15-1/1
Cold Start Aid System Theory of Operation—If Equipped The engine is equipped with a glow plug cold-weather starting aid. When the operator presses the engine start switch on the sealed switch module (SSM) (A4), the engine control unit (ECU) (A5505) does the following: 1. Receives signal from charge air cooler outlet air temperature sensor (B5205). 2. Determines if the temperature is below the set point. 3. Turns on the wait-to-start indicator on the standard display monitor (SDM) (A8). 4. Energizes the glow plug relay (K7) and turns on wait-to-start indicator. The glow plug relay will energize, supplying voltage to glow plugs located above each cylinder. The ECU will keep the glow plugs energized for an amount of time that is determined by the measured temperatures. When the ECU has determined that the preheat time is adequate, the ECU will turn off the wait-to-start indicator and wait an additional 5 seconds to de-energize the glow plug relay. This additional 5 seconds allows the operator to notice that the wait-to-start indicator is off and begin cranking the engine. The operator may start the engine at any time during or after the preheat time. If the operator starts the engine during the preheat time, the ECU de-energizes the glow plug relay (turning off the glow plugs) as soon as the ECU detects engine speed. An ignition off and ignition on cycle is required to reset the preheating cycle. Any time the engine cranks but does not start, an ignition off and ignition on cycle will be required to reset the preheating cycle.
The ECU monitors the engine speed for fluctuations, which may indicate the engine is still too cold to run properly. If the engine speed fluctuations exceed a predetermined limit, the glow plugs will be energized again for a set amount of time. The ECU will continue to activate the glow plugs and monitor engine speed fluctuations for up to 120 seconds to ensure complete warm up and smooth running. Glow plugs will not activate if battery voltage is less than 12 V or above 28 V. Glow plugs will not activate if engine speed is more than 10 rpm. While activated, glow plugs will deactivate if:
• Reheat time reaches or starts at 0 seconds. • Battery voltage drops to less than 18 V or rises above 28 V.
• Engine speed is greater than 1000 rpm. Preheat Reheat Time Charge Wait-to-Start Preheat Time Time (700K) Air Cooler Time (550K/650K) Outlet Air Temperature -15°C 5°F
15 sec.
20 sec.
25 sec.
20 sec.
-10°C 14°F
10 sec.
15 sec.
20 sec.
15 sec.
-5°C 23°F
5 sec.
10 sec.
15 sec.
0 sec.
0°C 32°F
5 sec.
10 sec.
15 sec.
0 sec.
5°C 41°F
2 sec.
7 sec.
12 sec.
0 sec.
8°C 46°F
0 sec.
5 sec.
10 sec.
0 sec.
AB51738,00006FE -19-30JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-05-1
082417
PN=393
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-05-2
082417
PN=394
Group 10
System Diagrams Engine Cooling System Component Location TX1178045 —UN—03FEB15
3 2 6
4
2
5
7
3
1
12
12
16 1 17
13 15
24
15 14 23
18
19
13 22
9 11
10 TX1178045 Engine Cooling System Component Location
AB51738,00006FF -19-30JAN15-1/2
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-10-1
082417
PN=395
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-10-2
082417
PN=396
System Diagrams 1— Radiator 2— Surge Tank 3— Surge Tank Overflow Hose 4— Surge Tank-to-Thermostat Housing Line 5— Radiator-to-Surge Tank Line 6— Surge Tank Cap 7— Radiator-to-Thermostat Housing Hose 9— Radiator Drain Valve
10— Radiator Drain Hose 11— Radiator-to-Coolant Pump Hose 12— Thermostat Housing 13— Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Cooler 14— Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Venturi 15— Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Cooler-to-Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Venturi Hose
16— Exhaust Gas Recirculation 22— Oil Cooler Filter Assembly (EGR) Venturi-to-Thermostat 23— Exhaust Gas Recirculation Housing Line (EGR) Venturi Coolant 17— Thermostat Housing-toSupply Line Exhaust Gas Recirculation 24— Coolant Pump (EGR) Cooler Line 18— Turbocharger Oil Supply Line 19— Turbocharger Oil Drain Line
AB51738,00006FF -19-30JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-10-3
082417
PN=397
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-10-4
082417
PN=398
System Diagrams
Engine Fuel System Component Location TX1177554 —UN—05FEB15
Y5004 W32
4
2
6
11 16
B5600
17 11
11
3
R6
1 5
11
7
7
12
13
16
19 6
15
8 7
7
18 Y5024 B5113
Y5002
5
TX1177554 Engine Fuel System Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-10-5
082417
PN=399
AB51738,0000700 -19-30JAN15-1/2
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-10-6
082417
PN=400
System Diagrams 1— Fuel Tank 8— High-Pressure Common Rail 16— Injector Leakoff Line 2— Primary Fuel Filter (HPCR) 17— Air Bleed Line 3— Secondary Fuel Filter 11— High-Pressure Common Rail 18— High-Pressure Fuel Pump 4— Auxiliary Fuel Filter and Water (HPCR)-to-Injector Fuel Line Crossover Line Separator (4 used) 19— Fuel Sensor Manifold 5— Fuel Tank-to-High-Pressure 12— High-Pressure Fuel Pump B5113—Fuel Rail Pressure Fuel Pump Line Supply Line Sensor 6— Hand Fuel Valve-to-Low13— High-Pressure Fuel Pump B5600—Water-in-Fuel (WIF) Pressure Fuel Pump Line 15— High-Pressure Fuel Sensor 7— Secondary Fuel Filter-to-Fuel Pump-to-High-Pressure R6—Fuel Filter Heater (if Sensor Manifold Hose Common Rail (HPCR) Fuel equipped) Line
W32—Engine Harness Y5002—Pressure Control Valve Y5004—Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Y5024—Fuel Rail Pressure Relief Valve (PRV)
AB51738,0000700 -19-30JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-10-7
082417
PN=401
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-10-8
082417
PN=402
System Diagrams
Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location TX1177535 —UN—09JAN15
10 10
18 7 16 3
13 19
15
9
3
9 4 5 14 6 A
17
8
21
2
20
A
22
E5601 A5507
12
20
B
1 E5602 11 B5501
E5603
B
TX1177535 Engine Intake and Exhaust Systems Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-10-9
082417
PN=403
AB51738,0000701 -19-17DEC14-1/2
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-10-10
082417
PN=404
System Diagrams
1— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) 9— Selective Catalytic Reduction Tank (SCR) System 2— Variable Geometry 10— Exhaust Stack Turbocharger (VGT)-to11— Exhaust Gas Recirculation Charge Air Cooler (CAC) Hose (EGR) Venturi 3— Intake Air Cleaner 12— Intake Air Manifold 4— Diesel Oxidation Catalyst 13— Turbocharger (DOC) 14— Exhaust Gas Recirculation 5— Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) (EGR) Cooler 6— Exhaust Pipe 15— Exhaust Manifold 7— Precleaner 16— Exhaust Valve 8— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) 17— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Decomposition Tube Dosing Unit
18— Turbocharger 19— Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve 20— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Pressure Line 21— Charge Air Cooler (CAC) 22— Intake Air Manifold-toCharge Air Cooler (CAC) Hose A5507—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header B5501—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Pump
E5601—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Pressure Line Heater E5602—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater E5603—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Return Line Heater
AB51738,0000701 -19-17DEC14-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-10-11
082417
PN=405
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-10-12
082417
PN=406
Group 15
Diagnostic Information John Deere Engine
• See PowerTech™ 4.5 L OEM Diesel Engines—Final
This machine uses a John Deere 4045 PowerTech™ 4.5 L diesel engine.
Tier 4/Stage IV Platform. (CTM120119.)
For additional information on John Deere 4045 PowerTech™ 4.5 L diesel engines and components, see the following component technical manual (CTM): PowerTech is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,0000144 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-15-1
082417
PN=407
Diagnostic Information
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-15-2
082417
PN=408
Group 20
Adjustments John Deere Engine
• See PowerTech™ 4.5 L OEM Diesel Engines—Final Tier 4/Stage IV Platform. (CTM120119.)
This machine uses a John Deere 4045 PowerTech™ 4.5 L diesel engine. For additional information on John Deere 4045 PowerTech™ 4.5 L diesel engines and components, see the following component technical manual (CTM): PowerTech is a trademark of Deere & Company
JL05046,0000145 -19-11FEB15-1/1
Service Filter Cleaning CAUTION: Servicing machine during a service filter cleaning can result in serious personal injury. Avoid exposure and skin contact with hot gases and components. During a service filter cleaning, the engine may run at elevated temperatures for an extended period of time. Exhaust gases and exhaust filter components may reach temperatures hot enough to burn bystanders and ignite or melt common materials. Service filter cleaning can only be performed when the machine is in a predetermined safe state. This safe state includes three conditions:
• Park brake applied • Transmission control lever (TCL) (A10) in neutral • Engine running at idle Service cleaning is ONLY available when the exhaust filter reaches SERVICE soot level restriction, indicator is at 100% and red, STOP indicator is flashing, and an alarm is sounding. A pop-up will appear on the standard display monitor (SDM) stating that engine power is limited and to contact service representative for service filter cleaning.
• Exhaust filter restriction level returned to LOW • Park brake is released, TCL is moved out of neutral,
or engine speed increased by means other than the engine control unit (ECU) • 3.5 hours have elapsed • Service cleaning is cancelled • Fuel level very low • Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) becomes active
During service filter cleaning, the ECU takes control of the engine speed and attempts to increase the exhaust temperature by employing exhaust temperature management (ETM); ETM restricts air flow and doses fuel into the exhaust to raise exhaust temperatures. This process can increase the exhaust temperatures (before the diffuser) above 550°C (1021°F). Automatic filter cleaning must be active in order to begin a service filter cleaning. Auto shutdown will be disabled during service filter cleaning. For more information on auto shutdown during a service filter cleaning, see Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) To initiate service filter cleaning, see Operation—Exhaust Filter, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) For more information on service filter cleaning, see Exhaust Filter Operation. (CTM120119.)
Once service cleaning is activated, the cleaning process will continue until one of the following occurs: AB51738,0000704 -19-21JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-20-1
082417
PN=409
Adjustments
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-20-2
082417
PN=410
Group 25
Tests John Deere Engine
• See PowerTech™ 4.5 L OEM Diesel Engines—Final
This machine uses a John Deere 4045 PowerTech™ 4.5 L diesel engine.
Tier 4/Stage IV Platform. (CTM120119.)
For additional information on John Deere 4045 PowerTech™ 4.5 L diesel engines and components, see the following component technical manual (CTM): PowerTech is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000702 -19-21JAN15-1/1
1
For more information, see Low-Pressure Fuel System Check. (CTM120119.)
2
Low-pressure fuel pump pressure can be viewed using the standard display monitor (SDM): Standard Display Monitor (SDM) With engine running, navigate the menu: MAIN MENU >> DIAGNOSTICS >> MACHINE INFORMATION >> ENGINE READINGS >> PRESSURES >> FUEL. 1— MENU Button 2— BACK Button
3— NEXT Button 4— SELECT Button
3
4
TX1072800 —UN—05MAR10
Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Pressure Test
Standard Display Monitor (SDM)
TZ24494,000161F -19-07NOV16-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-25-1
082417
PN=411
Tests
Fluid Sampling Procedure—If Equipped SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
Slow Idle
System Fluid Purge Volume (approximate)
100 mL 3.4 oz
Fluid Sample Volume (approximate)
75 mL 2.5 oz
TX1024519A —UN—01JUN07
This procedure is recommended for obtaining oil samples using the John Deere sampling valve. A cap probe, plastic bag, and oil sampling kit for the appropriate system are needed for this procedure. Part numbers for the required items can be found at the end of this procedure. Fluid systems should be sampled at the following intervals:
• Each system at every oil change before changing oil • Engine oil: 250 hours • Engine coolant: 500 hours • Hydraulic oil: 500 hours • Transmission oil: 500 hours • Power train oil (axles, gear cases): 500 hours
System Fluid Purge (excavator shown)
MACHINE PREPARATION 1. Start the machine and warm system to normal operating temperature. Operate machine functions so that the fluid is agitated throughout the system. 2. Once the system has reached operating temperature, operate engine at slow idle. Specification Engine—Speed..........................................................................Slow Idle
Specification System Fluid Purge—Volume (approximate)............................................................................... 100 mL 3.4 oz
3. Properly dispose of collected waste fluid. 4. If oil flow needs to be increased to obtain a representative sample, accelerate the flow of the system by increasing the engine speed to high idle while taking the sample.
3. Locate sample valve on unit and clean the area around the valve prior to removing dust cap. This will reduce additional fluid sample contamination. See Fluid Sampling Test Ports—If Equipped. (Operator's Manual.) 4. Once the area has been cleaned, remove the dust cap from the valve. Priming Sample Valve Oil must be purged from the system to ensure that a representative sample is collected in the test collection bottle. The appropriate amount of waste oil is determined by the distance of the sampling valve from the flow of the system. It is recommended one full sample bottle, equal to 100 mL (3.4 oz), be purged from a remotely mounted valve before collecting the sample. 1. Connect probe to sample valve by placing the probe end into the valve port. 2. Press and hold the probe to release an appropriate amount of fluid into a waste container. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-25-2
DX,FLUID,SAMPLE -19-12FEB16-1/6
082417
PN=412
Tests Obtaining Fluid Sample NOTE: This step is best done in a clean environment, rather than at the sample site.
TX1024509A —UN—31MAY07
1. Place the sample bottle from the sample kit into plastic bag. Seal plastic bag.
Place Sample Bottle in Plastic Bag DX,FLUID,SAMPLE -19-12FEB16-2/6
2. Remove the lid from the sample container, while keeping bottle inside plastic bag. Move the lid aside within the plastic bag, so that the bottle opening is accessible.
TX1024510A —UN—31MAY07
When collecting hydraulic or power train oil samples, be careful to hold the sheet of plastic (located under the lid) to the top of the bottle. This ensures that the protective plastic is not removed when the lid is taken off.
Remove Lid of Sample Bottle (in plastic bag) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-25-3
DX,FLUID,SAMPLE -19-12FEB16-3/6
082417
PN=413
Tests
NOTE: The plastic bag creates a protective covering for the sample so that external contaminants are not introduced into the fluid sample.
TX1024514A —UN—01JUN07
3. Holding bag tight across bottle, puncture hole in bag with cap probe line and insert line about 13 mm (0.5 in) into the sample bottle.
Puncture Plastic Bag With Cap Probe Line Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-25-4
DX,FLUID,SAMPLE -19-12FEB16-4/6
082417
PN=414
Tests
4. While holding cap probe line inside the bottle, press and hold the cap probe to the valve to release the sample fluid into the bottle that is still secured within the plastic bag. 5. Fill the sample bottle about 3/4 full of fluid.
TX1024515A —UN—01JUN07
Specification Fluid Sample—Volume (approximate)................................................................................. 75 mL 2.5 oz
6. After a representative sample is obtained, remove the tube and return the lid to the container. Leave the lid and bottle inside the plastic bag and the protective sheet attached underneath the lid (if applicable). When properly performed, sample oil is warm, indicating that all stagnant fluid was removed during the purge process and not sent to the lab. Collect Sample Fluid (excavator shown)
NOTE: Cap probes are to be used for only one sampling procedure. 7. Install the dust cap to the sample valve, and properly dispose of the cap probe.
8. Fill out the sample information form completely, and submit the form and sample to the designated regional lab for testing.
Fluid Analysis Sampling Materials Summary Part Number
Description
AT317904
Engine Test Kit
AT303189
Hydraulic and Power Train Test Kit
AT180344
Diesel Fuel Test Kit
AT183016
Coolant Test Kit
TY26349
6 mm (0.25 in) Suction Pump Tubing, 30 m (100 ft)
AT308579
120 mL (4 oz) Sample Bottle
AT315231
Poly Cap Probe
AT321211
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -4 SAE O-ring
AT306111
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -6 SAE O-ring
TY26363
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, 1/4-20 NPT
AT306133
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, 1/8-27 NPT
AT320593
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -6 ORFS Female
AT312932
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -8 ORFS Female
TY26364
90° Push-Button Sample Valve with attached Cap, 1/8-27 NPT
TY26365
Sample Valve Actuator Tubing Adaptor Fitting, KST Series Probe
Non-Applicable
Plastic Bag Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-25-5
DX,FLUID,SAMPLE -19-12FEB16-5/6
082417
PN=415
Tests
Engine Idle Speeds and Auto Shutdown Check
• Check diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). • Check decelerator sensor (B1) for proper adjustment and calibration. See Decelerator/Brake Pedal Adjustment and see Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.)
SPECIFICATIONS Engine Operating Temperature
85—97°C 185—207°F
Engine Slow Idle Speed
875—925 rpm
7. Set auto-shutdown for 1 minute. See Setup—Machine Setup, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
Engine Fast Idle Speed (550K and 2325—2375 rpm 650K only) Engine Fast Idle Speed (700K only)
NOTE: The following are the requirements for maintaining auto-shutdown:
2250—2300 rpm
• If auto-shutdown time is changed, auto-shutdown
1. Warm engine to operating temperature.
will abort.
Specification
• Engine speed less than 945 rpm. • Park lock levers in full up (locked) position (if
Engine Operating—Temperature.....................................................................................85—97°C 185—207°F
2. Operate engine at slow idle. 3. Observe display monitor to see if engine slow idle speed is within specification. Specification Engine Slow Idle—Speed....................................................................... 875—925 rpm
4. Operate engine at fast idle. 5. Observe display monitor to see if engine fast idle speed is within specification.
lowered, auto-shutdown will abort).
• Transmission control unit (TCU) not in calibration
mode (if TCU is in calibration mode, auto-shutdown will be disabled). • Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) not in calibration mode (if HVC is in calibration mode, auto-shutdown will be disabled). 8. Allow engine to run at slow idle while monitoring idle time. Verify that auto-shutdown activates (engine stops) after 1 minute elapses. 9. If auto-shutdown is not within specification, perform the following:
Specification Engine Fast Idle—Speed (550K and 650K only).................................................... 2325—2375 rpm Engine Fast Idle—Speed................................................ 2250—2300 rpm (700K only)
• Check for DTCs. • Make sure auto-shutdown parameters are
maintained. For information on auto-shutdown, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
6. If engine slow idle and fast idle are not within specification, check the following: TZ24494,0001622 -19-18FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-25-6
082417
PN=416
Tests
Exhaust Emissions Test Point 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 9000-01.) NOTE: Do not measure exhaust emissions at end of exhaust stack due to inaccurate reading of mixed air with exhaust emissions.
1
3. Test exhaust emissions at exhaust emissions test point (3).
TX1183119 —UN—26JAN15
2. Remove exhaust stack (1).
2
4. Install exhaust stack. 1— Exhaust Stack 2— Clamp
3— Exhaust Emissions Test Point
Exhaust Stack
TX1183120 —UN—26JAN15
3
Exhaust Test Point TZ24494,0001620 -19-21JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-25-7
082417
PN=417
Tests
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9010-25-8
082417
PN=418
Section 9015 Electrical System Contents Page Page
Group 05—Theory of Operation Start and Charge Circuits Theory of Operation........................................... 9015-05-1 Park Brake Circuit Theory of Operation............................................... 9015-05-7 Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation ................. 9015-05-11 Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation............................. 9015-05-21 Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation ................. 9015-05-37 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation............................. 9015-05-42 Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation ................. 9015-05-56 Air Conditioner and Heater Circuits Theory of Operation............................. 9015-05-69 Seat Heater and Air Seat Motor Circuits Theory of Operation................ 9015-05-74 Radio Circuit Theory of Operation............ 9015-05-77 Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped ............................................. 9015-05-81 JDLink™ Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped ....................... 9015-05-87 Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation............................. 9015-05-91 Group 10—System Diagrams Electrical Diagram Information .................. 9015-10-1 Electrical Schematic Symbols ................... 9015-10-7 Fuse and Relay Specifications ................ 9015-10-10 System Functional Schematic, Wiring Diagram, and Component Location Legend .................................. 9015-10-12 System Functional Schematic and Section Legend.................................... 9015-10-20 System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) ............................ 9015-10-24 Aftertreatment Harness (W8) Component Location ........................... 9015-10-27 Aftertreatment Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram.................................... 9015-10-29 Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location ........................... 9015-10-31 Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Wiring Diagram.................................... 9015-10-33 Cooling Package Harness (W10) Component Location ........................... 9015-10-35 Cooling Package Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram.................................... 9015-10-36
Fan Harness (W11) Component Location ............................................... 9015-10-37 Fan Harness (W11) Wiring Diagram ............................................... 9015-10-38 Rear Service Harness (W14) Component Location ........................... 9015-10-39 Rear Service Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram.................................... 9015-10-41 Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location ............................................... 9015-10-47 Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram............ 9015-10-49 Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location ............................................... 9015-10-55 Vehicle Harness (W16) Wiring Diagram ............................................... 9015-10-59 Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location................. 9015-10-73 Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram ......................... 9015-10-77 Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location ........................... 9015-10-92 Load Center Harness (W18) Wiring Diagram ............................................... 9015-10-93 Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location ............................................. 9015-10-103 Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Wiring Diagram.......... 9015-10-104 Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-108 Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram.................................. 9015-10-110 Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location ............................................. 9015-10-114 Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram.......... 9015-10-117 Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-125 Front Dash Harness (W22) Wiring Diagram ............................................. 9015-10-127 Left Console Harness (W23) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-129 Left Console Harness (W23) Wiring Diagram ............................................. 9015-10-130 Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-132 Cab Roof Harness (W24) Wiring Diagram ............................................. 9015-10-135 Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-1
082417
PN=1
Contents
Page
Page
Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-137 Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Wiring Diagram.................................. 9015-10-139 Radio Auxiliary Harness (W26) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-141 Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W27) Component Location............... 9015-10-141 Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W27) Wiring Diagram ....................... 9015-10-142 Condenser Harness (W28) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-143 Condenser Harness (W28) Wiring Diagram ............................................. 9015-10-143 Under Seat Heater Harness (W29) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-144 Under Seat Heater Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram.................................. 9015-10-145 Dome Light Harness (W30) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-145 Dome Light Harness (W30) Wiring Diagram ............................................. 9015-10-146 Power Outlet Harness (W31) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-146 Power Outlet Harness (W31) Wiring Diagram.................................. 9015-10-147 Engine Harness (W32) Component Location ............................................. 9015-10-149 Engine Harness (W32) Wiring Diagram ............................................. 9015-10-153 Fuel Injector Harness (W33) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-159 Fuel Injector Harness (W33) Wiring Diagram ............................................. 9015-10-161 Glow Plug Harnesses (W34, W35, and W36) Component Location.......... 9015-10-163 Glow Plug Harnesses (W34, W35, and W36) Wiring Diagrams ............... 9015-10-165 Satellite Radio Harness (W38) Component Location—If Equipped ........................................... 9015-10-166 Satellite Radio Harness (W38) Wiring Diagram—If Equipped ............ 9015-10-167 Radio USB Input Harness (W39) Component Location—If Equipped ........................................... 9015-10-167 Radio USB Input Harness (W39) Wiring Diagram—If Equipped ............ 9015-10-167 Fuel Sender Harness (W44) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-168 Fuel Sender Harness (W44) Wiring Diagram ............................................. 9015-10-169 Hydraulic Oil Filter Harness (W45) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-169 Hydraulic Oil Filter Harness (W45) Wiring Diagram.................................. 9015-10-170
Satellite Radio Harness (W47) Component Location—If Equipped ........................................... 9015-10-170 Satellite Radio Harness (W47) Wiring Diagram—If Equipped ............ 9015-10-171 JDLink™ Harnesses (W6002 and W6003) Component Location............ 9015-10-173 Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Wiring Diagram ............................................. 9015-10-176 Satellite (SAT) Harness (W6003) Wiring Diagram.................................. 9015-10-177 Group 15—Diagnostic Information Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application ............................................. 9015-15-1 Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure .............................................. 9015-15-1 Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote .................................................. 9015-15-3 Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application ........................... 9015-15-6 Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics........................ 9015-15-8 Diagnostic Trouble Codes—After Machine Repair ..................................... 9015-15-9 Electrical Component Specifications ...................................... 9015-15-10 Group 16—Monitor Operation Accessing Service Mode, SDM ................. 9015-16-1 Diagnostics—Clear Stored Diagnostic Trouble Codes, SDM....................................................... 9015-16-1 Operation—Exhaust Filter, SDM ............... 9015-16-2 Diagnostics—Machine Information, SDM....................................................... 9015-16-3 Diagnostics—TCU Diagnostics, SDM....................................................... 9015-16-5 Operation—Software Delivery, SDM....................................................... 9015-16-6 Setup—Machine Setup, SDM.................... 9015-16-7 Group 17—Diagnostic Test Box Setup and Functional Test ......................... 9015-17-1 Two Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range High ................... 9015-17-6 Two Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range Low.................... 9015-17-8 Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range High ................... 9015-17-9 Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range Low.................. 9015-17-11
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-2
082417
PN=2
Contents
Page
Group 18—Topcon® Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Operation (Factory Installation) Topcon® Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Schematic (Factory Installation) ............................................ 9015-18-1 Topcon® Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation (Factory Installation) .............................. 9015-18-4 IGC Controller-Receiver Harnesses (W40 and W41) Component Location ............................. 9015-18-6 IGC Controller-Receiver Harness 1 (W40) Wiring Diagram ........................... 9015-18-7 IGC Controller-Receiver Harness 2 (W41) Wiring Diagram ........................... 9015-18-8 IGC Display Unit Harness (W42) Component Location ............................. 9015-18-9 IGC Display Unit Harness (W42) Wiring Diagram.................................... 9015-18-10 IGC Grille Harness (W43) Component Location ........................... 9015-18-11 IGC Grille Harness (W43) Wiring Diagram ............................................... 9015-18-12 Group 20—Adjustments Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration ............................................. 9015-20-1 Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Calibration ............................................. 9015-20-2 Decelerator/Brake Pedal Adjustment............................................. 9015-20-3 Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Adjustment............................................. 9015-20-4 Group 25—Tests Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test............................................. 9015-25-1 Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics ...........................................9015-25-5 Alternator Test Procedure........................ 9015-25-15 Wire Harness Test ................................... 9015-25-16 Relay Test................................................ 9015-25-16
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-3
082417
PN=3
Contents
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-4
082417
PN=4
Group 05
Theory of Operation Start and Charge Circuits Theory of Operation XJ1237947 —UN—04MAY17
YEL GRN
G001 BLK
W1 SYSTEM GROUND
1 5427 VLT
1
5826 BLU
2
t/U
B5209 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CAN 1
2
P061 RED A
F5 VCU UNSWITCHED POWER 10A FUSE
B
11
A
S14 RIGHT PARK LOCK LEVER SWITCH
P005 RED
S2 LEFT PARK LOCK LEVER SWITCH
P015 RED
P015 RED
P061 RED
P061 RED
A
P005 RED
P005 RED
X10-M1
X10-L1 R013 BLK
X10-B1
A1 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT (VCU)
X57
Z013 GRN
T002 BLU X9-A2
T009 BLU X9-C1
20
T001 BLU
T010 BLU
17
Z012 YEL
2
19
X9-D1
P003 RED X5503-50 X5501-14
P003 RED X5503-12 5817 VLT
P002 RED X5503-24
X5501-22
P002 RED X5503-23 R013 BLK
X5503-01
P012 RED X5503-07 Z013 GRN
P031 RED X5503-14 X5501-36
P031 RED X5503-13
5030 BLK
5429 WHT X5501-54
X5501-30
5671 BRN X5501-32
5448 GRY
5646 BLU X5501-21 X5501-38
B5301 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
1
C
B
X10-A1
B
X9-C4
RED
R14 GLOW PLUG CYLINDER 4
5003 ORG
t/U
X57
16
5447 VLT
X5502-15 5623 ORG 1
B
Y5004 LOW-PRESSURE FUEL PUMP CAN 1
5826 BLU
B5208 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2
F15 TRANSMISSION SWITCHES 5A FUSE
X5004
B5205 CHARGE AIR COOLER OUTLET TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2
t/U
2
F3 ECU UNSWITCHED POWER 25A FUSE 3
1
C
A5505 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
1
5826 BLU
G012 BLK
X5502-29
X5501-48
J002 TAN X5503-30
R013 BLK
5427 VLT
R025 BLK
X7-B1 Z013 GRN CAN 1
G001 BLK
G2 BATTERY
M
R12 GLOW PLUG CYLINDER 2
1
2
F2 ECU UNSWITCHED POWER 25A FUSE 2
P003 RED
RED
1
A
CAN 1
YEL
YEL GRN RED
F12 ECU SWITCHED POWER 5A FUSE
P002 RED
RED
P062 RED
B001 RED
RED
A F31 ECU UNSWITCHED POWER 25A FUSE 1 B
X5503-02
J002 TAN
B005 RED
X5503-26
X7-A1 Z012 YEL
G001 BLK
12
X5501-16
5246 TAN X5502-34
X7-D4 E010 WHT
X5501-50
P013 RED X7-M1
5
2
XJ1237947
A
RED
R13 GLOW PLUG CYLINDER 3
5461 BRN
P006 RED X7-L2
6
X7-E2
A13 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT 2 (VC2)
Z010 GRY
G012 BLK G012 BLK
G012 BLK
X61
B002 RED 1
1
A4 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM) 2
G012 BLK
3
P006 RED
G5 ALTERNATOR
V2 STARTER SOLENOID DIODE
ANODE
R10 GLOW PLUG RESISTOR
X88
X45
5246 TAN P007 RED
D+
3~ U G
CATHODE
2
RED
R11 GLOW PLUG CYLINDER 1
Z010 GRY
M1 STARTER MOTOR
G
G1 BATTERY
6
X61
E010 WHT
B+
G012 BLK
M
5
J003 TAN
B001 RED
S1 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH
50
X62 2
9
5
5455 GRN
6
B001 RED 2
g1
G
E003 WHT 30
K1 START RELAY
1
K7 GLOW PLUG RELAY
3
A
2
1
G2
B005 RED
X20
1
X62
e1
3
1
P031 RED
L
B1
2
GRN
5082 RED
N
F13 VC2 SWITCHED POWER 5A FUSE
X7-L1
B005 RED
A F6 VC2 UNSWITCHED POWER B 10A FUSE
F62 GLOW PLUG 50A FUSE
2
J002 TAN
B
W2 FRAME GROUND
B005 RED
A
F7 SSM UNSWITCHED POWER B 5A FUSE
E003 WHT
g1
A
P062 RED
K2 SWITCHED POWER RELAY G010 BLK
G2
P061 RED
P061 RED
e1
P007 RED
B001 RED
P061 RED
E003 WHT
F61 SYSTEM 120A CIRCUIT BREAKER
1
1
J003 TAN
B1
P061 RED P062 RED
5082 RED
P006 RED
P061 RED
5082 RED B005 RED E003 WHT J003 TAN P061 RED
2
B001 RED P061 RED
Z012 YEL
B001 RED P061 RED P062 RED
CAN 1
Start and Charge Circuits Schematic
AB51738,00006C8 -19-05MAY17-1/4
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-1
082417
PN=423
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-2
082417
PN=424
Theory of Operation
A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) F7— Sealed Switch Module (SSM) R12— Glow Plug Cylinder 2 X61— Operator's Station A4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse R13— Glow Plug Cylinder 3 Harness-to-Roof Harness A13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 F12— Engine Control Unit (ECU) R14— Glow Plug Cylinder 4 31-Pin Connector (VC2) Switched Power 5 A Fuse S1— Battery Disconnect Switch X62— Load Center Harness-toA5505—Engine Control Unit F13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 S2— Left Park Lock Lever Switch Operator's Station Harness (ECU) (VC2) Switched Power 5 A S14— Right Park Lock Lever 23-Pin Connector B5205—Charge Air Cooler Outlet Fuse Switch X88— Glow Plug Relay Temperature Sensor F15— Transmission Switches 5 V2— Starter Solenoid Diode Harness-to-Glow Plug B5208—Engine Coolant A Fuse W1—System Ground Harness Connector Temperature Sensor F31— Engine Control Unit (ECU) W2—Frame Ground X5004—Engine Harness-to-Glow B5209—Fuel Temperature Sensor Unswitched Power 25 A X7— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Plug Relay Harness 3-Pin B5301—Crankshaft Position Fuse 1 Connector Connector Sensor F61— System 120 A Circuit X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X5501—Engine Control Unit F2— Engine Control Unit (ECU) Breaker Connector 1 (ECU) Connector 1 Unswitched Power 25 A F62— Glow Plug 50 A Fuse X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X5502—Engine Control Unit Fuse 2 G1—Battery Connector 2 (ECU) Connector 2 F3— Engine Control Unit (ECU) G2—Battery X20— Start Terminal Connector X5503—Engine Control Unit Unswitched Power 25 A G5—Alternator X45— Engine Auxiliary (ECU) Connector 3 Fuse 3 K1—Start Relay Harness-to-Load Center Y5004—Low-Pressure Fuel Pump F5— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) K2—Switched Power Relay Harness 12-Pin Connector Unswitched Power 10 A K7—Glow Plug Relay X57— Load Center Harness-toFuse M1—Starter Motor Operator's Station Harness F6— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) R10— Glow Plug Resistor 35-Pin Connector Unswitched Power 10 A R11— Glow Plug Cylinder 1 Fuse
Unswitched power is supplied to the following components:
Anti-Theft Security System
• A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) (from fuse [F5]) • A4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (from fuse [F7]) • A13—Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) (from fuse [F6]) • A5505—Engine Control Unit (ECU) (from fuses [F2,
With switched power on, the VCU checks the lock/unlock status of display menu handler (DMH), which is software contained within the VC2. If locked, then the DMH enables security if not already enabled.
• G5—Alternator (B+ terminal) • K1—Start Relay (terminal G2) • K2—Switched Power Relay (terminal G2) • M1—Starter Motor
The security status can be observed by accessing the SECURITY submenu in the standard display monitor (SDM) menu structure. See Setup—Security, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
Switched Power ON
If a valid PIN is not entered within 5 minutes after switched power on, the VCU switches power off.
F3, and F31])
The engine start switch is located on the sealed switch module (SSM) (A4). When the engine start switch is pressed once, current flows from pin 3 of the SSM to the coil of the switched power relay (K2), energizing the relay. With relay energized, current from system 120 A circuit breaker (F61) flows to vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1) and vehicle control unit 2 (VC2) (A13), powering the VCU and VC2. For more information on the VCU and VC2, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Power is also provided to the engine control unit (ECU) (A5505). For power-up information on the ECU, see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) When powered up, the SSM sends a message across a local interconnect network (LIN) to the VC2, indicating that the engine start switch has been pressed. The VC2 acknowledges this switch press by sending a message back to the SSM, causing the switched power on status LED to illuminate. For more information on the LIN, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
When the proper PIN is entered, the DMH sends an unlock request to the VCU. The VCU saves the unlocked state in nonvolatile memory, acknowledges the unlock request, and allows the engine to start (and run) until switched power off is enabled using the engine stop switch on the SSM. When a PIN is required to start the engine and the delayed operator logout menu is not set to OFF, the engine can be restarted without re-entering the PIN if the engine is started within 5 or 60 minutes (depending on setting) of stopping the engine. If switched power is on, but the engine is not started for 60 minutes, the VCU switches power off. If the VCU indicates the unlocked state and security is not enabled, then pressing the engine start switch again will start the engine. Engine Start When the engine start switch is pressed a second time and held down, the SSM sends a signal to the VC2. The VC2 recognizes and forwards the request to the VCU to begin the start process.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-3
AB51738,00006C8 -19-05MAY17-2/4
082417
PN=425
Theory of Operation
The VCU verifies the start request message is valid and verifies both the left and right park lock levers (S2 and S14) are in the full up (locked) position. The VCU then forwards the engine start request to the ECU and the VC2 across the controller area network (CAN). The VC2 relays the message to the SSM across the LIN, causing the engine crank status LED to illuminate. The engine crank status LED is only illuminated when the engine start switch is held down. To prevent overheating the starter motor, the ECU is equipped with a persistence timer that affects engine cranking. The persistence timer consists of a 30—120-second timer that is active during engine cranking and a 120-second timer that becomes active after each crank cycle.
fuel pump solenoid, and electronic fuel injectors, see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation and see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) When the ECU detects engine speed is equal to or greater than 600 rpm, the ECU interrupts current flow to the coil of the start relay, automatically stopping cranking of the engine. The ECU does this even if the engine start switch is still held down (VCU still sending the start request to ECU). If the engine start switch is pressed and held while the 120-second timer is active, the ECU prevents current from flowing to the coil of the start relay. The starter cannot be activated until the 120 seconds elapse.
When the ECU receives the start signal from the VCU, the ECU checks the status of the 30—120-second timer. The ECU also checks for a signal from crankshaft position sensor (B5301) representing engine speed. If the engine speed is less than 30 rpm and the 30—120-second timer is not active, power is provided from pin 30 and a ground is provided at pin 26 of ECU connector 3 (X5503) to energize the coil of start relay (K1).
Starter solenoid diode (V2) suppresses voltage spikes caused when the starter motor solenoid coil de-energizes. Engine Stop Once the engine STOP switch has been pressed, the VCU checks the engine cool down timer and check the turbocharger cool down timer from the ECU to see if cool down is required. If the turbocharger cool down value is zero, the VCU commands the SSM to remove switched power. If the value is greater than zero, the VCU captures and sets that value as the turbocharger cool down timer.
NOTE: The VCU uses the following engine speed thresholds to determine if the engine is running or not running:
• 350 rpm or less—Not running • 600 rpm or more—Running
A turbocharger cool down pop-up shows on the monitor and displays the time necessary until turbocharger cool down is complete. The maximum cool down time is limited to 120 seconds.
To determine engine speed, the VCU uses the crankshaft position sensor (B5301) information from the ECU. With the start relay energized, unswitched battery current flows to the starter motor solenoid, activating starter motor (M1). At the same time, the ECU activates the 30—120-second timer based upon engine speed and engine coolant temperature. If the engine start switch is held down for more than 30—120 seconds, the ECU interrupts current flow to the coil of the start relay, which automatically stops cranking of the engine. As the starter motor cranks the engine, the crankshaft position sensor (B5301) provides a signal representing engine speed to pins 30 and 38 of ECU connector 1 (X5501). When the ECU detects this signal, the ECU knows the crankshaft is rotating. The ECU then sends a signal to the low-pressure fuel pump (Y5004). The low-pressure fuel pump provides pressurized fuel to the electronic fuel injectors. At the same time, the ECU allows current to flow to the electronic fuel injectors to start the fuel injection process and start the engine. For more information on the ECU, engine CAN, high-pressure
Once the turbocharger cool down timer has reached zero, the VCU commands the SSM to de-energize the switched power relay. If the engine cool down timer is required, an engine cool down pop-up shows on the monitor and audible alert is heard. The VCU commands the cooling fan to full speed and starts a 7-minute timer. Once the engine cool down timer finishes, the VCU commands the SSM to de-energize the switched power relay. NOTE: The VCU has a delayed shutdown timer that switches power off if left on without engine start. The timer is set to 7 minutes in secure mode and 60 minutes if in unsecured mode. Glow Plug Circuit (Cold Start Operation) When the engine START switch is pressed once, the ECU receives charge air cooler outlet air temperature information from the charge air cooler outlet air temperature sensor (B5205) and determines if the temperature is below a predetermined set point as indicated in the following table:
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-4
AB51738,00006C8 -19-05MAY17-3/4
082417
PN=426
Theory of Operation Charge Air Wait-to-Start Cooler Outlet Time in Seconds Air Temperature
Glow Plug Preheat Time in Seconds
Glow Plug Reheat Time in Seconds
-15°C (5°F)
15
20
20
-10°C (14°F)
10
15
15
-5°C (23°F)
5
10
0
0°C (32°F)
5
10
0
5°C (41°F)
2
7
0
8°C (46°F)
0
5
0
If the charge air cooler outlet air temperature is below any of the set points, the ECU transmits a message across the CAN data line to the SDM, requesting the wait-to-start indicator be illuminated. At the same time, the ECU sends current from pin 32 of ECU connector 1 (X5501) to the coil of glow plug relay (K7), energizing the relay. NOTE: The ECU does not energize glow plug relay (K7) if battery voltage is less than 18 volts or more than 28 volts. With the glow plugs relay energized, unswitched battery current flows through glow plug 50 A fuse (F62) to the glow plugs located at each engine cylinder. When the amount of time has elapsed as indicated in the charge air cooler outlet air temperature/glow plug heat table, the ECU de-energizes the glow plug relay and transmits a message across the CAN data line to the SDM requesting the wait-to-start indicator be shut off.
NOTE: If operator begins cranking the engine before wait-to-start indicator light is shut off, the ECU de-energizes the glow plug relay and switched power must be cycled OFF and ON before preheating is allowed again. Any time the engine cranks and does not start, the switched power must be cycled OFF and ON to reset the glow plug preheating cycle. Charge Circuit Alternator (G5) provides power to all machine circuits and charges the batteries when the engine is running. The B+ terminal of the alternator is connected to battery positive (+) at all times. When the engine is running, current flows from pin 34 of ECU connector 2 (X5502) to the D+ terminal of the alternator. The current then flows through the alternator field windings, causing excitation of the windings. For more information, see Alternator Test Procedure. (Group 9015-25.) Battery voltage can be observed in the SDM. For information on displaying battery voltage through the monitor, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Functions. (Operator’s Manual.) When the VCU detects voltage less than 25 volts or greater than 30 volts for 5 seconds when engine is running, the VCU sends a message across the CAN data line to the SDM, causing the battery charging indicator to appear. AB51738,00006C8 -19-05MAY17-4/4
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-5
082417
PN=427
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-6
082417
PN=428
Theory of Operation
Park Brake Circuit Theory of Operation XJ1237948 —UN—04MAY17
X57
P061 RED
P062 RED
F61 SYSTEM 120A CIRCUIT BREAKER
1
T002 BLU
20
T001 BLU B1
G2
g1
C
A
e1
P061 RED
2
K2 SWITCHED POWER RELAY
F15 TRANSMISSION SWITCHES 5A FUSE
B
B
S14 RIGHT PARK LOCK LEVER SWITCH
A
17
T002 BLU
X9-A2
T001 BLU
X9-C4
X57 B005 RED
P015 RED
P015 RED
11
A B1
e1
K1 START RELAY G2
C
S1 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH
g1 T009 BLU T010 BLU
B001 RED
M
M1 STARTER MOTOR
A8 C STANDARD DISPLAY K MONITOR (SDM)
B002 RED
Z012 YEL
Z013 GRN
Z013 GRN
R013 BLK
R013 BLK
G012 BLK
A B C
T024 BLU
16
T009 BLU
X9-C1
T010 BLU
X9-D1
Z012 YEL
X10-A1
Z013 GRN
X10-B1
T021 BLU
G2 BATTERY
X57 Z012 YEL
4
Z013 GRN R013 BLK
X29 11
5
P073 RED
2
B
Y3 PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
C
p/U
X29 T024 BLU
12 13
700K ONLY
K
T024 BLU
X11-D1
R073 BLK
X9-H3
T021 BLU
X9-F1
P073 RED
X9-H4
X15 R073 BLK T021 BLU P073 RED
17 18 16
550K/650K ONLY
G010 BLK
A
B9 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR
29
R013 BLK
6
X15 R073 BLK
1 G012 BLK
G012 BLK
ANODE
G012 BLK
T024 BLU
V2 STARTER SOLENOID DIODE
G012 BLK
1
X36 Z012 YEL
G1 BATTERY CATHODE
2
19
50
G
2
A1 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT (VCU)
E003 WHT 30
2
1
B
E003 WHT
B005 RED 1
S2 LEFT PARK LOCK LEVER SWITCH
B005 RED
W1 SYSTEM GROUND
1
W2 FRAME GROUND
XJ1237948 Park Brake Circuit Schematic Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-7
082417
PN=429
AB51738,00006C9 -19-05MAY17-1/2
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-8
082417
PN=430
Theory of Operation
A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) A8—Standard Display Monitor (SDM) B9—Brake Pressure Sensor F15— Transmission Switches 5 A Fuse F61— System 120 A Circuit Breaker G1—Battery G2—Battery K1—Start Relay
K2—Switched Power Relay M1—Starter Motor S1— Battery Disconnect Switch S2— Left Park Lock Lever Switch S14— Right Park Lock Lever Switch V2— Starter Solenoid Diode W1—System Ground W2—Frame Ground
X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X36— Operator’s Station Connector 1 Harness-to-Front Dash X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Harness Connector Connector 2 X57— Load Center Harness-toX11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Operator's Station Harness Connector 3 35-Pin Connector X15— Load Center HarnessY3— Park Brake Solenoid to-Vehicle Harness Connector 1 X29— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 3
NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
signal indicates that brake pressure is low and that brakes are applied, the TCU then sends a signal across the controller area network (CAN) to the standard display monitor (SDM) (A8) to illuminate the park brake indicator. For information on the CAN or SDM, see the theory of operation of the specific component:
The park brakes are spring applied, hydraulically released. The electrical circuit for the park brakes consists of the following:
• Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) (A1) • Standard Display Monitor (SDM) (A8) • Brake Pressure Sensor (B9) • Transmission Switches 5 A Fuse (F15) • Left Park Lock Lever Switch (S2) • Right Park Lock Lever Switch (S14) • Park Brake Solenoid (Y3)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
When the engine stops, the park brakes are applied because of the loss of hydraulic pressure to release the spring pressure. The park brake will also apply anytime loss of switched power occurs.
Switched power from transmission switches 5 A fuse (F15) is provided to pin A of both left and right park lock lever switches (S2 and S14). Park Brakes Applied Operation (Brakes On) When the left park lock lever switch (S2) is in the park position (left park lock lever full up [locked] position), voltage is sent from pin C of left park lock lever switch to pin D1 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X9). When the right park lock lever switch (S14) is in the park position (right park lock lever full up [locked] position), voltage is sent from pin C of right park lock lever switch to pin A2 of VCU connector 1 (X9). If voltage is received from either park lock lever switch, the TCU de-energizes park brake solenoid (Y3). With park brake solenoid de-energized, hydraulic oil is prevented from releasing the park brakes. A momentary delay of de-energizing park brake solenoid is programmed in the TCU, allowing track motor speed to stop before the park brakes are applied and reducing wear of the park brakes. For more information on the TCU, see Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Park Brakes Released Operation (Brakes Off) When the left park lock lever switch is in the run position (left park lock lever full down [unlocked] position), voltage is sent from pin B of left park lock lever switch to pin C1 of VCU connector 1 (X9). When the right park lock lever switch is in the run position (right park brake lever full down [unlocked] position), voltage is sent from pin B to pin C4 of VCU connector 1 (X9). Once the TCU detects voltage at pins C1 and C4, voltage is sent from pin D1 of VCU connector 3 (X11) to energize park brake solenoid, allowing hydraulic oil to release the park brakes. A momentary delay of machine movement while the park brake is released is programmed in the TCU, allowing the park brakes to be fully released before motion is commanded and prevent dragging of the park brake. The brake pressure sensor (B9) sends a signal from pin C to pin F1 of VCU connector 1 (X9). When the sensor signal indicates that park brake pressure is enough to release the park brakes, the TCU then sends a signal across the CAN to the SDM. The SDM then shuts off the park brake indicator (park brake is off).
The brake pressure sensor (B9) sends a signal from pin C to pin F1 of VCU connector 1 (X9). When the sensor AB51738,00006C9 -19-05MAY17-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-9
082417
PN=431
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-10
082417
PN=432
Theory of Operation
Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation XJ1229288 —UN—28NOV16
G001 BLK
G012 BLK
G012 BLK
CAN 1
Z013 GRN R013 BLK
R013 BLK
A
Z012 YEL
Z012 YEL CAN 1
Z013 GRN
R013 BLK
C
R013 BLK
2 3
4 5 6
1
2
3
X5503-01 Z013 GRN CAN 1
CAN 2
Z022 YEL
R013 BLK
R023 BLK
Z013 GRN
B
CAN 2
CAN 2
R023 BLK
1
Z013 GRN
T
Z023 GRN
W1 SYSTEM GROUND
X16
Z023 GRN R023 BLK
Z012 YEL CAN 1
Z013 GRN R013 BLK
CAN 1
Z013 GRN
S
CAN 2
CAN 1
R2 CAN 1 TERMINATION RESISTOR 2
Z012 YEL
Z023 GRN
CAN 1
B
Z012 YEL
R
Z022 YEL
X61 2
R013 BLK
A
X38
Z022 YEL
W1 SYSTEM GROUND
Z012 YEL
R023 BLK
G1 BATTERY
CAN 1
CAN 2 Z022 YEL
C
3
Z010 GRY E010 WHT
Z010 GRY
1
E010 WHT
2
Z012 YEL
Z013 GRN
R013 BLK
R013 BLK
Z013 GRN
Z012 YEL
R013 BLK
Z013 GRN
Z012 YEL
Z010 GRY 5
E010 WHT
E010 WHT
R013 BLK
Z013 GRN
Z012 YEL
R013 BLK
Z013 GRN
G2 BATTERY Z012 YEL
2
Z010 GRY
X57 1
R013 BLK
X5503-02 Z012 YEL
R013 BLK
X5-B1 Z013 GRN
X5-A1
G
Z012 YEL
J
R023 BLK
R023 BLK
Z023 GRN
Z022 YEL
R013 BLK
H
X36
Z023 GRN
B002 RED
R023 BLK
G
CAN 2
M1 STARTER MOTOR
G
2
10
Z023 GRN
J
CAN 1
B001 RED
M
50
CAN 2
30
2
1
9
Z022 YEL
H
A5505 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
CAN 1
S1 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH
CAN 1
1
Z013 GRN
B005 RED
Z012 YEL
G001 BLK
R023 BLK
C
X5-H3
Z023 GRN
B
Z023 GRN
X6014-G2
8
A
R013 BLK
X5-J3
Z022 YEL
6
Z013 GRN
A11 HYDRAULIC VALVE CONROLLER (HVC)
Z022 YEL
X6014-G1
5
Z012 YEL
R023 BLK
R013 BLK
4
Z023 GRN
J
Z013 GRN
Z022 YEL
H
Z012 YEL
R023 BLK
E
X6014-H1 X6014-H2
R3 CAN 2 TERMINATION RESISTOR 1
X96 IGC INTERFACE CONNECTOR
Z023 GRN
D
X41
X97 IGC INTERFACE CONNECTOR
R023 BLK
C
A6000 MODULAR TELEMATICS GATEWAY (MTG) CONTROL UNIT
W19
Z023 GRN
A
W21
Z022 YEL
W6002 X8 SERVICE ADVISOR™ CONNECTOR
Z022 YEL
W22
A
B
C
6
W1 SYSTEM GROUND
A9 BLADE CONTROL JOYSTICK (BCJ) W21
W22
W24 / W25
A13 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT 2 (VC2)
X10-B1
A1 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT (VCU)
X10-A1
4
X7-B1
3
A8 STANDARD DISPLAY MONITOR (SDM)
X7-A1
K
X7-E2
C
A4 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM)
X7-D4
G012 BLK
R1 CAN 1 TERMINATION RESISTOR 1
W18
XJ1229288 Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Schematic—IGC Controls Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-11
082417
PN=433
AB51738,00006CA -19-28NOV16-1/7
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-12
082417
PN=434
Theory of Operation
A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) R3—CAN 2 Termination Resistor X8— Service ADVISOR™ X57— Load Center Harness-toA4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 1 Connector Operator's Station Harness A8—Standard Display Monitor S1— Battery Disconnect Switch X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) 35-Pin Connector (SDM) W1—System Ground Connector 2 X61— Operator’s Station A9—Blade Control Joystick W18—Load Center Harness X16— Load Center Harness-toHarness-to-Roof Harness (BCJ) W19—Load Center (IGC Controls) Load Center (IGC Controls) 31-Pin Connector A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller Harness Harness Connector X96— Integrated Grade Control (HVC) W21—Operator's Station (IGC X36— Operator's Station (IGC) Interface Connector A13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 Controls) Harness Harness-to-Front Dash X97— Integrated Grade Control (VC2) W22—Front Dash Harness Harness Connector (IGC) Interface Connector A5505—Engine Control Unit W24—Cab Roof Harness X38— Load Center (IGC Controls) X5503—Engine Control Unit (ECU) W25—Canopy Roof Harness Harness-to-Operator's (ECU) Connector 3 A6000—Modular Telematics W6002—Modular Telematics Station Harness 31-Pin X6014—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Gateway (MTG) Harness Connector Gateway (MTG) Control Unit X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller X41— JDLink™ Connector Unit 48-Pin Connector G1—Battery (HVC) Connector 2 G2—Battery X7— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) M1—Starter Motor Connector R1—CAN 1 Termination Resistor 1 R2—CAN 1 Termination Resistor 2 Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-13
AB51738,00006CA -19-28NOV16-2/7
082417
PN=435
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-14
082417
PN=436
Theory of Operation
TX1180207 —UN—04FEB15
5 6
Z013 GRN R013 BLK
R013 BLK
R013 BLK
X5503-01
Z013 GRN
Z012 YEL
Z013 GRN
X6014-H2
4
X10-B1
X6014-H1
Z013 GRN
X41 Z012 YEL
X5503-02
A5505 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
X10-A1
E
W18
A1 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT (VCU)
A6000 MODULAR TELEMATICS GATEWAY (MTG) CONTROL UNIT
R013 BLK
D
Z013 GRN
C
Z012 YEL
G001 BLK
A
W20
Z012 YEL
W6002
X8 SERVICE ADVISOR™ CONNECTOR
Z012 YEL
W22
G
R013 BLK
4 5 6
Z012 YEL Z013 GRN
CAN 1
R013 BLK
X61
5
A8 STANDARD DISPLAY MONITOR (SDM) W20
W24 / W25
Z010 GRY
Z013 GRN
R013 BLK
E010 WHT
Z012 YEL
2
A
B
C
6
A4 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM)
K
W22
1
X7-A1
Z010 GRY
G012 BLK
E010 WHT
Z012 YEL
3
Z010 GRY
E010 WHT
2
C
CAN 1
X36
R013 BLK
R013 BLK
C
G2 BATTERY
W1 SYSTEM GROUND
Z013 GRN
Z013 GRN
B
Z012 YEL CAN 1
X7-B1
Z013 GRN
Z010 GRY
R2 CAN 1 TERMINATION RESISTOR 2
Z012 YEL
A
X7-D4
G001 BLK
G012 BLK
R013 BLK
R013 BLK
Z012 YEL
2
Z013 GRN
R013 BLK
1
G012 BLK
B002 RED
C
CAN 1
E010 WHT
B
Z012 YEL
Z013 GRN
CAN 1
A
G1 BATTERY
Z013 GRN
2
W1 SYSTEM GROUND
X57 Z012 YEL
R013 BLK
1
CAN 1
M1 STARTER MOTOR
X7-E2
B001 RED
M
50
CAN 1
30
2
CAN 1
S1 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH
CAN 1
1
R013 BLK
B005 RED
A13 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT 2 (VC2)
R1 CAN 1 TERMINATION RESISTOR 1
W18
TX1180207 Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Schematic—Manual Controls Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-15
082417
PN=437
AB51738,00006CA -19-28NOV16-3/7
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-16
082417
PN=438
Theory of Operation
A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) R2—CAN 1 Termination Resistor X8— Service ADVISOR™ X61— Operator’s Station A4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 2 Connector Harness-to-Roof Harness A8—Standard Display Monitor S1— Battery Disconnect Switch X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) 31-Pin Connector (SDM) W1—System Ground Connector 2 X5503—Engine Control Unit A13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 W18—Load Center Harness X36— Operator's Station (ECU) Connector 3 (VC2) W20—Operator's Station Harness Harness-to-Front Dash X6014—Modular Telematics A5505—Engine Control Unit W22—Front Dash Harness Harness Connector Gateway (MTG) Control (ECU) W24—Cab Roof Harness X41— JDLink™ Connector Unit 48-Pin Connector A6000—Modular Telematics W25—Canopy Roof Harness X57— Load Center Harness-toGateway (MTG) Control W6002—Modular Telematics Operator's Station Harness Unit Gateway (MTG) Harness 35-Pin Connector G1—Battery X7— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) G2—Battery Connector M1—Starter Motor R1—CAN 1 Termination Resistor 1 Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-17
AB51738,00006CA -19-28NOV16-4/7
082417
PN=439
Theory of Operation
5804 YEL
5804 YEL
5805 GRN
5805 GRN
5604 YEL
5604 YEL
5605 GRN
5605 GRN
5605 GRN
5030 BLK
5030 BLK
5030 BLK
11 12 10
TX1180208
5604 YEL 5605 GRN 5030 BLK
-
TX1180208 —UN—06JAN15
B
X5039
5604 YEL
120-OHM
+
X5501-35
X5502-35
+
R5605 AFTERTREATMENT CAN TERMINATOR A
120-OHM
-
X5502-44
A5505 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
X5501-45
5 X5501-46
6
5030 BLK
5
5605 GRN
5604 YEL
6
B5503 AFTERTREATMENT OUTLET NOx SENSOR
5030 BLK
B5502 AFTERTREATMENT INLET NOx SENSOR
5605 GRN
5805 GRN
4
5604 YEL
B
3
5805 GRN
A
5804 YEL
R5603 ENGINE CAN TERMINATOR
5804 YEL
B5500 INTAKE AIR SENSOR
Engine Controller Area Network (CAN) and Aftertreatment CAN Circuits Schematic
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-18
AB51738,00006CA -19-28NOV16-5/7
082417
PN=440
Theory of Operation A5505—Engine Control Unit B5503—Aftertreatment Outlet (ECU) NOx Sensor B5500—Intake Air Sensor R5603—Engine CAN Terminator B5502—Aftertreatment Inlet NOx R5605—Aftertreatment CAN Sensor Terminator
The controller area network (CAN) provides a standardized means for electronic controllers and other devices to communicate with each other.
X5039—Aftertreatment Harness-to-Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector X5501—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 1
X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 2
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
The CAN consists of two wires: CAN high and CAN low. These two wires carry signals opposite to each other to overcome noise interference and minimize communication errors. The high and low wires, along with a ground wire, are woven together forming what is called a twisted triple. The twisted triple provides an additional method of reducing interference and thus helps the devices communicate with minimal errors.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Machine CAN also includes the following components:
To help prevent signal errors, the CAN data line uses 120-ohm termination resistors, usually located at opposite ends of the CAN data line.
• CAN 1 Termination Resistor 1 (R1) • CAN 1 Termination Resistor 2 (R2) • Service ADVISOR™ Connector (X8)
The CAN is an arbitration-based system, meaning that a low-priority message always allows a high-priority message to go first. Each CAN device checks to see if the bus is idle before transmitting a signal. Whichever device gets on the bus first is able to transmit its signal.
The Service ADVISOR connector provides an interface for connecting diagnostic equipment such as a laptop. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-15.)
When a signal collision occurs, that is, when two or more devices are transmitting at the same time, the device with the lowest ID has higher priority to access the bus. The device that loses arbitration immediately retransmits its signal when the device with the higher priority has completed its transmission. A two wire bus called the local interconnect network (LIN) provides communication between the sealed switch module (SSM) (A4) and vehicle control unit 2 (VC2). Operator input from the SSM is sent across LIN to the VC2. The VC2 either relays the message to other controllers over CAN or outputs a signal to components that are directly connected to the VC2.
Engine CAN Provides the communication link for the following items:
• Engine Control Unit (ECU) (A5505) • Intake Air Sensor (B5500) Operations and functions of the individual devices on engine CAN are covered separately.
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Electronic Fuel System. (CTM120119.) • See Air Intake and Exhaust System. (CTM120119.) • See Electrical Control System. (CTM120119.) The engine CAN also has two termination resistors: one located inside the ECU and not accessible, and engine CAN terminator (R5603) within the engine harness.
This machine contains one LIN circuit and up to four CAN circuits: machine CAN (CAN 1), engine CAN, aftertreatment CAN, and integrated grade control (IGC) CAN (CAN 2).
Aftertreatment CAN
Machine CAN
Provides the communication link for the following items:
Provides the communication link for the following devices:
• Engine Control Unit (ECU) (A5505) • Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor (B5502) • Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor (B5503)
• Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) (A1) • Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (A4) • Standard Display Monitor (SDM) (A8) • Blade Control Joystick (BCJ) (A9) (IGC only) • Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) (A11) (IGC only) • Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) (A13) • Engine Control Unit (ECU) (A5505) • Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit
Operations and functions of the individual devices on aftertreatment CAN are covered separately.
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
(A6000) (if equipped with JDLink™)
Operations and functions of the individual devices on LIN and machine CAN are covered separately.
• See Aftertreatment System Operation. (CTM120119.) • See Electrical Control System. (CTM120119.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-19
AB51738,00006CA -19-28NOV16-6/7
082417
PN=441
Theory of Operation
The aftertreatment CAN also has two termination resistors: one located inside the ECU and not accessible, and aftertreatment CAN terminator (R5605) within the aftertreatment harness.
Operations and functions of the VCU on IGC CAN are covered separately.
IGC CAN
• See Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of
If the machine is equipped with IGC components, the IGC CAN provides the communication link for the following devices:
• See Topcon® Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit
• Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) (A11) • Topcon® IGC Controller/Receiver (A21) via IGC Interface Connector (X96)
• Topcon® IGC Display Unit (A22) via IGC Interface Connector (X97) • Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit (A6000) (if equipped with JDLink)
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Theory of Operation (Factory Installation). (Group 9015-18.)
IGC CAN also includes CAN 2 termination resistor 1 (R3) and Service ADVISOR connector (X8). The Service ADVISOR connector provides an interface for connecting diagnostic equipment such as a laptop. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-15.)
JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Topcon is a trademark of Topcon Positioning Systems, Inc. AB51738,00006CA -19-28NOV16-7/7
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-20
082417
PN=442
Theory of Operation
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation XJ1237949 —UN—04MAY17
J002 TAN
P061 RED
P061 RED
P062 RED
2
F2 ECU UNSWITCHED POWER 25A FUSE 2
1
2
F3 ECU UNSWITCHED POWER 25A FUSE 3
6
P003 RED
P031 RED
P002 RED
B005 RED
1
X45
X61
G2 BATTERY
P003 RED
P003 RED X5503-50
P002 RED X5503-23
X5503-12
P012 RED X5503-07
P002 RED
P031 RED X5503-14
X5503-24
P031 RED X5503-13
J002 TAN X5503-30 5010 BLK
X5502-22
R025 BLK X5503-26
A5505 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
G001 BLK
M G001 BLK
X62
X5503-44
12 G001 BLK
G012 BLK
X61
G001 BLK
G012 BLK
X5503-43
2
G001 BLK
A4 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM)
X5503-27
1
G001 BLK
G012 BLK
3
X5503-17
V2 STARTER SOLENOID DIODE
ANODE
G012 BLK
F12 ECU SWITCHED POWER 5A FUSE
5246 TAN
G5 ALTERNATOR
B002 RED 1
G001 BLK
X5001 ECU STATIC GROUND
G001 BLK
2
g1
9
G001 BLK
D+
G
CATHODE
G1 BATTERY
G2
K1 START RELAY
6246 TAN
M1 STARTER MOTOR
G
B001 RED 2
X62
e1
X5502-34
M
50
P007 RED
S1 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH
19
2 B1
A F31 ECU UNSWITCHED POWER 25A FUSE 1 B
G 3~ B+ U
G012 BLK
30
2
1
P007 RED
15
J003 TAN
B001 RED
B005 RED E003 WHT
1
L
J003 TAN
B001 RED
B005 RED
N
1
J002 TAN
B
W2 FRAME GROUND B005 RED
F7 SSM UNSWITCHED POWER 5A FUSE
X5503-16
g1
A
G001 BLK
G2
K2 SWITCHED POWER RELAY
E003 WHT
e1
G010 BLK
P061 RED
E003 WHT
P061 RED
B1
F61 SYSTEM 120A CIRCUIT BREAKER
1
P061 RED P062 RED
J003 TAN
P061 RED
2
B001 RED P061 RED P062 RED B001 RED
P061 RED
B001 RED P061 RED P062 RED B005 RED E003 WHT
G012 BLK G001 BLK
XJ1237949
W1 SYSTEM GROUND Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Schematic (1 of 3) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-21
082417
PN=443
AB51738,00006CB -19-06JUL17-1/13
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-22
082417
PN=444
Theory of Operation
A4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) F12— Engine Control Unit (ECU) A5505—Engine Control Unit Switched Power 5 A Fuse (ECU) F31— Engine Control Unit (ECU) F2— Engine Control Unit (ECU) Unswitched Power 25 A Unswitched Power 25 A Fuse 1 Fuse 2 F61— System 120 A Circuit F3— Engine Control Unit (ECU) Breaker Unswitched Power 25 A G1—Battery Fuse 3 G2—Battery F7— Sealed Switch Module (SSM) G5—Alternator Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse K1—Start Relay K2—Switched Power Relay
For more information on the exhaust aftertreatment circuit, see Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
NOTE: The hardware part number, serial number, and software number for the ECU can be accessed in the standard display monitor (SDM) menu structure. See Diagnostics—Controller Info, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
The ECU is made up of input components and controlled components. These components include:
Engine Control Unit (ECU) (A5505) The ECU uses information received from various sensors to determine the correct amount of fuel and injection timing based on load, temperatures, and operator input while keeping within emissions regulations. Some of the data calculated by the ECU is transmitted across the controller area network (CAN) to the vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1). The VCU forwards much of the information across the CAN data line to the standard display monitor (SDM) (A8), which displays the information on the screen. Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • For information concerning the monitor, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • For information concerning the CAN, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • For ECU component location, see Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
The ECU also controls the exhaust aftertreatment circuit to control emissions. The aftertreatment system includes the following components:
• Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) and Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF) System - DPF Differential Pressure Sensor (B5109) - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module (B5204) - Air Throttle Actuator (Y5401) • Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) System - Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header Assembly (A5507) - DEF Dosing Unit (B5501) - Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor (B5502) - Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor (B5503) - DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Line Heater (E5601) - DEF Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater (E5602)
• Analog-to-digital converters (A/D) • Digital-to-analog converters (D/A) • Microprocessor (CPU) • Memory (storage) • Internal power supplies for external components The ECU also detects malfunctions in the sensors and sensor circuits, or abnormal operating conditions. When the ECU detects these condition, the ECU generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC). For a complete list of engine diagnostic trouble codes, see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9001-10.) Whenever an engine DTC occurs, the information is captured or recorded. The information generated is called a Snapshot. The Snapshot information is categorized in two types: Snapshot Capture and Snapshot Recording. For more information, see Snapshot Instructions. (CTM120119.) A barometric air pressure (BAP) sensor is located inside the ECU. This sensor is used to determine the pressure of the ambient air at the mounting location of the ECU. The BAP sensor helps the ECU determine the air density for calculating the correct air-fuel ratio. This sensor cannot be repaired or replaced without replacing the entire ECU. A temperature sensor is also located inside the ECU. This sensor is used to determine the internal temperature of the ECU. If the ECU temperature exceeds specification, the ECU limits the speed of the engine in an attempt to protect the ECU from permanent damage. This sensor cannot be repaired or replaced without replacing the entire ECU. Also inside the ECU are two 120-ohm CAN resistors. The ECU internal CAN resistors are used to prevent signal errors on the engine and aftertreatment CAN data lines. These resistors cannot be repaired or replaced without replacing the entire ECU. For more information on CAN, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) The ECU allows for programming and diagnostic tests using Service ADVISOR™ as follows:
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
X62— Load Center Harness-toOperator's Station Harness 23-Pin Connector X5001—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Static Ground X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 2 X5503—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 3
- DEF Dosing Unit Return Line Heater (E5603) - DEF Dosing Injector (Y5020)
NOTE: Whenever the engine control unit (ECU) is replaced, the new controller must be programmed according to the machine serial number to ensure correct software is installed.
• For information concerning the VCU, see Vehicle
M1—Starter Motor S1— Battery Disconnect Switch V2— Starter Solenoid Diode W1—System Ground W2—Frame Ground X45— Engine Auxiliary Harness-to-Load Center Harness 12-Pin Connector X61— Operator's Station Harness-to-Roof Harness 31-Pin Connector
9015-05-23
AB51738,00006CB -19-06JUL17-2/13
082417
PN=445
Theory of Operation
• Programming—The ECU can be programmed by
downloading the latest programs from the software delivery system (SDS). • Compression Test—This test is used to determine the relative compression of each cylinder. The engine is cranked while being provided with no fuel. The angular period of the crankshaft is measured near top-dead-center (TDC), and again past TDC. The periods can be converted to velocities, and the relative decelerations can be calculated from the difference in the velocities. The deceleration is a function of the pressure in the cylinder. By comparing the result from each cylinder, cylinders with relatively low compression can be identified. • Cylinder Cutout-Misfire Test—This test provides the capability to cut out fuel to individual cylinders and provide a programmable fuel command to the other cylinders for a programmable number of cylinder firing events. The total time for the number of firing events is determined and made available to Service ADVISOR™ for analysis. ECU Power Up (Power and Ground) Unswitched battery power is available at pins 12, 13, 14, 23, 24, and 50 of ECU connector 3 (X5503) through ECU unswitched power 25 A fuses 1, 2, and 3 (F31, F2, and F3). Ground is provided at pins 16, 17, 27, 43, and 44 of ECU connector 3 (X5503). A static ground is provided at pin 22 of ECU connector 2 (X5502).
When the engine start switch is pressed once to switched power ON, the sealed switch module (SSM) (A4) sends current out SSM pin 3 to the coil of switched power relay (K2), energizing the relay. With the switched power relay energized, current flows through ECU switched power 5 A fuse (F12) to pin 7 of ECU connector 3 (X5503), causing the ECU to power up. When the start switch is pressed a second time, power is sent out pin 30 and ground is provided from pin 26 of ECU connector 3 (X5503), energizing the start relay (K1) coil. Current is then allowed to flow to the starter motor (M1) coil for engine start. NOTE: For power-up of the other electronic controllers and the SDM, see the theory of operation of specific component:
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Also, when the ECU is powered up, the ECU sends a request across the CAN data line for vehicle model and vehicle identification number (VIN) from the VCU. If the vehicle model and VIN sent by the VCU do not match the vehicle information stored in the ECU, the ECU derates the engine torque.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-24
AB51738,00006CB -19-06JUL17-3/13
082417
PN=446
Theory of Operation
TX1180227 —UN—05FEB15
1
2
t/U
5455 GRN X5502-29
5628 GRY
B5206 MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2
t/U 1
B5105 ENGINE CRANKCASE PRESSURE SENSOR
3
2
t/U 1
5456 BLU
5623 ORG
5804 YEL
X5502-15
5804 YEL
5424 YEL
5804 YEL
X5501-42
5805 GRN
5419 WHT
5805 GRN
X5501-40
5805 GRN
5817 VLT
1
B5205 CHARGE AIR COOLER OUTLET TEMPERATURE SENSOR
5053 ORG
5053 ORG
2
5621 BRN
1
3
5623 ORG
1
3
5623 ORG
5623 ORG
2
Y5502 FUEL DOSING PUMP
X5501-14
5628 GRY
5602 RED
5805 GRN
5804 YEL
4
2
5003 ORG
A
2
5623 ORG
X5501-22
B
5783 ORG
R5603 ENGINE CAN TERMINATOR
5628 GRY
1
Y5004 LOW-PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
5623 ORG
4
4
5805 GRN
3
5804 YEL
2
5805 GRN
1
B5505 ENGINE OIL CONDITION SENSOR
B5504 ENGINE OIL LEVEL SENSOR
5804 YEL
B5500 INTAKE AIR SENSOR
5126 BLU
5125 GRN
5127 VLT
B29 ENGINE COOLANT LOSS SWITCH
2
2
5614 YEL
p/U 2
5614 YEL
X5502-18 X5501-35 5030 BLK
X5502-48 X5501-28 5445 GRN
X5501-35 5030 BLK
X5501-29
X5501-30 5448 GRY
X5502-09 X5501-38 5447 VLT
X5502-27
X5502-05
B5104 MANIFOLD AIR PRESSURE SENSOR
1 3
p/U 2
B5103 EGR FLOW SENSOR
1
t/U 2
5443 ORG
5463 ORG
5624 YEL
5051 BRN
5624 YEL
5468 GRY
5625 GRN
5421 BRN
5423 ORG
5425 GRN
5614 YEL
3
X105
B5207 EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1
1
Y5400 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) VALVE
2
3
4
1
6
B5301 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
B5302 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
2
2 5625 GRN
5625 GRN
5126 BLU
5625 GRN 5126 BLU
X5502-36
X5502-37
X5502-24
X5501-35 X5501-08
X5501-07
X5501-52
X5501-25
X5501-46 5626 BLU
1
B30 ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH
1
X5501-27
X5501-45
X5501-11 2
5625 GRN
1
p/U
B5102 EXHAUST MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR
5624 YEL
5625 GRN
1
-
5625 GRN
3
1
1 3
120-OHM
A5505 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
5626 BLU
X5048
5127 VLT
5125 GRN
20
+
5465 GRN
X5502-30 5127 VLT
15
G010 BLK
29
X5501-31
X5502-50
X5502-14 X5502-17 5125 GRN
X5502-23
A5505 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
X5502-28
5030 BLK
TX1180227 Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Schematic (2 of 3) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-25
082417
PN=447
AB51738,00006CB -19-06JUL17-4/13
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-26
082417
PN=448
Theory of Operation
A5505—Engine Control Unit B5205—Charge Air Cooler Outlet B5504—Engine Oil Level Sensor (ECU) Temperature Sensor B5505—Engine Oil Condition B29— Engine Coolant Loss B5206—Manifold Air Temperature Sensor Switch Sensor R5603—Engine CAN Terminator B30— Engine Coolant Level B5207—Exhaust Gas X105— Cooling Package Switch Recirculation (EGR) Harness-to-Vehicle B5102—Exhaust Manifold Temperature Sensor Harness Connector Pressure Sensor B5301—Crankshaft Position X5048—Vehicle Harness-toB5103—Exhaust Gas Sensor Engine Harness 31-Pin Recirculation (EGR) Flow B5302—Camshaft Position Connector Sensor Sensor X5501—Engine Control Unit B5104—Manifold Air Pressure B5500—Intake Air Sensor (ECU) Connector 1 Sensor B5105—Engine Crankcase Pressure Sensor
Engine Coolant Loss Switch (B29) The engine coolant loss switch is a reed switch that extends from the bottom of the surge tank. A float in the tank changes position with coolant level. When the coolant level falls, the ring magnet on the bottom of the float moves to the bottom of the tank, below the switch position. The magnetic field is removed, the switch opens, a DTC generates, and the engine derates. The engine coolant loss switch uses pin 17 of ECU connector 2 (X5502) for signal.
valve to maximize engine performance while meeting the applicable emissions regulations. Prior to DPF active regeneration, the ECU changes the VGT vane position to meet an ideal exhaust manifold pressure to achieve the highest DOC inlet temperature. The ECU uses the exhaust manifold pressure for the volumetric efficiency calculation. The exhaust manifold pressure sensor uses pin 27 of ECU connector 1 (X5501) for supply voltage and pin 25 for return. The exhaust manifold pressure sensor uses pin 11 of ECU connector 1 (X5501) for signal.
NOTE: For component location, see Cooling Package Harness (W10) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
For information on engine protection and derate programs, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection. (CTM120119.)
For information on how pressure sensors operate, see Measuring Pressure. (CTM120119.)
Engine Coolant Level Switch (B30) The engine coolant level switch is a reed switch that extends from the bottom of the surge tank. A float in the tank changes position with coolant level. When the coolant level falls, the ring magnet on the bottom of the float moves to the bottom of the tank, below the switch position. A DTC generates. The purpose of the switch is to inform of a moderately low coolant level when switched power on state occurs. Once the engine is running, the switch is only used for mismatch detection with engine coolant loss switch. The associated float in the surge tank is longer than the float associated with the engine coolant loss switch. The magnet for the engine coolant level switch falls to the bottom of the surge tank sooner if engine coolant level decreases.
For information on engine protection and derate programs, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection. (CTM120119.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Flow Sensor (B5103) EGR flow sensor measures the pressure drop across the EGR venturi tube. The ECU calculates the amount of the recirculated exhaust gas using this measurement and the venturi tube physical dimensions. The ECU controls the EGR valve (Y5400) and VGT actuator (Y5500) to recirculate the ideal amount of exhaust gas for the operating condition. The EGR flow sensor uses pin 36 of ECU connector 2 (X5502) for supply voltage and pin 24 for ground. The EGR flow sensor uses pin 5 of ECU connector 2 (X5502) for signal.
The engine coolant level switch uses pin 30 of ECU connector 2 (X5502) for signal.
NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: For component location, see Cooling Package Harness (W10) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
For information on engine protection and derate programs, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection. (CTM120119.)
Exhaust Manifold Pressure Sensor (B5102) Exhaust manifold pressure sensor provides feedback to the control system for air throttle actuator, VGT, and EGR
Manifold Air Pressure Sensor (B5104)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 2 Y5004—Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Y5400—Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Y5502—Fuel Dosing Pump
9015-05-27
AB51738,00006CB -19-06JUL17-5/13
082417
PN=449
Theory of Operation
Manifold air pressure sensor is used to help calculate the amount of airflow into the engine. The manifold air pressure sensor also supplies the ECU with a direct measurement of turbocharger boost pressure.
The ECU supplies 5 volts to the charge air cooler outlet temperature sensor, monitors voltage drop across the sensor at pins 15 and 29 on ECU connector 2 (X5502), then compares the voltage drop to preprogrammed values.
The intake manifold pressure sensor uses pin 36 of ECU connector 2 (X5502) for supply voltage and pin 24 for ground.
NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) For information on how temperature sensors operate, see Measuring Temperature. (CTM120119.)
The intake manifold pressure sensor uses pin 37 of ECU connector 2 (X5502) for signal. NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
For information on engine protection and derate programs, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection. (CTM120119.)
For information on how pressure sensors operate, see Measuring Pressure. (CTM120119.)
For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.)
For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.)
Manifold Air Temperature Sensor (B5206) The ECU uses the manifold air temperature sensor to measure the temperature of air in the intake manifold. The ECU compares the temperatures of the recirculated exhaust gas, charge air cooler outlet air, and mixed air in the intake manifold to determine if proper cooling and mixing has occurred. If temperature is not correct, the ECU adjusts the signal going to the EGR valve to compensate the mixture accordingly. The manifold air temperature sensor helps the ECU calculate the correct fueling for the engine.
Engine Crankcase Pressure Sensor (B5105) Engine crankcase pressure sensor monitors the amount of pressure in the crankcase of the engine. The ECU uses engine crankcase pressure to indicate when the crankcase ventilation filter needs replacement or if there is a problem with the crankcase pressure relief valve located in the rocker arm cover. The engine crankcase pressure sensor uses pin 48 of ECU connector 2 (X5502) for supply voltage and pin 15 for ground.
The ECU uses the manifold air temperature sensor for engine protection purposes.
The engine crankcase pressure sensor uses pin 18 of ECU connector 2 (X5502) for signal.
The ECU sends 5 volts to the manifold air temperature sensor, monitors voltage drop across the sensor at pins 15 and 9 on ECU connector 2 (X5502), then compares the voltage drop to preprogrammed values.
NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
For information on how pressure sensors operate, see Measuring Pressure. (CTM120119.)
For information on how temperature sensors operate, see Measuring Temperature. (CTM120119.)
For information on engine protection and derate programs, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection. (CTM120119.)
For information on engine protection and derate programs, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection. (CTM120119.)
For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Sensor (B5205) The ECU uses the charge air cooler outlet temperature sensor to measure temperature of charge air cooler outlet air entering the intake manifold. The ECU compares the temperatures of the recirculated exhaust gas, charge air cooler outlet air, and mixed air in the intake manifold to determine if proper cooling and mixing has occurred. If temperature is not correct, the ECU adjusts the signal going to the EGR valve to compensate the mixture accordingly. The ECU uses the charge air cooler outlet temperature sensor for fan speed control and engine protection purposes.
For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor (B5207) The ECU uses the EGR temperature sensor to measure temperature of exhaust gas entering the EGR valve. The ECU compares the temperatures of the EGR exhaust gas, charge air cooler outlet air, and mixed air in the intake manifold to determine if proper cooling and mixing has occurred. If temperature is not correct, the ECU adjusts the signal going to the EGR valve to compensate the mixture accordingly. The ECU uses the EGR temperature sensor for engine protection purposes.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-28
AB51738,00006CB -19-06JUL17-6/13
082417
PN=450
Theory of Operation
The ECU sends 5 volts to the EGR temperature sensor, monitors voltage drop across the sensor at pins 24 and 27 on ECU connector 2 (X5502), then compares the voltage drop to preprogrammed values. NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) For information on how temperature sensors operate, see Measuring Temperature. (CTM120119.) For information on engine protection and derate programs, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection. (CTM120119.)
(TDC) at the end of the compression stroke. The ECU uses this information to determine injection timing. The camshaft position sensor consists of a permanent magnet, coil, and yoke. The sensor is mounted near the inner camshaft gear which contains 12 evenly spaced notches (webs). During engine rotation, an AC voltage pulse is induced in the coil as each web passes by the sensor. The circular distance (arc) between two of the 12 webs is smaller than the rest. The ECU determines that cylinder 1 is at TDC by detecting this different arc. The camshaft position signal circuit is shielded from electromagnetic interference (EMI). If there is a problem with the camshaft position sensor, the ECU uses the crankshaft position sensor to determine engine timing. Prolonged engine cranking may be required to start the engine.
For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) Crankshaft Position Sensor (B5301) The crankshaft position sensor is an inductive-type pickup sensor that detects teeth on the crankshaft timing gear. The crankshaft timing gear is composed of 45 teeth. The timing gear has one tooth that is wider than the others. Either piston 1 or 4 is at top-dead-center (TDC) of its compression stroke when this different pulse is detected. The ECU uses the input of both the crankshaft position sensor and the camshaft position sensor to precisely control the timing and duration of fuel injection. The ECU uses crankshaft position input to determine engine speed and the angular position of the crankshaft in its 360-degree field of rotation. The ECU also uses this signal to calculate engine (crankshaft) speed and sends this information across the CAN data line to the standard display monitor (SDM), where the information appears on the monitor display as engine rpm. Based on information from the crankshaft position and camshaft position sensors, the ECU calculates the timing and duration of fuel injection. If there is a problem with the crankshaft position sensor, the ECU uses the camshaft position sensor to determine engine timing. Prolonged engine cranking may be required to start the engine. The crankshaft position sensor uses pin 38 of ECU connector 1 (X5501) for signal and pin 30 for ground.
The camshaft position sensor uses pin 28 of ECU connector 1 (X5501) for signal and pin 29 for ground. NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) For information on engine protection and derate programs, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection. (CTM120119.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) Intake Air Sensor (B5500) Intake air sensor is used to measure temperature, pressure, and humidity of the turbocharger compressor inlet air. The location of the measurements is in the intake prior to the turbocharger. These measurements provide input for fueling calculations made by the ECU. The ECU compares turbocharger compressor inlet pressure to barometric air pressure to calculate the intake air pressure drop. The sensor communicates with the ECU over the engine controller area network (CAN). NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
For information on CAN communication, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
For information on how speed sensors operate, see Measuring Speed. (CTM120119.)
For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) Low-Pressure Fuel Pump (Y5004)
For information on engine protection and derate programs, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection. (CTM120119.)
The low-pressure fuel pump draws fuel from the fuel tank through the fuel filter head and primary fuel filter. The fuel is pumped through the secondary fuel filter to the high-pressure fuel pump.
For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.)
The low-pressure fuel pump is provided power at pin 22 of ECU connector 1 (X5501) and ground at pin 14.
Camshaft Position Sensor (B5302) The camshaft position sensor is used to determine engine speed and when each cylinder is at top-dead-center
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-29
AB51738,00006CB -19-06JUL17-7/13
082417
PN=451
Theory of Operation
NOTE: For component location, see Rear Service Harness (W14) Component Location or see Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
The exhaust gas recirculation valve uses pin 27 of ECU connector 1 (X5501) for supply voltage and pin 25 for ground. The exhaust gas recirculation valve uses pin 52 of ECU connector 1 (X5501) for signal.
For information on engine CAN communication, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
The exhaust gas recirculation valve uses pins 7 and 8 of ECU connector 1 (X5501) for desired movement.
For information on the low-pressure fuel pump, see Electric Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation. (CTM120119.) Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve (Y5400) The EGR valve reduces the amount of nitrogen oxides (NOx) emissions by diluting the intake air with exhaust gases. NOx emissions are formed when fuel is burned at high temperatures, such as in the combustion process. The EGR valve functions only under high loads and when the engine coolant temperature sensor is at normal operating temperature; otherwise, the valve remains closed. The ECU controls the EGR valve by calculating engine speed, load requirements, and inputs from various temperature and pressure sensors.
If the ECU detects an incorrect position or a learned value error (EGR actuator not controllable), the ECU derates and generates a DTC. For information on engine derate, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection. (CTM120119.) NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) For additional information on the EGR valve, see EGR Valve Operation. (CTM120119.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-30
AB51738,00006CB -19-06JUL17-8/13
082417
PN=452
Theory of Operation
TX1241357 —UN—06JUL17
1
RED 1
F62 GLOW PLUG 50A FUSE
2
2
1
2
3
4
6
Y5402 EXHAUST THROTTLE ACTUATOR
3
5826 BLU
5826 BLU
t/U
1
B5209 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1
2
2
X58
X58
2 G010 BLK
5826 BLU 7
5495 GRN
5498 GRY
5499 WHT
5496 BLU
X5501-49 X5501-03 5496 BLU
6
X5501-23
X5501-02 5499 WHT
5
5410 BLK
X5501-33 5498 GRY
3
X5501-06
X5501-43 5495 GRN
4
X5501-34
X5501-44
X5501-48
5427 VLT
5461 BRN
5493 ORG
X5503-49 P083 RED
8
5493 ORG
X5503-46 N007 YEL
X5501-16
5453 ORG 1
1
X5503-36
X5501-15
Y12 HYDRAULIC FAN REVERSING SOLENOID
5
6
2 3
p/U 1
X58
B54 FAN DRIVE PRESSURE SENSOR
5756 BLU
7
5767 VLT
B5113 LOW-PRESSURE PRESSURE SENSOR Y11 HYDRAULIC FAN PROPORTIONAL RELIEF SOLENOID
X5501-04
p/U
2
5491 BRN
2
t/U
1 27
X5021
P083 RED
3
B5208 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
X5048
N007 YEL
p/U
1
5647 VLT
5023 ORG 5633 ORG
2
B5107 HIGH-PRESSURE FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
5613 ORG
5633 ORG
2
B5101 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR
1
5469 WHT
3
p/U
5631 BRN
1
31
R086 BLK
X5502-26
22
30
5631 BRN
5453 ORG
3
5826 BLU
X5004
5014 YEL
2
X5502-32
1
5453 ORG
5647 VLT
5646 BLU X5501-21 X5501-09
X5501-24 5821 BRN
5613 ORG
X5501-50 5658 GRY
X5501-37
X5501-12 5016 BLU
5611 BRN
X5501-10 5018 GRY
X5501-51
X5501-36 5509 WHT
R14 GLOW PLUG CYLINDER 4
5415 GRN
X5501-41 5633 ORG
R13 GLOW PLUG CYLINDER 3
X5501-39
X5501-17 5631 BRN
1
3
5469 WHT
X5501-26 5467 VLY
A5505 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
28 2
YEL GRN
R12 GLOW PLUG CYLINDER 2
2
RED
YEL GRN RED
R11 GLOW PLUG CYLINDER 1
X5048 5826 BLU
R086 BLK
RED
X64
5014 YEL
RED
5429 WHT
A
5826 BLU
5826 BLU
5491 BRN
X88
5671 BRN
GRN
YEL
RED RED
B5600 WATER-IN-FUEL SENSOR
R10 GLOW PLUG RESISTOR
X5501-54
5
X5501-32
1
5826 BLU
K7 GLOW PLUG RELAY
X5502-32
3
5023 ORG
2
1
Y5021-1 FUEL INJECTOR 1
Y5021-2 FUEL INJECTOR 2
Y5021-3 FUEL INJECTOR 3
Y5021-3 FUEL INJECTOR 3
2
Y5024 FUEL RAIL PRESSURE RELIEF SOLENOID
4
G010 BLK
TX1241357 Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Schematic (3 of 3) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-31
082417
PN=453
AB51738,00006CB -19-06JUL17-9/13
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-32
082417
PN=454
Theory of Operation 1— Unswitched Power K7—Glow Plug Relay A5505—Engine Control Unit R10— Glow Plug Resistor (ECU) R11— Glow Plug Cylinder 1 B54— Fan Drive Pressure Sensor R12— Glow Plug Cylinder 2 B5101—Engine Oil Pressure R13— Glow Plug Cylinder 3 Sensor R14— Glow Plug Cylinder 4 B5107—Low-Pressure Fuel X29— Load Center HarnessPressure Sensor to-Vehicle Harness B5113—Fuel Rail Pressure Connector 3 Sensor X58— Fan Harness-to-Vehicle B5208—Engine Coolant Harness Connector Temperature Sensor X88— Glow Plug Relay B5209—Fuel Temperature Sensor Harness-to-Glow Plug B5600—Water-in-Fuel Sensor Harness Connector F62— Glow Plug 50 A Fuse
X5004—Engine Harness-to-Glow Y12— Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid Plug Relay Harness 3-Pin Y5021-1—Fuel Injector 1 Connector Y5021-2—Fuel Injector 2 X5021—Fuel Injector Harness Y5021-3—Fuel Injector 3 Connector Y5021-4—Fuel Injector 4 X5048—Vehicle Harness-toY5024—Fuel Rail Pressure Relief Engine Harness 31-Pin Solenoid Valve Connector Y5402—Exhaust Throttle X5501—Engine Control Unit Actuator (ECU) Connector 1 X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 2 X5503—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 3 Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid
Engine Oil Pressure Sensor (B5101) Engine oil pressure sensor sends an oil pressure equivalent signal to the ECU. The ECU uses this signal to determine if engine oil pressure is adequate for the current operating conditions. The ECU monitors oil pressure for engine protection purposes. The engine oil pressure sensor uses pin 17 of ECU connector 1 (X5501) for supply voltage and pin 41 for ground. The engine oil pressure sensor uses pin 26 of ECU connector 1 (X5501) for signal. NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) For information on how pressure sensors operate, see Measuring Pressure. (CTM120119.) For information on engine protection and derate programs, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection. (CTM120119.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor (B5107) The ECU monitors low-pressure fuel pressure sensor to determine if fuel is continuously passing through the low-pressure side of the fuel system, or if there is a leak or blockage. The low-pressure fuel pressure sensor uses pin 24 of ECU connector 1 (X5501) for supply voltage and pin 50 for ground.
For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor (B5113) The ECU monitors fuel rail pressure sensor to control the amount and timing of fuel being transferred from the high-pressure fuel pump to the high-pressure common rail (HPCR). The ECU determines if fuel rail pressure is adequate for the operating conditions and commands the proper amount of fuel from the high-pressure fuel pump by altering the signal to the suction control valve (Y5002). The ECU uses fuel rail pressure sensor to determine if there is an electronic injector problem by measuring the pressure drop in the HPCR after each injection. The fuel rail pressure sensor uses pin 37 of ECU connector 1 (X5501) for supply voltage and pin 9 for ground. The fuel rail pressure sensor uses pin 51 of ECU connector 1 (X5501) for signal. NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) For information on how pressure sensors operate, see Measuring Pressure. (CTM120119.) For information on engine protection and derate programs, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection. (CTM120119.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (B5208)
NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
The ECU monitors engine coolant temperature for engine protection purposes. Depending on the severity of temperature increase, a DTC generates for moderate or extreme levels. Engine derates correspondingly to each level of severity.
For information on how pressure sensors operate, see Measuring Pressure. (CTM120119.)
If coolant temperature is too low for the current operating conditions, a DTC generates. Low coolant temperature normally indicates thermostat is stuck open.
The low-pressure fuel pressure sensor uses pin 39 of ECU connector 1 (X5501) for signal.
For information on engine protection and derate programs, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection. (CTM120119.) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-33
AB51738,00006CB -19-06JUL17-10/13
082417
PN=455
Theory of Operation
The ECU sends 5 volts to the engine coolant temperature sensor, monitors voltage drop across the sensor at pins 16 and 49 on ECU connector 1 (X5501), then compares the voltage drop to preprogrammed values.
For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.)
NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
The proportional fan controls the cooling capacity of the cooling package by varying the speed of the fan. The ECU automatically controls the speed of the fan by monitoring the following directly or from signals received from other controllers on the CAN:
For information on how temperature sensors operate, see Measuring Temperature. (CTM120119.)
• Engine Coolant Temperature • Hydraulic Oil Temperature • Transmission Oil Temperature • Fuel Temperature • Intake Air Temperature • Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature • Fan System Pressure
For information on engine protection and derate programs, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection. (CTM120119.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) Fuel Temperature Sensor (B5209)
Fan Drive Pressure Sensor (B54)
The ECU uses fuel temperature sensor to calculate fuel density and adjust fuel delivery accordingly. The ECU monitors fuel temperature sensor for engine protection purposes. The ECU sends 5 volts to the fuel temperature sensor, monitors voltage drop across the sensor at pins 48 and 49 on ECU connector 1 (X5501), then compares the voltage drop to preprogrammed values. NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) For information on how temperature sensors operate, see Measuring Temperature. (CTM120119.) For information on engine protection and derate programs, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection. (CTM120119.)
Water-in-Fuel (WIF) Sensor (B5600) The WIF sensor is located on the bottom of the primary fuel filter in the water separator bowl. When water is detected in the fuel, a signal is sent to the ECU. The WIF sensor uses the resistance of fuel and water in the fuel system along with the principle that water is a better conductor of current than fuel. If water is present, the voltage is lower. The ECU monitors water in fuel for engine protection purposes. The WIF sensor uses pin 15 of ECU connector 1 (X5501) signal and pin 49 for ground.
For information on engine protection and derate programs, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection. (CTM120119.)
The ECU monitors fan drive pressure from the fan drive pressure sensor for a more precise control of the fan speed and for protection of the fan system when reversing. The ECU supplies a 5-volt reference to the fan drive pressure sensor at pin 49, a return ground at pin 36, and a signal representing fan drive pressure at pin 46 on ECU connector 3 (X5503). Fan drive pressure can be read as a live value in the DIAGNOSTICS >> MACHINE INFORMATION >> MACHINE READINGS >> PRESSURES submenu of the SDM menu structure. See Diagnostics—Machine Readings, SDM. (Operator's Manual.) Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid (Y11) Hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid (Y11) is a pulse-width modulated (PWM) solenoid used to control hydraulic fan speed. The ECU determines the amount of hydraulic fan speed required to maintain normal operating temperatures from temperature sensor inputs based on reference values in the form of look-up tables for each of the temperature sensor readings. The ECU selects the highest fan speed required and supplies a PWM signal to the coil of hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid from pin 32 of ECU connector 2 (X5502).
For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.)
NOTE: For component location, see Rear Service Harness (W14) Component Location or see Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Proportional Fan Control
The ECU increases current to the hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid to decrease the hydraulic flow to the hydraulic fan motor and decrease fan speed. In the event of a circuit malfunction, the ECU does not activate the hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid and hydraulic fan operates at full speed. For more information on the hydraulic fan operation, see Hydraulic Fan Drive Operation. (Group 9025-05.) The first set of values the ECU interprets are the hydraulic oil temperature, engine coolant temperature, transmission oil temperature, and fuel temperature. The ECU monitors these temperatures and compares them to a look-up table (see the following table) to determine the fastest fan speed.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-34
AB51738,00006CB -19-06JUL17-11/13
082417
PN=456
Theory of Operation Fan Speed (approximate)
Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Engine Coolant Temperature
Transmission Oil Temperature
Fuel Temperature
300 rpm
74°C 165°F
91°C 196°F
74°C 165°F
62°C 144°F
1450 rpm
91°C 196°F
103°C 217°F
91°C 196°F
70°C 158°F
- The manual only reverse mode can be activated by accessing the SETUP >> PREFERENCES submenu and setting REVERSING FAN to OFF. See Setup—Preferences, SDM. (Operator's Manual.) - The reversing fan cycle time can be changed by accessing the SETUP >> PREFERENCES >> REVERSING FAN submenu. See Setup—Preferences, SDM. (Operator's Manual.)
Fan Speed Control Temperatures (look-up) Table
When the reversing fan timer in the ECU reaches zero or reversing fan switch on SSM is pressed, the ECU begins the reversing sequence as follows:
The ECU also considers the charge air cooler outlet temperature provided by the charge air cooler outlet temperature sensor.
1. The ECU ramps up the current of the hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid (Y11) to slow the fan to minimum fan speed.
If intake air temperature reading from intake air sensor (B5500) is more than the nominal 25°C (77°F), the maximum fan speed is increased by the difference between intake air temperature and 25°C (77°F). Example: If the intake air temperature is 32°C (90°F), the charge air cooler outlet temperature sensor set point at maximum fan speed would be: 56°C + (32°C – 25°C) = 63°C 133°F + (90°F – 77°F) = 146°F The following table shows approximate fan speed when intake air temperature is less than 25°C (77°F) and the charge air cooler outlet temperature is as indicated. Fan Speed (approximate)
Charge Air Cooler Temperature (intake air temperature is 25°C [77°F] or less)
300 rpm
40°C 104°F
1450 rpm
56°C 133°F
4. The ECU operates the fan at maximum speed in reverse direction for 15 seconds, then ramps up the hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid current until the fan is at minimum speed. 5. When the fan slows to minimum speed, the ECU stops sending current to the hydraulic fan reversing solenoid, causing the fan to change back to forward direction. 6. With the fan operating in the forward direction, the ECU ramps down the hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid current until the requested fan speed for normal operation is obtained.
Fan Reversing Control The reversing fan function reverses the fan direction to purge the cooling system of debris. The reversing fan function can be operated manually or automatically. Automatic mode is the default mode and automatically reverses fan direction every 10, 20, 30, 45, 60, or 90 minutes, depending on setting. An initial fan reversing occurs 10 minutes after ECU power-up. When initial fan reversing completes its cycle, automatic mode continues countdown based on setting.
When the reversing fan has completed a cycle, the reversing sequence cannot be activated again for 1 minute. If the reversing fan is in the automatic mode when the manual mode is activated, the reversing fan timer is stopped and then started again after the reversing fan sequence is completed.
If automatic mode is turned OFF in the SDM, manual control of the reversing fan can be done by pressing the reversing fan switch on sealed switch module (SSM). The reversing fan circuit must be enabled in the SDM menu structure for the reversing fan to function. The following reversing fan settings can be performed by accessing the appropriate submenu in the SDM menu structure. - The reversing fan can be enabled or disabled by accessing the SETUP >> CONFIGURATION >> OPTIONS submenu. See Setup—Machine Setup, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
2. When fan speed is at minimum and fan drive pressure sensor reads below 4137 kPa (41.37 bar) (600 psi), the ECU sends current out pin 26 on ECU connector 2 (X5502) to the hydraulic fan reversing solenoid (Y12), energizing the solenoid. Energizing this solenoid causes the fan to reverse direction. 3. After 1 second with the fan operating in the reverse direction, the ECU ramps down the current applied to the hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid until maximum fan speed is reached. Specification Fan—Speed (maximum, approximate)............................................................................. 1450 rpm
Fan Speed Versus Manifold Air Temperature
• SDM Menu Structures:
Specification Fan—Speed (minimum, approximate)............................................................................... 300 rpm
When a manual reverse cycle is complete, the function returns to the automatic mode. For information on the hydraulic fan operation, see Hydraulic Fan Drive Operation. (Group 9025-05.) NOTE: For electrical component location, see Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-35
AB51738,00006CB -19-06JUL17-12/13
082417
PN=457
Theory of Operation
Electronic Injectors (Y5021-1, Y5021-2, Y5021-3, and Y5021-4) The ECU controls the electronic injectors by determining injection timing and amount of fuel needed, then energizes and de-energizes the injectors as required. The electronic injectors are connected to ECU connector 1 (X5501). The electronic injectors are shielded from electromagnetic interference at pin 23 of ECU connector 1 (X5501).
control valve on the high-pressure fuel pump to control fuel pressure in the HPCR. The pressure relief solenoid is energized when switched power is turned to OFF to relieve fuel pressure in the HPCR. The ECU provides a signal for fuel rail pressure relief solenoid from pin 6 and return at pin 34 of ECU connector 1 (X5501). For more information on the high-pressure fuel system, see High-Pressure Common Rail (HPCR) Operation. (CTM120119.)
If the ECU detects an invalid injector part number or injector circuit error, a DTC generates.
Exhaust Throttle Actuator (Y5402)
For operation of the electronic injectors, see Electronic Injector (EI) Operation. (CTM120119.)
The exhaust throttle actuator uses pin 17 of ECU connector 1 (X5501) for supply voltage and pin 41 for ground.
Fuel Rail Pressure Relief Solenoid (Y5024)
The exhaust throttle actuator uses pin 36 of ECU connector 1 (X5501) for signal.
The ECU controls pressure in the high-pressure common rail (HPCR) by sending an electronic signal to fuel rail pressure relief solenoid. When pressure relief solenoid is energized, fuel pressure in the HPCR is reduced by allowing fuel to flow back to the tank. The pressure relief solenoid works in conjunction with the pressure
The exhaust throttle actuator uses pins 10 and 12 of ECU connector 1 (X5501) for desired movement. For more information on the exhaust throttle actuator, see Exhaust Throttle Operation. (CTM120119.) AB51738,00006CB -19-06JUL17-13/13
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-36
082417
PN=458
Theory of Operation
Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation TX1185517 —UN—18FEB15
P061 RED P001 RED
L
A
A
B
C
X57
4
5
6
G001 BLK
X36
R013 BLK
K
X10-B1
C
Z013 GRN
D
X10-A1
A1 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT (VCU)
A8 STANDARD DISPLAY MONITOR (SDM)
P
R013 BLK
X5503-01
D
E010 WHT
CAN 1 G001 BLK
CAN 1
G001 BLK
W1 SYSTEM GROUND Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Schematic Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
E
A
Z010 GRY
TX1185517
X
P011 RED
P011 RED
P006 RED X7-L2 1
X62
14
R013 BLK
G012 BLK
2
X57
Z013 GRN
3
X5503-02
2
X61
B
Z012 YEL
P006 RED P006 RED X7-L1 6
R013 BLK
G012 BLK
G2 BATTERY
G012 BLK
5
F1 DISPLAY UNIT UNSWITCHED POWER 10A FUSE
A
Z013 GRN
2
2
Z012 YEL
1
G012 BLK
B002 RED
ANODE
X7-B1
V2 STARTER SOLENOID DIODE
CATHODE
H1 DISPLAY UNIT ALARM
M003 VLT
Z013 GRN
2
A5505 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
A13 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT 2 (VC2)
A4 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM)
G001 BLK
G1 BATTERY
B
X7-A1
M1 STARTER MOTOR
G
1
1
Z012 YEL
B001 RED
50
M
3
G5 ALTERNATOR
X7-E2
GND
30
5
3~
G012 BLK
2
U B+
6
Z010 GRY
E003 WHT
X61
X57
X7-D4
S1 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH
L
B
X36 W2 FRAME GROUND
D+
1
N
B
F11 DISPLAY UNIT SWITCHED POWER 5A FUSE
A
F6 VC2 UNSWITCHED POWER 10A FUSE
E010 WHT
B005 RED
X62
E010 WHT
B005 RED
B
P007 RED
g1
Z010 GRY
G2
K2 SWITCHED POWER RELAY
J003 TAN
e1
G010 BLK
P061 RED
B1
A
F7 SSM UNSWITCHED POWER 5A FUSE
Z012 YEL
A
F61 SYSTEM 120A CIRCUIT BREAKER
1
P061 RED
J003 TAN
P061 RED 2
P062 RED
P061 RED P062 RED
P061 RED
P062 RED
P061 RED
P061 RED P062 RED
9015-05-37
082417
PN=459
AB51738,00006CC -19-17FEB15-1/3
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-38
082417
PN=460
Theory of Operation
A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) F7— Sealed Switch Module (SSM) V2— Starter Solenoid Diode X61— Operator’s Station A4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse W1—System Ground Harness-to-Roof Harness A8—Standard Display Monitor F11— Display Unit Switched W2—Frame Ground 31-Pin Connector (SDM) Power 5 A Fuse X7— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) X62— Load Center HarnessA13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 F61— System 120 A Circuit Connector to-Operator’s Station (VC2) Breaker X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Harness 23-Pin Connector A5505—Engine Control Unit G1—Battery Connector 2 X5503—Engine Control Unit (ECU) G2—Battery X36— Operator’s Station (ECU) Connector 3 F1— Display Unit Unswitched G5—Alternator Harness-to-Front Dash Power 10 A Fuse H1—Display Unit Alarm Harness Connector F6— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) K2—Switched Power Relay X57— Load Center HarnessUnswitched Power 10 A M1—Starter Motor to-Operator’s Station Fuse S1— Battery Disconnect Switch Harness 35-Pin Connector
temperature from the ECU and uses this information to determine the needle position of the engine coolant temperature gauge. For operation of SDM gauges, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM). (Operator's Manual.)
SDM and SSM Power-Up (Power and Ground) The standard display monitor (SDM) (A8) receives unswitched battery power from display unit unswitched power 10 A fuse (F1) at pin A. Ground is provided by system ground (W1) at pin P. The sealed switch module (SSM) (A4) receives unswitched power from SSM unswitched power 5 A fuse (F7) at pin 1. Ground is provided by system ground at pin 2. When the engine start switch is pressed once, current flows from pin 3 of the SSM to the coil of switched power relay (K2), energizing the relay. With the switched power relay energized, current flows through display unit switched power 5 A fuse (F11) to pin L of the SDM, powering up the SDM.
The VC2 transmits fuel level and DTC information to the SDM across the CAN data line. DTCs are displayed on the monitor display window. The SDM receives signal representing fuel level to determine needle position of the fuel level gauge. For operation of SDM gauges, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM). (Operator's Manual.) The VCU, VC2, and SDM also exchange machine model information to prevent a controller mismatch. Once a VCU or SDM is installed in a machine, the unit cannot be removed and put in a different model machine.
When powered up, the SDM performs a self-test by activating all indicators: lights, gauges, and monitor display window. For more information on SDM functions, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM). (Operator's Manual.) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) (A8) The SDM contains a menu structure designed for monitoring certain machine functions for operational and/or diagnostic purposes. The SDM provides a means for viewing and clearing diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) and also provides a means for adjusting certain machine and monitor settings. For more information on the SDM menu structure, see Main Menu, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
Display Unit Alarm (H1): Switched power is provided through display unit switched power 5 A fuse (F11) to display unit alarm (H1). When a warning condition occurs that requires an audible alarm, the SDM provides a ground at pin D of the SDM (A8), activating the display unit alarm (H1). The display unit alarm is activated at an intermittent rate, depending on the type of warning condition. For more information about the monitor alarm, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM). (Operator's Manual.) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (A4) The SSM contains an array of 25 switches. For description and operation of the switches, see Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Functions. (Operator's Manual.)
The SDM uses the controller area network (CAN) data line to communicate with the engine control unit (ECU) (A5505), vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), and vehicle control unit 2 (VC2) (A13). For more information on the CAN, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
The VC2 receives local interconnect network (LIN) messages from the SSM, relays the messages to the VCU through CAN data lines, and determines the state of associated button. An SSM button may have two or more states. The operator toggles between states by pressing the button. LEDs on each button indicate the current state of associated function.
The VCU transmits vehicle information across the CAN data line. Vehicle information and DTCs can be displayed in the monitor menu. For more information on the SDM menu structure, see Main Menu, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
The VC2 receives messages from the SSM identifying a pressed button. The VC2 communicates with the VCU through CAN messages to determine if information is valid, then sends a message to the SSM to control the relevant button LEDs.
The ECU transmits engine speed, engine coolant temperature, engine oil pressure, and any ECU related DTC information across the CAN data line. Engine speed and DTCs can be displayed on the monitor display window. The SDM receives the signal representing engine coolant
When the VCU and VC2 are initially powered up, the VCU and VC2 must determine the correct state for each button function.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-39
AB51738,00006CC -19-17FEB15-2/3
082417
PN=461
Theory of Operation
Once the CAN bus is initialized and functioning, the VCU broadcasts CAN messages to the VC2, which relays LIN messages to the SSM, to continuously update all LED indicators to the actual state. The correct power-up state is identified by each application.
(DTC) associated with the stuck button. See Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9001-30.) The function of the stuck button changes to its default state.
If a button on the SSM becomes stuck in the pressed state, the SSM generates a diagnostic trouble code AB51738,00006CC -19-17FEB15-3/3
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-40
082417
PN=462
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-41
082417
PN=463
Theory of Operation
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation
g1
P061 RED
g1
B
B005 RED
G5 ALTERNATOR
F6 VC2 UNSWITCHED POWER 10A FUSE P006 RED
G2
K1 START RELAY
E003 WHT
1
e1
A F13 VC2 SWITCHED POWER 5A FUSE B
P005 RED
B1
F61 SYSTEM 120A CIRCUIT BREAKER
2
A F5 VCU UNSWITCHED POWER B 10A FUSE
A
P061 RED
G2
K2 SWITCHED POWER RELAY
P062 RED
e1
P061 RED
B1
P062 RED
P061 RED
P061 RED P062 RED
D+
P006 RED
P013 RED X7-M1
X7-L1
P005 RED X10-L1
P006 RED
P005 RED X10-M1
X7-L2
P062 RED
X7-M2
X7-M3 G001 BLK
A13 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT 2 (VC2)
G001 BLK
X10-M3 G001 BLK
ANODE
G1 BATTERY
X10-M2
V2 STARTER SOLENOID DIODE
CATHODE
G001 BLK
G
A1 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT (VCU)
X10-L2
M1 STARTER MOTOR
G001 BLK
G012 BLK
G2 BATTERY
G012 BLK
G012 BLK G001 BLK
G001 BLK
W1 SYSTEM GROUND
XJ1237941
XJ1237941 —UN—04MAY17
2
50
G001 BLK
M
B001 RED 1
30
G012 BLK
S1 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH
B002 RED
2
GND
E003 WHT
2
1
B+
G012 BLK
1
B005 RED
X12-1
U B005 RED
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Schematic—Power and Ground
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-42
AB51738,00006CD -19-05MAY17-1/11
082417
PN=464
Theory of Operation A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) A13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) F5— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse F6— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse
F13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Switched Power 5 A Fuse F61— System 120 A Circuit Breaker G1—Battery G2—Battery G5—Alternator K1—Start Relay
NOTE: The hardware part number, serial number, software part number, software build number, and software version for the VCU can be accessed in the standard display monitor (SDM) menu structure. See Diagnostics—Controller Info, SDM. (Operator's Manual.)
K2—Switched Power Relay X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) M1—Starter Motor Connector 2 S1— Battery Disconnect Switch X12— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) V2— Starter Solenoid Diode Connector 4 W1—System Ground X7— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Connector
• Open circuit • Short to power • High current/short to ground NOTE: When the output is disabled because of a high current condition, the status LED of the corresponding function on the SSM shows the function is still on.
The vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1) acts in conjunction with other electrical components to provide electrical function control for the machine. Major functions that the VCU controls include: hydraulic enable, drive and work lights, wiper and washer system, and horn. The VCU provides power and ground to these functions and sends and receives signals based on performance.
For all driver outputs:
• An open circuit and a short to power may look the same. • A short to ground and an overloaded circuit may look the same.
The operator activates many of these functions using the sealed switch module (SSM) (A4). The SSM is a device that receives operator input through momentary switches. The SSM transmits the switch selection across the local interconnect network (LIN) to vehicle control unit 2 (VC2) (A13). The message is then transferred from VC2 to VCU via controller area network (CAN). For more information on CAN circuit communication, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) The VCU interprets the CAN signals and determines if the input is valid. If the input is not valid for the machine options available or machine state, the input is ignored. If the input is valid, the appropriate function is activated. The SSM then receives confirmation that the function is activated and causes the appropriate LED on the switch button to illuminate, indicating that the function has been activated. For more information on the SSM, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
NOTE: If the system voltage is at 22 volts or less, no diagnostic trouble codes are generated. When the VCU detects a DTC, the condition must be corrected and the function cycled before the DTC can be cleared. If the first DTC for the function is not cleared before another DTC condition occurs, the function may have two DTCs, where one DTC is not valid. (Example: Pin Disconnect Open Circuit and Pin Disconnect High Current DTCs are displayed at the same time.) The VCU contains three types of digital on/off driver outputs:
• 3.5-Amp Driver Output—Functions include: left door
wiper motor, front wiper motor, winch, and display unit alarm. • 7-Amp Driver Output—Functions include: front drive lights, rear drive lights, right door wiper motor, front cab work lights, optional rear cab work lights, optional front work lights, horn, and rear wiper motor. • 14-Amp Driver Output—Functions include: rotary beacon light (if equipped).
The VCU collects feedback from various sensors and communicates the information with other controllers to display to the operator. The VCU uses the CAN to communicate with the other controllers. For more information on the CAN, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
VCU Power-Up (Power and Ground)
The VCU communicates much of the information to the SDM, where the information is displayed. For more information on the or SDM, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) (A13) (from VC2
Unswitched power is supplied to the following components:
The VCU also provides diagnostics in the form of diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) for the systems it controls. For a list of VCU DTCs, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9001-50.) DTCs can be triggered by various malfunctions. Some of these malfunctions include:
• Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) (A1) (from VCU unswitched power 10 A fuse [F5])
unswitched power 10 A fuse [F6])
• Switched Power Relay (K2) • Starter Motor (M1)
The VCU receives unswitched battery power from VCU unswitched power 10 A fuse (F5) at pin L1 and M1 of VCU connector 2 (X10). VCU ground is provided at pins L2, M2, and M3 of VCU connector 2 (X10) by system ground (W1).
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-43
AB51738,00006CD -19-05MAY17-2/11
082417
PN=465
Theory of Operation
When the engine start switch on the SSM is pressed once, current flows from the SSM to the coil of switched power relay (K2), energizing the relay. With the switched power relay energized, current flows to pin 1 of VCU connector 4 (X12), providing switched power to the VCU. Current also flows to pin M1 of VC2 connector (X7), providing switched power to the VC2. NOTE: If a new vehicle control unit (VCU) is installed, the VCU software for the specific machine requires downloading from the software delivery system (SDS) to load the correct vehicle identification. When the VCU software download is completed, the switched power must be cycled twice for the ECU to acquire the correct vehicle identification. When the control units are powered up, the VCU requests vehicle and model information from the ECU. The VCU then stores the vehicle identification in nonvolatile memory and uses the saved version upon each power-up. Auto-Shutdown The auto-shutdown feature allows the VCU to automatically remove switched power and stop the engine if the machine has been operating at slow idle for 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, or 30 minutes (depending on setting). The time duration is selectable in the SDM service menu. For more information on setting auto-shutdown time duration, see Setup—Machine Setup, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
The following conditions are required for activation of auto-shutdown:
• Engine speed less than 945 rpm. • Park lock levers in full up (locked) position. • Transmission calibration is not active. When engine has been operating at slow idle for a set amount of time (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, or 30 minutes), the VCU starts a countdown on the auto-shutdown timer. When 60 seconds remain on the auto-shutdown timer, the monitor alarm beeps once and a pop-up display appears on the SDM, indicating that the machine is about to shut down. As long as the engine speed stays at 900 rpm and all other auto-shutdown parameters are met, the auto-shutdown timer continues to count down. When the timer reaches 0, the VCU broadcasts a message across the controller area network (CAN) to communicate with the SSM and ECU, removing switched power and stopping the engine. Temporarily increasing the engine idle speed or lowering park lock levers resets the idle shutdown timer.
• For more information on the ECU, see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-44
AB51738,00006CD -19-05MAY17-3/11
082417
PN=466
Theory of Operation Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Hydraulic Control Operation IGC ONLY B42 HYDRAULIC PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR
H212 GRN
X29 H212 GRN
B
B C
X64
p/U
11 44
A
H212 GRN X11-E2
W2 FRAME GROUND
A1 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT (VCU)
X9-H3
X29
X15
L
N002 YEL
X002 YEL
25
X64 13
X64
A
8
t/U B
B16 HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH
X64 14 R073 BLK
A
B18 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
X15 27
TX1185534
TX1185534 —UN—18FEB15
R081 BLK X9 -G3
1
R073 BLK
H013 GRN X11-C3
X29
X9-E4
R081 BLK J
IGC ONLY
4 G010 BLK
H013 GRN A
2
X64
X10-G2
P081 RED G
Y9 HYDRAULIC ENABLE SOLENOID
X64
42
P081 RED
43
X9-G4
41
1
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Schematic—Hydraulic Control
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-45
AB51738,00006CD -19-05MAY17-4/11
082417
PN=467
Theory of Operation A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B16— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B18— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor B42— Hydraulic Pump Pressure Sensor
W2—Frame Ground X15— Load Center HarnessX9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) to-Vehicle Harness Connector 1 Connector 1 X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X29— Load Center HarnessConnector 2 to-Vehicle Harness X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Connector 3 X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (B16) The hydraulic oil filter restriction switch is a normally open switch that provides ground from pin G2 of VCU connector 2 (X10) when closed. The switch closes when the hydraulic oil differential pressure at the filter is greater than specification. The VCU broadcasts a message across the controller area network (CAN) to communicate with the SDM, causing the hydraulic oil filter restriction DTC to display on the monitor. In cold weather conditions, with temperature readings less than 20°C (68°F) from hydraulic oil temperature sensor, the VCU indicates hydraulic oil filter is not restricted until a 30-minute timer has expired or a hydraulic oil temperature sensor reading is greater than 40°C (104°F). A temporary non-restricted state prevents false DTCs from cold oil and higher than normal hydraulic pressures. In conditions with temperature readings less than 37°C (99°F) and greater than 20°C (68°F) from hydraulic oil temperature sensor, the VCU indicates hydraulic oil filter is not restricted until a 5-minute timer has expired or a hydraulic oil temperature sensor reading is greater than 40°C (104°F). A temporary non-restricted state prevents false DTCs from cold oil and higher than normal hydraulic pressures. Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor (B18) The hydraulic oil temperature sensor provides the VCU with a variable resistance based on hydraulic oil temperature. The VCU senses resistance at pin E4 of VCU connector 1 (X9). The VCU then transmits the signal representing hydraulic oil temperature across the CAN data bus. The SDM receives this signal, uses the information to determine the position of the needle on the hydraulic oil temperature gauge, and moves the needle accordingly. The ECU also receives this signal for calculation of proportional fan speed. The VCU monitors the hydraulic oil temperature. If the temperature reaches 102°C (216°F), the VCU creates an over-temp fault. The over-temp fault stays active until the hydraulic oil temperature falls below 99°C (210°F). Hydraulic Pump Pressure Sensor (B42) The hydraulic pump pressure sensor provides the VCU with a voltage signal based on the hydraulic system pressure. The hydraulic pump pressure sensor receives
5-volt power from VCU connector 1 (X9) at pin G4 and reference ground from VCU connector 1 (X9) at pin G3. The VCU receives signal at pin C3 of VCU connector 3 (X11). Hydraulic pressure is broadcast over the CAN data bus every 20 ms, and the VCU does not process the input until the VIN is learned, preventing false DTCs from being generated. Hydraulic pressure can be read on the SDM. For information on SDM menu structures, see Diagnostics—Machine Readings, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.) For more information on the hydraulic pressure sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) Hydraulic Enable Solenoid (Y9) When the hydraulic enable switch is pressed on the SSM, a message is sent from the SSM across the local interconnect network (LIN) bus to the vehicle control unit 2 (VC2). The message is then transferred from the VC2 to the VCU via the CAN data bus, requesting the valve output drivers be enabled. The VCU looks for any active DTCs before enabling hydraulics. If the VCU detects certain DTCs, hydraulics remain disabled and a pop-up is displayed on the SDM, indicating the reason hydraulics can not be enabled. The DTCs that prevent hydraulics from being enabled include lost communication with either the SSM or the hydraulic valve controller (HVC). If conditions are met to enable hydraulics and the request to enable hydraulics is made within the timeout period, the VCU supplies power from pin E2 of VCU connector 3 (X11) to hydraulic enable solenoid (Y9). The hydraulic enable solenoid becomes energized, allowing hydraulic functions to operate. The hydraulic enable message is sent via CAN to the SSM, and the hydraulic enable button LED indicates the hydraulic enable state. For hydraulic enable theory specific to integrated grade control (IGC) machines, see Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
Y9— Hydraulic Enable Solenoid
9015-05-46
AB51738,00006CD -19-05MAY17-5/11
082417
PN=468
Theory of Operation
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Lights, Wipers, Washers, and Horn Operation TX1186546 —UN—04MAR15
9015-05-47
082417
PN=469
G010 BLK G003 BLK
A018 GRY
A017 GRY 8
9
18
17
19
G004 BLK
G004 BLK
P017 RED
3
1
3
1
G004 BLK
P017 RED
W3 ROOF GROUND
A015 GRY
A027 GRY
1
G003 BLK
2
3
P017 RED
M
2 M3 REAR WIPER MOTOR
G004 BLK
X53
P017 RED
E5 RIGHT REAR DRIVE LIGHT
2 M6 LEFT DOOR WIPER MOTOR
G004 BLK
2
P017 RED
E6 LEFT REAR DRIVE LIGHT
G004 BLK
2
M2 FRONT WIPER MOTOR
CATHODE
2
M7 RIGHT DOOR WIPER MOTOR
6 5 3
1
1
V3 LEFT DOOR WIPER DIODE
ANODE
P017 RED
A029 GRY CATHODE
G004 BLK
G004 BLK
1
G004 BLK
E3 RIGHT FRONT DRIVE LIGHT
V1 RIGHT DOOR WIPER DIODE
ANODE
A030 GRY
ANODE A009 GRY
L003 BRN
V5 FRONT WIPER DIODE
CATHODE
A008 GRY
L007 BRN
L003 BRN
E12 ROTARY X53 BEACON LIGHT 1 (IF EQUIPPED)
P017 RED
2
X11-H1
X61
29
A026 GRY
23
L002 BRN
L002 BRN
E2 LEFT FRONT DRIVE LIGHT
X11-E1
X11-F1
X11-G3
X11-H4
X11-G1
X10-M4
X9-B2
X11-A1 L002 BRN
A1 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT (VCU)
22
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Schematic—Lights, Wipers, Washers, and Horn (IGC controls)
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
X15
28
1
W2 FRAME GROUND Continued on next page
2
33
P017 RED
TX1186546
X58
W5 CAB GROUND
30
G004 BLK
W3 ROOF GROUND
13
X57
22
1
W2 FRAME GROUND
19
G010 BLK
G004 BLK
P017 RED
2
20
21
H3 HORN
1
X15
P017 RED
L005 BRN
F
2
G004 BLK
G004 BLK
X61 E8 RIGHT FRONT CAB WORK LIGHT
1
X15
X11-G2
P017 RED
X62
R
2
X57
20
E010 WHT
A13 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT 2 (VC2)
C7
2
1
G010 BLK
X15
W2 FRAME GROUND X25
M
4
2
S8 HORN SWITCH
M5 REAR WASHER MOTOR
A017 GRY
P062 RED
X57
G010 BLK
X7-G3
R035 BLK
X15
1
L003 BRN
2
2
10
A025 GRY
E010 WHT
1
2 G010 BLK
30
X64
9
A024 GRY
H
X29
X7-H4
L026 BRN
11
L005 BRN
E7 LEFT FRONT CAB WORK LIGHT
2
12
X61
11
L004 BRN
10
1
X37
3
P017 RED
X61
3
2
X64
1 F17 WINDOW WIPERS 15A FUSE
G010 BLK
X62
31 L004 BRN
X57
X7-J4
X7-L4
X7-H2
L025 BRN
2
1
M4 FRONT WASHER MOTOR
M
X7-D4
2
2
Z010 GRY
1
X7-E2
P037 RED
Y001 YEL
3
Y001 YEL
P037 RED
X40
1
G010 BLK
X58
X64
X11-F2
3
X37
6
P017 RED
1
C7
5
E010 WHT
B19 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Z010 GRY
2
Z010 GRY
S19 PLATFORM LIGHTS SWITCH
X7-G2
X26
A4 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM)
R035 BLK
B
F37 PLATFORM LIGHTS SWITCH 5A FUSE
A10 TRANSMISSION CONTROL LEVER (TCL)
2
P062 RED
G010 BLK
1
P061 RED A
P017 RED
W5 CAB GROUND P017 RED
AB51738,00006CD -19-05MAY17-6/11
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-48
082417
PN=470
Theory of Operation 1— Unswitched Power F17— Window Wipers 15 A Fuse X7— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) 2— Switched Power F37— Platform Lights Switch 5 A Connector A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Fuse X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) A4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) H3—Horn Connector 1 A10— Transmission Control M2—Front Wiper Motor X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Lever (TCL) M3—Rear Wiper Motor Connector 2 A13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 M4—Front Washer Motor X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) (VC2) M5—Rear Washer Motor Connector 3 B19— Fuel Level Sensor M6—Left Door Wiper Motor X15— Load Center HarnessE2— Left Front Drive Light M7—Right Door Wiper Motor to-Vehicle Harness E3— Right Front Drive Light S8— Horn Switch (in TCL) Connector 1 E5— Right Rear Drive Light S19— Platform Lights Switch X25— Fuse Box 1 Connector E6— Left Rear Drive Light V1— Right Door Wiper Diode X26— Fuse Box 2 Connector E7— Left Front Cab Work Light V3— Left Door Wiper Diode X29— Load Center HarnessE8— Right Front Cab Work Light V5— Front Wiper Diode to-Vehicle Harness E12— Rotary Beacon Light (if W2—Frame Ground Connector 3 equipped) W3—Roof Ground X37— Platform Lights Switch W5—Cab Ground Connector X40— Fuel Sender Harnessto-Rear Service Harness Connector Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-49
X53— Auxiliary Lighting (beacon) Connector X57— Load Center Harness-toOperator's Station Harness 35-Pin Connector X58— Fan Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector X61— Operator's Station Harness-to-Roof Harness 31-Pin Connector X62— Load Center Harness-toOperator's Station Harness 23-Pin Connector X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
AB51738,00006CD -19-05MAY17-7/11
082417
PN=471
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-50
082417
PN=472
Theory of Operation
TX1186547 —UN—04MAR15
9015-05-51
082417
PN=473
G010 BLK G003 BLK
A018 GRY
A017 GRY 8
9
18
17
19
M
G004 BLK
G004 BLK
1
P017 RED
3
1
3
1
G004 BLK
P017 RED
W3 ROOF GROUND
A015 GRY
A027 GRY
3
G003 BLK
2
P017 RED
X53
2 M3 REAR WIPER MOTOR
G004 BLK
E5 RIGHT REAR DRIVE LIGHT
P017 RED
2
2 M6 LEFT DOOR WIPER MOTOR
G004 BLK
E6 LEFT REAR DRIVE LIGHT
P017 RED
2
M2 FRONT WIPER MOTOR
CATHODE
2
M7 RIGHT DOOR WIPER MOTOR
6 5 3
1
1
G004 BLK
1
V3 LEFT DOOR WIPER DIODE
ANODE
P017 RED
A029 GRY CATHODE
G004 BLK
G004 BLK
G010 BLK
E3 RIGHT FRONT DRIVE LIGHT
V1 RIGHT DOOR WIPER DIODE
ANODE
A030 GRY
ANODE A009 GRY
L003 BRN
V5 FRONT WIPER DIODE
CATHODE
A008 GRY
L007 BRN
L003 BRN
E12 ROTARY BEACON LIGHT X53 (IF EQUIPPED) 1
P017 RED
2
X11-H1
X61
29
A026 GRY
23
L002 BRN
L002 BRN
E2 LEFT FRONT DRIVE LIGHT
X11-E1
X11-F1
X11-G3
X11-H4
X11-G1
X10-M4
X9-B2
X11-A1 L002 BRN
A1 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT (VCU)
22
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Schematic—Lights, Wipers, Washers, and Horn (manual controls)
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
X15
28
1
W2 FRAME GROUND Continued on next page
2
33
P017 RED
TX1186547
X58 W5 CAB GROUND
30
G004 BLK
W3 ROOF GROUND
13
X57
22
1
W2 FRAME GROUND
19
G010 BLK
G004 BLK
P017 RED
2
20
21
H3 HORN
1
X15
P017 RED
L005 BRN
F
2
G004 BLK
G004 BLK
X61 E8 RIGHT FRONT CAB WORK LIGHT
1
X15
X11-G2
P017 RED
X62
R
2
X57
20
E010 WHT X7-D4
A13 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT 2 (VC2)
C7
1
G010 BLK
X15
W2 FRAME GROUND X25
2
G004 BLK
X57
M
4
2
S8 HORN SWITCH
M5 REAR WASHER MOTOR
A017 GRY
P062 RED
X15
1
L003 BRN
2
2
K
A025 GRY
1
2 G010 BLK
E010 WHT
X64
J
A024 GRY
30
X7-G3
L026 BRN
H
X29
X7-H4
X7-H2
X7-D1
M
L005 BRN
E7 LEFT FRONT CAB WORK LIGHT
2
L
X61
11
L004 BRN
10
1
X37
3
X64
1 F17 WINDOW WIPERS 15A FUSE
P017 RED
X61
3
2
M4 FRONT WASHER MOTOR
M
G010 BLK
X62
31 L004 BRN
X57
X7-J4
X7-L4
X7-H3
L025 BRN
2
1
Z010 GRY
2
2
X7-E2
1
Y001 YEL
P037 RED
Y001 YEL
3
X7-G2
P037 RED
X40
1
G010 BLK
X58
X64
X11-F2
3
X37
6
P017 RED
1
C7
5
E010 WHT
B19 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Z010 GRY
2
Z010 GRY
S19 PLATFORM LIGHTS SWITCH
R035 BLK
X26
A4 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM)
R035 BLK
B
F37 PLATFORM LIGHTS SWITCH 5A FUSE
A10 TRANSMISSION CONTROL LEVER (TCL)
2
P062 RED
G010 BLK
1
P061 RED A
P017 RED
W5 CAB GROUND P017 RED
AB51738,00006CD -19-05MAY17-8/11
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-52
082417
PN=474
Theory of Operation 1— Unswitched Power F17— Window Wipers 15 A Fuse X7— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) 2— Switched Power F37— Platform Lights Switch 5 A Connector A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Fuse X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) A4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) H3—Horn Connector 1 A10— Transmission Control M2—Front Wiper Motor X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Lever (TCL) M3—Rear Wiper Motor Connector 2 A13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 M4—Front Washer Motor X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) (VC2) M5—Rear Washer Motor Connector 3 B19— Fuel Level Sensor M6—Left Door Wiper Motor X15— Load Center HarnessE2— Left Front Drive Light M7—Right Door Wiper Motor to-Vehicle Harness E3— Right Front Drive Light S8— Horn Switch (in TCL) Connector 1 E5— Right Rear Drive Light S19— Platform Lights Switch X25— Fuse Box 1 Connector E6— Left Rear Drive Light V1— Right Door Wiper Diode X26— Fuse Box 2 Connector E7— Left Front Cab Work Light V3— Left Door Wiper Diode X29— Load Center HarnessE8— Right Front Cab Work Light V5— Front Wiper Diode to-Vehicle Harness E12— Rotary Beacon Light (if W2—Frame Ground Connector 3 equipped) W3—Roof Ground X37— Platform Lights Switch W5—Cab Ground Connector X40— Fuel Sender Harnessto-Rear Service Harness Connector
Drive Lights The front and rear drive lights switch on the sealed switch module (SSM) (A4) has four modes:
• Off (no LEDs on) (standard and advanced mode) • Left and Right Front Drive Lights (left LED on) (advanced mode only)
• Left and Right Rear Drive Lights (right LED on) (advanced mode only)
• All Drive Lights (left and right LEDs on) (standard mode and advanced mode)
NOTE: Cycling the switched power does not cause the drive light mode to change. That is, if the drive light function is set to left and right front drive lights mode (left LED on) when switched power is removed, then the left and right front drive lights come back on when the switched power is enabled again. To select standard mode or advanced mode, press and hold the drive lights button on the SSM for 2 seconds. A beep indicates that a different mode has become active. Standard Mode:
Left and Right Front Drive Lights Mode: When the drive light switch on the SSM is pressed from the all drive lights state (left and right LEDs on), the VCU stops sending current out pin G1 of VCU connector 3 (X11) to left and right rear drive lights (E5 and E6), causing the rear drive lights to turn off. The VCU continues to send current out pin G2 of VCU connector 3 (X11) to left and right front drive lights (E2 and E3), keeping the front drive lights illuminated. The SSM receives a signal to illuminate the left LED only. Left and Right Rear Drive Lights Mode: When the drive light switch on the SSM is pressed from the front lights on state (left LED on only), the VCU stops sending current out pin G2 of VCU connector 3 (X11) to left and right front drive lights (E2 and E3), causing the front drive lights to turn off. The VCU begins to send current out pin G1 of VCU connector 3 (X11) to left and right rear drive lights (E5 and E6), causing the left and right rear drive lights to illuminate. The SSM receives a signal to illuminate the right LED only.
Work Lights
Drive Lights Off Mode: When the drive light switch on the SSM is pressed from the all drive lights state (left and right LEDs on), the VCU stops sending current out pins G1 and G2 of VCU connector 3, causing all drive lights to turn off. The SSM receives a signal to turn off both the left and right LEDs.
All Drive Lights Mode: When the drive light switch on the SSM is pressed from the all lights off state, (no LEDs
on), the VCU sends current out pins G1 and G2 of VCU connector 3 (X11) to illuminate all front and rear drive lights (E2, E3, E5, and E6), causing all drive lights to illuminate.
Drive Lights Off Mode: When the drive light switch on the SSM is pressed from the rear lights on state (right LED on only), the VCU stops sending current out pins G1 and G2 of VCU connector 3, causing all drive lights to turn off. The SSM receives a signal to turn off both the left and right LEDs.
All Drive Lights Mode: When the drive light switch on the SSM is pressed from the all lights off state (no LEDs on), the VCU sends current out pins G1 and G2 of VCU connector 3 (X11) to illuminate all front and rear drive lights (E2, E3, E5, and E6), causing all drive lights to illuminate. The SSM receives a signal to illuminate both the left and right LEDs.
Advanced Mode:
The work lights switch on the sealed switch module (SSM) (A4) has two modes:
• All work lights off (no LEDs on) • All work lights on (left and right LEDs on) NOTE: Cycling the switched power does not cause the work light mode to change. That is, if the work light function is set to left and right front work lights mode (left LED on) when switched power is removed, then the left and right front work lights come back on when the switched power is enabled again.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
X53— Auxiliary Lighting (beacon) Connector X57— Load Center Harness-toOperator's Station Harness 35-Pin Connector X58— Fan Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector X61— Operator's Station Harness-to-Roof Harness 31-Pin Connector X62— Load Center Harness-toOperator's Station Harness 23-Pin Connector X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
9015-05-53
AB51738,00006CD -19-05MAY17-9/11
082417
PN=475
Theory of Operation
Work Lights On Mode: When the work lights switch on the SSM is pressed from the lights off state (LEDs off), the VCU sends current out pins L4 and J4 of VC2 connector (X7), causing the left and right front cab work lights (E7 and E8) to turn on. The SSM receives a signal to turn off both the left and right LEDs. Work Lights Off Mode: When the work lights switch on the SSM is pressed from the lights on state (left and right LEDs on), the VCU stops sending current out pins L4 and J4 of VC2 connector (X7), causing all work lights to turn off. The SSM receives a signal to turn off both the left and right LEDs. If the work lights switch is pressed and held for 2 seconds, the work lights state toggles to either lights on or lights off, depending on the previous state. There is no advanced mode for the work lights. Rotary Beacon Light (E12)—If Equipped When the auxiliary power/beacon switch on the SSM is pressed so the LED is on, the VCU sends current out pin H4 of VCU connector 3 (X11) to rotary beacon light (E12), causing the rotary beacon light to turn on. Pressing the auxiliary power/beacon switch again causes the rotary beacon light to turn off. The rotary beacon light can be disconnected, and the auxiliary lighting (beacon) connector (X53) can be used for additional lighting. Fuel Level Sensor (B19) The fuel level sensor is a variable resistor that provides a varying signal to pin G2 of VC2 connector (X7). As fuel level decreases, resistance of the fuel level sensor circuit decreases according to the fuel level table:
For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) Horn (H3) and Horn Switch (S8) Pressing the horn switch in the transmission control lever (TCL) completes the circuit and provides a path to ground from pin B2 of VCU connector 1 (X9). When the VCU detects voltage at pin B2, VCU sends current out pin M4 of VCU connector 2 (X10) to horn (H3), activating the horn. Front Wiper Motor (M2) When the front window wiper switch on the SSM is pressed so the LED is on, the VCU sends current out pin G3 of VCU connector 3 (X11) to front wiper motor (M2), activating the front wiper motor. The wiper speed switch has three modes selectable using the wiper speed switch on the SSM:
• Low (Intermittent) Speed • Medium (Intermittent) Speed • High Speed NOTE: Cycling the switched power does not cause the wiper motor speed to change. That is, if wiper motor speed is set to low speed (left LED on) when switched power is removed, then the wiper motor speed remains in low speed when the switched power is enabled again. Wiper Motor Low (Intermittent) Speed Mode: When the wiper speed switch is pressed on the SSM so only the left LED is on, the VCU activates the wiper motor for 0.5 seconds, then off for 5 seconds. Wiper Motor Medium (Intermittent) Speed Mode: When the wiper speed switch is pressed on the SSM so only the left and center LEDs are on, the VCU activates the wiper motor for 0.5 seconds, then off for 3 seconds.
Fuel Level (%)
Minimum Resistance (Ω)
Nominal Resistance (Ω)
Maximum Resistance (Ω)
0
9
10
11
12.5
26.1
27.3
28.5
25
43.1
44.5
45.9
37.5
60.2
61.8
63.4
50
77.2
79
80.8
Rear Wiper Motor (M3)
62.5
94.3
96.3
98.3
75
111.3
113.5
115.7
87.5
128.4
130.8
133.2
100
145.4
148
150.6
When the rear window wiper switch on the SSM is pressed so the LED is on, the VCU sends current out pin H1 of VCU connector 3 (X11) to rear wiper motor (M3), activating the rear wiper motor.
Wiper Motor High Speed Mode: When the wiper speed switch is pressed on the SSM so all LEDs are on, the VCU activates the wiper motor continuously.
Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
The wiper speed switch has three modes:
From the signal, the VC2 calculates a value that represents the fuel level and continuously transmits this information across the CAN data link to the standard display monitor (SDM) unit where it is displayed. The signal from the fuel level sensor can be viewed as a live value by accessing MAIN MENU / DIAGNOSTICS / MACHINE INFORMATION / MACHINE READINGS / VALUES / FUEL LEVEL submenu on the SDM. See Diagnostics—Machine Readings, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
• Low (Intermittent) Speed • Medium (Intermittent) Speed • High Speed NOTE: Rear wiper motor does not save speed state through switched power cycles. If rear wiper motor speed is set to low speed (left LED on) when switched power is removed, rear wiper motor returns to OFF state when switched power is enabled again.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-54
AB51738,00006CD -19-05MAY17-10/11
082417
PN=476
Theory of Operation
Rear Wiper Motor Low (Intermittent) Speed Mode: When the rear wiper speed switch is pressed on the SSM so only the left LED is on, the VCU activates the rear wiper motor for 0.5 seconds, then off for 5 seconds. Rear Wiper Motor Medium (Intermittent) Speed Mode: When the rear wiper speed switch is pressed on the SSM so only the left and center LEDs are on, the VCU activates the rear wiper motor for 0.5 seconds, then off for 3 seconds. Rear Wiper Motor High Speed Mode: When the rear wiper speed switch is pressed on the SSM so all LEDs are on, the VCU activates the rear wiper motor continuously.
NOTE: Left door wiper motor (M6) and right door wiper motor (M7) use the same logic as the front wiper motor (M2). Front wiper motor, left door wiper motor, and right door wiper motor all operate at the same speed depending on front and door window wiper motor speed switch setting. Left Door Wiper Motor (M6) When the left door window wiper switch is pressed on the SSM, the VCU sends current out pin E1 of VCU connector 3 (X11) to left door wiper motor (M6), causing the left door wiper motor to come on. Right Door Wiper Motor (M7)
Front and Rear Washer Motor (M4 and M5) When the front and rear window washer switch is pressed on the SSM, the VCU sends current out pins A1 and F2 of VCU connector 3 (X11), activating the front and rear washer motors (M4 and M5).
When the right door window wiper switch is pressed on the SSM, the VCU sends current out pin F1 of VCU connector 3 (X11) to right door wiper motor (M7), causing the left door wiper motor to come on. AB51738,00006CD -19-05MAY17-11/11
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-55
082417
PN=477
Theory of Operation
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation
over temperature condition. When the high current condition has been detected, the output turns off and only resets when the function or engine start switch is cycled on/off.
NOTE: The transmission control unit (TCU) is contained within the vehicle control unit (VCU). The TCU software operates independently of the VCU software. For more information on the VCU, or for TCU power and ground schematic, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
NOTE: When the output is turned off because of a high current condition, the status LED of the corresponding function on the SSM shows the function is still on. For all driver outputs:
The transmission control unit (TCU) acts in conjunction with other electrical components to provide electrical function to the machine. Major functions the TCU controls include: transmission control, brake control, and backup alarm. The TCU provides power and ground to these functions and sends and receives signals based on performance. The TCU collects feedback from various sensors and communicates the information with other controllers to display to the operator. The TCU communicates much of the information to the standard display module (SDM) (A8), where the information is displayed. For more information on the SDM, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) The TCU also provides diagnostics in the form of diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) for the systems the TCU controls. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9001-40.) The TCU contains digital on/off driver outputs that are controlled differently based upon the type of diagnostic trouble code (DTC) that occurs.
• 2-Amp Driver Output—Functions include: hydrostatic
• An open circuit and a short to power look the same. • A short to ground and an overloaded circuit look the same.
NOTE: If the system voltage is at 22 volts or less, no diagnostic trouble codes are generated. When the TCU detects a DTC, the condition must be corrected and the function cycled before the DTC can be cleared. If the first DTC for the function is not cleared before another DTC condition occurs, the function may have two DTCs, where one DTC is not valid. Example: Pin Disconnect Open Circuit and Pin Disconnect High Current DTCs are displayed at the same time. TCU Power Up (Power and Ground)—The TCU software powers up with the VCU. For more information on VCU power up, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) At the same time, switched battery power becomes available at the following components from transmission switches 5 A fuse (F15):
• Left Park Lock Lever Switch (S2) • Right Park Lock Lever Switch (S14) • Neutral Start Switch (S12)
oil cooler bypass solenoid, backup alarm, and park brake solenoids. - Open Circuit or Short to Power—An open circuit or short to power condition is detected whenever the output driver does not pull down as expected when turned on. When the output is turned on, the software continues to drive the output so a technician can check voltage. - High Current or Short to Ground—Detection of a high current condition occurs whenever the output is turned on and the driver detects an overload or
NOTE: If a new VCU is installed, the TCU software for the specific machine requires downloading from the John Deere Custom Performance™ (JDCP) website to load the correct vehicle identification. When the control units are powered up, the TCU requests vehicle and model information from the engine control unit (ECU) and VCU. The TCU then stores the vehicle identification in nonvolatile memory and uses the saved version upon each power up.
Custom Performance is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-56
SK32938,000091A -19-18FEB15-1/9
082417
PN=478
Theory of Operation
TX1180946 —UN—04FEB15
C5
B
P015 RED
P015 RED
11
P015 RED A
B
A
C
S14 RIGHT PARK LOCK LEVER SWITCH
C
B
B
S2 LEFT PARK LOCK LEVER SWITCH
S12 NEUTRAL START SWITCH
X57
A T026 BLU
18
T009 BLU
19
T010 BLU
16
T002 BLU
20
T001 BLU
T026 BLU
X9-E1
T009 BLU
X9-C1
T010 BLU
X9-D1
T002 BLU
X9-A2
T001 BLU
X9-C4
Z012 YEL
X7-A1
Z013 GRN
X7-B1
R013 BLK
A10 TRANSMISSION CONTROL LEVER (TCL)
W5 CAB GROUND
1
A017 GRN
4
P074 RED
5
T011 BLU
6
R071 BLK
13 35 21 32
A017 GRN
X9-B2
P074 RED
X11-G4
T011 BLU
X9-D2
R071 BLK
X11-F3
CAN 1
2
5
A13 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT 2 (VC2)
17 G003 BLK
6
Z010 GRY
A
X7-E2
P015 RED
P062 RED
A4 SEALED SWITCHED MODULE (SSM)
A1 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT (VCU)
X57
E010 WHT
1
X25
X7-D4
F15 TRANSMISSION SWITCHES 5A FUSE
Z012 YEL
X5503-02
Z013 GRN
X5503-01
A5505 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
R013 BLK
R071 BLK
CAN 1
X36 R071 BLK A
B3 STEER SENSOR
T006 BLU M
K
X36
C
Z013 GRN
K
A8 STANDARD DISPLAY MONITOR (SDM)
CAN 1
B2 FNR SENSOR
P071 RED
P071 RED
A
Z012 YEL
R013 BLK
B
P071 RED
B1 DECELERATOR SENSOR
A T005 BLU
C
B
T012 BLU
B
C
T006 BLU
R071 BLK C
R071 BLK
R071 BLK L
24
T012 BLU
25
T005 BLU
27
T006 BLU
X11-B4
T012 BLU
X11-B3
T005 BLU
X11-E3
P071 RED
X11-F4
X10-A1
Z012 YEL
X10-B1
Z013 GRN R013 BLK
P071 RED P071 RED
TX1180946
34
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Schematic—Inputs (1 of 3) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-57
082417
PN=479
SK32938,000091A -19-18FEB15-2/9
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-58
082417
PN=480
Theory of Operation
1— Switched Power B1—Decelerator Sensor A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B2—Forward, Neutral, and A4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Reverse (FNR) Sensor A8—Standard Display Monitor B3—Steer Sensor (SDM) F15— Transmission Switches 5 A10— Transmission Control A Fuse Lever (TCL) S2— Left Park Lock Lever Switch A13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 S12— Neutral Start Switch (VC2) S14— Right Park Lock Lever A5505—Engine Control Unit Switch (ECU)
Transmission Control Lever (TCL) (A10) Located in the TCL, the transmission speed control switch increases and decreases ground speed. The transmission speed control switch receives 5-volt power from pin G4 and reference ground from pin F3, both of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X11). When neither the up or down buttons are pressed, the transmission speed control switch applies a voltage to pin D2 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X9). When either the up or down buttons are pressed, a different voltage is applied to the VCU. When either the up or down buttons are pressed, the TCU broadcasts the transmission speed over CAN to the SDM. The SDM displays the transmission speed in the display window.
W5—Cab Ground X36— Operator's Station X7— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Harness-to-Front Dash Connector Connector X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X57— Load Center Harness-toConnector 1 Operator's Station Harness X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) 35-Pin Connector Connector 2 X5503—Engine Control Unit X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) (ECU) Connector 3 Connector 3 X25— Fuse Box 1 Connector
The 5-volt sensor supply from pin F4 and the reference ground from pin F3, both of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3, are distributed to various sensors. If this sensor causes a DTC, the TCU limits machine performance. The maximum machine speed is limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) when the sensor calibration is either too high or too low. If the sensor output is out of range, commanded engine speed is set to 0%, decelerator percentage is set to no deceleration, and the park brake is set to a released state. Forward, Neutral, and Reverse (FNR) Sensor (B2)
For more information on the CAN, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
FNR sensor is located on a rotating shaft on the TCL. The FNR sensor is a rotary Hall effect sensor without contacts. The sensor receives 5-volt power from pin F4 and reference ground from pin F3, both of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3. When the TCL is moved into forward or reverse, the rotating shaft turns a keyed slot on the sensor and the sensor applies a varied voltage to pin B3 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3. The voltage of this sensor at certain TCL positions is stored in the TCU during calibration.
The 5-volt sensor supply from pin G4 and the reference ground from pin F3 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 are distributed to various sensors.
The 5-volt sensor supply from pin F4 and the reference ground from pin F3, both of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3, are distributed to various sensors.
If this sensor causes a DTC, the transmission speed is limited and SDM displays 1.0 for speed setting.
If this sensor causes a DTC, the forward and reverse functions are disabled.
When ECO mode switch is enabled on the SSM, the TCU enables economy mode. Economy mode is a power management routine that controls engine speed according to operator speed and load demands. Economy mode increases transmission speed and reduces engine speed to maintain a desired machine speed and reduce fuel consumption at low load demands. The control increases engine speed when the load demand increases.
Steer Sensor (B3)
For more information on the SDM, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Decelerator Sensor (B1) The decelerator sensor is located on a rotating shaft on the decelerator/brake pedal. The decelerator sensor is a rotary Hall effect sensor without contacts. The sensor receives 5-volt power from pin F4 and reference ground from pin F3, both of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3. When the decelerator/brake pedal is pressed down, the rotating shaft turns a keyed slot on the sensor and the sensor applies a varied voltage to pin E3 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3. The voltage of this sensor at certain decelerator pedal positions is stored in the TCU during calibration.
Steer sensor is located on a rotating shaft on the transmission control lever (TCL). The steer sensor is a rotary Hall effect sensor without contacts that receives 5-volt power from pin F4 and reference ground from pin F3, both of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3. When the TCL is moved left or right, the rotating shaft turns a keyed slot on the sensor and the sensor applies a varied voltage to pin B4 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3. The voltage of this sensor at certain TCL positions is stored in the TCU during calibration. The 5-volt sensor supply from pin F4 and the reference ground from pin F3, both of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3, are distributed to various sensors. If this sensor causes a DTC, the steer functions are disabled and the maximum machine speed is limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph). Park Lock Lever Switch (S2 and S14)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-59
SK32938,000091A -19-18FEB15-3/9
082417
PN=481
Theory of Operation
For information on the park lock lever switch, see Park Brake Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Neutral Start Switch (S12) Neutral start switch is located in the TCL. When the TCL is in the neutral position, the neutral start switch is closed and applies power from transmission switches 5 A fuse (F15) to pin E1 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1. Power is removed from pin E1 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 when the TCL is moved into either the forward or reverse position.
When the machine is started and the VCU does not receive power at pin E1 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1, the TCU broadcasts a message across the controller area network (CAN) to communicate with the SDM. The return to neutral indicator illuminates. The forward and reverse functions are disabled until the TCL is returned to neutral. If this switch causes a DTC, the forward and reverse functions are disabled.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-60
SK32938,000091A -19-18FEB15-4/9
082417
PN=482
Theory of Operation
TX1180949 —UN—04FEB15
X15 P074 RED
B11 RIGHT MOTOR SPEED SENSOR
4
+
3
T017 BLU
-
5
7
X29 P074 RED
T017 BLU
P074 RED
X11-G4
T017 BLU
X10-E2
T017 BLU
X11-A4
P073 RED
S B
X9-D4
T020 BLU
U
C
R071 BLK
6
R071 BLK
R071 BLK
X11-F3
R073 BLK
P073 RED P074 RED 4
B12 LEFT MOTOR SPEED SENSOR
+
p/U A
5
3
T016 BLU
-
9
11
10
P B
T016 BLU
X9-F4 X10-E1
T016 BLU
X11-A3
T019 BLU
R
C
p/U A
X9-H3
5
R071 BLK
T
P074 RED T016 BLU
R073 BLK
R073 BLK
B6 LEFT HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE SENSOR
B7 RIGHT HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE SENSOR
Q
R071 BLK
X15 X9-H4
A1 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT (VCU)
P073 RED
P073 RED
13 B
X9-F2
T018 BLU
15
p/U C A
R073 BLK
P073 RED
14
16 B
X9-F1
T021 BLU
18
C
p/U A
R073 BLK
B8 HYDROSTATIC CHARGE PRESSURE SENSOR
B9 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR
17
X45 R073 BLK
8 B
t/U A X9-F3
X001 YEL
B17 HYDROSTATIC OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
7
TX1180949 Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Schematic—Feedback (2 of 3) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-61
082417
PN=483
SK32938,000091A -19-18FEB15-5/9
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-62
082417
PN=484
Theory of Operation
A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B6—Left Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor B7—Right Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor B8—Hydrostatic Charge Pressure Sensor B9—Brake Pressure Sensor
B11— Right Motor Speed Sensor X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X45— Engine Auxiliary Harness-to-Load Center B12— Left Motor Speed Sensor Connector 3 Harness 12-Pin Connector B17— Hydrostatic Oil X15— Load Center HarnessTemperature Sensor to-Vehicle Harness X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Connector 1 X29— Load Center HarnessX10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2 Connector 3
Left Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor (B6) Left hydrostatic pressure sensor provides the TCU with a voltage signal based on the left hydrostatic system pressure. The left hydrostatic pressure sensor receives 5-volt power from pin H4 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X9) and reference ground from pin H3 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1. The VCU receives voltage at pin D4 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1. The system pressure can be read on the SDM. For more information on the hydrostatic pressure sensor, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) The 5-volt sensor supply from pin H4 and the reference ground from pin H3, both of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1, are distributed to various sensors.
Right hydrostatic pressure sensor provides the TCU with a voltage signal based on the right hydrostatic system pressure. The right hydrostatic pressure sensor receives 5-volt power from pin H4 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 and reference ground from pin H3 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1. The TCU receives voltage at pin F4 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1. The system pressure can be read on the SDM. For more information on the hydrostatic pressure sensor, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) The 5-volt sensor supply from pin H4 and the reference ground from pin H3, both of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1, are distributed to various sensors. Hydrostatic Charge Pressure Sensor (B8) Hydrostatic charge pressure sensor provides the TCU with a voltage signal based on charge pressure. The charge pressure sensor receives 5-volt power from pin H4 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 and reference ground from pin H3 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1. The TCU receives signal voltage at pin F2 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1. The charge pressure can be read on the SDM. For more information on the charge pressure sensor, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.)
If the charge pressure drops below 1310 kPa (13.1 bar) (190 psi) for more than 2 seconds while the engine is running, machine speed is limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph) and the engine speed is limited to slow idle.
Brake Pressure Sensor (B9) Brake pressure sensor provides the TCU with a voltage signal based on brake pressure. The brake pressure sensor receives 5-volt power from pin H4 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 and reference ground from pin H3 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1. The TCU receives voltage at pin F1 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1. The brake pressure can be read on the SDM. For more information on the brake pressure sensor, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) The 5-volt sensor supply from pin H4 and the reference ground from pin H3, both of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1, are distributed to various sensors.
Right Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor (B7)
The 5-volt sensor supply from pin H4 and the reference ground from pin H3, both of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1, are distributed to various sensors.
(90°F) or if the charge pressure exceeds 5170 kPa (51.7 bar) (750 psi) at any temperature, a DTC becomes active.
If the brake pressure exceeds 345 kPa (3.5 bar) (50 psi) when park brake is engaged and engine is running, or if brake pressure falls below 1379 kPa (14 bar) (200 psi) when park brake is disengaged and engine is running, a DTC becomes active and transmission control is set to neutral. Right and Left Motor Speed Sensor (B11 and B12) Right and left motor speed sensors are feedback devices used by the TCU to determine actual track speed. The sensors enable the TCU to control tracking, allowing the machine to move in the desired motion. The TCU monitors track speeds and slows the faster track to match the slower track. Each sensor receives 5-volt power from pin G4 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X11) and reference ground from pin F3 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3. The right motor speed sensor (B11) applies a pulsed signal to pin A4 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 and pin E2 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X10). The left motor speed sensor applies a pulsed signal to pin A3 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 and pin E1 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2. For more information on the motor speed sensors, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) The 5-volt sensor supply from pin G4 and the reference ground from pin F3, both of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3, are distributed to various sensors. If one of these sensors causes a DTC, the tracker function is disabled and mistracking can occur. Hydrostatic Oil Temperature Sensor (B17)
If the charge pressure exceeds 4137 kPa (41.4 bar) (600 psi) and the transmission oil temperature is above 32°C Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-63
SK32938,000091A -19-18FEB15-6/9
082417
PN=485
Theory of Operation
Hydrostatic oil temperature sensor provides the TCU with a variable resistance based on hydrostatic oil temperature. The TCU broadcasts the hydrostatic oil temperature
measured by the hydrostatic oil temperature sensor (B17) at pin F3 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 to the ECU for fan speed control.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-64
SK32938,000091A -19-18FEB15-7/9
082417
PN=486
Theory of Operation
TX1185668 —UN—25FEB15
X29 T024 BLU
K
1
T024 BLU
X11-D1
X15 M002 VLT
M002 VLT
23
X11-C1
1
H2 BACKUP ALARM
Y3 PARK BRAKE SOLENOID G010 BLK
G010 BLK
2
N001 YEL
2
1
W2 FRAME GROUND
X64
X15
7
24
B15 HYDROSTATIC OIL FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH
X10-G1
A1 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT (VCU)
X15 X10-E3
T015 BLU
1
T015 BLU 1
2 X10-F4
R015 BLK
X10-E4
T034 BLU
2 3
R015 BLK T034 BLU 1
X45 T029 BLU 2
1
2
1
T029 BLU
B13 FRONT PUMP PRESSURE CONTROL PILOT (PCP) T030 BLU
T030 BLU
T027 BLU
T027 BLU
B14 REAR PUMP PRESSURE CONTROL PILOT (PCP) T028 BLU
T028 BLU
4
3 2
1
T029 BLU
T029 BLU
X10-J3
T029 BLU
X10-K3
T030 BLU
X10-J4
T030 BLU
T030 BLU
X10-K4
T027 BLU
T027 BLU
X10-G3
T027 BLU
X10-H3
T028 BLU
X10-G4
T028 BLU
X10-H4
T028 BLU
2 X10-F3
R034 BLK
4
Y1 LEFT MOTOR SHIFT SOLENOID
Y2 RIGHT MOTOR SHIFT SOLENOID
R034 BLK
TX1185668 Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Schematic—Outputs (3 of 3) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-65
082417
PN=487
SK32938,000091A -19-18FEB15-8/9
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-66
082417
PN=488
Theory of Operation
A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B13— Front Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) B14— Rear Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) B15— Hydrostatic Oil Filter Restriction Switch
H2—Backup Alarm X29— Load Center HarnessY1— Left Motor Shift Solenoid W2—Frame Ground to-Vehicle Harness Y2— Right Motor Shift Solenoid X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Y3— Park Brake Solenoid Connector 2 X45— Engine Auxiliary X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Harness-to-Vehicle Connector 3 Harness 12-Pin Connector X15— Load Center HarnessX64— Rear Service to-Vehicle Harness Harness-to-Vehicle Connector 1 Harness Connector
Front and Rear Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) (B13 and B14)
charge oil filter restriction switch, see Hydrostatic Charge Oil Filter Operation. (Group 9026-05.)
Front and rear pump pressure control pilot (PCP) are TCU output devices that control the displacement of the front and rear pumps, respectively. When the TCU receives input from the input sensors, the TCU applies positive or negative voltage to the PCPs. This voltage creates movement through electromagnetic valves and creates differential control pressures, varying pump displacement. For forward movement, the TCU increases voltage to increase pump displacement and decreases voltage to decrease pump displacement. For reverse movement, the TCU increases negative voltage (i.e. -3.5 V to -4.0 V) to increase pump displacement and decreases negative voltage (i.e. -3.5 V to -3.0 V) to decrease pump displacement. The TCU also applies voltage to the rear PCP proportional to the front PCP in steering and counter-rotation commands. For more information on PCP operations, see Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Operation. (Group 9026-05.)
Left and Right Motor Shift Solenoids (Y1 and Y2) The TCU applies a pulse width modulated (PWM) signal to the left and right motor shift solenoids (Y1 and Y2) to control the displacement of the hydrostatic motors. As transmission speed increases, the TCU applies a higher duty cycle to the motor shift solenoids, and the solenoid force increases. The increased solenoid force moves the motor shift solenoid valve, increasing the pressure on the motor servo piston to reduce the motor displacement. The TCU also reduces voltage to the front pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B13) and rear pump pressure control pilot (PCP) (B14) as motor displacement decreases for a smooth acceleration. For more information on the motor shift solenoids in motor operation, see Hydrostatic Motor Operation. (Group 9026-05.) For more information on the solenoids, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.)
If one of these component causes a DTC, either the forward or reverse functions are disabled.
If one of these components causes a DTC, the maximum machine speed is limited to 3.2 km/h (2.0 mph).
Hydrostatic Charge Oil Filter Restriction Switch (B15)
Park Brake Solenoid (Y3)
Hydrostatic charge oil filter restriction switch is a normally open switch that connects ground to pin G1 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X10) when closed. The switch closes when the hydrostatic charge oil differential pressure at the filter is greater than specification. The TCU broadcasts a message across the controller area network (CAN) to communicate with the SDM, causing the hydrostatic charge oil filter restriction indicator on the SDM to illuminate. For more information on the hydrostatic
For information on the park brake solenoid, see Park Brake Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Backup Alarm (H2) When the transmission control lever (TCL) is moved into the reverse position, the TCU applies power from pin C1 of vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 to the backup alarm (H2), activating the backup alarm. SK32938,000091A -19-18FEB15-9/9
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-67
082417
PN=489
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-68
082417
PN=490
Theory of Operation
Air Conditioner and Heater Circuits Theory of Operation TX1186261 —UN—02MAR15
P021 RED
POS
G012 BLK
M G012 BLK
2
2 M10 CONDENSER FAN MOTOR 1
M11 CONDENSER FAN MOTOR 2
2 G004 BLK
X55 12V POWER OUTLET
M15 CONDENSER FAN MOTOR 3
CATHODE ANODE G012 BLK
W1 SYSTEM GROUND
Air Conditioner and Heater Circuit Schematic
9015-05-69
082417
PN=491
P062 RED P025 RED
A019 GRY
P022 RED 6
3
A020 GRY
9 A020 GRY
A021 GRY
10 A021 GRY
12
D
A
C
ORG 1
A
G003 BLK B
G003 BLK
A05 ORG
4
S9 UNDER SEAT HEATER BLOWER MOTOR SPEED SWITCH
1
X60
X54
2
V4 AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR CLUTCH DIODE
B31 AIR CONDITIONER FREEZE CONTROL SWITCH
PUR
ORG 2 2 1
1
M
3 4
A B
A005 GRY
C
G004 BLK
E1 DOME LIGHT
G004 BLK
A001 GRY
P025 RED
A002 GRY
A003 GRY
A001 GRY
G003 BLK
B32 AIR CONDITIONER HIGH/LOWPRESSURE SWITCH
M12 BLOWER MOTOR
R8 UNDER SEAT HEATER 2 BLOWER MOTOR SPEED RESISTOR
M8 UNDER SEAT HEATER BLOWER MOTOR
BLK G004 BLK
W3 ROOF GROUND
G011 BLK
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
M
G004 BLK
TX1186261
7 A019 GRY
1
Y14 AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR CLUTCH SOLENOID
1 0 2 2 1 0
BLK
P035 RED
M
G004 BLK
NEG
G004 BLK
M9 HEATER VALVE MOTOR
X32 12V POWER OUTLET
G011 BLK
G011 BLK
G011 BLK
G011 BLK
S6 TEMPERATURE CONTROL SWITCH
G011 BLK
NEG
C
3
POS
M
C
7
A037 GRY
P034 RED
1
R5 BLOWER MOTOR SPEED RESISTOR
G003 BLK
A
1
P063 RED
P063 RED
P063 RED
A010 GRY
A010 GRY
D
A
1
3
2
0,1,2
A037 GRY
2
5
8
0,1
B A
P036 RED
M
W2 FRAME GROUND
2
2 1 0
1
B
W1 SYSTEM GROUND
A004 GRY P021 RED
F35 CONDENSER FAN MOTOR 3 15A FUSE (700K ONLY)
2
S5 AIR CONDITIONER ON/OFF SWITCH
P036 RED
A037 GRY 1
P025 RED
8
A004 GRY
2
F34 CONDENSER FAN MOTOR 2 15A FUSE
2
A F25 DOME LIGHT/ BACKLIGHT B 5A FUSE
A001 GRY
2
P065 RED 1
F33 CONDENSER FAN MOTOR 1 15A FUSE 2
0
P025 RED
P062 RED
A006 GRY
P062 RED
A037 GRY 1
M
1
P065 RED
2 1
F22 UNDER SEAT HEATER 15A FUSE
1
1
2
3
D C
P033 RED
2
B
4
5
P063 RED
G2 BATTERY
F21 15A FUSE
87
P065 RED
6
F36 5A FUSE
2
G001 BLK
B002 RED 1
85
1
G004 BLK
A4 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM) G1 BATTERY
2
P007 RED
3
B001 RED 1
1
30
W2 FRAME GROUND
P063 RED
3
A
K3 AIR CONDITIONER RELAY
2
1
U1 24V-TO-12V CONVERTER
G011 BLK
2
S1 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH
J003 TAN
1
W2 FRAME GROUND
B
86
G010 BLK
1
B
F18 12V CONVERTER SWITCHED POWER 10A FUSE
A
P018 RED
F7 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM) UNSWITCHED POWER 5A FUSE
B
F8 12V CONVERTER UNSWITCHED POWER 10A FUSE
A
P008 RED
G010 BLK
F61 SYSTEM 120A CIRCUIT BREAKER
G010 BLK
1
S7 BLOWER MOTOR SPEED SWITCH
0,1,2,3,4 43
A
P062 RED
B
P062 RED
P061 RED
P061 RED
g1
P061 RED 2
P062 RED
e1 J003 TAN
B1 K2 SWITCHED POWER RELAY G2
P062 RED A037 GRY
P062 RED
P061 RED P062 RED
G004 BLK
W5 CAB GROUND
TZ24494,000162B -19-25FEB15-1/4
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-70
082417
PN=492
Theory of Operation
A4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) F33— Condenser Fan Motor 1 15 B31— Air Conditioner Freeze A Fuse Control Switch F34— Condenser Fan Motor 2 15 B32— Air Conditioner A Fuse High/Low-Pressure Switch F35— Condenser Fan Motor 3 15 E1— Dome Light A Fuse (700K only) F7— Sealed Switch Module (SSM) F36— Air Conditioner Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse Compressor Clutch 5 A F8— 12 V Converter Unswitched Fuse Power 10 A Fuse F61— System 120 A Circuit F18— 12 V Converter Switched Breaker Power 10 A Fuse G1—Battery F21— Blower Motor 15 A Fuse G2—Battery F22— Under Seat Heater 15 A K2—Switched Power Relay Fuse K3—Air Conditioner Relay F25— Dome Light/Backlight 5 A M8—Under Seat Heater Blower Fuse Motor M9—Heater Valve Motor M10— Condenser Fan Motor 1
Unswitched Power Battery voltage from system 120 A circuit breaker flows through 12 V converter unswitched power 10 A fuse (F8) to pin 1 of 24 V-to-12 V converter (U1) and sealed switch module (SSM) unswitched power 5 A fuse (F7) to pin 1 of the sealed switch module (SSM) (A4). The SSM allows the operator to provide switched power to the air conditioning and heating system and other machine circuits. For more information on unswitched power circuits, see Start and Charge Circuits Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
The engine start switch is located on the sealed switch module (SSM). When the engine start switch is pressed once, current flows from pin 3 of the SSM to the coil of the switched power relay (K2), energizing the relay. With relay energized, current from system 120 A circuit breaker flows to the following air conditioning and heating components: For more information on switched power circuits, see Start and Charge Circuits Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Air Conditioner Relay (K3) • Blower Motor Speed Switch (S7) • Under Seat Heater Blower Motor Speed Switch (S9) • 24 V-to-12 V Converter (U1) Ground The air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid (Y14) and air conditioner compressor clutch diode (V4) receive ground from the system ground (W1). The 24 V-to-12 V converter and air conditioner relay receive ground from the frame ground (W2). The air conditioner on/off switch (S5) and under seat heater blower motor speed switch (S9) receive ground from cab ground (W5). The roof ground (W3) provides ground to the following air conditioning and heating components:
Air Conditioning and Heating System Components Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch (B31) The air conditioner freeze control switch (B31) is normally closed and opens at freezing temperature. The air conditioner freeze control switch receives power at pin A from pin 3 of air conditioner on/off switch when switched ON. Ground is provided at pin C from roof ground. When closed, power is provided at pin C to pin A of air conditioner high/low-pressure switch (B32). Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Switch (B32)
Switched Power ON
The air conditioner high/low-pressure switch (B32) is a normally open switch. The switch closes due to normal air conditioning system pressure. Power is provided at pin A from pin C of air conditioner freeze control switch. When closed, power flows through air conditioner high/low-pressure switch providing power to air conditioner compressor clutch 5 A fuse (F36). Air Conditioner Relay (K3) The air conditioner relay (K3) receives switched power from the switched power relay at pin 30. Ground is provided at pin 85 from the frame ground. When power is received at pin 86 from pin 7 of the air conditioner on/off switch, the relay allows power to flow from pin 87 to pin 1 of the following fuses:
• Condenser Fan Motor 1 15 A Fuse (F33) • Condenser Fan Motor 2 15 A Fuse (F34) • Condenser Fan Motor 3 15 A Fuse (F35) Under Seat Heater Blower Motor (M8) The under seat heater blower motor (M8) is an electric fan motor which forces heated air through the vent under the seat. The under seat heater blower motor fan speed is controlled by the under seat heater blower motor speed switch and the blower motor speed resistor (R8). Power is provided at pin 1 from pin 6 of the under seat heater blower motor speed switch. Ground is provided at pin 2 from cab ground. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
V4— Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode W1—System Ground W2—Frame Ground W3—Roof Ground W5—Cab Ground X32— 12 V Power Outlet X54— Under Seat Heater Harness Connector X55— 12 V Power Outlet X60— Operator's Station Harness-to-Left Console Harness 12-Pin Connector Y14— Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid
• Blower Motor (M12) • Condenser Fan Motor 3 (M15)
System Power Overview
• Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch (B31) • Condenser Fan Motor 1 (M10) • Condenser Fan Motor 2 (M11)
M11— Condenser Fan Motor 2 M12— Blower Motor M15— Condenser Fan Motor 3 (700K only) R5—Blower Motor Speed Resistor R8—Under Seat Heater Blower Motor Speed Resistor S1— Battery Disconnect Switch S5— Air Conditioner On/Off Switch S6— Temperature Control Switch S7— Blower Motor Speed Switch S9— Under Seat Heater Blower Motor Speed Switch U1—24 V-to-12 V Converter
9015-05-71
TZ24494,000162B -19-25FEB15-2/4
082417
PN=493
Theory of Operation
Heater Valve Motor (M9) The heater valve motor (M9) opens to allow engine coolant to circulate through the heater cores to provide cab heat. Switched 12 V power is provided at pin A from pin 5 of 24 V-to-12 V converter. Ground is provided at pin C from pin 6 of 24 V-to-12 V converter. The heater valve motor is opened when pin D is energized by pin C of the temperature control switch (S6).
motor allowing lower fan operating speeds. When the air conditioner on/off switch is ON, power is provided from the blower motor speed switch to the blower motor speed resistor as follows: Blower Motor Speed Under Seat Heater Switch Setting Blower Motor
Blower Motor Speed Resistor
Position 0 (off)
None
Position 1 (lowest)
Pin 1
Pin A
Position 2
Pin 2
Pin B
Condenser Fan Motor 1 (M10)
Position 3
Pin 3
Pin C
The air conditioning system utilizes multiple condenser fans to assist the cooling condensing of incoming refrigerant vapor into liquid within the condenser. This is accomplished by blowing outside air across the condenser to dissipate its heat. Condenser fan motor 1 is an electric motor which drives one of the condenser fans.
Position 4 (highest)
Pin 4
Pin D
Power is provided at pin 1 from pin 2 of condenser fan motor 1 15 A fuse. Ground is provided at pin 2 from roof ground. Condenser Fan Motor 2 (M11) The air conditioning system utilizes multiple condenser fans to assist the cooling condensing of incoming refrigerant vapor into liquid within the condenser. This is accomplished by blowing outside air across the condenser to dissipate its heat. Condenser fan motor 2 is an electric motor which drives one of the condenser fans. Power is provided at pin 1 from pin 2 of condenser fan motor 2 15 A fuse. Ground is provided at pin 2 from roof ground. Blower Motor (M12) The blower motor (M12) is an electric fan motor which forces heated or cooled air through the vents in the cab. Blower motor fan speed is controlled by the blower motor speed switch and the blower motor speed resistor (R5). Power is provided at pin 1 from pin 4 of the blower motor speed switch. Ground is provided at pin 2 from roof ground.
The 700K air conditioning system utilizes three condenser fans to assist the cooling condensing of incoming refrigerant vapor into liquid within the condenser. This is accomplished by blowing outside air across the condenser to dissipate its heat. Condenser fan motor 3 is an electric motor which drives one of the condenser fans.
Blower Motor Speed Resistor (R5) The blower motor speed resistor contains three resistor terminals designed to limit voltage applied to the blower
Under Seat Heater Blower Motor Speed Resistor (R8) The under seat heater blower motor speed resistor (R8) contains two resistor terminals designed to limit voltage applied to the under seat heater blower motor, allowing high and low fan operating speeds. Power is provided by the under seat heater blower motor speed switch to the under seat heater blower motor speed resistor as follows: Under Seat Heater Under Seat Heater Under Seat Heater Blower Motor Speed Blower Motor Speed Blower Motor Speed Switch Setting Switch Resistor Position 0 (off)
None
None
Position 1 (low)
Pin 3
Pin 4
Position 2 (high)
Pin 6
Pin 2
Air Conditioner On/Off Switch (S5) The air conditioner on/off switch (S5) is a three-position switch used to turn ON the air conditioning system. Power is provided at pin 8 from pin B of dome light/backlight 5 A fuse (F25). Power is provided at pin 8 from pin B of dome light/backlight 5 A fuse. Ground is provided at pin 7 from cab ground. When blower motor speed switch is in position 1—4, air conditioner on/off switch receives power at pin 2 from pin 1 of blower motor speed switch. When air conditioner switch is in ON position, power at pin 3 flows to pin A of air conditioner freeze control switch and pin 86 of air conditioner relay. Temperature Control Switch (S6)
Condenser Fan Motor 3 (M15) (700K Only)
Power is provided at pin 1 from pin 2 of condenser fan motor 3 15 A fuse. Ground is provided at pin 2 from roof ground.
The temperature control switch (S6) adjusts the temperature of the air circulated within the cab. Switched 12 V power is provided at pin A from pin 5 of 24 V-to-12 V converter. Ground is provided at pin C from pin 6 of 24 V-to-12 V converter. The heater valve motor is controlled by the temperature control switch when pin 2 is energized by pin D of the heater valve motor. Blower Motor Speed Switch (S7) The blower motor speed switch (S7) is a five-position switch used to select blower motor fan speed. Selectable positions are OFF, 1, 2, 3, and 4. Power is provided at pin 8 from pin 2 of air conditioner compressor clutch 5 A fuse. When the air conditioner on/off switch is ON, power is sent to the blower motor speed resistor as follows:
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
None
9015-05-72
TZ24494,000162B -19-25FEB15-3/4
082417
PN=494
Theory of Operation Blower Motor Speed Blower Motor Speed Blower Motor Speed Switch Setting Switch Resistor Position 0 (off)
None
None
Position 1 (lowest)
Pin 1
Pin A
Position 2
Pin 2
Pin B
Position 3
Pin 3
Pin C
Position 4 (highest)
Pin 4
Pin D
converter. The 24 V-to-12 V converter receives ground from the frame ground. The 24 V-to-12 V converter provides switched 12 V at pin 5 and ground at pin 6 to the following components:
Under Seat Heater Blower Motor Speed Switch (S9) The under seat heater blower motor speed switch (S9) is a three-position switch used to select under seat heater blower motor fan speed. Selectable positions are OFF, 1, and 2. Switched power is provided at pin 5 from pin 2 of under seat heater 15 A fuse (F22) and pin 8 from pin 2 of dome light/backlight 5 A fuse. Ground is provided at pin 7 from cab ground. Power is sent to the under seat heater blower motor speed resistor as follows:
• Radio (A2) • Heater Valve Motor • Temperature Control Switch • 12 V Power Outlet (X32) • 12 V Power Outlet (X55) For more information, see Radio Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode (V4)
Position 0 (off)
None
None
The air conditioner compressor clutch diode (V4) protects the air conditioning system components from surging voltage occurring when the air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid is turned off. Power is provided at the cathode side from the air conditioner compressor clutch 5 A fuse. Ground is provided at the anode side from system ground.
Position 1 (low)
Pin 3
Pin 4
Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid (Y14)
Position 2 (high)
Pin 6
Pin 2
Under Seat Heater Under Seat Heater Under Seat Heater Blower Motor Speed Blower Motor Speed Blower Motor Speed Switch Setting Switch Resistor
24 V-to-12 V Converter (U1) Unswitched power flows through 12 V converter unswitched power 10 A fuse to pin 1 of 24 V-to-12 V converter. Switched power flows through 12 V converter switched power 10 A fuse (F18) to pin 2 of 24 V-to-12 V
The air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid (Y14) controls compressor engagement or disengagement when the air conditioning system is in operation. Power is provided at pin 1 from pin 2 of the air conditioner compressor clutch 5 A fuse. Ground is provided at pin 2 from system ground. TZ24494,000162B -19-25FEB15-4/4
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-73
082417
PN=495
Theory of Operation
Seat Heater and Air Seat Motor Circuits Theory of Operation
A
F7 SEALED SWITCH B MODULE (SSM) UNSWITCHED POWER 5A FUSE
1
P007 RED
P062 RED
A036 GRY
1 1
M13 AIR SEAT MOTOR
M 2
E9 SEAT HEATER
2
W1 SYSTEM GROUND W5 CAB GROUND
TX1186257
TX1186257 —UN—28FEB15
G003 BLK
G012 BLK
1
G003 BLK
G2 BATTERY
2
0
S10 HEATED SEAT SWITCH
2
G001 BLK
B002 RED 1
1
A4 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM) G1 BATTERY
2
1
0,1
G003 BLK
1
3
2
8
7
B001 RED
2
S1 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH
J003 TAN
1
W2 FRAME GROUND
A F25 DOME LIGHT/ BACKLIGHT B 5A FUSE
P025 RED P025 RED
B
2
P024 RED
1
F61 SYSTEM 120A CIRCUIT BREAKER
G010 BLK
2
F24 AIR SEAT MOTOR 10A FUSE
A
P061 RED
F22 UNDER SEAT HEATER 15A FUSE
1
P022 RED
P061 RED
g1
P062 RED
P062 RED
e1 J003 TAN
B1 K2 SWITCHED POWER RELAY G2
P062 RED P062 RED
P062 RED
Seat Heater and Air Seat Motor Circuit Schematic
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-74
TZ24494,000162C -19-25FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=496
Theory of Operation A4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) F22— Under Seat Heater 15 A E9— Seat Heater Fuse F7— Sealed Switch Module (SSM) F24— Air Seat Motor 10 A Fuse Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse F25— Dome Light/Backlight 5 A Fuse F61— System 120 A Circuit Breaker
System Power Overview Unswitched Power Battery voltage from system 120 A circuit breaker (F61) flows through sealed switch module (SSM) unswitched power 5 A fuse (F7) to pin 1 of the sealed switch module (SSM) (A4). The SSM allows the operator to provide switched power to the seat heater and air seat motor system and other machine circuits. For more information on unswitched power circuits, see Start and Charge Circuits Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Switched Power ON The engine start switch is located on the sealed switch module (SSM). When the engine start switch is pressed once, current flows from pin 3 of the SSM to the coil of the switched power relay (K2), energizing the relay. With relay energized, current from system 120 A circuit breaker flows to the following seat heater and air seat motor components:
• Air Seat Motor (M13) • Heated Seat Switch (S10) For more information on switched power circuits, see Start and Charge Circuits Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
G1—Battery G2—Battery K2—Switched Power Relay M13— Air Seat Motor S1— Battery Disconnect Switch S10— Heated Seat Switch
W1—System Ground W2—Frame Ground W5—Cab Ground
• Seat Heater (E9) • Air Seat Motor (M13) • Heated Seat Switch (S10) Seat Heater and Air Seat Motor Components Seat Heater (E9) The seat heater (E9) is an electric heating pad installed in the seat cushion. Power is provided at pin 1 from pin 1 of the heated seat switch. Ground is provided at pin 2 from cab ground. Air Seat Motor (M13) The air seat motor (M13) is an electric air compressor which inflates an air spring under the seat cushion. Power is provided at pin 1 from pin B of air seat motor 10 A fuse (F24). Ground is provided at pin 2 from cab ground. Heated Seat Switch (S10) The heated seat switch (S10) controls the seat heater. Switched 12 V power is provided at pin 2 from pin 2 of under seat heater 15 A fuse and at pin 8 from pin B of dome light/backlight 5 A fuse. Ground is provided at pin 7 from cab ground. When the heated seat switch is in ON position, switched 12 V power flows from pin 1 to pin 1 of the seat heater.
Ground The cab ground (W5) provides ground to the following seat heater and air seat motor components: TZ24494,000162C -19-25FEB15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-75
082417
PN=497
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-76
082417
PN=498
Theory of Operation
Radio Circuit Theory of Operation TX1202686 —UN—15OCT15
P061 RED P062 RED
1
1
X61
6
5
X52 RADIO AUXILIARY PORT
AUX 1
GND LEFT RIGHT
2_3
2_1
2_2
W2 FRAME GROUND
1
A29 SIRIUSXM® RADIO MODULE (IF EQUIPPED)
G001 BLK
2
G001 BLK
A038 GRY
G011 BLK X152_A_8
X74 AUXILIARY RADIO USB INPUT (IF EQUIPPED)
DETECT
X152_A_5
P063 RED X152_A_4
2
A033 GRY
17
X22 RADIO ANTENNA POWER CONNECTOR
13
P063 RED
P062 RED
U1 24V-TO-12V CONVERTER
14
X29
J003 TAN
G2 BATTERY
P064 RED
Q
X152_A_6
L
P063 RED
T
P064 RED
2
15
P064 RED
N
A4 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM)
G012 BLK
2
X62
3
B002 RED 1
W2 FRAME GROUND
F18 12V CONVERTER SWITCHED POWER 10A FUSE
3
S1 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH
G1 BATTERY
2
B
F8 A 12V CONVERTER UNSWITCHED POWER B 10A FUSE
15
B001 RED
2
F61 SYSTEM 120A CIRCUIT BREAKER
F7 A SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM) B UNSWITCHED POWER 5A FUSE
20
P063 RED
A032 GRY
1
A
G010 BLK
1
4
X61 G011 BLK
U
P007 RED
2
19
A034 GRY
1
5
X29
USB
P061 RED
28
G011 BLK
P018 RED
g1
K2 SWITCHED POWER RELAY
G010 BLK
G2
e1
P008 RED
B1
P061 RED
P061 RED
J003 TAN
G011 BLK
X152_A_7
X62
X15 6
1
Sleeve(-)
X154_9
A040 GRY
X154_10
A039 GRY
X152_B_6
A012 GRY
A
X152_B_5
A011 GRY
B
X152_B_4
A014 GRY
A
X152_B_3
A013 GRY
B
2_5
A031 GRY
X153_4
A033 GRY
X154_3
A032 GRY
X154_1
A034 GRY
X154_2
A034 GRY
X154_4
USB
USB
1
A038 GRY
A038 GRY
X155_17
3
A035 GRY
A035 GRY
X155_14
4
A040 GRY
A040 GRY
X155_19
7
A036 GRY
A036 GRY
X155_15
8
A037 GRY
A037 GRY
X155_16
9
A034 GRY
A034 GRY
X155_13
10
A041 GRY
A041 GRY
X155_20
11
A039 GRY
A039 GRY
X155_18
Tip(+)
A2 RADIO
B51 RADIO MICROPHONE (IF EQUIPPED)
B21 LEFT SPEAKER
B20 RIGHT SPEAKER
W1 SYSTEM GROUND
TX1202686 Radio Circuit Theory of Operation Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-77
082417
PN=499
TZ24494,0001623 -19-26OCT15-1/3
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-78
082417
PN=500
Theory of Operation A2—Radio F8— 12 V Converter Unswitched A4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Power 10 A Fuse A29— SiriusXM® Radio Module F18— 12 V Converter Switched (if equipped) Power 10 A Fuse B20— Right Speaker F61— System 120 A Circuit B21— Left Speaker Breaker B51— Radio Microphone (if G1—Battery equipped) G2—Battery F7— Sealed Switch Module (SSM) K2—Switched Power Relay Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse S1— Battery Disconnect Switch U1—24 V-to-12 V Converter W1—System Ground W2—Frame Ground
X15— Load Center HarnessX74— Auxiliary Radio USB Input to-Vehicle Harness (if equipped) Connector 1 X152— Radio Connector X22— Radio Antenna Power X153— Radio Auxiliary Connector Connector 1 X29— Load Center HarnessX154— Radio Auxiliary to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2 Connector 3 X155— Auxiliary Radio Input X52— Radio Auxiliary Port Harness Connector X61— Operator's Station Harness-to-Roof Harness 31-Pin Connector X62— Load Center Harness-toOperator's Station Harness 23-Pin Connector
System Power Overview
SiriusXM® Radio Module (A29)—If Equipped
Unswitched Power
The SiriusXM® radio module (A29) connects directly to the radio using satellite radio harness (W38). The satellite radio harness transfers switched and unswitched 12 V, ground, left and right audio signals, and two-way data between the radio and SiriusXM® radio module.
Battery voltage from system 120 A circuit breaker (F61) flows through 12 V converter unswitched power 10 A fuse (F8) to pin 1 of 24 V-to-12 V converter (U1). The 24 V-to-12 V converter provides unswitched 12 V to pin A_7 of the radio (A2). This unswitched 12 V maintains the radio memory and user settings when switched power is off. Battery voltage from system 120 A circuit breaker also flows through sealed switch module (SSM) unswitched power 5 A fuse (F7) to pin 1 of the sealed switch module (SSM) (A4). The SSM allows the operator to provide switched power to the radio and other machine circuits.
Unswitched 12 V power is provided at pin 7 from pin 15 of auxiliary radio input harness connector (X155). Switched 12 V power is provided at pin 8 from pin 16 of X155. Ground is provided at pin 1 from pin 13 of X155. For more information, see Satellite Radio Harness (W38) Component Location—If Equipped. (Group 9015-10.) Right Speaker (B20)
For more information on unswitched power circuits, see Start and Charge Circuits Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Switched Power ON The engine start switch is located on the sealed switch module (SSM). When the engine start switch is pressed once, current flows from pin 3 of the SSM to the coil of the switched power relay (K2), energizing the relay. With relay energized, current from system 120 A circuit breaker flows through 12 V converter switched power 10 A fuse (F18) to pin 2 of 24 V-to-12 V converter. The 24 V-to-12 V converter provides switched 12 V to pins A_4 and A_6 of the radio connector. For more information on switched power circuits, see Start and Charge Circuits Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
The right speaker (B20) is powered by the radio’s internal amplifier. The positive signal is provided at pin B of the right speaker by pin B_3 of radio connector (X152). Negative signal is provided at pin A of the right speaker by pin B_4 of radio connector. Left Speaker (B21) The left speaker (B21) is powered by the radio’s internal amplifier. The positive signal is provided at pin B of the left speaker by pin B_5 of radio connector. Negative signal is provided at pin A of the left speaker by pin B_6 of radio connector. Radio Microphone (B51)—If Equipped The radio microphone (B51) provides an audio input to Bluetooth®-capable radios.
The 24 V-to-12 V converter receives ground from the frame ground (W2). The 24 V-to-12 V converter provides ground from pin 6 to pin A_8 of the radio connector.
The radio microphone connects to the radio using a 3.5 mm stereo auxiliary plug. The positive microphone signal is sent from the plug’s tip to pin 9 of radio auxiliary connector 2 (X154). Negative signal is sent from the plug’s sleeve to pin 10 of radio auxiliary connector 2.
Radio System Components
Radio Antenna Power Connector (X22)
Radio (A2)
The radio antenna power connector (X22) provides the antenna with switched 12 V power.
Ground
The radio receives power and ground from the 24 V-to-12 V converter. Switched 12 V power is provided at pins A_4 and A_6 of the radio connector. Unswitched 12 V power is provided at pin A_7 of the radio connector. Ground is provided at pin A_8 of the radio connector.
Switched 12 V power is provided at pin 1 from pin A_5 of radio connector. Ground is provided at pin 2 from pin 6 of 24 V-to-12 V converter (U1). Radio Auxiliary Port (X52)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-79
TZ24494,0001623 -19-26OCT15-2/3
082417
PN=501
Theory of Operation
The radio auxiliary port (X52) provides a 3.5 mm auxiliary stereo connection to allow external audio devices to be connected to the radio. Devices which may be connected include portable audio devices and cell phones. The radio auxiliary port provides the radio with left and right audio signals from pins 1 and 2 to pins 1 and 3 of radio auxiliary connector 2. Signal ground is provided from pin 3 to pins 2 and 4 of radio auxiliary connector 2. Auxiliary device detection signal is provided by pin 5 to pin 4 of radio auxiliary connector 1 (X153).
The auxiliary radio USB input (X74) provides a USB auxiliary connection to allow external USB audio devices to be connected to the radio. Devices which may be connected include portable audio devices, cell phones, and USB jump drives. The auxiliary radio USB input connects directly to the radio using radio USB input harness (W39). The radio USB input harness is serviceable only by replacement. For more information, see Radio USB Input Harness (W39) Component Location—If Equipped. (Group 9015-10.)
Auxiliary Radio USB Input (X74)—If Equipped SiriusXM is a trademark of Sirius XM Radio Inc. Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG TZ24494,0001623 -19-26OCT15-3/3
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-80
082417
PN=502
Theory of Operation
Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped TX1205207 —UN—05NOV15
2 29 1
30 31
Y25 ANGLE PORT B SOLENOID
Y24 TILT PORT A SOLENOID
32 33
Y26 ANGLE PORT A SOLENOID
2
1
35
Y27 AUXILIARY PORT A SOLENOID
2
36 1
37
R204 BLK H205 GRN R205 BLK H206 GRN R206 BLK H207 GRN
K L M N P R S
R203 BLK
X5-L1
P051 RED
X5-M1
P043 RED
X6-H1
P044 RED
X6-C2
R204 BLK
X6-A1
X5-L4
P045 RED
H205 GRN
X4-D4
X4-H4
P046 RED
R205 BLK
X4-E4 X5-M4
P047 RED
H206 GRN
X4-C4
R206 BLK
X4-B4 X6-C1
4
P043 RED
A3
38 1
39 40
R207 BLK H208 GRN R208 BLK
T V W
R207 BLK
X6-B1
H208 GRN
X6-F1
R208 BLK
X6-F2
X4-F2
5
H044 GRN
H212 GRN
2
4
44
G010 BLK
X64
1
H212 GRN
Y9 HYDRAULIC ENABLE SOLENOID
X29
G001 BLK
A1 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT (VCU)
G001 BLK
X5-L2
G001 BLK
X5-M2
G001 BLK
X5-M3
W1 SYSTEM GROUND
H212 GRN
X10-A1
Z012 YEL
X10-B1
Z013 GRN
6
H043 GRN
X5-K1
P091 RED
X5-J2
R091 BLK
X6-F3
H017 GRN
X6-E3
H046 GRN
X6-G3
H018 GRN
X4-H3
P092 RED
X6-D4
H027 GRN
X5-K2
R092 BLK
X5-A1
Z012 YEL
X5-B1
Z013 GRN R013 BLK
CAN 1
R013 BLK
A
F46 HYDRAULIC VALVE CONTROLLER (HVC) SWITCHED POWER B 10A FUSE
A
F47 HYDRAULIC VALVE CONTROLLER (HVC) SWITCHED POWER B 10A FUSE
7 11 12
4
H045 GRN
2
3
H042 GRN
H043 GRN P091 RED
1 4 2
SIGNAL 2
F41 BLADE CONTROL JOYSTICK 5A FUSE
A
B
RETURN
A16 AUXILIARY JOYSTICK 2
SIGNAL 1 POWER (5V)
SIGNAL 2
A15 AUXILIARY JOYSTICK 1
RETURN SIGNAL 1
X27
A1
POWER (5V)
X99
R091 BLK H017 GRN
10
H046 GRN
13
H018 GRN
8
P092 RED
4
H027 GRN
9
R092 BLK
5
1 2 3 4 5 6
X98
B
W2 FRAME GROUND
3
H044 GRN
X38
X4-H1
F45 HYDRAULIC VALVE CONTROLLER (HVC) SWITCHED POWER B 10A FUSE
X57
12
H042 GRN
A
P047 RED
10
H045 GRN
F44 HYDRAULIC VALVE CONTROLLER (HVC) SWITCHED POWER B 10A FUSE
P046 RED
A6 A7
A
P045 RED
A5
2 X4-G1
F43 HYDRAULIC VALVE CONTROLLER (HVC) SWITCHED POWER B 10A FUSE
P044 RED
A4
X16 X4-D2
P051 RED
C1
X6-A2
H204 GRN
H207 GRN
X27
1 2
Y28 AUXILIARY PORT B SOLENOID
H204 GRN
J
X6-B2
P091 RED
2
1
R203 BLK
H
H203 GRN
A
P062 RED
28
U
X5-C3
F51 HYDRAULIC VALVE CONTROLLER (HVC) UNSWITCHED POWER B 10A FUSE
2
P062 RED
P041 RED
1
H203 GRN
R202 BLK
A
P062 RED
CAN 1
W1 SYSTEM GROUND
X62 G001 BLK
M
Z012 YEL
3
Z013 GRN
4
R013 BLK G001 BLK
BLU
BLADE INC/DEC
GRY
IGC ON/OFF
BLK
BLADE SHAKE
BRN
5V SUPPLY
WHT
BLADE ANGLE
PNK
GND
P041 RED
27
X5-D3
P062 RED
BRN BLU
WHT
A9 BLADE CONTROL JOYSTICK (BCJ)
S32
X38
14
P041 RED
Y23 TILT PORT B SOLENOID
R202 BLK
F
X5-B4
H202 GRN
P062 RED
P062 RED
2
26
R201 BLK
1
P061 RED P062 RED
P062 RED
2
1
H202 GRN
A C
P061 RED
A11 HYDRAULIC VALVE CONTROLLER (HVC)
S30
BLK
Y22 LIFT PORT A SOLENOID
R201 BLK
X5-A4
GRY
24 25
H201 GRN
P062 RED
1
R091 BLK
Y21 LIFT PORT B SOLENOID
X18 H201 GRN
P062 RED
X64
PNK
A12
S31 S29
2 1
X11-E2 P041 RED
TX1205207 Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Circuit Schematic Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-81
082417
PN=503
AB51738,00006D4 -19-05NOV15-1/4
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-82
082417
PN=504
Theory of Operation 1— Unswitched Power F47— Hydraulic Valve Controller 2— Switched Power (HVC) Switched Power 10 A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) A Fuse A9—Blade Control Joystick F51— Hydraulic Valve Controller (BCJ) (HVC) Unswitched Power A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller 10 A Fuse (HVC) S29— Blade Shake Switch A12— Joystick Switch Module S30— Blade Angle Switch A15— Auxiliary Joystick 1 S31— Integrated Grade Control A16— Auxiliary Joystick 2 (IGC) On/Off Switch F41— Blade Control Joystick 5 A S32— Blade Height Fuse Increment/Decrement F43— Hydraulic Valve Controller Switch (HVC) Switched Power 10 W1—System Ground A Fuse W2—Frame Ground F44— Hydraulic Valve Controller X4— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Switched Power 10 (HVC) Connector 1 A Fuse X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller F45— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 2 (HVC) Switched Power 10 X6— Hydraulic Valve Controller A Fuse (HVC) Connector 3 F46— Hydraulic Valve Controller X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) (HVC) Switched Power 10 Connector 2 A Fuse
The hydraulic valve controller (HVC) (A11) receives inputs and provides outputs that control various solenoids which, in turn, provide control for the following hydraulic functions on the machine:
• Hydraulic Enable • Blade Angle, Tilt, and Lift Control • Rear Auxiliary Control
X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X64— Rear Service Connector 3 Harness-to-Vehicle X16— Load Center Harness-toHarness Connector Load Center (IGC controls) X98— Four-Way Axis Module Harness 16-Pin Connector Connector X18— Load Center HarnessX99— Switch Module Connector to-Vehicle Harness Y9— Hydraulic Enable Solenoid Connector 2 Y21— Lift Port B Solenoid X27— Fuse Box 3 Connector Y22— Lift Port A Solenoid X29— Load Center HarnessY23— Tilt Port B Solenoid to-Vehicle Harness Y24— Tilt Port A Solenoid Connector 3 Y25— Angle Port B Solenoid X38— Load Center (IGC controls) Y26— Angle Port A Solenoid Harness-to-Operator's Y27— Auxiliary Port A Solenoid Station Harness 31-Pin Y28— Auxiliary Port B Solenoid Connector X57— Load Center Harnessto-Operator’s Station Harness 35-Pin Connector X62— Load Center Harness-toOperator's Station Harness 23-Pin Connector
The blade control joystick (BCJ) consists of a four-way axis module and a joystick switch module (A12) (located in the joystick handle). The BCJ is supplied switched power through blade control joystick 5 A fuse (F41) at pin 1 and ground at pin 2 of four-way axis module connector (X98). Four-Way Axis Module
Hydraulic Enable The HVC outputs are enabled when the hydraulic enable switch on the sealed switch module (SSM) is pressed. Once the hydraulic enable switch is pressed, a message is sent from the SSM across the local interconnect network (LIN) bus to the vehicle control unit 2 (VC2). The message is then transferred from the VC2 to the VCU (A1) and HVC via CAN 1 requesting the valve output drivers be enabled. The VCU and HVC have separate hydraulic enable requests, and must both be in the enabled state to operate machine. With both controllers in the hydraulic enabled state, the HVC responds back to the SSM, causing the hydraulic enable switch LED to illuminate. The HVC and VCU look for any active DTCs and check that the hydraulic control levers are in a neutral state before the HVC and VCU can enable hydraulics. If the HVC or VCU detects a DTC or a hydraulic control function is out of a neutral state, hydraulics remain disabled and a pop-up is displayed on standard display monitor (SDM), indicating the reason hydraulics can not be enabled. If conditions are met to enable hydraulics, the HVC communicates back with the VCU through CAN 1 to send current out pin E2 of VCU connector 3 (X11) to hydraulic enable solenoid (Y9). Current flows through hydraulic enable solenoid coil to frame ground (W2), energizing the solenoid and enabling hydraulics. For more information on hydraulic system, see Hydraulic System Operation. (Group 9025-05.)
The four-way axis module controls blade lift and tilt in correlation with joystick lever movement. Data representing position of the joystick lever is transmitted across the CAN data bus to the HVC. The HVC converts the data representing joystick position to a corresponding analog signal, then sends this signal to the appropriate electrohydraulic (EH) solenoids to move the blade to the desired position. The data representing joystick position is also sent to the SDM, where the data can be displayed on the SDM menu structure for diagnostic purposes. NOTE: For information on accessing SDM menu structure and joystick position values, see Diagnostics—Machine Information, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
• Lift Port Solenoids (Blade Lift)
The HVC provides outputs to two proportional solenoids for control of the blade lift function, lift port B solenoid (Y21) and lift port A solenoid (Y22). When the BCJ is moved forward, the HVC provides an analog signal to lift port B solenoid from pin A4 and return at pin B4 of HVC connector 2 (X5). This movement energizes lift port B solenoid, causing the lift cylinders to extend and the blade to lower. When the BCJ is moved to the rear, the HVC provides an analog signal to lift port A solenoid from pin D3 and return at pin C3 of HVC connector 2. This movement energizes lift port A solenoid, causing the lift cylinders to retract and the blade to lift. • Tilt Port Solenoids (Blade Tilt)
Blade Control Joystick (A9) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-83
AB51738,00006D4 -19-05NOV15-2/4
082417
PN=505
Theory of Operation
The joystick switch module contains the following switches: blade shake switch (S29), blade angle switch (S30), IGC on/off switch (S31), and blade height increment/decrement switch (S32). The information from these switches is transmitted through separate wires to individual inputs on the HVC. The HVC transmits the joystick switch information through the CAN data bus to the SDM, where joystick switch information can be displayed on the SDM menu structure for diagnostic purposes.
or auto mode, depending on which mode the system is presently in. Before the HVC does this, the HVC must detect inputs from the grade control supplier's controller, SDM, BCJ, VCU, and SSM (hydraulics enabled). • Blade Height Increment/Decrement Switch (S32) Pressing the upper button of the blade height increment/decrement switch sends approximately 3.4 volts out pin 1 of switch module connector (X99) to pin F3 of HVC connector 3. If the system is in auto mode, the HVC sends an appropriate signal out pin D3 of HVC connector 2 to lift port A solenoid, causing the lift cylinders to retract and the blade to rise slightly. Pressing the lower button of the blade height increment/decrement switch sends approximately 1 volt to pin F3 of HVC connector 3. If the system is in auto mode, the HVC sends an appropriate signal out pin A4 of HVC connector 2 to lift port B solenoid, causing the lift cylinders to extend and the blade to lower slightly. When the blade height increment/decrement switch is in a neutral position, the joystick switch module sends approximately 2.50 volts to pin F3 of HVC connector 3, causing the HVC to take no action in regard to the blade height increment and decrement.
• Blade Shake Switch (S29)
Auxiliary Joysticks 1 and 2 (A15, A16)
The HVC provides outputs to two proportional solenoids for control of the blade tilt function, tilt port B solenoid (Y23) and tilt port A solenoid (Y24). When the BCJ is moved to the left, the HVC provides an analog signal to tilt port B solenoid from pin B2 and return at pin A2 of HVC connector 3 (X6). This movement energizes tilt port B solenoid, causing the tilt cylinder to extend and the blade to tilt left. When the BCJ is moved to the right, the HVC provides an analog signal to lift port A solenoid from pin C2 and return at pin A1 of HVC connector 3. This movement energizes tilt port A solenoid, causing the tilt cylinder to retract and the blade to tilt right. Joystick Switch Module (A12)
Pressing the blade shake switch on joystick switch module completes the circuit and provides a path to ground, activating blade shake function. The HVC then controls the blade shake function by using the tilt cylinder and activating tilt port A and B solenoids alternately back and forth for four seconds, in order to shed material from the moldboard. • Blade Angle Switch (S30) The HVC provides outputs to two proportional solenoids for control of the blade angle function, angle port B solenoid (Y25) and angle port A solenoid (Y26). Pressing the upper button of blade angle switch on the joystick switch module sends approximately 3.4 volts to pin D4 of HVC connector 3. With the upper button of blade angle switch pressed, the HVC provides an analog signal to angle port A solenoid from pin C4 and return at pin B4 of HVC connector 1. This button press energizes angle port A solenoid, causing the angle cylinder to extend and the blade to angle right. Pressing the lower button of blade angle switch on the joystick switch module sends approximately 1 volt to pin D4 of HVC connector 3. With the lower button of blade angle switch pressed, the HVC provides an analog signal to angle port B solenoid from pin D4 and return at pin E4 of HVC connector 1. This button press energizes angle port B solenoid, causing the angle cylinder to retract and the blade to angle left. When blade angle switch is in a neutral position, the joystick switch module sends approximately 2.50 volts to pin D4 of HVC connector 3, causing the HVC to take no action in regard to blade angle. • Integrated Grade Control (IGC) On/Off Switch (S31) Pressing the IGC on/off switch on joystick switch module completes the circuit and provides a path to ground. HVC toggles the IGC system to either manual
Auxiliary joysticks 1 and 2 consist of two joysticks used to provide input to the HVC for rear auxiliary control. The HVC receives inputs from auxiliary joysticks 1 and 2 to provide outputs to auxiliary port A and B solenoids (Y27, Y28). Auxiliary Joystick 1 (A15) The HVC monitors inputs from a dual-signal, Hall effect auxiliary joystick 1 (A15). The HVC uses inputs from the joystick to provide control of various rear auxiliary functions such as ripper lift control or winch control. A 5-volt reference is provided from pin K1 of HVC connector 2 (X5) to pin 2 of auxiliary joystick 1. The HVC provides a return at pin J2 of HVC connector 2 from pin 1 of auxiliary joystick 1. Two signals are used to communicate joystick position to the HVC. Signal 1 sends voltage dependent on joystick position from pin 4 of auxiliary joystick 1 to pin H1 of HVC connector 1 (X4). At the same time, signal 2 sends voltage from pin 3 of auxiliary joystick 1 to pin G1 of HVC connector 1. Voltages sent from signal 1 and signal 2 should be inversely proportional in order to provide a valid signal to the HVC. When the joystick is in a neutral position, approximately 2.5 volts are supplied to the HVC via both signals 1 and 2. With auxiliary joystick 1 in the full forward position, approximately 4.75 volts are supplied to the HVC via signal 1, which decreases as the switch is moved toward a neutral position. At the same time, approximately 0.25 volt is supplied to the HVC via signal 2, which increases as the switch is moved from full forward position to a neutral position.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-84
AB51738,00006D4 -19-05NOV15-3/4
082417
PN=506
Theory of Operation
At any time, if the sum of signal 1 and signal 2 voltages does not equal the 5-volt reference, a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is generated by the HVC. If voltage is greater than 4.75 volts or less than 0.25 volts on either signal, a DTC is generated. Auxiliary Joystick 2 (A16) The HVC monitors inputs from a dual-signal, Hall effect auxiliary joystick 2 (A16). The HVC uses inputs from the joystick to provide control of various rear auxiliary functions. A 5-volt reference is provided from pin K1 of HVC connector 2 to pin 2 of auxiliary joystick 2. The HVC provides a return at pin J2 of HVC connector 2 from pin 1 of auxiliary joystick 2. Two signals are used to communicate joystick position to the HVC. Signal 1 sends voltage dependent on joystick position from pin 4 of auxiliary joystick 2 to pin F2 of HVC connector 1. At the same time, signal 2 sends voltage from pin 3 of auxiliary joystick 2 to pin D2 of HVC connector 1. Voltages sent from signal 1 and signal 2 should be inversely proportional in order to provide a valid signal to the HVC. When the joystick is in a neutral position, approximately 2.5 volts are supplied to the HVC via both signals 1 and 2. With auxiliary joystick 2 in the full forward position,
approximately 4.75 volts are supplied to the HVC via signal 1, which decreases as the switch is moved toward a neutral position. At the same time, approximately 0.25 volt is supplied to the HVC via signal 2, which increases as the switch is moved from full forward position to a neutral position. At any time, if the sum of signal 1 and signal 2 voltages does not equal the 5-volt reference, a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is generated by the HVC. If voltage is greater than 4.75 volts or less than 0.25 volts on either signal, a DTC is generated. Auxiliary Port Solenoids (Ripper Lift) (Auxiliary 1) The HVC provides outputs to two proportional solenoids for control of the ripper lift function, auxiliary port A solenoid (Y27) and auxiliary port B solenoid (Y28). When the auxiliary control lever is moved forward, the HVC provides an analog signal to auxiliary port B solenoid from pin F1 and return at pin F2 of HVC connector 3. This movement energizes auxiliary port B solenoid and causes the ripper cylinders to retract and the ripper to lower. When the auxiliary control lever is moved to the rear, the HVC provides an analog signal to auxiliary port A solenoid from pin C1 and return at pin B1 of HVC connector 3. This movement energizes auxiliary port A solenoid and causes the ripper cylinders to extend and the ripper to raise. AB51738,00006D4 -19-05NOV15-4/4
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-85
082417
PN=507
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-86
082417
PN=508
Theory of Operation
JDLink™ Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped TX1185529 —UN—17FEB15
B001 RED
B001 RED P061 RED P062 RED P062 RED
F26 A JDLINK SWITCHED POWER 5A FUSE B
A
P026 RED
P1002 RED 1
X41
X6016
3
X6023 ANALOG INPUT 4 (NOT USED)
4
J1003 TAN
P1002 RED X6015-M2
M1004 VLT X6015-A2
X6015-J3 X6015-M1 G001 BLK
M1005 VLT X6014-A2
M1005 VLT
M1004 VLT X6014-A1
X6015-A1
A6002 SATELLITE (SAT) MODULE CONTROL UNIT
G001 BLK
X6014-M1
J1003 TAN X6014-M3 X6014-F3
P1002 RED X6014-M2 R023 BLK
X6014-G2 Z023 GRN
X6014-G1
M074 VLT X6014-G4
P026 RED
M073 VLT X6014-H4
X6014-L1
Z022 YEL
R013 BLK
X6014-H2
M072 VLT X6014-J4
A6000 MODULAR TELEMATICS GATEWAY (MTG) CONTROL UNIT
A6003 SATELLITE (SAT) ANTENNA
CAN 1
CAN 2
Z013 GRN
M071 VLT X6014-K4
X6014-H1 Z012 YEL
R013 BLK
G001 BLK
A6001 GPS/CELLULAR ANTENNA
G012 BLK G012 BLK
2
X6022 ANALOG INPUT 3 (NOT USED)
CAN 1 CAN 2 G001 BLK
X62
2
G2 BATTERY
2
W
X6021 ANALOG INPUT 2 (NOT USED)
2
B002 RED 1
A1 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT (VCU) X9-B1
A4 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM) G1 BATTERY
2
1
V
5
R023 BLK
1
3
X6020 ANALOG INPUT 1 (NOT USED)
Z013 GRN
B001 RED
B001 RED
2
S1 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH
P007 RED
1
W2 FRAME GROUND
J003 TAN
1
X9-A1
B
Z012 YEL
G010 BLK
g1
F7 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM) UNSWITCHED POWER 5A FUSE
X9-B2
1
G2
F61 SYSTEM 120A CIRCUIT BREAKER
P061 RED
2
B A
Z023 GRN
P061 RED
K2 SWITCHED POWER RELAY
X9-A2
e1
Z022 YEL
B1
P061 RED
J003 TAN
F32 JDLINK UNSWITCHED POWER 5A FUSE
G001 BLK
B001 RED P061 RED
X6016 1
G001 BLK
G001 BLK
W1 SYSTEM GROUND
TX1185529 JDLink™ Circuit Theory of Operation Schematic Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-87
082417
PN=509
TZ24494,0001628 -19-27JUL16-1/3
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-88
082417
PN=510
Theory of Operation
A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) F26— JDLink™ Switched Power A4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 5 A Fuse A6000—Modular Telematics F32— JDLink™ Unswitched Gateway (MTG) Control Power 5 A Fuse Unit F61— System 120 A Circuit A6001—GPS/Cellular Antenna Breaker A6002—Satellite (SAT) Module G1—Battery Control Unit G2—Battery A6003—Satellite (SAT) Antenna K2—Switched Power Relay F7— Sealed Switch Module (SSM) S1— Battery Disconnect Switch Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse W1—System Ground W2—Frame Ground X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1
System Overview
X41— JDLink Connector X6020—Analog Input 1 (not used) X62— Load Center Harness-toX6021—Analog Input 2 (not used) Operator's Station Harness X6022—Analog Input 3 (not used) 23-Pin Connector X6023—Analog Input 4 (not used) X6014—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector X6015—Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit 48-Pin Connector X6016—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness-to-Satellite (SAT) Harness 6-Pin Connector
For more information on unswitched power circuits, see Start and Charge Circuits Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
The JDLink™ system provides two-way communication between the machine and JDLink™ host server. The system may enable the following advanced features:
Switched Power
• MTG firmware updates • Service ADVISOR™ Remote dealer service tool • John Deere Remote Display Access™ • Data recording • Location services • Maintenance management
The engine start switch is located on the sealed switch module (SSM). When the engine start switch is pressed once, current flows from pin 3 of the SSM to the coil of the switched power relay (K2), energizing the relay. With relay energized, current from system 120 A circuit breaker flows through JDLink™ switched power 5 A fuse (F26) to pin L1 of MTG control unit 48-pin connector.
The JDLink™ system consists of two controllers responsible for machine communication:
• Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit
(A6000) The MTG is a module containing firmware, a cellular modem, and subscriber identification module (SIM) device. The MTG allows data transfer to and from the JDLink™ host server over a cellular network. • Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit (A6002) The SAT module control unit is used in conjunction with the MTG. It contains a satellite modem component enabling the MTG to transfer data to and from the JDLink™ host server. Data is transferred over a satellite connection when a valid cellular network is unavailable or unreliable.
For more information, reference JDLink™ (MTG) Technical Manual (TM114519.) See Theory of Operation. (TM114519.) System Power Overview Unswitched Power Battery voltage flows through JDLink™ unswitched power 5 A fuse (F32) to pin M2 of modular telematics gateway (MTG) control unit 48-pin connector (X6014) and to pin M2 of satellite (SAT) module control unit 48-pin connector (X6015). Battery voltage from system 120 A circuit breaker (F61) also flows through sealed switch module (SSM) unswitched power 5 A fuse (F7) to pin 1 of the sealed switch module (SSM) (A4). The SSM allows the operator to provide switched power to the MTG and other machine circuits.
For more information on switched power circuits, see Start and Charge Circuits Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Ground The MTG and SAT module control units receive ground from system ground (W1). The MTG’s ground is provided at pins F3 and M1 of MTG control unit 48-pin connector. The SAT module control unit’s ground is provided at pin M1 of SAT module control unit 48-pin connector. For more information, reference JDLink™ (MTG) Technical Manual (TM114519.) See Theory of Operation. (TM114519.) JDLink™ System Components Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit (A6000) The MTG accesses machine system information via the controller area network (CAN). CAN 1 high signal is provided at pin H1 of modular telematics gateway (MTG) control unit 48-pin connector (X6014). CAN 1 low signal is provided at pin H2 of MTG control unit 48-pin connector. CAN 2 high signal is provided at pin G1 of MTG control unit 48-pin connector. CAN 2 low signal is provided at pin G2 of MTG control unit 48-pin connector. The MTG activates the SAT module control unit by energizing pin M3 of MTG control unit 48-pin connector. Communication with SAT module control unit is accomplished using pins A1 and A2 of MTG control unit 48-pin connector.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-89
TZ24494,0001628 -19-27JUL16-2/3
082417
PN=511
Theory of Operation
For more information on the CAN system, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) GPS/Cellular Antenna (A6001) The GPS/cellular antenna is a multiple format antenna. It receives GPS and cellular signals used by the MTG. It also receives radio and satellite radio signals used by the radio. Connection is made with multiple TNC-style antenna connectors. Unswitched 12 V power is provided by the radio at pin 1 of radio antenna power connector. Ground is provided by the radio at pin 2 of radio antenna power connector. For more information on the GPS/cellular antenna, see Radio Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit (A6002)
The SAT module control unit is activated by the MTG by energizing pin J3 of SAT module control unit 48-pin connector. Communication with MTG is accomplished using pins A1 and A2 of SAT module control unit 48-pin connector. Satellite (SAT) Antenna (A6003) The SAT antenna connects directly to the SAT module control unit. Connection is made with a single TNC-style antenna connector. The SAT antenna provides the connection between the modem within the SAT module control unit to transfer data to and from the JDLink™ host server. For more information, reference JDLink™ (MTG) Technical Manual (TM114519.) See Theory of Operation. (TM114519.)
JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company John Deere Remote Display Access is a trademark of Deere & Company TZ24494,0001628 -19-27JUL16-3/3
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-90
082417
PN=512
Theory of Operation
Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation TX1187094 —UN—06MAR15
A5505 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU) X5048 6
X5502-52 X5502-46 X5502-53 X5502-40 X5502-25 X5502-21 X5502-31
5303 ORG 5309 WHT 5307 VLT 5308 GRY 5306 BLU 5304 YEL 5305 GRN
2 25 11 12 18 14 13
5303 ORG 5309 WHT 5307 VLT 5308 GRY 5306 BLU 5304 YEL 5305 GRN
5 3 12 11 10 9 8
X5502-07 X5502-43 X5502-48 X5502-49 X5502-19 X5502-51 X5502-20
5141 BRN 5146 BLU 5136 BLU 5329 WHT 5218 GRY 5324 YEL 5321 BRN 5317 VLT 5314 YEL 5311 BRN
28 21 16 17 19 9 10 4 7 5
5141 BRN 5146 BLU 5136 BLU 5329 WHT 5218 GRY 5324 YEL 5321 BRN 5317 VLT 5314 YEL 5311 BRN
X5502-12 X5502-11 X5502-10
1
B5204 EXHAUST FILTER TEMPERATURE MODULE 2
1
t/U 4
3
2
X5039 5625 GRN 5634 YEL 5786 BLU 5783 ORG
5625 GRN 5634 YEL 5786 BLU 5783 ORG
4 9 5 6
5625 GRN 5634 YEL 5786 BLU 5783 ORG
X5502-24 X5502-06 X5502-38 X5502-28
X5502-39 X5502-42 X5502-41
5313 ORG 5315 GRN 5318 GRY
6 8 3
E5601 DEF DOSING UNIT PRESSURE LINE HEATER
1
2
E5602 DEF DOSING UNIT SUPPLY LINE HEATER
1
2
E5603 DEF DOSING UNIT RETURN LINE HEATER
5313 ORG 5315 GRN 5318 GRY
5634 YEL
5605 GRN
1
p/U
5625 GRN
5604 YEL
2
5785 GRN
5785 GRN
8
5785 GRN
2
X5502-47
5030 BLK 5602 RED 5636 BLU 5605 GRN 5604 YEL
5
3
4
T/U
R5605 AFTERTREATMENT CAN TERMINATOR
C B A
1 4 5 6
B5503 AFTERTREATMENT OUTLET NOX SENSOR
5030 BLK 5605 GRN 5604 YEL 5602 RED 5636 BLU
B5109 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF) DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR
X5039 120-OHM
-
+
X5502-50 X5502-16 X5502-44 X5502-35
5602 RED 5636 BLU 5605 GRN 5604 YEL
1 7 12 11
5602 RED 5636 BLU 5605 GRN 5604 YEL
X5501-35 X5502-13 X5502-01
5030 BLK 5331 BRN 5333 ORG
10 2 3
5030 BLK 5331 BRN 5333 ORG
TX1187094
1 2
Y5020 DEF DOSING INJECTOR
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC)/Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) (left) and Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)/Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) (right) Circuit Schematic Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
2 4
1
5030 BLK
3
A5507 DEF TANK HEADER ASSEMBLY
B5501 DEF DOSING UNIT
5329 WHT
5301 BRN
5218 GRY 5136 BLU
1
5324 YEL
5301 BRN
5321 BRN
X5502-54
9015-05-91
082417
PN=513
5602 RED 5636 BLU 5605 GRN 5604 YEL 5636 BLU 5030 BLK
1 4 5 6 3
B5502 AFTERTREATMENT INLET NOX SENSOR
AB51738,00006D6 -19-13MAR15-1/5
Theory of Operation
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-92
082417
PN=514
Theory of Operation
A5505—Engine Control Unit (ECU) A5507—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header Assembly B5109—Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Differential Pressure Sensor B5204—Exhaust Filter Temperature Module B5501—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit
B5502—Aftertreatment Inlet NOx E5603—Diesel Exhaust Fluid X5501—Engine Control Unit (DEF) Dosing Unit Return Sensor (ECU) Connector 1 Line Heater B5503—Aftertreatment Outlet X5502—Engine Control Unit R5605—Aftertreatment CAN NOx Sensor (ECU) Connector 2 Terminator E5601—Diesel Exhaust Fluid Y5020—Diesel Exhaust Fluid X5039—Aftertreatment (DEF) Dosing Unit (DEF) Dosing Injector Harness-to-Engine Pressure Line Heater Harness 12-Pin E5602—Diesel Exhaust Fluid Connector (DEF) Dosing Unit Supply X5048—Vehicle Harness-toLine Heater Engine Harness 31-Pin Connector
The exhaust aftertreatment system involves communication among the following major components:
When enabled, auto cleaning activates when exhaust filter restriction is MODERATE or HIGH.
• A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) • A6—Transmission Control Unit (TCU) (in vehicle control unit)
• A8—Standard Display Monitor (SDM) • A5505—Engine Control Unit (ECU) The engine control unit (ECU) controls engine and exhaust aftertreatment systems. The ECU communicates directly with the vehicle control unit (VCU) and transmission control unit (TCU) over the controller area network (CAN). The VCU retains all of the standard display monitor (SDM) screen software and communicates directly with the SDM to display various screens and readings for exhaust aftertreatment. For more information on the CAN, VCU, TCU, SDM, and ECU:
With auto cleaning enabled, the VCU requests the ECU to allow elevated idle speed. Elevated idle speed is part of exhaust temperature management (ETM) where the ECU sets engine speed at 1200 rpm. The ECU prevents the engine speed from going below 1200 rpm until ETM is no longer active or automatic filter cleaning is disabled.
• For more information on the passive and auto cleaning processes, see Exhaust Filter. (Operator's Manual.)
• For more information on the passive and auto cleaning
processes, see Exhaust Filter Operation. (CTM120119.)
• To enable or disable the auto cleaning processes,
see Operation—Exhaust Filter Auto Cleaning, SDM. (Operator's Manual.) • To change default settings for auto cleaning, see Operation—Exhaust Filter, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
Parked Cleaning: This process requires activation by the operator when exhaust filter restriction is HIGH or VERY HIGH. The process takes less than 45 minutes to complete.
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
The process requires the park brake to be applied, transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral position, and engine speed at idle. The monitor displays these requirements and checks them as conditions are met. If fuel level or diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) level is low, the monitor displays a message and the operator must decide to proceed with the parked cleaning process.
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) and Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) System
High exhaust temperature and elevated idle speed exist during parked cleaning. Elevated idle speed is part of ETM where the ECU sets engine speed at 1800 rpm during parked cleaning. The ECU prevents the engine speed from going below 1800 rpm until ETM is no longer active.
System Overview There are four cleaning processes used to clean the exhaust filter:
• Passive Cleaning • Auto Cleaning • Parked Cleaning • Service Cleaning
The ECU broadcasts a value between 0 and 100% for DPF preparation completion. When the DPF reaches the required temperature for active cleaning, the preparation completion reaches 100% and stays there until regeneration is complete.
Passive and Auto Cleaning: These processes require no interaction from the operator. During normal engine operation, the diesel particulate filter (DPF) regenerates under moderate to heavy load when exhaust temperatures are high. This passive cleaning does not require fuel dosing, and helps to prolong time between parked regeneration cycles.
The ECU broadcasts a value between 0 and 100% for DPF cleaning completion. When the regeneration process is completed, the cleaning completion reaches 100%. After regeneration is complete, both the DPF preparation and cleaning completion values reset to 0%. Engine idle speed returns to the normal low idle setting, and ETM no longer controls the engine speed.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-93
AB51738,00006D6 -19-13MAR15-2/5
082417
PN=515
Theory of Operation
• For more information on the parked cleaning process,
From pin 28 of ECU connector 2 (X5502), the ECU provides 12-volt power to pin 3 of the exhaust filter temperature module.
see Exhaust Filter. (Operator's Manual.) • To activate the parked cleaning process, see Operation—Exhaust Filter Parked Cleaning, SDM. (Operator's Manual.)
From pin 24 of ECU connector 2 (X5502), the ECU provides a ground to pin 2 of the module.
Service Cleaning: This process requires activation by the service technician when exhaust filter restriction reaches the SERVICE level. This process has the same requirements as parked cleaning, but requires at least 3 hours to complete.
From pin 6 of ECU connector 2 (X5502), the ECU sends a 5-volt reference voltage to pin 1 of the module. The ECU communicates with the module through a data line connected to pin 38 of ECU connector 2 (X5502) and pin 4 of the module.
If fuel level or DEF level is low, the monitor displays a message and the service technician must decide to proceed with the service cleaning process.
• For operation of the exhaust filter temperature module,
High exhaust temperature and elevated idle speed exist during service cleaning. Elevated idle speed is part of ETM where the ECU sets engine speed at 1800 rpm during service cleaning. The ECU prevents the engine speed from going below 1800 rpm until ETM is no longer active. The ECU broadcasts a value between 0 and 100% for DPF recovery progress. When the recovery process is completed, the recovery progress reaches 100%. After service regeneration is complete, the DPF recovery progress value resets to 0%. Engine idle speed returns to the normal low idle setting, and ETM no longer controls the engine speed.
• For information on the service cleaning process, see Exhaust Filter. (Operator's Manual.)
• To activate the service cleaning process, see Accessing Service Mode, SDM and see Operation—Exhaust Filter, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
System Sensors and Components
see B5204 — Aftertreatment Temperature Module. (CTM120119.) • For component location, see Aftertreatment Harness (W8) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Abort Conditions for Parked or Service Filter Cleaning Parked or service filter cleaning abort conditions are monitored by the ECU, TCU, and VCU. If the auto-shutdown feature is enabled, the machine shuts down if an abort is detected. If a parked or service cleaning takes too long to either prepare the exhaust temperatures or clean the exhaust filter, the ECU aborts the cleaning process and sends an abort message to the VCU. If a malfunction is detected on the exhaust filter, the ECU aborts the parked or service cleaning process and sends an abort message to the VCU. If the ECU is unable to maintain exhaust temperatures or the load on the engine, then the ECU aborts the cleaning process and sends an abort message to the VCU. The following are conditions to cause parked or service filter cleaning cancellations:
• Removal of safe state conditions.
The exhaust aftertreatment system uses the following sensors and components: Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Differential Pressure Sensor (B5109): The ECU supplies a 5-volt reference voltage to the sensor from pin 6 and return ground at pin 24 of ECU connector 2 (X5502). A signal representing DPF differential pressure is sent to the ECU at pin 47 of ECU connector 2 (X5502).
• For operation of sensor, see B5109 — DPF Differential Pressure Sensor. (CTM120119.)
• For component location, see Aftertreatment Harness (W8) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
- Transmission control lever (TCL) movement. - Engine speed control dial movement. - Park brake released. • Machine malfunction detected. • CAN communication lost from TCU or VCU to ECU. • ECU is unable to maintain exhaust filter cleaning temperature. • Parked or service cleaning takes longer than the allotted time. • Varying engine loads. • Exhaust temperatures too high. Auto-Shutdown for Parked or Service Filter Cleaning
Exhaust Filter Temperature Module (B5204): The exhaust filter temperature module interfaces with the ECU using the following sensors to provide information about the diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC), diesel particulate filter (DPF), and selective catalytic reduction (SCR) systems:
The auto-shutdown feature used for parked or service cleaning is a special form of auto-shutdown that monitors system temperatures in addition to providing a timed countdown used by the normal auto-shutdown feature.
• B60—Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Inlet Temperature Sensor
Auto-shutdown is designed to wait for the engine to cool down to a predetermined temperature after the cleaning process is complete before beginning the timer countdown.
Temperature Sensor
Engine STOP During Parked or Service Filter Cleaning
• B5021—Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Inlet • B5202—Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Outlet Temperature Sensor
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
Continued on next page
9015-05-94
AB51738,00006D6 -19-13MAR15-3/5
082417
PN=516
Theory of Operation
• To purge the DEF tank header cooling system, see DEF
A forced shutdown during the exhaust filter cleaning process can cause machine damage due to elevated exhaust temperatures. A forced engine shutdown should only be performed if an emergency situation exists.
Header Coolant Purge Test. (CTM120119.)
• To remove and install DEF tank header assembly, see
DEF Tank Header Assembly — Removal and see DEF Tank Header Assembly — Installation. (CTM120119.)
To perform an immediate engine shutdown, press the engine STOP switch on the sealed switch module (SSM) twice or press and hold the engine STOP switch for at least 1 second. When the engine STOP switch is pressed once, a pop-up screen requests confirmation of machine shutdown after being warned of possible machine damage an engine STOP may cause. If the shutdown process is not requested, pressing the SELECT button returns the machine to the exhaust filter cleaning process. For monitor operation, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM). (Operator's Manual.) Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) and Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) System System Overview The operator interface on the standard display monitor (SDM) provides the operator with diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank level and temperature. The DEF tank level and temperature, along with any malfunctions in the selective catalytic reduction (SCR) system, are monitored by the ECU. NOx sensor information is communicated over the aftertreatment controller area network (CAN). The aftertreatment CAN contains two 120-ohm termination resistors: one located inside the ECU and not accessible, and aftertreatment CAN terminator (R5605) within the aftertreatment harness. System Sensors and Components The exhaust aftertreatment system uses the following sensors and components: DEF Tank Header Assembly (A5507): The tank header routes diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) into and out of the DEF tank. The header is equipped with a level sensor, internal temperature sensor, and coolant control valve. The internal DEF level and temperature sensor send data to the ECU for monitoring conditions inside the tank. When the DEF temperature is below a predetermined threshold, the ECU commands the coolant control valve to open. Coolant then flows through the coolant tubes until the DEF temperature rises above the predetermined threshold and the ECU commands the coolant control valve to close.
• For pinout information, see A5507 — DEF Tank Header Assembly Connector. (CTM120119.)
DEF Dosing Unit Heaters: The DEF heating system includes a DEF dosing unit pressure line heater (E5601), DEF dosing unit supply line heater (E5602), and DEF dosing unit return line heater (E5603). At cold temperatures, the ECU enables the electrical heaters in the DEF system. The heaters remain on until the ECU determines that the DEF is no longer frozen.
• For operation of the sensor, pinout, and connector
information, see E5601 — DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Line Heater. (CTM120119.) • For operation of the sensor, pinout, and connector information, see E5602 — DEF Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater. (CTM120119.) • For operation of the sensor, pinout, and connector information, see E5603 — DEF Dosing Unit Return Line Heater. (CTM120119.) • For component location, see Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
DEF Dosing Unit (B5501): The DEF dosing unit is an electrically controlled system for the delivery of DEF. The DEF dosing unit controls priming, pressure control, shutdown sequence, and cold weather DEF control.
• For pinout information, see B5501 — DEF Dosing Unit. (CTM120119.)
• For operation of the DEF dosing unit, see DEF Dosing Unit Operation. (CTM120119.)
• For component location, see Vehicle Harness (W16)
Component Location or see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • To purge the fuel dosing system, see DEF Header Coolant Purge Test. (CTM120119.)
DEF Dosing Injector (Y5020): The DEF dosing injector is an electrically controlled, normally closed, coolant-cooled injector that delivers pressurized DEF into the decomposition tube upon request from the ECU. The DEF dosing injector receives power from pin 13 and is provided ground at pin 1 of ECU connector 2 (X5502).
• For pinout information, see Y5020 — DEF Dosing Injector. (CTM120119.)
• For operation of the DEF dosing injector, see DEF Dosing Injector Operation. (CTM120119.)
• For component location, see Aftertreatment Harness (W8) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• For DEF dosing injector cleaning, see DEF Dosing Injector — Cleaning. (CTM120119.)
• For removal and installation of DEF dosing injector, see DEF Dosing Injector — Removal and see DEF Dosing Injector — Installation. (CTM120119.)
• For operation of the DEF tank header, see DEF Tank Header Operation. (CTM120119.)
• For component location, see Vehicle Harness (W16)
Component Location or see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-95
AB51738,00006D6 -19-13MAR15-4/5
082417
PN=517
Theory of Operation
Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor (B5502): The ECU communicates with the aftertreatment inlet NOx sensor through the aftertreatment controller area network (CAN) bus. The aftertreatment inlet NOx sensor incorporates a heater element powered by switched power and controlled by the ECU.
Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor (B5503): The ECU communicates with the aftertreatment outlet NOx sensor through the aftertreatment CAN bus. The aftertreatment outlet NOx sensor incorporates a heater element powered by switched power and controlled by the ECU.
• For operation of the sensor, pinout, and connector
information, see B5503 — Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor. (CTM120119.) • For location of the sensor, see Aftertreatment Harness (W8) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
information, see B5502 — Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor. (CTM120119.) • For location of the sensor, see Aftertreatment Harness (W8) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• For operation of the sensor, pinout, and connector
AB51738,00006D6 -19-13MAR15-5/5
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-05-96
082417
PN=518
Group 10
System Diagrams Electrical Diagram Information
key switch in the OFF position or switched power off (for keyless start machines).
Explanation of Wire Markings NOTE: All system functional schematics, circuit schematics, and wiring diagrams are shown with
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-1
AS79221,000054E -19-24FEB16-1/4
082417
PN=519
System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic Diagram POSITION HEAT OFF ACC ON START
B
G1
G 2 ACC
M
ST
1 2 RED
9
10
8
S1 KEY SWITCH
RED
HEAT (NOT USED) OFF ACC ON START
RED/BLK BLK/WHT WHT
ACC
RED/WHT
BAT
G1
TO SE23 B14 (PIN C4)
3
WHT
RED
G2
M
4
RED/BLK
ST
BLK/WHT
13 11
RED
BLK CABLE
BLK
G2 BATTERY
F22 ALTERNATOR POWER 60A FUSIBLE LINK
BLK
BLK
5
WHT BLK BLK BLK
W6 ENGINE TO FRAME GROUND
7 SE1
TX1210366
TX1210366 —UN—09FEB16
W5 BATTERY TO FRAME GROUND
K14 BATTERY RELAY
B
A
E
12
F21 BATTERY POWER 40A FUSIBLE LINK
G1 BATTERY
S
22
X4
System Functional Schematic Example
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-2
AS79221,000054E -19-24FEB16-2/4
082417
PN=520
System Diagrams 1— Continuity Chart 2— Power Wires 3— Routing Location Information 4— Wire Identification
5— Ground Wires 7— Section Number 8— Component Name 9— Component Identification Number
10— Component Schematic Symbol 11— Connector Identification Number 12— Connector
The system functional schematic is made up of equal sections to simplify searching the schematic. Each section of the system functional schematic is assigned a number (7). The system functional schematic is formatted with power supply wires (2) shown near the top of the drawing and ground wires (5) near the bottom. The schematic may contain some harness or connector information. When connector information is shown, a connector (12) will be displayed as a double chevron with a component identification number corresponding to the connector identification number (11). Connector pin information (13) will be displayed in a text size smaller than that of the connector identification number. Each electrical component is shown by a component schematic symbol (10), the component name (8), and
a component identification number (9). A component identification number and name will remain the same throughout the Operation and Test Manual. This will allow for easy cross-referencing of all electrical drawings (schematics, wiring diagrams, and component location). Routing location information (3) is used to indicate when a wire is connected to a component in another section. TO and FROM statements identify when power is going to or coming from a component in a different location. The section and component identification number are given in the first line of information and any pin information for the component is given in parenthesis in the second line. In this example, power is going to section 23, component B14 on pin C4.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
13— Connector Pin Information
9015-10-3
AS79221,000054E -19-24FEB16-3/4
082417
PN=521
System Diagrams Wiring Diagram S50
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
X25-B
COLOR END#2
G031E
BLK
SP_G031_B
SP_G031_B G031F
BLK
S50
G031G BLK
SP_G031_B
X25-B
Y28
G031H BLK
SP_G031_B
CAV WIRE
Y28
H011A
GRN
SP_H011_A
1
SP_H011_A H011B
GRN
Y27
S50
H011C
GRN
SP_H011_A
S50
P047A
RED
X25-A
X25-A CAV WIRE
7
8
9
1
G031E
B 5X2
Y27
6
6
5
4
7
10 3
2
1
8
9
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
—
6
—
2
P047A
7
G031F
3
H011C
8
—
4
—
9
—
5
—
10
—
S50
X25-A
P047A
CAV WIRE
L
G031G
Y27
L
H011A
L
G031H
CAV WIRE
L
H011B
R
G031E
1
H011B
R
H011C
R
G031F
2
G031G
SP_H011_A
1 Y28 CAV WIRE 1
H011A
2
G031H
TX1210368
1
7
2
Y2
CAV WIRE
SP_G031_B
TX1210368 —UN—09FEB16
SP_G031_B SP_H011_A
5
Y28 2
1
3
4
2 Wiring Diagram Example
1— Component Identification Number 2— Connector 3— Connector End View
4— Wire Harness 5— Wire Splice 6— Wire End #1 Termination Location
7— Wire Number 8— Wire Color 9— Wire End #2 Termination Location
Each harness on the machine is drawn showing connectors, wires, and splices. A “W” component identification number identifies harnesses (for example, W6). The harness is drawn showing spatial arrangement of components and branches.
termination location (6) column to indicate the termination location of one end of a wire. In the center, the wire number (7) and wire color (8) are listed. A component identification number in the wire end #2 termination location (9) column identifies the opposite end of the wire.
A component identification number (1) identifies each component. The wire harness (4) is terminated by a top or side view of the connector (2). If more than one wire is supplied to the connector, a connector end view (3) is provided. Each wire number is labeled for the appropriate pin. If only one wire is supplied to the connector, the wire number (5) is indicated.
Component Location Diagram
An SP component identifies splices (6). Each splice lists side A wires and side B wires to differentiate the side of the harness that the wires come from.
The component location diagram is a pictorial view by harness showing location of all electrical components, connectors, harness main ground locations and harness band and clamp location. Each component will be identified by the same identification letter/number and description used in the system functional schematic diagram.
A wire legend is provided for each harness. A component identification number is listed in the wire end #1 AS79221,000054E -19-24FEB16-4/4
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-4
082417
PN=522
System Diagrams
Connector End View Diagram The connector end view diagram is a pictorial end view of the component connectors showing the number of pins in
the connector and the wire color and identifier of the wire in every connector. Each component will be identified by the same identification letter/number and description used in the system functional schematic diagram. AS79221,000054E -19-24FEB16-5/4
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-5
082417
PN=523
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-6
082417
PN=524
System Diagrams
Electrical Schematic Symbols T143000 —UN—21JUN01
AS79221,000054F -19-24FEB16-1/2
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-7
082417
PN=525
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-8
082417
PN=526
System Diagrams 1— Battery 2— Wire Splice 3— Fuse 4— Circuit Breaker 5— Fusible Link 6— Power Outlet 7— Alternator 8— Air Conditioner Compressor 9— Compressor 10— Liquid Pump 11— Antenna 12— Diode 13— Zener Diode 14— Capacitor 15— Magnet 16— Flasher 17— Buzzer 18— Horn 19— Alarm 20— Electromagnet 21— Internal Ground 22— Single Point Ground 23— External Ground 24— Sensor 25— Sensor With Normally Open Switch 26— Speed Sensor 27— Rotary Sensor 28— Single Element Bulb
29— Dual Element Bulb 30— Solenoid Operated Hydraulic Valve With Suppression Diode 31— Solenoid Normally Open 32— Solenoid Normally Closed 33— Starter Motor 34— Starter Motor 35— DC Motor 36— DC Stepping Motor 37— Wiper Motor 38— Blower Motor 39— Servo Motor 40— Speedometer 41— Tachometer 42— Temperature Gauge 43— Liquid Level Gauge 44— Gauge 45— Hourmeter 46— Resistor 47— Variable Resistor 48— Manually Adjusted Variable Resistor 49— Multi-Pin Connector
50— Single Pin Connector 65— Toggle Switch Normally 51— Connector Open 52— 4-Pin Relay 66— Toggle Switch Normally 53— 5-Pin Relay Closed 54— 5-Pin Relay With Internal 67— 2-Way Toggle Switch Suppression Diode Normally Open 55— 5-Pin Relay With Internal 68— 2-Way Toggle Switch Suppression Resistor Normally Closed 56— Key Switch 69— Manual Switch Operation 57— Temperature Switch 70— Push Switch Operation Normally Open 71— Pull Switch Operation 58— Temperature Switch 72— Turn Switch Operation Normally Closed 73— Toggle Switch Operation 59— Pressure Switch Normally 74— Pedal Switch Operation Open 75— Key Switch Operation 60— Pressure Switch Normally 76— Detent Switch Operation Closed 77— Temperature Sensor 61— Liquid Level Switch 78— Solar Sensor Normally Open 79— Pressure Sensor 62— Liquid Level Switch 80— Liquid Level Sensor Normally Closed 63— Momentary Switch Normally Open 64— Momentary Switch Normally Closed
AS79221,000054F -19-24FEB16-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-9
082417
PN=527
System Diagrams
Fuse and Relay Specifications F64
F65
F11
F1
F31
F21
F51
F41
F12
F2
F32
F22
F52
F42
F13
F3
F33
F23
F53
F43
F14
F4
F34
F24
F54
F44
F15
F5
F35
F25
F55
F45
F16
F6
F36
F26
F56
F46
F17
F7
F37
F27
F57
F47
F18
F8
F38
F28
F58
F48
F19
F9
F39
F29
F59
F49
F20
F10
F40
F30
F60
F50
TX1179851 —UN—09DEC14
F63
TX1179851 Fuse and Relay Specifications F1— Display Unit Unswitched F14— Fuel Filter Heater 10 A Fuse F33— Condenser Fan Motor 1 15 F49— Not Used Power 10 A Fuse F15— Transmission Switches 5 F50— Not Used A Fuse F2— Engine Control Unit (ECU) A Fuse F34— Condenser Fan Motor 2 15 F51— Hydraulic Valve Controller Unswitched Power 25 A F16— Spare 5 A Fuse (HVC) Unswitched Power A Fuse Fuse 2 F17— Window Wipers 15 A Fuse F35— 15 A Fuse (not used) 10 A Fuse F3— Engine Control Unit (ECU) F18— 12 V Converter Switched F36— Air Conditioner F52— Integrated Grade Control Unswitched Power 25 A Power 10 A Fuse (IGC) Unswitched Power Compressor Clutch 5 A Fuse 3 F19— Winch Pressure 5 A Fuse 10 A Fuse 1 Fuse F4— Spare 15 A Fuse F20— Monitor Alarm Switched F37— Platform Lights Switch 5 A F53— Integrated Grade Control F5— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Power 5 A Fuse (IGC) Unswitched Power Fuse Unswitched Power 10 A F21— Blower Motor 15 A Fuse 10 A Fuse 2 F38— Not Used Fuse F22— Under Seat Heater 15 A F54— Integrated Grade Control F39— Not Used F6— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Fuse (IGC) Unswitched Power F40— Not Used Unswitched Power 10 A F23— Spare Switched Power 10 F41— Blade Control Joystick 5 A 10 A Fuse 3 Fuse A Fuse F55— Not Used Fuse F7— Sealed Switch Module (SSM) F24— Air Seat Motor 10 A Fuse F42— Not Used F56— Not Used Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse F25— Dome Light/Backlight 5 A F43— Hydraulic Valve Controller F57— Not Used F8— 12 V Converter Unswitched Fuse (HVC) Switched Power 10 F58— Not Used Power 10 A Fuse F26— JDLink™ Switched Power F59— Not Used A Fuse F9— Service ADVISOR™ 5 A Fuse F44— Hydraulic Valve Controller F60— Not Used Connector 5 A Fuse F27— Not Used (HVC) Switched Power 10 F63— Fuse Box 1 F10— Not Used F28— Not Used F64— Fuse Box 2 A Fuse F11— Display Unit Switched F29— Not Used F45— Hydraulic Valve Controller F65— Fuse Box 3 (if equipped) Power 5 A Fuse F30— Not Used (HVC) Switched Power 10 F12— Engine Control Unit (ECU) F31— Engine Control Unit (ECU) A Fuse Switched Power 5 A Fuse Unswitched Power 25 A F46— Hydraulic Valve Controller F13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 Fuse 1 (HVC) Switched Power 10 (VC2) Switched Power 5 A F32— JDLink™ Unswitched A Fuse Fuse Power 5 A Fuse F47— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Switched Power 10 A Fuse F48— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Switched Power 15 A Fuse
NOTE: The following items are located outside of the fuse boxes: Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-10
AB51738,00008B8 -19-02MAR15-1/2
082417
PN=528
System Diagrams
• F61—System 120 A Circuit Breaker is located inside
the right platform of the machine. See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • F62—Glow Plug 50 A Fuse is located in right side engine compartment near engine oil fill. See Glow Plug Harnesses (W34, W35, and W36) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • K1—Start Relay is located in the left rear of the engine compartment. See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• K2—Switched Power Relay is located inside the right
platform of the machine. See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • K3—Air Conditioner Relay is located inside the right platform of the machine. See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • K7—Glow Plug Relay is located in right side engine compartment near engine oil fill. See Glow Plug Harnesses (W34, W35, and W36) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00008B8 -19-02MAR15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-11
082417
PN=529
System Diagrams
• B54—Fan Drive Pressure Sensor (SE14) (W17) • B60—SCR Inlet Temperature Sensor (SE12) (W8) • B5101—Engine Oil Pressure Sensor (SE8) (W32) • B5102—Exhaust Manifold Pressure Sensor (SE11)
System Functional Schematic, Wiring Diagram, and Component Location Legend IGC Controls:
• A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) (SE16) (W18) • A2—Radio (SE30) (W24) • A4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (SE1) (W24), (W25) • A5—Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) (SE25) • A6—Transmission Control Unit (TCU) • A8—Standard Display Monitor (SDM) (SE31) (W22) • A9—Blade Control Joystick (BCJ) (SE25) (W21) • A10—Transmission Control Lever (TCL) (SE16) (W21) • A11—Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) (SE25) (W19) • A12—Joystick Switch Module (SE25) (W21) • A13—Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) (SE2) (W18) • A15—Auxiliary Joystick 1 (SE26) (W21) • A16—Auxiliary Joystick 2 (SE27) (W21) • A21—Topcon® IGC Controller/Receiver (W40), (W41) • A22—Topcon® IGC Display Unit (W42) • A29—SiriusXM® Radio Module (SE29) (W24), (W38) • A5505—Engine Control Unit (ECU) (SE2) (W18) • A5507—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header
Assembly (SE7) (W17) • A6000—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit (SE36) (W6002), (W6003) • A6001—GPS/Cellular Antenna (W6002), (W6003) • A6002—Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit (SE36) (W6002), (W6003) • A6003—Satellite (SAT) Antenna (W6002), (W6003) • B1—Decelerator Sensor (SE20) (W22) • B2—Forward, Neutral, and Reverse (FNR) Sensor (SE20) (W21) • B3—Steer Sensor (SE21) (W21) • B6—Left Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor (SE21) (W17) • B7—Right Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor (SE21) (W17) • B8—Hydrostatic Charge Pressure Sensor (SE20) (W17) • B9—Brake Pressure Sensor (SE20) (W17) • B11—Right Motor Speed Sensor (SE17) (W17) • B12—Left Motor Speed Sensor (SE17) (W17) • B13—Front Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) (SE23) (W9) • B14—Rear Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) (SE23) (W9) • B15—Hydrostatic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (SE16) (W15) • B16—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (SE17) (W15) or (W45) • B17—Hydrostatic Oil Temperature Sensor (SE19) (W9) • B18—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor (SE19) (W15) • B19—Fuel Level Sensor (SE2) • B20—Right Speaker (SE30) (W24) • B21—Left Speaker (SE30) (W24) • B22—Winch Pressure Sensor (SE15) (W17) • B29—Engine Coolant Loss Switch (SE3) (W10) • B30—Engine Coolant Level Switch (SE3) (W10) • B31—Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch (SE34) (W27) • B32—Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Switch (SE34) (W27) • B42—Hydraulic Pump Pressure Sensor (SE22) (W17) • B51—Radio Microphone (SE30) (W24)
(W32)
• B5103—Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Flow Sensor (SE8) (W32)
• B5104—Manifold Air Pressure Sensor (SE7) (W32) • B5105—Engine Crankcase Pressure Sensor (SE8) (W32)
• B5107—Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor (SE4) (W32)
• B5109—Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Differential Pressure Sensor (SE11) (W8)
• B5113—Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor (SE5) (W32) • B5201—Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Inlet Temperature Sensor (SE12) (W8)
• B5202—Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Outlet Temperature Sensor (SE12) (W8)
• B5204—Exhaust Filter Temperature Module (SE12) (W8)
• B5205—Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Sensor (SE8) (W32)
• B5206—Manifold Air Temperature Sensor (SE9) (W32) • B5207—Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor (SE8) (W32)
• B5208—Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (SE13) (W32)
• B5209—Fuel Temperature Sensor (SE14) (W32) • B5211—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Fluid Temperature Sensor (SE7)
• B5301—Crankshaft Position Sensor (SE10) (W32) • B5302—Camshaft Position Sensor (SE10) (W32) • B5500—Intake Air Sensor (SE4) (W32) • B5501—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit (SE15) (W17)
• B5502—Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor (SE10) (W8) • B5503—Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor (SE11) (W8) • B5600—Water-in-Fuel Sensor (SE13) (W15) • B5601—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Fluid Level Sensor (SE7)
• E1—Dome Light (SE35) (W24), (W30) • E2—Left Front Drive Light (SE22) (W17) • E3—Right Front Drive Light (SE22) (W17) • E5—Right Rear Drive Light (SE23) (W24), (W25) • E6—Left Rear Drive Light (SE22) (W24), (W25) • E7—Left Front Cab Work Light (SE2) (W24), (W25) • E8—Right Front Cab Work Light (SE2) (W24), (W25) • E9—Seat Heater (SE35) (W21) • E12—Rotary Beacon Light (if equipped) (SE23) (W24), (W25)
• E5601—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Pressure Line Heater (SE5) (W17)
• E5602—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater (SE5) (W17)
• E5603—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Return Line Heater (SE6) (W17)
• F1—Display Unit Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse (SE31) • F2—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Unswitched Power 25 A Fuse 2 (SE3)
• F3—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Unswitched Power 25 A Fuse 3 (SE3)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-12
AB51738,0000A6A -19-22AUG16-1/7
082417
PN=530
System Diagrams
• F4—Spare 15 A Fuse • F5—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse (SE16)
• F6—Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse (SE2)
• F7—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse (SE1)
• F8—12 V Converter Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse (SE28)
• F9—Service ADVISOR™ Connector 5 A Fuse (SE32) • F11—Display Unit Switched Power 5 A Fuse (SE31) • F12—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Switched Power 5 A Fuse (SE3)
• F13—Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Switched Power 5 A Fuse (SE2)
• F14—Fuel Filter Heater 10 A Fuse (SE3) • F15—Transmission Switches 5 A Fuse (SE22) • F16—Spare 5 A Fuse • F17—Window Wipers 15 A Fuse (SE24) • F18—12 V Converter Switched Power 10 A Fuse (SE28) • F19—Winch Pressure 5 A Fuse (SE15) • F21—Blower Motor 15 A Fuse (SE33) • F22—Under Seat Heater 15 A Fuse (SE34) • F23—Spare Switched Power 10 A Fuse (SE35) • F24—Air Seat Motor 10 A Fuse (SE35) • F25—Dome Light/Backlight 5 A Fuse (SE35) • F26—JDLink™ Switched Power 5 A Fuse (SE36) • F27—Spare Power Switched Connector 10 A Fuse (SE38) • F31—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Unswitched Power 25 A Fuse 1 (SE3) • F32—JDLink™ Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse (SE36) • F33—Condenser Fan Motor 1 15 A Fuse (SE33) • F34—Condenser Fan Motor 2 15 A Fuse (SE33) • F35—15 A Fuse (not used) (SE33) • F36—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch 5 A Fuse (SE33) • F37—Platform Lights Switch 5 A Fuse (SE2) • F41—Blade Control Joystick 5 A Fuse (SE25) • F43—Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Switched Power 10 A Fuse (SE25) • F44—Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Switched Power 10 A Fuse (SE26) • F45—Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Switched Power 10 A Fuse (SE26) • F46—Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Switched Power 10 A Fuse (SE26) • F47—Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Switched Power 10 A Fuse (SE26) • F48—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Switched Power 15 A Fuse (SE37) • F51—Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse (SE25) • F52—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse 1 (SE37) • F53—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse 2 (SE37) • F54—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse 3 (SE37) • F61—System 120 A Circuit Breaker (SE1) (W18) • F62—Glow Plug 50 A Fuse (SE6) (W34), (W35), (W36) • F63—Fuse Box 1 (W18)
• F64—Fuse Box 2 (W18) • F65—Fuse Box 3 (W19) • G1—Battery (SE1) • G2—Battery (SE1) • G5—Alternator (SE1) (W32) • H1—Display Unit Alarm (SE2, SE31) (W22) • H2—Backup Alarm (SE18) (W17) • H3—Horn (SE17) (W11) • H4—Winch Pressure Light (SE15) (W21) • K1—Start Relay (SE2) (W9) • K2—Switched Power Relay (SE1) • K3—Air Conditioner Relay (SE33) (W18) • K7—Glow Plug Relay (SE6) (W34), (W35), (W36) • M1—Starter Motor (SE1) (W9) • M2—Front Wiper Motor (SE23) (W24) • M3—Rear Wiper Motor (SE24) (W21) • M4—Front Washer Motor (SE24) (W15) • M5—Rear Washer Motor (SE24) (W15) • M6—Left Door Wiper Motor (SE24) (W24) • M7—Right Door Wiper Motor (SE23) (W24) • M8—Under Seat Heater Blower Motor (SE35) (W29) • M9—Heater Valve Motor (SE28) (W21) • M10—Condenser Fan Motor 1 (SE33) (W27) • M11—Condenser Fan Motor 2 (SE33) (W27) • M12—Blower Motor (SE34) (W27) • M13—Air Seat Motor (SE35) (W21) • R1—Controller Area Network (CAN) 1 Termination Resistor 1 (SE3) (W18)
• R2—Controller Area Network (CAN) 1 Termination Resistor 2 (SE32) (W22)
• R3—Controller Area Network (CAN) 2 Termination Resistor 1 (SE25) (W21)
• R5—Blower Motor Speed Resistor (SE34) (W27) • R6—Fuel Filter Heater (if equipped) (SE4) (W15) • R8—Under Seat Heater Blower Motor Speed Resistor (SE34) (W29)
• R10—Glow Plug Resistor (SE6) (W34), (W35), (W36) • R11—Glow Plug Cylinder 1 (SE6) (W36) • R12—Glow Plug Cylinder 2 (SE6) (W36) • R13—Glow Plug Cylinder 3 (SE6) (W36) • R14—Glow Plug Cylinder 4 (SE6) (W36) • R5603—Engine CAN Terminator (SE4) • R5605—Aftertreatment CAN Terminator (SE10) (W8) • S1—Battery Disconnect Switch (SE1) • S2—Left Park Lock Lever Switch (SE22) (W21) • S3—Not Used (W23) • S5—Air Conditioner On/Off Switch (SE34) (W23) • S6—Temperature Control Switch (SE28) (W23) • S7—Blower Motor Speed Switch (SE34) (W23) • S8—Horn Switch (in TCL) (W21) • S9—Under Seat Heater Blower Motor Speed Switch (SE34) (W23)
• S10—Heated Seat Switch (SE35) (W23) • S12—Neutral Start Switch (SE23) (W21) • S14—Right Park Lock Lever Switch (SE22) (W21) • S15—Dome Light Switch (W24), (W30) • S19—Platform Lights Switch (SE2) (W18) • S29—Blade Shake Switch (SE25) (W21) • S30—Blade Angle Switch (SE25) (W21) • S31—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) On/Off Switch (SE25) (W21)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-13
AB51738,0000A6A -19-22AUG16-2/7
082417
PN=531
System Diagrams
• S32—Blade Height Increment/Decrement Switch
(SE25) (W21) • S34—Transmission Speed Control Switch (W21) • U1—24 V-to-12 V Converter (SE28) (W18) • V1—Right Door Wiper Diode (SE24) (W24) • V2—Starter Solenoid Diode (SE1) (W9) • V3—Left Door Wiper Diode (SE24) (W24) • V4—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode (SE33) (W9) • V5—Front Wiper Diode (SE23) (W24) • W1—System Ground (SE1) (W18), (W19) • W2—Frame Ground (SE1) (W17) • W3—Roof Ground (SE2) (W24), (W25) • W5—Cab Ground (SE2) (W21) • W8—Aftertreatment Harness (W8) • W9—Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) • W10—Cooling Package Harness (W10) • W11—Fan Harness (W11) • W14—Rear Service Harness (W14) • W15—Rear Service (IGC controls) Harness (W15) • W16—Vehicle Harness (W16) • W17—Vehicle (IGC controls) Harness (W17) • W18—Load Center Harness (W18) • W19—Load Center (IGC controls) Harness (W19) • W20—Operator's Station Harness (W20) • W21—Operator's Station (IGC controls) Harness (W21) • W22—Front Dash Harness (W22) • W23—Left Console Harness (W23) • W24—Cab Roof Harness (W24) • W25—Canopy Roof Harness (W25) • W26—Radio Auxiliary Harness (W26) • W27—Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W27) • W28—Condenser Harness (W28) • W29—Under Seat Heater Harness (W29) • W30—Dome Light Harness (W30) • W31—Power Outlet Harness (W31) • W32—Engine Harness (W32) • W33—Fuel Injector Harness (W33) • W34—Glow Plug Relay Harness (W34) • W35—Glow Plug Fuse Harness (W35) • W36—Glow Plug Harness (W36) • W38—Satellite Radio Harness (W38) • W39—Radio USB Harness (W39) • W40—IGC Controller-Receiver Harness 1 (W40) • W41—IGC Controller-Receiver Harness 2 (W41) • W42—IGC Display Unit Harness (W42) • W43—IGC Grille Harness (W43) • W44—Fuel Sender Harness (W44) • W45—Hydraulic Oil Filter Harness (S.N. 285905— ) (W45) • W51—Hydrostatic Charge Oil Filter Head Ground (S.N. 285905— ) (W15) • W52—Hydraulic Oil Filter Head Ground (S.N. 285905— ) (W15) • W6002—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) • W6003—Satellite (SAT) Harness (W6003) • X4—Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 1 (SE25) (W19) • X5—Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 2 (SE25) (W19)
• X6—Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 3 (SE25) (W19)
• X7—Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Connector (SE2) (W18)
• X8—Service ADVISOR™ Connector (SE32) (W22) • X9—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 (SE16) (W18)
• X10—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 (SE16) (W18)
• X11—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 (SE17) (W18)
• X12—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 4 (SE16) (W18)
• X14—Power Outlet Harness Connector (W21) • X15—Load Center Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector 1 (W17), (W18)
• X16—Load Center Harness-to-Load Center (IGC
controls) Harness 16-Pin Connector (W18), (W19)
• X18—Load Center Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2 (W17), (W19)
• X20—Start Terminal Connector (W9) • X21—Unswitched Power 1-Pin Connector (W18) • X22—Radio Antenna Power Connector (SE30) (W24) • X25—Fuse Box 1 Connector (W18) • X25-L1—Fuse Box 1 Unswitched Power Connector (W18)
• X25-L2—Fuse Box 1 Switched Power Connector (W18) • X26—Fuse Box 2 Connector (W18) • X26-L1—Fuse Box 2 Switched Power Connector (W18) • X27—Fuse Box 3 Connector (W19) • X27-L1—Fuse Box 3 Switched Power Connector (W19) • X29—Load Center Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector 3 (W17), (W18)
• X32—12 V Power Outlet (SE28) (W31) • X33—Not Used (W31) • X35—Heater and Air Conditioner Harness Connector (W24), (W27)
• X36—Operator's Station Harness-to-Front Dash Harness Connector (W21), (W22)
• X37—Platform Lights Switch Connector (W18) • X38—Load Center (IGC controls) Harness-to-Operator's Station Harness 31-Pin Connector (W19), (W21)
• X39—Dome Light Connector (W24), (W30) • X40—Fuel Tank Harness Connector (W15) • X41—JDLink™ Connector (W21), (W6002) • X45—Engine Auxiliary Harness-to-Load Center Harness 12-Pin Connector (W9), (W18)
• X52—Radio Auxiliary Port (SE29) (W24) • X53—Auxiliary Lighting (beacon) Connector (SE23) (W24), (W25)
• X54—Under Seat Heater Harness Connector (SE29) (W21), (W29)
• X55—12 V Power Outlet (SE29) (W24) • X56—Spare Power Connector (SE35) (W21) • X57—Load Center Harness-to-Operator's Station Harness 35-Pin Connector (W18), (W21)
• X58—Fan Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector (W11), (W17)
• X59—Operator's Station Harness-to-Left Console Harness 6-Pin Connector (W21), (W23)
• X60—Operator's Station Harness-to-Left Console Harness 12-Pin Connector (W21), (W23)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-14
AB51738,0000A6A -19-22AUG16-3/7
082417
PN=532
System Diagrams
• X61—Operator's Station Harness-to-Roof Harness
31-Pin Connector (W21), (W24), (W25) • X62—Load Center Harness-to-Operator's Station Harness 23-Pin Connector (W18), (W21) • X64—Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector (W15), (W17) • X65—Condenser Harness Connector (W27), (W28) • X66—Hydraulic Oil Filter Harness Connector (S.N. 285905— ) (SE17) (W15), (W45) • X74—Auxiliary Radio USB Input (if equipped) (SE29) (W24) • X88—Glow Plug Relay Harness-to-Glow Plug Harness Connector (SE6) (W34), (W35), (W36) • X96—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Interface Connector (SE37) (W19) • X97—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Interface Connector (SE37) (W21) • X98—Four-Way Axis Module Connector (SE25) (W21) • X99—Switch Module Connector (SE25) (W21) • X100—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) System 12-Pin Connector 1 (SE38) (W17) • X101—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) System 6-Pin Connector 1 (SE38) (W17) • X102—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) System 12-Pin Connector 2 (SE38) (W17) • X103—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) System 6-Pin Connector 2 (SE38) (W17) • X105—Cooling Package Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector (W10), (W17) • X108—IGC Grille Connector 1 (W43) • X109—IGC Grille Connector 2 (W43) • X110—IGC Grille Connector 3 (W43) • X111—IGC Display Unit Connector (W42) • X112—IGC Controller/Receiver Connector 1 (W40), (W41) • X113—IGC Controller/Receiver Connector 2 (W40), (W41) • X150—Auxiliary Joystick 1 Connector (W21) • X151—Auxiliary Joystick 2 Connector (not used) (W21) • X152—Radio Connector (SE30) (W24) • X153—Radio Auxiliary Connector 1 (SE30) (W24) • X154—Radio Auxiliary Connector 2 (SE30) (W24) • X155—Auxiliary Radio Input Harness Connector (SE30) (W24) • X5001—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Static Ground (SE9) (W32) • X5004—Engine Harness-to-Glow Plug Relay Harness 3-Pin Connector (SE6) (W32), (W34), (W35), (W36) • X5021—Fuel Injector Harness Connector (SE14) (W32), (W33) • X5039—Aftertreatment Harness-to-Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector (W8), (W32) • X5048—Vehicle Harness-to-Engine Harness 31-Pin Connector (W17), (W32) • X5501—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 1 (SE4) (W32) • X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 2 (SE2) (W32) • X5503—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 3 (SE2) (W18) • X6014—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector (SE36) (W6002), (W6003)
• X6015—Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit 48-Pin Connector (SE36) (W6002), (W6003)
• X6016—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG)
Harness-to-Satellite (SAT) Harness 6-Pin Connector (W6002), (W6003) • Y1—Left Motor Shift Solenoid (SE19) (W17) • Y2—Right Motor Shift Solenoid (SE19) (W17) • Y3—Park Brake Solenoid (SE18) (W17) • Y9—Hydraulic Enable Solenoid (SE22) (W15) • Y11—Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid (SE13) (W11), (W17) • Y12—Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid (SE13) (W17) • Y14—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid (SE33) (W9) • Y21—Lift Port B Solenoid (SE27) (W15) • Y22—Lift Port A Solenoid (SE27) (W15) • Y23—Tilt Port B Solenoid (SE27) (W15) • Y24—Tilt Port A Solenoid (SE27) (W15) • Y25—Angle Port B Solenoid (SE27) (W15) • Y26—Angle Port A Solenoid (SE27) (W15) • Y27—Auxiliary Port A Solenoid (SE26) (W15) • Y28—Auxiliary Port B Solenoid (SE26) (W15) • Y5002—Suction Control Valve (SE7) (W32) • Y5004—Low-Pressure Fuel Pump (SE7) (W15) • Y5019—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Coolant Control Valve (SE7) • Y5020—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Injector (SE13) (W8) • Y5021—Fuel Injectors (W33) • Y5021-1—Fuel Injector 1 (SE14) (W33) • Y5021-2—Fuel Injector 2 (SE14) (W33) • Y5021-3—Fuel Injector 3 (SE14) (W33) • Y5021-4—Fuel Injector 4 (SE14) (W33) • Y5024—Fuel Rail Pressure Relief Solenoid (SE14) (W32) • Y5400—Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve (SE12) (W32) • Y5402—Exhaust Throttle Actuator (SE9) (W32) Manual Controls:
• A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) (SE16) (W18) • A2—Radio (SE27) (W24) • A4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (SE1) (W24), (W25) • A6—Transmission Control Unit (TCU) • A8—Standard Display Monitor (SDM) (SE28) (W22) • A10—Transmission Control Lever (TCL) (SE16) (W20) • A13—Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) (SE2) (W18) • A29—SiriusXM® Radio Module (SE26) (W24), (W38) • A5505—Engine Control Unit (ECU) (SE2) (W18) • A5507—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header Assembly (SE7) (W16)
• A6000—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit (SE33) (W6002), (W6003)
• A6001—GPS/Cellular Antenna (W6002), (W6003) • A6002—Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit (SE33) (W6002), (W6003)
• A6003—Satellite (SAT) Antenna (W6002), (W6003) • B1—Decelerator Sensor (SE20) (W22) • B2—Forward, Neutral, and Reverse (FNR) Sensor (SE20) (W20)
• B3—Steer Sensor (SE21) (W20) Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor (SE21) (W16) • B6—Left Continued on next page AB51738,0000A6A -19-22AUG16-4/7
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-15
082417
PN=533
System Diagrams
• B7—Right Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor (SE21) (W16) • B8—Hydrostatic Charge Pressure Sensor (SE20) (W16) • B9—Brake Pressure Sensor (SE20) (W16) • B11—Right Motor Speed Sensor (SE17) (W16) • B12—Left Motor Speed Sensor (SE18) (W16) • B13—Front Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) (SE23) (W9)
• B14—Rear Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) (SE23) (W9)
• B15—Hydrostatic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (SE16) (W14)
• B16—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (SE17) (W14) or (W45)
• B17—Hydrostatic Oil Temperature Sensor (SE19) (W9) • B18—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor (SE19) (W14) • B19—Fuel Level Sensor (SE2) (W44) • B20—Right Speaker (SE27) (W24) • B21—Left Speaker (SE27) (W24) • B22—Winch Pressure Sensor (SE15) (W16) • B29—Engine Coolant Loss Switch (SE3) (W10) • B30—Engine Coolant Level Switch (SE3) (W10) • B31—Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch (SE31) (W27)
• B32—Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Switch
• B5502—Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor (SE10) (W8) • B5503—Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor (SE11) (W8) • B5600—Water-in-Fuel Sensor (SE13) (W14) • B5601—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Fluid Level Sensor (SE7)
• E1—Dome Light (SE32) (W24), (W30) • E2—Left Front Drive Light (SE22) (W16) • E3—Right Front Drive Light (SE22) (W16) • E5—Right Rear Drive Light (SE23) (W24), (W25) • E6—Left Rear Drive Light (SE22) (W24), (W25) • E7—Left Front Cab Work Light (SE2) (W24), (W25) • E8—Right Front Cab Work Light (SE2) (W24), (W25) • E9—Seat Heater (SE32) (W20) • E12—Rotary Beacon Light (if equipped) (SE23) (W24), (W25)
• E5601—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Pressure Line Heater (SE5) (W16)
• E5602—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater (SE5) (W16)
• E5603—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Return Line Heater (SE6) (W16)
• F1—Display Unit Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse (SE28) • F2—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Unswitched Power 25 A Fuse 2 (SE3)
(SE31) (W27) • B51—Radio Microphone (SE27) (W24) • B54—Fan Drive Pressure Sensor (SE14) (W16) • B60—SCR Inlet Temperature Sensor (SE12) (W8) • B5101—Engine Oil Pressure Sensor (SE8) (W32) • B5102—Exhaust Manifold Pressure Sensor (SE11) (W32) • B5103—Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Flow Sensor (SE8) (W32) • B5104—Manifold Air Pressure Sensor (SE7) (W32) • B5105—Engine Crankcase Pressure Sensor (SE8) (W32) • B5107—Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor (SE4) (W32) • B5109—Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Differential Pressure Sensor (SE11) (W8) • B5113—Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor (SE5) (W32) • B5201—Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Inlet Temperature Sensor (SE12) (W8) • B5202—Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Outlet Temperature Sensor (SE12) (W8) • B5204—Exhaust Filter Temperature Module (SE12) (W8) • B5205—Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Sensor (SE8) (W32) • B5206—Manifold Air Temperature Sensor (SE9) (W32) • B5207—Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor (SE8) (W32) • B5208—Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (SE13) (W32) • B5209—Fuel Temperature Sensor (SE14) (W32) • B5211—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Fluid Temperature Sensor (SE7) • B5301—Crankshaft Position Sensor (SE10) (W32) • B5302—Camshaft Position Sensor (SE10) (W32) • B5500—Intake Air Sensor (SE4) (W32) • B5501—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit (SE15) (W16)
• F3—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Unswitched Power 25 A Fuse 3 (SE3)
• F4—Spare 15 A Fuse • F5—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse (SE16)
• F6—Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse (SE2)
• F7—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse (SE1)
• F8—12 V Converter Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse (SE25)
• F9—Service ADVISOR™ Connector 5 A Fuse (SE29) • F11—Display Unit Switched Power 5 A Fuse (SE28) • F12—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Switched Power 5 A Fuse (SE3)
• F13—Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Switched Power 5 A Fuse (SE2)
• F14—Fuel Filter Heater 10 A Fuse (SE3) • F15—Transmission Switches 5 A Fuse (SE22) • F16—Spare 5 A Fuse • F17—Window Wipers 15 A Fuse (SE24) • F18—12 V Converter Switched Power 10 A Fuse (SE25) • F19—Winch Pressure 5 A Fuse (SE15) • F21—Blower Motor 15 A Fuse (SE30) • F22—Under Seat Heater 15 A Fuse (SE31) • F23—Spare Switched Power 10 A Fuse (SE32) • F24—Air Seat Motor 10 A Fuse (SE32) • F25—Dome Light/Backlight 5 A Fuse (SE32) • F26—JDLink™ Switched Power 5 A Fuse (SE33) • F27—Spare Power Switched Connector 10 A Fuse (SE33)
• F31—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Unswitched Power 25 A Fuse 1 (SE3)
• F32—JDLink™ Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse (SE33) • F33—Condenser Fan Motor 1 15 A Fuse (SE30) • F34—Condenser Fan Motor 2 15 A Fuse (SE30) • F35—15 A Fuse (not used) (SE30)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-16
AB51738,0000A6A -19-22AUG16-5/7
082417
PN=534
System Diagrams
• F36—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch 5 A Fuse
(SE30) • F37—Platform Lights Switch 5 A Fuse (SE2) • F61—System 120 A Circuit Breaker (SE1) (W18) • F62—Glow Plug 50 A Fuse (SE6) (W34), (W35), (W36) • F63—Fuse Box 1 (W18) • F64—Fuse Box 2 (W18) • G1—Battery (SE1) • G2—Battery (SE1) • G5—Alternator (SE1) (W32) • H1—Display Unit Alarm (SE2, SE28) (W22) • H2—Backup Alarm (SE18) (W16) • H3—Horn (SE17) (W11) • H4—Winch Pressure Light (SE15) (W20) • K1—Start Relay (SE2) (W9) • K2—Switched Power Relay (SE1) (W18) • K3—Air Conditioner Relay (SE30) (W18) • K7—Glow Plug Relay (SE6) (W34), (W35), (W36) • M1—Starter Motor (SE1) (W9) • M2—Front Wiper Motor (SE23) (W24) • M3—Rear Wiper Motor (SE24) (W20) • M4—Front Washer Motor (SE24) (W14) • M5—Rear Washer Motor (SE24) (W14) • M6—Left Door Wiper Motor (SE24) (W24) • M7—Right Door Wiper Motor (SE23) (W24) • M8—Under Seat Heater Blower Motor (SE32) (W29) • M9—Heater Valve Motor (SE25) (W20) • M10—Condenser Fan Motor 1 (SE30) (W27) • M11—Condenser Fan Motor 2 (SE30) (W27) • M12—Blower Motor (SE31) (W27) • M13—Air Seat Motor (SE32) (W20) • R1—Controller Area Network (CAN) 1 Termination Resistor 1 (SE3) (W18) • R2—Controller Area Network (CAN) 1 Termination Resistor 2 (SE29) (W22) • R5—Blower Motor Speed Resistor (SE31) (W27) • R6—Fuel Filter Heater (if equipped) (SE4) (W14) • R8—Under Seat Heater Blower Motor Speed Resistor (SE31) (W29) • R10—Glow Plug Resistor (SE6) (W34), (W35), (W36) • R11—Glow Plug Cylinder 1 (SE6) (W36) • R12—Glow Plug Cylinder 2 (SE6) (W36) • R13—Glow Plug Cylinder 3 (SE6) (W36) • R14—Glow Plug Cylinder 4 (SE6) (W36) • R5603—Engine CAN Terminator (SE4) • R5605—Aftertreatment CAN Terminator (SE10) (W8) • S1—Battery Disconnect Switch (SE1) • S2—Left Park Lock Lever Switch (SE22) (W20) • S3—Not Used (W23) • S5—Air Conditioner On/Off Switch (SE31) (W23) • S6—Temperature Control Switch (SE25) (W23) • S7—Blower Motor Speed Switch (SE31) (W23) • S8—Horn Switch (in TCL) (W20) • S9—Under Seat Heater Blower Motor Speed Switch (SE31) (W23) • S10—Heated Seat Switch (SE32) (W23) • S12—Neutral Start Switch (SE23) (W20) • S14—Right Park Lock Lever Switch (SE22) (W20) • S15—Dome Light Switch (W24), (W30) • S19—Platform Lights Switch (SE2) (W18) • S34—Transmission Speed Control Switch (W20) • U1—24 V-to-12 V Converter (SE25) (W18)
• V1—Right Door Wiper Diode (SE24) (W24) • V2—Starter Solenoid Diode (SE1) (W9) • V3—Left Door Wiper Diode (SE24) (W24) • V4—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode (SE30) (W9)
• V5—Front Wiper Diode (SE23) (W24) • W1—System Ground (SE1) (W18) • W2—Frame Ground (SE1) (W16) • W3—Roof Ground (SE2) (W24), (W25) • W5—Cab Ground (SE2) (W20) • W8—Aftertreatment Harness (W8) • W9—Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) • W10—Cooling Package Harness (W10) • W11—Fan Harness (W11) • W14—Rear Service Harness (W14) • W16—Vehicle Harness (W16) • W18—Load Center Harness (W18) • W20—Operator's Station Harness (W20) • W22—Front Dash Harness (W22) • W23—Left Console Harness (W23) • W24—Cab Roof Harness (W24) • W25—Canopy Roof Harness (W25) • W26—Radio Auxiliary Harness (W26) • W27—Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W27) • W28—Condenser Harness (W28) • W29—Under Seat Heater Harness (W29) • W30—Dome Light Harness (W30) • W31—Power Outlet Harness (W31) • W32—Engine Harness (W32) • W33—Fuel Injector Harness (W33) • W34—Glow Plug Relay Harness (W34) • W35—Glow Plug Fuse Harness (W35) • W36—Glow Plug Harness (W36) • W38—Satellite Radio Harness (W38) • W39—Radio USB Harness (W39) • W44—Fuel Sender Harness (W44) • W45—Hydraulic Oil Filter Harness (S.N. 285905— ) (W45)
• W51—Hydrostatic Charge Oil Filter Head Ground (S.N. 285905— ) (W14)
• W52—Hydraulic Oil Filter Head Ground (S.N. 285905— ) (W14)
• W6002—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002)
• W6003—Satellite (SAT) Harness (W6003) • X7—Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) Connector (SE2) (W18)
• X8—Service ADVISOR™ Connector (SE29) (W22) • X9—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 (SE16) (W18)
• X10—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 (SE16) (W18)
• X11—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 (SE17) (W18)
• X12—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 4 (SE16) (W18)
• X14—Power Outlet Harness Connector (W20) • X15—Load Center Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector 1 (W16), (W18)
• X16—Load Center Harness-to-Load Center (IGC controls) Harness 16-Pin Connector (W18)
• X20—Start Terminal Connector (W9) Continued on next page AB51738,0000A6A -19-22AUG16-6/7
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-17
082417
PN=535
System Diagrams
• X21—Unswitched Power 1-Pin Connector (W18) • X22—Radio Antenna Power Connector (SE27) (W24) • X25—Fuse Box 1 Connector (W18) • X25-L1—Fuse Box 1 Unswitched Power Connector
• X152—Radio Connector (SE27) (W24) • X153—Radio Auxiliary Connector 1 (SE27) (W24) • X154—Radio Auxiliary Connector 2 (SE27) (W24) • X155—Auxiliary Radio Input Harness Connector (SE27)
• X25-L2—Fuse Box 1 Switched Power Connector (W18) • X26—Fuse Box 2 Connector (W18) • X26-L1—Fuse Box 2 Switched Power Connector (W18) • X29—Load Center Harness-to-Vehicle Harness
• X5001—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Static Ground
(W18)
Connector 3 (W16), (W18) • X32—12 V Power Outlet (SE25) (W31) • X33—Not Used (W31) • X35—Heater and Air Conditioner Harness Connector (W24), (W27) • X36—Operator's Station Harness-to-Front Dash Harness Connector (W20), (W22) • X37—Platform Lights Switch Connector (W18) • X39—Dome Light Connector (W24), (W30) • X40—Fuel Tank Harness Connector (W15) • X41—JDLink™ Connector (W20), (W6002) • X45—Engine Auxiliary Harness-to-Load Center Harness 12-Pin Connector (W9), (W18) • X52—Radio Auxiliary Port (SE26) (W24) • X53—Auxiliary Lighting (beacon) Connector (SE23) (W24), (W25) • X54—Under Seat Heater Harness Connector (SE26) (W20), (W29) • X55—12 V Power Outlet (SE26) (W24) • X56—Spare Power Connector (SE32) (W20) • X57—Load Center Harness-to-Operator's Station Harness 35-Pin Connector (W18), (W20) • X58—Fan Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector (W11) • X59—Operator's Station Harness-to-Left Console Harness 6-Pin Connector (W20), (W23) • X60—Operator's Station Harness-to-Left Console Harness 12-Pin Connector (W20), (W23) • X61—Operator's Station Harness-to-Roof Harness 31-Pin Connector (W20), (W24), (W25) • X62—Load Center Harness-to-Operator's Station Harness 23-Pin Connector (W18), (W20) • X64—Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector (W14), (W16) • X65—Condenser Harness Connector (W27), (W28) • X66—Hydraulic Oil Filter Harness Connector (S.N. 285905— ) (SE17) (W14), (W45) • X74—Auxiliary Radio USB Input (if equipped) (SE26) (W24) • X88—Glow Plug Relay Harness-to-Glow Plug Harness Connector (SE6) (W34), (W35), (W36) • X105—Cooling Package Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector (W10), (W16)
(W24)
(SE9) (W32)
• X5004—Engine Harness-to-Glow Plug Relay Harness 3-Pin Connector (SE6) (W32), (W34), (W35), (W36)
• X5021—Fuel Injector Harness Connector (SE14) (W32), (W33)
• X5039—Aftertreatment Harness-to-Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector (W8), (W32)
• X5048—Vehicle Harness-to-Engine Harness 31-Pin Connector (W16), (W32)
• X5501—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 1 (SE4) (W32)
• X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 2 (SE2) (W32)
• X5503—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 3 (SE2) (W18)
• X6014—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector (SE33) (W6002), (W6003)
• X6015—Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit 48-Pin Connector (SE33) (W6002), (W6003)
• X6016—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG)
Harness-to-Satellite (SAT) Harness 6-Pin Connector (W6002), (W6003) • Y1—Left Motor Shift Solenoid (SE19) (W16) • Y2—Right Motor Shift Solenoid (SE19) (W16) • Y3—Park Brake Solenoid (SE18) (W16) • Y11—Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid (SE13) (W11), (W16) • Y12—Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid (SE13) (W16) • Y14—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid (SE30) (W9) • Y5002—Suction Control Valve (SE7) (W32) • Y5004—Low-Pressure Fuel Pump (SE7) (W14) • Y5019—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Coolant Control Valve (SE7) • Y5020—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Injector (SE13) (W8) • Y5021—Fuel Injectors (W33) • Y5021-1—Fuel Injector 1 (SE14) (W33) • Y5021-2—Fuel Injector 2 (SE14) (W33) • Y5021-3—Fuel Injector 3 (SE14) (W33) • Y5021-4—Fuel Injector 4 (SE14) (W33) • Y5024—Fuel Rail Pressure Relief Solenoid (SE14) (W32) • Y5400—Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve (SE12) (W32) • Y5402—Exhaust Throttle Actuator (SE9) (W32)
Topcon is a trademark of Topcon Positioning Systems, Inc. SiriusXM is a trademark of Sirius XM Radio Inc. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A6A -19-22AUG16-7/7
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-18
082417
PN=536
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-19
082417
PN=537
System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic and Section Legend NAME
550K AND 650K ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SCHEMATIC K-SERIES CRAWLER DOZER COPYRIGHT © 2017
DEERE & COMPANY MOLINE, ILLINOIS 61265 ART NUMBER
EFFECTIVE DATE
XJ1237953 12JUL2017 SCHEMATIC DRAWING EXISTS
THIS DRAWING IS A PLACE HOLDER TO REPRESENT THE FUNCTIONAL SCHEMATIC LOCATED BACK OF MANUAL
UN SCHÉMA EXISTE CE SCHÉMA REPRÉSENTE UN ESPACE RÉSERVÉ POUR LE SCHÉMA DE CIRCUIT ÉLECTRIQUE SITUÉ À LA FIN DE CE LIVRET
SCHALTPLAN VORHANDEN DIESER PLAN IST EIN PLATZHALTER FÜR DEN SCHALTPLAN DER ELEKTRISCHEN ANLAGE, DER SICH IM HINTEREN TEIL DIESES HANDBUCHS BEFINDET.
SCHEMA PRESENTE QUESTO DISEGNO È UN SEGNAPOSTO PER LO SCHEMA ELETTRICO SITUATO SUL RETRO DEL PRESENTE MANUALE.
DESENHOS ESQUEMÁTICOS EXISTEM ESTE DESENHO É UM ESPAÇO RESERVADO PARA O DIAGRAMA DE SISTEMA ELÉTRICO LOCALIZADO NA PARTE DE TRÁS DESTE MANUAL
EL ESQUEMA EXISTE ESTE DIAGRAMA ES UN MARCADOR PARA EL ESQUEMA DEL SISTEMA ELÉCTRICO UBICADO EN LA PARTE FINAL DEL PRESENTE MANUAL.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-20
AB51738,00008B4 -19-05MAY17-1/4
082417
PN=538
XJ1237953 —UN—1
System Diagrams
Electrical System Functional Schematic
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-21
AB51738,00008B4 -19-05MAY17-2/4
082417
PN=539
System Diagrams B5211—Diesel Exhaust Fluid F32— JDLink™ Unswitched A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) (DEF) Tank Fluid Power 5 A Fuse A2—Radio Connector 1 Temperature Sensor F33— Condenser Fan Motor 1 15 X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) A4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) B5301—Crankshaft Position A Fuse A8—Standard Display Monitor Connector 2 Sensor F34— Condenser Fan Motor 2 15 X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) (SDM) B5302—Camshaft Position A Fuse A10— Transmission Control Connector 3 Sensor F35— 15 A Fuse (not used) Lever (TCL) X12— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B5500—Intake Air Sensor F36— Air Conditioner A13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 Connector 4 B5501—Diesel Exhaust Fluid Compressor Clutch 5 A (VC2) X22— Radio Antenna Power (DEF) Dosing Unit Fuse A29— SiriusXM® Radio Module Connector B5502—Aftertreatment Inlet NOx F37— Platform Lights Switch 5 A X52— Radio Auxiliary Port (if equipped) Sensor Fuse A5505—Engine Control Unit X53— Auxiliary Lighting (beacon) B5503—Aftertreatment Outlet F61— System 120 A Circuit (ECU) Connector NOx Sensor Breaker A5507—Diesel Exhaust Fluid X54— Under Seat Heater Harness B5504—Engine Oil Level Sensor F62— Glow Plug 50 A Fuse (DEF) Tank Header Connector B5505—Engine Oil Condition G1—Battery Assembly X55— 12 V Power Outlet Sensor G2—Battery A6000—Modular Telematics X56— Spare Power Connector B5600—Water-in-Fuel Sensor G5—Alternator Gateway (MTG) Control X66— Hydraulic Oil Filter B5601—Diesel Exhaust Fluid H1—Monitor Alarm Unit Harness Connector (DEF) Tank Fluid Level H2—Backup Alarm A6002—Satellite (SAT) Module X74— Auxiliary Radio USB Input Sensor H3—Horn Control Unit (if equipped) E1— Dome Light H4—Winch Pressure Light B1—Decelerator Sensor X88— Glow Plug Relay E2— Left Front Drive Light K1—Start Relay B2—Forward, Neutral, and Harness-to-Glow Plug E3— Right Front Drive Light K2—Switched Power Relay Reverse (FNR) Sensor Harness Connector E5— Right Rear Drive Light K3—Air Conditioner Relay B3—Steer Sensor X152— Radio Connector E6— Left Rear Drive Light K7—Glow Plug Relay B6—Left Hydrostatic Pressure X153— Radio Auxiliary E7— Left Front Cab Work Light M1—Starter Motor Sensor Connector 1 B7—Right Hydrostatic Pressure E8— Right Front Cab Work Light M2—Front Wiper Motor X154— Radio Auxiliary E9— Seat Heater M3—Rear Wiper Motor Sensor Connector 2 E12— Rotary Beacon Light M4—Front Washer Motor B8—Hydrostatic Charge X155— Auxiliary Radio Input E5601—Diesel Exhaust Fluid M5—Rear Washer Motor Pressure Sensor Harness Connector (DEF) Dosing Unit M6—Left Door Wiper Motor B9—Brake Pressure Sensor X5001—Engine Control Unit Pressure Line Heater M7—Right Door Wiper Motor B11— Right Motor Speed Sensor (ECU) Static Ground M8—Under Seat Heater Blower B12— Left Motor Speed Sensor E5602—Diesel Exhaust Fluid X5004—Engine Harness-to-Glow (DEF) Dosing Unit Supply Motor B13— Front Pump Pressure Plug Relay Harness 3-Pin Line Heater M9—Heater Valve Motor Control Pilot (PCP) Connector E5603—Diesel Exhaust Fluid M10— Condenser Fan Motor 1 B14— Rear Pump Pressure X5021—Fuel Injector Harness (DEF) Dosing Unit Return M11— Condenser Fan Motor 2 Control Pilot (PCP) Connector Line Heater M12— Blower Motor B15— Hydrostatic Oil Filter X5501—Engine Control Unit F1— Display Unit Unswitched M13— Air Seat Motor Restriction Switch (ECU) Connector 1 Power 10 A Fuse M15— Condenser Fan Motor 3 B16— Hydraulic Oil Filter X5502—Engine Control Unit F2— Engine Control Unit (ECU) R1—Controller Area Network Restriction Switch (ECU) Connector 2 Unswitched Power 25 A (CAN) 1 Termination B17— Hydrostatic Oil X5503—Engine Control Unit Fuse 2 Resistor 1 Temperature Sensor (ECU) Connector 3 R2—Controller Area Network B18— Hydraulic Oil Temperature F3— Engine Control Unit (ECU) X6014—Modular Telematics Unswitched Power 25 A (CAN) 1 Termination Sensor Gateway (MTG) Control Fuse 3 Resistor 2 B19— Fuel Level Sensor Unit 48-Pin Connector F5— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) R5—Blower Motor Speed B20— Right Speaker X6015—Satellite (SAT) Module Unswitched Power 10 A Resistor B21— Left Speaker Control Unit 48-Pin Fuse R6—Fuel Filter Heater (if B22— Winch Pressure Sensor Connector F6— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) equipped) B29— Engine Coolant Loss X6020—Ananlog Input 1 (not Unswitched Power 10 A R10— Glow Plug Resistor Switch used) Fuse R11— Glow Plug Cylinder 1 B30— Engine Coolant Level X6021—Ananlog Input 2 (not F7— Sealed Switch Module (SSM) R12— Glow Plug Cylinder 2 Switch used) Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse R13— Glow Plug Cylinder 3 B31— Air Conditioner Freeze X6022—Ananlog Input 3 (not F8— 12 V Converter Unswitched R14— Glow Plug Cylinder 4 Control Switch used) Power 10 A Fuse R5603—Engine CAN Terminator X6023—Ananlog Input 4 (not B32— Air Conditioner R5605—Aftertreatment CAN High/Low-Pressure Switch F9— Service ADVISOR™ used) Connector 5 A Fuse Terminator B51— Radio Microphone (if Y1— Left Motor Shift Solenoid F11— Display Unit Switched S1— Battery Disconnect Switch Y2— Right Motor Shift Solenoid equipped) Power 5 A Fuse S2— Left Park Lock Lever Switch Y3— Park Brake Solenoid B54— Fan Drive Pressure Sensor F12— Engine Control Unit (ECU) S5— Air Conditioner On/Off B5101—Engine Oil Pressure Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional Switched Power 5 A Fuse Switch Sensor Relief Solenoid F13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 S6— Temperature Control Switch Y12— Hydraulic Fan Reversing B5102—Exhaust Manifold (VC2) Switched Power 5 A S7— Blower Motor Speed Switch Pressure Sensor Solenoid Fuse S9— Under Seat Heater Blower B5103—Exhaust Gas Y14— Air Conditioner Motor Speed Switch Recirculation (EGR) Flow F14— Fuel Filter Heater 10 A Fuse Compressor Clutch F15— Transmission Switches 5 S10— Heated Seat Switch Sensor Solenoid A Fuse S12— Neutral Start Switch B5104—Manifold Air Pressure Y5002—Suction Control Valve F17— Window Wipers 15 A Fuse S14— Right Park Lock Lever Sensor Y5004—Low-Pressure Fuel Pump F18— 12 V Converter Switched Switch B5105—Engine Crankcase Y5019—Diesel Exhaust Fluid Power 10 A Fuse S19— Platform Lights Switch Pressure Sensor (DEF) Tank Coolant F19— 12 V Converter Switched U1—24 V-to-12 V Converter B5107—Low-Pressure Fuel Control Valve Power 10 A Fuse (if V1— Right Door Wiper Diode Pressure Sensor Y5020—Diesel Exhaust Fluid equipped) V2— Starter Solenoid Diode B5109—Diesel Particulate (DEF) Dosing Injector F21— Blower Motor 15 A Fuse V3— Left Door Wiper Diode Filter (DPF) Differential Y5021-1—Fuel Injector 1 Continued on next page AB51738,00008B4 F22— Under Seat Heater 15 A V4— Air Conditioner Compressor Y5021-2—Fuel Pressure Sensor Injector 2-19-05MAY17-3/4 Fuse Clutch Diode B5113—Fuel Rail Pressure Y5021-3—Fuel Injector 3 F23— Spare Switched Power 10 V5— Front Wiper Diode Sensor Y5021-4—Fuel Injector 4 082417 TM13356X19 (24AUG17) A Fuse W1—System Ground B5204—Exhaust Filter Y5024—Fuel Rail Pressure Relief 9015-10-22 PN=540 F24— Air Seat Motor 10 A Fuse W2—Frame Ground Temperature Module Solenoid B5205—Charge Air Cooler Outlet F25— Dome Light/Backlight 5 A W3—Roof Ground Y5400—Exhaust Gas
System Diagrams Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,00008B4 -19-05MAY17-4/4
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-23
082417
PN=541
System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) NAME
550K AND 650K IGC ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SCHEMATIC K-SERIES CRAWLER DOZER COPYRIGHT © 2017
DEERE & COMPANY MOLINE, ILLINOIS 61265 ART NUMBER
EFFECTIVE DATE
XJ1237954 26APR2017 SCHEMATIC DRAWING EXISTS
THIS DRAWING IS A PLACE HOLDER TO REPRESENT THE FUNCTIONAL SCHEMATIC LOCATED BACK OF MANUAL
UN SCHÉMA EXISTE CE SCHÉMA REPRÉSENTE UN ESPACE RÉSERVÉ POUR LE SCHÉMA DE CIRCUIT ÉLECTRIQUE SITUÉ À LA FIN DE CE LIVRET
SCHALTPLAN VORHANDEN DIESER PLAN IST EIN PLATZHALTER FÜR DEN SCHALTPLAN DER ELEKTRISCHEN ANLAGE, DER SICH IM HINTEREN TEIL DIESES HANDBUCHS BEFINDET.
SCHEMA PRESENTE QUESTO DISEGNO È UN SEGNAPOSTO PER LO SCHEMA ELETTRICO SITUATO SUL RETRO DEL PRESENTE MANUALE.
DESENHOS ESQUEMÁTICOS EXISTEM ESTE DESENHO É UM ESPAÇO RESERVADO PARA O DIAGRAMA DE SISTEMA ELÉTRICO LOCALIZADO NA PARTE DE TRÁS DESTE MANUAL
EL ESQUEMA EXISTE ESTE DIAGRAMA ES UN MARCADOR PARA EL ESQUEMA DEL SISTEMA ELÉCTRICO UBICADO EN LA PARTE FINAL DEL PRESENTE MANUAL.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-24
AB51738,0000A68 -19-05MAY17-1/4
082417
PN=542
XJ1237954 —UN—0
System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-25
AB51738,0000A68 -19-05MAY17-2/4
082417
PN=543
System Diagrams A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) B5504—Engine Oil Level Sensor F52— Integrated Grade Control A2—Radio B5505—Engine Oil Condition (IGC) Unswitched Power A4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Sensot 10 A Fuse 1 A8—Standard Display Monitor B5600—Water-in-Fuel Sensor F53— Integrated Grade Control (SDM) B5601—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (IGC) Unswitched Power A9—Blade Control Joystick (DEF) Tank Fluid Level 10 A Fuse 2 (BCJ) Sensor F54— Integrated Grade Control A10— Transmission Control E1— Dome Light (IGC) Unswitched Power Lever (TCL) E2— Left Front Drive Light 10 A Fuse 3 A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller E3— Right Front Drive Light F61— System 120 A Circuit (HVC) E5— Right Rear Drive Light Breaker A12— Joystick Switch Module E6— Left Rear Drive Light F62— Glow Plug 50 A Fuse A13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 E7— Left Front Cab Work Light G1—Battery (VC2) E8— Right Front Cab Work Light G2—Battery A15— Auxiliary Joystick 1 E9— Seat Heater G5—Alternator A16— Auxiliary Joystick 2 E12— Rotary Beacon Light H1—Display Unit Alarm A29— SiriusXM® Radio Module E5601—Diesel Exhaust Fluid H2—Backup Alarm (if equipped) (DEF) Dosing Unit H3—Horn A5505—Engine Control Unit Pressure Line Heater H4—Winch Pressure Light (ECU) E5602—Diesel Exhaust Fluid K1—Start Relay A5507—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Supply K2—Switched Power Relay (DEF) Tank Header Line Heater K3—Air Conditioner Relay Assembly E5603—Diesel Exhaust Fluid K7—Glow Plug Relay A6000—Modular Telematics (DEF) Dosing Unit Return M1—Starter Motor Gateway (MTG) Control Line Heater M2—Front Wiper Motor Unit F1— Display Unit Unswitched M3—Rear Wiper Motor A6002—Satellite (SAT) Module Power 10 A Fuse M4—Front Washer Motor Control Unit F2— Engine Control Unit (ECU) M5—Rear Washer Motor B1—Decelerator Sensor Unswitched Power 25 A M6—Left Door Wiper Motor B2—Forward, Neutral, and Fuse 2 M7—Right Door Wiper Motor Reverse (FNR) Sensor F3— Engine Control Unit (ECU) M8—Under Seat Heater Blower B3—Steer Sensor Unswitched Power 25 A Motor B6—Left Hydrostatic Pressure Fuse 3 M9—Heater Valve Motor Sensor F5— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) M10— Condenser Fan Motor 1 B7—Right Hydrostatic Pressure Unswitched Power 10 A M11— Condenser Fan Motor 2 Sensor Fuse M12— Blower Motor B8—Hydrostatic Charge F6— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) M13— Air Seat Motor Pressure Sensor Unswitched Power 10 A M15— Condenser Fan Motor 3 B9—Brake Pressure Sensor Fuse R1—Controller Area Network B11— Right Motor Speed Sensor F7— Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (CAN) 1 Termination B12— Left Motor Speed Sensor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse Resistor 1 B13— Front Pump Pressure F8— 12 V Converter Unswitched R2—Controller Area Network Control Pilot (PCP) Power 10 A Fuse (CAN) 1 Termination B14— Rear Pump Pressure F9— Service ADVISOR™ Resistor 2 Control Pilot (PCP) Connector 5 A Fuse R3—Controller Area Network B15— Hydrostatic Oil Filter F11— Display Unit Switched (CAN) 2 Termination Restriction Switch Power 5 A Fuse Resistor 1 B16— Hydraulic Oil Filter F12— Engine Control Unit (ECU) R5—Blower Motor Speed Restriction Switch Switched Power 5 A Fuse Resistor B17— Hydrostatic Oil F13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 R6—Fuel Filter Heater (if Temperature Sensor (VC2) Switched Power 5 A equipped) B18— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Fuse R10— Glow Plug Resistor Sensor F14— Fuel Filter Heater 10 A Fuse R11— Glow Plug Cylinder 1 B19— Fuel Level Sensor F15— Transmission Switches 5 R12— Glow Plug Cylinder 2 B20— Right Speaker A Fuse R13— Glow Plug Cylinder 3 B21— Left Speaker F17— Window Wipers 15 A Fuse R14— Glow Plug Cylinder 4 B22— Winch Pressure Sensor F18— 12 V Converter Switched R5603—Engine CAN Terminator B29— Engine Coolant Loss Power 10 A Fuse R5605—Aftertreatment CAN Switch F19— 12 V Converter Switched Terminator B30— Engine Coolant Level Power 10 A Fuse (if S1— Battery Disconnect Switch Switch equipped) S2— Left Park Lock Lever Switch B31— Air Conditioner Freeze F21— Blower Motor 15 A Fuse S5— Air Conditioner On/Off Control Switch F22— Under Seat Heater 15 A Switch B32— Air Conditioner Fuse S6— Temperature Control Switch High/Low-Pressure Switch F23— Spare Switched Power 10 S7— Blower Motor Speed Switch B42— Hydraulic Pump Pressure A Fuse S9— Under Seat Heater Blower Sensor F24— Air Seat Motor 10 A Fuse Motor Speed Switch B51— Radio Microphone (if F25— Dome Light/Backlight 5 A S10— Heated Seat Switch equipped) Fuse S12— Neutral Start Switch B54— Fan Drive Pressure Sensor F26— JDLink™ Switched Power S14— Right Park Lock Lever B5101—Engine Oil Pressure 5 A Fuse Switch Sensor F31— Engine Control Unit (ECU) S19— Platform Lights Switch B5102—Exhaust Manifold Unswitched Power 25 A S29— Blade Shake Switch Pressure Sensor Fuse 1 S30— Blade Angle Switch B5103—Exhaust Gas F32— JDLink™ Unswitched S31— Integrated Grade Control Recirculation (EGR) Flow Power 5 A Fuse (IGC) On/Off Switch Continued next page Sensor F33— Condenser Fan Motor 1 15 S32—onBlade Height B5104—Manifold Air Pressure A Fuse Increment/Decrement Sensor F34— Condenser Fan Motor 2 15 Switch TM13356X19 (24AUG17) B5105—Engine Crankcase A Fuse U1—24 V-to-12 V Converter 9015-10-26 Pressure Sensor F35— 15 A Fuse (not used) V1— Right Door Wiper Diode B5107—Low-Pressure Fuel F36— Air Conditioner V2— Starter Solenoid Diode
X52— Radio Auxiliary Port X53— Auxiliary Lighting (beacon) Connector X54— Under Seat Heater Harness Connector X55— 12 V Power Outlet X56— Spare Power Connector X66— Hydraulic Oil Filter Harness Connector (S.N. 285905— ) X74— Auxiliary Radio USB Input (if equipped) X88— Glow Plug Relay Harness-to-Glow Plug Harness 3-Pin Connector X96— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Interface Connector X97— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Interface Connector X98— Four-Way Axis Module Connector X99— Switch Module Connector X100— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) System 12-Pin Connector 1 X101— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) System 6-Pin Connector 1 X103— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) System 6-Pin Connector 2 X104— Cooling Package Harness Connector X152— Radio Connector X153— Radio Auxiliary Connector 1 X154— Radio Auxiliary Connector 2 X155— Auxiliary Radio Input Harness Connector X5001—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Static Ground X5004—Engine Harness-to-Glow Plug Relay Harness 3-Pin Connector X5021—Fuel Injector Harness Connector X5501—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 1 X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 2 X5503—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 3 X6014—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector X6015—Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit 48-Pin Connector X6020—Ananlog Input 1 (not used) X6021—Ananlog Input 2 (not used) X6022—Ananlog Input 3 (not used) X6023—Ananlog Input 4 (not used) Y1— Left Motor Shift Solenoid Y2— Right Motor Shift Solenoid Y3— Park Brake Solenoid Y9— Hydraulic Enable Solenoid Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid Y12— Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid Y14— Air Conditioner AB51738,0000A68 -19-05MAY17-3/4 Compressor Clutch Solenoid Y21— Lift Port B Solenoid 082417 Y22— Lift Port A Solenoid Y23— Tilt Port B Solenoid PN=544 Y24— Tilt Port A Solenoid
System Diagrams Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company AB51738,0000A68 -19-05MAY17-4/4
Aftertreatment Harness (W8) Component Location B5503 B5109 R5605
B
B5503
A
B5201 W8 A
W8
W8 B5204
B5202
B5502
TX1184071 —UN—06FEB15
B5502
X5039 Y5020
TX1184071
B
B60 Aftertreatment Harness (W8) Component Location
B60— SCR Inlet Temperature B5202—Diesel Oxidation Catalyst B5503—Aftertreatment Outlet Sensor (DOC) Outlet Temperature NOx Sensor B5109—Diesel Particulate Sensor R5605—Aftertreatment CAN Filter (DPF) Differential B5204—Exhaust Filter Terminator Pressure Sensor Temperature Module W8—Aftertreatment Harness B5201—Diesel Oxidation Catalyst B5502—Aftertreatment Inlet NOx X5039—Aftertreatment (DOC) Inlet Temperature Sensor Harness-to-Engine Sensor Harness 12-Pin Connector
Y5020—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Injector
JL05046,0000097 -19-30APR15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-27
082417
PN=545
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-28
082417
PN=546
System Diagrams
Aftertreatment Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram TX1191278 —UN—01MAY15
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
B5503
COLOR END#2
SP_5030_A 5030A BLK
X5039
SP_5030_A 5030B BLK
HS_5030_B
SP_5030_A 5030C BLK
SP_5030_B
SP_5030_B 5030D BLK
HS_5030_D
SP_5030_B 5030E BLK
R5605
B5204 CAV WIRE 1 2 3 4
B5109
CAV WIRE
5634B 5625B 5783A 5786A
CAV WIRE
1
5602B
2
PLUG
3
PLUG
HS_5030_B
4
5636C
CAV WIRE
5
5605B
R
6
5604B
1
5634A
2
5625A
R5605
3
5785A
CAV WIRE A
5604E
5030B
B
5605E
HS_5030_B
C
5030E
B5109
Y5020
5331A BRN
X5039
Y5020
5333A ORG
X5039
SP_5602_A 5602A RED
B5502
SP_5602_A 5602B RED
B5503
3
1
SP_5602_A 5602C RED
X5039
6
4
SP_5604_A 5604A YEL
X5039
SP_5604_A 5604B YEL
B5503
SP_5604_A 5604C YEL
SP_5604_B
SP_5604_B 5604D YEL
B5502
SP_5636_A
SP_5604_B 5604E YEL
R5605
CAV WIRE
SP_5604_B
SP_5030_A
SP_5604_A
SP_5625_A
X5039
L
5636A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
B5503
L
5636B
L
5604D
L
5030B
L
5604B
L
5625A
SP_5605_A 5605C GRN
SP_5605_B
Y5020
R
5636C
R
5604C
L
5030C
L
5604C
L
5625B
SP_5605_B 5605D GRN
B5502
CAV WIRE
R
5636D
R
5604E
R
5030A
R
5604A
R
5625C
SP_5605_B 5605E GRN
R5605
1
5331A
SP_5636_A
B5109
5625A GRN
SP_5625_A
2
5333A
B5204
5625B GRN
SP_5625_A
SP_5605_A 5605A GRN SP_5605_A 5605B GRN
SP_5625_A 5625C GRN
X5039
SP_5634_A 5634A YEL
B5109
SP_5634_A 5634B YEL
B5204
SP_5634_A 5634C YEL SP_5636_A 5636A BLU SP_5636_A 5636B BLU SP_5636_A 5636C BLU SP_5636_A 5636D BLU
X5039 B5502 B5502 B5503
5783A ORG
X5039
B5109
5785A GRN
X5039
B5204
5786A BLU
B
C
R5605 B5503
B5204
SP_5604_B
SP_5030_A
SP_5604_A
SP_5625_A X5039
Y5020
SP_5605_B
SP_5030_B
SP_5605_B
SP_5030_B
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
L
HS_5030_D CAV WIRE R
5030D
HS_5030_D
X5039
B5204
A
5605D
5030D
R
5605C
R
5030C
R
5605E
R
5030E
X5039 SP_5602_A
SP_5605_A
SP_5634_A
SP_5602_A
SP_5605_A
SP_5634_A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
5602A
L
5605B
L
5634A
L
5602B
L
5605C
L
5634B
R
5602C
R
5605A
R
5634C
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
5602C
7
5636D
2
5331A
8
5785A
3
5333A
9
5634C
4
5625C
10
5030A
5
5786A
11
5604A
6
5783A
12
5605A
B5502
X5039
CAV WIRE B5502
3
6
1
1
5602A
2
PLUG
3
5636A
4
5636B
5
5605D
6
5604D
4
TX1191278
Aftertreatment Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-29
082417
PN=547
JL05046,0000098 -19-30APR15-1/2
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-30
082417
PN=548
System Diagrams B5109—Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Differential Pressure Sensor B5204—Exhaust Filter Temperature Module B5502—Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor B5503—Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor
HS_5030_B—Shield HS_5030_D—Shield R5605—Aftertreatment CAN Terminator SP_5030_A—5030 BLK Splice 1 SP_5030_B—5030 BLK Splice 2 SP_5602_A—5602 RED Splice SP_5604_A—5604 YEL Splice 1
SP_5604_B—5604 YEL Splice 2 SP_5605_A—5605 GRN Splice 1 SP_5605_B—5605 GRN Splice 2 SP_5625_A—5625 GRN Splice 1 SP_5634_A—5634 YEL Splice SP_5636_A—5636 BLU Splice 1
X5039—Aftertreatment Harness-to-Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector Y5020—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Injector
JL05046,0000098 -19-30APR15-2/2
Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location G5
Y14
X20
V2
M1 B13 V4
K1
B14
TX1178839 —UN—09DEC14
W9
B17 X45 TX1178839 Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location B13— Front Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) B14— Rear Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) B17— Hydrostatic Oil Temperature Sensor
W9—Engine Auxiliary Harness G5—Alternator Y14— Air Conditioner X20— Start Terminal Connector K1—Start Relay Compressor Clutch X45— Engine Auxiliary M1—Starter Motor Solenoid Harness-to-Load Center V2— Starter Solenoid Diode Harness 12-Pin Connector V4— Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode JL05046,0000099 -19-04FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-31
082417
PN=549
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-32
082417
PN=550
System Diagrams
Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Wiring Diagram TX1175050 —UN—09DEC14
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
K1-1
B005A RED
M1-1
G5-1
B005B RED
M1-1
X20
COLOR END#2
V2
CAV WIRE A
X45
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
V4
1
G012A
1
T028A
7
X001A
2
E003A
2
T027A
8
R073A
3
T030A
9
R025A
4
T029A
10
PLUG
5
P036B
11
PLUG
6
J002A
12
PLUG
E003B
V2
E003A WHT
K1-2
CAV WIRE
X20
E003B WHT
K1-2
1
G012C
1
G012D
2
P036A
2
P036B
X45
SP_G012_A G012A BLK
V2
SP_G012_A G012B BLK
M1-2
Y14
G012C BLK
V4
SP_G012_A G012D BLK
V4
G5-3
G012E BLK
M1-2
K1-3
J002A TAN
X45
Y14
P036A RED
V4
X45
P036B RED
V4
K1-4
R025A BLK
X45
B17
R073A BLK
X45
B14
T027A BLU
X45
K1-1
B14
T028A BLU
X45
CAV WIRE
B13
T029A BLU
X45
1
B13
T030A BLU
X45
B17
X001A YEL
X45
X20
1
2
1
V2
2
V4 B005A
-1
K1-2
K1
CAV WIRE K1-2
G5-1
1
E003A
1
E003B
CAV WIRE 1
B005B
G5-1 SP_G012_A
CAV WIRE
1
G012E
T030A
2
T029A
G5
CAV WIRE
1
B13 2
M1-1
CAV WIRE
B17
L
G012A
L
G012D
R
G012B
1
B005A
1
B005B
CAV WIRE
K1-3
CAV WIRE
SP_G012_A
1
-3
G5-3
K1-3
M1-1
B13
1
J002A
K1
-4 K1-4 CAV WIRE
M1-2 M1
-2
B A
B17
1
R025A
CAV WIRE 1
G012B
1
G012E
CAV WIRE A
X001A
B
R073A B14
Y14
B14
CAV WIRE 1
T028A
2
T027A
Y14 CAV WIRE
2
1
1
P036A
2
G012C
TX1175050 Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-33
082417
PN=551
JL05046,000009A -19-09DEC14-1/2
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-34
082417
PN=552
System Diagrams B13— Front Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) B14— Rear Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) B17— Hydrostatic Oil Temperature Sensor
G5—Alternator X20— Start Terminal Connector K1—Start Relay X45— Engine Auxiliary M1—Starter Motor Harness-to-Load Center SP_G012_A—G012 BLK Splice Harness 12-Pin Connector V2— Starter Solenoid Diode Y14— Air Conditioner V4— Air Conditioner Compressor Compressor Clutch Clutch Diode Solenoid JL05046,000009A -19-09DEC14-2/2
Cooling Package Harness (W10) Component Location
W10 X105
X105
B29 A
A
W10
TX1177158 —UN—20NOV14
B30
TX1177158 Cooling Package Harness (W10) Component Location B29— Engine Coolant Loss Switch B30— Engine Coolant Level Switch
W10—Cooling Package Harness X105— Cooling Package Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector JL05046,000009B -19-15DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-35
082417
PN=553
System Diagrams
Cooling Package Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE COLOR END#2
B30
B29
5125A GRN
X105
CAV WIRE
X105
5126A BLU
SP_5126_A
A
5127A
B29
5126B BLU
SP_5126_A
B
5126C
SP_5126_A 5126C BLU
B30
B30
X105
5127A VLT
X105
SP_5126_A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
5127A
L
5126A
B29
2
5125A
R
5126B
CAV WIRE
3
5126A
R
5126C
A
5125A
4
PLUG
SP_5126_A
B
5126B
B29
TX1175051
TX1175051 —UN—21NOV14
X105
B30
Cooling Package Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram B29— Engine Coolant Loss Switch B30— Engine Coolant Level Switch
SP_5126_A—5126 BLU Splice X105— Cooling Package Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector JL05046,000009C -19-20NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-36
082417
PN=554
System Diagrams
Fan Harness (W11) Component Location X58 W11
H3
TX1177115 —UN—20NOV14
Y11
TX1177115 Fan Harness (W11) Component Location H3—Horn W11— Fan Harness X58— Fan Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid
JL05046,000009D -19-08DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-37
082417
PN=555
System Diagrams
Fan Harness (W11) Wiring Diagram H3-2
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1 WIRE
CAV WIRE
COLOR END#2
Y11
5023A ORG
X58
Y11
5647A VLT
X58
H3-1
A018A GRY
X58
H3-2
G010B BLK
X58
1
G010B H3-1 CAV WIRE
H3-2
1
A018A
-1 H3 Y11
Y11
A
5023A
B
5647A
CAV WIRE X58
TX1175052
1
5023A
2
A018A
3
5647A
4
G010B
TX1175052 —UN—24NOV14
X58
CAV WIRE
Fan Harness (W11) Wiring Diagram H3—Horn X58— Fan Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid JL05046,000009E -19-08DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-38
082417
PN=556
System Diagrams
Rear Service Harness (W14) Component Location
X40 W14 B16
Y5004
M4
B15
R6 B18
TX1186542 —UN—03MAR15
B5600
X64
M5 TX1186542 Rear Service Harness (W14) Component Location (S.N. —285904) B15— Hydrostatic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B16— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B18— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor
B5600—Water-in-Fuel Sensor M4—Front Washer Motor M5—Rear Washer Motor R6—Fuel Filter Heater (if equipped)
W14—Rear Service Harness X40— Fuel Tank Harness Connector X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-39
Y5004—Low-Pressure Fuel Pump
JL05046,0000105 -19-19OCT15-1/2
082417
PN=557
System Diagrams
X40 X66
W52 W45
W14 B16
Y5004 W51
M4
B15
R6 B18
TX1203881 —UN—19OCT15
B5600
X64
M5 TX1203881 Rear Service Harness (W14) Component Location (S.N. 285905— ) B15— Hydrostatic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B16— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B18— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor B5600—Water-in-Fuel Sensor
M4—Front Washer Motor M5—Rear Washer Motor R6—Fuel Filter Heater (if equipped) W14—Rear Service Harness W45—Hydraulic Oil Filter Harness
W51—Hydrostatic Charge Oil Filter Head Ground W52—Hydraulic Oil Filter Head Ground X40— Fuel Tank Harness Connector X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
X66— Hydraulic Oil Filter Harness Connector Y5004—Low-Pressure Fuel Pump
JL05046,0000105 -19-19OCT15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-40
082417
PN=558
System Diagrams
Rear Service Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram TX1186533 —UN—03MAR15
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1 Y5004 B5600
WIRE
COLOR END#2
5003A ORG 5453A ORG
X64 X64
X64
5817A VLT
Y5004
B5600
5826A BLU
X64
M4
A024A GRY
R6
M4 CAV WIRE
B18
A
A024A
CAV WIRE
B16
G010C
A
X002A
CAV WIRE
B
R073A
A
B
CAV WIRE P014A
B
G010B
1
N002A
B15
A
X64
A
B16
B
CAV WIRE
B A
M5
X64
SP_G010_E G010A BLK
X64
R6
G010B BLK
X64
M4
G010C BLK
SP_G010_E
M5
G010D BLK
SP_G010_E
B15
N001A YEL
X64
B16
N002A YEL
X64
R6
P014A RED
X64
X64
R035A BLK
X40
B18
R073A BLK
X64
X64
X002A YEL
B18
X40
Y001A YEL
X64
B
1
A
N001A
M4 B18
R6 5 B1
A025A GRY
SP_G010_E CAV WIRE L
G010A
R
G010C
R
G010D
SP_G010_E
Y5004 2 1
Y5004 CAV WIRE 1
5003A
2
5817A
X40
M5 1 2
4 3
A B
X40 B5600
A B
A025A
1
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE 2 1
G010D
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A
P014A
J
A024A
R
PLUG
B
5826A
K
A025A
S
PLUG
C
5453A
L
Y001A
T
PLUG
D
G010A
M
R035A
U
PLUG
X64
W
CAV WIRE
B5600
M5
X64
Y001A
1
5453A
2
R035A
2
5826A
3
PLUG
4
PLUG
V H
U
E
G010B
N
X002A
V
PLUG
F
PLUG
O
R073A
W
PLUG
G
N001A
P
5003A
X
PLUG
H
N002A
Q
5817A
G T
F S R
X J A E Q
K L B
M C N
D O P
TX1186533 Rear Service Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —285904) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-41
082417
PN=559
JL05046,0000106 -19-15OCT15-1/4
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-42
082417
PN=560
System Diagrams
B15— Hydrostatic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B16— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B18— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor
B5600—Water-in-Fuel Sensor M4—Front Washer Motor M5—Rear Washer Motor R6—Fuel Filter Heater (if equipped)
SP_G010_E—G010 BLK Splice 5 X40— Fuel Tank Harness Connector X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-43
Y5004—Low-Pressure Fuel Pump
JL05046,0000106 -19-15OCT15-2/4
082417
PN=561
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-44
082417
PN=562
System Diagrams
TX1203867 —UN—16OCT15
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE COLOR END#2
X66
END#1
WIRE
Y5004
5003A ORG
X64
CAV WIRE
B18
B5600
5453A ORG
X64
A
A024A
CAV WIRE
X64
5817A VLT
Y5004
B
G010C
A
X002A
B5600
5826A BLU
X64
B
R073A
M4
A024A GRY
X64
M4
CAV WIRE
R6
A
CAV WIRE
N002A
1
M5
A025A GRY
X64
R6
G010B BLK
X64
M4
G010C BLK
SP_G010_E
M5
G010D BLK
SP_G010_E
W52
G010F BLK
SP_G010_F
W51
G010G BLK
SP_G010_F G010H BLK
X66
1
B A
X64
X66
N002A YEL
X64
R6
P014A RED
X64
X64
R035A BLK
X40
B18
R073A BLK
X64
X64
X002A YEL
B18
X40
Y001A YEL
X64
N001A
B
B18
A
R6
SP_G010_E CAV WIRE
X64
N001A YEL
G010B
M4
SP_G010_F
B15
B CAV WIRE
B
5 B1
SP_G010_E G010A BLK
P014A
B15
A
X64
A
W52
L
G010C
L
G010D
W52
R
G010A
CAV WIRE 1
SP_G010_E
G010F
SP_G010_F
W 51
Y5004
SP_G010_F
2 1
W51
CAV WIRE
Y5004
CAV WIRE
L
G010F
CAV WIRE
1
L
G010G
R
G010H
1
5003A
2
5817A
G010G
X40 X64
M5
1 2
4 3
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A
P014A
J
A024A
R
PLUG
A
X40
B
5826A
K
A025A
S
PLUG
B
CAV WIRE
C
5453A
L
Y001A
T
PLUG
1
Y001A
D
G010A
M
R035A
U
PLUG
2
R035A
E
G010B
N
X002A
V
PLUG
B5600
B5600
M5
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE A
A025A
B
G010D
2 1
1 2
5453A
3
5826A
4
PLUG PLUG
X64
W V H
U
G
F
G010H
O
R073A
W
PLUG
G
N001A
P
5003A
X
PLUG
H
N002A
Q
5817A
T
F S R
X J A E Q
K L B
M C N
D O P
TX1203867 Rear Service Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 285905— ) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-45
082417
PN=563
JL05046,0000106 -19-15OCT15-3/4
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-46
082417
PN=564
System Diagrams
B15— Hydrostatic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B18— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor B5600—Water-in-Fuel Sensor M4—Front Washer Motor
M5—Rear Washer Motor R6—Fuel Filter Heater (if equipped) SP_G010_E—G010 BLK Splice 5 SP_G010_F—G010 BLK Splice 6 W51—Hydrostatic Charge Oil Filter Head Ground
W52—Hydraulic Oil Filter Head Ground X40— Fuel Tank Harness Connector X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
X66— Hydraulic Oil Filter Harness Connector Y5004—Low-Pressure Fuel Pump
JL05046,0000106 -19-15OCT15-4/4
Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location Y27
Y26 Y24
W15
X40 B16
Y22
Y28 Y25
Y5004
A
Y23 Y21
W15
B18
Y9
B15
M4
M5
X64 TX1186544 —UN—03MAR15
R6
B5600
B42 A
TX1186544 Rear Service (IGC controls) Harness (W15) Component Location (S.N. —285904) B15— Hydrostatic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B16— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B18— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor B42— Hydraulic Pump Pressure Sensor B5600—Water-in-Fuel Sensor
M4—Front Washer Motor Y9— Hydraulic Enable Solenoid M5—Rear Washer Motor Y21— Lift Port B Solenoid R6—Fuel Filter Heater (if Y22— Lift Port A Solenoid equipped) Y23— Tilt Port B Solenoid W15—Rear Service (IGC controls) Y24— Tilt Port A Solenoid Harness Y25— Angle Port B Solenoid X40— Fuel Tank Harness Y26— Angle Port A Solenoid Connector X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-47
Y27— Auxiliary Port A Solenoid Y28— Auxiliary Port B Solenoid Y5004—Low-Pressure Fuel Pump
JL05046,000009F -19-15OCT15-1/2
082417
PN=565
System Diagrams
Y27
Y26 Y24 X40
W45 W15
B16
Y5004
W15
W52 X66
Y22
Y28 Y25
A
Y23 Y21
W51 B15
R6
M4
B18
M5
Y9
X64 TX1203878 —UN—19OCT15
B5600
B42 A
TX1203878 Rear Service (IGC controls) Harness (W15) Component Location (S.N. 285905— ) B15— Hydrostatic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B16— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B18— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor B42— Hydraulic Pump Pressure Sensor B5600—Water-in-Fuel Sensor M4—Front Washer Motor
M5—Rear Washer Motor X40— Fuel Tank Harness R6—Fuel Filter Heater (if Connector equipped) X64— Rear Service W15—Rear Service (IGC controls) Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Harness Connector W45—Hydraulic Oil Filter X66— Hydraulic Oil Filter Harness Harness Connector W51—Hydrostatic Charge Oil Y9— Hydraulic Enable Solenoid Filter Head Ground Y21— Lift Port B Solenoid W52—Hydraulic Oil Filter Head Y22— Lift Port A Solenoid Ground
Y23— Tilt Port B Solenoid Y24— Tilt Port A Solenoid Y25— Angle Port B Solenoid Y26— Angle Port A Solenoid Y27— Auxiliary Port A Solenoid Y28— Auxiliary Port B Solenoid Y5004—Low-Pressure Fuel Pump
JL05046,000009F -19-15OCT15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-48
082417
PN=566
System Diagrams
Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram TX1186549 —UN—03MAR15
R6
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
Y5004
5003A ORG
X64
CAV WIRE
COLOR END#2
47
A
X64
R6
P014A
34 20
46
33
8
32 31
19
G010B
B5600
5453A ORG
X64
X64
5817A VLT
Y5004
B5600
5826A BLU
X64
X40
X64
M4
CAV WIRE
A
7 17
45
B
29
44
28
22 10
3
23 11
1 6 15
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
P014A
17
PLUG
33
R205A
2
5826A
18
PLUG
34
PLUG
3
5453A
19
PLUG
35
H206A
4
G010A
20
PLUG
36
R206A
5
G010B
21
PLUG
37
H207A
6
PLUG
22
PLUG
38
R207A
37 24
4
38
12
5
16 43
36 21
9 2 1
18 30
B
35
13 14
39
25
26
B18
A025A GRY
X64
CAV WIRE
SP_G010_E G010A BLK
X64
A
A024A
R6
X64
B
G010C
M5
G010B BLK
M4
G010C BLK
SP_G010_E
M5
G010D BLK
SP_G010_E
Y9
G010E BLK
SP_G010_E
B42
H013A GRN
X64
CAV WIRE A B
X002A R073A
H201A GRN
X64
Y22
H202A GRN
X64
Y23
H203A GRN
X64
Y24
H204A GRN
X64
Y25
H205A GRN
X64
Y26
H206A GRN
X64
Y27
H207A GRN
X64
Y28
H208A GRN
X64
Y9
H212A GRN
X64
B15
N001A YEL
X64
B16
N002A YEL
X64
R6
P014A RED
X64
X64
P081A RED
B42
X64
R035A BLK
X40
X64
1
Y001A
2
R035A
3
PLUG
4
PLUG
B16 CAV WIRE A
N002A
B15
1
A B B A
Y21
1
4
2
3
B16
R073A BLK
Y27
Y26
Y24
Y21
7
N001A
23
PLUG
39
H208A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
8
N002A
24
H201A
40
R208A
1
H207A
1
H206A
1
H204A
1
H201A
9
A024A
25
R201A
41
P081A
2
R207A
2
R206A
2
R204A
2
R201A
10
A025A
26
H202A
42
R081A
CAV WIRE
11
Y001A
27
R202A
43
H013A
1
12
R035A
28
H203A
44
H212A
13
X002A
29
R203A
45
PLUG
14
R073A
30
H204A
46
PLUG
15
5003A
31
R204A
47
PLUG
16
5817A
32
H205A
N001A 2
B42
B18
M4
1
Y26
Y24
Y21
A
R081A
B
P081A
C
H013A
Y9 1
SP_G010_E Y9
Y5004
SP_G010_E
R201A BLK
X64
Y5004
Y22
R202A BLK
X64
CAV WIRE
Y23
R203A BLK
X64
M5
Y24
R204A BLK
X64
Y25
R205A BLK
X64
A
Y26
R206A BLK
X64
B
Y27
R207A BLK
X64
Y28
R208A BLK
X64
1
5003A
2
5817A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE L
G010A
L
G010E
R
G010C
R
G010D Y28
2
X64
2
2
Y21
Y001A YEL
1
CAV WIRE
X64
X40
2
B42
X64
B18
1
B A C
R081A BLK
X002A YEL
2
Y27
B42
X64
1
X40
2 1
B18
40
15
A024A GRY
27 41
B
M4
42
Y25
1
2
Y23
1
2
1
H212A
2
G010E
Y22
1
2
1
B5600
M5 CAV WIRE A
A025A
B
G010D
2
1
B5600
Y28
Y25
Y23
Y22
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
5453A
1
H208A
1
H205A
1
H203A
1
H202A
2
5826A
2
R208A
2
R205A
2
R203A
2
R202A
TX1186549 Rear Service (IGC controls) Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —285904) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-49
082417
PN=567
JL05046,00000A0 -19-15OCT15-1/4
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-50
082417
PN=568
System Diagrams
B15— Hydrostatic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B16— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B18— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor B42— Hydraulic Pump Pressure Sensor B5600—Water-in-Fuel Sensor
M4—Front Washer Motor M5—Rear Washer Motor R6—Fuel Filter Heater (if equipped) SP_G010_E—G010 BLK Splice 5 X40— Fuel Tank Harness Connector X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
Y9— Hydraulic Enable Solenoid Y21— Lift Port B Solenoid Y22— Lift Port A Solenoid Y23— Tilt Port B Solenoid Y24— Tilt Port A Solenoid Y25— Angle Port B Solenoid Y26— Angle Port A Solenoid
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-51
Y27— Auxiliary Port A Solenoid Y28— Auxiliary Port B Solenoid Y5004—Low-Pressure Fuel Pump
JL05046,00000A0 -19-15OCT15-2/4
082417
PN=569
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-52
082417
PN=570
System Diagrams
TX1203874 —UN—16OCT15
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1 Y5004 B5600
WIRE
COLOR END#2
5003A ORG 5453A ORG
X64 X64
R6
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
Y28
COLOR END#2
R208A BLK
X64
X002A YEL
X64
CAV WIRE
X64
R6
47 33 32
X64
A
P014A
B
G010B
31
B18
SP_G010_F
7 29
44
A
28
X64
Y5004
B5600
5826A BLU
X64
CAV WIRE
X64
1
M5
A024A GRY A025A GRY
SP_G010_E G010A BLK R6 M4 M5
G010B BLK G010C BLK G010D BLK
X64 SP_G010_E SP_G010_E
G010E BLK
SP_G010_E
W51
G010F BLK
SP_G010_F
G010G BLK
SP_G010_F
SP_G010_F G010H BLK
X64
B42
X64
H013A GRN
M4
B18
1
Y001A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
2
R035A
A
A024A
A
X002A
3
PLUG
B
G010C
B
R073A
4
PLUG
CAV WIRE 1
B
B A
4
2
3
B18
M4
L
G010F
L
G010G
R
B16 CAV WIRE A
B42
N002A B A C
1
14 27
Y27
Y26
Y24
Y21
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
H207A
1
H206A
1
H204A
1
H201A
2
R207A
2
R206A
2
R204A
2
R201A
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
H201A GRN
X64
A
R081A
Y22
H202A GRN
X64
B
P081A
Y23
H203A GRN
X64
C
H013A
Y24
H204A GRN
X64
Y25
H205A GRN
X64
Y26
H206A GRN
X64
Y27
H207A GRN
X64
Y28
H208A GRN
X64
Y9
H212A GRN
X64
B15
N001A YEL
X64
B16
N002A YEL
X64
R6
P014A RED
X64
X64
P081A RED
B42
X64
R035A BLK
X40
B18
R073A BLK
X64
B42
R081A BLK
X64
Y21
R201A BLK
X64
Y22
R202A BLK
X64
A
Y23
R203A BLK
X64
B
Y24
R204A BLK
X64
Y25
R205A BLK
X64
Y26
R206A BLK
X64
Y27
R207A BLK
X64
17
G010H
33
R205A
2
5826A
18
PLUG
34
PLUG
3
5453A
19
PLUG
35
H206A
4
G010A
20
PLUG
36
R206A
5
G010B
21
PLUG
37
H207A
6
PLUG
22
PLUG
38
R207A
7
N001A
23
PLUG
39
H208A
8
N002A
24
H201A
40
R208A
9
A024A
25
R201A
41
P081A
10
A025A
26
H202A
42
R081A
11
Y001A
27
R202A
43
H013A
12
R035A
28
H203A
44
H212A
13
X002A
29
R203A
45
PLUG
14
R073A
30
H204A
46
PLUG
15
5003A
31
R204A
47
PLUG
16
5817A
32
H205A
1
CAV WIRE
Y21
P014A
40
G010H
B42
B16
X40
1
38 39
25
N001A
A 1
37 24
12
CAV WIRE
B15
CAV WIRE
X64
Y9
W52
X40
X64
W51
G010F
15
M4
23 11
4 13
SP_G010_F
B
Y001A YEL
3
41
5817A VLT
CAV WIRE
26
W51
X64
CAV WIRE
22
5 15
CAV WIRE
21 10
1 6
16 43
36
9 2 1
17
45
B
35
8
19 18
30
42
X40
34 20
46
Y27
Y26
Y24
Y21
Y9 2
W52 W52
Y5 4 00
CAV WIRE
M5
1
1
SP_G010_E
Y9
SP_G010_E
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
H212A
L
G010C
2
G010E
L
G010D
R
G010A
R
G010E Y28
G010G
Y25 2
1
Y23 2
1
Y22 2
1
2
1
2 1
M5 CAV WIRE A
A025A
B
G010D
B5600
2
1
TX1203874
Y28
Y25
Y23
Y22
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
B5600
Y5004
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
H208A
1
H205A
1
H203A
1
H202A
1
5453A
1
5003A
2
R208A
2
R205A
2
R203A
2
R202A
2
5826A
2
5817A Rear Service (IGC controls) Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 285905— )
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-53
082417
PN=571
JL05046,00000A0 -19-15OCT15-3/4
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-54
082417
PN=572
System Diagrams
B15— Hydrostatic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B18— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor B42— Hydraulic Pump Pressure Sensor B5600—Water-in-Fuel Sensor M4—Front Washer Motor M5—Rear Washer Motor R6—Fuel Filter Heater (if equipped)
SP_G010_E—G010 BLK Splice 5 SP_G010_F—G010 BLK Splice 6 W51—Hydrostatic Charge Oil Filter Head Ground W52—Hydraulic Oil Filter Head Ground X40— Fuel Tank Harness Connector X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
X66— Hydraulic Oil Filter Harness Connector Y9— Hydraulic Enable Solenoid Y21— Lift Port B Solenoid Y22— Lift Port A Solenoid Y23— Tilt Port B Solenoid Y24— Tilt Port A Solenoid Y25— Angle Port B Solenoid
Y26— Angle Port A Solenoid Y27— Auxiliary Port A Solenoid Y28— Auxiliary Port B Solenoid Y5004—Low-Pressure Fuel Pump
JL05046,00000A0 -19-15OCT15-4/4
Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location E2
E3 X58
W16 X105
TX1181722 —UN—12JAN15
W2
TX1181722 Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location (front view) E2— Left Front Drive Light E3— Right Front Drive Light
W2—Frame Ground W16—Vehicle Harness X58— Fan Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
X105— Cooling Package Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-55
JL05046,00000A1 -19-21JAN15-1/4
082417
PN=573
System Diagrams
Y11
Y12
W16 TX1181748 —UN—13JAN15
B54
X64 TX1181748 Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location (right side view) B54— Fan Drive Pressure Sensor X64— Rear Service W16—Vehicle Harness Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid Y12— Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-56
JL05046,00000A1 -19-21JAN15-2/4
082417
PN=574
System Diagrams
B9
Y3
B22 W16
H2
B11 B8
TX1182334 —UN—14JAN15
B6
Y1 B7
B12
Y2
TX1182334 Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location (rear view) B6—Left Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor B7—Right Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor B8—Hydrostatic Charge Pressure Sensor
B9—Brake Pressure Sensor B11— Right Motor Speed Sensor B12— Left Motor Speed Sensor B22— Winch Pressure Sensor
H2—Backup Alarm W16—Vehicle Harness Y1— Left Motor Shift Solenoid Y2— Right Motor Shift Solenoid
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-57
Y3— Park Brake Solenoid
JL05046,00000A1 -19-21JAN15-3/4
082417
PN=575
System Diagrams
X29
X15
A5507
E5602 X5048
E5603
E5601
B5501
TX1181799 —UN—14JAN15
W16
H2
TX1181799 Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location (left side view) A5507—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header Assembly B5501—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit E5601—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Pressure Line Heater
E5602—Diesel Exhaust Fluid H2—Backup Alarm (DEF) Dosing Unit Supply W16—Vehicle Harness Line Heater X15— Load Center HarnessE5603—Diesel Exhaust Fluid to-Vehicle Harness (DEF) Dosing Unit Return Connector 1 Line Heater X29— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 3
X5048—Vehicle Harness-toEngine Harness 31-Pin Connector
JL05046,00000A1 -19-21JAN15-4/4
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-58
082417
PN=576
System Diagrams
Vehicle Harness (W16) Wiring Diagram TX1175054 —UN—04DEC14
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
X5048
5003A ORG
Y12
5014A YEL
WIRE
X64
X15
A024A GRY
X64
B9
R073C BLK
X15
X5048
X15
A025A GRY
X64
X29
R073D BLK
B6
SP_5023_A 5023A ORG
X58
W2-2
G010A BLK
SP_G010_C
X29
R073E BLK
B7
X5048
SP_5023_A
Y3
G010B BLK
SP_G010_C
B54
R082A BLK
X29
SP_5023_A 5023C ORG
Y11
B22
G010C BLK
SP_G010_C
Y1
T015A BLU
X15
X105
5125A GRN
X5048
H2-2
G010D BLK
SP_G010_C
B12
T016A BLU
X15
X5048
5126A BLU
X105
SP_G010_D G010E BLK
X64
B11
T017A BLU
X15
X105
5127A VLT
X5048
SP_G010_D G010F BLK
W2-1
X15
T018A BLU
B8
A5507
5136A BLU
X5048
SP_G010_D G010G BLK
SP_G010_A
X29
T019A BLU
B7
X5048
5141A BRN
B5501
X29
SP_G010_C
X29
T020A BLU
B6
X5048
5146A BLU
B5501
SP_G010_D G010K BLK
X64
B9
T021A BLU
X15
5023B ORG
5218A GRY
X5048
COLOR END#2
G010H BLK
SP_G010_A G010L BLK
X58
END#1 WIRE
Y3
COLOR END#2
T024A BLU
5301A BRN
X5048
SP_G010_A G010M BLK
E2
Y2
T034A BLU
X15
B5501
5303A ORG
X5048
E3
SP_G010_A
X29
X002A YEL
X64
B5501 B5501
5304A YEL 5305A GRN
X5048 X5048
X15 E3
L002A BRN L002B BRN
SP_L002_A
5306A BLU
X5048
SP_L002_A L002C BRN
E2
B5501
5307A VLT
X5048
H2-1
X15
B5501
5308A GRY
X5048
X15
N001A YEL
Y001A YEL
X64
X64
B5501 CAV WIRE
B5501
5309A WHT
X5048
X15
N002A YEL
X64
CAV WIRE
E5601
5311A BRN
X5048
B22
N006A YEL
X29
1
PLUG
7
PLUG
5141A
8
5305A
5313A ORG
X5048
B54
N007A YEL
X29
E5602
5314A YEL
X5048
X29
P014A RED
X64
3
5309A
9
5304A
E5602
5315A GRN
X5048
B9
P073A RED
X15
4
5146A
10
5306A
E5603
5317A VLT
X5048
B8
P073B RED
X15
5
5303A
11
5308A
6
5301A
12
5307A
5318A GRY
X5048
X29
P073C RED
B6
A5507
5321A BRN
X5048
X29
P073D RED
B7
A5507
5324A YEL
X5048
B11
P074A RED
X15
A5507
5329A WHT
X5048
B12
P074B RED
X15
X5048
5453A ORG
X64
B54
P082A RED
X29
X5048
5647A VLT
SP_5647_A
Y1
R015A BLK
X15
Y12
5647B VLT
SP_5647_A 5647C VLT X58
5647D VLT
SP_5647_A
Y2
R034A BLK
X15
Y11
X29
R035A BLK
X64
SP_5647_A
B11
R071A BLK
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
X5048
1
T015A
9
P074B
17
R073C
25
N002A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
2
R015A
10
R071B
18
T021A
26
PLUG
1
5301A
9
5324A
17
5329A
25
5309A
5303A
10
5321A
18
5306A
26
5826A
3
T034A
11
T016A
19
A018A
27
R073B
2
4
R034A
12
PLUG
20
A024A
28
PLUG
3
5318A
11
5307A
19
5218A
27
5453A
5
P074A
13
P073B
21
A025A
29
PLUG
4
5317A
12
5308A
20
5127A
28
5141A
5
5311A
13
5305A
21
5146A
29
5126A
6
5313A
14
5304A
22
5647A
30
5023B
7
5314A
15
5125A
23
5817A
31
5014A
8
5315A
16
5136A
24
5003A
R071A
5817A VLT
X64
B12
R071B BLK
X15
X5048
5826A GRY
X64
B8
R073A BLK
X15
X15
A018A GRY
X58
X15
R073B BLK
X64
R073A
22
L002A
7
T017A
15
T018A
23
M002A
8
PLUG
16
P073A
24
N001A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A
PLUG
J
PLUG
R
T019A
B
PLUG
K
T024A
S
P073C
C
PLUG
L
X002A
T
R073D
D
PLUG
M
G010H
U
T020A
E
N006A
N
PLUG
V
N007A
F
PLUG
O
P014A
W
P082A
G
PLUG
P
P073D
X
R082A
H
R035A
Q
R073E
30 31
Y001A PLUG
SP_G010_C H2-1 -1
G010A
L
G010B
L
G010C
H2-2
R
G010D
CAV WIRE
R
G010H
1
SP_G010_C
M002A
G010D
H2-2
1
A5507
1
5321A
2
5324A
3
5329A
4
5136A
5
5218A
6
E5601
A5507
CAV WIRE
E5601 CAV WIRE
PLUG
1
5311A
B12
2
5313A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
PLUG
4
P074B
2
PLUG
5
R071B
3
T016A
6
PLUG
2
E5602
0 56
E
B6
CAV WIRE
E5603
1
5314A
E5603
2
5315A
CAV WIRE 1
5317A
2
5318A
Vehicle Harness (W16) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —285904) (1 of 2) Continued on next page
9015-10-59
L
1
H2
X5048
7
TX1175054
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
X29
B5501
X15
X5048
14
X15
1
E5601
2
E5603
CAV WIRE
X29
SP_L002_A
B5501
M002A VLT
X15
CAV WIRE
6
X29
B5501
G010N BLK
X15
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
END#1
A5507
COLOR END#2
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
082417
PN=577
CAV WIRE A
R073D
B
P073C
C
T020A
B9 B9
CAV WIRE
B A C
B A C
B6
A
R073C
B
P073A
C
T021A
B12
SHEET 1 OF 2 JL05046,00000A2 -19-15OCT15-1/8
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-60
082417
PN=578
System Diagrams
1— Continued on Sheet 2 A5507—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header Assembly B6—Left Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor B9—Brake Pressure Sensor B12— Left Motor Speed Sensor
B5501—Diesel Exhaust Fluid E5603—Diesel Exhaust Fluid X29— Load Center Harness(DEF) Dosing Unit (DEF) Dosing Unit Return to-Vehicle Harness E5601—Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Connector 3 (DEF) Dosing Unit H2—Backup Alarm X5048—Vehicle Harness-toPressure Line Heater SP_G010_C—G010 BLK Splice 3 Engine Harness 31-Pin E5602—Diesel Exhaust Fluid X15— Load Center HarnessConnector (DEF) Dosing Unit Supply to-Vehicle Harness Line Heater Connector 1 Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-61
JL05046,00000A2 -19-15OCT15-2/8
082417
PN=579
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-62
082417
PN=580
System Diagrams
TX1179742 —UN—04DEC14
Y2 CAV WIRE 1 2
B8
T034A R034A
CAV WIRE
Y1 CAV WIRE 1
T015A
2
R015A
B11
Y11
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
PLUG
A
5023C
2
PLUG
B
5647C
3
T017A
4
P074A
Y12
X58 CAV WIRE Y11
1
5023A
2
A018A
3
5647D
4
G010L
E3 CAV WIRE
A
R073A
5
R071A
CAV WIRE
1
L002B
B
P073B
6
PLUG
1
5014A
2
G010N
C
T018A
2
5647B
Y2 B54
2 2
B A C
B A C
1
X58
Y12
Y1 B8
B11
B54
SP_5647_A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A
R082A
L
5647B
B
P082A
L
5647C
C
N007A
R
5647A
R
5647D
SP_5647_A
1
E3
SP_G010_D
SP_G010_A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
SP_L002_A
L
G010F
L
G010M
CAV WIRE
L
G010G
L
G010N
L
L002B
R
G010E
R
G010G
L
L002C
R
G010K
R
G010L
R
L002A
SP_G010_D
SP_G010_A
SP_L002_A
1 SP_5023_A SP_5023_A
L
5023C
R
5023B
2-
5023A
W
L
1
CAV WIRE
X64 B7
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
W2-1
A
P014A
J
A024A
R
PLUG
CAV WIRE
B
5826A
K
A025A
S
PLUG
1
C
5453A
L
Y001A
T
PLUG
W2-2
B7
D
G010E
M
R035A
U
PLUG
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
E
G010K
N
X002A
V
PLUG
1
A
R073E
F
PLUG
O
R073B
W
PLUG
P073D
G
N001A
P
5003A
X
PLUG
T019A
H
N002A
Q
5817A
B22
Y3
X64
B A C
2
1
CAV WIRE
TX1179742
2
A
B22
Y3
1
B
T024A G010B
CAV WIRE A B
N006A G010C
B C
Continued on next page
9015-10-63
W2-2
G010F
X105
2
1
CAV WIRE G010A
X105
1
5127A
2
5125A
3
5126A
4
PLUG
E2 CAV WIRE 1
L002C
2
G010M
SHEET 2 OF 2 Vehicle Harness (W16) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —285904) (2 of 2)
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
E2
082417
PN=581
JL05046,00000A2 -19-15OCT15-3/8
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-64
082417
PN=582
System Diagrams
1— Continued on Sheet 1 E2— Left Front Drive Light B7—Right Hydrostatic Pressure E3— Right Front Drive Light Sensor SP_5023_A—5023 ORG Splice B8—Hydrostatic Charge SP_5647_A—5647 VLT Splice Pressure Sensor SP_G010_A—G010 BLK Splice 1 B11— Right Motor Speed Sensor SP_G010_D—G010 BLK Splice 4 B22— Winch Pressure Sensor SP_L002_A—L002 BRN Splice B54— Fan Drive Pressure Sensor
W2—Frame Ground X58— Fan Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector X105— Cooling Package Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y1— Left Motor Shift Solenoid
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-65
Y2— Right Motor Shift Solenoid Y3— Park Brake Solenoid 1 Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid Y12— Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid
JL05046,00000A2 -19-15OCT15-4/8
082417
PN=583
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-66
082417
PN=584
System Diagrams
TX1203884 —UN—19OCT15
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
X5048
5003A ORG
Y12
5014A YEL
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
X64
X15
A024A GRY
X64
X15
R073B BLK
X64
X5048
X15
A025A GRY
X64
B9
R073C BLK
X15
SP_5023_A 5023A ORG
X58
W2-2
G010A BLK
SP_G010_C
X29
R073D BLK
B6
X5048
SP_5023_A
Y3
G010B BLK
SP_G010_C
X29
R073E BLK
B7
SP_5023_A 5023C ORG
Y11
B22
G010C BLK
SP_G010_C
B54
R082A BLK
X29
X105
5125A GRN
X5048
H2-2
G010D BLK
SP_G010_C
Y1
T015A BLU
X15
X5048
5126A BLU
X105
SP_G010_D G010E BLK
X64
B12
T016A BLU
X15
X105
5127A VLT
X5048
SP_G010_D G010F BLK
W2-1
B11
T017A BLU
X15
A5507
5136A BLU
X5048
SP_G010_D G010G BLK
SP_G010_A
X15
T018A BLU
B8
5023B ORG
X5048
5141A BRN
B5501
X29
X5048
5146A BLU
B5501
A5507
5218A GRY
X5048
B5501
5301A BRN
X5048
COLOR END#2
G010H BLK
END#1 WIRE
COLOR END#2
SP_G010_C
X29
T019A BLU
B7
SP_G010_D G010K BLK
X64
X29
T020A BLU
B6
SP_G010_A G010L BLK
X58
B9
T021A BLU
X15
SP_G010_A G010M BLK
E2
Y3
T024A BLU
5303A ORG
X5048
E3
G010N BLK
SP_G010_A
Y2
T034A BLU
X15
B5501
5304A YEL
X5048
X64
G010P BLK
W2-3
X29
X002A YEL
X64
B5501
5305A GRN 5306A BLU
X5048 X5048
X15 E3
L002A BRN L002B BRN
SP_L002_A
X15
Y001A YEL
X64
SP_L002_A L002C BRN
E2
X5048
H2-1
M002A VLT
X15
B5501
5309A WHT
X5048
X15
N001A YEL
X64
B5501
E5601
5311A BRN
X5048
X15
N002A YEL
X64
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
E5601
5313A ORG
X5048
B22
N006A YEL
X29
1
PLUG
7
PLUG
E5602
5314A YEL
X5048
B54
N007A YEL
X29
2
5141A
8
5305A
E5602
5315A GRN
X5048
X29
P014A RED
X64
3
5309A
9
5304A
E5603
5317A VLT
X5048
B9
P073A RED
X15
4
5146A
10
5306A
E5603
5318A GRY
X5048
B8
P073B RED
X15
5
5303A
11
5308A
6
5301A
17
25
R015A T034A
10
P074B R071B
18
R073C T021A
X15
N002A
26
PLUG
20 31 9 8 19
21 10
2
11
T016A
19
A018A
27
11
R073B
3
18 30 29 7 17
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
5301A
9
5324A
17
5329A
25
5309A
2
5303A
10
5321A
18
5306A
26
5826A
3
5318A
11
5307A
19
5218A
27
5453A
4
5317A
12
5308A
20
5127A
28
5141A
1 23
6 16 28 5 15 14 27
R034A
12
PLUG
20
A024A
28
PLUG
5
P074A
13
P073B
21
A025A
29
PLUG
6
R071A
14
R073A
22
L002A
30
Y001A
5
5311A
13
5305A
21
5146A
29
5126A
7
T017A
15
T018A
23
M002A
31
PLUG
6
5313A
14
5304A
22
5647A
30
5023B
7
5314A
15
5125A
23
5817A
31
5014A
8
5315A
16
5136A
24
5003A
PLUG
16
P073A
24
24
13
25 26
N001A
X5048
X29 CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A
PLUG
J
PLUG
R
T019A
B
PLUG
K
T024A
S
P073C
C
PLUG
L
X002A
T
R073D
D
PLUG
M
G010H
U
T020A
E
N006A
N
PLUG
V
N007A
F
PLUG
O
P014A
W
P082A
G
PLUG
P
P073D
X
R082A
H
R035A
Q
R073E
B
M C N
20 31
K XW
L
J
H
D P
E
U
6
1
12
7
2
22 11
3
7
T
F
Q
9 8 19
21 10
G
A
O
V
18 30 29 17
1 12 4
S
23
R
6 16 28 5 15 14 27
13
24
H2-1
25 26
CAV WIRE -1
G010A G010B
L
G010C
H2-2
R
G010D
CAV WIRE
R
G010H
1
SP_G010_C
G010D
H2-2
1
A5507 CAV WIRE
5307A
5321A
E5601
A5507
2 1
3 2 1
A5507
5324A YEL
X5048
X29
P073D RED
B7
A5507
5329A WHT
X5048
B11
P074A RED
X15
2
5324A
E5601
X5048
5453A ORG
X64
B12
P074B RED
X15
3
5329A
CAV WIRE
X5048
5647A VLT
SP_5647_A
B54
P082A RED
X29
4
5136A
1
5311A
B12
5218A
2
5313A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
PLUG
1
PLUG
4
P074B
2
PLUG
5
R071B
3
T016A
6
PLUG
6 5 4
SP_5647_A
Y1
R015A BLK
X15
5
SP_5647_A 5647C VLT
Y11
Y2
R034A BLK
X15
6
X58
5647D VLT
SP_5647_A
X29
R035A BLK
X64
X5048
5817A VLT
X64
B11
R071A BLK
X15
X5048
5826A GRY
X64
B12
R071B BLK
X15
X15
A018A GRY
X58
B8
R073A BLK
X15
5647B VLT
2 60
E5
E5602 CAV WIRE 1 2
5314A 5315A
E5603 2 1
E5603
1
5317A
2 1
5318A
TX1203884 Vehicle Harness (W16) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 285905— ) (1 of 2) Continued on next page
9015-10-67
082417
PN=585
B6 CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
CAV WIRE
L
M002A
1
Y12
SP_G010_C
L
1
H2
B5501
12
CAV WIRE
4
CAV WIRE
SP_L002_A
B6
9
T015A
X5048
X29
X5048
P073C RED
1
8
5308A GRY
X29
CAV WIRE
12 4
5307A VLT
X5048
CAV WIRE
3
B5501
5321A BRN
CAV WIRE
22
B5501
A5507
CAV WIRE
2
X29
B5501
B5501
X15
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
A
B6
R073D
B
P073C
C
T020A
B A C
B9 B9
CAV WIRE
B12 1
6
2
5
3
4
B A C
A
R073C
B
P073A
C
T021A
SHEET 1 OF 2 JL05046,00000A2 -19-15OCT15-5/8
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-68
082417
PN=586
System Diagrams
1— Continued on Sheet 2 A5507—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header Assembly B6—Left Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor B9—Brake Pressure Sensor B12— Left Motor Speed Sensor
B5501—Diesel Exhaust Fluid E5603—Diesel Exhaust Fluid X29— Load Center Harness(DEF) Dosing Unit (DEF) Dosing Unit Return to-Vehicle Harness E5601—Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Connector 3 (DEF) Dosing Unit H2—Backup Alarm X5048—Vehicle Harness-toPressure Line Heater SP_G010_C—G010 BLK Splice 3 Engine Harness 31-Pin E5602—Diesel Exhaust Fluid X15— Load Center HarnessConnector (DEF) Dosing Unit Supply to-Vehicle Harness Line Heater Connector 1 Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-69
JL05046,00000A2 -19-15OCT15-6/8
082417
PN=587
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-70
082417
PN=588
System Diagrams
TX1203885 —UN—19OCT15
Y11 B11
Y2 CAV WIRE
B8
1
T034A
2
R034A
CAV WIRE
Y1 CAV WIRE 1
T015A
2
R015A
A
R073A
B
P073B
C
T018A
2
1
Y2
CAV WIRE A
5023C
B
5647C
X58 CAV WIRE
PLUG
2
PLUG
1
5023A
3
T017A
2
A018A
E3
4
P074A
3
5647D
CAV WIRE
5
R071A
4
G010L
1
L002B
6
PLUG
2
G010N
Y12
B54
1 B A C
1
2
3
4
2
6
2
5
3
4
2
B A C
1
1
X58
E3
Y12 B11
B8
Y1
Y11
B
1
1 2
A
CAV WIRE
B54
SP_5647_A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
5014A
A
R082A
L
5647B
2
5647B
B
P082A
L
5647C
C
N007A
R
5647A
R
5647D
SP_G010_D
SP_5647_A
SP_G010_A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
SP_L002_A
L
G010F
L
G010M
CAV WIRE
L
G010G
L
G010N
L
L002B
R
G010E
R
G010G
L
L002C
R
G010K
R
G010L
R
L002A
SP_G010_D
SP_G010_A
SP_L002_A
1 SP_5023_A SP_5023_A
R
5023B
1
5023C
2-
L
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
W2-1
W2-3
A
P014A
J
A024A
R
PLUG
CAV WIRE
B
5826A
K
A025A
S
PLUG
1
3
5023A
2W
L
W
CAV WIRE
X64 B7 B22
Y3
B A C
2
B
1
X64
A
L
1 2
T024A G010B
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE A B
C N
B22
CAV WIRE
B
M
B7 Y3
K XW
N006A G010C
J
D P
E Q
U G
A
O
V
H
T
F S
L
Y001A
T
PLUG
W2-2
D
G010E
M
R035A
U
PLUG
CAV WIRE
E
G010K
N
X002A
V
PLUG
1
F
G010P
O
R073B
W
PLUG
X
PLUG
R
R073E
B
P073D
G
N001A
P
5003A
C
T019A
H
N002A
Q
5817A
1
X105
G010P
2
1
CAV WIRE
5453A
TX1203885
X105
G010A 1
2
3
4
1
5127A
2
5125A
3
5126A
4
PLUG
E2 CAV WIRE 1
L002C
2
G010M
SHEET 2 OF 2 Vehicle Harness (W16) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 285905— ) (2 of 2) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
CAV WIRE W2-2
G010F
C
A
E2
9015-10-71
082417
PN=589
JL05046,00000A2 -19-15OCT15-7/8
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-72
082417
PN=590
System Diagrams
1— Continued on Sheet 1 E2— Left Front Drive Light B7—Right Hydrostatic Pressure E3— Right Front Drive Light Sensor SP_5023_A—5023 ORG Splice B8—Hydrostatic Charge SP_5647_A—5647 VLT Splice Pressure Sensor SP_G010_A—G010 BLK Splice 1 B11— Right Motor Speed Sensor SP_G010_D—G010 BLK Splice 4 B22— Winch Pressure Sensor SP_L002_A—L002 BRN Splice B54— Fan Drive Pressure Sensor
W2—Frame Ground X58— Fan Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector X64— Rear Service Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector X105— Cooling Package Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Y1— Left Motor Shift Solenoid
Y2— Right Motor Shift Solenoid Y3— Park Brake Solenoid 1 Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid Y12— Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid
JL05046,00000A2 -19-15OCT15-8/8
Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location
X103
E2
X102 E3
X105
X58
W17
TX1181827 —UN—14JAN15
W2
TX1181827 Vehicle (IGC controls) Harness (W17) Component Location (front view) E2— Left Front Drive Light E3— Right Front Drive Light W2—Frame Ground W17—Vehicle (IGC controls) Harness
X58— Fan Harness-to-Vehicle X103— Integrated Grade Control Harness Connector (IGC) System 6-Pin X102— Integrated Grade Control Connector 2 (IGC) System 12-Pin X105— Cooling Package Connector 2 Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-73
JL05046,00000A3 -19-21JAN15-1/4
082417
PN=591
System Diagrams
Y11
Y12
W17 TX1182605 —UN—16JAN15
B54
X64 TX1182605 Vehicle (IGC controls) Harness (W17) Component Location (right side view) B54— Fan Drive Pressure Sensor X64— Rear Service W17—Vehicle (IGC controls) Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Harness Connector
Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid Y12— Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-74
JL05046,00000A3 -19-21JAN15-2/4
082417
PN=592
System Diagrams
B9
Y3
B22 W17
H2
B11 B8
TX1182606 —UN—16JAN15
B6
Y1 B12
B7
Y2
TX1182606 Vehicle (IGC controls) Harness (W17) Component Location (rear view) B6—Left Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor B7—Right Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor B8—Hydrostatic Charge Pressure Sensor
H2—Backup Alarm B9—Brake Pressure Sensor B11— Right Motor Speed Sensor W17—Vehicle (IGC controls) Harness B12— Left Motor Speed Sensor Y1— Left Motor Shift Solenoid B22— Winch Pressure Sensor Y2— Right Motor Shift Solenoid Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-75
Y3— Park Brake Solenoid
JL05046,00000A3 -19-21JAN15-3/4
082417
PN=593
System Diagrams
X15 X18 X29 E5601 E5602 X5048
E5603
X100
W17 B5501
TX1181838 —UN—09JAN15
X101
A5507
H2
TX1181838 Vehicle (IGC controls) Harness (W17) Component Location (left side view) A5507—Diesel Exhaust Fluid E5603—Diesel Exhaust Fluid X5048—Vehicle Harness-toX29— Load Center Harness(DEF) Tank Header (DEF) Dosing Unit Return Engine Harness 31-Pin to-Vehicle Harness Assembly Line Heater Connector Connector 3 B5501—Diesel Exhaust Fluid H2—Backup Alarm X100— Integrated Grade Control (DEF) Dosing Unit W17—Vehicle (IGC controls) (IGC) System 12-Pin E5601—Diesel Exhaust Fluid Harness Connector 1 (DEF) Dosing Unit X15— Load Center HarnessX101— Integrated Grade Control Pressure Line Heater to-Vehicle Harness (IGC) System 6-Pin E5602—Diesel Exhaust Fluid Connector 1 Connector 1 (DEF) Dosing Unit Supply X18— Load Center HarnessLine Heater to-Vehicle Harness Connector 2
JL05046,00000A3 -19-21JAN15-4/4
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-76
082417
PN=594
System Diagrams
Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram TX1175055 —UN—05DEC14
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1 X5048 Y12
WIRE
COLOR END#2
5003A ORG 5014A YEL
SP_5023_A 5023A ORG X5048
5023B ORG
SP_5023_A 5023C ORG X105
5125A GRN
X64 X5048 X58
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1 X15 X100 X100
WIRE
COLOR END#2
A025A GRY C014A GRY C015A GRY
X64 X102 X102
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1 X18 X18 X29
WIRE
COLOR END#2
H207A GRN H208A GRN H212A GRN
X64 X64 X64
END#1 WIRE X18
COLOR END#2
R207A BLK
X18
X64
R208A BLK
Y1
X64
T015A BLU
X15
SP_5023_A
X100
C016A GRY
X102
X15
L002A BRN
SP_L002_A
B12
T016A BLU
X15
Y11
X100
C017A GRY
X102
E3
L002B BRN
SP_L002_A
B11
T017A BLU
X15
X5048
X100
C018A GRY
X102
SP_L002_A L002C BRN
E2
X15
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
X15
T018A BLU
B8
X101
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
T015A
9
P074B
17
R073C
25
N002A
2
R015A
10
R071B
18
T021A
26
PLUG
3
T034A
11
T016A
19
A018A
27
R073B
4
R034A
12
PLUG
20
A024A
28
PLUG
5
P074A
13
P073B
21
A025A
29
PLUG
6
R071A
14
R073A
22
L002A
30
Y001A
7
T017A
15
T018A
23
M002A
31
PLUG
8
PLUG
16
P073A
24
N001A
X5048
5126A BLU
X105
X100
C019A GRY
X102
H2-1
M002A VLT
X15
X29
T019A BLU
B7
X105
5127A VLT
X5048
X100
C020A GRY
X102
X15
N001A YEL
X64
X29
T020A BLU
B6
A5507
5136A BLU
X5048
X100
C021A GRY
X102
X15
N002A YEL
X64
B9
T021A BLU
X15
X18
X5048
5141A BRN
B5501
X100
C022A GRY
X102
B22
N006A YEL
X29
Y3
T024A BLU
X29
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
X5048
5146A BLU
B5501
X100
C023A GRY
X102
B54
N007A YEL
X29
Y2
T034A BLU
X15
A
H201A
G
PLUG
N
R205A
V
H208A
A5507
5218A GRY
X5048
X100
C024A GRY
X102
X29
P014A RED
X64
X29
X002A YEL
X64
B
PLUG
H
H203A
P
H206A
W
R208A
B5501
5301A BRN
X5048
X100
C025A GRY
X102
B9
P073A RED
X15
X15
Y001A YEL
X64
C
R201A
J
R203A
R
R206A
X
PLUG
B5501
5303A ORG
X5048
X101
C026A GRY
X103
B8
P073B RED
X15
D
PLUG
K
H204A
S
H207A
B5501
5304A YEL
X5048
X101
C027A GRY
X103
X29
P073C RED
B6
E
PLUG
L
R204A
T
R207A
B5501
5305A GRN
X5048
X101
C028A GRY
X103
X29
P073D RED
B7
F
H202A
M
H205A
U
R202A
B5501
5306A BLU
X5048
X103
C029A GRY
X101
B11
P074A RED
X15
B5501
5307A VLT
X5048
X101
C030A GRY
X103
B12
P074B RED
X15
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
B5501
5308A GRY
X5048
X101
C031A GRY
X103
X29
P081A RED
X64
A
H013A
J
R081A
R
T019A
B5501
5309A WHT
X5048
W2-2
G010A BLK
SP_G010_C
B54
P082A RED
X29
B
H212A
K
T024A
S
P073C
E5601
5311A BRN
X5048
Y3
G010B BLK
SP_G010_C
Y1
R015A BLK
X15
C
PLUG
L
X002A
T
R073D
E5601
5313A ORG
X5048
B22
G010C BLK
SP_G010_C
Y2
R034A BLK
X15
D
PLUG
M
G010H
U
T020A
E5602
5314A YEL
X5048
H2-2
G010D BLK
SP_G010_C
X29
R035A BLK
X64
E
N006A
N
PLUG
V
N007A
E5602
5315A GRN
X5048
SP_G010_D G010E BLK
X64
B11
R071A BLK
X15
F
PLUG
O
P014A
W
P082A
E5603
5317A VLT
X5048
SP_G010_D G010F BLK
W2-1
B12
R071B BLK
X15
G
P081A
P
P073D
X
R082A
E5603
5318A GRY
X5048
SP_G010_D G010G BLK
SP_G010_A
B8
R073A BLK
X15
H
R035A
Q
R073E
A5507
5321A BRN
X5048
X29
A5507
5324A YEL
X5048
SP_G010_D G010K BLK
A5507
5329A WHT
X5048
G010H BLK
SP_G010_A G010L BLK
X64
B9
R073C BLK
X15
CAV WIRE
B6
1
X64
SP_G010_A G010M BLK
E2
X29
R073E BLK
B7
5647A VLT
SP_5647_A
E3
G010N BLK
SP_G010_A
X29
R081A BLK
X64
Y12
5647B VLT
SP_5647_A
X29
H013A GRN
X64
B54
R082A BLK
X29
B5501
SP_5647_A 5647C VLT
Y11
X18
H201A GRN
X64
X18
R201A BLK
X64
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
X58
5647D VLT
SP_5647_A
X18
H202A GRN
X64
X18
R202A BLK
X64
1
PLUG
7
PLUG
X5048
5817A VLT
X64
X18
H203A GRN
X64
X18
R203A BLK
X64
2
5141A
8
5305A
X5048
5826A GRY
X64
X18
H204A GRN
X64
X18
R204A BLK
X64
3
M002A
-2
X15
A018A GRY
X58
X18
H205A GRN
X64
X18
R205A BLK
X64
4
5146A
10
5306A
X15
A024A GRY
X64
X18
H206A GRN
X64
X18
R206A BLK
X64
5
5303A
11
5308A
6
5301A
12
5307A
CAV WIRE
9
C030A
3
C028A
6
C031A
X100 X15
6 5 4
CAV WIRE 1
1
G010D
1
5321A
2
5324A
3
5329A
4
5136A
5
5218A
6
PLUG
C014A
1 2 3
X5048
X1
01
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
5301A
12
5308A
23
5817A
2
C015A
3
C016A
2
5303A
13
5305A
24
5003A
4
C017A
3
5318A
14
5304A
25
5309A
5
C018A
4
5317A
15
5125A
26
5826A
6
C019A
5
5311A
16
5136A
27
5453A
7
C020A
6
5313A
17
5329A
28
5141A
8
C021A
7
5314A
18
5306A
29
5126A
9
C022A
8
5315A
19
5218A
30
5023B
10
C023A
9
5324A
20
5127A
31
5014A
11
C024A
10
5321A
21
5146A
12
C025A
11
5307A
22
5647A
E5601 E5601
A5507
5304A
CAV WIRE 1 7
1
5314A
2
5315A
CAV WIRE 1
5311A
2
5313A
E5603
E5602 2
60
E5
E5
CAV WIRE
60
3
1
5317A
2
5318A
B5501
TX1175055
SHEET 1 OF 2 Vehicle (IGC controls) Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —285904) (1 of 2) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
C029A
5
CAV WIRE
H2-2
5309A
4
C027A
A5507
H2
5453A ORG
C026A
2
1 H2-1
X5048
1
X18
H2-1
X64
X5048
1
CAV WIRE
X5048
R073B BLK
R073D BLK
6
CAV WIRE
X29
X15
X29
12
X100
X29
SP_G010_C
X58
7
9015-10-77
082417
PN=595
JL05046,00000A4 -19-15OCT15-1/8
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-78
082417
PN=596
System Diagrams
1— Continued on Sheet 2 A5507—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header Assembly B5501—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit E5601—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Pressure Line Heater
E5602—Diesel Exhaust Fluid X18— Load Center HarnessX101— Integrated Grade Control (DEF) Dosing Unit Supply to-Vehicle Harness (IGC) System 6-Pin Line Heater Connector 2 Connector 1 E5603—Diesel Exhaust Fluid X29— Load Center HarnessX5048—Vehicle Harness-to(DEF) Dosing Unit Return to-Vehicle Harness Engine Harness 31-Pin Line Heater Connector 3 Connector H2—Backup Alarm X100— Integrated Grade Control X15— Load Center Harness(IGC) System 12-Pin to-Vehicle Harness Connector 1 Connector 1 Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-79
JL05046,00000A4 -19-15OCT15-2/8
082417
PN=597
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-80
082417
PN=598
System Diagrams
TX1179862 —UN—04DEC14
B11
X103
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
B6
B22
1
PLUG
B54
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
2
PLUG
CAV WIRE
A
A
3
T017A
A
R073D
B
P073C
B8
C
T020A
CAV WIRE
B A C
N006A
B
G010C
Y2 CAV WIRE
A
R073A
1
T034A
B
P073B
2
R034A
C
T018A
B
A
Y11 Y11
CAV WIRE
X102
R082A
A
CAV WIRE
B
4
P074A
B
P082A
5
R071A
C
N007A
6
PLUG Y12
B54
2
B A C
1
2
PLUG
3
C027A
3
C028A
L
5647B
T016A
L
5647C
4
P074B
R
5647A
5
R071B
SP_G010_C
R
5647D
6
PLUG
CAV WIRE
SP_5647_A
B8
A018A
3
5647D
4
G010L
C020A
4
C029A
2
C015A
8
C021A
5
C030A
Y12
3
C016A
9
C022A
6
C031A
CAV WIRE
4
C017A
10
C023A
1
5127A
C024A
2
5125A
E3
3
5126A
CAV WIRE
4
PLUG
1
L002B
2
G010N
1
5014A
5
5647B
C018A
6
11
C019A
12
C025A
1
6
2
5
3
4
6 5 4
W2-1
3
2
CAV WIRE
1
7 8 9 10 11 12
CAV WIRE G010F
2
E3
CAV WIRE 1
05
G010A
X1
SP_G010_D
G010A
L
G010B
SP_5023_A
L
G010F
L
G010C
CAV WIRE
L
G010G
R
G010D
L
5023A
R
G010E
R
G010H
L
5023C
R
G010K
SP_G010_C
R
5023B
SP_G010_D
1
X102
W2-2 W2-1
L
X105
8
03
1
2
7
X1
CAV WIRE
B11
5023A
C014A
5647C
SP_5647_A
Y2
1
X5
B A C
CAV WIRE PLUG
2
CAV WIRE
1
2
1
CAV WIRE
C026A
B22
B6
B12
5023C
1
X58
B12
W
2-
2
CAV WIRE
SP_5023_A
1 SP_G010_A
X64
Y1
B9
A
Y3
B
P073A
C
T021A
2
B A C
1
2
G010B
CAV WIRE
SP_G010_A
SP_L002_A
1
P014A
11
Y001A
21
PLUG
31
R204A
41
P081A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
12
R035A
22
PLUG
32
H205A
42
R081A
L
G010M
L
L002B
5453A
13
X002A
23
PLUG
33
R205A
43
H013A
L
G010N
L
L002C
CAV WIRE
4
G010E
14
R073B
24
H201A
34
PLUG
44
H212A
R
G010G
R
L002A
5
G010K
15
5003A
25
R201A
35
H206A
45
PLUG
R
G010L
6
PLUG
16
5817A
26
H202A
36
R206A
46
PLUG
E2
7
N001A
17
PLUG
27
R202A
37
H207A
47
PLUG
CAV WIRE
8
N002A
18
PLUG
28
H203A
38
R207A
1
L002C
9
A024A
19
PLUG
29
R203A
39
H208A
2
G010M
10
A025A
20
PLUG
30
H204A
40
R208A
1
T015A
2
R015A
X64 B7
B7
B A C
A
R073E
B
P073D
C
T019A
TX1179862
E2
2
1
SHEET 2 OF 2 Vehicle (IGC controls) Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —285904) (2 of 2) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
CAV WIRE
5826A
CAV WIRE T024A
CAV WIRE
3
CAV WIRE
1
CAV WIRE
2
Y3
R073C
CAV WIRE
Y1
B9 CAV WIRE
SP_L002_A
9015-10-81
082417
PN=599
JL05046,00000A4 -19-15OCT15-3/8
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-82
082417
PN=600
System Diagrams
1— Continued on Sheet 1 B6—Left Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor B7—Right Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor B8—Hydrostatic Charge Pressure Sensor B9—Brake Pressure Sensor B11— Right Motor Speed Sensor B12— Left Motor Speed Sensor B22— Winch Pressure Sensor
B54— Fan Drive Pressure Sensor W2—Frame Ground E2— Left Front Drive Light X58— Fan Harness-to-Vehicle E3— Right Front Drive Light Harness Connector SP_5023_A—5023 ORG Splice X64— Rear Service SP_5647_A—5647 VLT Splice Harness-to-Vehicle SP_G010_A—G010 BLK Splice 1 Harness Connector SP_G010_C—G010 BLK Splice 3 X102— Integrated Grade Control SP_G010_D—G010 BLK Splice 4 (IGC) System 12-Pin SP_L002_A—L002 BRN Splice Connector 2 X103— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) System 6-Pin Connector 2 X105— Cooling Package Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-83
Y1— Left Motor Shift Solenoid Y2— Right Motor Shift Solenoid Y3— Park Brake Solenoid 1 Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid Y12— Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid
JL05046,00000A4 -19-15OCT15-4/8
082417
PN=601
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-84
082417
PN=602
System Diagrams
TX1203887 —UN—19OCT15
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
X5048
5003A ORG
Y12
COLOR END#2
5014A YEL
SP_5023_A 5023A ORG X5048
5023B ORG
SP_5023_A 5023C ORG
X64 X5048 X58
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
X15
A025A GRY
X100 X100
COLOR END#2
C014A GRY C015A GRY
X64 X102 X102
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
X18
H206A GRN
X18 X18
COLOR END#2
H207A GRN H208A GRN
X64 X64
END#1 WIRE X18 X18 X18
R208A BLK
X64
T015A BLU
X15
T016A BLU
X15
X100
C016A GRY
X102
X29
H212A GRN
X64
X100
C017A GRY
X102
X15
L002A BRN
SP_L002_A
B12
X100
C018A GRY
X102
E3
L002B BRN
X5048
5126A BLU
X105
X100
C019A GRY
X102
SP_L002_A L002C BRN
SP_L002_A
B11
T017A BLU
X15
E2
X15
T018A BLU
B8
T019A BLU
B7
X101
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
T015A
9
P074B
17
R073C
25
N002A
2
R015A
10
R071B
18
T021A
26
PLUG
3
T034A
11
T016A
19
A018A
27
R073B
4
R034A
12
PLUG
20
A024A
28
PLUG
5
P074A
13
P073B
21
A025A
29
PLUG
6
R071A
14
R073A
22
L002A
30
Y001A
7
T017A
15
T018A
23
M002A
31
PLUG
8
PLUG
16
P073A
24
N001A
X105
5127A VLT
X5048
X100
C020A GRY
X102
H2-1
M002A VLT
X15
A5507
5136A BLU
X5048
X100
C021A GRY
X102
X15
N001A YEL
X64
X29
T020A BLU
B6
X18
X5048
5141A BRN
B5501
X100
C022A GRY
X102
X15
N002A YEL
X64
B9
T021A BLU
X15
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
X5048
5146A BLU
B5501
X100
C023A GRY
X102
B22
N006A YEL
X29
Y3
T024A BLU
X29
A
H201A
H
H203A
R
R206A
A5507
5218A GRY
X5048
X100
C024A GRY
X102
B54
N007A YEL
X29
Y2
T034A BLU
X15
B
PLUG
J
R203A
S
H207A
B5501
5301A BRN
X5048
X100
C025A GRY
X102
X29
P014A RED
X64
X29
X002A YEL
X64
C
R201A
K
H204A
T
R207A
B5501
5303A ORG
X5048
X101
C026A GRY
X103
B9
P073A RED
X15
X15
Y001A YEL
X64
D
PLUG
L
R204A
U
R202A
B5501
5304A YEL
X5048
X101
C027A GRY
X103
B8
P073B RED
X15
E
PLUG
M
H205A
V
H208A
B5501
5305A GRN
X5048
X101
C028A GRY
X103
X29
P073C RED
B6
F
H202A
N
R205A
W
R208A
B5501
5306A BLU
X5048
X103
C029A GRY
X101
X29
P073D RED
B7
G
PLUG
P
H206A
X
PLUG
B5501
5307A VLT
X5048
X101
C030A GRY
X103
B11
P074A RED
X15
B5501
5308A GRY
X5048
X101
C031A GRY
X103
B12
P074B RED
X15
B5501 E5601
5309A WHT 5311A BRN
X5048 X5048
W2-2 Y3
G010A BLK G010B BLK
SP_G010_C SP_G010_C
X29 B54
P081A RED P082A RED
X64 X29
E5601
5313A ORG
X5048
B22
G010C BLK
SP_G010_C
Y1
R015A BLK
X15
E5602
5314A YEL
X5048
H2-2
G010D BLK
SP_G010_C
Y2
R034A BLK
X15
E5602
5315A GRN
X5048
SP_G010_D G010E BLK
X64
X29
R035A BLK
X64
E5603
5317A VLT
X5048
SP_G010_D G010F BLK
W2-1
B11
R071A BLK
X15
E5603
5318A GRY
X5048
SP_G010_D G010G BLK
SP_G010_A
B12
R071B BLK
X15
A5507
5321A BRN
X5048
X29
SP_G010_C
B8
R073A BLK
X15
A5507
5324A YEL
X5048
SP_G010_D G010K BLK
X64
X15
R073B BLK
X64
A5507
5329A WHT
X5048
SP_G010_A G010L BLK
X58
B9
R073C BLK
X15
X5048
5453A ORG
X64
SP_G010_A G010M BLK
E2
X29
R073D BLK
B6
G010H BLK
X29 CAV WIRE
A
H013A
J
R081A
R
T019A
B
H212A
K
T024A
S
P073C
C
PLUG
L
X002A
T
R073D
D
PLUG
M
G010H
U
T020A
E
N006A
N
PLUG
V
N007A
F
PLUG
O
P014A
W
P082A
G
P081A
P
P073D
X
R082A
H
R035A
Q
R073E
SP_G010_A
X29
R073E BLK
B7
G010P BLK
W2-3
X29
R081A BLK
X64
B5501
Y11
X29
H013A GRN
X64
B54
R082A BLK
X29
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
PLUG
7
PLUG
X58
5647D VLT
SP_5647_A
X18
H201A GRN
X64
X18
R201A BLK
X64
X5048
5817A VLT
X64
X18
H202A GRN
X64
X18
R202A BLK
X64
2
5141A
8
5305A
X5048
5826A GRY
X64
X18
H203A GRN
X64
X18
R203A BLK
X64
3
5309A
9
5304A
X64
X18
H205A GRN
X64
X18
R205A BLK
1
X18
H
J
X W
C
L
B
A
G
F
V U
M
D
2
C027A
5
C030A
3
C028A
6
C031A
C014A
1 2 3
X5048
X1
01
T R
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
5301A
12
5308A
23
5817A
2
C015A
3
C016A
2
5303A
13
5305A
24
5003A
4
C017A
3
5318A
14
5304A
25
5309A
5
C018A
4
5317A
15
5125A
26
5826A
6
C019A
5
5311A
16
5136A
27
5453A
7
C020A
6
5313A
17
5329A
28
5141A
8
C021A
7
5314A
18
5306A
29
5126A
9
C022A
8
5315A
19
5218A
30
5023B
10
C023A
9
5324A
20
5127A
31
5014A
11
C024A
10
5321A
21
5146A
12
C025A
11
5307A
22
5647A
E
N P
C029A
6 5 4
CAV WIRE
K
4
X100
25 26
S
J
H
D P
E
20 31
2
22
T
F
Q
9 8 19
21 10
G
A
O
X5048
U
3
11
12 4 23
13
24
4
X64
5146A
10
X64
5303A
11
5308A
6
5301A
12
5307A
6 16 28 5 15 14 27
H2-1
1 A5507
M002A
G010D
1
5306A
5
18 30 29 17
25 26
B5501 6
7 1
S R
E5601
1
5321A
2
5324A
3
5329A
4
5136A
5
5218A
6
PLUG
E5601
A5507
CAV WIRE 2 1
3 2 1
6 5 4
E5
60
3
2
5315A
2
5313A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE 5314A
5311A
E5603
E5602
1
1
2 1
2
60
E5
2 1
1
5317A
2
5318A
7
TX1203887
SHEET 1 OF 2 Vehicle (IGC controls) Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 285905— ) (1 of 2) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
X100
17
C026A
V
1
12
A024A GRY
13
24
CAV WIRE
1
X15
23
H2-2
G010N BLK
R204A BLK
6 16 28 5 15 14 27
7 1
H2
X64
X18
1
3
CAV WIRE
E3
X64
11
-2
SP_5647_A
H204A GRN
C
1
SP_5647_A
X18
6
2
22
CAV WIRE
1
CAV WIRE
5647B VLT
X58
B
N
H2-1
5647A VLT
A018A GRY
29
18 30
CAV WIRE
X29 K XW
L M
Y12
X15
12
CAV WIRE
X5048
SP_5647_A 5647C VLT
7
9 8 19
21 10
12 4
X29
CAV WIRE
X15 20 31
X64
X64
Y11 X5048
X64
R207A BLK
SP_5023_A
5125A GRN
COLOR END#2
R206A BLK
Y1
X105
X15
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
9015-10-85
082417
PN=603
JL05046,00000A4 -19-15OCT15-5/8
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-86
082417
PN=604
System Diagrams
1— Continued on Sheet 2 A5507—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header Assembly B5501—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit E5601—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Pressure Line Heater
E5602—Diesel Exhaust Fluid X18— Load Center HarnessX101— Integrated Grade Control (DEF) Dosing Unit Supply to-Vehicle Harness (IGC) System 6-Pin Line Heater Connector 2 Connector 1 E5603—Diesel Exhaust Fluid X29— Load Center HarnessX5048—Vehicle Harness-to(DEF) Dosing Unit Return to-Vehicle Harness Engine Harness 31-Pin Line Heater Connector 3 Connector H2—Backup Alarm X100— Integrated Grade Control X15— Load Center Harness(IGC) System 12-Pin to-Vehicle Harness Connector 1 Connector 1 Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-87
JL05046,00000A4 -19-15OCT15-6/8
082417
PN=605
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-88
082417
PN=606
System Diagrams
TX1203888 —UN—19OCT15
X103
CAV WIRE
PLUG
A
N006A
Y2
3
T017A
CAV WIRE
B
G010C
CAV WIRE
4
P074A
R073A
B
P073B B
C
A
1
T034A
5
R071A
2
R034A
6
PLUG
B22
2
1
B12 B A C
1
Y2
C
2
5
3
4
5
R071B
6
PLUG
CAV WIRE
1
6
2
5
3
4
2
C027A
B
5647C
3
C028A
4
C029A
5
C030A
6
C031A
X102 CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE 2
B A C
1
1
5014A
2
5647B
CAV WIRE
1
C014A
7
C020A
2
C015A
8
C021A
3
C016A
9
C022A
4
C017A
10
C023A
5
C018A
11
C024A
1
6
2
5
6
C019A
12
C025A
3
4
SP_5647_A CAV WIRE L
5647B
L
5647C
R
5647A
R
5647D
SP_5647_A
W2-1
6 5 4
CAV WIRE
7 8 9 10 11 12
1
X58 CAV WIRE 1
5023A
2
A018A
3
5647D
4
G010L
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
05
W2-1
X1
X102
W2-2
1
5127A
2
5125A
E3
3
5126A
CAV WIRE
4
PLUG
1
L002B
2
G010N
1
2
3
4
2
1
E3
CAV WIRE 1
X105 CAV WIRE
G010F
G010A
SP_G010_D
L
G010A
L
G010B
SP_5023_A
L
G010F
L
G010C
CAV WIRE
L
G010G
R
G010D
L
5023A
R
G010E
R
G010H
L
5023C
R
G010K
SP_G010_C
R
5023B
SP_G010_D
CAV WIRE
2-
B12
Y12
B54
P074B SP_G010_C
5023C
Y12
T016A
4
B
A
N007A
B8
PLUG
3
6
A
P082A
B11
PLUG
2
1
R082A
B
T018A
B6 CAV WIRE
A
C026A
8
2
B8
A B A C
CAV WIRE
1
03
T020A
PLUG
CAV WIRE
2
C
P073C
1
CAV WIRE
W2-3
W
B
R073D
B22
Y11
CAV WIRE
Y11
X1
CAV WIRE A
B54
X5
B11
B6
CAV WIRE 1
G010P
-3
W2
SP_5023_A
1 SP_G010_A
X64 CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
SP_G010_A
SP_L002_A
1
P014A
11
Y001A
21
PLUG
31
R204A
41
P081A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
2
5826A
12
R035A
22
PLUG
32
H205A
42
R081A
L
G010M
L
L002B
3
5453A
13
X002A
23
PLUG
33
R205A
43
H013A
L
G010N
L
L002C
4
G010E
14
R073B
24
H201A
34
PLUG
44
H212A
R
G010G
R
L002A
5
G010K
15
5003A
25
R201A
35
H206A
45
PLUG
R
G010L
6
PLUG
16
5817A
26
H202A
36
R206A
46
PLUG
7
N001A
17
G010P
27
R202A
37
H207A
47
PLUG
8
N002A
18
PLUG
28
H203A
38
R207A
9
A024A
19
PLUG
29
R203A
39
H208A
10
A025A
20
PLUG
30
H204A
40
R208A
Y1 X64 2
B9 CAV WIRE A
R073C
B
P073A
C
T021A
Y3
CAV WIRE 2
B A C
1
2
CAV WIRE A
CAV WIRE
1
T024A
1
2
G010B
2
20
B7 B7
Y1
Y3
B9
47
1
T015A
B A C
R015A
B C
30
1
R073E P073D T019A
40
TX1203888
E2 E2
CAV WIRE 2
1
1
L002C
2
G010M
SHEET 2 OF 2 Vehicle (IGC controls) Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 285905— ) (2 of 2) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
SP_L002_A
9015-10-89
082417
PN=607
JL05046,00000A4 -19-15OCT15-7/8
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-90
082417
PN=608
System Diagrams
1— Continued on Sheet 1 B6—Left Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor B7—Right Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor B8—Hydrostatic Charge Pressure Sensor B9—Brake Pressure Sensor B11— Right Motor Speed Sensor B12— Left Motor Speed Sensor B22— Winch Pressure Sensor
B54— Fan Drive Pressure Sensor W2—Frame Ground E2— Left Front Drive Light X58— Fan Harness-to-Vehicle E3— Right Front Drive Light Harness Connector SP_5023_A—5023 ORG Splice X64— Rear Service SP_5647_A—5647 VLT Splice Harness-to-Vehicle SP_G010_A—G010 BLK Splice 1 Harness Connector SP_G010_C—G010 BLK Splice 3 X102— Integrated Grade Control SP_G010_D—G010 BLK Splice 4 (IGC) System 12-Pin SP_L002_A—L002 BRN Splice Connector 2 X103— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) System 6-Pin Connector 2 X105— Cooling Package Harness-to-Vehicle Harness Connector
Y1— Left Motor Shift Solenoid Y2— Right Motor Shift Solenoid Y3— Park Brake Solenoid 1 Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid Y12— Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid
JL05046,00000A4 -19-15OCT15-8/8
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-91
082417
PN=609
System Diagrams
Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location A1 K2 X16 X45
X9 X11
A13 X62 X57
X12
X5503
K3
X15
B
A
W18
R1
X10
W1 X29 X7 U1
F64
A5505 X37 F63
X26-L1
X26
W18 F63 F61
X21
X25-L2
A5505
B
TX1191280 —UN—24APR15
F64
X25-L1 X25
S19 W18 A
X5503
TX1191280 Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) A13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) A5505—Engine Control Unit (ECU) F61— System 120 A Circuit Breaker F63— Fuse Box 1 F64— Fuse Box 2 K2—Switched Power Relay K3—Air Conditioner Relay R1—Controller Area Network (CAN) 1 Termination Resistor 1 S19— Platform Lights Switch U1—24 V-to-12 V Converter
X21— Unswitched Power 1-Pin W1—System Ground X57— Load Center Harness-toConnector W18—Load Center Harness Operator's Station Harness X7— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) X25— Fuse Box 1 Connector 35-Pin Connector X25-L1—Fuse Box 1 Unswitched X62— Load Center Harness-toConnector Power Connector X9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Operator's Station Harness X25-L2—Fuse Box 1 Switched Connector 1 23-Pin Connector Power Connector X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X5503—Engine Control Unit X26— Fuse Box 2 Connector Connector 2 (ECU) Connector 3 X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X26-L1—Fuse Box 2 Switched Power Connector Connector 3 X12— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) X29— Load Center Harnessto-Vehicle Harness Connector 4 Connector 3 X15— Load Center HarnessX37— Platform Lights Switch to-Vehicle Harness Connector Connector 1 X45— Engine Auxiliary X16— Load Center Harness-toHarness-to-Load Center Load Center (IGC controls) Harness 12-Pin Connector Harness 16-Pin Connector (not used) JL05046,00000A5 -19-30APR15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-92
082417
PN=610
System Diagrams
Load Center Harness (W18) Wiring Diagram TX1191262 —UN—27APR15
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
X62
A006A GRY
X11
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
X26
X11
H212A GRN
A008A GRY
X57
X5503
X11
A015A GRY
X57
X9
A017A GRY
X57
X10
A018A GRY
X11
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
END#1
WIRE COLOR END#2
END#1
X29
X25
P017A RED
X62
J002A TAN
X45
X25
P018A RED
K2-4
J003A TAN
X62
X25
X11
L002A BRN
X15
X26
X15
X11
L003A BRN
X57
A024A GRY
X15
X7
L004A BRN
X11
A025A GRY
X15
X7
X11
A026A GRY
X57
X11
A029A GRY
X57 X26
COLOR END#2
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
R1
END#1
WIRE
SP_P074_A P074B
RED
X15
X9
T009A BLU
X57
SP_Z012_E Z012D YEL
X10
A
Z012J
U1
X57
P074C
RED
SP_P074_A
X9
T010A BLU
X57
SP_Z012_F Z012E YEL
SP_Z012_E
B
Z013J
P019A RED
X57
X11
P074D
RED
SP_P074_A
X9
T011A BLU
X57
X16
Z012F YEL
SP_Z012_F
C
R013J
P021A RED
X62
X9
P081A
RED
X29
X11
T012A BLU
X57
SP_Z012_F Z012G YEL
SP_Z012_G
X26
P022A RED
X62
X5503
P082A
RED
X29
X10
T015A BLU
X15
X5503
SP_Z012_G
X57
X26
P023A RED
X62
X26
P1002A RED
X62
X11
T016A BLU
SP_T016_A
SP_Z012_G Z012J YEL
R1
L005A BRN
X62
X26
P024A RED
X62
X57
R013A
BLK
SP_R013_D
X10
T016B BLU
SP_T016_A
SP_Z013_D Z013A GRN
X57
X11
L007A BRN
X57
X26
P025A RED
X62
SP_R013_D R013B
BLK
HS_R013_H
SP_T016_A T016C BLU
X15
X7
Z013B GRN
SP_Z013_D
X57
X7
L025A BRN
X37
X26
P026A RED
X62
SP_R013_E R013C
BLK
SP_R013_D
X11
T017A BLU
SP_T017_A
SP_Z013_E Z013C GRN
SP_Z013_D
A037A GRY
K3
X7
L026A BRN
X37
SP_P031_A P031A RED
X5503
HS_R013_D R013D
BLK
SP_R013_E
X10
T017B BLU
SP_T017_A
SP_Z013_E Z013D GRN
X10
X45
B001A RED
SP_B001_A
X7
M001A VLT
X57
X26
P031B RED
SP_P031_A
SP_R013_F R013E
BLK
SP_R013_E
SP_T017_A T017C BLU
X15
SP_Z013_E Z013E GRN
SP_Z013_F
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
X26
B001B RED
SP_B001_A
X11
M002A VLT
X15
X5503
P031C RED
SP_P031_A
SP_R013_F R013F
BLK
X16
X9
T018A BLU
X15
X16
Z013F GRN
SP_Z013_F
1
T028C
7
X001A
X21
B001C RED
SP_B001_A
X10
N001A YEL
X15
X26
P033A RED
X62
SP_R013_G R013G BLK
SP_R013_F
X9
T019A BLU
X29
SP_Z013_G Z013G GRN
SP_Z013_F
2
T027C
8
R073B
X16
C013A GRY
X62
X10
N002A YEL
X15
X26
P034A RED
X62
HS_R013_K R013H
BLK
SP_R013_G
X9
T020A BLU
X29
X5503
Z013H GRN
SP_Z013_G
3
T030C
9
R025A
X7
E010A WHT
X57
X29
N006A YEL
X57
X26
P035A RED
X62
R1
R013J
BLK
SP_R013_G
X9
T021A BLU
X15
R1
Z013J GRN
SP_Z013_G
4
T029C
10
PLUG
X5503
G001A BLK
SP_G001_G
X5503
N007A YEL
X29
X26
P036A RED
X45
W1-2
R013K
BLK
SP_R013_G
X11
T024A BLU
X29
5
P036A
11
PLUG
X5503
G001B BLK
SP_G001_G
X25
P001A RED
X62
X26
P037A RED
X37
X10
R015A
BLK
X15
X9
T026A BLU
X57
6
J002A
12
PLUG
X5503
G001C BLK
SP_G001_G
X5503
P002A RED
SP_P002_A
K2-1
P061A RED
F61-2
X5503
R025A
BLK
X45
X10
T027A BLU
SP_T027_A
X5503
G001D BLK
SP_G001_G
X5503
P002B RED
SP_P002_A
X25-L1
P061B RED
X26
X10
R034A
BLK
X15
X10
T027B BLU
SP_T027_A
X5503
G001E BLK
SP_G001_G
X25
P002C RED
SP_P002_A
X25-L1
P061C RED
K2-1
X7
R035A
BLK
X29
X45
T027C BLU
SP_T027_A
X7
G001F BLK
SP_G001_F
X5503
P003A RED
SP_P003_A
X26-L1
P062A RED
K2-2
X15
R071A
BLK
SP_R071_B
X10
T028A BLU
SP_T028_A
X7
G001G BLK
SP_G001_F
X5503
P003B RED
SP_P003_A
X25-L2
P062B RED
X26-L1
X15
R071B
BLK
SP_R071_B
X10
T028B BLU
SP_T028_A
X10
G001H BLK
SP_G001_E
X25
P003C RED
SP_P003_A
X25-L2
P062C RED
K3
X57
R071C
BLK
SP_R071_B
X45
T028C BLU
SP_T028_A
X5503
X10
G001J BLK
SP_G001_E
SP_P005_A P005A RED
X10
X12
P062D RED
K2-2
X11
R071D
BLK
SP_R071_B
X10
T029A BLU
SP_T029_A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
W1-1
X25
SP_P005_A
U1
P063A RED
X62
X15
R073A
BLK
SP_R073_A
X10
T029B BLU
SP_T029_A
1
Z013H
8
PLUG
15
PLUG
22
PLUG
29
PLUG
36
R082A
43
G001E
50
P003B
Z012H
9
PLUG
16
G001A
23
P002A
30
J002A
37
PLUG
44
G001B
51
PLUG
P005B RED
WIRE
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
COLOR END#2
SP_G001_F G001K BLK
COLOR END#2
COLOR END#2
Z012H YEL
CAV WIRE
A
SP_R013_G SP_Z013_G
SP_Z012_G
CAV WIRE
SP_Z013_F
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
R013G
CAV WIRE
L
Z013G
L
Z012G
L
R013H
L
Z013E
L
Z013H
L
Z012H
L
R013K
L
Z013F
R
Z013J
R
Z012J
R
R013J
R
Z013G
SP_Z013_G
CAV WIRE
X10
SP_P005_A
U1
P064A RED
X62
SP_R073_A R073B
BLK
X45
X45
T029C BLU
SP_T029_A
W1-2
SP_P006_A P006A RED
X7
SP_P065_A P065A RED
X26
X15
R073C
BLK
SP_R073_A
X10
T030A BLU
SP_T030_A
3
PLUG
10
PLUG
17
G001C
24
P002B
31
PLUG
38
PLUG
45
PLUG
52
PLUG
SP_G001_F G001Q RED
SP_G001_G
X25
P006B RED
SP_P006_A
X26
P065C RED
SP_P065_A
X15
R073D
BLK
SP_R073_A
X10
T030B BLU
SP_T030_A
4
PLUG
11
PLUG
18
PLUG
25
PLUG
32
PLUG
39
PLUG
46
N007A
53
PLUG
X10
SP_G001_E
X7
P006C RED
SP_P006_A
K3
P065D RED
SP_P065_A
X9
R073E
BLK
SP_R073_A
X45
T030C BLU
SP_T030_A
5
PLUG
12
P003A
19
PLUG
26
R025A
33
PLUG
40
PLUG
47
PLUG
54
PLUG
PLUG
13
P031C
20
PLUG
27
G001D
34
PLUG
41
PLUG
48
P012A
14
P031A
21
PLUG
28
PLUG
35
PLUG
42
PLUG
49
K3
G010A BLK
SP_G010_B
X25
P007A RED
X62
X26
P065E RED
SP_P065_A
X29
R073F
BLK
SP_R073_A
X10
T034A BLU
X15
6
X29
G010B BLK
SP_G010_B
X25
P008A RED
U1
X11
P071A RED
X57
X29
R073G BLK
SP_R073_A
X9
X001A YEL
X45
7
K2-3
X25
P009A RED
X57
X15
P073A RED
SP_P073_A
X9
R081A
X29
X9
X002A YEL
X29
SP_G010_B G010D BLK
U1
X25
P011A RED
X57
X15
P073B RED
SP_P073_A
X5503
R082A
BLK
X29
X7
Y001A YEL
X15
U1
G011A BLK
X62
X25
P012A RED
X5503
X9
P073C RED
SP_P073_A
X9
T001A
BLU
X57
X7
Z010A GRY
X57
X11
H013A GRN
X29
X7
P013A RED
X25
X29
P073D BLK
SP_P073_A
X9
T002A
BLU
X57
SP_Z012_D Z012A YEL
X57
X16
H044A GRN
X57
X29
P014A RED
X25
X29
P073E
RED
SP_P073_A
X11
T005A
BLU
X57
X7
Z012B YEL
SP_Z012_D
X16
H045A GRN
X57
X25
P015A RED
X57
SP_P074_A P074A
RED
X15
X11
T006A
BLU
X57
SP_Z012_E Z012C YEL
SP_Z012_D
SP_Z013_F
SP_G001_G
X62
BLK
SP_R013_G
X45
SP_G001_E G001N BLK
SP_G010_B G010C BLK
SP_Z012_G
1
SP_G001_E G001M BLK
G001R BLK
C
R1
2
P005C RED
B
12
1
54
43
SP_P002_A
SP_P003_A
SP_P031_A
PLUG
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
P082A
L
P002C
L
P003C
L
P031B
R
P002A
R
P003A
R
P031A
R
P002B
R
P003B
R
P031C
L
G001Q
R
G001A
R
G001B
R
G001C
R
G001D
R
G001E
SP_G001_G
SP_P002_A
SP_P003_A
SP_P031_A
HS_R013_K X5503
HS_R013_K CAV WIRE L
TX1191262 Load Center Harness (W18) Wiring Diagram (1 of 3) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-93
082417
PN=611
R013H
SHEET 1 OF 3 JL05046,00000A6 -19-30APR15-1/6
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-94
082417
PN=612
System Diagrams
1— Continued on Sheet 2 HS_R013_K—Shield R1—Controller Area Network (CAN) 1 Termination Resistor 1 SP_G001_G—G001 BLK Splice 7
SP_P002_A—P002 RED Splice SP_P003_A—P003 RED Splice SP_P031_A—P031 RED Splice SP_R013_G—R013 BLK Splice 7
SP_Z012_G—Z012 YEL Splice 7 X5503—Engine Control Unit SP_Z013_F—Z013 GRN Splice 6 (ECU) Connector 3 SP_Z013_G—Z013 GRN Splice 7 X45— Engine Auxiliary Harness-to-Load Center Harness 12-Pin Connector
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-95
JL05046,00000A6 -19-30APR15-2/6
082417
PN=613
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-96
082417
PN=614
System Diagrams
TX1191264 —UN—27APR15
1
1
F61-2
CAV WIRE B001C 1 X2
CAV WIRE L L R
CAV WIRE
Z012E Z012F Z012G
SP_Z012_F
L
CAV WIRE
Z013C
L
Z013D
R
Z013E
L
K2-1
1
P062A
1
3
G010D
CAV WIRE
1
P062D
4
P064A
1
L R
SP_Z013_E
SP_Z012_D CAV WIRE
R013C R013D R013E
L L R
SP_R013_E
CAV WIRE
P018A
X29
SP_R013_E
P008A
2
F61-2
SP_Z013_E
K2-2
CAV WIRE P061A
Z012A
5
P063A
6
G011A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A
H013A
J
R081A
R
T019A
B
H212A
K
T024A
S
P073D
1
6
2
5
C
PLUG
L
X002A
T
R073G
3
4
D
PLUG
M
G010B
U
T020A
E
N006A
N
PLUG
V
N007A
F
PLUG
O
P014A
W
P082A
G
P081A
P
P073E
X
R082A
H
R035A
Q
R073F
X16
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
X21
SP_Z012_F
K2-3
U1
X29
1
P061A
K2-2
P061C
1
G010C
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
Z012F
7
PLUG
1
2
Z013F
8
PLUG
3
R013F
9
PLUG
4
H044A
10
PLUG
5
H045A
11
PLUG
6
C013A
12
PLUG
K2-4
J003A
K2-3
-1
K2
K2
-4
X26
U1 X16
SP_G010_B
Z012B Z012C
SP_Z012_D
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A1
P021A
B1
PLUG
C1
P031B
D1
B001A
A2
P022A
B2
PLUG
C2
P1002A
D2
B001B
A3
P023A
B3
PLUG
C3
P033A
D3
P065C
A4
P024A
B4
PLUG
C4
P034A
D4
P065A
CAV WIRE
A5
P025A
B5
PLUG
C5
P035A
D5
P065E
L
G010A
A6
P026A
B6
PLUG
C6
P036A
D6
A006A
L
G010C
A7
PLUG
B7
PLUG
C7
P037A
D7
P061B
R
G010B
A8
PLUG
B8
PLUG
C8
PLUG
D8
PLUG
R
G010D
A9
PLUG
B9
PLUG
C9
PLUG
D9
PLUG
SP_G010_B
A10 PLUG
B10 PLUG
C10 PLUG
D10 PLUG
2
1 SP_R013_F
SP_Z012_E
SP_R013_D
SP_Z013_D
SP_R013_F
SP_Z012_E
SP_R013_D
SP_Z013_D
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
R013E
L
Z012C
L
R013A
L
Z013A
L
R013F
L
Z012D
L
R013B
L
Z013B
R
R013G
R
Z012E
R
R013C
R
Z013C
X12
X2
P012A
CAV WIRE
A3
P003C
C3
P013A
L
R073B
A4
-
C4
P014A
L
R073E
A5
P005B
C5
P015A
L
R073F
A6
P006B
C6
-
L
R073G
A7
P007A
C7
P017A
R
R073A
A8
P008A
C8
P018A
N002A
R
R073C
A9
P009A
C9
P019A
R073D
17
25
P062D
X37
L025A
2
L026A
3
P037A
2
R015A
10
R071B
18
T021A
26
PLUG
3
T034A
11
T016C
19
A018A
27
R073C
SP_R073_A
X25 X25-L2 CAV WIRE
PLUG
P074A
13
P073B
21
A025A
29
PLUG
6
R071A
14
R073A
22
L002A
30
Y001A
7
T017C
15
T018A
23
M002A
31
PLUG
8
PLUG
16
P073A
24
N001A
L2
5
5X2
TX1191264
1
R
28
P061C
C2
9
A024A
1
P002C
1
20
CAV WIRE
A2
CAV WIRE
PLUG
CAV WIRE
P011A
CAV WIRE
12
P061B
C1
CAV WIRE
R034A
1
P001A
CAV WIRE
4
X25
A1
X15
R073D
CAV WIRE
SP_R073_A
A
CAV WIRE
P074B
L1
5-
CAV WIRE
X37
T015A
X25-L1
X12
1
P062B
1
P062C
CAV WIRE
SP_B001_A
L
P065A
CAV WIRE
L
P065C
L
B001A
L
P065E
L
B001B
R
P065D
R
B001C
SP_P065_A
SP_B001_A
C10 X2
X26-L1
6-L
1
CAV WIRE 1
P062A
1
P062B
X26
X15
SHEET 2 OF 3 Load Center Harness (W18) Wiring Diagram (2 of 3) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
A10 -
SP_P065_A
9015-10-97
082417
PN=615
JL05046,00000A6 -19-30APR15-3/6
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-98
082417
PN=616
System Diagrams
1— Continued on Sheet 1 2— Continued on Sheet 3 F61— System 120 A Circuit Breaker K2—Switched Power Relay SP_B001_A—B001 RED Splice SP_G010_B—G010 BLK Splice 2 SP_P065_A—P065 RED Splice SP_R013_D—R013 BLK Splice 4 SP_R013_E—R013 BLK Splice 5
SP_R013_F—R013 BLK Splice 6 SP_R073_A—R073 BLK Splice 1 SP_Z012_D—Z012 YEL Splice 4 SP_Z012_E—Z012 YEL Splice 5 SP_Z012_F—Z012 YEL Splice 6 SP_Z013_D—Z013 GRN Splice 4 SP_Z013_E—Z013 GRN Splice 5 U1—24 V-to-12 V Converter X12— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 4
X15— Load Center HarnessX25-L2—Fuse Box 1 Switched to-Vehicle Harness Power Connector Connector 1 X26— Fuse Box 2 Connector X16— Load Center Harness-toX26-L1—Fuse Box 2 Switched Load Center (IGC controls) Power Connector Harness 16-Pin Connector X29— Load Center Harness(not used) to-Vehicle Harness X21— Unswitched Power 1-Pin Connector 3 Connector X37— Platform Lights Switch X25— Fuse Box 1 Connector Connector X25-L1—Fuse Box 1 Unswitched Power Connector
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-99
JL05046,00000A6 -19-30APR15-4/6
082417
PN=617
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-100
082417
PN=618
System Diagrams
TX1191265 —UN—27APR15
X11 X9
SP_P073_A SP_T017_A
SP_T016_A
CAV WIRE
SP_T017_A
SP_T016_A
SP_P073_A X9
X11
X10
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A1
A025A
C1
M002A
E1
A026A
G1
L003A
A1
Z012D
E1
T016B
J1
PLUG
A2
PLUG
C2
PLUG
E2
H212A
G2
L002A
A2
PLUG
E2
T017B
J2
PLUG
A3
T016A
C3
H013A
E3
T005A
G3
A008A
A3
PLUG
E3
T015A
J3
T029A
A4
T017A
C4
PLUG
E4
PLUG
G4
P074D
A4
PLUG
E4
T034A
J4
T030A
B1
PLUG
D1
T024A
F1
A029A
H1
A015A
B1
Z013D
F1
PLUG
K1
PLUG
B2
PLUG
D2
PLUG
F2
A024A
H2
PLUG
B2
PLUG
F2
PLUG
K2
PLUG
B3
T012A
D3
PLUG
F3
R071D
H3
PLUG
B3
PLUG
F3
R034A
K3
T029B
B4
T006A
D4
PLUG
F4
P071A
H4
L007A
B4
PLUG
F4
R015A
K4
T030B
C1
PLUG
G1
N001A
L1
P005A
C2
PLUG
G2
N002A
L2
G001H
C3
PLUG
G3
T027A
L3
PLUG
C4
PLUG
G4
T028A
L4
PLUG
D1
PLUG
H1
PLUG
M1
P005C
D2
PLUG
H2
PLUG
M2
G001R
D3
PLUG
H3
T027B
M3
G001J
D4
PLUG
H4
T028B
M4
A018A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
P073A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A1
PLUG
C1
T009A
E1
T026A
G1
PLUG
L
P073B
L
L
A2
T002A
C2
PLUG
E2
PLUG
G2
PLUG
L
P073D
L
T017C
L
T016C
A3
PLUG
C3
PLUG
E3
PLUG
G3
R081A
L
P073E
R
T017A
R
T016A
A4
PLUG
C4
T001A
E4
X002A
G4
P081A
R
P073C
B1
PLUG
D1
T010A
F1
T021A
H1
PLUG
B2
A017A
D2
T011A
F2
T018A
H2
PLUG
SP_T030_A
B3
PLUG
D3
PLUG
F3
X001A
H3
R073E
CAV WIRE
B4
PLUG
D4
T020A
F4
T019A
H4
P073C
L
T030C
SP_T029_A
SP_T028_A
SP_T027_A
SP_P005_A
HS_R013_D
SP_P006_A
R
T030A
SP_T029_A
SP_T028_A
SP_T027_A
SP_P005_A
HS_R013_D
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
P006B
HS_R013_H
L
T029C
L
T028C
L
T027C
L
P005B
L
R
P006A
CAV WIRE
R
T029A
R
T028A
R
T027A
R
P005A
R
P006C
L
R
T029B
R
T028B
R
T027B
R
P005C
SP_P006_A
T017B
T016B
ABC D E F G H J K
R
T030B
SP_T030_A
4 3 2 1
R013D
ABC D E F G H J K
X57 CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
2
4 3 2
1
1
A1
Z012B
E1
PLUG
J1
PLUG
A2
PLUG
E2
Z010A
J2
PLUG
PLUG
E3
PLUG
J3
PLUG
A4
PLUG
E4
PLUG
J4
L005A
B1
Z013B
F1
PLUG
K1
PLUG
B2
PLUG
F2
PLUG
K2
PLUG
B3
PLUG
F3
PLUG
K3
PLUG
B4
M001A
F4
PLUG
K4
PLUG
C1
PLUG
G1
PLUG
L1
P006C
C2
PLUG
G2
Y001A
L2
P006A
C3
PLUG
G3
R035A
L3
PLUG
C4
PLUG
G4
PLUG
L4
L004A
D1
PLUG
H1
PLUG
M1
P013A
D2
PLUG
H2
L025A
M2
G001F
D3
PLUG
H3
PLUG
M3
G001G
D4
E010A
H4
L026A
M4
PLUG
H044A
19
T009A
28
A008A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
11
P015A
20
T002A
29
A015A
R
L
3
N006A
12
H045A
21
T011A
30
L003A
R
G001M
R
G001N
R
G001R
R R R
G001F
4
Z012A
13
A017A
22
A029A
31
L004A
G001G
5
Z013A
14
P011A
23
A026A
32
R071C
G001K
6
R013A
15
M001A
24
T006A
33
L007A
7
P009A
16
T010A
25
T012A
34
P071A
K3 CAV WIRE 1 2 3
8
PLUG
17
T001A
26
P019A
9
A037A
18
T026A
27
T005A
K3
35
P074C
W1-1
SP_P074_A
SP_R071_B
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
P065D A037A
1-
2
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A
P023A
N
J003A
1
G001N
B
C013A
O
P022A
1
R013K
C
PLUG
P
P024A
P074A
L
R071A
L
P074B
L
R071B
D
PLUG
Q
P064A
L
P074D
L
R071D
E
P021A
R
L005A
R
P074C
R
R071C
F
P017A
S
P035A
G
P033A
T
P063A
H
P034A
U
G011A
J
A006A
V
P026A
K
P025A
W
P1002A
L
P007A
X
P001A
M
G001M
SP_P074_A
SP_R071_B
X57
TX1191265
SHEET 3 OF 3 Load Center Harness (W18) Wiring Diagram (3 of 3) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
W
W1-2
L
PLUG
5
G001K
X62
P062C
4
X7
X62
G010A
M
A3
10
E010A
G001J
L
1
Z010A
R
ABC D E F G H J K
CAV WIRE
2
G001Q
X7
M
W1-1
1
G001H
L
CAV WIRE
SP_G001_F
SP_G001_E
1 M
HS_R013_H
2 CAV WIRE
4 3 2
R013B
ABC D E FG H J K
SP_G001_F
L
M
X10
4
SP_G001_E
L
9015-10-101
082417
PN=619
JL05046,00000A6 -19-30APR15-5/6
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-102
082417
PN=620
System Diagrams
2— Continued on Sheet 2 K3—Air Conditioner Relay HS_R013_D—Shield HS_R013_H—Shield SP_G001_E—G001 BLK Splice 5 SP_G001_F—G001 BLK Splice 6 SP_P005_A—P005 RED Splice SP_P006_A—P006 RED Splice
SP_P073_A—P073 RED Splice SP_P074_A—P074 RED Splice SP_R071_B—R071 BLK Splice 2 SP_T016_A—T016 BLU Splice SP_T017_A—T017 BLU Splice SP_T027_A—T027 BLU Splice SP_T028_A—T028 BLU Splice SP_T029_A—T029 BLU Splice
SP_T030_A—T030 BLU Splice X57— Load Center Harness-toW1—System Ground Operator's Station Harness X7— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) 35-Pin Connector Connector X62— Load Center Harness-toX9— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Operator's Station Harness Connector 1 23-Pin Connector X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 X11— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 JL05046,00000A6 -19-30APR15-6/6
Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location W1
F65
X27-L1 A11
A X18
W19
X5
K2
X27
X6 A11
X4 W19 X38
A
X6 X16 W1 X96 TX1182091 —UN—30JAN15
F65
TX1182091 Load Center (IGC controls) Harness (W19) Component Location A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller X18— Load Center HarnessX96— Integrated Grade Control (HVC) (HVC) Connector 2 to-Vehicle Harness (IGC) Interface Connector F65— Fuse Box 3 (if equipped) X6— Hydraulic Valve Controller Connector 2 K2—Switched Power Relay (HVC) Connector 3 X27— Fuse Box 3 Connector W1—System Ground X16— Load Center Harness-toX27-L1—Fuse Box 3 Switched W19—Load Center (IGC controls) Load Center (IGC controls) Power Connector Harness Harness 16-Pin Connector X38— Load Center (IGC controls) X4— Hydraulic Valve Controller Harness-to-Operator's (HVC) Connector 1 Station Harness 31-Pin Connector
JL05046,00000A7 -19-05FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-103
082417
PN=621
System Diagrams
Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Wiring Diagram CIRCUIT DATA TABLE WIRE
COLOR END#2
END#1
WIRE
X96
C001A GRY
X96 X96
COLOR END#2
X38
X27
P043A RED
C002A GRY
X38
X6
C003A GRY
X38
X27
X96
C004A GRY
X38
X96
C005A GRY
X96 X96
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
X5
X4
R205A BLK
X18
P044A RED
X27
X4
R206A BLK
X18
P045A RED
X5
X6
R207A BLK
X18
X27
P046A RED
X4
X6
R208A BLK
X18
X38
X27
P047A RED
X5
X5
Z012A YEL
X16
C006A GRY
X38
X96
P048A RED
SP_P048_A
X5
Z013A GRN
X16
C007A GRY
X38
X27
P048B RED
SP_P048_A
X38
Z022A YEL
SP_Z022_C
X96
C008A GRY
X38
SP_P048_A P048C RED
X38
SP_Z022_C Z022B YEL
X5
X96
C009A GRY
X38
X27
P051A RED
X5
X96
Z022C YEL
SP_Z022_C
X96
C010A GRY
X38
X96
P052A RED
SP_P052_A
X38
Z023A GRN
SP_Z023_C
X96
C011A GRY
X38
X27
P052B RED
SP_P052_A
SP_Z023_C Z023B GRN
X5
X96
C012A GRY
X38
SP_P052_A P052C RED
X38
SP_Z023_C Z023C GRN
X96
X96
C013A GRY
X16
X96
P053A RED
SP_P053_A
X5
G001A BLK
SP_G001_D
X27
P053B RED
SP_P053_A
X5
G001B BLK
SP_G001_D
SP_P053_A P053C RED
X38
X5
G001C BLK
SP_G001_D
X96
P054A RED
SP_P054_A
X96
G001D BLK
SP_G001_D
X27
P054B RED
SP_P054_A
X96
G001E BLK
SP_G001_D
SP_P054_A P054C RED
X38
X96
G001F BLK
SP_G001_D
K2-1
SP_P061_A
SP_G001_D G001G BLK
W1-3
SP_P061_A P061B RED
X27
X6
H017A GRN
X38
SP_P061_A P061C RED
X27
X6
H018A GRN
X38
SP_P061_A P061D RED
X27
X6
H027A GRN
X38
SP_P061_A P061E RED
X27
X4
H042A GRN
X38
X27-L1
P062A RED
K2-2
X4
H043A GRN
X38
X5
P091A RED
X38
X4
H044A GRN
X16
X4
P092A RED
X38
X4
H045A GRN
X16
HS_R013_A R013A BLK
X16
X6
H046A GRN
X38
X38
R023A BLK
SP_R023_C
X5
H201A GRN
X18
HS_R023_B R023B BLK
SP_R023_C
X5
H202A GRN
X18
SP_R023_C R023C BLK
X96
X6
H203A GRN
X18
SP_R023_C R023D BLK
W1-3
X6
H204A GRN
X18
X5
R091A BLK
X38
X4
H205A GRN
X18
X5
R092A BLK
X38
X4
H206A GRN
X18
X5
R201A BLK
X18
X6
H207A GRN
X18
X5
R202A BLK
X18
X6
H208A GRN
X18
X6
R203A BLK
X18
X27
P041A RED
X38
X6
R204A BLK
X18
P061A RED
TX1175057
COLOR END#2
TX1175057 —UN—08JAN15
END#1
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
Load Center (IGC controls) Harness (W19) Wiring Diagram (1 of 2) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-104
JL05046,00000A8 -19-05FEB15-1/3
082417
PN=622
System Diagrams
TX1181796 —UN—08JAN15
X38
X27 CAV WIRE A1 A2
P041A PLUG
CAV WIRE B1 B2
PLUG PLUG
CAV WIRE C1 C2
P051A P052B
CAV WIRE D1 D2
P061B P061C
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
9
17
25
Z022A
H027A
P053C
X16
12
7
CAV WIRE 1
1
6
C007A
Z012A
7
PLUG
2
Z013A
8
PLUG
C005A
3
R013A
9
PLUG
28
C004A
4
29
C003A
2
Z023A
10
H017A
18
P054C
26
C006A
3
R023A
11
P091A
19
P048C
27
4
P092A
12
R091A
20
C012A
5
R092A
13
H046A
21
C011A
A3
P043A
B3
PLUG
C3
P053B
D3
P061D
6
H042A
14
P041A
22
C010A
30
C002A
A4
P044A
B4
PLUG
C4
P054B
D4
P061E
7
H043A
15
PLUG
23
C009A
31
C001A
8
H018A
16
P052C
24
C008A
X16
H044A
5 X38
10
H045A
6
X4
CAV WIRE
11
C013A
12
PLUG PLUG PLUG X4
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A1
C1
E1
G1
C2
PLUG
E2
PLUG
G2
PLUG
PLUG
C3
PLUG
E3
PLUG
G3
PLUG
A4
PLUG
C4
H206A
E4
R205A
G4
PLUG
B1
PLUG
D1
PLUG
F1
PLUG
H1
H043A
B2
PLUG
D2
H044A
F2
H045A
H2
PLUG
B3
PLUG
D3
PLUG
F3
PLUG
H3
P092A
B4
R206A
D4
H205A
F4
PLUG
H4
P046A
B5
PLUG
C5
PLUG
D5
PLUG
P046A
B6
PLUG
C6
PLUG
D6
PLUG
A7
P047A
B7
PLUG
C7
PLUG
D7
PLUG
SP_P061_A
A8
P048B
B8
PLUG
C8
PLUG
D8
PLUG
CAV WIRE
PLUG
L
P061B
SP_Z023_C
CAV WIRE
SP_Z022_C
D10 PLUG
L
P061C
CAV WIRE
L
R023A
CAV WIRE
L
P061D
SP_P048_A
L
Z023A
L
R023D
L
Z022A
L
P061E
CAV WIRE
R
Z023B
R
R023B
L
Z022B
R
P061A
L
P048C
R
Z023C
R
R023C
R
Z022C
R
P048A
SP_Z023_C
R
P048B
B9
PLUG
C9
PLUG
C10 PLUG
D9
SP_P048_A W1-3 CAV WIRE
1W
1
G001G
1
R023D
SP_R023_C
X27
X27-L1 X27-L1
SP_P053_A
SP_P054_A
SP_P052_A
SP_P053_A
SP_P054_A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
P052B
L
P053B
L
P054B
R
P052A
L
P053C
L
P054C
R
CAV WIRE
P052C
R
P053A
R
CAV WIRE 1
P054A
L
G001C
L
G001G
R
G001D
R
G001E
R
G001F
CAV WIRE
G
R023C
N
C010A
T
P054A
B
C002A
H
Z022C
O
C011A
U
G001F
C
C003A
J
Z023C
P
G001E
V
P053A
D
C004A
K
C007A
Q
C012A
W
G001D
E
C005A
L
C008A
R
P048A
X
P052A
F
C006A
M
C009A
S
C013A
X18
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
HS_R013_A
A1
Z012A
C1
PLUG
E1
PLUG
G1
PLUG
J1
PLUG
L1
P051A
CAV WIRE
A2
PLUG
C2
PLUG
E2
PLUG
G2
PLUG
J2
R091A
L2
G001B
X18
R
A3
PLUG
C3
R202A
E3
PLUG
G3
PLUG
J3
Z022B
L3
PLUG
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A4
H201A
C4
PLUG
E4
PLUG
G4
PLUG
J4
PLUG
L4
P045A
A
H201A
H
H203A
R
R206A
B1
Z013A
D1
PLUG
F1
PLUG
H1
PLUG
K1
P091A
M1
P043A
B
PLUG
J
R203A
S
H207A
B2
PLUG
D2
PLUG
F2
PLUG
H2
PLUG
K2
R092A
M2
G001C
C
R201A
K
H204A
T
R207A
PLUG
L
R204A
U
R202A
P062A
R013A
2 HS_R023_B
K2-1
X96
X5
K2-
P062A
X6
CAV WIRE
B3
PLUG
D3
H202A
F3
PLUG
H3
Z023B
K3
PLUG
M3
G001A
D
R
B4
R201A
D4
PLUG
F4
PLUG
H4
PLUG
K4
PLUG
M4
P047A
E
PLUG
M
H205A
V
H208A
F
H202A
N
R205A
W
R208A
G
PLUG
P
H206A
X
PLUG
R023B
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A1
R204A
C1
H207A
E1
PLUG
G1
PLUG
A2
R203A
C2
H204A
E2
PLUG
G2
PLUG
A3
PLUG
C3
PLUG
E3
H046A
G3
H018A
A4
PLUG
C4
PLUG
E4
PLUG
G4
PLUG
4 3 2
B1
R207A
D1
PLUG
F1
H208A
H1
P044A
1
B2
H203A
D2
PLUG
F2
R208A
H2
PLUG
B3
PLUG
D3
PLUG
F3
H017A
H3
PLUG
B4
PLUG
D4
H027A
F4
PLUG
H4
PLUG
1
P061A
ABC D E F G H J K
X6
Load Center (IGC controls) Harness (W19) Wiring Diagram (2 of 2) Continued on next page
9015-10-105
G001B
CAV WIRE
C001A
HS_R013_A
HS_R023_B
K2-1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
L
CAV WIRE
A
SP_Z022_C
K2-2 SP_P052_A
TX1181796
G001A
CAV WIRE
SP_R023_C
SP_P061_A
1
L
X96
SP_G001_D
3
B10 PLUG
CAV WIRE
H042A
PLUG
P045A
PLUG
PLUG
A3
A6
A10 PLUG
PLUG
A2
A5
A9
PLUG
SP_G001_D
082417
PN=623
ABC D E F G H J K
L
L
M 4 3 2 1 M
X5
JL05046,00000A8 -19-05FEB15-2/3
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-106
082417
PN=624
System Diagrams
HS_R013_A—Shield HS_R023_B—Shield K2—Switched Power Relay SP_G001_D—G001 BLK Splice 4 SP_P048_A—P048 RED Splice SP_P052_A—P052 RED Splice SP_P053_A—P053 RED Splice SP_P054_A—P054 RED Splice SP_P061_A—P061 RED Splice
SP_R023_C—R023 BLK Splice 3 SP_Z022_C—Z022 YEL Splice 3 SP_Z023_C—Z023 GRN Splice 3 W1—System Ground X4— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 1 X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Connector 2
X6— Hydraulic Valve Controller X27-L1—Fuse Box 3 Switched (HVC) Connector 3 Power Connector X16— Load Center Harness-toX38— Load Center Harness-toLoad Center (IGC controls) Operator's Station Harness Harness 16-Pin Connector 31-Pin Connector X18— Load Center HarnessX96— Integrated Grade Control to-Vehicle Harness (IGC) Interface Connector Connector 2 X27— Fuse Box 3 Connector JL05046,00000A8 -19-05FEB15-3/3
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-107
082417
PN=625
System Diagrams
Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location
A
X32
M3
E9 X14
W31 X56
M13 W20 A
X54
H4 X61 C B
X60
X59 A10 W20 X62
B2
X57
S2 S8 S34 A10
W20
S14
M9 W20
S12 TX1178320
W5 C
B
TX1178320 —UN—29MAY15
X36
B3
Operator's Station Harness (W20) Component Location
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-108
JL05046,00000DF -19-11FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=626
System Diagrams A10— Transmission Control Lever (TCL) B2—Forward, Neutral, and Reverse (FNR) Sensor B3—Steer Sensor E9— Seat Heater H4—Winch Pressure Light M3—Rear Wiper Motor M9—Heater Valve Motor M13— Air Seat Motor S2— Left Park Lock Lever Switch S8— Horn Switch (in TCL)
S12— Neutral Start Switch X41— JDLink™ Connector X60— Operator's Station S14— Right Park Lock Lever X54— Under Seat Heater Harness Harness-to-Left Console Switch Connector Harness 12-Pin Connector S34— Transmission Speed X56— Spare Power Connector X61— Operator's Station Control Switch X57— Load Center Harness-toHarness-to-Roof Harness W5—Cab Ground Operator's Station Harness 31-Pin Connector W20—Operator's Station Harness 35-Pin Connector X62— Load Center Harness-toW31—Power Outlet Harness X59— Operator's Station Operator's Station Harness X14— Power Outlet Harness Harness-to-Left Console 23-Pin Connector Connector Harness 6-Pin Connector X32— 12 V Power Outlet X36— Operator's Station Harness-to-Front Dash Harness Connector
JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,00000DF -19-11FEB15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-109
082417
PN=627
System Diagrams
Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
COLOR END#2
END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
END#1
WIRE
END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
X60
A001A GRY
X61
SP_G011_B G011F BLK
SP_G011_A
SP_P063_A P063F
RED
X59
X60
A002A GRY
X61
X14
G011G BLK
SP_G011_B
SP_P063_A P063G
RED
SP_P063_B
X60
A003A GRY
X61
X61
J003A TAN
X62
X61
P064A
RED
X62
X60
A004A GRY
X61
X61
L003A BRN
X57
SP_P071_A P071A
RED
B2
X61
A006A GRY
X62
X61
L004A BRN
X57
SP_P071_A P071B
RED
B3
X61
A008A GRY
X57
X62
L005A BRN
X61
SP_P071_A P071C
RED
X57
M9
A010A GRY
X59
X61
L007A BRN
X57
SP_P071_A P071D
RED
X36
M3
A015A GRY
X57
X57
M001A VLT
X36
A10
P074A
RED
X57
A10
A017A GRY
X57
X57
N006A YEL
H4
X41
P1002A RED
X62
X60
A020A GRY
X54
X62
P001A RED
X36
X57
R013A
BLK
SP_R013_K
X60
A021A GRY
X54
X61
P007A RED
X62
SP_R013_K R013B
BLK
X41
X61
A026A GRY
X57
X57
P009A RED
X36
X36
R013C
BLK
SP_R013_K
X61
A029A GRY
X57
X57
P011A RED
X36
SP_R071_A R071A
BLK
B2
E9
A036A GRY
X60
SP_P015_A P015A RED
S2
SP_R071_A R071B
BLK
B3
X60
A037A GRY
SP_P015_A P015B RED
S14
SP_R071_A R071C
BLK
A10
X61
SP_P015_A P015C RED
S12
SP_R071_A R071D
BLK
X36
SP_A037_A A037C GRY
X57
SP_P015_A P015D RED
X57
SP_R071_A R071E
BLK
X57
X61
E010A WHT
X57
M3
SP_P017_A
S14
T001A
BLU
X57
SP_G001_B G001A BLK
X62
SP_P017_A P017B RED
X61
S14
T002A
BLU
X57
SP_G001_B G001C BLK
X36
X62
P017C RED
SP_P017_A
X57
T005A
BLU
X36
SP_G001_B G001D BLK
X61
X57
P019A RED
H4
B3
T006A
BLU
X57
SP_G001_B G001J BLK
X41
X60
P021A RED
X62
S2
T009A
BLU
X57
SP_G001_B G001K BLK
X41
X60
P022A RED
X62
S2
T010A
BLU
X57
SP_G003_A G003A BLK
W5-1
X56
P023A RED
X62
A10
T011A
BLU
X57
W5-2
G003B BLK
X56
M13
P024A RED
X62
B2
T012A
BLU
X57
SP_G003_A G003C BLK
M13
SP_P025_A P025A RED
X61
S12
T026A
BLU
X57
SP_G003_A G003D BLK
E9
SP_P025_A P025B RED
X60
X61
Z010A
GRY
X57
SP_G003_A G003E BLK
X60
SP_P025_A P025C RED
X62
X57
Z012A
YEL
SP_Z012_K
W5-2
G003F BLK
X36
X41
P026A RED
X62
SP_Z012_K Z012B
YEL
X41
SP_G003_A G003G BLK
A10
X61
P033A RED
X62
X36
Z012C
YEL
SP_Z012_K
M3
G003H BLK
SP_G003_A
X61
P034A RED
X62
X57
Z013A
GRN
SP_Z013_K
X54
G003J BLK
W5-2
X61
P035A RED
X62
SP_Z013_K Z013B
GRN
X41
X61
G011A BLK
SP_G011_A
SP_P063_A P063A RED
X62
X36
GRN
SP_Z013_K
M9
G011B BLK
P017A RED
SP_G011_B
M9
P063B RED
SP_P063_B
SP_G011_A G011C BLK
X62
X14
P063C RED
SP_P063_B
SP_G011_B G011D BLK
X14
SP_P063_A P063D RED
X61
X59
SP_G011_A
SP_P063_B P063E RED
X14
G011E BLK
TX1175071
Z013C
TX1175071 —UN—15JAN15
SP_A037_A
SP_A037_A A037B GRY
Operator's Station Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram (1 of 2) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-110
JL05046,00000E0 -19-11FEB15-1/3
082417
PN=628
System Diagrams
TX1182576 —UN—15JAN15
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE A
1
P024A
B
PLUG
2
G003C
Z010A
3
E010A
4 A
B
X61 M13
M9
A10
X61
M13
G001D
CAV WIRE 9
CAV WIRE
L007A
10
17
L004A
11
18
L005A
12
19
PLUG
20
A029A A008A A026A P017B
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE 25 26 27 28
1
A004A
PLUG
4
A001A
P074A
5
P007A
13
P064A
21
P034A
29
P035A
5
T011A
6
J003A
14
P063D
22
P033A
30
PLUG
6
R071C
7
P025A
15
G011A
23
A006A
8
L003A
16
PLUG
24
A037B
31
PLUG
CAV WIRE A B
CAV WIRE G003C
L
G003D
L
SP_G011_A SP_P025_A
G003H
R
CAV WIRE
G003A
L
P025A
L L
SP_P071_A
SP_P063_A
CAV WIRE
A10
CAV WIRE
G011A
L
G011E
L
CAV WIRE L
P063D
L
P071B P071C P071D
R
G003E
L
P025B
R
G011C
R
P063A
R
G003G
R
P025C
R
G011F
R
P063G
R
SP_P025_A
SP_G011_A
P071A
P063F
R
SP_G003_A
X57
X62
SP_G003_A
L
P023A PLUG
X59
E9
E9 CAV WIRE 1 2
A036A G003D
X59
1
P017A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
2
A015A
1
P063F
4
PLUG
3
G003H
2
A010A
5
PLUG
4
PLUG
3
G011E
6
SP_P017_A
PLUG
L
P007A
T
P063A
CAV WIRE
PLUG
M
G001A
U
G011C
L
P017C
E
P021A
N
J003A
V
P026A
R
P017A
R
P017B
F G H
P017C P033A P034A
O P Q
P022A P024A
W X
P1002A P001A
SP_P017_A
P064A
1
Z010A
10
PLUG
19
T009A
28
A008A
2
E010A
11
P015D
20
T002A
29
A015A
3
N006A
12
PLUG
21
T011A
30
L003A
4
Z012A
13
A017A
22
A029A
31
L004A
D
E
F
C
B
A
1
G003B
1
G003F
1
G003J
W5
L
P063B
P009A
16
T010A
25
T012A
34
P071C
L
P063G
8
PLUG
17
T001A
26
P019A
35
P074A
R
P063C
9
A037C
18
T026A
27
T005A
R
P063E
SP_G001_B
SP_P015_A
G001D
L
P015D
R
A037C
L
R071C
R
G001C
R
P015A
R
R071D
R
G001J
R
P015B
R
R071E
R
G001K
S2 CAV WIRE
B2
X41
A021A C
A036A
B
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
P1002A
7
PLUG
B2
2
P026A
8
PLUG
C
A
A
G003E
B
A
B
-2
A
P015A
B
T009A
C
T010A
S2
SP_R013_K
SP_Z012_K
SP_Z013_K
SP_R013_K
SP_Z012_K
SP_Z013_K
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
R013A
L
Z012A
L
Z013A
L
R013B
L
Z012B
L
Z013B
R
R
R013C
Z012C
R
Z013C
X36 CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A
Z012C
J
PLUG
R
PLUG
P023A
P063E
3
PLUG
3
P063C
4
G003B
4
G011D
CAV WIRE
B
Z013C
K
P071D
S
PLUG
C
R013C
L
R071D
T
PLUG
D
P001A
M
T005A
U
G003F
E
P011A
N
P009A
V
M001A
F
G001C
O
PLUG
W
PLUG
G
PLUG
P
PLUG
X
PLUG
H
PLUG
Q
PLUG
PLUG
CAV WIRE
A
CAV WIRE
A
4
Z012B
10
PLUG
A
T006A
A
T026A
B
T012A
5
Z013B
11
G001K
R071B
B
P015C
C
R071A
6
R013B
12
PLUG
X41
Operator's Station Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram (2 of 2)
G011F
R
G011D
R
G011G
S14
9
C
G011B
L
H4
X54
G001J
B
L
X36
3
082417
2
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
PN=629
G011G
2
SP_G011_B
S12
P071A
1
SP_G011_B
CAV WIRE P071B
PLUG
SP_P063_B
M9
7
L
S12
1
X14
L007A
R071B
A020A
CAV WIRE
X56
R071E
L
12
W5-1
33
A037B
B3
CAV WIRE
W5-2
G003A
32
L
A037A
1
T006A
P015C
11
PLUG
A026A
L
A004A
F
24
G001A
10
CAV WIRE
23
L
A003A
PLUG
M001A
R071A
9
E
P011A
L
A002A
W5-1
15
A037A
P025B
A010A
14
L
8
D
R013A
SP_P015_A
A001A
G011B
Z013A
CAV WIRE
2
C
6
SP_G001_B
P022A
PLUG
5
CAV WIRE
Continued on next page
9015-10-111
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
7
B
X14
SP_P063_B
TX1182576
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
CAV WIRE
SP_R071_A
B3
PLUG
P035A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
P021A
6
CAV WIRE
S
L005A
P063B
X56
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
SP_A037_A
1
5
M3
P025C
R
SP_R071_A
CAV WIRE
4
K
A006A
A
SP_P071_A
SP_P063_A
CAV WIRE
3
J
CAV WIRE
D
X60 M3
CAV WIRE
C
SP_A037_A
X60
X57
G003G
3
A002A
X62
A017A
2
A003A
CAV WIRE
B C
P015B T001A T002A
S14
X54
H4
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A
A021A
1A
P019A
B
PLUG
1B
N006A
C
A020A
2A
PLUG
D
G003J
2B
PLUG
JL05046,00000E0 -19-11FEB15-2/3
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-112
082417
PN=630
System Diagrams
A10— Transmission Control Lever (TCL) B2—Forward, Neutral, and Reverse (FNR) Sensor B3—Steer Sensor E9— Seat Heater H4—Winch Pressure Light M3—Rear Wiper Motor M9—Heater Valve Motor M13— Air Seat Motor S2— Left Park Lock Lever Switch S12— Neutral Start Switch S14— Right Park Lock Lever Switch SP_A037_A—A037 GRY Splice SP_G001_B—G001 BLK Splice 2
SP_G003_A—G003 BLK Splice 1 SP_Z013_K—Z013 GRN Splice 11 X59— Operator's Station SP_G011_A—G011 BLK Splice 1 W5—Cab Ground Harness-to-Left Console SP_G011_B—G011 BLK Splice 2 X14— Power Outlet Harness Harness 6-Pin Connector SP_P015_A—P015 RED Splice Connector X60— Operator's Station SP_P017_A—P017 RED Splice X36— Operator's Station Harness-to-Left Console SP_P025_A—P025 RED Splice Harness-to-Front Dash Harness 12-Pin Connector SP_P063_A—P063 RED Splice 1 Harness Connector X61— Operator's Station SP_P063_B—P063 RED Splice 2 X41— JDLink™ Connector Harness-to-Roof Harness SP_P071_A—P071 RED Splice X54— Under Seat Heater Harness 31-Pin Connector SP_R013_K—R013 BLK Splice 11 Connector X62— Load Center Harness-toSP_R071_A—R071 BLK Splice 1 X56— Spare Power Connector Operator's Station Harness SP_Z012_K—Z012 YEL Splice 11 X57— Load Center Harness-to23-Pin Connector Operator's Station Harness 35-Pin Connector
JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,00000E0 -19-11FEB15-3/3
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-113
082417
PN=631
System Diagrams
Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location
X61
X60 X57 X62 S34 A10
X59
S8
W21
X38 B3
M3
B2 S12 A X61 A10 W21 E9
X14
A12
A
X36
B
H4
S2
A9 S14 X54
A15
M13
R3
X56 X97,X132
A12
S31
S32 X41
S30
S29
M9 X151 X150
X98 A9 B
X99
W21
TX1206588
W5
TX1206588 —UN—01DEC15
H4
Operator's Station (IGC controls) Harness (W21) Component Location
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-114
KK70125,0000200 -19-24AUG16-1/2
082417
PN=632
System Diagrams A9—Blade Control Joystick (BCJ) A10— Transmission Control Lever (TCL) A12— Joystick Switch Module A15— Auxiliary Joystick 1 B2—Forward, Neutral, and Reverse (FNR) Sensor B3—Steer Sensor E9— Seat Heater H4—Winch Pressure Light M3—Rear Wiper Motor M9—Heater Valve Motor M13— Air Seat Motor R3—Controller Area Network (CAN) 2 Termination Resistor 1 S2— Left Park Lock Lever Switch S8— Horn Switch (in TCL)
S12— Neutral Start Switch S14— Right Park Lock Lever Switch S29— Blade Shake Switch S30— Blade Angle Switch S31— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) On/Off Switch S32— Blade Height Increment/Decrement Switch S34— Transmission Speed Control Switch W5—Cab Ground W21—Operator's Station (IGC controls) Harness X14— Power Outlet Harness Connector X36— Operator's Station Harness-to-Front Dash Harness Connector
X38— Vehicle Harness-toX61— Operator's Station Operator's Station Harness Harness-to-Roof Harness 31-Pin Connector 31-Pin Connector X41— JDLink™ Connector X62— Load Center Harness-toX54— Under Seat Heater Harness Operator's Station Harness Connector 23-Pin Connector X56— Spare Power Connector X97— Integrated Grade Control X57— Load Center Harness-to(IGC) Interface Connector Operator's Station Harness X98— Four-Way Axis Module 35-Pin Connector Connector X59— Operator's Station X99— Switch Module Connector Harness-to-Left Console X132— Not Used Harness 6-Pin Connector X150— Auxiliary Joystick 1 X60— Operator's Station Connector Harness-to-Left Console X151— Auxiliary Joystick 2 Harness 12-Pin Connector Connector (not used)
JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company KK70125,0000200 -19-24AUG16-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-115
082417
PN=633
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-116
082417
PN=634
System Diagrams
Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram TX1206589 —UN—01DEC15
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
X60
A001A GRY
X60 X60
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
X61
A9
G001H BLK
A002A GRY
X61
A003A GRY
X61
X60
A004A GRY
X61
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
WIRE COLOR END#2
END#1
WIRE
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
COLOR END#2
END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
SP_G001_C
SP_P015_A P015A RED
S2
SP_P091_A P091B
RED
A16
SP_Z012_L Z012D YEL
X41
SP_G001_B G001J BLK
X41
SP_P015_A P015B RED
S14
X38
P091C
RED
SP_P091_A
X36
Z012E YEL
SP_Z012_L
SP_G001_B G001K BLK
X41
SP_P015_A P015C RED
S12
X38
P092A
RED
A12
A9
Z013A GRN
SP_Z013_C
X61
SP_G003_A G003A BLK
W5-1
SP_P015_A P015D RED
X57
X41
P1002A RED
X62
SP_Z013_C Z013B GRN
SP_Z013_L
A006A GRY
X62
W5-2
G003B BLK
X56
M3
SP_P017_A
HS_R013_A R013A
BLK
SP_R013_C
X57
SP_Z013_C
X61
A008A GRY
X57
SP_G003_A G003C BLK
M13
SP_P017_A P017B RED
X61
SP_R013_C R013B
BLK
SP_R013_L
SP_Z013_L Z013D GRN
X41
M9
A010A GRY
X59
SP_G003_A G003D BLK
E9
X62
P017C RED
SP_P017_A
X57
R013C
BLK
SP_R013_C
X36
Z013E GRN
SP_Z013_L
M3
A015A GRY
X57
SP_G003_A G003E BLK
X60
X57
P019A RED
H4
SP_R013_L R013D
BLK
X41
X97,X132
Z022A YEL
SP_Z022_A
A10
A017A GRY
X57
W5-2
G003F BLK
X36
X60
P021A RED
X62
X36
R013E
BLK
SP_R013_L
R3
Z022B YEL
SP_Z022_B
X60
A020A GRY
X54
SP_G003_A G003G BLK
A10
X60
P022A RED
X62
X97,X132
R023A
BLK
SP_R023_A
SP_Z022_B Z022C YEL
X36
X60
A021A GRY
X54
M3
G003H BLK
SP_G003_A
X56
P023A RED
X62
R3
R023B
BLK
SP_R023_B
SP_Z022_A Z022D YEL
X38
X61
A026A GRY
X57
X54
G003J BLK
W5-2
M13
P024A RED
X62
SP_R023_B R023C
BLK
X36
SP_Z022_A Z022E YEL
SP_Z022_E
X61
A029A GRY
X57
X61
G011A BLK
SP_G011_A
SP_P025_A P025A RED
X61
SP_R023_A R023D
BLK
X38
SP_Z022_B Z022F YEL
SP_Z022_E
E9
A036A GRY
X60
M9
G011B BLK
SP_G011_B
SP_P025_A P025B RED
X60
SP_R023_A R023E
BLK
SP_R023_E
SP_Z022_E Z022G YEL
X41
X60
A037A GRY
SP_A037_A
SP_G011_A G011C BLK
X62
SP_P025_A P025C RED
X62
SP_R023_B R023F
BLK
SP_R023_E
X97,X132
Z023A GRN
SP_Z023_A
SP_A037_A A037B GRY
X61
SP_G011_B G011D BLK
X14
X41
P026A RED
X62
SP_R023_E R023G BLK
X41
R3
Z023B GRN
SP_Z023_B
X57
A037C GRY
SP_A037_A
X59
G011E BLK
SP_G011_A
X61
P033A RED
X62
SP_R071_A R071A
BLK
B2
SP_Z023_B Z023C GRN
X36
X38
C001A GRY
X97,X132
SP_G011_B G011F BLK
SP_G011_A
X61
P034A RED
X62
SP_R071_A R071B
BLK
B3
SP_Z023_A Z023D GRN
X38
X38
C002A GRY
X97,X132
X14
G011G BLK
SP_G011_B
X61
P035A RED
X62
SP_R071_A R071C
BLK
A10
SP_Z023_A Z023E GRN
SP_Z023_E
X38
C003A GRY
X97,X132
X38
H017A GRN
A12
X38
P041A RED
A9
SP_R071_A R071D
BLK
X36
SP_Z023_B Z023F GRN
SP_Z023_E
X38
C004A GRY
X97,X132
X38
H018A GRN
A12
X38
P048A RED
X97,X132
SP_R071_A R071E
BLK
X57
SP_Z023_E Z023G GRN
X41
X38
C005A GRY
X97,X132
X38
H027A GRN
A12
X38
P052A RED
X97,X132
A15
R091A
BLK
SP_R091_A
X38
C006A GRY
X97,X132
X38
H042A GRN
A15
X38
P053A RED
X97,X132
SP_R091_A R091B
BLK
A16
X38
C007A GRY
X97,X132
X38
H043A GRN
A15
X38
P054A RED
X97,X132
X38
R091C
BLK
SP_R091_A
X38
C008A GRY
X97,X132
X57
H044A GRN
A16
SP_P063_A P063A RED
X62
A12
R092A
BLK
X38
X38
C009A GRY
X97,X132
X57
H045A GRN
A16
M9
P063B RED
SP_P063_B
S14
T001A
BLU
X57
X38
C010A GRY
X97,X132
X38
H046A GRN
A12
X14
P063C RED
SP_P063_B
S14
T002A
BLU
X57
X38
C011A GRY
X97,X132
X61
J003A TAN
X62
SP_P063_A P063D RED
X61
X57
T005A
BLU
X36
X38
C012A GRY
X97,X132
X61
L003A BRN
X57
SP_P063_B P063E RED
X14
B3
T006A
BLU
X57
X62
C013A GRY
X97,X132
X61
L004A BRN
X57
SP_P063_A P063F RED
X59
S2
T009A
BLU
X57
X61
E010A WHT
X57
X62
L005A BRN
X61
SP_P063_A P063G RED
SP_P063_B
S2
T010A
BLU
X57
SP_G001_B G001A BLK
X62
X61
L007A BRN
X57
X61
P064A RED
X62
A10
T011A
BLU
X57
SP_G001_C G001B BLK
SP_G001_B
X57
M001A VLT
X36
SP_P071_A P071A RED
B2
B2
T012A
BLU
X57
SP_G001_B G001C BLK
X36
X57
N006A YEL
H4
SP_P071_A P071B RED
B3
S12
T026A
BLU
X57
SP_G001_B G001D BLK
X61
X62
P001A RED
X36
SP_P071_A P071C RED
X57
X61
Z010A
GRY
X57
X97,X132
G001E BLK
SP_G001_C
X61
P007A RED
X62
SP_P071_A P071D RED
X36
A9
Z012A
YEL
SP_Z012_C
X97,X132
G001F BLK
SP_G001_C
X57
P009A RED
X36
A10
P074A RED
X57
SP_Z012_C Z012B
YEL
SP_Z012_L
X97,X132
X57
P011A RED
X36
A15
P091A RED
SP_P091_A
X57
YEL
SP_Z012_C
SP_G001_C G001G BLK
P017A RED
Z012C
TX1206589
SHEET 1 OF 3 Operator's Station (IGC controls) Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram (1 of 3) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
Z013C GRN
9015-10-117
082417
PN=635
KK70125,0000201 -19-24AUG16-1/5
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-118
082417
PN=636
System Diagrams
TX1182611 —UN—15JAN15
X61
X57 X62
X57
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
PLUG
9
L007A
17
A029A
25
A004A
1
Z010A
10
H044A
19
T009A
28
A008A
2
Z010A
10
L004A
18
A008A
26
A003A
2
E010A
11
P015D
20
T002A
29
A015A
3
E010A
11
L005A
19
A026A
27
A002A
3
N006A
12
H045A
21
T011A
30
L003A
M13
4
G001D
12
PLUG
20
P017B
28
A001A
4
Z012C
13
A017A
22
A029A
31
L004A
CAV WIRE
5
P007A
13
P064A
21
P034A
29
P035A
5
Z013C
14
P011A
23
A026A
32
R071E
6
J003A
14
P063D
22
P033A
30
PLUG
X59
6
R013C
15
M001A
24
T006A
33
L007A
PLUG
CAV WIRE
7
P009A
16
T010A
25
T012A
34
P071C
8
-
17
T001A
26
P019A
35
P074A
9
A037C
18
T026A
27
T005A
A B
P024A
A
B
X61
G003C M13
7
P025A
15
G011A
23
A006A
8
L003A
16
PLUG
24
A037B
31
X59
SP_P025_A
SP_A037_A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
P025A
L
A037A
L
P025B
L
A037B
R
P025C
R
A037C
SP_P025_A
X62
1
P063F
B3
2
A010A
CAV WIRE
3
G011E
A
P071B
4
PLUG
B
T006A
5
PLUG
C
R071B
6
PLUG
A
B
C
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A
J
R
P023A
A006A
L005A
B
C013A
K
P025C
S
P035A
C
PLUG
L
P007A
T
P063A
D
PLUG
M
G001A
U
G011C
X38 SP_P017_A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
Z022D
9
H027A
17
P053A
25
C007A
2
Z023D
10
H017A
18
P054A
26
C006A
3
R023D
11
P091C
19
P048A
27
C005A
E
P021A
N
J003A
V
P026A
CAV WIRE
F
P017C
O
P022A
W
P1002A
L
G
P033A
P
P024A
H
P034A
Q
P064A
X
P001A
P017C X38
R
P017A
R
P017B
4
P092A
12
R091C
20
C012A
28
C004A
SP_P017_A
5
R092A
13
H046A
21
C011A
29
C003A
6
H042A
14
P041A
22
C010A
30
C002A
CAV WIRE
7
H043A
15
PLUG
23
C009A
31
C001A
A
T026A
8
H018A
16
P052A
24
C008A
B
P015C
B3 S12
A
SP_A037_A
B
S12
1 SP_G003_A SP_G003_A CAV WIRE L
G003C
L
G003D
L
G003H
R
G003A
R
G003E
R
G003G
SP_G011_A
SP_P063_A
SP_P071_A
SP_R071_A
SP_G001_B
SP_P015_A
SP_G011_A
SP_P063_A
SP_P071_A
SP_R071_A
SP_G001_B
SP_P015_A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
G011A
L
P063D
L
P071A
L
R071A
S2
L
G001A
L
P015C
L
G011E
L
P063F
L
P071B
L
R071B
CAV WIRE
L
G001D
L
P015D
R
G011C
R
P063A
R
P071C
L
R071C
A
P015A
R
G001B
R
P015A
R
G011F
R
P063G
R
P071D
R
R071D
B
T009A
R
G001C
R
P015B
R071E
C
T010A
R
G001J
R
G001K
R B2
SP_R023_E
SP_Z022_E
SP_Z023_E
SP_R023_E
SP_Z022_E
SP_Z023_E
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
R023G
L
Z022G
L
Z023G
R
R023E
R
Z022E
R
Z023E
R
R023F
R
Z022F
R
Z023F
E9 X60 CAV WIRE M3
X41
A10 CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE C
CAV WIRE 1
P017A
2
A015A
3
G003H
4
PLUG
X60 M3 E9 CAV WIRE
B
A
1
P021A
7
P022A
1
A017A
2
A001A
8
P025B
2
G003G
B2
3
A002A
9
A020A
3
PLUG
CAV WIRE
4
A003A
10
A021A
4
P074A
A
A10
P071A
1
A036A
5
A004A
11
A036A
5
T011A
B
T012A
2
G003D
6
A037A
12
G003E
6
R071C
C
R071A
TX1182611
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
P1002A
7
PLUG
2
P026A
8
Z022G
3
G001J
9
Z023G
4
Z012D
10
R023G
5
Z013D
11
G001K
6
R013D
12
PLUG
Operator's Station (IGC controls) Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram (2 of 3) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-119
082417
PN=637
S2
X41
SHEET 2 OF 3 KK70125,0000201 -19-24AUG16-2/5
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-120
082417
PN=638
System Diagrams
1— Continued on Sheet 3 A10— Transmission Control Lever (TCL) B2—Forward, Neutral, and Reverse (FNR) Sensor B3—Steer Sensor E9— Seat Heater M3—Rear Wiper Motor M13— Air Seat Motor S2— Left Park Lock Lever Switch S12— Neutral Start Switch SP_A037_A—A037 GRY Splice SP_G001_B—G001 BLK Splice 2
SP_G003_A—G003 BLK Splice 1 SP_G011_A—G011 BLK Splice 1 SP_P015_A—P015 RED Splice SP_P017_A—P017 RED Splice SP_P025_A—P025 RED Splice SP_P063_A—P063 RED Splice 1 SP_P071_A—P071 RED Splice SP_R023_E—R023 BLK Splice 5 SP_R071_A—R071 BLK Splice 1 SP_Z022_E—Z022 YEL Splice 5
SP_Z023_E—Z023 GRN Splice 5 X60— Operator's Station X38— Vehicle Harness-toHarness-to-Left Console Operator's Station Harness Harness 12-Pin Connector 31-Pin Connector X61— Operator's Station X41— JDLink™ Connector Harness-to-Roof Harness X57— Load Center Harness-to31-Pin Connector Operator's Station Harness X62— Load Center Harness-to35-Pin Connector Operator's Station Harness X59— Operator's Station 23-Pin Connector Harness-to-Left Console Harness 6-Pin Connector
JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-121
KK70125,0000201 -19-24AUG16-3/5
082417
PN=639
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-122
082417
PN=640
System Diagrams
TX1206591 —UN—01DEC15
X36
A16
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
SP_R023_A
A
Z012E
J
PLUG
R
Z022C
CAV WIRE
B
Z013E
K
P071D
S
Z023C
C
R013E
L
R071D
T
R023C
D
P001A
M
T005A
U
G003F
E
P011A
N
P009A
V
M001A
F
G001C
O
PLUG
W
PLUG
G
PLUG
P
PLUG
X
PLUG
H
PLUG
Q
PLUG
SP_Z023_B
L
R023D
L
R023E
R
R023A
SP_Z022_B
SP_Z023_B
SP_R023_A
SP_Z022_A
SP_R023_B
SP_Z022_B
SP_R023_B
L
Z022D
L
Z022E
R
Z022A
SP_G001_C
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
Z023F
L
Z022F
L
R023F
L
G001B
R
Z023B
R
Z022B
R
R023B
L
G001H
R
Z023C
R
Z022C
R
R023C
R
G001E
R
G001F
R
G001G
CAV WIRE SP_Z022_A
SP_R013_L
SP_G001_C
SP_Z013_L
SP_Z012_L
SP_Z013_C
SP_Z012_C
SP_R013_C
SP_R013_L
SP_Z013_L
SP_Z012_L
SP_Z013_C
SP_Z012_C
SP_R013_C
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
R013D
L
Z013D
L
Z012D
L
Z013A
L
Z012A
L
R013A
R
R013B
R
Z013B
R
Z012B
L
Z013B
L
Z012B
L
R013B
R
R013E
R
Z013E
R
Z012E
L
Z013C
L
Z012C
L
R013C
X36
CAV WIRE 1
R091B
2
P091B
3
H044A
4
H045A
A16 X97,X132 R3
SP_G011_B
SP_Z023_A CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
Z023D
L
G011B
L
P063B
L
Z023E
L
G011F
L
P063G
R
Z023A
R
G011D
R
P063C
R
G011G
R
P063E
SP_Z023_A
A
SP_P063_B
SP_G011_B
B
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A
C001A
J
Z023A
R
P048A
B
C002A
K
C007A
S
C013A
C
C003A
L
C008A
T
P054A
D
C004A
M
C009A
U
G001F
E
C005A
N
C010A
V
P053A
F
C006A
O
C011A
W
G001G
G
R023A
P
G001E
X
P052A
H
Z022A
Q
C012A
X97,X132 H4
C
R3 CAV WIRE A
SP_P063_B
Z022B
B
Z023B
C
R023B
SP_R091_A
SP_P091_A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
R091C
L
P091C
R
R091A
R
P091A
R
R091B
R
P091B
SP_R091_A
CAV WIRE 1A
P019A
1B
N006A
2A
PLUG
2B
PLUG
SP_P091_A
1 H4 HS_R013_A W5
-1
CAV WIRE
W5-1
L
CAV WIRE 1
R013A
HS_R013_A
G003A
W 2
5-
W5-2 A12
CAV WIRE S14
A15
CAV WIRE
M9
1
G003B
CAV WIRE
1
G003F
1
H017A
A9
A
P063B
1
G003J
2
H046A
CAV WIRE
B
PLUG
3
H018A
1
P041A
4
P092A
2
G001H
CAV WIRE
5
H027A
3
Z012A
1
R091A
6
R092A
4
Z013A
2
P091A
7
PLUG
1
6
2
5
5
PLUG
3
H042A
8
PLUG
3
4
6
PLUG
4
H043A
C D E F
X56
M9
CAV WIRE
S14
G011B A010A
CAV WIRE
1
PLUG
PLUG
P015B
2
P023A
PLUG
D
E
F
A
C
B
A
B
T001A
3
PLUG
C
T002A
4
G003B
TX1206591
X54 X56
X54
X14
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A
A021A
1
G011G
B
PLUG
2
P063E
C
A020A
3
P063C
D
G003J
4
X14
G011D
Operator's Station (IGC controls) Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram (3 of 3) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-123
082417
PN=641
A12
A9
A15
SHEET 3 OF 3 KK70125,0000201 -19-24AUG16-4/5
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-124
082417
PN=642
System Diagrams
1— Continued on Sheet 2 A9—Blade Control Joystick (BCJ) A12— Joystick Switch Module A15— Auxiliary Joystick 1 A16— Auxiliary Joystick 2 H4—Winch Pressure Light HS_R013_A—Shield M9—Heater Valve Motor R3—Controller Area Network (CAN) 2 Termination Resistor 1
S14— Right Park Lock Lever SP_R091_A—R091 BLK Splice Switch SP_Z012_C—Z012 YEL Splice 3 SP_G001_C—G001 BLK Splice 3 SP_Z012_L—Z012 YEL Splice 12 SP_G011_B—G011 BLK Splice 2 SP_Z013_C—Z013 GRN Splice 3 SP_P063_B—P063 RED Splice 2 SP_Z013_L—Z013 GRN Splice 12 SP_P091_A—P091 RED Splice SP_Z022_A—Z022 YEL Splice 1 SP_R013_C—R013 BLK Splice 3 SP_Z022_B—Z022 YEL Splice 2 SP_R013_L—R013 BLK Splice 12 SP_Z023_A—Z023 GRN Splice 1 SP_R023_A—R023 BLK Splice 1 SP_Z023_B—Z023 GRN Splice 2 SP_R023_B—R023 BLK Splice 2
W5—Cab Ground X14— Power Outlet Harness Connector X36— Operator's Station Harness-to-Front Dash Harness Connector X54— Under Seat Heater Harness Connector X56— Spare Power Connector X97— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Interface Connector X132— Not Used KK70125,0000201 -19-24AUG16-5/5
Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location A8 X36
A8
W22
A
R2 X36
A
W22
TX1177118 —UN—13NOV14
X8
H1 B1 TX1177118 Front Dash Harness (W22) Component Location A8—Standard Display Monitor (SDM) B1—Decelerator Sensor H1—Display Unit Alarm
R2—Controller Area Network (CAN) 1 Termination Resistor 2 W22—Front Dash Harness
X8— Service ADVISOR™ Connector
X36— Operator's Station Harness-to-Front Dash Harness Connector
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,00000E3 -19-10DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-125
082417
PN=643
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-126
082417
PN=644
System Diagrams
Front Dash Harness (W22) Wiring Diagram TX1175073 —UN—09JAN15
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
A8
G001A BLK
X8
COLOR END#2
G001C BLK
SP_G001_A SP_G001_A
SP_G001_A G001D BLK
X36
H1
A8
M003A VLT
A8 H1
A
P001A RED
B
P011C
P009A RED
X36
X36
P011A RED
SP_P011_A
SP_P011_A P011B RED
A
P001A
J
PLUG
B
PLUG
K
Z013B
C
Z012B
L
P011B
D
M003A
M
PLUG
E
PLUG
N
PLUG
F
PLUG
P
G001A
HS_R013_B
G
PLUG
R
PLUG
CAV WIRE
H
PLUG
S
PLUG
R2 CAV WIRE A
Z012A
B
Z013A
A8
A
X36
X8
CAV WIRE
M003A
B
A8
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
C
H1
R013A
A8 A
R
B
R013B
SP_P011_A P011C RED
H1
B1
P071A RED
X36
R2
R013A BLK
SP_R013_A
SP_G001_A
SP_R013_A
SP_Z013_A
SP_Z012_B
HS_R013_B R013B BLK
SP_R013_B
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
X8
SP_R013_B
L
G001A
L
R013A
L
Z013A
L
Z012B
HS_R023_A
SP_R013_A R013D BLK
X36
L
G001D
L
R013D
L
Z013D
L
Z012E
CAV WIRE
SP_R013_B R013E BLK
SP_R013_A
R
G001C
R
R013E
R
Z013E
R
Z012C
L
HS_R023_A R023A BLK
X36
R2
R013C BLK
HS_R013_B
C
SP_G001_A
SP_R013_A
SP_Z013_A
SP_Z012_B
X8 CAV WIRE
R023A
HS_R023_A
A
G001C
B
P009A
C
Z012C
B1
R071A BLK
X36
B1
T005A BLU
X36
D
Z013C
R2
Z012A YEL
SP_Z012_A
E
R013C
A8
Z012B YEL
SP_Z012_B
F
PLUG
G
PLUG
SP_R013_B
H
Z022A
J
Z023A
X8
Z012C YEL
SP_Z012_A
SP_Z012_B
SP_Z013_B
SP_R013_B
X36
X8
SP_Z012_A Z012D YEL
X36
SP_Z012_B Z012E YEL
SP_Z012_A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
R2
Z013A GRN
SP_Z013_A
L
Z012A
L
Z013B
L
R013B
A8
Z013B GRN
SP_Z013_B
L
Z012D
L
Z013E
L
R013E
X8
Z013C GRN
SP_Z013_B
R
Z012E
R
Z013C
R
R013C
SP_Z013_A Z013D GRN
X36
SP_Z013_B Z013E GRN
SP_Z013_A
X8
Z022A YEL
X36
X8
Z023A GRN
X36
SP_Z012_A
SP_P011_A SP_P011_A
SP_Z013_B
CAV WIRE B1
L
P011A
R
P011B
R C
B
P011C
X36 CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A
Z012D
J
PLUG
R
Z022A
B
Z013D
K
P071A
S
Z023A
C
R013D
L
R071A
T
R023A
D
P001A
M
T005A
U
PLUG
E
P011A
N
P009A
V
PLUG
F
G001D
O
PLUG
W
PLUG
G
PLUG
P
PLUG
X
PLUG
H
PLUG
Q
PLUG
A
B1 CAV WIRE A
P071A
B
T005A
C
R071A
TX1175073 Front Dash Harness (W22) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-127
082417
PN=645
JL05046,00000E4 -19-13JAN15-1/2
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-128
082417
PN=646
System Diagrams
A8—Standard Display Monitor (SDM) B1—Decelerator Sensor H1—Display Unit Alarm HS_R013_B—Shield HS_R023_A—Shield R2—Controller Area Network (CAN) 1 Termination Resistor 2
SP_G001_A—G001 BLK Splice 1 SP_P011_A—P011 RED Splice SP_R013_A—R013 BLK Splice 1 SP_R013_B—R013 BLK Splice 2 SP_Z012_A—Z012 YEL Splice 1
SP_Z012_B—Z012 YEL Splice 2 SP_Z013_A—Z013 GRN Splice 1 SP_Z013_B—Z013 GRN Splice 2 X8— Service ADVISOR™ Connector
X36— Operator's Station Harness-to-Front Dash Harness Connector
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,00000E4 -19-13JAN15-2/2
Left Console Harness (W23) Component Location W23 S10 S9 S5 S7 S6 X60 X59
TX1177228 —UN—29MAY15
S3
TX1177228 Left Console Harness (W23) Component Location S3— Not Used S9— Under Seat Heater Blower S5— Air Conditioner On/Off Motor Speed Switch Switch S10— Heated Seat Switch S6— Temperature Control Switch W23—Left Console Harness S7— Blower Motor Speed Switch
X59— Operator's Station Harness-to-Left Console Harness 6-Pin Connector X60— Operator's Station Harness-to-Left Console Harness 12-Pin Connector JL05046,00000E5 -19-20NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-129
082417
PN=647
System Diagrams
Left Console Harness (W23) Wiring Diagram END #1 NUMBER S7 A01A S7 A01B X60 A02A S7 A03A X60 A04A S5 A05A S5 A05B X59 A07A S9 A19A X60 A21A S9 A22A X60 A23A X60 G03J S5 G03L S9 G03N S6 G20E X60 L05D S5 L05E S9 L05H S7 P10A S6 P15E SP_P16_A P16B S10 P16C S9 P16D X59 R01D S3 S01D X59 T08B X59 1 2 3 4 5 6
P15E A07A G20E S01D T08B R01D
COLOR ORG ORG ORG ORG ORG ORG ORG ORG ORG ORG ORG ORG BLK BLK BLK BLK BRN BRN BRN RED RED RED RED RED BLK RED BLU
END #2 S5 X60 S7 X60 S7 X60 S5 S6 X60 S9 S9 S10 S5 S9 S10 X59 S10 S5 1 — S9 2 P16C S10 3 A23A 4 — X60 5 — X59 6 — X60 SP_P16_A 7 G03N SP_P16_A 8 L05H 9 — S3 10 — X59 S3
S3
S3 A B C
S01D T08B R01D
A
S6 A B C
B
C
S6
G20E A07A P15E
A
B
C
S9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
— A22 A19A A22A P16D A21A G03L G03N L05E L05H — —
8 9 10
S7
5 3
4 2
1
S7 1
A01A A01B A02A A03A A04A P10A
2 3 4 B
8
1
2
3
10
8
1
2
3
10
8
1
2
3
10
7
4
5
6
9
7
4
5
6
9
7
4
5
6
9
X59 3 2 1
S10
6 5 4
S9
S5
X60 5
4
3
2
1
12 11 10
9
8
7
S5
SP_P16_A X60 1 2 3 4 5 6
P10A A01B A02A A03A A04A A05A
7 8 9 10 11 12
P16B L05D A19A A21A A23A G03J
1 2 3
SIDE A P16B SIDE B P16C P16D
4 5 6
TX1166783
A05B A01A A05A A05B — — —
7 8 9 10
G03J G03L L05D L05E — —
TX1166783 —UN—08SEP14
6
Left Console Harness (W23) Wiring Diagram S3— Not Used S9— Under Seat Heater Blower S5— Air Conditioner On/Off Motor Speed Switch Switch S10— Heated Seat Switch S6— Temperature Control Switch SP_P16_A—P16 RED Splice S7— Blower Motor Speed Switch
X59— Operator's Station Harness-to-Left Console Harness 6-Pin Connector X60— Operator's Station Harness-to-Left Console Harness 12-Pin Connector JL05046,00000E6 -19-16JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-130
082417
PN=648
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-131
082417
PN=649
System Diagrams
Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location W24
X74 X52
A2
A29
W38
W39 X22 X154
X153
A
B51
X155 X152
X35 X53
E8 B20
E5 V3
V5
E1,S15
X52 A4
X55 X39
V1
W24
W30 A2
X22 M2
E6
B21
A E7
X61
W3 M6
TX1177434
TX1177434 —UN—30JAN15
M7
Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-132
JL05046,00000E7 -19-02FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=650
System Diagrams A2—Radio E7— Left Front Cab Work Light A4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) E8— Right Front Cab Work Light A29— SiriusXM® Satellite Radio M2—Front Wiper Motor Module (if equipped) M6—Left Door Wiper Motor B20— Right Speaker M7—Right Door Wiper Motor B21— Left Speaker S15— Dome Light Switch B51— Radio Microphone (if V1— Right Door Wiper Diode equipped) V3— Left Door Wiper Diode E1— Dome Light V5— Front Wiper Diode E5— Right Rear Drive Light W3—Roof Ground E6— Left Rear Drive Light W24—Cab Roof Harness W30—Dome Light Harness
W38—Satellite Radio Harness (if X61— Operator's Station equipped) Harness-to-Roof Harness W39—Radio USB Input Harness 31-Pin Connector (if equipped) X74— Auxiliary Radio USB Input X22— Radio Antenna Power (if equipped) Connector X152— Radio Connector X35— Heater and Air Conditioner X153— Radio Auxiliary Harness Connector Connector 1 X39— Dome Light Connector X154— Radio Auxiliary X52— Radio Auxiliary Port Connector 2 X53— Auxiliary Lighting (beacon) X155— Auxiliary Radio Input Connector Harness Connector X55— 12 V Power Outlet
SiriusXM is a trademark of Sirius XM Radio Inc. JL05046,00000E7 -19-02FEB15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-133
082417
PN=651
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-134
082417
PN=652
System Diagrams
Cab Roof Harness (W24) Wiring Diagram TX1202684 —UN—01OCT15
WIRE
X61
A001A GRY
X35
COLOR END#2
A002A GRY
X35 X61
END#1
WIRE
M6
G004L BLK
M7
COLOR END#2
G004M BLK
X35
A003A GRY
X61
E6
X35
A004A GRY
X61
SP_G004_C G004P BLK
X35
A006A GRY
X61
E8
G004N BLK
G004R BLK G004U BLK
6 5 4
X35 CAV WIRE
SP_G004_C
1
SP_G004_C SP_G004_B X39 SP_G004_C SP_G004_A
G004A
CAV WIRE 7
3
W3-2
1
2
CAV WIRE
7 8 9 10 11 12
A001A
8
G004C
3
A002A
9
P035A
4
A037A
10
P033A
5
A003A
11
G004U
M2
X35
A008B GRY
X61
SP_G011_C G011A BLK
X61
CAV WIRE
V5
A009A GRY
M2
X55-1
G011B BLK
SP_G011_C
L
G004B
X152
A011A GRY
B21
X152
G011C BLK
SP_G011_C
L
G004E
X152
A012A GRY
B21
X22
G011D BLK
SP_G011_C
R
G004A
X152
A013A GRY
B20
A4
J003A TAN
X61
R
G004C
6
A004A
12
1
1
PLUG
9
L007A
17
A029A
25
A004A
2
2
Z010A
10
L004A
18
A008B
26
A003A
CAV WIRE
3
E010A
11
L005A
19
A026A
27
A002A
1
4
G001A
12
PLUG
20
P017D
28
A001A
5
P007A
13
P064A
21
P034A
29
P035A
6
J003A
14
P063A
22
P033A
30
PLUG
7
P025A
15
G011A
23
A006A
31
PLUG
8
L003A
16
PLUG
24
A037A
G004D W3-2
G004E
SP_G004_A
P034A
W
A014A GRY
B20
SP_L003_A L003A BRN
X61
V3
A026A GRY
X61
E5
L003B BRN
SP_L003_A
V3
A027A GRY
M6
E6
L003C BRN
SP_L003_A
V1
A029A GRY
X61
E7
L004A BRN
X61
V1
A030A GRY
M7
X61
L005A BRN
E8
X52
A031A GRY
X153
X53
L007A BRN
1
L003C
2
G004N
A032A GRY
X154
A4
P007A RED
X61
X52
A033A GRY
X154
M2
P017A RED
SP_P017_B
G004U
7
SP_G004_A
2
SP_L003_A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L003A
R
G004B
L003B
R
G004G
A034C GRY
SP_A034_A
SP_P017_B P017D RED
X61
X35
A037A GRY
X61
X39
X61
R
X61
X61 X152
P063A RED P063B RED
SP_P063_C
2
L003B
2
X35
X55-2
P063C RED
SP_P063_C
SP_G004_B G004B BLK
SP_G004_A
X152
P063D RED
SP_P063_C
SP_G004_A G004C BLK
X35
X152
P064A RED
X61
SP_G004_C G004D BLK
W3-2
A4
Z010A GRY
X61
SP_G004_A G004E BLK
W3-1
X53
SP_G004_B
G004H
M6 M6 B21
CAV WIRE
G004N
1
A B
G004H
SP_P063_C
SP_G004_A G004A BLK
G004G BLK
1
R R
CAV WIRE
A
A012A
P017C
2
A027A
3
G004L
B
A011A
1
2
1
G004J
L
G004M
L
G004P
L
G004R
R
G004D
R
G004K
R
X53 (E12)
E7
M2
G004J BLK
SP_G004_C
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
2
PLUG
3
PLUG
4
A031A
5
PLUG
6
PLUG
2
A
CAV WIRE A
V1
4
PLUG
5
Z010A
1 4
X153
E010A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
3
G004M
A1
PLUG
B1
PLUG
A2
PLUG
B2
PLUG
A3
PLUG
B3
A013A
SP_A034_A
A4
P063B
B4
A014A
CAV WIRE
A5
A038A
B5
A011A
L
A034B
A6
P063D
B6
A012A
L
A034C
A7
P064A
B7
PLUG
A034A
A8
G011C
B8
PLUG
L
G011B
L
G011C
L
G011D
R
G011A CAV WIRE 1
G011B
5-1
X5
L
P017A
L
P017B
R
SP_A034_A
R
P017C
R
P017D
SP_P063_C
B1
B2
A1
A2
B7
B8
A7
A8
X152
SP_P063_C
1
4
2
3
B
P025A G004P
X55-2
M2
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
1
A009A
2
P017A
X52
3
A008A
CAV WIRE
4
G004J
1
L
P063B
L
P063D
R
P063A
R
P063C
2
A033A
3
A034A
4
PLUG
CAV WIRE
2
G004G
2
G004K
1
A029A
5
A031A
2
A030A
6
PLUG
P063C
B51
X154
X22
Sleeve(-)
A032A
L004A
Cab Roof Harness (W24) Wiring Diagram
2 5
SP_G011_C
1
082417
J003A
X152
L007A
PN=653
3
A030A
G004L
V1
TX1202684
9015-10-135
PLUG
P017B
1
Continued on next page
1
CAV WIRE
X39
SP_G004_C
G001A
CAV WIRE
X39
1
SP_G004_B
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
L
E7
G004H BLK
G004K BLK
2
2
SP_P017_B
B
2
CAV WIRE
1
SP_P017_B
CAV WIRE
E5
E7
1
B21 X53 (E12)
P007A
2
G001A BLK
X61
L003C
1
M7
5-
A4
E010A WHT
X61
R
E5
X153
6
E8
X5
A4
P035A RED
E5
X154
L
X35
V5
SP_G004_C
CAV WIRE
X154
A B
SP_G011_C
SP_G004_B
SP_P017_B
A040A GRY
V3
1
1
P017C RED
B51
A013A
X55-1
M6
X61
B
A4 2
E6
SP_A034_A
P034A RED
A014A
G004R
2
1
14
A034B GRY
X35
A
2
CAV WIRE
12
X154
X154
4
3 6
4
SP_G004_C
A039A GRY
3
2
1
1 6 16
SP_G004_B
B51
L005A
22
SP_L003_A
X61
5
1
10
2
SP_P017_B
P033A RED
A008B
19
P017B RED
X35
2
2
CAV WIRE
M7
M7
X152
A008A
6
20
SP_A034_A
A038A GRY
2
8
A034A GRY
X22
A027A
1
B20
A009A
A4
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
X52
P025A RED
A026A
X61
X61
X52
R
CAV WIRE
1 3-
X152
E6
1
CAV WIRE
E8
0 B2
A008A GRY
V5
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
W3-1
V5
CAV WIRE CAV WIRE
1 X35
V5
CAV WIRE
A006A
2
X61
V3
2
END#1
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
M
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
6
2 X52
6 5 4 3 2 1
A032A A034B
7
CAV WIRE
PLUG PLUG
Tip(+)
X154
X22
B51
3
A033A
8
PLUG
2
4
6
8
10
CAV
4
A034C
9
A040A
1
3
5
7
9
Sleeve(-) A040A
5
PLUG
10
A039A
Tip(+)
1
A038A
2
G011D
WIRE 2
1
A039A
JL05046,00000E8 -19-29SEP15-1/2
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-136
082417
PN=654
System Diagrams
A4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) M6—Left Door Wiper Motor B20— Right Speaker M7—Right Door Wiper Motor B21— Left Speaker SP_A034_A—A034 GRY Splice B51— Radio Microphone SP_G004_A—G004 BLK Splice 1 E5— Right Rear Drive Light SP_G004_B—G004 BLK Splice 2 E6— Left Rear Drive Light SP_G004_C—G004 BLK Splice 3 E7— Left Front Cab Work Light SP_G011_C—G011 BLK Splice 3 E8— Right Front Cab Work Light SP_L003_A—L003 BRN Splice E12— Rotary Beacon Light SP_P017_B—P017 RED Splice 2 M2—Front Wiper Motor
SP_P063_C—P063 RED Splice 3 X53— Auxiliary Lighting (beacon) V1— Right Door Wiper Diode Connector V3— Left Door Wiper Diode X55— 12 V Power Outlet V5— Front Wiper Diode X61— Operator's Station W3—Roof Ground Harness-to-Roof Harness X22— Radio Antenna Power 31-Pin Connector Connector X152— Radio Connector X35— Heater and Air Conditioner X153— Radio Auxiliary Harness Connector Connector 1 X39— Dome Light Connector X154— Radio Auxiliary X52— Radio Auxiliary Port Connector 2 JL05046,00000E8 -19-29SEP15-2/2
Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location E5 X53 (E12)
E8
E6
A4
W25
E7
TX1227186 —UN—03NOV16
X61
W3
TX1227186 Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location A4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) E7— Left Front Cab Work Light E5— Right Rear Drive Light E8— Right Front Cab Work Light E6— Left Rear Drive Light E12— Rotary Beacon Light
W3—Roof Ground X61— Operator's Station W25—Canopy Roof Harness Harness-to-Roof Harness X53— Auxiliary Lighting (beacon) 31-Pin Connector Connector JL05046,00000E9 -19-03NOV16-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-137
082417
PN=655
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-138
082417
PN=656
System Diagrams
Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Wiring Diagram TX1186540 —UN—03MAR15
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
A4
E010A WHT
X61
A4
G001A BLK
X61
SP_G004_C G004D BLK
W3-2
E7
G004K BLK
SP_G004_C
E8
G004R BLK
SP_G004_C
SP_G004_C G004W BLK
X53
SP_G004_C G004X BLK
E5
SP_G004_C G004Y BLK
E6
A4
J003A TAN
X61
SP_L003_A L003A BRN
X61
E5
L003B BRN
SP_L003_A
E6
L003C BRN
SP_L003_A
E7
L004A BRN
X61
X61
L005A BRN
E8
X53
L007A BRN
X61
A4
P007A RED
X61
A4
Z010A GRY
X61
E6
E7
E8
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
L003C
1
L004A
1
L005A
2
G004Y
2
G004K
2
G004R
2
W3-2
1
2
1
2
1
CAV WIRE 1
E6
G004D
E7
W3-2
E8
SP_G004_C CAV WIRE L
G004R
R
G004D
R
G004K
R
G004W
R
G004X
R
G004Y
SP_G004_C A4
X61 CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
PLUG
17
PLUG
2
Z010A
18
PLUG
SP_L003_A
3
E010A
19
PLUG
CAV WIRE
20
PLUG
L
L003A
5
P007A
21
PLUG
L
L003C
6
J003A
22
PLUG
R
L003B
7
PLUG
23
PLUG
SP_L003_A
24
PLUG
9
L007A
25
PLUG
10
L004A
26
PLUG
11
L005A
27
PLUG
12
PLUG
28
PLUG
5
3
4
CAV WIRE
G001A
L003A
6
2
A4
4
8
1
2
1
E5
1
P007A
CAV WIRE
2
G001A
1
L003B
3
J003A
2
G004X
4
PLUG
5
Z010A
6
E010A
E5
X61
20
31 30
8 19
13
PLUG
29
PLUG
10
2
22
7 1
14
PLUG
30
PLUG
15
PLUG
31
PLUG
16
PLUG
28
6
4
X53 (E12)
12
14
14
24
CAV WIRE
X53 (E12)
26
2
1
1
L007A
2
G004W
TX1186540 Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-139
082417
PN=657
JL05046,00000EA -19-13JAN15-1/2
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-140
082417
PN=658
System Diagrams
A4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) E8— Right Front Cab Work Light W3—Roof Ground E5— Right Rear Drive Light E12— Rotary Beacon Light X53— Auxiliary Lighting (beacon) E6— Left Rear Drive Light SP_G004_C—G004 BLK Splice 3 Connector E7— Left Front Cab Work Light SP_L003_A—L003 BRN Splice X61— Operator's Station Harness-to-Roof Harness 31-Pin Connector JL05046,00000EA -19-13JAN15-2/2
Radio Auxiliary Harness (W26) Component Location See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) JL05046,00000EB -19-05FEB15-1/1
Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W27) Component Location
M12
W28
B31 R5
M10
TX1178018 —UN—16DEC14
B32
M11
X35
W27
X65 TX1178018 Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W27) Component Location B31— Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch B32— Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Switch
M10— Condenser Fan Motor 1 M11— Condenser Fan Motor 2 M12— Blower Motor R5—Blower Motor Speed Resistor
W27—Heater and Air Conditioner X65— Condenser Harness Harness Connector W28—Condenser Harness X35— Heater and Air Conditioner Harness Connector JL05046,00000B7 -19-17DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-141
082417
PN=659
System Diagrams
Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W27) Wiring Diagram CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
NUMBER COLOR
X35
BKW
R5-2
M12-1
END#2
X35
BLK1
BLK
SP_BLK_A
X35
BLK2
BLK
X65
B31
BLK3
BLK
B32
X35
BLK4
BLK
X65
SP_BLK_A BLK5
BLK
M12-1
X35
BLU
BLU
R5-2
X35
BRN
BRN
B32
SP_BLK_A GRN
GRN
B31
1
M12-2
M12-2 CAV WIRE 1
ORG2
R5-1 B32 A
CAV WIRE
ORG
R5-4
A
BLK3
R5-4
ORG2
ORG
M12-2
B
BRN
X35
PUR
PUR
R5-1
X35
RED2
X35
RED3
X35
YEL
7
6
8
5
9
4
10
3
11
2
12
1
RED RED RED YEL
CAV WIRE A
B
C
B32
A
BKW
B
BLK3
C
GRN
B31
X65 SP_BLK_A
X65
Cavity No.
X65 R5-3
CAV WIRE
B31
B
ORG1
RED1
M12-1
BLK5
X35
X35
R5-4
R5-1
CAV WIRE
BLK/WHT B31
R5-3
1
PUR
R5-2 CAV WIRE 1
BLU
R5-3 CAV WIRE 1
YEL
L
BLK1
R
BLK5
CAV WIRE
R
GRN
1
ORG1
SP_BLK_A
1
ORG2
X35
R5-4
X35 CAV WIRE
1
7
BLK1
BRN
X65
X65
2
PUR
8
BLK2
3
YEL
9
RED3
A
RED2
4
BKW
10
RED1
B
RED3
5
BLU
11
BLK4
C
BLK2
6
ORG1
12
RED2
D
BLK4
E
RED1
CAV WIRE
B A D
TX1154336
E C
TX1154336 —UN—13MAR14
CAV WIRE
Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W27) Wiring Diagram M12— Blower Motor B31— Air Conditioner Freeze R5—Blower Motor Speed Control Switch Resistor B32— Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Switch SP_BLK_A—BLK Splice 1
X35— Heater and Air Conditioner Harness Connector X65— Condenser Harness Connector JL05046,00000B8 -19-11DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-142
082417
PN=660
System Diagrams
Condenser Harness (W28) Component Location See Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W27) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) JL05046,00000B9 -19-12JAN15-1/1
Condenser Harness (W28) Wiring Diagram END #1 X65 M10 M11 M10 M11
NUMBER BLK1 BLK2 BLK3 RED1 RED2
COLOR BLK BLK BLK RED RED
END #2 SP_BLK_B SP_BLK_B SP_BLK_B X65 X65
SP_BLK_B
M11
SIDE A BLK1 SIDE B BLK2 BLK3
M10
B
A
M11 A B
A
B
BLK3 RED2
A B
X65
B
M10
A
BLK2 RED1
D
TX1180586
E C
A B C D E
RED2 — BLK1 — RED1
TX1180586 —UN—12DEC14
X65
Condenser Harness (W28) Wiring Diagram M10— Condenser Fan Motor 1 M11— Condenser Fan Motor 2
SP_BLK_B—BLK Splice 2 X65— Condenser Harness Connector JL05046,00000BA -19-12DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-143
082417
PN=661
System Diagrams
Under Seat Heater Harness (W29) Component Location
X54
W29
R8
TX1181642
TX1181642 —UN—06JAN15
M8
Under Seat Heater Harness (W29) Component Location M8—Under Seat Heater Blower Motor R8—Under Seat Heater Blower Motor Speed Resistor
W29—Under Seat Heater Harness X54— Under Seat Heater Harness Connector JL05046,00000F1 -19-07JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-144
082417
PN=662
System Diagrams
Under Seat Heater Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram END #1 X54 X54 R8 X54 X54
NUMBER BLK ORG 1 ORG 2 PUR YEL
COLOR BLK ORG ORG PUR YEL
END #2 M8 R8 M8 R8 R8
R8 YEL ORG 1 ORG 2 — PUR
1 2 3 4 4 3
1
2
R8 X54 A
B
C
D
X54
M8
ORG
A B C D
2
ORG 1 YEL PUR BLK
TX1114592 —UN—17JUL12
BLK
TX1114592 Under Seat Heater Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram M8—Under Seat Heater Blower Motor
R8—Under Seat Heater Blower Motor Speed Resistor
X54— Under Seat Heater Harness Connector JL05046,00000F2 -19-11DEC14-1/1
Dome Light Harness (W30) Component Location See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) JL05046,00000F3 -19-03FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-145
082417
PN=663
System Diagrams
Dome Light Harness (W30) Wiring Diagram CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
NUMBER COLOR END#2
X39
G09J
RED
S15
X39
L05K
BLK
E1 E1
E1 CAV WIRE
X39
1 B
A
L05K
S15
X39
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
G09J
B
L05K S15
TX1154344
TX1154344 —UN—13MAR14
A
G09J
Dome Light Harness (W30) Wiring Diagram E1— Dome Light S15— Dome Light Switch
X39— Dome Light Connector JL05046,00000F4 -19-11DEC14-1/1
Power Outlet Harness (W31) Component Location See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) JL05046,00000F5 -19-12FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-146
082417
PN=664
System Diagrams
Power Outlet Harness (W31) Wiring Diagram CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
NUMBER COLOR END#2
X14
G08F
BLK
X33-1
X14
G20P
BLK
X32-1
X14
P15S
RED
X32-2
X14
P35F
RED
X33-2
X32-1
X32-1
CAV WIRE G20P
X32-2
X32-2 X14
CAV WIRE 1
1
4
2
3
P15S
X33-1 CAV WIRE
X14
1
CAV WIRE
G08F
X33-2
X33-1
CAV WIRE 1
P35F X33-2
TX1166790
1
G20P
2
P15S
3
P35F
4
G08F
TX1166790 —UN—27OCT14
1
Power Outlet Harness (W31) Wiring Diagram X14— Power Outlet Harness Connector
X32— 12 V Power Outlet
X33— Not Used JL05046,00000F6 -19-11DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-147
082417
PN=665
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-148
082417
PN=666
System Diagrams
Engine Harness (W32) Component Location TX1179347 —UN—05FEB15
B5500 Y5402
B5102
G5 W32 B5208 G5 A X5021
Y5400
B5205 B5302
B5207
Y5024
B5103
B5104 B5113
X5004
X5001 B5206 A
Y5002 B5301
W32 X5501
B5101
B5107 A5505
B5209
X5039 X5502 X5501
B5105
W32
B
W32 X5048 B
A5505
TX1179347 Engine Harness (W32) Component Location Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-149
082417
PN=667
JL05046,00000C1 -19-04FEB15-1/2
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-150
082417
PN=668
System Diagrams
A5505—Engine Control Unit B5205—Charge Air Cooler Outlet G5—Alternator X5501—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Temperature Sensor W32—Engine Harness (ECU) Connector 1 B5101—Engine Oil Pressure B5206—Manifold Air Temperature X5001—Engine Control Unit X5502—Engine Control Unit Sensor Sensor (ECU) Static Ground (ECU) Connector 2 B5102—Exhaust Manifold B5207—Exhaust Gas X5004—Engine Harness-to-Glow Y5002—Suction Control Valve Pressure Sensor Recirculation (EGR) Plug Relay Harness 3-Pin Y5024—Fuel Rail Pressure Relief B5103—Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor Connector Solenoid Recirculation (EGR) Flow B5208—Engine Coolant X5021—Fuel Injector Harness Y5400—Exhaust Gas Sensor Temperature Sensor Connector Recirculation (EGR) Valve B5104—Manifold Air Pressure B5209—Fuel Temperature Sensor X5039—Aftertreatment Y5402—Exhaust Throttle Sensor B5301—Crankshaft Position Harness-to-Engine Actuator B5105—Engine Crankcase Sensor Harness 12-Pin Pressure Sensor B5302—Camshaft Position Connector B5107—Low-Pressure Fuel Sensor X5048—Vehicle Harness-toPressure Sensor B5500—Intake Air Sensor Engine Harness 31-Pin B5113—Fuel Rail Pressure Connector Sensor JL05046,00000C1 -19-04FEB15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-151
082417
PN=669
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-152
082417
PN=670
System Diagrams
Engine Harness (W32) Wiring Diagram TX1230099 —UN—05DEC16
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
X5501
5003
ORG
X5048
X5502
5315
DK GRN
X5048
X5021
5496
LT BLU X5501
X5004
5646
LT BLU X5501
X5502
5010
BLK
X5001
X5502
5317
PUR
X5048
X5021
5498
GRY
X5501
X5502
5647
PUR
X5048
X5502
5014
YEL
X5048
X5502
5318
GRY
X5048
X5021
5499
WHT
X5501
B5107
5658
GRY
X5501
Y5402
5016
LT BLU
X5501
X5502
5321
BRN
X5048
Y5402
5509
WHT
X5501
X5004
5671
BRN
X5501
Y5402
5018
GRY
X5001
X5502
5324
YEL
X5048
X5039
5602
RED
X5502
X5501
5756
LT BLU Y5024
X5502
5023
ORG
X5048
X5502
5329
WHT
X5048
X5039
5604
YEL
X5502
X5501
5767
PUR
X5501
5030A BLK
SP_5030_A
X5039
5331
BRN
X5502
X5039
5605
DK GRN X5502
X5502
5783A ORG
SP_5783
SP_5030_B 5030B BLK
SP_5030_A
X5039
5333
ORG
X5502
X5501
5611
BRN
SP_5783
5783B ORG
B5500
SP_5030_B 5030C DRAIN
SP_5030_C SHLD
X5501
5410A BLK
SP_5410_A
X5501
5613
ORG
B5113 B5113
SP_5783
5783C ORG
Y5024
X5039
SP_5030_C 5030D BLK
SP_5030_A
SP_5410_B 5410B BLK
SP_5410_A
X5501
5614A YEL
SP_5614
X5039
5785
DK GRN X5502
SP_5030_C 5030E DRAIN
SP_5030_E SHLD
SP_5410_B 5410C DRAIN
SP_5410_C SHLD
SP_5614
5614B YEL
Y5400
X5039
5786
LT BLU X5502
SP_5030_D 5030F BLK
SP_5030_A
SP_5410_C 5410D BLK
SP_5410_A
SP_5614
5614C YEL
B5102
X5501
5804A YEL
SP_5804
SP_5030_D 5030G DRAIN
SP_5030_G SHLD
SP_5410_C 5410E DRAIN
SP_5410_E SHLD
B5105
5621
X5502
SP_5804
5804B YEL
B5500
BRN
SP_5030_E 5030H BLK
SP_5030_A
X5501
5415
DK GRN
B5113
X5502
5623A ORG
SP_5623
SP_RESA02 5804C YEL
SP_5030_E 5030J DRAIN
SP_5030_F
X5501
5419
WHT
Y5002
SP_5623
5623B ORG
B5105
X5501
SP_5804
5805A DK GRN SP_5805
SP_5030_F 5030K BLK
X5039
Y5400
5421
BRN
X5501
SP_5623
5623C ORG
B5205
SP_5805
B5103
X5502
Y5400
5423
ORG
X5501
SP_5623
5623D ORG
B5206
SP_RESA01 5805C DK GRN SP_5805
5051
BRN
5805B DK GRN B5500
B5105
5053
ORG
X5502
X5501
5424
YEL
Y5002
X5502
5624A YEL
SP_5624
X5501
5817
PUR
X5048
X5502
5125
DK GRN
X5048
Y5400
5425
DK GRN
X5501
SP_5624
5624B YEL
B5103
B5107
5821
BRN
X5501
X5502
5126
LT BLU
X5048
B5209
5427
PUR
X5501
SP_5624
5624C YEL
B5104
X5501
5826A LT BLU SP_5826
X5502
5127
PUR
X5048
X5004
5429
WHT
X5501
X5502
5625A DK GRN SP_5625
SP_5826
5826B LT BLU B5208
X5502
5136
LT BLU
X5048
X5501
5443
ORG
B5302
SP_5625
5625B DK GRN B5103
X5502
5141
BRN
X5048
X5501
5445
DK GRN
B5302
SP_5625
5625C DK GRN B5104
X5502
5146
LT BLU
X5048
X5501
5447
PUR
B5301
SP_5625
5625D DK GRN B5207
X5502
5218
GRY
X5048
X5501
5448
GRY
B5301
SP_5625
5625E DK GRN X5039
X5502
5246
LT BLU
G5
X5501
5453
ORG
X5048
X5501
5626A LT BLU SP_5626
X5502
5301
BRN
X5048
B5205
5455
DK GRN
X5502
SP_5626
5626B LT BLU Y5400
X5502
5303
ORG
X5048
B5206
5456
LT BLU
X5502
SP_5626
5626C LT BLU B5102
X5502
5304
YEL
X5048
X5501
5461
BRN
B5208
X5502
5628
X5502
5305
DK GRN
X5048
B5207
5463
ORG
X5502
X5501
5631A BRN
GRY
B5500 SP_5631
X5502
5306
LT BLU
X5048
B5102
5465
DK GRN
X5501
SP_5631
5631B BRN
Y5402
X5502
5307
PUR
X5048
B5101
5467
PUR
X5501
SP_5631
5631C BRN
B5101
X5502
5308
GRY
X5048
B5104
5468
GRY
X5502
X5501
5633A ORG
SP_5633
X5502
5309
WHT
X5048
B5107
5469
WHT
X5501
SP_5633
5633B ORG
Y5402
X5502
5311
BRN
X5048
X5021
5491
BRN
X5501
SP_5633
5633C ORG
B5101
X5502
5313
ORG
X5048
X5021
5493
ORG
X5501
X5039
5634
YEL
X5502
X5502
5314
YEL
X5048
X5021
5495
DK GRN
X5501
X5039
5636
LT BLU X5502
SP_5826 SP_5826
5826C LT BLU X5048 5826D LT BLU B5209
X5501
X5048
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
PLUG
19
PLUG
37
5611
1
5301
9
5324
17
5329
25
5309
2
5499
20
PLUG
38
5447
2
5303
10
5321
18
5306
26
5826C
3
5496
21
5646
39
5469
3
5318
11
5307
19
5218
27
5453
4
5491
22
5003
40
5419
4
5317
12
5308
20
5127
28
5141
5
PLUG
23
5410A
41
5633A
5
5311
13
5305
21
5146
29
5126
6
5756
24
5821
42
5424
6
5313
14
5304
22
5647
30
5023
7
5423
25
5614A
43
5495
7
5314
15
5125
23
5817
31
5014
8
5421
26
5467
44
5493
8
5315
16
5136
24
5003
9
5613
27
5626A
45
5804A
10
5018
28
5445
46
5805A
11
5465
29
5443
SP_5410_B
SP_5410_C
SP_5030_B
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
R R
5410B 5410C
R R
5410D 5410E
R R
5030C 5030B
PLUG
31 30 19
SP_5410_B
18
29
SP_5410_C
16
20 8 2
7
17 28
6 15
1
21
9 10 3 4
5 13 14
11
22
12 23
27
12
5016
30
5448
48
5427
SP_5030_C
SP_5030_D
SP_5826
SP_5030_B
13
PLUG
31
PLUG
49
5826A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
SP_5030_C
14
5817
32
5671
50
5658
R
5030D
R
5030F
L
5826A
R
5030E
R
5030G
15
5453
33
5498
51
5415
R
5826B
16
5461
34
5767
52
5425
R
5826C
17
5631A
35
5030A
53
PLUG
R
5826D
18
PLUG
36
5509
54
5429
26
24 25
X5048
SP_5030_D SP_5826
X5502 CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
SP_5030_E
1
5333
19
5218
37
5468
CAV WIRE
2
PLUG
20
5321
38
5786
R
5030H
3
PLUG
21
5304
39
5313
R
5030J
4
PLUG
22
5010
40
5308
5
5051
23
5126
41
5318
6
5634
24
5625A
42
5315
7
5141
25
5306
43
5146
8
PLUG
26
5014
44
5605
9
5456
27
5463
45
5621
10
5311
28
5783A
46
5309
11
5314
29
5455
47
5785
12
5317
30
5127
48
5136
13
5331
31
5305
49
5329
14
5628
32
5023
50
5602
15
5623A
33
5647
51
5324
16
5636
34
5246
52
5303
17
5125
35
5604
53
5307
18
5053
36
5624A
54
5301
TX1230099
1 SP_5030_E
X5502
SHEET 1 OF 2 Engine Harness (W32) Wiring Diagram (1 of 2) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
47
X5501
9015-10-153
082417
PN=671
JL05046,00000C2 -19-05DEC16-1/4
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-154
082417
PN=672
System Diagrams
1— Continued on Sheet 2 SP_5030_B—5030 BLK Splice 2 SP_5030_C—5030 BLK Splice 3 SP_5030_D—5030 BLK Splice 4
SP_5030_E—5030 BLK Splice 5 SP_5410_B—5410 BLK Splice 2 SP_5410_C—5410 BLK Splice 3 SP_5826—5826 LT BLU Splice
X5048—Vehicle Harness-toEngine Harness 31-Pin Connector X5501—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 1
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-155
X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 2
JL05046,00000C2 -19-05DEC16-2/4
082417
PN=673
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-156
082417
PN=674
System Diagrams
TX1183489 —UN—11FEB15
B5208 B5113
CAV WIRE
5826B
B5113
SP_5030_C SHLD B5302 CAV WIRE 1 2
B5302
5443
SP_5030_E SHLD
SP_5410_E SHLD
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
R
5445
SP_5030_E SHLD
5030E
L
R SP_5410_E SHLD
5410E
5030C
SP_5030_C SHLD
B5301
CAV WIRE 1
5447
2
5448
5626B
2
5614B
CAV WIRE
3
5425
1
5631C
4
5423
2
5633C
5
3
5467
6
Y5002
B5101 Y5024
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE SP_5783
5030A
SP_5631
1
5756
2
5767
CAV WIRE
1
5631B
1
5624C
2
5633B
2
5625C
PLUG
3
5509
3
5468
5421
4
5018
5
5424
PLUG
2
5419
6
5016
1
4
6
Y5400
SP_5626
R
5631B
L
5030J
R
5631C
R
5030K
5030D
L
5783A
L
L
5030F
R
5783B
L
5030H
R
5783C
Y5024
SP_5631
R R
3
5626A
6
5626B
1
CAV WIRE
4
L
Y5402
R5603
5626C
SP_5626
SP_5030_F
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
PLUG
5
5498
2
PLUG
6
5499
3
5495
7
5496
4
5493
8
5491
B5104
SP_5804
L
L
SP_5783
1
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
SP_5030_A
Y5002
5631A
CAV WIRE
X5021
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
5030B
5613
B5104
SP_5030_F
L
3
Y5402
CAV WIRE
SP_5030_A
5415
CAV WIRE 1
B5101
5611
2
Y5400
3
B5301
L
CAV WIRE
1
1
2
CAV WIRE
B5208
02
5461
X5
1
G5 SP_5410_C SHLD
5804A
L
5804C
R
5804B
CAV WIRE
G5
CAV WIRE R
SP_5804
RT
5246
5410C
SP_5410_C SHLD
1 SP_5410_A
SP_5633
SP_5623
SP_5624
SP_5625
SP_5614
SP_5410_A
SP_5633
SP_5623
SP_5624
SP_5625
SP_5614
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
5410A
L
5633A
L
5623A
L
5624A
L
5625A
L
5614A
L
5410B
R
5633B
R
5623B
R
5624B
R
5625B
R
L
5410D
R
5633C
R
5623C
R
5624C
R
5625C
R
R
5623D
R
5625D
B5209
R
5625E
CAV WIRE
SP_RESA01
SP_RESA02
SP_5030_G SHLD
SP_5805
X5001
SP_RESA01
SP_RESA02
SP_5030_G SHLD
SP_5805
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
RT
R
R
L
L
5805A
5614B
L
5805C
5614C
R
5805B
X5039
X5039
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
5602
7
5636
2
5331
8
5785
X5 00
1
B5500
1
5427
2
5826D
B5205 CAV WIRE
B5107
1
5455
2
5623C
X5004
5634
4
5625E
10
5030K
B5107
B5105
5
5786
11
5604
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
B5207
6
5783C
12
5605
1
5821
1
5621
2
5658
2
5623B
3
5469
3
5053
082417
CAV WIRE
B5102
B5103
B5103
B5209
9
PN=675
5030G
CAV WIRE
5333
Continued on next page
5804C
B5205
Engine Harness (W32) Wiring Diagram (2 of 2)
9015-10-157
5805C
3
TX1183489
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
5010
B5500
B5105
5625B
3
5051
5614C
CAV WIRE
3
5465
5671
2
5429
1
5463
1
5456
3
5646
5625D
2
5623D
5628
3
5804B
4
5805B
CAV WIRE
2
1
5783B
2
B5102
X5004
CAV WIRE
2
2
5626C
CAV WIRE
B5206
5624B
1
B5206
B5207
1
1
SHEET 2 OF 2 JL05046,00000C2 -19-05DEC16-3/4
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-158
082417
PN=676
System Diagrams
1— Continued on Sheet 2 B5208—Engine Coolant SP_5410_E SHLD—5410 SHLD B5101—Engine Oil Pressure Temperature Sensor Splice 5 Sensor B5209—Fuel Temperature Sensor SP_5614—5614 YEL Splice B5102—Exhaust Manifold B5301—Crankshaft Position SP_5623—5623 ORG Splice Pressure Sensor Sensor SP_5624—5624 YEL Splice B5103—Exhaust Gas B5302—Camshaft Position SP_5625—5625 DK GRN Splice Recirculation (EGR) Flow Sensor SP_5626—5626 LT BLU Splice Sensor B5500—Intake Air Sensor SP_5631—5631 BRN Splice B5104—Manifold Air Pressure G5—Alternator SP_5633—5633 ORG Splice Sensor R5603—Engine CAN Terminator SP_5783—5783 ORG Splice B5105—Engine Crankcase SP_5030_A—5030 BLK Splice 1 SP_5804—5804 YEL Splice Pressure Sensor SP_5030_C SHLD—5030 SHLD SP_5805—5805 DK GRN Splice B5107—Low-Pressure Fuel Splice 3 SP_RESA01—RESA01 DK GRN Pressure Sensor SP_5030_E SHLD—5030 SHLD Splice B5113—Fuel Rail Pressure Splice 5 SP_RESA02—RESA02 YEL Sensor SP_5030_F—5030 BLK Splice 6 Splice B5205—Charge Air Cooler Outlet SP_5030_G SHLD—5030 SHLD X5001—Engine Control Unit Temperature Sensor Splice 7 (ECU) Static Ground B5206—Manifold Air Temperature SP_5410_A—5410 BLK Splice 1 Sensor SP_5410_C SHLD—5410 SHLD B5207—Exhaust Gas Splice 3 Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor
X5004—Engine Harness-to-Glow Plug Relay Harness 3-Pin Connector X5021—Fuel Injector Harness Connector X5039—Aftertreatment Harness-to-Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector Y5002—Suction Control Valve Y5024—Fuel Rail Pressure Relief Solenoid Y5400—Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Y5402—Exhaust Throttle Actuator
JL05046,00000C2 -19-05DEC16-4/4
Fuel Injector Harness (W33) Component Location
Y5021-4
Y5021-2
Y5021-3 W33 Y5021-1
TX1178210 —UN—04DEC14
X5021
TX1178210 Fuel Injector Harness (W33) Component Location W33—Fuel Injector Harness X5021—Fuel Injector Harness Connector
Y5021-1—Fuel Injector 1 Y5021-2—Fuel Injector 2
Y5021-3—Fuel Injector 3 Y5021-4—Fuel Injector 4 JL05046,00000C3 -19-04DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-159
082417
PN=677
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-160
082417
PN=678
System Diagrams
Fuel Injector Harness (W33) Wiring Diagram TX1180699 —UN—16DEC14
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
NUMBER COLOR END #2
X5021
3
GRY
Y5021-4
X5021
4
BLU
Y5021-1
X5021
5
RED
Y5021-3
X5021
6
YEL
Y5021-2
X5021
7A
BRN
SP_BRN_A
SP_BRN_A 7B
BRN
Y5021-2
SP_BRN_A 7C
BRN
Y5021-3
X5021
8A
VLT
SP_VLT_A
SP_VLT_A
8B
VLT
Y5021-1
SP_VLT_A
8C
VLT
Y5021-4
21-
Y50
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
X5021 X5021
CAV WIRE 1
PLUG
2
PLUG
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7A
8
8A
Y5021-3
Y5021-2
1
Y5
02
1-4
SP_VLT_A
SP_BRN_A
L
8A
R
7B
L
8B
R
7C
R
8C
8C VL T
SP_VLT_A
RY
5 RED
T VL
6 YEL
8B LU 4B
SP_BRN_A
3G
7A
7C BRN
Cavity No.
R
7B BRN
Cavity No.
TX1180699 Fuel Injector Harness (W33) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-161
082417
PN=679
JL05046,00000C4 -19-22DEC14-1/2
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-162
082417
PN=680
System Diagrams
SP_BRN_A—BRN Splice SP_VLT_A—VLT Splice X5021—Fuel Injector Harness Connector
Y5021-1—Fuel Injector 1 Y5021-2—Fuel Injector 2
Y5021-3—Fuel Injector 3 Y5021-4—Fuel Injector 4
JL05046,00000C4 -19-22DEC14-2/2
Glow Plug Harnesses (W34, W35, and W36) Component Location W34
X88
F62
G5
W35
X5004
TX1178174 —UN—04DEC14
K7
TX1178174 Glow Plug Harnesses (W34 and W35) Component Location F62— Glow Plug 50 A Fuse G5—Alternator K7—Glow Plug Relay
W34—Glow Plug Relay Harness W35—Glow Plug Fuse Harness X88— Glow Plug Relay Harness-to-Glow Plug Harness Connector
X5004—Engine Harness-to-Glow Plug Relay Harness 3-Pin Connector
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-163
JL05046,00000C5 -19-23JAN15-1/2
082417
PN=681
System Diagrams
W34 X88
W36 R11 R12 R13
TX1178176 —UN—10DEC14
R14
TX1178176 Glow Plug Harness (W36) Component Location R11— Glow Plug Cylinder 1 R12— Glow Plug Cylinder 2 R13— Glow Plug Cylinder 3
R14— Glow Plug Cylinder 4 W34—Glow Plug Relay Harness
W36—Glow Plug Harness X88— Glow Plug Relay Harness-to-Glow Plug Harness Connector JL05046,00000C5 -19-23JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-164
082417
PN=682
System Diagrams
Glow Plug Harnesses (W34, W35, and W36) Wiring Diagrams COLOR DK_GRN RED RED RED RED RED YEL RED
END #2 X5004 K7 SP_RED_A R10 X88 X5004 K7 G5
K7 1 2 3 5
F62
DK GRN YEL RED (SP_RED_A) RED (F62)
RED (G5) RED (K7)
G5
F62 RED
RED
3
1
X88
R10 RED
2
R10 5
SP_RED_A
RED (X5004) RED (SP_RED_A)
1
2
3
X5004 1 2 3
YEL RED (R10) DK GRN
TX1174238
SIDE A RED (K7) SIDE B RED (R10) RED (X88)
TX1174238 —UN—15OCT14
END #1 K7 F62 K7 SP_RED_A SP_RED_A R10 X5004 F62
Glow Plug Relay Harness (W34) and Glow Plug Fuse Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram F62— Glow Plug 50 A Fuse G5—Alternator K7—Glow Plug Relay
R10— Glow Plug Resistor SP_RED_A—RED Splice X88— Glow Plug Relay Harness-to-Glow Plug Harness Connector
X5004—Engine Harness-to-Glow Plug Relay Harness 3-Pin Connector
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-165
JL05046,00000C6 -19-11DEC14-1/2
082417
PN=683
System Diagrams
TX1123294
TX1123294 —UN—05OCT12
1
RED
RED
R13 R14
RED
X88
RED
R11 R12
Glow Plug Harness (W36) Wiring Diagram 1— Buss Bar R11— Glow Plug Cylinder 1 R12— Glow Plug Cylinder 2
R13— Glow Plug Cylinder 3 R14— Glow Plug Cylinder 4
X88— Glow Plug Relay Harness-to-Glow Plug Harness Connector JL05046,00000C6 -19-11DEC14-2/2
Satellite Radio Harness (W38) Component Location—If Equipped See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) TZ24494,0001624 -19-23JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-166
082417
PN=684
System Diagrams
Satellite Radio Harness (W38) Wiring Diagram—If Equipped END #1 A29 A29 A29 A29 A29 A29 A29 A29
NUMBER A034A A035A A036A A037A A038A A039A A040A A041A
COLOR GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY
END #2 X155 X155 X155 X155 X155 X155 X155 X155
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A038A — A035A A040A — — A036A A037A A034A A041A A039A —
A29
X155
14
17 15
7
8
9
10 11 12
1
2
3
4
13
5
20
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
18 16
19
6
TX1183318
A034A A035A A036A A037A A038A A039A A040A A041A
TX1183318 —UN—24JAN15
X155
A29
Satellite Radio Harness (W38) Wiring Diagram—If Equipped A29— SiriusXM® Radio Module
X155— Auxiliary Radio Input Harness Connector
SiriusXM is a trademark of Sirius XM Radio Inc. TZ24494,0001625 -19-15OCT15-1/1
Radio USB Input Harness (W39) Component Location—If Equipped See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) TZ24494,0001626 -19-11FEB15-1/1
Radio USB Input Harness (W39) Wiring Diagram—If Equipped
Replace radio USB input harness, if damaged.
NOTE: Radio USB input harness (W39) is not serviceable. TZ24494,0001627 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-167
082417
PN=685
System Diagrams
Fuel Sender Harness (W44) Component Location B19 W44
TX1184417 —UN—05FEB15
X40
TX1184417 Fuel Sender Harness (W44) Component Location B19— Fuel Level Sensor
W44—Fuel Sender Harness
X40— Fuel Tank Harness Connector JL05046,0000142 -19-06FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-168
082417
PN=686
System Diagrams
Fuel Sender Harness (W44) Wiring Diagram CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
NUMBER COLOR END#2
X40
R12D
BLK
B19
X40
Y01D
YEL
B19
X40
B19
A
Y01D
B
R12D
CAV WIRE B19
X40
1
Y10D
2
R12D
3
PLUG
4
PLUG TX1184364 —UN—04FEB15
CAV WIRE
TX1184364 Fuel Sender Harness (W44) Wiring Diagram B19— Fuel Level Sensor
X40— Fuel Tank Harness Connector JL05046,0000143 -19-06FEB15-1/1
Hydraulic Oil Filter Harness (W45) Component Location See Rear Service Harness (W14) Component Location or see Rear Service (IGC Controls) Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,00000EE -19-15OCT15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-169
082417
PN=687
System Diagrams
Hydraulic Oil Filter Harness (W45) Wiring Diagram NUMBER N10C
END #2 B16
COLOR YEL
X66
B16 N10C
N10C
TX1203894
TX1203894 —UN—19OCT15
END #1 X66
Hydraulic Oil Filter Harness (W45) Wiring Diagram B16— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch
X66— Hydraulic Oil Filter Harness Connector KK70125,00000EF -19-15OCT15-1/1
Satellite Radio Harness (W47) Component Location—If Equipped See JDLink™ Harnesses (W6002 and W6003) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) MP01188,0000278 -19-29JUN16-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-170
082417
PN=688
System Diagrams
Satellite Radio Harness (W47) Wiring Diagram—If Equipped END #1 A29 A29 A29 A29 A29 A29 A29 A29
NUMBER A034A A035A A036A A037A A038A A039A A040A A041A
COLOR GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY
END #2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A038A — A035A A040A — — A036A A037A A034A A041A A039A —
A29
A2
14
17 15
7
8
9
10 11 12
1
2
3
4
13
5
6
TX1167642
20 18
16
19
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
A034A A035A A036A A037A A038A A039A A040A A041A
TX1167642 —UN—30JUL14
A2
A29
Satellite Radio Harness (W47) Wiring Diagram A2—Radio A29— SiriusXM® Radio Module SiriusXM is a trademark of Sirius XM Radio Inc. JD29379,000026C -19-20MAR17-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-171
082417
PN=689
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-172
082417
PN=690
System Diagrams
JDLink™ Harnesses (W6002 and W6003) Component Location XJ1217336 —UN—23JUN16
A A40
W49
A6001 W49
A29 A6003 X72 X22
A2
X73 W47 B
B
A40 A6000 X6014 X6016
X68 X6015
X69
X67
A6000 X70
X71
W49
X41
A6002
W6003 W6002
A6002
C
A
C
XJ1217336 JDLink™ Harnesses (W6002 and W6003) Component Location Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-173
082417
PN=691
JL05046,00000FE -19-29JUN16-1/2
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-174
082417
PN=692
System Diagrams A2—Radio A29— SiriusXM® Radio Module A40— Multiband Antenna A6000—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit A6001—GPS/Cellular Antenna A6002—Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit A6003—Satellite (SAT) Antenna
W47—Satellite Radio Harness W49—Multiband Antenna Harness W6002—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness W6003—Satellite (SAT) Harness X22— Radio Antenna Power Connector X41— JDLink™ Connector X67— Multiband Antenna Connector 1 (black)
X68— Multiband Antenna X6014—Modular Telematics Connector 2 (blue) Gateway (MTG) Control X69— Multiband Antenna Unit 48-Pin Connector Connector 3 (white) X6015—Satellite (SAT) Module X70— Multiband Antenna Control Unit 48-Pin Connector 4 (tan) Connector X71— Multiband Antenna X6016—Modular Telematics Connector 5 (violet) Gateway (MTG) X72— SiriusXM® Radio Module Harness-to-Satellite Antenna Connector (SAT) Harness 6-Pin X73— Radio Antenna Connector Connector
SiriusXM is a trademark of Sirius XM Radio Inc. JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,00000FE -19-29JUN16-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-175
082417
PN=693
System Diagrams
Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Wiring Diagram X6014
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
CAV WIRE
NUMBER COLOR END#2
SP_G70_A G70
BLK
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
X41
A1
M76A
D1
—
G1
M17L
K1
—
M75A
D2
—
G2
M18L
K2
—
D3
—
G3
—
K3
—
4
X6014
G70A
BLK
SP_G70_A
X6016
G70B
BLK
SP_G70_A
A3
—
X6014
G71D
BLK
X41
A4
—
D4
—
G4
M73
K4
M70
—
E1
—
H1
M12AA
L1
P71
X41
M12AA
YEL
X6014
B1
X41
M13AA
LT GRN X6014
B2
—
E2
—
H2
M13AA
L2
—
X41
M17L
YEL
B3
—
E3
—
H3
—
L3
—
X6014
M18L
LT GRN X41
B4
—
E4
—
H4
M72
L4
—
—
F1
—
J1
—
M1
G70A
X6014
X6014
M70
PUR
X6020
C1
X6014
M71
PUR
X6021
C2
—
F2
—
J2
—
M2
P70A
X6014
M72
PUR
X6022
C3
—
F3
G71D
J3
—
M3
M74B
X6014
M73
PUR
X6023
C4
—
F4
—
J4
M71
M4
—
X6016
M74B
PUR
X6014
X6016
M75B
PUR
X6014
6
1
X6014
M76A
PUR
X6016
5
2
4
3
SP_P70_A P70
RED
X41
X6014
RED
SP_P70_A
X6016
P70B
RED
SP_P70_A
X41
P71
RED
X6014
X41
R13AA
X41
R40L
BLK BLK
SHIELD SHIELD
A B C D E F G H J K L M
3
A2
P70A
1 2
X6014
X6016
X6016
SP_G70_A
CAV WIRE
Cavity No.
1
G70B
L
G70
2
P70B
R
G70A
3
M74B
R
G70B
4
M76A
5
M75A
6
—
SP_G70_A
SP_P70_A Cavity No.
X41
P70
7
—
2
P71
8
M17L
3
G70
9
M18L
4
M12AA
10
R40L
5
M13AA
11
G71D
6
R13AA
12
—
6
9 10 11 12
5 4
3
P70A P70B SP_P70_A
X41 7 8
R R
CAV WIRE
1
P70
X6020
M70
X6021
M71
X6022
M72
X6023
M73
2 1
TX1154413
TX1154413 —UN—07MAR14
CAV WIRE
L
Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Wiring Diagram
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-176
JL05046,0000100 -19-21NOV14-1/2
082417
PN=694
System Diagrams X6014—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector X6016—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness-to-Satellite (SAT) Harness 6-Pin Connector
SP_G70_A—G70 BLK Splice SP_P70_A—P70 RED Splice X41— JDLink™ Connector
X6020—Analog Input 1 (not used) X6021—Analog Input 2 (not used) X6022—Analog Input 3 (not used) X6023—Analog Input 4 (not used)
JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,0000100 -19-21NOV14-2/2
Satellite (SAT) Harness (W6003) Wiring Diagram CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
X6015
4
END#1
NUMBER COLOR END#2
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
X6015
G1001
ORG
X6016
A1
M1004
D1
—
G1
—
K1
—
X6015
J1003
TAN
X6016
A2
M1005
D2
—
G2
—
K2
—
X6015
M1004
PUR
X6016
A3
—
D3
—
G3
—
K3
—
X6015
M1005
PUR
X6016
A4
—
D4
—
G4
—
K4
—
X6015
P1002
RED
X6016
B1
—
E1
—
H1
—
L1
—
B2
—
E2
—
H2
—
L2
—
B3
—
E3
—
H3
—
L3
—
B4
—
E4
—
H4
—
L4
—
C1
—
F1
—
J1
—
M1
G1001
CAV WIRE
C2
—
F2
—
J2
—
M2
P1002
1
G1001
C3
—
F3
—
J3
J1003
M3
—
2
P1002
C4
—
F4
—
J4
—
M4
—
3
J1003
4
M1004 M1005
6
—
1 A B C D E F G H J K L
X6016 6 5 4
5
2
M
X6015
TX1154415 —UN—19FEB14
X6016
3
1 2 3
TX1154415 Satellite (SAT) Harness (W6003) Wiring Diagram X6015—Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit 48-Pin Connector
X6016—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness-to-Satellite (SAT) Harness 6-Pin Connector JL05046,0000102 -19-21NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-177
082417
PN=695
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-10-178
082417
PN=696
Group 15
Diagnostic Information Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application
technician to add or remove a reading, set a readings baseline, and create and check recording triggers.
The Service ADVISOR™ application is what technicians use to diagnose and troubleshoot equipment. The application allows technicians to quickly and easily find information and solve equipment problems. The Service ADVISOR™ application provides access to manuals, the Dealer Technical Assistance Center (DTAC), real-time diagnostics, and system readings. The application also allows technicians to perform calibrations, run tests, and program controllers, when possible. The Connection - Readings shortcut bar within Service ADVISOR™ is used to connect to a machine. A connection allows a technician to take live system readings, create recordings, diagnose problems, calibrate, interactively test, and program controllers. With a connection established, the Readings menu allows a
With Service ADVISOR™ connected to a machine, the Diagnostics shortcut bar can be used to read machine diagnostic trouble codes. The diagnostic codes can then be reviewed by code number for specific details. When a diagnostic trouble code is opened, code information displays in a window similar to the way a manual would. The details of a diagnostic trouble code often are in a procedural format with links so the technician can work to correct the problem with the equipment while following the step-by-step process in the diagnostic trouble code details. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-15.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JD29379,00003BA -19-27AUG14-1/1
Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure 1. Connect EDL (2) or PDM (5) to computer. 4— Parallel Port Cable 5— Parallel Port Data Module (PDM) TX1011710A —UN—30AUG06
1— USB Cable 2— Electronic Data Link (EDL) 3— Diagnostic 9-Pin Connector Cable
TX1011712A —UN—30AUG06
EDL and Cables
PDM and Cables Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-15-1
JL05046,0000089 -19-14OCT16-1/3
082417
PN=697
Diagnostic Information
2. Remove connector cover from Service ADVISOR™ connector (X8) located inside Service ADVISOR™ access port console just below standard display monitor (SDM) or primary display unit (PDU). 3. Connect diagnostic 9-pin connector cable (3) to Service ADVISOR™ connector.
TX1087443A —UN—09FEB11
X8— Service ADVISOR™ Connector
Service ADVISOR™ Connector (pilot control machine shown) Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,0000089 -19-14OCT16-2/3
4. Press engine start switch on the sealed switch module (SSM) once to turn ignition ON. Power LED (9) must come on.
TX1011711A —UN—30AUG06
5. The CAN connection LED (8) will come on when computer connects to the CAN. The CAN connection LED may flicker—this is normal. When the CAN connection LED is on, the CAN is active and data is being transmitted. 6. If computer cannot connect to the CAN and the CAN connection LED does not come on, check all cable connections to the machine and computer. Make sure the ignition is ON and the power LED is on. 8— CAN Connection LED (red)
9— Power LED (green)
TX1011713A —UN—30AUG06
EDL LEDs
PDM LEDs JL05046,0000089 -19-14OCT16-3/3
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-15-2
082417
PN=698
Diagnostic Information
Using Service ADVISOR™ Remote
monitor. For more information, see Operation—Software Update, PDU or see Operation—Software Update, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
Service ADVISOR™ Remote (SAR) Operation Service ADVISOR™ is a diagnostic tool used by John Deere dealers to perform diagnostics as well as updates to machine settings and software. Dealers can access diagnostic trouble codes and diagnostic addresses, create readings and recordings, and program controllers. This technology consists of both software and hardware. Technicians attend a minimum of 8 hours of training to become certified in utilizing this tool. Service ADVISOR™ Remote (SAR) is a function of Service ADVISOR™. It allows the dealer technician to connect to a SAR-enabled machine via the JDLink™ network to remotely access diagnostic trouble code information and record diagnostic data, as well as program controllers.
Once the customer initiates delivery and installation of the software, SAR will start and manage the installation of the new payload to the appropriate machine controllers. NOTE: Software download speed capability depends on JDLink cellular coverage. Service ADVISOR™ Remote (SAR) Connection Procedure 1. Verify machine is able to receive Service ADVISOR™ Remote (SAR) connection.
• Switched power ON. • Engine OFF. • Verify machine has a valid JDLink™ Select or
Similar to software (payload) updates in the computer industry, SAR enables John Deere to remotely deliver updated software via the JDLink™ hardware on board. Remote programming gives John Deere the ability to update software to enhance performance of the machine. This capability can be used to reprogram most machine controllers. The user actively participates with the dealer in this process by both downloading the software update and installing the software update. NOTE: Some vehicle controllers may not be compatible for SAR reprogramming.
Ultimate registration, see Service ADVISOR™ Remote (SAR)—SOFTWARE TERMS AND CONDITIONS. (Operator’s Manual.) • Verify adequate cellular signal, see Diagnostics—JDLink Readings, PDU or see Diagnostics—JDLink Readings, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.) • Dealer is authorized by customer to access machine information.
2. Collect machine model number, product identification number (PIN), and communicate to dealer technician with access to the following:
Program Controller Procedure
• Computer with Service ADVISOR™ 4.0 or equivalent
NOTE: Factory setting is set to always accept software downloads. To change this setting, consult your John Deere dealer to either be prompted for software updates or deny all software updates.
installed and updated to most recent edition.
• Internet connection.
3. Open Service ADVISOR™ application and accept licensing agreement.
Normal machine operation can continue during the software download process.
4. Search for machine model, or enter machine PIN number in Add/Remove Models screen.
Customer will be notified by John Deere or a John Deere dealer of pending software updates with appropriate installation instructions via letter or phone.
5. Select Add to place machine model in Currently Selected Models queue, and select OK.
Customer will determine the appropriate time and place to install the new software on the machine via the machine
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-15-3
JL05046,000008B -19-23SEP14-1/3
082417
PN=699
TX1145195A —UN—09OCT13
Diagnostic Information
SAR Connection Screen 1— Connect to Remote Machine Icon
2— Enter PIN Dialog Box
6. Select Connect to Remote Machine icon (1). 7. Enter machine PIN number in Enter PIN dialog box (2).
9. Enter authorized John Deere login name and password when prompted.
8. Select Connect. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-15-4
JL05046,000008B -19-23SEP14-2/3
082417
PN=700
TX1145196A —UN—09OCT13
Diagnostic Information
SAR Machine Information Screen
10. SAR will attempt to connect to machine. If all parameters are met, SAR will connect to machine and allow wireless machine diagnostics in Machine Information screen. 11. If connection fails, verify again that machine is able to connect and has cellular signal.
• Switched power ON. • Engine OFF.
• Valid JDLink™ registration. • Cellular signal (machine may need to be moved to an area with better signal).
If machine is unable to receive cellular signal in an area where other cellular devices are receiving signal, a wired Service ADVISOR™ connection and diagnostics of JDLink™ hardware and antenna may be needed. JL05046,000008B -19-23SEP14-3/3
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-15-5
082417
PN=701
Diagnostic Information
TX1002938A —UN—26JAN06
Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application
Service ADVISOR™ —Diagnostic Trouble Codes 1— Diagnostics Shortcut Bar 2— Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes Folder
3— Readings Tab 4— Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes Tab
1. Connect service laptop to machine. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-20.)
4. Click the Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes folder (2).
2. Open Service ADVISOR™ and display appropriate model information. 3. From the Shortcut bar, click Diagnostics to open the Diagnostics shortcut bar (1). Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-15-6
KK70125,0000877 -19-10FEB11-1/3
082417
PN=702
Diagnostic Information
TX1002997A —UN—26JAN06
5. Select the Connect to Model(s) radio button on the Connection Options dialog box, and click OK.
Connection Options Dialog Box
TX1003001A —UN—26JAN06
KK70125,0000877 -19-10FEB11-2/3
Select Readings Adapter Dialog Box 5— Available Adaptors Drop-Down List
6— Selected Models List
7— Change Selected Models Button
6. On the Select Readings Adapter dialog box, make sure the appropriate adapter is displayed. If not, select correct adapter from drop-down list (5). Options include:
10. Double-click an underlined code on the Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes tab to display a detailed description for servicing that diagnostic trouble code.
• Electronic Data Link (EDL) Stand-alone USB Device • Electronic Data Link (EDL) Using Bluetooth • Parallel Data Module (PDM) • Parallel Data Module (PDM) With USB Adapter
NOTE: Use the lock topic feature within Service ADVISOR™ to open multiple windows if machine is transmitting more than one diagnostic trouble code. Refer to Service ADVISOR ™ system instructions for using this feature.
7. Make sure correct machine to connect to displays in the Selected Models list (6). If not, click the Change Selected Models button (7). 8. Click OK to connect to machine.
11. Click the Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes tab (4) to select and view details for additional diagnostic trouble codes.
9. After Service ADVISOR™ connects to machine, both the Readings tab (3) and Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes tab (4) display. KK70125,0000877 -19-10FEB11-3/3
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-15-7
082417
PN=703
Diagnostic Information
Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics An intermittent diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is a DTC that periodically “goes away.” A loose terminal that intermittently does not make contact with its mating terminal is a likely cause of an intermittent DTC. Other intermittent DTCs may only be set under certain operating conditions such as heavy load or extended idle. Possible Causes of Intermittent DTCs • Contact between terminals in connector. Check for loose, dirty, or partially disconnected connectors. • Connection between sensor or actuator and harness. Inspect the wiring routing looking for possible intermittent shorts to ground caused by contact with external parts (for example, rubbing against sharp sheet metal edges). • Terminal-to-wire connection. Check for broken wires, damaged splices, and wire-to-wire shorts. • Electromagnetic interference (EMI) from an improperly installed 2-way radio, etc. can cause erroneous signals to be sent to the controller. NOTE: A controller is the component least likely to malfunction. Replace a controller only if the diagnostic procedure indicates that a controller replacement is necessary. Diagnosing Intermittent DTCs • If the diagnostic procedure indicates that the problem is intermittent, try to reproduce the operating conditions
that were present when the DTC was active. Service ADVISOR™ can be used to help locate intermittent problems using a function called Recording. The Recording function permits the recording of data parameter values during a diagnostic session. If a DTC is active during a certain diagnostic session, the parameters can be played back and observed to see what each applicable parameter's value was when the DTC occurred. • If a connection or wire is suspected to be the cause of the intermittent problem, clear DTCs, then check the connection or wire by wiggling it while watching Service ADVISOR™ and observe if the fault resets. • The voltage measured at the controller input for most sensors can be monitored in Service ADVISOR™ as a data point. The minimum and maximum value of voltage (measured since the data point was selected) is displayed along with the current value of voltage. Check the minimum and maximum voltage columns in the data points screen after each section of the harness is wiggled to help isolate the problem location. After all causes for intermittent DTCs are repaired, clear codes, cycle ignition power, and check for active DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-20.) If DTC reappears, see specific diagnostic procedure in Section 9001.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company RG80575,00006AB -19-24JAN11-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-15-8
082417
PN=704
Diagnostic Information
Diagnostic Trouble Codes—After Machine Repair After repairing the machine, delete all diagnostic trouble codes from memory. If connected to controller area network (CAN) bus with Service ADVISOR™ application, the diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) can be deleted with the CLEAR button under the diagnostics tab. DTCs can also be deleted using the standard display monitor (SDM) or primary display unit (PDU). SDM NOTE: The navigation buttons MENU, NEXT, BACK, and SELECT are located to the right of the SDM display. For instructions on how to navigate through the SDM menus, see Accessing Service Mode, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) 1. Press and hold MENU button for 5 seconds to access service mode and display main menu. 2. Use NEXT button to highlight DIAGNOSTICS and press SELECT button. 3. Use NEXT button to highlight CODES and press SELECT button. 4. Use NEXT button to highlight CLEAR CODES and press SELECT button.
6. CODES CLEARED is displayed for 3 seconds then screen returns to Diagnostics menu. PDU NOTE: The navigation buttons INFO, UP, DOWN, BACK, and SELECT are located above the PDU display. For instructions on how to navigate through the PDU menus, see Accessing Service Mode, PDU. (Group 9015-16.) 1. Press and hold SELECT button for 3 seconds to access service mode and display main menu. 2. Use UP or DOWN button to highlight DIAGNOSTICS and press SELECT button. 3. Use UP or DOWN button to highlight CODES and press SELECT button. 4. Use UP or DOWN button to highlight CLEAR CODES. 5. Prompt appears stating ALL STORED CODES WILL BE CLEARED. Press SELECT button to clear codes. 6. Press INFO button to return to basic display. Verify that all codes have been cleared. Operate the machine; then check for DTCs to verify the problem has been fixed.
5. Prompt appears stating SELECT TO DELETE or BACK TO CANCEL. Press SELECT button to clear codes. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company MM12851,00003CF -19-25SEP14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-15-9
082417
PN=705
Diagnostic Information
Electrical Component Specifications Item
Measurement
Specification
B1—Decelerator Sensor
Calibration Limits
1.25—1.75 V at high decel (fully raised) position 3.25—3.75 V at low decel position 3.79—3.99 V at brake (fully pressed) position
B2—Forward, Neutral, and Reverse (FNR) Sensor
Calibration Limits
0.84—2.08 V at maximum reverse position 1.86—2.68 V at reverse neutral position 2.25—2.75 V at neutral position 2.32—3.14 V at forward neutral position 2.92—4.16 V at maximum forward position
B3—Steer Sensor
Calibration Limits
1.40—1.78 V at right counter-rotate position 1.52—1.94 V at right steer position 2.39—2.61 V at neutral position 3.06—3.48 V at left steer position 3.22—3.60 V at left counter-rotate position
B6—Left Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor
Voltage
0.5 V at 0 kPa 0.5 V at 0 bar 0.5 V at 0 psi 4.5 V at 68 948 kPa
Voltage
4.5 V at 689 bar 4.5 V at 10 000 psi B7—Right Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor
Voltage
0.5 V at 0 kPa 0.5 V at 0 bar 0.5 V at 0 psi
Voltage
4.5 V at 68 948 kPa 4.5 V at 689 bar 4.5 V at 10 000 psi
B8—Hydrostatic Charge Pressure Sensor
Voltage
0.5 V at 0 kPa 0.5 V at 0 bar 0.5 V at 0 psi 4.5 V at 5171 kPa
Voltage
4.5 V at 51.7 bar 4.5 V at 750 psi B9—Brake Pressure Sensor
Voltage
0.5 V at 0 kPa 0.5 V at 0 bar 0.5 V at 0 psi
Voltage
4.5 V at 5171 kPa 4.5 V at 51.7 bar 4.5 V at 750 psi
B11—Right Motor Speed Sensor (550K/650K)
Output Signal Voltage (high) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-15-10
4.0—7.6 V AB51738,00006E0 -19-28JUN17-1/7
082417
PN=706
Diagnostic Information Item
B11—Right Motor Speed Sensor (700K) B12—Left Motor Speed Sensor (550K/650K) B12—Left Motor Speed Sensor (700K) B13—Front Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) B14—Rear Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) B15—Hydrostatic Oil Filter Restriction Switch
Measurement
Specification
Output Signal Voltage (low)
0.2—1.0 V
Output Signal Voltage (high)
4.0—14.5 V
Output Signal Voltage (low)
0.0—0.9 V
Output Signal Voltage (high)
4.0—7.6 V
Output Signal Voltage (low)
0.2—1.0 V
Output Signal Voltage (high)
4.0—14.5 V
Output Signal Voltage (low)
0.0—0.9 V
Resistance
20.7—25.3 ohms
Amperage
56—80 mA
Resistance
20.7—25.3 ohms
Amperage
56—80 mA
Pressure (closing)
248—304 kPa 2.48—3.04 bar 36.0—44.1 psi
B16—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch
Pressure (closing)
435—531 kPa 4.4—5.5 bar 63—77 psi
B17—Hydrostatic Oil Temperature Sensor
Voltage
4.973—4.977 V at -40°C (-40°F) 4.907—4.920 V at -20°C (-4°F) 4.732—4.762 V at 0°C (32°F) 4.346—4.407 V at 20°C (68°F) 3.682—3.774 V at 40°C (104°F) 2.816—2.917 V at 60°C (140°F) 1.961—2.046 V at 80°C (176°F) 1.285—1.344 V at 100°C (212°F) 0.816—0.865 V at 120°C (248°F)
B18—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor
Voltage
4.973—4.977 V at -40°C (-40°F) 4.907—4.920 V at -20°C (-4°F) 4.732—4.762 V at 0°C (32°F) 4.346—4.407 V at 20°C (68°F) 3.682—3.774 V at 40°C (104°F) 2.816—2.917 V at 60°C (140°F) 1.961—2.046 V at 80°C (176°F) 1.285—1.344 V at 100°C (212°F) 0.816—0.865 V at 120°C (248°F)
B19—Fuel Level Sensor
Resistance
179.5—185.5 ohms at 100% Fill (full) 137.9—142.9 ohms at 75% Fill 98.4—102.4 ohms at 50% Fill 56.9—59.9 ohms at 25% Fill 9.0—11.0 ohms at 0% Fill (empty)
B42—Hydraulic Pump Pressure Sensor
Voltage
0.5 V at 0 kPa 0.5 V at 0 bar 0.5 V at 0 psi
Voltage
4.5 V at 40 000 kPa 4.5 V at 400 bar Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-15-11
AB51738,00006E0 -19-28JUN17-2/7
082417
PN=707
Diagnostic Information Item
Measurement
Specification
4.5 V at 5800 psi B5101—Engine Oil Pressure Sensor
Voltage
0.2 V (minimum) 0.4 V at 76 kPa 0.4 V at 0.76 bar 0.4 V at 11 psi
Voltage
4.6 V at 656 kPa 4.6 V at 6.56 bar 4.6 V at 95 psi 4.8 V (maximum)
B5102—Exhaust Manifold Pressure Sensor
Voltage
0.2 V (minimum) 0.4 V at 50 kPa 0.4 V at 0.5 bar 0.4 V at 7.3 psi
Voltage
4.6 V at 550 kPa 4.6 V at 5.5 bar 4.6 V at 80 psi 4.8 V (maximum)
B5103—Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Flow Sensor
Voltage
0.2 V (minimum) 0.5 V at 0 kPa 0.5 V at 0 bar 0.5 V at 0 psi
Voltage
4.5 V at 70 kPa 4.5 V at 0.7 bar 4.5 V at 10 psi 4.8 V (maximum)
B5104—Manifold Air Pressure Sensor
Voltage
0.2 V (minimum) 0.4 V at 50 kPa 0.4 V at 0.5 bar 0.4 V at 7.3 psi
Voltage
4.6 V at 550 kPa 4.6 V at 5.5 bar 4.6 V at 80 psi 4.8 V (maximum)
B5105—Engine Crankcase Pressure Sensor
Voltage
0.2 V (minimum) 0.5 V at -7 kPa (gage) 0.5 V at -.07 bar 0.5 V at -1.0 psi
Voltage
4.5 V at 7 kPa (gage) 4.5 V at .07 bar 4.5 V at 1.0 psi 4.8 V (maximum)
B5107—Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor
Voltage
0.2 V (minimum) 0.4 V at 46 kPa 0.4 V at 0.46 bar 0.4 V at 6.7 psi Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-15-12
AB51738,00006E0 -19-28JUN17-3/7
082417
PN=708
Diagnostic Information Item
Measurement
Specification
Voltage
4.6 V at 204 kPa 4.6 V at 2.04 bar 4.6 V at 29.6 psi 4.8 V (maximum)
B5108—Engine Coolant Pressure Sensor (700K only)
Voltage
0.2 V (minimum) 0.4 V at 50 kPa 0.4 V at 0.5 bar 0.4 V at 7.3 psi
Voltage
4.6 V at 300 kPa 4.6 V at 3.0 bar 4.6 V at 43.5 psi 4.8 V (maximum)
B5109—Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Differential Pressure Sensor
Voltage
0.25 V (minimum) 0.25 V at -1.71 kPa 0.25 V at -0.02 bar 0.25 V at -0.25 psi
Voltage
0.65 V at 0 kPa 0.65 V at 0 bar 0.65 V at 0 psi 4.50 V at 35 kPa
Voltage
4.50 V at 0.35 bar 4.50 V at 5.08 psi 4.75 V (maximum) B5205—Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Sensor
Resistance
97.9—104.0 kilo-ohms at -40°C (-40°F) 28.4—29.9 kilo-ohms at -20°C (-4°F) 9.57—10.0 kilo-ohms at 0°C (32°F) 3.68—3.82 kilo-ohms at 20°C (68°F) 1.57—1.63 kilo-ohms at 40°C (104°F) 735—757 ohms at 60°C (140°F) 373—382 ohms at 80°C (176°F) 202—206 ohms at 100°C (212°F) 115—118 ohms at 120°C (248°F) 69.5—71.4 ohms at 140°C (284°F)
B5206—Manifold Air Temperature Sensor
Resistance
97.9—104.0 kilo-ohms at -40°C (-40°F) 28.4—29.9 kilo-ohms at -20°C (-4°F) 9.57—10.0 kilo-ohms at 0°C (32°F) 3.68—3.82 kilo-ohms at 20°C (68°F) 1.57—1.63 kilo-ohms at 40°C (104°F) 735—757 ohms at 60°C (140°F) 373—382 ohms at 80°C (176°F) 202—206 ohms at 100°C (212°F) 115—118 ohms at 120°C (248°F) 69.5—71.4 ohms at 140°C (284°F)
B5207—Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor
Resistance
1592—1857 kilo-ohms at -40°C (-40°F) 457—518 kilo-ohms at -20°C (-4°F) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-15-13
AB51738,00006E0 -19-28JUN17-4/7
082417
PN=709
Diagnostic Information Item
Measurement
Specification
154—170 kilo-ohms at 0°C (32°F) 59.0—63.9 kilo-ohms at 20°C (68°F) 25.3—26.9 kilo-ohms at 40°C (104°F) 11.9—12.4 kilo-ohms at 60°C (140°F) 6.02—6.22 kilo-ohms at 80°C (176°F) 3.27—3.33 kilo-ohms at 100°C (212°F) 1.86—1.92 kilo-ohms at 120°C (248°F) 1.11—1.16 kilo-ohms at 140°C (284°F) 693—729 ohms at 160°C (320°F) 450—477 ohms at 180°C (356°F) 303—323 ohms at 200°C (392°F) 210—226 ohms at 220°C (428°F) 149—162 ohms at 240°C (464°F) 109—119 ohms at 260°C (500°F) 81.2—88.9 ohms at 280°C (536°F) 61.7—68.0 ohms at 300°C (572°F) B5208—Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
Resistance
96.2—105.0 kilo-ohms at -40°C (-40°F) 27.5—29.7 kilo-ohms at -20°C (-4°F) 9.10—9.70 kilo-ohms at 0°C (32°F) 3.42—3.60 kilo-ohms at 20°C (68°F) 1.43—1.50 kilo-ohms at 40°C (104°F) 658—684 ohms at 60°C (140°F) 328—340 ohms at 80°C (176°F) 174—182 ohms at 100°C (212°F) 98.4—103.0 ohms at 120°C (248°F) 58.7—61.9 ohms at 140°C (284°F)
B5209—Fuel Temperature Sensor
Resistance
96.2—106.0 kilo-ohms at -40°C (-40°F) 27.5—29.7 kilo-ohms at -20°C (-4°F) 9.10—9.70 kilo-ohms at 0°C (32°F) 3.42—3.60 kilo-ohms at 20°C (68°F) 1.43—1.50 kilo-ohms at 40°C (104°F) 658—684 ohms at 60°C (140°F) 328—340 ohms at 80°C (176°F) 174—182 ohms at 100°C (212°F) 98.4—103.0 ohms at 120°C (248°F) 58.7—61.9 ohms at 140°C (284°F)
B5301—Crankshaft Position Sensor
B5302—Camshaft Position Sensor
Voltage
1.4 V at 50 rpm 9.7 V at 400 rpm 42 V at 3000 rpm
Resistance
2.7—3.3 kilo-ohms
Voltage
1.4 V at 50 rpm 9.7 V at 400 rpm 42 V at 3000 rpm
Resistance
2.7—3.3 kilo-ohms Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-15-14
AB51738,00006E0 -19-28JUN17-5/7
082417
PN=710
Diagnostic Information Item
Measurement
Specification
B5600—Water-in-Fuel (WIF) Sensor
Resistance
209—231 kilo-ohms
R1—Controller Area Network (CAN) 1 Termination Resistor 1
Resistance
120 ohms
R2—Controller Area Network (CAN) 1 Termination Resistor 2
Resistance
120 ohms
R3—Controller Area Network (CAN) 2 Termination Resistor 1
Resistance
120 ohms
R5—Blower Motor Speed Resistor
Low Speed Resistance (between pins 5.1—5.5 ohms 1 and 4) Medium Speed Resistance (between 3.1—3.7 ohms pins 1 and 3) High Speed Resistance (between pins 1.1—1.5 ohms 1 and 2)
R6—Fuel Filter Heater (if equipped)
Resistance
R8—Under Seat Heater Blower Motor Speed Resistor
Low Speed Resistance (between pins 1.0—1.2 ohms 2 and 4)
R10—Glow Plug Resistor
Resistance
1.5 kilo-ohms
R5603—Engine CAN Terminator
Resistance
120 ohms
R5605—Aftertreatment CAN Terminator
Resistance
120 ohms
S6—Temperature Control Switch
Resistance (between pins A and B)
0 kilo-ohms at maximum hot 5 kilo-ohms at maximum cold
Resistance (between pins A and C)
5 kilo-ohms
Continuity (button pressed)
Pins 3 and 6 have continuity
Continuity (button released)
Pins 3 and 6 open
Voltage (no buttons pressed)
2.39—2.85 V
Voltage (upper button pressed)
3.19—3.68 V
Voltage (lower button pressed) Voltage (both buttons pressed)
0.86—1.10 V 1.46—1.81 V
Continuity (button pressed)
Pins 2 and 6 have continuity
Continuity (button released)
Pins 2 and 6 open
Voltage (no buttons pressed) at pin 1 of switch module connector (X99) (joystick side)
2.39—2.85 V
S29—Blade Shake Switch S30—Blade Angle Switch
S31—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) On/Off Switch S32—Blade Height Increment/Decrement Switch
2.9 ohms
Voltage (upper button pressed—blade 3.19—3.68 V up) at pin 1 of switch module connector (X99) (joystick side) Voltage (lower button pressed—blade 0.86—1.10 V down) at pin 1 of switch module connector (X99) (joystick side) Voltage (both buttons pressed) at pin 1.46—1.81 V 1 of switch module connector (X99) (joystick side) S34—Transmission Speed Control Switch
Voltage
0.88—1.08 V with top button pressed 3.19—3.53 V with bottom button pressed Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-15-15
AB51738,00006E0 -19-28JUN17-6/7
082417
PN=711
Diagnostic Information Item
Measurement
Specification
2.36—2.70 V with no buttons pressed Calibration Limits
0.68—1.28 V with top button pressed 2.98—3.74 V with bottom button pressed
Y1—Left Motor Shift Solenoid (550K and 650K only)
Resistance
14.2 ohms at 20°C (68°F)
Y1—Left Motor Shift Solenoid (700K only)
Resistance
21.3 ohms at 20°C (68°F)
Y2—Right Motor Shift Solenoid (550K and 650K only)
Resistance
14.2 ohms at 20°C (68°F)
Y2—Right Motor Shift Solenoid (700K only)
Resistance
21.3 ohms at 20°C (68°F)
Y3—Park Brake Solenoid
Resistance
27.1—29.9 ohms at 20°C (68°F)
Y9—Hydraulic Enable Solenoid
Resistance
33.8 ohms at 20°C (68°F)
Y11—Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid
Resistance
27.1—29.9 ohms at 20°C (68°F)
Y12—Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid
Resistance
32.0—35.4 ohms at 20°C (68°F)
Y14—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid
Resistance
12.6—15.4 ohms
Y21—Lift Port B Solenoid
Resistance
20.4—22.6 ohms at 20°C (68°F)
Y22—Lift Port A Solenoid
Resistance
20.4—22.6 ohms at 20°C (68°F)
Y23—Tilt Port B Solenoid
Resistance
20.4—22.6 ohms at 20°C (68°F)
Y24—Tilt Port A Solenoid
Resistance
20.4—22.6 ohms at 20°C (68°F)
Y25—Angle Port B Solenoid
Resistance
20.4—22.6 ohms at 20°C (68°F)
Y26—Angle Port A Solenoid
Resistance
20.4—22.6 ohms at 20°C (68°F)
Y27—Auxiliary Port A Solenoid
Resistance
20.4—22.6 ohms at 20°C (68°F)
Y28—Auxiliary Port B Solenoid
Resistance
20.4—22.6 ohms at 20°C (68°F)
Y29—Auxiliary Port A Solenoid (700K only)
Resistance
20.4—22.6 ohms at 20°C (68°F)
Y30—Auxiliary Port B Solenoid (700K only)
Resistance
20.4—22.6 ohms at 20°C (68°F)
Y5002—Suction Control Valve (550K/650K)
Resistance
2.1 ohms at 12 V
Y5022—Pressure Control Valve (PCV) 1 (700K only)
Resistance
0.47 ohms at 20°C (68°F)
Y5023—Pressure Control Valve (PCV) 2 (700K only)
Resistance
0.47 ohms at 20°C (68°F)
Y5024—Fuel Rail Pressure Relief Solenoid (700K only)
Resistance
0.47 ohms at 20°C (68°F) AB51738,00006E0 -19-28JUN17-7/7
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-15-16
082417
PN=712
Group 16
Monitor Operation Accessing Service Mode, SDM Service mode provides additional items not available in operator mode, allowing service technicians to change operational settings, clear DTCs, and monitor functions and settings for diagnostic and testing purposes.
1
To enter service mode:
1750
TX1171995 —UN—17SEP14
2 3
DEF
1. Press engine START button once to turn switched power ON.
4
2. Press and hold MENU button (1) for 5 seconds until SDM monitor alarm is heard and SERVICE MENU is briefly displayed on the screen.
Standard Display Monitor (SDM)
NOTE: SDM will remain in service mode with service mode options available in main menu even if the display is returned to main menu screen. Cycling switched power OFF and back ON will exit service mode. Highlighting and navigating through a menu will provide corresponding information and/or a submenu.
1— MENU Button 2— BACK Button
3— NEXT Button 4— SELECT Button
• Press BACK button (2) to go back one screen. • Press NEXT button (3) to scroll down the menu.
• Press SELECT button (4) to select highlighted item. MM12851,00003BA -19-16SEP14-1/1
Diagnostics—Clear Stored Diagnostic Trouble Codes, SDM
To clear DTCs:
NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual. This menu allows for clearing of all stored and active diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs).
1. Access service mode. See Accessing Service Mode, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) 2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> DIAGNOSTICS >> CODES >> CLEAR CODES 3. Press SELECT button to clear all codes. MM12851,00003BB -19-24SEP14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-16-1
082417
PN=713
Monitor Operation
Operation—Exhaust Filter, SDM NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual. Service Cleaning The Service Cleaning option allows the technician to perform an exhaust filter service cleaning. 1. Access Service Mode. See Accessing Service Mode, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) 2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> OPERATION >> EXHAUST FILTER >> SERVICE CLEANING
For more information on service filter cleaning, see Service Filter Cleaning. (Group 9010-20.) Auto Cleaning Settings Auto Cleaning Settings controls state of exhaust filter auto cleaning at machine power up. Auto cleaning default setting is enabled. 1. Access Service Mode. See Accessing Service Mode, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) 2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> OPERATION >> EXHAUST FILTER >> AUTO CLEAN SETTINGS 3. Highlight desired setting and press SELECT button.
3. Follow on screen instructions to perform service cleaning. Auto Clean Settings Menu Items
Description
1: DEFAULT PREVIOUS
Defaults to setting that was active at end of last switched power cycle.
2: DEFAULT ENABLED
Sets auto cleaning to enabled at start of next switched power cycle.
3: DEFAULT DISABLED
Sets auto cleaning to disabled at start of next switched power cycle. JL05046,000012E -19-18DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-16-2
082417
PN=714
Monitor Operation
Diagnostics—Machine Information, SDM
2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> DIAGNOSTICS >> MACHINE INFO
NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual.
3. Use NEXT button to highlight desired machine information submenu item and press SELECT button.
The VOLTAGES, CURRENTS, and CALIBRATED VALUES menu displays live values of various electronic components.
4. Use NEXT button to navigate through desired submenu, highlight desired item, and press SELECT button.
View Voltages, Currents, and Calibrated Values 1. Access Service Mode. See Accessing Service Mode, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) Machine Readings Menu Items VOLTAGES FUEL LEVEL
Voltage range ................................................................. 0—5 V
HYDRAULIC OIL TEMP
Voltage range ................................................................. 0—5 V
PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR
Voltage range ................................................................. 0—5 V
LOAD SENSE SENSOR
Voltage range ................................................................. 0—5 V
BLADE ANGLE SWITCH
Voltage range ................................................................. 0—5 V
INCR/DECR SWITCH
Voltage range ................................................................. 0—5 V CURRENTS
BLADE LIFT SOL
Current range .......................................................... 0—1000 mA
BLADE LOWER SOL
Current range .......................................................... 0—1000 mA
TILT LEFT SOL
Current range .......................................................... 0—1000 mA
TILT RIGHT SOL
Current range .......................................................... 0—1000 mA
ANGLE LEFT SOL
Current range .......................................................... 0—1000 mA
ANGLE RIGHT SOL
Current range .......................................................... 0—1000 mA
AUX1 PORT A SOL
Current range .......................................................... 0—1000 mA
AUX1 PORT B SOL
Current range .......................................................... 0—1000 mA
AUX2 PORT A SOL
Current range .......................................................... 0—1000 mA
AUX2 PORT B SOL
Current range .......................................................... 0—1000 mA CALIBRATED VALUES
BLADE LIFT THRESHOLD
Current range .......................................................... 0—1000 mA
BLADE LOWER THRESHOLD
Current range .......................................................... 0—1000 mA
TILT LEFT THRESHOLD
Current range .......................................................... 0—1000 mA
TILT RIGHT THRESHOLD
Current range .......................................................... 0—1000 mA
ANGLE LEFT THRESHOLD
Current range .......................................................... 0—1000 mA
ANGLE RIGHT THRESHOLD
Current range .......................................................... 0—1000 mA
AUX1 PORT A THRESHOLD
Current range .......................................................... 0—1000 mA
AUX1 PORT B THRESHOLD
Current range .......................................................... 0—1000 mA
AUX2 PORT A THRESHOLD
Current range .......................................................... 0—1000 mA
AUX2 PORT B THRESHOLD
Current range .......................................................... 0—1000 mA Engine Readings Menu Items VOLTAGES
COOLANT TEMP SENSOR
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
OIL PRESSURE SENSOR
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
FUEL RAIL PRESSURE
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
MANIFOLD AIR TEMP
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
CAC OUT TEMP SENSOR
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
FUEL TEMP SENSOR
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-16-3
JL05046,0000138 -19-10FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=715
Monitor Operation Transmission Readings Menu Items VOLTAGES TRANS OIL TEMP SENSOR
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
CHARGE PRESSURE
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
BRAKE PRESSURE
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
LEFT SYS PRESSURE
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
RIGHT SYS PRESSURE
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
DECEL PEDAL
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
FNR SENSOR
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
STEER SENSOR
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
SIG SENSOR
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V CURRENTS
RIGHT FWD PCP
Current range ......................................................... 0—1000 mA
LEFT FWD PCP
Current range ......................................................... 0—1000 mA
RIGHT REV PCP
Current range ......................................................... 0—1000 mA
LEFT REV PCP
Current range ......................................................... 0—1000 mA
RIGHT MOTOR
Current range ......................................................... 0—1000 mA
LEFT MOTOR
Current range ......................................................... 0—1000 mA CALIBRATED VALUES
DECEL HIGH
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
DECEL LOW
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
DECEL BRAKE
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
LEFT PIVOT
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
LEFT COUNTER
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
NEUTRAL STEER
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
RIGHT PIVOT
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
RIGHT COUNTER
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
FNR FORWARD
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
FNR NEUTRAL
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
FNR REVERSE
Voltage range ................................................................ 0—5 V
RIGHT PCP FWD THRESH
Current range ......................................................... 0—1000 mA
RIGHT PCP REV THRESH
Current range ......................................................... 0—1000 mA
LEFT PCP FWD THRESH
Current range ......................................................... 0—1000 mA
LEFT PCP REV THRESH
Current range ......................................................... 0—1000 mA
RIGHT PCP LO SPD FWD
Current range ......................................................... 0—1000 mA
RIGHT PCP LO SPD REV
Current range ......................................................... 0—1000 mA
LEFT PCP LO SPD FWD
Current range ......................................................... 0—1000 mA
LEFT PCP LO SPD REV
Current range ......................................................... 0—1000 mA
RIGHT MOTOR MAX
Current range ......................................................... 0—1000 mA
LEFT MOTOR MAX
Current range ......................................................... 0—1000 mA JL05046,0000138 -19-10FEB15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-16-4
082417
PN=716
Monitor Operation
Diagnostics—TCU Diagnostics, SDM NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual.
2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> DIAGNOSTICS >> TCU DIAGNOSTICS 3. Navigate to desired setting, press SELECT button. 4. Press NEXT button to highlight desired option.
The TCU Diagnostics menu allows a technician to enable or disable transmission tests on a per test basis.
5. Press SELECT button to save setting.
1. Access Service Mode. See Accessing Service Mode, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) TCU Diagnostics Menu Items TRACKER CONTROL
>>
NORMAL OFF
Provides adjustments to left and right motor commanded rpm to achieve equal left and right motor speeds.
ANTI-STALL
>>
NORMAL OFF
Prevents engine from stalling when large transmission load is applied.
NORMAL ON OFF
Manual control of motor shift solenoids. When set to NORMAL, motor displacement is set by motor outputs logic. When ON, motor shift solenoids are provided maximum current and motors are at minimum displacement (high speed). When OFF, motor shift solenoids are provided minimum current and motors are at maximum displacement (low speed).
>>
NORMAL ON OFF
Manual control of hydrostatic oil reservoir bypass solenoid. When ON, all hydraulic oil is routed through hydrostatic oil cooler.
COOLER BYPASS
>>
NORMAL ON OFF
Manual control of hydrostatic oil cooler bypass solenoid. When ON, all hydrostatic oil is routed through hydrostatic oil cooler.
PUMP MOTOR TEST
>>
ON OFF
Allows for pump and motor current to be driven with switched power ON and engine OFF.
OVERSPEED VALVE
>>
NORMAL ON
Limits maximum engine speed by actuating solenoid valve to add hydraulic load to engine.
DIAGNOSTIC MODE
>>
OFF ON
When ON; provides non-derated function of machine for diagnostics, regardless of calibration of diagnostic trouble code (DTC) status.
MOTOR SOLENOID
>>
TANK BYPASS
RESET SETTINGS
>>
RESET SETTINGS
>>
SELECT RESTORES BACK TO CANCEL
Resets all test mode settings to default values. MM12851,00003BD -19-19SEP14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-16-5
082417
PN=717
Monitor Operation
Operation—Software Delivery, SDM
3. Navigate to desired setting. Press SELECT button.
NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual. The DELIVERY SETTINGS menu provides options relevant to software update process.
4. Press NEXT button to highlight desired option. NOTE: AUTO APPROVE is the recommended default setting. In the EU, privacy laws require the software download approval setting to be changed to NOTIFY.
Change Software Delivery Settings 1. Access Service Mode. See Accessing Service Mode, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
5. Press SELECT button to save setting.
2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> OPERATION >> SOFTWARE DELIVERY >> DELIVERY SETTINGS DELIVERY SETTINGS Menu Items Menu Item ENABLE OR DISABLE
DOWNLOAD APPROVAL
DOWNLOAD COMP. POPUP
Submenu Screen >>
>>
>>
Details
ENABLED
Enable software delivery.
DISABLED
Disable software delivery.
NOTIFY
Notification before download selected.
AUTO APPROVE
Auto approve file download selected.
AUTO REJECT
Auto reject file download selected.
POPUP ENABLED
Completed download pop-up will be shown.
POPUP DISABLED
Completed download pop-up will not be shown. JL05046,0000132 -19-18DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-16-6
082417
PN=718
Monitor Operation
Setup—Machine Setup, SDM
2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> SETUP
NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual.
3. Navigate to desired setting, press SELECT button.
The SETUP menu allows a user to enable/disable various features and settings.
5. Press SELECT button to save setting.
4. Press NEXT button to highlight desired option.
1. Access Service Mode. See Accessing Service Mode, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) Monitor Menu Items Menu Items
Details
Submenu
HIDE MENU
>>
MENU HIDDEN
UNHIDE
>>
MENU UNHIDDEN
All normal display functions are accessible.
SELECT RESTORES
Press SELECT button to restore all monitor settings to default values.
BACK TO CANCEL
Press BACK button to return to monitor menu.
DEFAULTS
>>
No menu navigation is allowed.
Preferences Menu Items Menu Items
Submenu
Setting
>>
TRACK SPEED
>>
>>
ALTITUDE MODE
>>
>>
FACTORY SETTINGS
>>
HYDRAULIC
>>
FACTORY SETTINGS
BRAKE MODE
>>
TRANSMISSION
• FORWARD MAX • REVERSE MAX • MINIMUM
>>
• LOW • NORMAL • HIGH • OFF • ON • SELECT RESTORES • BACK TO CANCEL • SELECT RESTORES • BACK TO CANCEL TEST
Configuration Menu Items Menu Items
Submenu Items
Submenu
Details Displays 17-character product information number (PIN), machine model number, and emissions level.
MACHINE ID
• REAR WIPER • BEACON • REVERSING FAN • OPTIONAL LIGHTS • ENG SERVICE LIGHT
>>
• DISABLED • INSTALLED
Enables or disables selected function.
(700K only)
OPTIONS
>> HYD AUX VALVES
>>
BLADE CONFIGURATION
>>
• NO AUX • 1 AUX • 2 AUX • PAT • OSD • NO BLADE
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-16-7
Setting for installed aux configuration.
Setting for installed blade configuration.
JL05046,0000134 -19-16SEP15-1/2
082417
PN=719
Monitor Operation Calibration Menu Items Menu Items
Submenu Items >>
TRANSMISSION
>>
>>
HYDRAULIC
>>
Details
Submenu Items
FULL CALIBRATION
SECTIONAL CALIBRATION
>>
SENSOR CAL
>>
PUMP/MOTOR CAL
>>
LIFT SECTION TILT SECTION ANGLE SECTION AUX SECTION 1 AUX SECTION 2 AUX SECTION 3
• DECEL SENSOR • STEER SENSOR • FNR SENSOR Follow on screen instructions.
FULL CALIBRATION
SECTIONAL CALIBRATION
JL05046,0000134 -19-16SEP15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-16-8
082417
PN=720
Group 17
Diagnostic Test Box Setup and Functional Test Diagnostic Test Box—Overview and Functionality The JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box is designed to aid the technician in troubleshooting electronically controlled systems. The tool must be used in accordance with diagnostic procedures:
• Service ADVISOR™ • JT07306 Digital Multimeter • JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit • J-35616-20 Test Leads
JDG10273
The JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box is used to find some of the following wiring harness problems:
• Open wires • Shorted wires • Series resistance • Parallel resistance Functional components of the JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box are: RG17892 —UN—15FEB10
• Power connector and power harness provide connection to the machine battery terminals.
• LED indicates that power is applied correctly to JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box.
• Test lead inputs A and B provide connection to the harness.
• Test lead inputs V and COM provide connection to the digital multimeter.
JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box
• S1 switch is used to create a voltage divider circuit as specified within diagnostic procedure.
• S2 switch is used to provide an alternate ground path as specified within diagnostic procedure.
• S3 switch is used to provide a load on a circuit as specified within diagnostic procedure.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company RG80575,0000BE8 -19-01JUN16-1/6
Before Connecting JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box IMPORTANT: Prevent possible machine damage. Do not run engine with JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box connected. TX1144277 —UN—20SEP13
• Key OFF, engine OFF when connecting or
disconnecting JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box.
• Follow all machine manufacturer safety warnings.
Do not run engine with JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box connected. Do Not Run Engine Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-17-1
RG80575,0000BE8 -19-01JUN16-2/6
082417
PN=721
Diagnostic Test Box JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box—User Instructions Visually inspect JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box (5) for signs of damage or corrosion on terminals, case, and power harness (15). Verify that test leads and test lead inputs fit securely to each other when connected. If applicable, use the tie strap to secure JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box to machine. Place in a location away from moving parts and excessive heat.
15
To apply power to JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box, attach connector end of power harness to JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box. Attach red power clamp to the machine's positive (+) battery terminal. Attach black ground clamp to the machine’s negative (-) battery terminal. Use the optional power harness extension cable if provided power harness does not reach battery.
5 JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box and Power Harness 5— JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-17-2
TX1142706 —UN—21AUG13
NOTE: When connecting power harness to battery terminals, observe proper polarity when making connections. Make sure that connections are secure and harness is routed away from moving objects and operating personnel.
15— Power Harness
RG80575,0000BE8 -19-01JUN16-3/6
082417
PN=722
Diagnostic Test Box
If the machine is a 24 V system, the JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box must be hooked up to the second battery in the series to ensure that the black ground clamp is connected to the negative (-) terminal that goes to chassis ground.
+24 V
+
If LED is not turned on, see step 3 of Diagnostic Test Box—Operational Test Procedure in this section before proceeding. Perform the steps in Diagnostic Test Box—Operational Test Procedure if JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box is giving misdiagnoses during troubleshooting procedures. It is good practice to perform the test periodically to ensure that JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box is functioning properly.
-
+ TX1144278 —UN—20SEP13
NOTE: Always follow diagnostic procedures for proper operation of JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box.
Hooked Up Incorrectly
+24 V
+
-
TX1144279 —UN—20SEP13
+
Hooked Up Correctly Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-17-3
RG80575,0000BE8 -19-01JUN16-4/6
082417
PN=723
Diagnostic Test Box JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box—Operational Test Procedure Perform the following steps to verify proper functionality of the JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box. If any of the steps indicate a problem, the JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box must be replaced. Required components to test JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box operation are a digital multimeter and a 12—30 V DC power source or 12—24 V machine battery. 1. Disconnect power harness from battery or any other power source and remove JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box from machine.
JDG10273
RG17892 —UN—15FEB10
2. Set digital multimeter function to measure resistance (Ω). Make sure to zero the digital multimeter prior to making the following resistance measurements. Attach red (+) meter probe to “V” test lead input and black (-) meter probe to “COM” test lead input of JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box. Turn S1 switch to each position as indicated within the table below and verify that the meter readings are within the corresponding value ranges listed. While performing this check, also verify that S1 switch physically holds, or has a detent, at each position and does not turn past switch stops. S1 Switch Position
Meter Reading (Ω)
1
Open (OL)
2
1M (980K—1.02M)
3
150K (147K—153K)
4
10K (9.8K—10.2K)
5
JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box
3K (2.94K—3.06K)
S1 Switch Position
Meter Reading With S2 Switch Open (Not Pressed)
Meter Reading With S2 Switch Closed (Pressed)
6
2.2K (2.16K—2.24K)
9
0.0—0.2 V
4.7—5.2 V
7
1K (980—1.02K)
10
0.0—0.2 V
4.7—5.2 V
8
750 (735—765)
11
0.0—0.2 V
4.7—5.2 V
S1 Switch Readings, Pull Down
S1 Switch Readings, Pull Up
3. Connect the power cable connector to the JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box and the other end to a battery or DC power source between 12 and 30 V. Attach red power clamp to the positive (+) terminal and black ground clamp to the negative (-) terminal of machine battery. Verify green LED is on. If LED is off, verify power connections and power source. Check the fuse and replace fuse with a 5-amp, 32 V fuse if necessary. If LED is still not on, replace the JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box.
5. Disconnect power source from JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box and set S1 switch to position 1. Set digital multimeter function to diode test. Connect red (+) meter probe of digital multimeter to “A” (yellow input) of JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box. Connect black (-) meter probe of digital multimeter to “B” (blue input) of JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box.
4. Set digital multimeter function to measure volts. Turn S1 switch to each position as indicated in the table below. Then verify the meter readings are within the range listed below when S2 switch is open and closed.
• Press both S2 switch and S3 switch at the same time
• Verify that digital multimeter reads “OL” or 0 V. • Press S3 switch and verify that the digital multimeter reads 0.20—0.75 V.
and verify that the digital multimeter reads “OL” or 0 V.
• With the digital multimeter probes reversed, press S3 switch verify that the digital multimeter reads “OL” or 0 V.
Test Leads Test leads must be functional to prevent misdiagnosis.
• Visually inspect insulation on test leads for any damage. • Test leads must be completely covered with insulation. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-17-4
RG80575,0000BE8 -19-01JUN16-5/6
082417
PN=724
Diagnostic Test Box
• Visually inspect test lead tips for corrosion and other
environmental damage. • Make sure test leads fit tightly into test lead inputs of JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box.
• With digital multimeter, measure resistance from each end of test lead to measure its continuity. Verify that resistance is less than 1 ohm for each test lead.
RG80575,0000BE8 -19-01JUN16-6/6
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-17-5
082417
PN=725
Diagnostic Test Box
Two Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range High
• Open wire • Signal wire short to voltage • Sensor malfunction
This condition can be caused by:
24 V 1
2
AUTOMOTIVE METER
7
3
~ V Hz~
OFF
6
S2
S3
V Hz
RPM
8
% 2
5
6
5
7
4
1
0
C 0F PRESS MIN MAX
1 sec
9
2
V
10 1
~ 2 sec RPM
S1
V
4
11 COM
COM
10A
10
9
3
A ~
11
8
TX1137638 —UN—31MAY13
0
5V
FUSED SEE WARNINGS ON BACK
TX1137638 Two Wire Test Box Setup 1— Terminal A (yellow) 2— Terminal B (blue) 3— Sensor Harness Connector
4— Control Unit 5— JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box 6— S3 Switch
7— S2 Switch 8— Digital Multimeter 9— S1 Switch 10— Signal Wire
1. Perform Setup and Functional Test. (Group 9015-17.) 2. Disconnect sensor. 3. Using wire leads and flex probe kit, connect JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box (5) to terminals of sensor harness connector (3) as follows:
• Test box V terminal to digital multimeter (8) V+ terminal • Test box COM terminal to digital multimeter COM terminal • Test box terminal A (1) to sensor harness connector signal wire terminal • Test box terminal B (2) to sensor harness connector ground wire terminal
4. Connect Service ADVISOR™. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-15.) 5. View appropriate Service ADVISOR™ reading as indicated by diagnostic procedure. 6. Set digital multimeter to measure voltage. 7. Set S1 switch (9) on test box to number as indicated by diagnostic procedure. 8. Compare voltage on digital multimeter to Service ADVISOR™ reading.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
11— Ground Wire
9015-17-6
RG80575,0000BE9 -19-22AUG13-1/2
082417
PN=726
Diagnostic Test Box Result
Condition
Action
Voltages match (within 0.2 volts).
Sensor malfunction.
Replace sensor.
Digital multimeter is greater by 0.2 volts.
Signal wire is short to voltage.
Repair signal wire.
Digital multimeter is less by 0.2 volts.
Wire is open.
Press S2 switch (7). Voltage Unchanged: Replace signal wire. Voltage Increases: Replace ground wire.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company RG80575,0000BE9 -19-22AUG13-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-17-7
082417
PN=727
Diagnostic Test Box
Two Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range Low
• Signal wire short to ground • Sensor malfunction
This condition can be caused by:
24 V 1
2
AUTOMOTIVE METER
7
3
~ V Hz~
OFF
6
S2
S3
V Hz
RPM
8
% 2
5
6
5
7
4
1
0
C 0F PRESS MIN MAX
1 sec
9
2
V
4
10 1
~ 2 sec RPM
S1
11
V
COM
COM
10A
10
9
3
A ~
11
8
TX1137638 —UN—31MAY13
0
5V
FUSED SEE WARNINGS ON BACK
TX1137638 Two Wire Test Box Setup 1— Terminal A (yellow) 2— Terminal B (blue) 3— Sensor Harness Connector
4— Control Unit 5— JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box 6— S3 Switch
1. Perform Setup and Functional Test. (Group 9015-17.) 2. Disconnect sensor. 3. Using wire leads and flex probe kit, connect JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box (5) to terminals of sensor harness connector (3) as follows:
• Test box V terminal to digital multimeter (8) V+ terminal • Test box COM terminal to digital multimeter COM terminal • Test box terminal A (1) to sensor harness connector signal wire terminal • Test box terminal B (2) to sensor harness connector ground wire terminal Result
7— S2 Switch 8— Digital Multimeter 9— S1 Switch 10— Signal Wire
11— Ground Wire
4. Connect Service ADVISOR™. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-15.) 5. View appropriate Service ADVISOR™ reading as indicated by diagnostic procedure. 6. Set digital multimeter to measure voltage. 7. Set S1 switch (9) on test box to number as indicated by diagnostic procedure. 8. Compare voltage on digital multimeter to Service ADVISOR™ reading.
Condition
Action
Voltages match (within 0.2 volts).
Sensor malfunction.
Replace sensor.
Digital multimeter is less by 0.2 volts.
Signal wire is short to ground.
Repair signal wire.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company RG80575,0000BEA -19-22AUG13-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-17-8
082417
PN=728
Diagnostic Test Box
Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range High
• Supply, signal, or ground wire short to power • Sensor malfunction
This condition can be caused by:
24 V 1
2
AUTOMOTIVE METER
7
3
~ V Hz~
OFF
6
S2
S3
V Hz
RPM
8
% 2
5
6
5
7
4
1
9
3 0
A ~
12 11
8
10 4
0
C F PRESS MIN MAX
1 sec
9
2
10 1
~ 2 sec V
RPM
S1
11
V
COM
COM
10A
TX1137863 —UN—31MAY13
0
5V
FUSED SEE WARNINGS ON BACK
TX1137863 Three Wire Test Box Setup 1— Terminal A (yellow) 2— Terminal B (blue) 3— Sensor Harness Connector
4— Control Unit 5— JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box 6— S3 Switch
7— S2 Switch 8— Digital Multimeter 9— S1 Switch 10— Signal Wire
11— Ground Wire 12— Supply Wire
1. Disconnect sensor.
• Test box terminal A (1) to sensor harness connector
2. Using wire leads and flex probe kit, connect JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box (5) to terminals of sensor harness connector (3) as follows:
• Test box terminal B (2) to sensor harness connector
supply wire terminal
ground wire terminal
3. View voltage on digital multimeter.
• Test box V terminal to digital multimeter (8) V+ terminal
• Test box COM terminal to digital multimeter COM terminal
Result
Condition
Action
Voltage is approximately 5 volts.
Short signal wire or sensor.
Voltage is greater than 5 volts.
Supply or ground wire is short to power. Press S2 switch (7). Voltage Unchanged: Replace supply wire. Voltage Decreases: Replace ground wire.
4. Connect Service ADVISOR™. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-15.) 5. Move connection of test box terminal A to sensor harness connector signal wire terminal. 6. View appropriate Service ADVISOR™ reading as indicated by diagnostic procedure.
7. Set digital multimeter to measure voltage. 8. Set S1 switch (9) on test box to number as indicated by diagnostic procedure. 9. Compare voltage on digital multimeter to Service ADVISOR™ reading.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
Continue diagnostics. See step 4.
9015-17-9
RG80575,0000BEB -19-22AUG13-1/2
082417
PN=729
Diagnostic Test Box Result
Condition
Action
Voltages match (within 0.2 volts).
Sensor malfunction.
Replace sensor.
Voltages match but are greater than 5 volts.
Signal wire is short to power.
Repair signal wire.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company RG80575,0000BEB -19-22AUG13-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-17-10
082417
PN=730
Diagnostic Test Box
Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range Low
• Signal wire short to ground • Supply, signal, or ground wire open • Sensor malfunction
This condition can be caused by:
24 V 1
2
AUTOMOTIVE METER
7
3
~ V Hz~
OFF
6
S2
S3
V Hz
RPM
8
% 2
5
6
4
1
5
7
9
3 0
A ~
12 11
8
10 4
0
C F PRESS MIN MAX
1 sec
9
2
10 1
~ 2 sec V
RPM
S1
11
V
COM
COM
10A
TX1137863 —UN—31MAY13
0
5V
FUSED SEE WARNINGS ON BACK
TX1137863 Three Wire Test Box Setup 1— Terminal A (yellow) 2— Terminal B (blue) 3— Sensor Harness Connector
4— Control Unit 5— JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box 6— S3 Switch
7— S2 Switch 8— Digital Multimeter 9— S1 Switch 10— Signal Wire
11— Ground Wire 12— Supply Wire
1. Disconnect sensor.
• Test box terminal A (1) to sensor harness connector
2. Using wire leads and flex probe kit, connect JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box (5) to terminals of sensor harness connector (3) as follows:
• Test box terminal B (2) to sensor harness connector
supply wire terminal
ground wire terminal
3. View voltage on digital multimeter.
• Test box V terminal to digital multimeter (8) V+ terminal
• Test box COM terminal to digital multimeter COM terminal
Result
Condition
Action
Voltage is approximately 5 volts.
Open or short signal wire or sensor.
Continue diagnostics. See step 4.
Voltage is 0 volts.
Supply or ground wire is open.
Press S2 switch (7). Voltage Unchanged: Replace supply wire. Voltage Increases: Replace ground wire.
4. Connect Service ADVISOR™. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-15.) 5. Move connection of test box terminal A to sensor harness connector signal wire terminal. 6. View appropriate Service ADVISOR™ reading as indicated by diagnostic procedure.
7. Set digital multimeter to measure voltage. 8. Set S1 switch (9) on test box to number as indicated by diagnostic procedure. 9. Compare voltage on digital multimeter to Service ADVISOR™ reading.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-17-11
RG80575,0000BEC -19-22AUG13-1/2
082417
PN=731
Diagnostic Test Box Result
Condition
Action
Sensor malfunction.
Replace sensor.
Digital multimeter is less by 0.2 volts.
Signal wire is open.
Repair signal wire.
Voltages match but are less than 1.5 volts.
Signal wire is short to ground.
Repair signal wire.
Voltages match (within 0.2 volts).
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company RG80575,0000BEC -19-22AUG13-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-17-12
082417
PN=732
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-18-1 1
2 1
5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
C027 GRY C026 GRY
C014 GRY C015 GRY C016 GRY C017 GRY C018 GRY C019 GRY C020 GRY C021 GRY C022 GRY C023 GRY
Topcon is a trademark of Topcon Positioning Systems, Inc. Continued on next page
PN=733 082417
X100 H Q O N M L H Q O N M L K F K F
C011 ORG
C007 BLU
G J G J V X R P U W V X R P U W
G10AO BLK G10AF GRN
G001 BLK
W1 SYSTEM GROUND
CAN 2
X96
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
C006 ORG 26 26
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 C007 BLU
25 25 C007 BLU
C008 YEL
24 24 C008 YEL
C009 GRN
C005 PUR C006 ORG
C009 GRN
23 23
C010 PUR
22 22 C010 PUR
C011 ORG
21 21 C011 ORG
C012 BLU
20 20 C012 BLU
C013 YEL 19 19 C013 YEL
P048 RED 18 18 P048 RED
P054 RED 17 17 P054 RED
P053 RED 16 16 P053 RED
P052 RED 15 15 P052 RED
X97
W47 A B C D E F A B C D E F K L K L M N O Q S R T M N O Q S R T V X G J V X G J
G001 BLK
C004 GRN
27 27
G001 BLK
28 28
C005 PUR
G001 BLK
C004 GRN
Z022 YEL
C003 YEL
R023 BLK
C002 BLU
29 29
Z023 GRN
30 30
C003 YEL
P052 RED
C002 BLU
P053 RED
Z022 YEL
C001 ORG
P048 RED
1
P054 RED
1
31 31
CAN 2
8
Z022 YEL
C001 ORG
C013 YEL
Z023 GRN
C012 BLU
R023 BLK
2
C010 PUR
3
2
Z022 YEL
Z023 GRN Z022 YEL
R023 BLK
S R
C011 ORG
X301 3
Z023 GRN
S R
T
C009 GRN
C26H TAN R023 BLK T
Z023 GRN
W23
C008 YEL
CAN 2 X5-H3
R023 BLK
X36
C007 BLU
P57E RED
X5-J3
C006 ORG
P048 RED
F54 F53 F52 F48
C005 PUR
C4
Z023 GRN Z022 YEL
C003 YEL
A7
P052 RED
SYSTEM GROUND
SYSTEM GROUND
RS-232-RX
RS-232-TX
SWITCHED POWER
SYSTEM GROUND
POWER IN
ETHERNET TX+
ETHERNET TX-
2
C004 GRN
A6
P053 RED
X27 A5
P054 RED
G10AF GRN
G10AO BLK
C01C BRN
C02C BLU
C03C YEL
C04C BLK
C06C RED
C07C WHT
ETHERNET RX+
ETHERNET RX-
IGC CAN HIGH
IGC CAN LOW
UNSWITCHED POWER
UNSWITCHED POWER
GROUND (NOT USED)
- PPSA
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
R023 BLK
C002 BLU
M18K BLU M17K BRN C10C ORG C09C GRY C08C GRN
7 26 36
CAN 2
C001 ORG
CAN 2
G001 BLK
G001 BLK
E D C B A S T E D C B A S T G001 BLK
P57G RED P57F RED
14 4 13 3 33 23 15 16 24 6
P048 RED
P57E RED
C01C BRN
C02C BLU
C03C YEL
C04C BLK
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY (NOT USED) C25B BRN
35 25
P052 RED
C013 YEL P054 RED P053 RED
C001 ORG
C002 BLU
C003 YEL
C004 GRN
C06C RED
X300
C006 ORG C005 PUR
C26J TAN
C07C WHT
C10C ORG C09C GRY C08C GRN
M17K BRN
M18K BLU
GROUND C24B WHT
X112
C010 PUR C009 GRN C008 YEL
Z022 YEL C012 BLU
+ PPSA C23B BLK
C22B ORG
C21B BLU
C20B RED
COMM B
25 13
C19B GRN
8
R023 BLK
SENSOR CAN LOW
C20C ORG
12 28 27 21 31
Z023 GRN
C25B BRN
C24B WHT
C23B BLK
C22B ORG
C21B BLU
C20B RED
SENSOR CAN HIGH
GROUND
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
MAIN C CTS
C18B GRN
C16B WHT
C15B BLK
C14B RED
C27B BLU
COMM A
MAIN C RX C28B YEL
2
C17B YEL
MAIN C RTS C29B BRN
14 15 24 22 18
C19B GRN
C18B GRN
C17B YEL
C16B WHT
MAIN C TX
5
C15B BLK
C14B RED
C27B BLU
R102 EVENT A
1
4
C30B ORG
C29C RED C28C GRN
3
C31B RED
X113
C28B YEL
C26G TAN
C025 GRY
12 11 10 9
C30B ORG C29B BRN
X108
C024 GRY
6
C028 GRY
X101 C029 GRY
G
F65
C10D ORG
2
3 C31B RED
F
1 A11 HYDRAULIC VALVE CONTROLLER (HVC)
C09D GRY
3
4
C031 GRY
C21C RED
C27C WHT
C030 GRY
C014 GRY
C27C WHT C14C BLK
E
A21 TOPCON® IGC CONTROLLER/ RECEIVER W16
C08D GRN
4
5
W45
C07D WHT
5
6
W46
C06D RED
6
7
C014 GRY
C015 GRY
C016 GRY
C14C BLK C19C BLU
H
C04D BLK
7
8
C015 GRY
C16C GRN C15 C YEL
C21C RED
C16C GRN
C15C YEL
G
C03D YEL
8
12 11 10 9
C016 GRY
C017 GRY
C28C GRN
C29C RED
C19C BLU
C20C ORG
F
C02D BLU
12 11 10 9
10 11 12
X31 C018 GRY
X102
E
C01D BRN
10 11 12
9
C017 GRY
6
D
P048 RED
9
8
C018 GRY
5
C019 GRY
4
C
P052 RED
8
7
C019 GRY
3
C020 GRY
2
B
P054 RED P053 RED
CAN 2
7
C020 GRY
X30 1
C021 GRY
X103
C021 GRY
2
A
W24 CAN 2
2
CAN 2
P
S
Q
T
Z022 YEL
A
Z023 GRN
B
R023 BLK C
C07D WHT
J ETHERNET RX+
C08D GRN K ETHERNET RX-
C09D GRY L ETHERNET TX+
C10D ORG
M ETHERNET TX-
C02D BLU N RS-232-RX
C01D BRN R RS-232-TX
-
W16 R101 C26C BLK
X110 R023 BLK Z023 GRN J
Z022 YEL H
LO
HI
C06D RED C UNSWITCHED POWER
C04D BLK
D GROUND
C03D YEL E SWITCHED POWER
120
W13 1
C022 GRY
G
C023 GRY
F
C022 GRY
X109 X303
C024 GRY
H X304
C023 GRY
E
C025 GRY
X302
C024 GRY
C26D BLK
C025 GRY
C29D RED
D
C26C BLK
C
C031 GRY
C28D GRN
C030 GRY
C27D WHT
B
C031 GRY
A
C030 GRY
H
C26D BLK C26E BLK C26F TAN
C26E BLK
C029 GRY
D
C028 GRY
C29E RED
C029 GRY
C
C027 GRY
C28E GRN
C028 GRY
W48
+
C026 GRY
C27E WHT
B
C027 GRY
A
C026 GRY
Topcon® Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Operation (Factory Installation)
Group 18
Topcon® Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Schematic (Factory Installation)
XJ1230020 —UN—05DEC16
G
X8 SERVICE ADVISOR™ CONNECTOR
X38
R3 CAN 2 TERMINATION RESISTOR 1
W1 SYSTEM GROUND
H P U W H P U W A
B
F
G H
O
A22 TOPCON® IGC DISPLAY UNIT
X111
XJ1230020 Topcon® Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Schematic
JL05046,0000116 -19-05DEC16-1/2
Topcon® Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Operation (Factory Installation)
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-18-2
082417
PN=734
Topcon® Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Operation (Factory Installation)
1— Switched Power 2— Unswitched Power A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) A21— Topcon® IGC Controller/Receiver A22— Topcon® IGC Display Unit F48— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Switched Power 15 A Fuse F52— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse 1 F53— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse 2 F54— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse 3 F65— Fuse Box 3 R3—Controller Area Network (CAN) 2 Termination Resistor 1
R101— IGC Grille Harness X27— Fuse Box 3 Connector X103— Integrated Grade Control Resistor 1 X36— Operator's Station (IGC) System 6-Pin R102— IGC Grille Harness Harness-to-Front Dash Connector 2 Resistor 2 Harness Connector X108— IGC Grille Connector 1 W1—System Ground X38— Load Center (IGC controls) X109— IGC Grille Connector 2 W5—Cab Ground Harness-to-Operator's X110— IGC Grille Connector 3 W17—Vehicle (IGC controls) Station Harness 31-Pin X111— IGC Display Unit Harness Connector Connector W19—Load Center (IGC controls) X96— Integrated Grade Control X112— IGC Controller/Receiver Harness (IGC) Interface Connector Connector 1 W21—Operator's Station (IGC X97— Integrated Grade Control X113— IGC Controller/Receiver controls) Harness (IGC) Interface Connector Connector 2 W22—Front Dash Harness X100— Integrated Grade Control X350— P57 RED Splice W40—IGC Controller/Receiver (IGC) System 12-Pin X351— C26 BLK Splice Harness 1 Connector 1 X352— C27 WHT Splice W41—IGC Controller/Receiver X101— Integrated Grade Control X353— C28 GRN Splice Harness 2 (IGC) System 6-Pin X354— C29 RED Splice W42—IGC Display Unit Harness Connector 1 W43—IGC Grille Harness X102— Integrated Grade Control X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller (IGC) System 12-Pin (HVC) Connector 2 Connector 2 X8— Service ADVISOR™ Connector
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,0000116 -19-05DEC16-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-18-3
082417
PN=735
Topcon® Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Operation (Factory Installation)
Topcon® Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation (Factory Installation)
6
4
7
GPS Antenna
RTK Antenna
13 Rf Signal
13 Rf Signal
GPS Receiver
5
10 Ethernet
RTK Radio
A21 11 RS-232 Topcon IGC Controller/Receiver
3
2
IGC CAN and Power
A11 Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC)
Hydraulic Valve Actuators
Controller
1
Sensors
Joystick and Switch Input
10 Ethernet
A22 Topcon IGC Display Unit
TX1183459 —UN—26JAN15
12 CAN/RS-485
8
9
TX1183459 Topcon® Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Diagram 1— Joystick and Switch Input 2— IGC CAN and Power 3— Controller (part of A21) 4— GPS Receiver (part of A21)
5— RTK Radio (part of A21) 6— GPS Antenna 7— RTK Antenna 8— Sensors 9— Hydraulic Valve Actuators
The Topcon® integrated grade control (IGC) system communicates to an IGC-equipped crawler using a dedicated controller area network (CAN) between the Topcon® IGC controller/receiver (A21) and the hydraulic valve controller (HVC) (A11).
10— Ethernet A21— Topcon® IGC 11— RS-232 Controller/Receiver 12— CAN/RS-485 A22— Topcon® IGC Display Unit 13— Radio Frequency (Rf) Signal A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC)
Typical IGC CAN data types include:
• Lift and tilt cylinder raise and lower (commands from Topcon® system)
• Hydrostatic transmission travel direction • Auto mode status Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-18-4
JL05046,0000117 -19-24AUG16-1/2
082417
PN=736
Topcon® Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Operation (Factory Installation)
• Setpoints for blade increment (raise)/decrement (lower) The Topcon® IGC closed-loop machine control system can be divided into several functional areas. These functional areas include:
• Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) Position
Sensing • Real Time Kinematic (RTK) Corrections • Conversion to Local Coordinates • Comparison of Current Position to the Design • Calculation and Application of Corrections GNSS Position Sensing
GNSS position sensing is the use of timing signals from orbiting satellites to determine an observed position on the globe. Topcon® systems currently track both United States operated global positioning system (GPS) constellation of satellites, and the Russian global navigation satellite system (GLONASS) constellation of satellites. Antennas on the machine transmit these radio frequency (Rf) signals by coaxial cable to the receivers in the Topcon® IGC controller/receiver (A21) to determine the position of center of the antenna. Positions are typically calculated between 10 and 20 times per second and are formatted in World Geodetic System (WGS84) format, which is a standard coordinate system for earth positioning.
Travel Direction For single GNSS antenna systems, position history is used to determine machine travel direction. This is aided by the transmission (forward/reverse) direction communicated from the hydraulic valve controller (HVC) (A11) via the IGC CAN bus. Machines equipped with the twin antennas do not require position history to determine travel direction. The relative position of the main antenna to the second auxiliary antenna provides constant compass orientation. This is useful for applications that require the operator to change machine directions often, as is common with small parking lots. Blade Orientation The position of the cutting edge is determined by the combination of the GNSS antenna, mounted to the center of the blade, and by the Topcon® IGC 3-Axis inertial sensor. Single-antenna configurations do not currently account for blade rotation, but twin antenna configurations do correctly account for rotation. This is important for operators to know when working on steep slopes. Comparison to the Design
RTK Corrections RTK corrections is a technique of correcting the errors of the sensed GNSS position of the machine-mounted antennas. This requires the use of correction signals either from a stationary base station receiver located near the jobsite or by a simulated base station from a network of receivers. In the case of a stationary base station, the corrections are transmitted by radio to all machines or other “rovers” on the jobsite. Network corrections will typically be transmitted by cellular modem. The result of RTK corrections is improving the position from approximately 3 m (10 ft.) accuracy, to an accuracy of approximately 2.5 cm (1 in.). Conversion to Local Coordinates Three-dimensional (3D) job surfaces are designed in local, arbitrary coordinates typically defined by the contractor or engineering firm responsible for the design. These designs do not use full WGS84 global coordinates. The job surface must be localized by pairing local coordinates with WGS84 coordinates for several known control points around the jobsite. The 3DMC software in the Topcon® IGC display unit (A22) handles the transformation of global coordinates streaming from the GNSS receiver into local coordinates that can be applied to the design surface. Comparison of Current Position to the Design
To determine accurate machine position relative to the 3D job surface, the orientation of the machine and relative position of the blade is required.
Once the full position and orientation of the cutting edge is known in 3D space, it is compared to the design surface and necessary corrections calculated. Calculation and Application of Corrections The calculation of the amplitude and direction of actual blade cylinder movement commands is complex, but it is basically determined by the combination of: (Position Error) x (Gain) x (Dynamic Value) + [ Valve Offset ] Position Error Generally, the larger the distance the cutting edge is from grade, the larger the valve corrections will be. Valve offsets and gains affect performance and can be adjusted by the operator. The valve offsets are the point at which the hydraulic valve just begins to pass fluid. These are set for each function of raise and lower of each cylinder (blade lift and tilt cylinders for a crawler dozer). The gains are a multiplier that adjusts the overall aggressiveness of the system. There are no user settings to adjust any dynamic values. The final commands are sent to the HVC (A11) via IGC CAN bus.
Topcon is a trademark of Topcon Positioning Systems, Inc. JL05046,0000117 -19-24AUG16-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-18-5
082417
PN=737
Topcon® Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Operation (Factory Installation)
IGC Controller-Receiver Harnesses (W40 and W41) Component Location
X100 X101 X96
A21
W40
X113 W41 TX1196363 —UN—23JUN15
X112
TX1196363 IGC Controller-Receiver Harnesses (W40 and W41) Component Location A21— Topcon® IGC Controller-Receiver W40—IGC Controller-Receiver Harness 1
W41—IGC Controller-Receiver X101— Integrated Grade Control Harness 2 (IGC) System 6-Pin X96— Integrated Grade Control Connector 1 (IGC) Interface Connector X112— IGC Controller-Receiver X100— Integrated Grade Control Connector 1 (IGC) System 12-Pin X113— IGC Controller-Receiver Connector 1 Connector 2
Topcon is a trademark of Topcon Positioning Systems, Inc. JL05046,0000118 -19-22AUG16-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-18-6
082417
PN=738
Topcon® Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Operation (Factory Installation)
IGC Controller-Receiver Harness 1 (W40) Wiring Diagram NUMBER C01C C02C C03C C04C C06C C07C C08C C09C C10C G10AF G10AO M17K M18K P57E P57F P57G
COLOR BRN BLU YEL BLK RED WHT GRN GRY ORG GRN BLK BRN BLU RED RED RED
END #2 X96 X96 X96 X112 X112 X96 X112 X112 X112 X96 X96 X96 X96 X96 X350 X350
10
1
20
11
30
21
40
31
X112 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
PLUG PLUG C09C M17K PLUG C02C C01C PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG C10C M18K
X96 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
C06C 28 C04C 29 PLUG 30 PLUG 31 PLUG 32 PLUG 33 PLUG 34 PLUG 35 C07C 36 C03C 37 P57F 38 G10AO 39 PLUG 40
X350 SIDE A P57E SIDE B P57G P57F
X350
TX1183065
X112
PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG C08C PLUG P57G G10AF PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG
A B C D E F G H J K L M
C01C C02C C03C C04C PLUG C06C PLUG M17K M18K C07C C08C C09C
K X W V J H B U M C A G N T F D E O S
N O P Q R S T U V W X
C10C PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG P57E G10AO PLUG G10AF PLUG
L
X96
P Q R TX1183065 —UN—23JAN15
END #1 X112 X112 X112 X96 X96 X112 X96 X96 X96 X112 X112 X112 X112 X350 X112 X112
IGC Controller-Receiver Harness 1 (W40) Wiring Diagram X96— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Interface Connector
X112— IGC Controller/Receiver Connector 1
X350— P57 RED Splice JL05046,0000119 -19-16DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-18-7
082417
PN=739
Topcon® Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Operation (Factory Installation)
IGC Controller-Receiver Harness 2 (W41) Wiring Diagram
11
1
12
3
X113 31
10
2
2
C31B C30B C29B C28B C27B PLUG
40
3
5 4
1 2 3 4 5 6
1
9
1
21
4
6
11
7 8
END #2 X100 X100 X101 X101 X101 X101 X101 X113
COLOR WHT BRN BLU YEL BRN ORG RED
30
6
NUMBER C24B C25B C27B C28B C29B C30B C31B
X101
X101
5
END #1 X113 X113 X113 X113 X113 X113 X113
X100
X100
1 2 3 4 5 6
C14B C15B C16B C17B C18B C19B
7 8 9 10 11 12
C20B C21B C22B C23B C24B C25B
TX1196409
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
PLUG C17B C31B C30B C29B PLUG PLUG C23B PLUG PLUG PLUG C18B C25B C28B C27B PLUG PLUG C16B PLUG PLUG
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
C21B C15B PLUG C14B C24B PLUG C20B C19B PLUG PLUG C22B PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG
TX1196409 —UN—24JUN15
END #2 X100 X100 X100 X100 X100 X100 X100 X100 X100 X100
COLOR RED BLK WHT YEL GRN GRN RED BLU ORG BLK
20
NUMBER C14B C15B C16B C17B C18B C19B C20B C21B C22B C23B
10
END #1 X113 X113 X113 X113 X113 X113 X113 X113 X113 X113
IGC Controller-Receiver Harness 2 (W41) Wiring Diagram X100— Integrated Grade Control X101— Integrated Grade Control X113— IGC Controller-Receiver (IGC) System 12-Pin (IGC) System 6-Pin Connector 2 Connector 1 Connector 1 JL05046,000011A -19-17JUL15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-18-8
082417
PN=740
Topcon® Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Operation (Factory Installation)
IGC Display Unit Harness (W42) Component Location
A22 X111 W42
TX1207027 —UN—07DEC15
X97
TX1207027 IGC Display Unit Harness (W42) Component Location A22— Topcon® IGC Display Unit W42—IGC Display Unit Harness X97— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Interface Connector
X111— IGC Display Unit Connector
Topcon is a trademark of Topcon Positioning Systems, Inc. JL05046,000011B -19-22AUG16-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-18-9
082417
PN=741
Topcon® Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Operation (Factory Installation)
IGC Display Unit Harness (W42) Wiring Diagram NUMBER C01D C02D C03D C04D C06D C07D C08D C09D C10D
COLOR BRN BLU YEL BLK RED WHT GRN GRY ORG
END #2 X111 X111 X111 X111 X111 X111 X111 X111 X111 X111
X97 K X W L V J H B U M C A G N T F D E O S P Q R
A
B C R
D E
A B C D E F G H
C01D C02D C03D C04D PLUG C06D PLUG PLUG
J K L M N O P Q
PLUG C07D C08D C09D C10D PLUG PLUG PLUG
R S T U V W X
PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG
TX1182836
L
S
J
T G
K
U
V
F
X97
M N
P
H
X111 A B C D E F G
PLUG PLUG C06D C04D C03D PLUG PLUG
H J K L M N
PLUG C07D C08D C09D C10D C02D
P R S T U V
PLUG C01D PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG
TX1182836 —UN—22JAN15
END #1 X97 X97 X97 X97 X97 X97 X97 X97 X97
IGC Display Unit Harness (W42) Wiring Diagram X97— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Interface Connector
X111— IGC Display Unit Connector JL05046,000011C -19-23JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-18-10
082417
PN=742
Topcon® Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Operation (Factory Installation)
IGC Grille Harness (W43) Component Location
X102
X109
W43
X110
TX1196364
TX1196364 —UN—23JUN15
X108
IGC Grille Harness (W43) Component Location W43—IGC Grille Harness X108— IGC Grille Connector 1 X102— Integrated Grade Control X109— IGC Grille Connector 2 (IGC) System 12-Pin Connector 2
X110— IGC Grille Connector 3
JL05046,000011D -19-17JUL15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-18-11
082417
PN=743
Topcon® Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Operation (Factory Installation)
IGC Grille Harness (W43) Wiring Diagram NUMBER C14C C15C C16C C19C C20C C21C C26C C26D C26E C26F C26G C26H C26J C27C C27D C27E C28C C28D C28E C29C C29D C29E
END #1 X110 X110 X110 X102 X102 X102 X351 X109 X108 R102 R102 R101 R101 X352 X109 X108 X353 X109 X108 X354 X109 X108
COLOR BLK YEL GRN BLU ORG RED BLK BLK BLK TAN TAN TAN TAN WHT WHT WHT GRN GRN GRN RED RED RED
END #2 X102 X102 X102 X110 X110 X110 X102 X351 X351 X351 X108 X351 X109 X102 X352 X352 X102 X353 X353 X102 X354 X354
A B
8
9
10 11 12
6
5
4
3
2
D
C21C C14C C27C C15C C16C C28C
B F
E
X108
D
F E
X109
A B C D E F G H
A B C D E F G H
C27E C28E C29E C26E PLUG PLUG PLUG C26G
C27D C28D C29D C26D PLUG PLUG PLUG C26J
X352
R102
SIDE A C27C SIDE B C27D C27E
X354
1
X351 X353 X354 X352 7 8 9 10 11 12
X109
G H
C
X108
R101
X102 1 2 3 4 5 6
H
C
X102 7
A G
C29C C19C C20C C26C PLUG PLUG
SIDE A C29C SIDE B C29D C29E
X353 SIDE A C28C SIDE B C28D C28E
SIDE A C26C SIDE B C26F C26H C26D C26E
X110 A B C D E F G H
C15C C16C C21C C14C C19C C20C PLUG PLUG
X110 A
G
B
H
C
D
F E
TX1196410
TX1196410 —UN—24JUN15
X351
IGC Grille Harness (W43) Wiring Diagram R101— IGC Grille Harness X108— IGC Grille Connector 1 Resistor 1 X109— IGC Grille Connector 2 R102— IGC Grille Harness X110— IGC Grille Connector 3 Resistor 2 X102— Integrated Grade Control (IGC) System 12-Pin Connector 2
X351— C26 BLK Splice X352— C27 WHT Splice X353— C28 GRN Splice X354— C29 RED Splice
JL05046,000011E -19-17JUL15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-18-12
082417
PN=744
Group 20
Adjustments Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
57—66°C 135—150°F
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Transmission Neutral Charge Oil (minimum) Pressure
1827 kPa 18 bar 265 psi
6. Warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9026-25.) Specification Transmission Oil—Temperature......................................................................57—66°C 135—150°F
7. Set engine speed to specification. This procedure is used to calibrate hydrostatic components used by the transmission control software during normal operation. IMPORTANT: Prevent possible pump damage. Calibrate whenever transmission components are adjusted or replaced. NOTE: Transmission control unit (TCU) software is contained within vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), but TCU software functions independently of VCU.
Specification Engine—Speed..........................................................................Slow Idle
8. Verify transmission neutral charge oil pressure is at specification on standard display monitor (SDM). Specification Transmission Neutral Charge Oil (minimum)—Pressure............................................................... 1827 kPa 18 bar 265 psi
A pump null adjustment must be made before calibration following pump repair. See Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Neutral (Null) Adjustment. (Group 9026-25.) 1. Record and clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) before calibration. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9001-40.) 2. Clear tracks of excessive mud and verify track tension is within specification. See Check and Adjust Track Sag. (Operator’s Manual.) CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from machine movement. Make sure there is adequate room and be aware of bystanders. Perform procedure on level ground with enough room to accelerate to full speed for approximately 46—61 m (150—200 ft.), or with machine off ground supported by appropriate lifting device.
If transmission neutral charge oil pressure is low, see High/Low Charge Pressure Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) 9. Access service mode. See Accessing Service Mode, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) 10. Navigate through menu: SETUP >> CALIBRATION >> TRANSMISSION >> FULL CALIBRATION 11. Select FULL CALIBRATION. The display unit will give instructions and show progress of the transmission calibration. The display unit and transmission calibration will proceed to the next step when the criteria is met for the current step. If any problems occur during the calibration period and the calibration procedure ends prematurely, check diagnostic trouble codes. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9001-40.)
3. If necessary raise machine off ground. 4. Verify park lock levers are in full up (locked) position and move transmission control lever (TCL) to neutral.
12. Calibration will end after high speed reverse is calibrated and SELECT button is pressed.
5. Start engine. JL05046,0000120 -19-06JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-20-1
082417
PN=745
Adjustments
Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Calibration
check diagnostic trouble codes. See Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9001-60.)
SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
60—71°C 140—160°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
8. Calibration will end after all equipped hydraulic valve sections are calibrated and SELECT button is pressed.
This procedure is used to calibrate the hydraulic control valve and hydraulic control software during normal operation. Two types of calibrations are available, a full calibration which calibrates all sections of hydraulic control valve or a sectional calibration which calibrates only the specific valve section selected. IMPORTANT: Prevent possible pump damage. Calibrate whenever hydraulic components are adjusted or replaced.
Sectional Calibration 1. Record and clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) before calibration. See Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9001-60.) 2. Start engine and enable hydraulics. NOTE: Calibration will quit if hydraulic oil temperature falls below operating temperature specification. Make sure system oil is warm enough to maintain oil temperature during calibration procedure. 3. Warm hydraulic oil to specification.
Full Calibration 1. Record and clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) before calibration. See Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9001-60.)
Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................60—71°C 140—160°F
2. Start engine and enable hydraulics.
4. Set engine speed to specification.
NOTE: Calibration will quit if hydraulic oil temperature falls below operating temperature specification. Make sure system oil is warm enough to maintain oil temperature during calibration procedure.
Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
3. Warm hydraulic oil to specification.
6. Navigate to SETUP >> CALIBRATION >> HYDRAULIC >> SECTIONAL CALIBRATION.
Specification
5. Access service mode. See Accessing Service Mode, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................60—71°C 140—160°F
7. Select SECTIONAL CALIBRATION. SDM provides list of hydraulic sections available for calibration.
4. Set engine speed to specification.
8. Highlight appropriate hydraulic section and press SELECT.
Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
5. Access service mode. See Accessing Service Mode, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
9. The SDM will give instructions and show progress of the hydraulic valve calibration. The SDM and hydraulic valve calibration will proceed to the next step when the criteria is met for the current step. If any problems occur during the calibration period and the calibration procedure ends prematurely, check diagnostic trouble codes. See Hydraulic Valve Controller (HVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9001-60.)
6. Navigate to SETUP >> CALIBRATION >> HYDRAULIC >> FULL CALIBRATION. 7. Select FULL CALIBRATION. The standard display monitor (SDM) will give instructions and show progress of the hydraulic valve calibration. The SDM and hydraulic valve calibration will proceed to the next step when the criteria is met for the current step.
10. Calibration will end after hydraulic valve section is calibrated and SELECT button is pressed.
If any problems occur during the calibration period and the calibration procedure ends prematurely, KK70125,0000107 -19-28JAN16-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-20-2
082417
PN=746
Adjustments
Decelerator/Brake Pedal Adjustment SPECIFICATIONS High Position Voltage
1.25—1.75 V
Low Position Voltage
3.25—3.75 V
Brake Position Voltage
3.79—3.99 V
TX1173763A —UN—06OCT14
1. Access service mode on standard display monitor (SDM). See Accessing Service Mode, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) 2. Navigate through menu: DIAGNOSTICS >> MACHINE INFO >> TRANS READINGS >> VOLTAGES >> DECEL PEDAL 3. Adjust high position stop (2) until reading is within specification. Specification High Position—Voltage........................................................ 1.25—1.75 V
Decelerator/Brake Pedal Adjustment
4. Press the decelerator/brake pedal down to the low position stop (3). Adjust low position stop until reading is within specification. Specification Low Position—Voltage........................................................ 3.25—3.75 V
5. Press the decelerator/brake pedal down to the brake position stop (4). Adjust brake position stop until reading is within specification.
1— Decelerator Sensor 2— High Position Stop
3— Low Position Stop 4— Brake Position Stop
Specification Brake Position—Voltage...................................................... 3.79—3.99 V
JL05046,0000122 -19-06JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-20-3
082417
PN=747
Adjustments
Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Adjustment SPECIFICATIONS Neutral Adjustment Steer Input—Neutral Voltage
2.39—2.61 V
FNR Input—Neutral Voltage
2.25—2.75 V
Steer Linkage Adjustment Steer Linkage—Right Voltage
1.52—1.94 V
Steer Linkage—Right Counter-Rotate Voltage
1.40—1.78 V
Steer Linkage—Left Voltage
3.06—3.48 V
Steer Linkage—Left Counter-Rotate Voltage
3.22—3.60 V
TCL Linkage Adjustment TCL Linkage—Forward Position Voltage
3.09—3.88 V
TCL Linkage—Reverse Position Voltage
1.12—1.91 V
Neutral Adjustment
T118886B —UN—09DEC98
This procedure is used to adjust the steer sensor linkage and forward, neutral, and reverse (FNR) sensor linkage to provide the correct voltage for the rotary sensors. 1. Switched power on, engine off, and TCL to neutral position. 2. Access service mode on standard display monitor (SDM). See Accessing Service Mode, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) Steer Linkage
3. Navigate display menu to view voltage readings. See Diagnostics—Machine Information, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
1— Electrical Connector 2— Steer Sensor 3— Lock Nut
4. View STEER SENSOR VOLTS. The steer input voltage must be as specified.
4— Rod Assembly 5— FNR Sensor
Neutral Adjustment—Specification Steer Input—Neutral—Voltage........................................................................ 2.39—2.61 V
Steer Linkage Adjustment—Specification Steer Linkage—Right—Voltage........................................................... 1.52—1.94 V
5. View FNR SENSOR VOLTS. FNR input voltage in neutral position must be as specified.
3. Move steer lever to right counter-rotate position. Voltage must be as specified.
Neutral Adjustment—Specification FNR Input—Neutral—Voltage........................................................................ 2.25—2.75 V
Steer Linkage Adjustment—Specification Steer Linkage—Right CounterRotate—Voltage.................................................................. 1.40—1.78 V
6. If voltages are not to specification, remove TCL assembly from machine.
4. Move steer lever to left steer position. Do not go into counter-rotate. Voltage must be as specified.
Steer Linkage Adjustment Procedure adjusts the steer linkage. 1. Loosen lock nut (3) from ball joint. Turn rod assembly (4) while monitoring steer voltage on monitor. Adjust to specification and tighten lock nut. 2. Move steer lever to right steer position. Do not go into counter-rotate. Voltage must be as specified.
Steer Linkage Adjustment—Specification Steer Linkage—Left—Voltage............................................................. 3.06—3.48 V
5. Move steer lever to left counter-rotate position. Voltage must be as specified. Steer Linkage Adjustment—Specification Steer Linkage—Left CounterRotate—Voltage.................................................................. 3.22—3.60 V
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-20-4
JL05046,0000124 -19-11FEB15-1/3
082417
PN=748
Adjustments
6. If voltage is not to specification, calibrate machine and recheck voltage. If voltage is still not to specification, replace sensor. See Rotary Sensor Remove and Install. (Group 1600.) 7. If no voltage can be recorded, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
NOTE: Whenever control linkages are adjusted or replaced, calibration must be performed. TCL Linkage Adjustment Procedure adjusts the TCL linkage.
8. Route all wiring harnesses back to their original location and replace all tie bands that were removed. JL05046,0000124 -19-11FEB15-2/3
1. Remove nut (7) and ball joint (8). Loosen lock nut (6) and adjust to specification. 2. Move TCL lever to forward position. Voltage must be as specified. TCL Linkage Adjustment—Specification TCL Linkage—Forward Position—Voltage................................................................ 3.09—3.88 V
3. Move TCL lever to reverse position. Voltage must be as specified. TCL Linkage Adjustment—Specification TCL Linkage—Reverse Position—Voltage................................................................ 1.12—1.91 V
4. If voltage cannot be adjusted to specification, verify sensor is installed correctly. See Rotary Sensor Remove and Install. (Group 1600.) 5. If no voltage can be recorded, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) T118887B —UN—09DEC98
6. Route all wiring harnesses back to their original location and replace all tie bands that were removed. NOTE: Whenever control linkages are adjusted or replaced, calibration must be performed. 6— Lock Nut 7— Nut
8— Ball Joint FNR Linkage
JL05046,0000124 -19-11FEB15-3/3
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-20-5
082417
PN=749
Adjustments
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-20-6
082417
PN=750
Group 25
Tests Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test TX1180207 —UN—04FEB15
6
Z013 GRN R013 BLK
R013 BLK
5
Z012 YEL
X5503-01
R013 BLK
4
Z013 GRN
X6014-H2
Z013 GRN
X10-B1
Z012 YEL
Z013 GRN
X41 X6014-H1
X5503-02
A5505 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
X10-A1
E
W18
A1 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT (VCU)
A6000 MODULAR TELEMATICS GATEWAY (MTG) CONTROL UNIT
R013 BLK
D
Z013 GRN
C
Z012 YEL
G001 BLK
A
W20
Z012 YEL
W6002
X8 SERVICE ADVISOR™ CONNECTOR
Z012 YEL
W22
G
5 6
Z012 YEL Z013 GRN
CAN 1
R013 BLK
X61
5
A8 STANDARD DISPLAY MONITOR (SDM) W20
W24 / W25
Z013 GRN
R013 BLK
E010 WHT
A
B
C
6
A4 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM)
K
W22
2
Z010 GRY
X7-A1
Z010 GRY
G012 BLK
E010 WHT
1
Z012 YEL
3
Z010 GRY
E010 WHT
2
C
CAN 1
X36
Z012 YEL
C
R013 BLK
4
R013 BLK
R013 BLK
G2 BATTERY
W1 SYSTEM GROUND
Z013 GRN
Z013 GRN
B
Z012 YEL CAN 1
Z010 GRY
R2 CAN 1 TERMINATION RESISTOR 2
Z013 GRN
X7-B1
R013 BLK
Z012 YEL
A
X7-D4
G001 BLK
G012 BLK
R013 BLK
Z012 YEL
2
Z013 GRN
R013 BLK
1
G012 BLK
B002 RED
C
CAN 1
E010 WHT
B
Z012 YEL
Z013 GRN
CAN 1
A
G1 BATTERY
Z013 GRN
2
W1 SYSTEM GROUND
X57 Z012 YEL
R013 BLK
1
CAN 1
M1 STARTER MOTOR
X7-E2
B001 RED
M
50
CAN 1
30
2
CAN 1
S1 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH
CAN 1
1
R013 BLK
B005 RED
A13 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT 2 (VC2)
R1 CAN 1 TERMINATION RESISTOR 1
W18
TX1180207 Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation Schematic—Manual Control
JL05046,0000128 -19-03FEB15-1/19
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-25-1
082417
PN=751
Tests
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-25-2
082417
PN=752
Tests
A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) R2—Controller Area Network X8— Service ADVISOR™ X61— Operator’s Station A4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (CAN) 1 Termination Connector Harness-to-Roof Harness A8—Standard Display Monitor Resistor 2 X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) 31-Pin Connector (SDM) S1— Battery Disconnect Switch Connector 2 X5503—Engine Control Unit A13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 W1—System Ground X36— Operator's Station (ECU) Connector 3 (VC2) W18—Load Center Harness Harness-to-Front Dash X6014—Modular Telematics A5505—Engine Control Unit W20—Operator's Station Harness Harness Connector Gateway (MTG) Control (ECU) W22—Front Dash Harness X41— JDLink™ Connector Unit 48-Pin Connector A6000—Modular Telematics W24—Cab Roof Harness X57— Load Center Harness-toGateway (MTG) Control W25—Canopy Roof Harness Operator's Station Harness Unit W6002—Modular Telematics 35-Pin Connector G1—Battery Gateway (MTG) Harness G2—Battery X7— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) M1—Starter Motor Connector R1—Controller Area Network (CAN) 1 Termination Resistor 1 Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-25-3
JL05046,0000128 -19-03FEB15-2/19
082417
PN=753
Tests
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-25-4
082417
PN=754
Tests
TX1180206 —UN—05FEB15
X5503-01 Z013 GRN
R013 BLK
X5503-02 Z012 YEL
R013 BLK
X5-B1 Z013 GRN
G
X5-A1
J
Z012 YEL
H
R023 BLK
R023 BLK
H
X5-H3
R023 BLK
Z023 GRN
Z022 YEL
R013 BLK
Z023 GRN
J
G001 BLK
G012 BLK
G012 BLK
Z013 GRN R013 BLK
R013 BLK
R023 BLK
Z012 YEL
A
Z012 YEL
Z013 GRN
B
CAN 1
Z013 GRN
R013 BLK
C
R013 BLK
2 3
4 5 6
1
2
3
CAN 1
CAN 2
Z022 YEL
R013 BLK
T
CAN 2
CAN 2
R023 BLK
1
W1 SYSTEM GROUND
X16
Z023 GRN R023 BLK
Z012 YEL CAN 1
Z013 GRN R013 BLK
CAN 1
R2 CAN 1 TERMINATION RESISTOR 2
CAN 1
Z023 GRN
CAN 1
C
Z012 YEL
Z013 GRN
S
CAN 2
CAN 1
B
Z012 YEL
Z022 YEL
Z023 GRN
X61 2
R013 BLK
A
Z022 YEL
R
Z013 GRN
R023 BLK
X38
W1 SYSTEM GROUND
Z012 YEL
Z022 YEL
G1 BATTERY
CAN 1
CAN 2
X36
Z023 GRN
B002 RED
Z022 YEL
G
CAN 2
M1 STARTER MOTOR
G
2
10
R013 BLK
CAN 1
B001 RED
M
50
CAN 2
30
2
1
9
C
A5505 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
CAN 1
S1 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH
CAN 1
1
Z013 GRN
B005 RED
Z012 YEL
G001 BLK
R023 BLK
8
B
Z023 GRN
Z023 GRN
A
X5-J3
Z022 YEL
6
Z013 GRN
A11 HYDRAULIC VALVE CONROLLER (HVC)
Z022 YEL
X6014-G1 X6014-G2
5
Z012 YEL
R023 BLK
R013 BLK
4
Z023 GRN
J
Z013 GRN
Z022 YEL
H
Z012 YEL
R023 BLK
E
X6014-H1 X6014-H2
R3 CAN 2 TERMINATION RESISTOR 1
X96 IGC INTERFACE CONNECTOR
Z023 GRN
D
X41
X97 IGC INTERFACE CONNECTOR
R023 BLK
C
A6000 MODULAR TELEMATICS GATEWAY (MTG) CONTROL UNIT
W19
Z023 GRN
A
W21
Z022 YEL
W6002 X8 SERVICE ADVISOR™ CONNECTOR
Z022 YEL
W22
3
Z010 GRY E010 WHT
Z010 GRY
1
E010 WHT
2
Z012 YEL
Z013 GRN
R013 BLK
R013 BLK
Z013 GRN
Z012 YEL
R013 BLK
Z013 GRN
Z012 YEL
Z010 GRY 5
E010 WHT
E010 WHT
R013 BLK
Z013 GRN
R013 BLK
Z012 YEL
G2 BATTERY Z012 YEL
2
Z013 GRN
1
Z010 GRY
X57
A
B
C
6
W1 SYSTEM GROUND
A9 BLADE CONTROL JOYSTICK (BCJ) W21
W22
W24 / W25
A13 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT 2 (VC2)
X10-B1
A1 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT (VCU)
X10-A1
4
X7-B1
3
A8 STANDARD DISPLAY MONITOR (SDM)
A4 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM)
X7-A1
K
X7-E2
C
X7-D4
G012 BLK
R1 CAN 1 TERMINATION RESISTOR 1
W18
TX1180206 Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation Schematic—Integrated Grade Control (IGC)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-25-5
082417
PN=755
JL05046,0000128 -19-03FEB15-3/19
Tests
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-25-6
082417
PN=756
Tests
A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) R3—Controller Area Network X8— Service ADVISOR™ X57— Load Center Harness-toA4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (CAN) 2 Termination Connector Operator's Station Harness A8—Standard Display Monitor Resistor 1 X10— Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) 35-Pin Connector (SDM) S1— Battery Disconnect Switch Connector 2 X61— Operator’s Station A9—Blade Control Joystick W1—System Ground X16— Load Center Harness-toHarness-to-Roof Harness (BCJ) W18—Load Center Harness Load Center (IGC controls) 31-Pin Connector A11— Hydraulic Valve Controller W19—Load Center (IGC controls) Harness 16-Pin Connector X96— Integrated Grade Control (HVC) Harness X36— Operator's Station (IGC) Interface Connector A13— Vehicle Control Unit 2 W21—Operator's Station (IGC Harness-to-Front Dash X97— Integrated Grade Control (VC2) controls) Harness Harness Connector (IGC) Interface Connector A5505—Engine Control Unit W22—Front Dash Harness X38— Load Center (IGC controls) X5503—Engine Control Unit (ECU) W24—Cab Roof Harness Harness-to-Operator's (ECU) Connector 3 A6000—Modular Telematics W25—Canopy Roof Harness Station Harness 31-Pin X6014—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control W6002—Modular Telematics Connector Gateway (MTG) Control Unit Gateway (MTG) Harness X41— JDLink™ Connector Unit 48-Pin Connector G1—Battery X5— Hydraulic Valve Controller G2—Battery (HVC) Connector 2 M1—Starter Motor X7— Vehicle Control Unit 2 (VC2) R1—Controller Area Network Connector (CAN) 1 Termination Resistor 1 R2—Controller Area Network (CAN) 1 Termination Resistor 2 Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-25-7
JL05046,0000128 -19-03FEB15-4/19
082417
PN=757
Tests
5804 YEL
5804 YEL
5805 GRN
5805 GRN
5604 YEL
5604 YEL
5605 GRN
5605 GRN
5605 GRN
5030 BLK
5030 BLK
5030 BLK
11 12 10
5604 YEL 5605 GRN 5030 BLK
TX1180208
-
TX1180208 —UN—06JAN15
B
X5039
5604 YEL
120-OHM
+
X5501-35
X5502-35
+
R5605 AFTERTREATMENT CAN TERMINATOR A
120-OHM
-
X5502-44
A5505 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
X5501-45
5 X5501-46
6
5030 BLK
5
5605 GRN
5604 YEL
6
B5503 AFTERTREATMENT OUTLET NOx SENSOR
5030 BLK
B5502 AFTERTREATMENT INLET NOx SENSOR
5605 GRN
5805 GRN
4
5604 YEL
B
3
5805 GRN
A
5804 YEL
R5603 ENGINE CAN TERMINATOR
5804 YEL
B5500 INTAKE AIR SENSOR
Engine Controller Area Network (CAN) and Aftertreatment CAN Theory of Operation Schematic
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-25-8
JL05046,0000128 -19-03FEB15-5/19
082417
PN=758
Tests A5505—Engine Control Unit B5503—Aftertreatment Outlet (ECU) NOx Sensor B5500—Intake Air Sensor R5603—Engine CAN Terminator B5502—Aftertreatment Inlet NOx R5605—Aftertreatment CAN Sensor Terminator
X5039—Aftertreatment Harness-to-Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector X5501—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 1
X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 2
JL05046,0000128 -19-03FEB15-6/19
8
7 1
2
3
6
4
TX1168610 —UN—13AUG14
5
TX1168610 Generic Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Schematic 1— Controller 1 2— Controller 2 3— Service ADVISOR™ Connector
4— Termination Resistor 1 5— Termination Resistor 2
6— CAN High Wire (yellow) 7— CAN Low Wire (green)
8— Grounded Shield Wire (black)
JL05046,0000128 -19-03FEB15-7/19
Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-25-9
JL05046,0000128 -19-03FEB15-8/19
082417
PN=759
Tests
• 1
System Check
Switched power ON.
Locate Service ADVISOR™ connector and establish machine connection. See Service YES: Go to next step in this ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-15.) check. Does Service ADVISOR establish a connection?
NO: Go to Service ADVISOR Fuse Test.
Do all controllers show up under connected controllers?
YES: Go to CAN Termination Resistor Check. NO: Go to next step in this check.
Is Service ADVISOR able to connect to any machine controllers?
YES: Go to Controller Fuse Check. NO: Go to CAN Circuit Short to Ground Check.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,0000128 -19-03FEB15-9/19
• 2
Service ADVISOR Fuse Test
Remove fuse for Service ADVISOR and check for continuity. For fuse location, see Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
YES: Go to CAN Termination Resistor Check.
Is continuity indicated?
NO: Replace Service ADVISOR™ fuse. JL05046,0000128 -19-03FEB15-10/19
• 3
CAN Termination Resistor Check
Switched power OFF.
Disconnect modular telematics gateway (MTG) control unit 48-pin connector (X6014). See JDLink™ Harnesses (W6002 and W6003) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Remove and measure the resistance of each termination resistor.
YES: Install resistors and go to CAN High Wire Voltage Check.
Is the resistance of each resistor between 110—130 ohms?
NO: Replace termination resistor.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-25-10
JL05046,0000128 -19-03FEB15-11/19
082417
PN=760
Tests
• 4
CAN High Wire Voltage IMPORTANT: Avoid connector and connector terminal damage. Inserting test Check leads into harness connectors without using spare mating terminal or JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit can damage harness. Switched power ON. Using a multimeter, measure the voltage from pin C (CAN high) to pin A (ground) or pin YES: Go to CAN Low Wire H (IGC CAN high) to pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector. Voltage Check. Is voltage between 2.50—3.50 volts?
NO: Go to next step in this check.
Is system voltage present between pin C (CAN high) and pin A (ground) or pin H (IGC CAN high) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector?
YES: A short circuit exists on CAN high wire. Check CAN high voltage one controller at a time to locate short circuit. NO: Go to next step in this check.
Is zero voltage present between pin C (CAN high) and pin A (ground) or pin H (IGC CAN high) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector?
YES: Go to CAN High Wire Circuit Check. NO: Remove one controller at a time and check voltage. When voltage is in range, check harness of disconnected controller for short circuits. Repair or replace harness as necessary. JL05046,0000128 -19-03FEB15-12/19
• 5
CAN Low Wire Voltage Using a multimeter, measure voltage from pin D (CAN low) to pin A (ground) or pin J Check (IGC CAN low) to pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector.
YES: Go to CAN High Wire Circuit Check.
Is voltage between 2—3 volts?
NO: Go to next step in this check.
Is system voltage present between pin D (CAN low) and pin A (ground) or pin J (IGC CAN low) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector?
YES: A short circuit exists on CAN low wire. Check CAN low voltage one controller at a time to locate short circuit. Repair or replace harness as necessary. NO: Go to next step in this check.
Is zero voltage present between pin D (CAN low) and pin A (ground) or pin J (IGC CAN YES: Go to CAN Low Wire low) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector? Circuit Check. NO: Remove one controller at a time and check voltage. When voltage is in range, check harness of disconnected controller for short circuits. Repair or replace harness as necessary. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-25-11
JL05046,0000128 -19-03FEB15-13/19
082417
PN=761
Tests
• 6
CAN High Wire Circuit Check
Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin C (CAN high) and pin A (ground) or pin H (IGC CAN high) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector.
Is continuity indicated?
YES: A short to ground exists on CAN high wire. Check CAN high voltage one controller at a time to harness where short is located. Repair or replace harness as necessary. NO: Go to next step in this check.
Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin C (CAN high) and machine ground or pin H (IGC CAN high) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
YES: A short to ground exists on CAN high wire. Check CAN high voltage one controller at a time to harness where short is located. Repair or replace harness as necessary. NO: An open circuit exists on CAN high wire. Repair or replace harness as necessary. JL05046,0000128 -19-03FEB15-14/19
• 7
CAN Low Wire Circuit Check
Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin D (CAN low) and pin A (ground) or YES: A short to ground pin J (IGC CAN low) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector. exists on CAN low wire. Check CAN low voltage one controller at a time to locate harness where the short is located. Repair or replace harness as necessary. Is continuity indicated?
NO: Go to next step in this check.
Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin D (CAN low) and machine ground or pin J (IGC CAN low) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
YES: A short to ground exists on CAN low wire. Check CAN low voltage one controller at a time to locate harness where short is located. Repair or replace harness as necessary. NO: An open circuit exists on CAN low wire. Repair or replace harness as necessary. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-25-12
JL05046,0000128 -19-03FEB15-15/19
082417
PN=762
Tests
• 8
CAN Circuit Short to Ground Check
Switched power OFF.
Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin D (CAN low) and pin A (ground) and pin J (IGC CAN low) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector. Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin C (CAN high) and pin A (ground) and pin H (IGC CAN high) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector.
YES: A short to ground exists in CAN circuit. Disconnect each harness and check for continuity to ground at pin A of Service ADVISOR connector. Repair or replace harness that has short to ground condition.
Is continuity indicated?
NO: Go to next step in this check.
Switched power OFF. Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin D (CAN low) and machine ground or pin J (IGC CAN low) and machine ground. Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin C (CAN high) and machine ground YES: A short to machine or pin H (IGC CAN high) and machine ground. ground exists in CAN circuit. Disconnect each harness and check for continuity to machine ground. Repair or replace harness that has short to ground condition. Is continuity indicated?
NO: Go to CAN High/CAN Low Short Check. JL05046,0000128 -19-03FEB15-16/19
• 9
CAN High/CAN Low Short Check
Switched power OFF.
Using a multimeter, check for continuity between CAN high and CAN low circuits.
YES: Short circuit between CAN high and CAN low wires. Check continuity between CAN high and CAN low circuits one controller at a time to locate harness where short is located. Repair or replace harness as necessary.
Is continuity indicated?
NO: Go to Service ADVISOR Fuse Test. JL05046,0000128 -19-03FEB15-17/19
•
10 Controller Fuse Check Remove fuses for missing controller. Check fuses for continuity.
Is continuity indicated in all fuses?
NO: Replace fuses that did not indicate continuity. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
YES: Go to Controller Check.
9015-25-13
JL05046,0000128 -19-03FEB15-18/19
082417
PN=763
Tests
•
11 Controller Check
Switched power OFF.
Disconnect modular telematics gateway (MTG) control unit 48-pin connector (X6014). See JDLink™ Harnesses (W6002 and W6003) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) YES: Go to next step in this Locate suspected controller. Using schematics included with this test, locate CAN check. wires and disconnect appropriate connector. Using a multimeter, measure resistance between CAN high and CAN low wires. Is resistance between 55—65 ohms?
NO: An open or short circuit exists in one of the CAN wires. Work from controller back to main harness, checking CAN high and low wires for open and short circuit. Repair or replace harness as necessary.
Switched power ON. Using schematics included with this test, check for power and ground at suspect controller.
YES: Program malfunctioning controller.
Is power and ground present?
NO: An open or short circuit exists in circuit with no power or ground. Work from controller back to main harness, checking power and ground circuits for an open or short circuit. Repair or replace harness as necessary. JL05046,0000128 -19-03FEB15-19/19
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-25-14
082417
PN=764
Tests
Alternator Test Procedure 5 3
7
6
8
4 10
9
12 15 G 1 -
11
13 U
TX1045884 —UN—23JUL08
+
16 14 2
TX1045884 Common Alternator Circuit 1— Battery 2— Alternator 3— Key Switch 4— To Accessories 5— ACC 6— Alternator Excitation Diode
7— Excitation Terminal (marked D+) 8— B+ 9— Exciter Diodes 10— Positive Diodes 11— Negative Diodes
12— Stator 13— Excitation Winding (field) 14— Regulator 15— AC Terminal (marked W)
16— To Display Module (indicator lamp)
1. 12 V System — With engine running at slow idle, check DC voltage between terminal D+ and ground. Voltage should be 13.5 VDC or greater1.
assembly if necessary. Test and repair if possible. If alternator still malfunctions, replace it. If alternator tests OK, check indicator light circuit.
2. With engine running at fast idle, check DC voltage between terminal B+ and ground. Voltage should be 13.5 VDC or greater1.
1. 24 V System — With engine running at slow idle, check DC voltage between terminal D+ and ground. Voltage should be 27.5 VDC or greater2.
3. If voltage from previous steps is below 13.5 VDC1, check excitation by placing a jumper wire between terminals D+ and B+ with the engine running. If output at terminals B+ and D+ rise to 13.5 VDC or greater, check for an open diode, wiring problem or blown fuse in the alternator excitation circuit (wire to D+ terminal).
2. With engine running at slow idle, check DC voltage between terminal B+ and ground. Voltage should be 27.5 VDC or greater2.
4. With engine running, check AC voltage between terminal W (if equipped) and ground. Voltage should be 6—7 VAC. 5. Repeat above steps with lights on to load the alternator. 6. If alternator does not produce specified voltage after testing, check for worn out brushes in the regulator/brush assembly. Replace brush/regulator
3. If voltage from previous steps is below 27.5 VDC2, check excitation by placing a jumper wire between terminals D+ and B+ with the engine running. If output at terminals B+ and D+ rise to 27.5 VDC or greater, check for an open diode, wiring problem, or blown fuse in the alternator excitation circuit (wire to D+ terminal). 4. With engine running, check AC voltage between terminal W (if equipped) and ground. Voltage should be 12—14 VAC. 5. Repeat above steps with lights on to load the alternator.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-25-15
JL05046,000014D -19-11FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=765
Tests
6. If alternator does not produce specified voltage after testing, check for worn out brushes in the regulator/brush assembly. Replace brush/regulator
assembly if necessary. Make specific test and repair procedures. If alternator still malfunctions, replace it. If alternator tests OK, check indicator light circuit.
1
Note: For 12 V systems with maintenance free batteries, D+ and B+ voltage should be 14.1 VDC or greater. 2 Note: For 24 V systems with maintenance free batteries, D+ and B+ voltage should be 28.2 VDC or greater. JL05046,000014D -19-11FEB15-2/2
Wire Harness Test ESSENTIAL TOOLS JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit TX1173241A —UN—01OCT14
IMPORTANT: Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to avoid connector terminal damage. Use corresponding flex probe (2) from JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check pin fit and circuit functionality on connector (3). 1— Test Lead 2— Flex Probe
3— Connector Proper Wire Harness Test (Deutsch® connectors shown)
Deutsch is a trademark of Deutsch Co. JL05046,000008E -19-07OCT14-1/1
Relay Test SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JDG1478 Digital Multimeter
T141788 —UN—27APR01
IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage. Install fuse with correct amperage rating to prevent electrical system damage from overload. Prevent electrical malfunctions from incorrectly installed relays. Install relays with the correct orientation. IMPORTANT: To prevent damage to relay. Do not connect relay directly to battery. Use a fused power source such as a accessory power switch or fused external power supply.
• Connect multimeter to terminals 1 and 2. For
specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) • Connect multimeter to terminals 3 and 4. Multimeter must read open. • Connect 12 V DC (+) to terminal 1, ground (-) terminal 2 then connect multimeter to terminals 3 and 4. Multimeter must read less than 0.4 Ω.
TX1041975 —UN—12MAY08
Test Connection for Relays A
3 1
2 4 Test Connection for Relays B
JD29379,0000473 -19-20MAR17-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9015-25-16
082417
PN=766
Section 9025 Hydraulic System Contents Page Page
Group 05—Theory of Operation Hydraulic System Operation...................... 9025-05-1 Hydraulic Pump Operation ........................ 9025-05-1 Hydraulic Control Valve Operation............................................... 9025-05-3 Hydraulic Control Valve Operation—IGC..................................... 9025-05-9 Hydraulic System Relief Valve Operation............................................. 9025-05-15 Hydraulic Oil Filter and Reservoir Operation............................................. 9025-05-16 Hydraulic Fan Drive Operation ................ 9025-05-19 Ripper Operation ..................................... 9025-05-23 Winch Operation...................................... 9025-05-25 Group 10—System Diagrams Hydraulic System Schematic..................... 9025-10-1 Hydraulic System Schematic—IGC.................................... 9025-10-6 Hydraulic System Line Identification ........................................ 9025-10-14 Hydraulic System Line Identification—IGC .............................. 9025-10-18 Hydraulic Fan Component Location ............................................... 9025-10-22 Hydraulic System Component Location ............................................... 9025-10-30 Hydraulic System Component Location—IGC ..................................... 9025-10-34 Ripper Hydraulic Component Location ............................................... 9025-10-37 Winch Hydraulic Component Location ............................................... 9025-10-39 Group 15—Diagnostic Information Hydraulic System Diagnose Malfunctions ..........................................9025-15-1 No Hydraulic Functions Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9025-15-1 Hydraulic Functions Slow Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9025-15-1 Hydraulic Pump Noisy Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9025-15-3 Blade Float Does Not Work Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9025-15-4 One Hydraulic Function Does Not Work Diagnostic Procedure ..................9025-15-5 Function Drifts Down Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9025-15-6 Oil Overheats Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9025-15-6
Hydraulic System Diagnose Malfunctions—Integrated Grade Control (IGC).........................................9025-15-9 No Hydraulic Functions Diagnostic Procedure—Integrated Grade Control (IGC).........................................9025-15-9 Hydraulic Functions Slow Diagnostic Procedure—IGC..................................9025-15-10 Blade Float Does Not Work Diagnostic Procedure—IGC..................................9025-15-12 One Hydraulic Function Does Not Work Diagnostic Procedure—IGC................9025-15-12 Hydraulic Power Low Diagnostic Procedure—IGC..................................9025-15-13 Function Drifts Down Diagnostic Procedure—IGC..................................9025-15-14 Oil Overheats Diagnostic Procedure—IGC..................................9025-15-15 Blade Response Not Smooth Diagnostic Procedure—IGC................9025-15-16 Hydraulic Fan Does Not Reach Full Speed..................................................9025-15-17 Hydraulic Fan Does Not Reach Full Speed Diagnostic Procedure ..............9025-15-17 Hydraulic Fan Runs at Full Speed Only.....................................................9025-15-18 Hydraulic Fan Runs at Full Speed Only Diagnostic Procedure..........................9025-15-18 Hydraulic Fan Does Not Spin ..................9025-15-19 Hydraulic Fan Does Not Spin Diagnostic Procedure..........................9025-15-19 Hydraulic Fan Will Not Reverse Direction ..............................................9025-15-20 Hydraulic Fan Will Not Reverse Direction Diagnostic Procedure ...................9025-15-20 Group 20—Adjustments Blade Control Lever Linkage Adjustment............................................. 9025-20-1 Auxiliary Hydraulic Control Lever Linkage Adjustment ............................... 9025-20-2 Blade Pitch Linkage Adjustment................ 9025-20-3 Group 25—Tests JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer.....................................................9025-25-1 Ultra Clean® Hand Launcher .................... 9025-25-1 Hydrostatic Oil Sampling Procedure—If Equipped ........................ 9025-25-1 Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure .............................................. 9025-25-1 Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-1
082417
PN=1
Contents
Page
Hydraulic Accumulator Discharge Procedure—IGC .................................... 9025-25-2 Hydraulic Accumulator Precharge Test—IGC .............................................. 9025-25-3 Hydraulic System Relief Valve Test ........................................................ 9025-25-4 Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump........................................ 9025-25-6 Lift Cylinder Drift Test ................................ 9025-25-8 Cylinder Leakage Test ............................... 9025-25-9 Pressure Reducing Valve Pressure Test and Adjustment ............................ 9025-25-10 Hydraulic Pump Flow Test ....................... 9025-25-12 Fan Motor Speed Test ............................. 9025-25-14 Fan Motor Case Drain Test...................... 9025-25-15 Fan Pump Flow Test................................ 9025-25-17
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-2
082417
PN=2
Group 05
Theory of Operation Hydraulic System Operation
Main control valve directs high-pressure oil from pump through main control valve work ports to control hydraulic functions. Main control valve is open centered on IGC and manual control machines. Return oil from main control valve is routed through hydraulic oil filter to hydraulic oil reservoir. For more information, see Hydraulic Control Valve Operation or see Hydraulic Control Valve Operation—IGC. (Group 9025-05.)
Machine hydraulic system is open centered and shares hydraulic oil reservoir with hydrostatic system. Hydraulic Pump All hydraulic functions are incorporated into one system utilizing a fixed-displacement gear pump. Main hydraulic pump is mounted to and spline driven by left hydrostatic pump. For more information, see Hydraulic Pump Operation. (Group 9025-05.)
Relief Valves Hydraulic system is protected from pressure spikes by relief valves. Hydraulic system relief valve limits overall system pressure. For more information, see Hydraulic System Relief Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)
Hydraulic Function Control Manual control machines use mechanical linkage from control lever to main control valve to control hydraulic functions. Integrated grade control (IGC) machines use pilot pressure oil to control hydraulic functions. IGC main control valve outlet section contains pilot pressure regulating valve. Pilot pressure regulating valve reduces high-pressure oil from main hydraulic pump to pilot pressure oil. Pilot pressure oil from pilot pressure regulating valve is directed from outlet section of main control valve to other sections of main control valve. Pilot pressure oil at main control valve is directed to main control valve spool cavities by valve section solenoid valves to control hydraulic functions. For more information, see Integrated Grade Control (IGC) Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 0915-05.) Main Control Valve
Circuit relief valves are also used in some control valve sections to protect individual hydraulic circuits. If excessive pressure is placed on a function that is not activated, valve spool is closed to work ports and pressure spike cannot reach hydraulic system relief valve. Circuit relief valve will open to relieve excess pressure on circuit. Hydraulic Fan Drive Hydraulic fan system is available in reversing or non-reversing configurations. Hydraulic fan drive circuit shares hydraulic oil reservoir with main hydraulic system. Hydraulic fan pump is a fixed-displacement gear pump. Oil from hydraulic fan drive circuit is routed through hydraulic oil cooler and hydraulic oil filter before returning to hydraulic oil reservoir. For more information, see Hydraulic Oil Filter and Reservoir Operation. (Group 9025-05.) AB06447,0000BC5 -19-30JAN15-1/1
Hydraulic Pump Operation Main hydraulic pump (100) is a fixed-displacement external gear pump. Pump is mounted to and spline driven by left hydrostatic pump. Pump draws hydraulic oil from hydraulic oil reservoir and supplies high-pressure oil to operate hydraulic functions. High-pressure oil is routed to inlet of main control valve. Main control valve directs high-pressure oil to activated hydraulic function.
TX1177817A —UN—18NOV14
100— Main Hydraulic Pump
Main Hydraulic Pump (standard and drive through pump shown) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-05-1
AB06447,0000BC6 -19-29JAN15-1/2
082417
PN=769
Theory of Operation
An external gear pump has two gears in mesh, closely fitted inside a housing (5). Shaft, driven by hydrostatic pump, drives the drive gear (2), which drives the driven gear (3). As gears come out of mesh, oil from suction port (1) enters and becomes trapped between gear teeth and pump housing. Oil travels around interior of pump housing and is forced out of delivery port (4) under pressure as gear teeth come into mesh again.
1 2
3
Optional drive through hydraulic pump contains an output shaft used to drive a winch.
• See Hydraulic Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)
• See Hydraulic Control Valve Operation—IGC. (Group 9025-05.)
5
• See Hydraulic Oil Filter and Reservoir Operation. (Group 9025-05.)
• See Winch Operation. (Group 9025-05.) 1— Suction Port 2— Drive Gear 3— Driven Gear
4
4— Delivery Port 5— Housing
TX1126681 —UN—12DEC12
For more information:
Basic Fixed-Displacement External Gear Pump
AB06447,0000BC6 -19-29JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-05-2
082417
PN=770
Theory of Operation
Hydraulic Control Valve Operation
Inlet Section
Main control valve (140) is located inside right-side access door of machine. Hydraulic control valve is controlled by mechanical linkage attached to blade control lever and is open-centered. In an open-centered control valve, hydraulic oil flows through valve spools and is open to return circuit when all valve spools are in neutral position.
High-pressure oil (600) enters control valve through inlet section (143). Inlet section contains hydraulic system relief valve (142). Hydraulic system relief valve limits overall hydraulic system pressure and protects hydraulic system from pressure spikes.
143
142 143
140
142 TX1178585 —UN—03DEC14
264
264
600 604
TX1178585 Inlet Section 140— Main Control Valve 142— Hydraulic System Relief Valve
143— Inlet Section 264— Main Hydraulic Pump-to-Main Control Valve Inlet Section Line
600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil
Functional Sections When a function is activated, mechanical linkage attached to blade control lever shifts valve spools, allowing high-pressure oil from main hydraulic pump into activated circuit. Flow to activated circuit is controlled by opening of passages valve spool. As valve spool is shifted, flow through pass-through passage of valve spool decreases while flow to activated circuit increases.
Functional sections of control valve contain high-pressure passages that provide constant supply of high-pressure oil to all valve spools, allowing multiple functions to be activated at the same time. All control valve section valve spools are three-position spools except for blade lift valve spool (146), which includes a float position.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-05-3
AB06447,0000BEA -19-03FEB15-1/6
082417
PN=771
Theory of Operation
286 287 A
B
149
145 286
145
149
600
287
146
TX1178589 —UN—03DEC14
164
604
146
606
TX1178589 Blade Lift Section 145— Blade Lift Section 164— Load Check Valve 146— Blade Lift Valve Spool 286— Main Control Valve (port 149— Anticavitation Check Valve A)-to-Blade Lift Cylinder Line
287— Main Control Valve (port B)-to-Blade Lift Cylinder Line 600— High-Pressure Oil
Blade Lift Section
(604) from cylinders flows into other work port, through spool, and into return circuit. Blade lift valve spool includes float position. When blade lift valve spool is moved to blade float position, both work ports are open to return, allowing oil to flow into and out of both ends of cylinders.
Blade lift section (145) is a four-position, six-way valve spool containing load check valve (164). Blade lift section contains an anticavitation check valve (149) in blade lower circuit to prevent cavitation in circuit when blade is lowered.
604— Return Oil 606— Trapped Oil
When a function is activated, oil flows through load check valve and spool and out work port to cylinders. Return oil Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-05-4
AB06447,0000BEA -19-03FEB15-2/6
082417
PN=772
Theory of Operation
293 294 157
B
157
158
155
155
293
294
164 156
158
600 604
156
606
TX1178587
TX1178587 —UN—03DEC14
A
Blade Angle Section 155— Blade Angle Section 156— Blade Angle Valve Spool 157— Blade Angle Circuit Relief Valve (with anticavitation)
158— Blade Angle Circuit Relief Valve (with anticavitation) 164— Load Check Valve 293— Main Control Valve-to-Right Angle Cylinder (head end) and Left Angle Cylinder (rod end)
294— Main Control Valve-to-Left 604— Return Oil Angle Cylinder (head end) 606— Trapped Oil and Right Angle Cylinder (rod end) 600— High-Pressure Oil
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-05-5
AB06447,0000BEA -19-03FEB15-3/6
082417
PN=773
Theory of Operation
150
262 A
263 B
150
262
263
600
151 151
604 606
TX1178588
TX1178588 —UN—03DEC14
164
Blade Tilt Section 150— Blade Tilt Section 151— Blade Tilt Valve Spool 164— Load Check Valve
262— Main Control 600— High-Pressure Oil Valve-to-Blade Tilt Cylinder 604— Return Oil Line 606— Trapped Oil 263— Main Control Valve-to-Blade Tilt Cylinder Line Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-05-6
AB06447,0000BEA -19-03FEB15-4/6
082417
PN=774
Theory of Operation
257 A
256 B
163
160 160 257
164
161
163
TX1178586 —UN—03DEC14
256
600 604
161
606
TX1178586 Auxiliary Section 160— Auxiliary Section 161— Auxiliary Valve Spool 163— Circuit Relief Valve (with anticavitation)
164— Load Check Valve 256— Main Control Valve (port B)-to-Ripper Lift Cylinder Line
Blade Angle Section, Blade Tilt Section, and Auxiliary Section Blade angle section (155), blade tilt section (150), and auxiliary section (160) are three-position, six-way valve spools containing load check valves. Both blade angle
257— Main Control Valve (port A)-to-Ripper Lift Cylinder Line 600— High-Pressure Oil
section work ports contain a blade angle circuit relief valve (157 and 158) and port B of auxiliary section contains circuit relief valve (163). Blade tilt section does not contain any circuit relief valves.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
604— Return Oil 606— Trapped Oil
9025-05-7
AB06447,0000BEA -19-03FEB15-5/6
082417
PN=775
Theory of Operation
169
169
253
604
TX1178590
TX1178590 —UN—03DEC14
253
Outlet Section 169— Outlet Section
253— Main Control Valve Return 604— Return Oil Line
Outlet Section
• See Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group
Outlet section (169) contains only a port to return circuit. All return oil (604) leaves control valve through this port.
• See Hydraulic System Line Identification. (Group
9025-10.)
9025-10.)
For more information:
• See Hydraulic System Schematic. (Group 9025-10.) AB06447,0000BEA -19-03FEB15-6/6
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-05-8
082417
PN=776
Theory of Operation
Hydraulic Control Valve Operation—IGC Main control valve is located inside right-side access door of machine. Hydraulic control valve is an electrohydraulic (EH) controlled, open-centered control valve. In an open-centered control valve, hydraulic oil flows through valve spools while in neutral position.
system relief valve (142) and hydraulic pump pressure sensor (B42). Hydraulic system relief valve limits overall hydraulic system pressure and protects hydraulic system from pressure spikes. Hydraulic pump pressure sensor monitors hydraulic system pressure and allows operator to view hydraulic system pressure from inside operator’s station.
Inlet Section High-pressure oil (600) enters control valve through inlet section (143). Inlet section contains hydraulic
143
142 B42 P
143 264
TX1178598 —UN—08DEC14
264
B42 142 600 604
TX1178598 Inlet Section 142— Hydraulic System Relief Valve 143— Inlet Section
264— Main Hydraulic Pump-to-Main Control Valve Inlet Section Line
Functional Sections When a function is activated, pilot pressure oil (609) shifts valve spool, allowing high-pressure oil into activated circuit. As valve spool is shifted, flow through pass-through passage of valve spool decreases while flow to activated circuit increases.
600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil B42— Hydraulic Pump Pressure Sensor
Functional sections of control valve contain high-pressure passages that provide constant supply of high-pressure oil to all valve spools, allowing multiple functions to be activated at the same time. All control valve section valve spools are three-position spools except for blade lift valve spool (146), which includes a float position. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-05-9
AB06447,0000BC8 -19-19OCT15-1/6
082417
PN=777
Theory of Operation
287 286 B
Y21 Y22
A
147 145 145 287
164
146 TX1178602 —UN—03DEC14
600 604 286 Y21
Y22 146
606
147
609
TX1178602 Blade Lift Section 145— Blade Lift Section 164— Load Check Valve 146— Blade Lift Valve Spool 286— Main Control Valve (port 147— Blade Lower Circuit Relief A)-to-Blade Lift Cylinder Valve (with anticavitation) Line 287— Main Control Valve (port B)-to-Blade Lift Cylinder Line
600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 606— Trapped Oil 609— Pilot Pressure Oil Y21— Lift Port B Solenoid
Blade Lift Section
spool, and into return circuit. Blade lift valve spool includes float position. When blade lift valve spool is moved to blade float position, both work ports are open to return, allowing oil to flow into and out of both ends of cylinders.
Blade lift section (145) is a four-position, eight-way valve spool containing load check valve (164). Blade lift section contains blade lower circuit relief valve (147) in blade lower circuit to protect circuit from pressure spikes as well as prevent cavitation in circuit when blade is lowered. When a function is activated, oil flows through load check valve and spool and out work port to cylinders. Return oil (604) from cylinders flows into other work port, through
When spool is moved to float position, blade control level can return to neutral position and spool will remain in float position. Float will disengage when operator moves blade control lever over 50% of travel forward or rearward.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
Y22— Lift Port A Solenoid
9025-05-10
AB06447,0000BC8 -19-19OCT15-2/6
082417
PN=778
Theory of Operation
293 294 B
Y26
Y25
A
158
157
155
155
157 164
156
600 604 Y25
294
Y26 156
TX1178600
606
158 609
TX1178600 —UN—03DEC14
293
Blade Angle Section 155— Blade Angle Section 156— Blade Angle Valve Spool 157— Blade Angle Circuit Relief Valve (with anticavitation) 158— Blade Angle Circuit Relief Valve (with anticavitation)
164— Load Check Valve 293— Main Control Valve-to-Right Angle Cylinder (head end) and Left Angle Cylinder (rod end) 294— Main Control Valve-to-Left Angle Cylinder (head end) and Right Angle Cylinder (rod end)
600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 606— Trapped Oil 609— Pilot Pressure Oil Y25— Angle Port B Solenoid Y26— Angle Port A Solenoid
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-05-11
AB06447,0000BC8 -19-19OCT15-3/6
082417
PN=779
Theory of Operation
262 B
Y24
Y23
263 A
150 150
164
151
600 604 Y23
Y24 263 151
TX1178601
606 609
TX1178601 —UN—03DEC14
262
Blade Tilt Section 150— Blade Tilt Section 263— Main Control 606— Trapped Oil 151— Blade Tilt Valve Spool Valve-to-Blade Tilt Cylinder 609— Pilot Pressure Oil 164— Load Check Valve Line Y23— Tilt Port B Solenoid 262— Main Control 600— High-Pressure Oil Y24— Tilt Port A Solenoid Valve-to-Blade Tilt Cylinder 604— Return Oil Line Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-05-12
AB06447,0000BC8 -19-19OCT15-4/6
082417
PN=780
Theory of Operation
257 256 B
Y27
A
Y28
160 163 160
164
257
256 161 600
TX1178599 —UN—03DEC14
163
604 Y27
161
Y28
606 609
TX1178599 Auxiliary Section 160— Auxiliary Section 161— Auxiliary Valve Spool 163— Circuit Relief Valve (with anticavitation)
164— Load Check Valve 256— Main Control Valve (port B)-to-Ripper Lift Cylinder Line 257— Main Control Valve (port A)-to-Ripper Lift Cylinder Line
Blade Angle Section, Blade Tilt Section, and Auxiliary Section Blade angle section (155), blade tilt section (150), and auxiliary section (160) are three-position, eight-way valve spools containing load check valves. Both blade angle
600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 606— Trapped Oil 609— Pilot Pressure Oil Y27— Auxiliary Port A Solenoid
section work ports contain a blade angle circuit relief valve (157 and 158) and port A of auxiliary section contains circuit relief valve (163). Blade tilt section does not contain any circuit relief valves.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
Y28— Auxiliary Port B Solenoid
9025-05-13
AB06447,0000BC8 -19-19OCT15-5/6
082417
PN=781
Theory of Operation
299 224 299 253 169
117 224
169 Y9 116 Y9
700
TX1178603 —UN—03DEC14
600 604 116 609
253
611
TX1178603 Outlet Section 116— Pilot Pressure Regulating 253— Main Control Valve Return Valve Line 117— Hydraulic Enable Solenoid 299— Hydraulic Control Valve Valve-to-Hydraulic 169— Outlet Section Accumulator Line 224— Main Control Valve Pilot 600— High-Pressure Oil Oil Return Line
Outlet Section Return oil (604) leaves control valve through outlet section. Outlet section contains pilot pressure regulating valve (116) and hydraulic enable solenoid valve (117). Pilot pressure regulating valve reduces high-pressure oil (600) to pilot pressure oil (609). Pilot pressure regulating valve pressure is adjustable. With hydraulic enable solenoid (Y9) in de-energized state, hydraulic enable solenoid valve blocks pilot pressure oil from entering other control valve sections and oil in pilot circuit of other control valve sections is sent to return. When energized, hydraulic enable solenoid shifts hydraulic enable solenoid valve, directing pilot pressure oil to solenoid spools in functional sections of control valve.
604— Return Oil 609— Pilot Pressure Oil 611— Charge Oil 700— Supplemental Charge Pressure Line to Main Control Valve
Y9— Hydraulic Enable Solenoid
Hydraulic accumulator is connected via hydraulic control valve-to-hydraulic accumulator line (299) to control valve outlet section. Accumulator provides pilot pressure oil to shift spools and release hydraulic system pressure to safely lower blade or attachment when no engine power is available. For more information:
• See Hydraulic System Schematic—IGC. (Group 9025-10.)
• See Hydraulic System Component Location—IGC. (Group 9025-10.)
• See Hydraulic System Line Identification—IGC. (Group 9025-10.)
AB06447,0000BC8 -19-19OCT15-6/6
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-05-14
082417
PN=782
Theory of Operation
Hydraulic System Relief Valve Operation 10
1
2 8
9
2
6 4
5
2
TX1098539 —UN—19OCT11
3 7 600 604
TX1098539 System Relief Valve 1— Valve Plug 2— O-Ring (3 used) 3— Adjusting Screw
4— Lock Nut 5— Back Up Ring 6— Spring 7— Seal
8— Valve Poppet 9— Valve Body 10— Flat Washer
The relief is direct acting, screw adjustable, and does not have anticavitation operation. The pressure set point is adjustable by loosening locking nut (4) and adjusting screw (3). Turning the screw in increases pressure setting.
600— Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil
In relief operation, when the pressure difference is great enough to overcome the force applied on the valve poppet (8) through the flat washer (10), pressure oil (600) overcomes the valve poppet and oil flows from the pressurized port to return oil (604). KM71343,00008F2 -19-19OCT11-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-05-15
082417
PN=783
Theory of Operation
Hydraulic Oil Filter and Reservoir Operation Hydraulic oil reservoir (195) supplies hydraulic oil to hydraulic system, hydrostatic system, and hydraulic fan system. Hydraulic reservoir is a welded assembly with a bolt on access plate that is sealed with a gasket. Access plate is located on the front panel of reservoir.
185— Hydraulic Oil Filter Assembly 188— Hydraulic Oil Filter Assembly-to-Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Line 195— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir 196— Hydraulic Oil Fill Port 204— Hydraulic Oil Reservoirto-Hydrostatic Pump Line 224— Main Control Valve Pilot Oil Return Line
TX1179389A —UN—05DEC14
Hydraulic oil fill port (196) is located on the right side of hydraulic oil reservoir. Oil level sight glass is located on hydraulic oil reservoir behind right side service door and next to hydraulic oil filter. A drain port is also located on bottom left side of hydraulic oil reservoir. Oil is drained through the hydraulic environmental drain hose. 253— Main Control Valve Return Line 255— Hydraulic Fan Motor Case Drain Line 278— Hydraulic Fan System-to-Hydraulic Oil Filter Line 279— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir-to-Hydraulic Fan Pump Line 284— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir-to-Main Hydraulic Pump Line
Hydraulic Oil Filter and Reservoir
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-05-16
AB06447,0000BCB -19-03FEB15-1/3
082417
PN=784
Theory of Operation Filter Operation—Normal
B 1
4
B16
2
187
2 8
1
9
7
B-B B 604 TX1098683
TX1098683 —UN—27SEP11
186
Filter Operation—Normal 1— High-Pressure Passage 2— Low-Pressure Passage 4— Switch Spring
7— Filter Head 8— Filter Inlet 9— Filter Outlet 186— Hydraulic Oil Filter
187— Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass Valve 604— Return Oil B16— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch
Hydraulic oil filter (186) removes contaminants from the hydraulic system return oil. Hydraulic oil filter head (7) contains hydraulic oil filter bypass valve (187) and hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B16).
Bypass valve spring force and pressure in filter outlet passage hold hydraulic oil filter bypass valve closed.
Return oil (604) flows to filter inlet (8), through hydraulic oil filter, and through filter outlet (9) to hydraulic oil reservoir. Pressure on inlet side of hydraulic oil filter is sensed by low-pressure passage (2) on the right side of hydraulic oil filter bypass valve. Pressure at filter outlet is sensed on the left side of hydraulic oil filter bypass valve by high-pressure passage (1).
As hydraulic oil filter fills with contaminant, flow through hydraulic oil filter becomes restricted and pressure at filter inlet increases. When hydraulic oil filter becomes so restricted that pressure at filter inlet increases enough to overcome outlet pressure plus hydraulic oil filter bypass valve spring force, hydraulic oil filter bypass valve opens, allowing unfiltered oil to flow to hydraulic oil reservoir.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-05-17
AB06447,0000BCB -19-03FEB15-2/3
082417
PN=785
Theory of Operation Filter Operation—Restricted
1
4
B16
B
2
187
2
1
8
9
7
B-B 602 B
604
TX1098684
TX1098684 —UN—27SEP11
186
Filter Operation—Restricted 1— High-Pressure Passage 7— Filter Head 2— Low-Pressure Passage 8— Filter Inlet 4— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction 9— Filter Outlet Switch Spring 186— Hydraulic Oil Filter
187— Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass B16— Hydraulic Oil Filter Valve Restriction Switch 602— Restricted Oil 604— Return Oil
Hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B16) operation is similar to hydraulic oil filter bypass valve (187). Increased pressure is sensed through high-pressure passage (1). Restricted oil (602), caused by clogged hydraulic oil filter (186), will increase pressure on filter inlet (8). When filter inlet pressure overcomes filter outlet pressure plus hydraulic oil filter restriction switch spring (4) force, hydraulic oil filter restriction switch closes, grounding hydraulic oil filter restriction switch. With hydraulic oil filter restriction switch grounded, indicator light on standard display monitor (SDM) illuminates, warning operator that hydraulic oil filter requires service.
required to open hydraulic oil filter bypass valve. Difference in pressure setting between hydraulic oil filter restriction switch and hydraulic oil filter bypass valve provides advanced notice to operator that hydraulic oil filter is in need of service, allowing time to service hydraulic oil filter before pressure setting of hydraulic oil filter bypass valve is reached. Allowing unfiltered oil to return to hydraulic oil reservoir and circulate through hydraulic system increases risk of damage to hydraulic components by contamination.
Pressure required to close hydraulic oil filter restriction switch is 68 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi) less than pressure AB06447,0000BCB -19-03FEB15-3/3
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-05-18
082417
PN=786
Theory of Operation
Hydraulic Fan Drive Operation Hydraulic Reversing Fan Drive Operation
Y12
214
213
PUMP
211 A B
217 TANK
212
Y11 P
B54
187 210
B16
TX1184469 —UN—05FEB15
185 186 600 602 T
195
B18
604
TX1184469 Hydraulic Fan Drive Schematic (550K and 650K, reversing fan shown) 211— Hydraulic Fan Motor Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional 185— Hydraulic Oil Filter 600— High-Pressure Oil 212— Hydraulic Fan Reversing Relief Solenoid Assembly 602— Low-Pressure Oil Valve Manifold Y12— Hydraulic Fan Reversing 186— Hydraulic Oil Filter 604— Return Oil Solenoid 187— Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass 213— Hydraulic Fan Reversing B16— Hydraulic Oil Filter Valve Valve Restriction Switch 214— Hydraulic Fan Directional B18— Hydraulic Oil Temperature 195— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Valve 210— Hydraulic Fan Pump Sensor 217— Hydraulic Fan Proportional B54— Fan Drive Pressure Sensor Solenoid Valve Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-05-19
AB06447,0000BCC -19-06FEB15-1/5
082417
PN=787
Theory of Operation
Y12
214
213
PUMP
211 A B
217 TANK
212
Y11 P
B54 190
187 210
TX1182787 —UN—19JAN15
185 186
B16
600 602
195
T
194
B18
604
TX1182787 Hydraulic Fan Drive Schematic (700K, reversing fan shown) 210— Hydraulic Fan Pump 185— Hydraulic Oil Filter 211— Hydraulic Fan Motor Assembly 212— Hydraulic Fan Reversing 186— Hydraulic Oil Filter Valve Manifold 187— Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass 213— Hydraulic Fan Reversing Valve Valve 190— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 214— Hydraulic Fan Directional 194— Pressure Bypass Valve Valve 195— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir
217— Hydraulic Fan Proportional B54— Fan Drive Pressure Sensor Solenoid Valve Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional 600— High-Pressure Oil Relief Solenoid 602— Low-Pressure Oil Y12— Hydraulic Fan Reversing 604— Return Oil Solenoid B16— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B18— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor
Hydraulic reversing fan circuit consists of hydraulic fan pump (210), hydraulic fan motor (211), hydraulic fan reversing valve manifold (212), and hydraulic oil filter assembly (185). Hydraulic fan pump is powered by a gear on front of engine. Hydraulic fan pump is a fixed-displacement gear pump. Oil from hydraulic fan pump is sent directly to hydraulic fan reversing valve manifold, then directed to hydraulic fan motor. Oil from hydraulic fan motor returns to hydraulic fan reversing valve manifold.
flow to return circuit and slowing fan speed. Required fan speed is determined by engine control unit (ECU) based on cooling needs of machine systems. If hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid is unplugged or ECU receives invalid temperature signal from any sensors, hydraulic fan proportional solenoid valve will return to its spring-biased position, and fan will run at maximum speed to prevent machine systems from overheating.
Fan Speed Control
Hydraulic fan reversing valve manifold also contains hydraulic fan reversing solenoid (Y12), hydraulic fan reversing valve (213), hydraulic fan directional valve (214), and fan drive pressure sensor (B54). Hydraulic fan motor reverses to clear debris from screen protecting cooling package. After initial engine start-up, first fan reversing cycle will occur after 10 minutes of operation. Hydraulic fan motor can be set by operator to reverse in increments of 10—90 minutes after first fan reversing cycle. Hydraulic fan motor can be reversed at any time manually.
Reverse Operation
Hydraulic fan reversing valve manifold contains hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid (Y11) and hydraulic fan proportional solenoid valve (217). Hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid controls fan motor speed by shifting hydraulic fan proportional solenoid valve, allowing or restricting flow to return circuit. Hydraulic fan proportional solenoid valve is spring biased and normally closed to return circuit. When energized, hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid shifts hydraulic fan proportional solenoid valve, opening
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-05-20
AB06447,0000BCC -19-06FEB15-2/5
082417
PN=788
Theory of Operation
When reverse operation is activated, hydraulic fan motor is slowed to minimum speed and hydraulic fan reversing solenoid energizes, shifting hydraulic fan reversing valve and directing high-pressure oil (600) from hydraulic fan pump to end of hydraulic fan directional valve. Pressure from hydraulic fan pump shifts hydraulic fan directional valve, reversing flow of high-pressure oil and return oil (604) to and from hydraulic fan motor. Hydraulic fan motor speed increases to maximum for 15 seconds before slowing to minimum speed again. Hydraulic fan reversing solenoid de-energizes, returning hydraulic fan reversing valve and hydraulic fan directional valve to their spring-biased position. Hydraulic fan motor speed increases to speed required by ECU.
Return Circuit Return oil from hydraulic fan circuit in 550K and 650K machines is directed through hydraulic oil filter assembly and returned to hydraulic oil reservoir (195). Return oil from hydraulic fan circuit in 700K machines is directed through hydraulic oil cooler (190), through hydraulic oil filter assembly, and returned to hydraulic oil reservoir. 700K hydraulic oil reservoir contains pressure bypass valve (194) that opens when hydraulic fan circuit return oil pressure exceeds pressure setting. Oil passing through pressure bypass valve bypasses hydraulic oil cooler and hydraulic oil filter assembly. AB06447,0000BCC -19-06FEB15-3/5
Hydraulic Non-Reversing Fan Drive Operation
211 Y11
217 185
186
TX1182786 —UN—19JAN15
187 B16
600
210
602 P
195
B18 604
TX1182786 Hydraulic Fan Drive Schematic (550K and 650K, non-reversing fan shown)
210— Hydraulic Fan Pump Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional 185— Hydraulic Oil Filter 602— Low-Pressure Oil 211— Hydraulic Fan Motor Relief Solenoid Assembly 604— Return Oil 217— Hydraulic Fan Proportional B16— Hydraulic Oil Filter 186— Hydraulic Oil Filter Solenoid Valve 187— Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass Restriction Switch 600— High-Pressure Oil Valve B18— Hydraulic Oil Temperature 195— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Sensor Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-05-21
AB06447,0000BCC -19-06FEB15-4/5
082417
PN=789
Theory of Operation
211 Y11
217 190
187
186
B16
TX1184470 —UN—05FEB15
185
600
210
602 194
195
P
B18
TX1184470
604
Hydraulic Fan Drive Schematic (700K, non-reversing fan shown) 194— Pressure Bypass Valve Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional 185— Hydraulic Oil Filter 600— High-Pressure Oil 195— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Relief Solenoid Assembly 602— Low-Pressure Oil 210— Hydraulic Fan Pump 186— Hydraulic Oil Filter 604— Return Oil 187— Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass 211— Hydraulic Fan Motor B16— Hydraulic Oil Filter 217— Hydraulic Fan Proportional Valve Restriction Switch Solenoid Valve 190— Hydraulic Oil Cooler B18— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor
Hydraulic non-reversing fan circuit consists of hydraulic fan pump (210), hydraulic fan motor (211), and hydraulic oil filter assembly (185). Hydraulic fan pump is powered by a gear on front of engine. Hydraulic fan pump is a fixed-displacement gear pump. Oil from hydraulic fan pump is sent directly to hydraulic fan motor.
on cooling needs of machine systems. If hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid is unplugged or ECU receives invalid temperature signal from any sensors, hydraulic fan proportional solenoid valve will return to its spring-biased position, and fan will run at maximum speed to prevent machine systems from overheating.
Fan Speed Control
Return Circuit
Hydraulic fan motor hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid (Y11) and hydraulic fan proportional solenoid valve (217). Hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid controls fan motor speed by shifting hydraulic fan proportional solenoid valve, allowing or restricting flow to return circuit. Hydraulic fan proportional solenoid valve is spring biased and normally closed to return circuit.
Return oil (604) from hydraulic fan circuit in 550K and 650K machines is directed through hydraulic oil filter assembly and returned to hydraulic oil reservoir. Return oil from hydraulic fan circuit in 700K machines is directed through hydraulic oil cooler, through hydraulic oil filter assembly, and returned to hydraulic oil reservoir (195). 700K hydraulic oil reservoir contains pressure bypass valve that will open when hydraulic fan circuit return oil pressure exceeds pressure setting. Oil passing through pressure bypass valve bypasses hydraulic oil cooler and hydraulic oil filter assembly.
When energized, hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid shifts hydraulic fan proportional solenoid valve, opening flow to return circuit and slowing fan speed. Required fan speed is determined by engine control unit (ECU) based
AB06447,0000BCC -19-06FEB15-5/5
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-05-22
082417
PN=790
Theory of Operation
Ripper Operation Ripper Operation (Manual Controls)
140
140
257 256
257
256 181
181
TX1182711 —UN—20JAN15
181
TX1182711 Ripper Operation (550K and 650K shown left, 700K shown right) 140— Main Control Valve 256— Main Control Valve (port B)-to-Ripper Lift Cylinder Line
257— Main Control Valve (port A)-to-Ripper Lift Cylinder Line
Ripper consists of one control valve section. 550K and 650K ripper uses a single ripper cylinder (181). 700K ripper uses two ripper cylinders. Ripper circuit is mechanically controlled by linkage connected from auxiliary control lever to main control valve (140) to shift auxiliary valve spool. Ripper valve spools are three-position, six-way spools that are returned to neutral by centering springs in spool end caps.
181— Ripper Cylinder (2 used, 700K only)
For more information:
• See Hydraulic Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)
• See Hydraulic System Schematic. (Group 9025-10.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-05-23
AB06447,0000BCD -19-05FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=791
Theory of Operation Ripper Operation (IGC controls)
140 140
257 257
256
256 181 181
TX1182712 —UN—20JAN15
181
TX1182712 Ripper Operation—IGC (550K and 650K shown left, 700K shown right) 140— Main Control Valve 256— Main Control Valve (port B)-to-Ripper Lift Cylinder Line
257— Main Control Valve (port A)-to-Ripper Lift Cylinder Line
181— Ripper Cylinder (2 used, 700K only)
Ripper consists of one control valve section. 550K and 650K ripper uses a single ripper cylinder (181). 700K ripper uses two ripper cylinders. Ripper circuit is electrohydraulically (EH) controlled.
three-position, eight-way spools that are returned to neutral position by centering springs in spool end caps.
Solenoid spools shift to allow pilot pressure oil to shift auxiliary valve spool. Ripper valve spools are
• See Hydraulic System Schematic—IGC. (Group
• See Hydraulic Control Valve Operation—IGC. (Group 9025-05.)
9025-10.)
AB06447,0000BCD -19-05FEB15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-05-24
082417
PN=792
Theory of Operation
Winch Operation
1 BRAKE
The 4000-series winch for crawler applications is mechanically driven, hydraulically controlled, and manually operated.
3 CLUTCH
The control lever is connected to the winch main control valve through a control cable. On machines equipped with the winch power-out feature, the control valve is also connected to the winch power in/out valve. The crawler hydraulic pump has a through torque capability. Power is transmitted from the hydraulic pump power-takeoff (PTO), through the drive shaft, to the winch front gear case. The winch front gear case splits engine power between the winch hydraulic pump and winch clutch. The winch hydraulic pump provides hydraulic pressure to the winch main control valve for the winch brake (1), freespool clutch (2), and winch clutch (3). The winch clutch is hydraulically applied and spring released. The winch brake and freespool clutch are spring applied and hydraulically released. In machines equipped with the winch power-out feature, hydraulic pressure is also provided to the winch power in/out valve. The winch has its own hydraulic reservoir and hydraulic oil filter.
5 4
600 604
TX1184406 —UN—05FEB15
2 FREESPOOL
Winch Off 1— Winch Brake 2— Freespool Clutch 3— Winch Clutch 4— Winch Hydraulic Pressure In
On machines equipped with a standard-speed winch, power from the PTO is sent through a single gear reduction within the front gear case. The PTO drives the winch clutch input gear directly.
5— Winch Hydraulic Reservoir 600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil
On machines equipped with a low-speed winch, power from the PTO is sent through a multiple gear reduction within the front gear case. The winch clutch input gear is the final gear in this reduction. This gear reduction results in a slower maximum speed and greater winch drum output torque. When hydraulic pressure applies the winch clutch, power is transferred from the winch clutch input gear to the output bevel gear. The output bevel gear drives the main bevel gear on the perpendicular winch main shaft. The winch brake is located on the winch main shaft, locking the winch drum when the winch clutch is disengaged. The main shaft transmits power from the bevel gear to the winch side gear case. The side gear case produces further gear reduction and transmits the power to the winch drum. The freespool clutch is located within the winch drum. When the freespool clutch is hydraulically released, the drum is allowed to spin independently of the winch drive system. Winch Off The winch control lever is detented in the winch off position. With the winch control lever in the detent position, the winch main control valve connects the winch brake and freespool clutch pistons to the winch hydraulic reservoir (5), preventing the drum from rotating. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-05-25
SK32938,000091B -19-06MAR15-1/5
082417
PN=793
Theory of Operation
Brake Off With the winch control lever in the first forward operating position, the winch brake is released. The winch main control valve provides hydraulic pressure to the winch brake piston, allowing the winch drum to rotate with the winch main shaft.
3 CLUTCH 2 FREESPOOL
5— Winch Hydraulic Reservoir 600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil
5 4
600 604
TX1184407 —UN—05FEB15
1— Winch Brake 2— Freespool Clutch 3— Winch Clutch 4— Winch Hydraulic Pressure In
1 BRAKE
Brake Off SK32938,000091B -19-06MAR15-2/5
Freespool With the winch control lever in the second forward operating position, the winch is in freespool mode. The winch main control valve provides hydraulic pressure to the winch brake and freespool clutch piston, allowing the winch drum to rotate free of the geared system.
3 CLUTCH 2 FREESPOOL
5— Winch Hydraulic Reservoir 600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil
5 4
600 604
TX1184409 —UN—05FEB15
1— Winch Brake 2— Freespool Clutch 3— Winch Clutch 4— Winch Hydraulic Pressure In
1 BRAKE
Freespool Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-05-26
SK32938,000091B -19-06MAR15-3/5
082417
PN=794
Theory of Operation
Power In With the winch control lever in the rear operating position, the winch is in power-in mode. The winch main control valve provides hydraulic pressure to the winch clutch and winch brake cylinders. Power-in mode disengages the winch brake and engages the winch clutch. Power is transmitted through the clutch to rotate the winch drum, drawing in the winch cable.
3 CLUTCH 2 FREESPOOL
5— Winch Hydraulic Reservoir 600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil
5 4
600 604
TX1184408 —UN—05FEB15
1— Winch Brake 2— Freespool Clutch 3— Winch Clutch 4— Winch Hydraulic Pressure In
1 BRAKE
Power In SK32938,000091B -19-06MAR15-4/5
Power Out (If Equipped) In the control lever’s detent position, the winch power in/out valve delivers hydraulic oil pressure to the forward side of the hydraulic slide yoke. Moving the control lever right from the detent position actuates the winch power in/out valve. This actuation connects the forward side of the hydraulic slide yoke to the winch hydraulic reservoir and applies hydraulic pressure to the reverse side of the hydraulic slide yoke.
3
The clutch output bevel gear drives two main bevel gears on the winch main shaft simultaneously. These main bevel gears are opposing and drive in opposite directions. The hydraulically driven slide yoke splines the main shaft to one of the bevel gears, driving the main shaft in one direction. When the yoke splines the opposing main bevel gear, the main shaft is driven in the opposite direction.
1 4
Actuation of the hydraulically driven slide yoke can only occur with the winch clutch disengaged and winch brake engaged. With the clutch disengaged and the park brake on, the shifting process permits no movement of the winch main shaft while changing driven direction. The control lever is then actuated in the same manner as power-in mode. The winch main control valve provides hydraulic pressure to the winch clutch and winch brake cylinders. Power-out mode disengages the winch brake and engages the winch clutch. Power is transmitted through the clutch to rotate the reverse bevel gear, driving the winch main shaft in the reverse direction rotating the winch drum in reverse.
600 604
TX1184411 —UN—05FEB15
2
Power Out (if equipped) 1— Winch Hydraulic Pump-to-Winch Power In/Out Valve Line 2— Winch Power In/Out Valve-to-Hydraulic Slide Yoke Forward Line 3— Winch Power In/Out Valve-to-Hydraulic Slide Yoke Reverse Line
4— Winch Hydraulic Reservoir 600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil
SK32938,000091B -19-06MAR15-5/5
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-05-27
082417
PN=795
Group 10
System Diagrams Hydraulic System Schematic 175 176
177
181 143
155
160
163 157
150
145
158
169
149
140
164
142
164
164
164
100 161
156
151
146
211 217 210 Y11 B18
187
186 195 185 TX1176228
B16
600
604
602
606
TX1176228 —UN—09FEB15
T
Hydraulic System Schematic (standard fan shown)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-1
AB06447,0000BCF -19-26FEB15-1/4
082417
PN=796
System Diagrams 100— Main Hydraulic Pump 157— Blade Angle Circuit Relief 176— Blade Tilt Cylinder 600— High-Pressure Oil 140— Main Control Valve Valve (with anticavitation) 177— Blade Angle Cylinder (2 602— Low-Pressure Oil 142— Hydraulic System Relief 158— Blade Angle Circuit Relief used) 604— Return Oil Valve Valve (with anticavitation) 181— Ripper Cylinder 606— Trapped Oil 143— Inlet Section 160— Auxiliary Section 185— Hydraulic Oil Filter B16— Hydraulic Oil Filter 145— Blade Lift Section 161— Auxiliary Valve Spool Assembly Restriction Switch 146— Blade Lift Valve Spool 163— Circuit Relief Valve (with 186— Hydraulic Oil Filter B18— Hydraulic Oil Temperature 149— Anticavitation Check Valve anticavitation) 187— Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass Sensor 150— Blade Tilt Section 164— Load Check Valve (4 used) Valve Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional 151— Blade Tilt Valve Spool 169— Outlet Section 195— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Relief Solenoid 155— Blade Angle Section 175— Blade Lift Cylinder (2 used) 210— Hydraulic Fan Pump 156— Blade Angle Spool Valve 211— Hydraulic Fan Motor 217— Hydraulic Fan Proportional Solenoid Valve Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-2
AB06447,0000BCF -19-26FEB15-2/4
082417
PN=797
System Diagrams
177
143
160
163
175
176
181
155
150
157
145 169
158
149
142 140
164
164
164
164
100
161
156
151
146
A
Y12
212
211 213
214
PUMP TANK
B
210
B18
187
T
186
Y11
P
195
B54 185
B16
TX1176229
600
604
602
606
TX1176229 —UN—10FEB15
217
Hydraulic System Schematic (reversing fan shown)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-3
AB06447,0000BCF -19-26FEB15-3/4
082417
PN=798
System Diagrams 100— Main Hydraulic Pump 158— Blade Angle Circuit Relief 186— Hydraulic Oil Filter 602— Low-Pressure Oil 140— Main Control Valve Valve (with anticavitation) 187— Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass 604— Return Oil 142— Hydraulic System Relief 160— Auxiliary Section Valve 606— Trapped Oil Valve 161— Auxiliary Valve Spool 195— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir B16— Hydraulic Oil Filter 143— Inlet Section 163— Circuit Relief Valve (with 210— Hydraulic Fan Pump Restriction Switch 145— Blade Lift Section anticavitation) 211— Hydraulic Fan Motor B18— Hydraulic Oil Temperature 146— Blade Lift Valve Spool 164— Load Check Valve (4 used) 212— Hydraulic Fan Reversing Sensor 149— Anticavitation Check Valve 169— Outlet Section Valve Manifold B54— Fan Drive Pressure Sensor 150— Blade Tilt Section 175— Blade Lift Cylinder (2 used) 213— Hydraulic Fan Reversing Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional 151— Blade Tilt Valve Spool 176— Blade Tilt Cylinder Valve Relief Solenoid 155— Blade Angle Section 177— Blade Angle Cylinder (2 214— Hydraulic Fan Directional Y12— Hydraulic Fan Reversing 156— Blade Angle Spool Valve used) Valve Solenoid 157— Blade Angle Circuit Relief 181— Ripper Cylinder 217— Hydraulic Fan Proportional Valve (with anticavitation) 185— Hydraulic Oil Filter Solenoid Valve Assembly 600— High-Pressure Oil AB06447,0000BCF -19-26FEB15-4/4
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-4
082417
PN=799
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-5
082417
PN=800
System Diagrams
Hydraulic System Schematic—IGC TX1220613 —UN—04AUG16
181
175
175
176
177
177
211
217
155
160 B
A
B
150 B
A
A
145 B
A
Y11
114 157
163
169
149
158
117
143
142
164
164
164
164
Y9
140 116 P
185 B42
156
161
187 B16
146
151
186
700
210 100 Y27
Y28
Y25
Y26
Y23
Y24
Y21
Y22
600 602 604 606 609
T
195
B18
611
TX1220613 Hydrauilic System Schematic (IGC, standard fan shown) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-6
082417
PN=801
AB06447,0000BD0 -19-04AUG16-1/4
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-7
082417
PN=802
System Diagrams 100— Main Hydraulic Pump 158— Blade Angle Circuit Relief 195— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Y9— Hydraulic Enable Solenoid 114— Hydraulic Accumulator Valve (with anticavitation) 210— Hydraulic Fan Pump Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional 116— Pilot Pressure Regulating 160— Auxiliary Section 211— Hydraulic Fan Motor Relief Solenoid Valve 161— Auxiliary Valve Spool 217— Hydraulic Fan Proportional Y21— Lift Port B Solenoid 117— Hydraulic Enable Solenoid 163— Circuit Relief Valve (with Solenoid Valve Y22— Lift Port A Solenoid Valve anticavitation) 600— High-Pressure Oil Y23— Tilt Port B Solenoid 140— Main Control Valve 164— Load Check Valve (4 used) 602— Low-Pressure Oil Y24— Tilt Port A Solenoid 142— Hydraulic System Relief 169— Outlet Section 604— Return Oil Y25— Angle Port B Solenoid Valve 175— Blade Lift Cylinder (2 used) 606— Trapped Oil Y26— Angle Port A Solenoid 143— Inlet Section 176— Blade Tilt Cylinder 609— Pilot Oil Y27— Auxiliary Port A Solenoid 145— Blade Lift Section 177— Blade Angle Cylinder (2 611— Charge Oil Y28— Auxiliary Port B Solenoid 146— Blade Lift Valve Spool used) 700— Supplemental Charge 149— Anticavitation Check Valve 181— Ripper Cylinder Pressure Line to Main 150— Blade Tilt Section 185— Hydraulic Oil Filter Control Valve 151— Blade Tilt Valve Spool Assembly B16— Hydraulic Oil Filter 155— Blade Angle Section 186— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch 156— Blade Angle Spool Valve 187— Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass B18— Hydraulic Oil Temperature 157— Blade Angle Circuit Relief Valve Sensor Valve (with anticavitation) B42— Hydraulic Pump Pressure Sensor Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-8
AB06447,0000BD0 -19-04AUG16-2/4
082417
PN=803
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-9
082417
PN=804
System Diagrams
TX1220614 —UN—04AUG16
181
Y12
214
177
211
213
155
160
PUMP
175
175
176
177
145
150
A B
A
B
B
A
A
B
A
B
217
114 157
163
169
149
158
TANK
Y11
212
P
B54
117
143
142
164
164
164
164
Y9
140 116 P
185 B42
156
161
187 B16
146
151
186
700
210 100 Y27
Y28
Y25
Y26
Y23
Y24
Y21
Y22
600 602 604 606 609
T
195
B18
611
TX1220614 Hydraulic System Schematic (IGC, reversing fan shown) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-10
082417
PN=805
AB06447,0000BD0 -19-04AUG16-3/4
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-11
082417
PN=806
System Diagrams 100— Main Hydraulic Pump B42— Hydraulic Pump Pressure 158— Blade Angle Circuit Relief 210— Hydraulic Fan Pump 114— Hydraulic Accumulator Sensor Valve (with anticavitation) 211— Hydraulic Fan Motor 116— Pilot Pressure Regulating 160— Auxiliary Section 212— Hydraulic Fan Reversing B54— Fan Drive Pressure Sensor Valve Valve Manifold Y9— Hydraulic Enable Solenoid 161— Auxiliary Valve Spool 117— Hydraulic Enable Solenoid 163— Circuit Relief Valve (with 213— Hydraulic Fan Reversing Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional Valve Valve Relief Solenoid anticavitation) 140— Main Control Valve 164— Load Check Valve (4 used) 214— Hydraulic Fan Directional Y12— Hydraulic Fan Reversing 142— Hydraulic System Relief Valve Solenoid 169— Outlet Section Valve 175— Blade Lift Cylinder (2 used) 217— Hydraulic Fan Proportional Y21— Lift Port B Solenoid 143— Inlet Section Solenoid Valve Y22— Lift Port A Solenoid 176— Blade Tilt Cylinder 145— Blade Lift Section 600— High-Pressure Oil Y23— Tilt Port B Solenoid 177— Blade Angle Cylinder (2 146— Blade Lift Valve Spool 602— Low-Pressure Oil Y24— Tilt Port A Solenoid used) 149— Anticavitation Check Valve 181— Ripper Cylinder 604— Return Oil Y25— Angle Port B Solenoid 150— Blade Tilt Section 606— Trapped Oil Y26— Angle Port A Solenoid 185— Hydraulic Oil Filter 151— Blade Tilt Valve Spool 609— Pilot Oil Y27— Auxiliary Port A Solenoid Assembly 155— Blade Angle Section 611— Charge Oil Y28— Auxiliary Port B Solenoid 186— Hydraulic Oil Filter 156— Blade Angle Spool Valve 187— Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass 700— Supplemental Charge 157— Blade Angle Circuit Relief Pressure Line to Main Valve Valve (with anticavitation) 195— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Control Valve B16— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B18— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor AB06447,0000BD0 -19-04AUG16-4/4
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-12
082417
PN=807
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-13
082417
PN=808
System Diagrams
Hydraulic System Line Identification TX1179567 —UN—16JAN15
140
257 195 185
293
256
188
257
280
256
263
262 280
286
264
294
A
181 140
287 A
264
284
287 262 286
263
100 176
175
284
287 286
293 294 175 294 177 293
177 TX1179567 Hydraulic System Line Identification Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-14
082417
PN=809
AB06447,0000BD1 -19-14JAN15-1/2
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-15
082417
PN=810
System Diagrams 100— Main Hydraulic Pump 264— Main Hydraulic 195— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir 140— Main Control Valve Pump-to-Main Control 256— Main Control Valve (port 175— Blade Lift Cylinder (2 used) Valve Inlet Section Line B)-to-Ripper Lift Cylinder 176— Blade Tilt Cylinder 280— Main Control Line 177— Blade Angle Cylinder (2 Valve-to-Hydraulic Oil 257— Main Control Valve (port used) Filter Manifold Line A)-to-Ripper Lift Cylinder 181— Ripper Cylinder 284— Hydraulic Oil Line 185— Hydraulic Oil Filter Reservoir-to-Main 262— Main Control Assembly Hydraulic Pump Line Valve-to-Blade Tilt Cylinder 188— Hydraulic Oil Filter 286— Main Control Valve (port Line Assembly-to-Hydraulic A)-to-Blade Lift Cylinder 263— Main Control Oil Reservoir Line Line Valve-to-Blade Tilt Cylinder 287— Main Control Valve (port Line B)-to-Blade Lift Cylinder Line
293— Main Control Valve-to-Right Angle Cylinder (head end) and Left Angle Cylinder (rod end) 294— Main Control Valve-to-Left Angle Cylinder (head end) and Right Angle Cylinder (rod end)
AB06447,0000BD1 -19-14JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-16
082417
PN=811
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-17
082417
PN=812
System Diagrams
Hydraulic System Line Identification—IGC TX1179568 —UN—07AUG15
140
195 188 256 185 257 280 293
262
264
256
257
263
181
294
287
280
A
140
A
286
264
286
284
262 287 263 175
286
100
284
176 287 293 294 175 294 177 293
177 TX1179568 Hydraulic System Line Identification—IGC Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-18
082417
PN=813
AB06447,0000BD2 -19-14JAN15-1/2
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-19
082417
PN=814
System Diagrams 100— Main Hydraulic Pump 264— Main Hydraulic 195— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir 140— Main Control Valve Pump-to-Main Control 256— Main Control Valve (port 175— Blade Lift Cylinder (2 used) Valve Inlet Section Line B)-to-Ripper Lift Cylinder 176— Blade Tilt Cylinder 280— Main Control Line 177— Blade Angle Cylinder (2 Valve-to-Hydraulic Oil 257— Main Control Valve (port used) Filter Manifold Line A)-to-Ripper Lift Cylinder 181— Ripper Cylinder 284— Hydraulic Oil Line 185— Hydraulic Oil Filter Reservoir-to-Main 262— Main Control Assembly Hydraulic Pump Line Valve-to-Blade Tilt Cylinder 188— Hydraulic Oil Filter 286— Main Control Valve (port Line Assembly-to-Hydraulic A)-to-Blade Lift Cylinder 263— Main Control Oil Reservoir Line Line Valve-to-Blade Tilt Cylinder 287— Main Control Valve (port Line B)-to-Blade Lift Cylinder Line
293— Main Control Valve-to-Right Angle Cylinder (head end) and Left Angle Cylinder (rod end) 294— Main Control Valve-to-Left Angle Cylinder (head end) and Right Angle Cylinder (rod end)
AB06447,0000BD2 -19-14JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-20
082417
PN=815
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-21
082417
PN=816
System Diagrams
Hydraulic Fan Component Location TX1182782 —UN—21JAN15
185 195
255 278
279
220
211
210 Y11 600 602 604 TX1182782 Hydraulic Fan System—Non-Reversing Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-22
082417
PN=817
AB06447,0000C00 -19-22JAN15-1/4
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-23
082417
PN=818
System Diagrams
185— Hydraulic Oil Filter Assembly 195— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir 210— Hydraulic Fan Pump 211— Hydraulic Fan Motor
220— Hydraulic Fan Pump-to-Hydraulic Fan Motor Line 255— Hydraulic Fan Motor Case Drain Line 278— Hydraulic Fan System-to-Hydraulic Oil Filter Line
279— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir-to-Hydraulic Fan Pump Line 600— High-Pressure Oil 602— Low-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-24
Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid
AB06447,0000C00 -19-22JAN15-2/4
082417
PN=819
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-25
082417
PN=820
System Diagrams
TX1182783 —UN—22JAN15
185 195
278 Y11
212
279 B54
Y12
271
272
277 211
210 255 600 602 604 TX1182783 Hydraulic Fan System—Reversing Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-26
082417
PN=821
AB06447,0000C00 -19-22JAN15-3/4
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-27
082417
PN=822
System Diagrams 271— Hydraulic Fan 185— Hydraulic Oil Filter Reversing Valve Assembly Manifold-to-Hydraulic Fan 195— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Motor (port A) Line 210— Hydraulic Fan Pump 272— Hydraulic Fan 211— Hydraulic Fan Motor Reversing Valve 212— Hydraulic Fan Reversing Manifold-to-Hydraulic Fan Valve Manifold Motor (port B) Line 255— Hydraulic Fan Motor Case 277— Hydraulic Fan Drain Line Pump-to-Hydraulic Fan Reversing Valve Manifold Line
278— Hydraulic Fan Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional System-to-Hydraulic Oil Relief Solenoid Filter Line Y12— Hydraulic Fan Reversing 279— Hydraulic Oil Solenoid Reservoir-to-Hydraulic Fan Pump Line 600— High-Pressure Oil 602— Low-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil B54— Fan Drive Pressure Sensor
AB06447,0000C00 -19-22JAN15-4/4
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-28
082417
PN=823
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-29
082417
PN=824
System Diagrams
Hydraulic System Component Location TX1180370 —UN—19JAN15
196 195
185
140
188 262
293
280 140
287
A
264 294 263
294
264
263
286
287
287 286
100
175 262
286
284
287 293 A
286 175
294 177 293 294 176
293
600 602 177
604
262 263
606
TX1180370 Hydraulic System Component Location Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-30
082417
PN=825
AB06447,0000BD4 -19-08JAN15-1/2
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-31
082417
PN=826
System Diagrams 100— Main Hydraulic Pump 195— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir 284— Hydraulic Oil 140— Main Control Valve 196— Hydraulic Oil Fill Port Reservoir-to-Main 175— Blade Lift Cylinder (2 used) 262— Main Control Hydraulic Pump Line 176— Blade Tilt Cylinder Valve-to-Blade Tilt Cylinder 286— Main Control Valve (port 177— Blade Angle Cylinder (2 Line A)-to-Blade Lift Cylinder used) 263— Main Control Line 185— Hydraulic Oil Filter Valve-to-Blade Tilt Cylinder 287— Main Control Valve (port Assembly Line B)-to-Blade Lift Cylinder 188— Hydraulic Oil Filter 264— Main Hydraulic Line Assembly-to-Hydraulic Pump-to-Main Control 293— Main Control Oil Reservoir Line Valve Inlet Section Line Valve-to-Right Angle 280— Main Control Cylinder (head end) and Valve-to-Hydraulic Oil Left Angle Cylinder (rod Filter Manifold Line end)
294— Main Control Valve-to-Left Angle Cylinder (head end) and Right Angle Cylinder (rod end) 600— High-Pressure Oil 602— Low-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 606— Trapped Oil
AB06447,0000BD4 -19-08JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-32
082417
PN=827
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-33
082417
PN=828
System Diagrams
Hydraulic System Component Location—IGC TX1180371 —UN—19JAN15
196 185 114
195
299
188
A
140
299
114
280
140
224 293 287
262 294
264 263
264 287
287 286
100
175 700
294 262
286
286
263
284
287 293
700
286 294 175 A 294 177
600
293
602
294 176
604
293
606 177 262
609 611
263 TX1180371 Hydraulic System Component Location—IGC Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-34
082417
PN=829
AB06447,0000BD5 -19-08JAN15-1/2
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-35
082417
PN=830
System Diagrams 100— Main Hydraulic Pump 196— Hydraulic Oil Fill Port 284— Hydraulic Oil 114— Hydraulic Accumulator 224— Main Control Valve Pilot Reservoir-to-Main 140— Main Control Valve Oil Return Line Hydraulic Pump Line 175— Blade Lift Cylinder (2 used) 262— Main Control 286— Main Control Valve (port 176— Blade Tilt Cylinder Valve-to-Blade Tilt Cylinder A)-to-Blade Lift Cylinder 177— Blade Angle Cylinder (2 Line Line used) 263— Main Control 287— Main Control Valve (port 185— Hydraulic Oil Filter Valve-to-Blade Tilt Cylinder B)-to-Blade Lift Cylinder Assembly Line Line 188— Hydraulic Oil Filter 264— Main Hydraulic 293— Main Control Assembly-to-Hydraulic Pump-to-Main Control Valve-to-Right Angle Oil Reservoir Line Valve Inlet Section Line Cylinder (head end) and 195— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir 280— Main Control Left Angle Cylinder (rod Valve-to-Hydraulic Oil end) Filter Manifold Line 294— Main Control Valve-to-Left Angle Cylinder (head end) and Right Angle Cylinder (rod end)
299— Hydraulic Control Valve-to-Hydraulic Accumulator Line 600— High-Pressure Oil 602— Low-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 606— Trapped Oil 609— Pilot Pressure Oil 611— Charge Oil 700— Supplemental Charge Pressure Line to Main Control Valve
AB06447,0000BD5 -19-08JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-36
082417
PN=831
System Diagrams
Ripper Hydraulic Component Location
1
256
140
185 257
257
256
604 606 TX1182753
TX1182753 —UN—22JAN15
181
Ripper Hydraulic Components—Manual Control 1— Auxiliary Control Lever 140— Main Control Valve 181— Ripper Cylinder
185— Hydraulic Oil Filter Assembly 256— Main Control Valve (port B)-to-Ripper Lift Cylinder Line
257— Main Control Valve (port A)-to-Ripper Lift Cylinder Line 604— Return Oil
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-37
606— Trapped Oil
AB06447,0000BD6 -19-23JAN15-1/2
082417
PN=832
System Diagrams
140 256
257
185 257
256
604 606 TX1182754
TX1182754 —UN—22JAN15
181
Ripper Hydraulic Components—IGC 140— Main Control Valve 181— Ripper Cylinder 185— Hydraulic Oil Filter Assembly
256— Main Control Valve (port B)-to-Ripper Lift Cylinder Line
257— Main Control Valve (port A)-to-Ripper Lift Cylinder Line
604— Return Oil 606— Trapped Oil
AB06447,0000BD6 -19-23JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-38
082417
PN=833
System Diagrams
Winch Hydraulic Component Location 3 5 5
4 3
8
6
7
100 A 1
A
TX1185678 —UN—25FEB15
2
TX1185678 Winch Component Location 1— Winch 4— Winch Control Valve Breather 6— Winch Pilot Control Valve 2— Drive Shaft Tube 7— Winch Hydraulic Pump 3— Winch Hydraulic Accumulator 5— Winch Control Handle 8— Winch Control Valve
100— Hydraulic Motor
SK32938,0000919 -19-04MAR15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-10-39
082417
PN=834
Group 15
Diagnostic Information Hydraulic System Diagnose Malfunctions AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-1/51
No Hydraulic Functions Diagnostic Procedure AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-2/51
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check standard display monitor (SDM) for any DTCs. See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
Check diagnostic trouble codes using Service ADVISOR™. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Diagnose and repair displayed DTCs.
Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Hydraulic System Relief Valve Stuck Open.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-3/51
• 2
Hydraulic System Relief Valve Stuck Open
Check hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic System Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic Lines Blocked or Damaged.
Is system relief valve to specification?
NO: Adjust system relief valve to specification. Replace if system relief valve will not adjust correctly. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-4/51
• 3
Hydraulic Lines Blocked or Damaged
Inspect hydraulic lines. See Hydraulic System Component Location and see Ripper Hydraulic Component Location. (Group 9025-15.)
YES: Repair or replace damaged lines.
Are any lines against frame, damaged, kinked, or in a condition that would cause a line or hose to have a restriction?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-5/51
• 4
Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged
Perform hydraulic pump flow test. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Checks complete.
Is pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace pump as necessary. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-6/51
Hydraulic Functions Slow Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-15-1
AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-7/51
082417
PN=835
Diagnostic Information
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check standard display monitor (SDM) for any DTCs. See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
Check diagnostic trouble codes using Service ADVISOR™. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Diagnose and repair displayed DTCs.
Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Oil Cold.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-8/51
• 2
Hydraulic Oil Cold
Check hydraulic oil temperature. See Diagnostics—Machine Readings, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Go to Engine Speed Slow.
Is hydraulic oil between 60—71°C (140—160°F)?
NO: Warm hydraulic oil. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-9/51
• 3
Engine Speed Slow
Check fast and slow engine idle speeds. See Operational Checkout. (Group 9005-10.)
YES: Go to Pump Suction Line Air Leak.
Is engine speed within specification at slow and fast idle?
NO: Follow engine diagnostic procedure. See Engine Idle Speeds and Auto Shutdown Check. (Group 9010-25.) AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-10/51
• 4
Pump Suction Line Air Leak
Check for foamy hydraulic oil. See Check Hydraulic System Oil Level or see Check Hydrostatic Transmission Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Repair pump suction line leak.
Is hydraulic oil foamy?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Oil Level Low. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-11/51
• 5
Hydraulic Oil Level Low
Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic System Oil Level or see Check Hydrostatic Transmission Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)
NOTE: If machine is equipped with winch, oil level in winch needs to be checked. A malfunction of winch hydraulic components can transfer hydraulic oil to winch and reduce the hydraulic oil level of machine.
YES: Go to Oil Viscosity Incorrect.
Is hydraulic oil level to specification?
NO: Add recommended oil. See Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil. (Operator's Manual.) AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-12/51
• 6
Oil Viscosity Incorrect
Check hydraulic reservoir oil. See Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic Lines Blocked or Damaged.
Is correct oil used?
NO: Replace reservoir oil with recommended oil. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-15-2
AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-13/51
082417
PN=836
Diagnostic Information
• 7
Hydraulic Lines Blocked or Damaged
Inspect hydraulic lines. See Hydraulic System Component Location and see Ripper Hydraulic Component Location. (Group 9025-15.)
YES: Repair or replace damaged lines.
Are any lines against frame, damaged, kinked, or in a condition that would cause a line or hose to have a restriction?
NO: Go to Load Check Valve Sticking. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-14/51
• 8
Load Check Valve Sticking
Check load check valves. See Hydraulic Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3260.)
YES: Repair or replace malfunctioning load check valve.
Are load check valves worn or damaged?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Cylinders Leaking Internally. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-15/51
• 9
Hydraulic Cylinders Leaking Internally
Check cylinders for internal leakage. See Lift Cylinder Drift Test and see Cylinder Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Repair or replace leaking cylinders.
Are any hydraulic cylinders leaking internally?
NO: Go to Hydraulic System Relief Valve Stuck Open. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-16/51
•
10 Hydraulic System Relief Valve Stuck Open
Check hydraulic system relief valve pressure. See Hydraulic System Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic Control Valve Spool Binding.
Is system relief valve pressure within specification?
NO: Adjust system relief valve to specification. Replace if system relief valve will not adjust correctly. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-17/51
•
11 Hydraulic Control Valve Spool Binding
Remove and inspect suspected control valve spool. See Hydraulic Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3260.)
YES: Repair or replace control valve as necessary.
Is control valve spool binding?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-18/51
•
12 Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged
Perform hydraulic pump flow test. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Checks complete.
Is pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace pump as necessary. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-19/51
Hydraulic Pump Noisy Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-15-3
AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-20/51
082417
PN=837
Diagnostic Information
• 1
Pump Suction Line Air Leak
Check for foamy hydraulic oil. See Check Hydraulic System Oil Level or see Check Hydrostatic Transmission Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Repair pump suction line leak.
Is hydraulic oil foamy?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Oil Level Low. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-21/51
• 2
Hydraulic Oil Level Low
Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic System Oil Level or see Check Hydrostatic Transmission Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)
NOTE: If machine is equipped with winch, oil level in winch needs to be checked. A malfunction of winch hydraulic components can transfer hydraulic oil to winch and reduce the hydraulic oil level of machine.
YES: Go to Oil Viscosity Incorrect.
Is hydraulic oil level to specification?
NO: Add recommended oil. See Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil. (Operator's Manual.) AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-22/51
• 3
Oil Viscosity Incorrect
Check hydraulic reservoir oil. See Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic Lines Blocked or Damaged.
Is correct oil used?
NO: Replace reservoir oil with recommended oil. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-23/51
• 4
Hydraulic Lines Blocked or Damaged
Inspect hydraulic lines. See Hydraulic System Component Location and see Ripper Hydraulic Component Location. (Group 9025-15.)
YES: Repair or replace damaged lines.
Are any lines against frame, damaged, kinked, or in a condition that would cause a line or hose to have a restriction?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-24/51
• 5
Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged
Perform hydraulic pump flow test. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Checks complete.
Is pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace pump as necessary. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-25/51
Blade Float Does Not Work Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-15-4
AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-26/51
082417
PN=838
Diagnostic Information
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check standard display monitor (SDM) for any DTCs. See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
Check diagnostic trouble codes using Service ADVISOR™. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Diagnose and repair displayed DTCs.
Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Control Valve Spool Binding.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-27/51
• 2
Hydraulic Control Valve Spool Binding
Remove and inspect suspected control valve spool. See Hydraulic Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3260.)
YES: Repair or replace control valve as necessary.
Is control valve spool binding?
NO: Checks complete. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-28/51
One Hydraulic Function Does Not Work Diagnostic Procedure AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-29/51
• 1
Circuit Relief Valve Stuck Open
Check circuit relief pressures. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Anticavitation Valve Stuck Open.
Are circuit relief valves within specification?
NO: Adjust or replace circuit relief valve as necessary. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-30/51
• 2
Anticavitation Valve Stuck Open
Remove and inspect anticavitation valves. See Hydraulic Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3260.)
YES: Repair or replace anticavitation valve.
Is anticavitation valve worn or damaged?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Lines Blocked or Damaged. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-31/51
• 3
Hydraulic Lines Blocked or Damaged
Inspect hydraulic lines. See Hydraulic System Component Location and see Ripper Hydraulic Component Location. (Group 9025-15.)
YES: Repair or replace damaged lines.
Are any lines against frame, damaged, kinked, or in a condition that would cause a line or hose to have a restriction?
NO: Go to Load Check Valve Sticking. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-32/51
• 4
Load Check Valve Sticking
Check load check valves. See Hydraulic Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3260.)
YES: Repair or replace malfunctioning load check valve.
Are load check valves worn or damaged?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Cylinders Leaking Internally.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-15-5
AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-33/51
082417
PN=839
Diagnostic Information
• 5
Hydraulic Cylinders Leaking Internally
Check cylinders for internal leakage. See Lift Cylinder Drift Test and see Cylinder Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Repair or replace leaking cylinders.
Are any hydraulic cylinders leaking internally?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Control Valve Spool Binding. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-34/51
• 6
Hydraulic Control Valve Spool Binding
Remove and inspect suspected control valve spool. See Hydraulic Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3260.)
YES: Repair or replace control valve as necessary.
Is control valve spool binding?
NO: Checks complete AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-35/51
Function Drifts Down Diagnostic Procedure AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-36/51
• 1
Hydraulic Cylinders Leaking Internally
Check cylinders for internal leakage. See Lift Cylinder Drift Test and see Cylinder Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Repair or replace leaking cylinders.
Are any hydraulic cylinders leaking internally?
NO: Go to Circuit Relief Valve Stuck Open. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-37/51
• 2
Circuit Relief Valve Stuck Open
Check circuit relief pressures. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Anticavitation Valve Stuck Open.
Are circuit relief valves within specification?
NO: Adjust or replace circuit relief valve as necessary. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-38/51
• 3
Anticavitation Valve Stuck Open
Remove and inspect anticavitation valves. See Hydraulic Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3260.)
YES: Repair or replace anticavitation valve.
Is anticavitation valve worn or damaged?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Control Valve Spool Binding. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-39/51
• 4
Hydraulic Control Valve Spool Binding
Remove and inspect suspected control valve spool. See Hydraulic Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3260.)
YES: Repair or replace control valve as necessary.
Is control valve spool binding?
NO: Checks complete AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-40/51
Oil Overheats Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-15-6
AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-41/51
082417
PN=840
Diagnostic Information
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check standard display monitor (SDM) for any DTCs. See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
Check diagnostic trouble codes using Service ADVISOR™. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Diagnose and repair displayed DTCs.
Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Oil Cooling System Check.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-42/51
• 2
Hydraulic Oil Cooling System Check
Check hydraulic oil cooling system.
YES: Go to Oil Viscosity Incorrect.
Is hydraulic oil the only fluid that is overheating?
NO: Inspect cooling package and hydraulic fan system. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-43/51
• 3
Oil Viscosity Incorrect
Check hydraulic reservoir oil. See Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic System Relief Valve Stuck Open.
Is correct oil used?
NO: Replace reservoir oil with recommended oil. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-44/51
• 4
Hydraulic System Relief Valve Stuck Open
Check hydraulic system relief valve pressure. See Hydraulic System Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Circuit Relief Valve Stuck Open.
Is system relief valve pressure within specification?
NO: Adjust system relief valve to specification. Replace if system relief valve will not adjust correctly. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-45/51
• 5
Circuit Relief Valve Stuck Open
Check circuit relief pressures. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Anticavitation Valve Stuck Open.
Are circuit relief valves within specification?
NO: Adjust or replace circuit relief valve as necessary. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-46/51
• 6
Anticavitation Valve Stuck Open
Remove and inspect anticavitation valves. See Hydraulic Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3260.)
YES: Repair or replace anticavitation valve.
Is anticavitation valve worn or damaged?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Lines Blocked or Damaged.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-15-7
AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-47/51
082417
PN=841
Diagnostic Information
• 7
Hydraulic Lines Blocked or Damaged
Inspect hydraulic lines. See Hydraulic System Component Location and see Ripper Hydraulic Component Location. (Group 9025-15.)
YES: Repair or replace damaged lines.
Are any lines against frame, damaged, kinked, or in a condition that would cause a line or hose to have a restriction?
NO: Go to Load Check Valve Sticking. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-48/51
• 8
Load Check Valve Sticking
Check load check valves. See Hydraulic Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3260.)
YES: Repair or replace load check valve.
Are load check valves worn or damaged?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Cylinders Leaking Internally. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-49/51
• 9
Hydraulic Cylinders Leaking Internally
Check cylinders for internal leakage. See Lift Cylinder Drift Test and see Cylinder Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Repair or replace leaking cylinders.
Are any hydraulic cylinders leaking internally?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-50/51
•
10 Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged
Perform hydraulic pump flow test. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Checks complete.
Is pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace pump as necessary. AB06447,0000BEB -19-18NOV16-51/51
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-15-8
082417
PN=842
Diagnostic Information
Hydraulic System Diagnose Malfunctions—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-1/55
No Hydraulic Functions Diagnostic Procedure—Integrated Grade Control (IGC) AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-2/55
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check standard display monitor (SDM) for any DTCs. See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
Check diagnostic trouble codes using Service ADVISOR™. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Diagnose and repair displayed DTCs.
Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Hydraulics Not Enabled.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-3/55
• 2
Hydraulics Not Enabled
Check hydraulic enable switch on sealed switch module (SSM). See Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Functions. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Press hydraulic enable switch to enable hydraulics.
Is LED off on hydraulic enable switch?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Enable Switch Malfunction. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-4/55
• 3
Hydraulic Enable Switch Malfunction
Check hydraulic enable switch for continuity.
YES: Go to Hydraulic Enable Solenoid Stuck or Pilot Control Pressure Low.
Does hydraulic enable switch have continuity?
NO: Replace sealed switch module (SSM). AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-5/55
• 4
Hydraulic Enable Check pilot control pressure. See Pressure Reducing Valve Pressure Test and Solenoid Stuck or Pilot Adjustment—IGC. (Group 9025-25.) Control Pressure Low
YES: Go to Hydraulic System Relief Valve Stuck Open.
Is pilot pressure regulating valve within specification?
NO: Adjust pilot pressure regulating valve to specification. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-6/55
• 5
Hydraulic System Relief Valve Stuck Open
Check hydraulic system relief valve pressure. See Hydraulic System Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Checks complete.
Is system relief valve pressure within specification?
NO: Adjust system relief valve to specification. Replace if system relief valve will not adjust correctly.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-15-9
AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-7/55
082417
PN=843
Diagnostic Information Hydraulic Functions Slow Diagnostic Procedure—IGC AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-8/55
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check standard display monitor (SDM) for any DTCs. See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
Check diagnostic trouble codes using Service ADVISOR™. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Diagnose and repair displayed DTCs.
Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Oil Cold.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-9/55
• 2
Hydraulic Oil Cold
Check hydraulic oil temperature. See Diagnostics—Machine Readings, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Go to Engine Speed Slow.
Is hydraulic oil between 60—71°C (140—160°F)?
NO: Warm hydraulic oil. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-10/55
• 3
Engine Speed Slow
Check fast and slow engine idle speeds. See Operational Checkout. (Group 9005-10.)
YES: Go to Pump Suction Line Air Leak.
Is engine speed within specification at slow and fast idle?
NO: Follow engine diagnostic procedure. See Engine Idle Speeds and Auto Shutdown Check. (Group 9010-25.) AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-11/55
• 4
Pump Suction Line Air Leak
Check for foamy hydraulic oil. See Check Hydraulic System Oil Level or see Check Hydraulic/Hydrostatic System Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Repair pump suction line leak.
Is hydraulic oil foamy?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Oil Level Low. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-12/55
• 5
Hydraulic Oil Level Low
Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic System Oil Level or see Check Hydraulic/Hydrostatic System Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)
NOTE: If machine is equipped with winch, oil level in winch needs to be checked. A malfunction of winch hydraulic components can transfer hydraulic oil to winch and reduce the hydraulic oil level of machine.
YES: Go to Oil Viscosity Incorrect.
Is hydraulic oil level to specification?
NO: Add recommended oil. See Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil. (Operator's Manual.) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-15-10
AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-13/55
082417
PN=844
Diagnostic Information
• 6
Oil Viscosity Incorrect
Check hydraulic reservoir oil. See Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic Lines Blocked or Damaged.
Is correct oil used?
NO: Replace reservoir oil with recommended oil. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-14/55
• 7
Hydraulic Lines Blocked or Damaged
Inspect hydraulic lines. See Hydraulic System Component Location and see Ripper Hydraulic Component Location. (Group 9025-15.)
YES: Repair or replace damaged lines.
Are any lines against frame, damaged, kinked, or in a condition that would cause a line or hose to have a restriction?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Cylinders Leaking Internally. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-15/55
• 8
Hydraulic Cylinders Leaking Internally
Check cylinders for internal leakage. See Lift Cylinder Drift Test and see Cylinder Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Repair or replace leaking cylinders.
Are any hydraulic cylinders leaking internally?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Enable Solenoid Stuck or Pilot Control Pressure Low. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-16/55
• 9
Hydraulic Enable Check pilot control pressure. See Pressure Reducing Valve Pressure Test and Solenoid Stuck or Pilot Adjustment—IGC. (Group 9025-25.) Control Pressure Low
YES: Go to Hydraulic System Relief Valve Stuck Open.
Is pilot pressure regulating valve within specification?
NO: Adjust pilot pressure regulating valve to specification. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-17/55
•
10 Hydraulic System Relief Valve Stuck Open
Check hydraulic system relief valve pressure. See Hydraulic System Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic Control Valve Spool Binding.
Is system relief valve pressure within specification?
NO: Adjust system relief valve to specification. Replace if system relief valve will not adjust correctly. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-18/55
•
11 Hydraulic Control Valve Spool Binding
Remove and inspect suspected control valve spool. See Hydraulic Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble—IGC. (Group 3260.)
YES: Repair or replace control valve as necessary.
Is control valve spool binding?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-15-11
AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-19/55
082417
PN=845
Diagnostic Information
•
12 Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged
Perform hydraulic pump flow test. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Checks complete.
Is pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace pump as necessary. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-20/55
Blade Float Does Not Work Diagnostic Procedure—IGC AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-21/55
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check standard display monitor (SDM) for any DTCs. See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
Check diagnostic trouble codes using Service ADVISOR™. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Diagnose and repair displayed DTCs.
Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Enable Solenoid Stuck or Pilot Control Pressure Low.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-22/55
• 2
Hydraulic Enable Check pilot control pressure. See Pressure Reducing Valve Pressure Test and Solenoid Stuck or Pilot Adjustment—IGC. (Group 9025-25.) Control Pressure Low
Is pilot pressure regulating valve within specification?
YES: Go to Hydraulic Control Valve Spool Binding.
NO: Adjust pilot pressure regulating valve to specification. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-23/55
• 3
Hydraulic Control Valve Spool Binding
Remove and inspect suspected control valve spool. See Hydraulic Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble—IGC. (Group 3260.)
YES: Repair or replace control valve as necessary.
Is control valve spool binding?
NO: Checks complete. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-24/55
One Hydraulic Function Does Not Work Diagnostic Procedure—IGC AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-25/55
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check standard display monitor (SDM) for any DTCs. See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
Check diagnostic trouble codes using Service ADVISOR™. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Diagnose and repair displayed DTCs.
Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Anticavitation Valve Stuck Open.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-15-12
AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-26/55
082417
PN=846
Diagnostic Information
• 2
Anticavitation Valve Stuck Open
Remove and inspect anticavitation valves. See Hydraulic Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3260.)
YES: Repair or replace anticavitation valve.
Is anticavitation valve worn or damaged?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Lines Blocked or Damaged. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-27/55
• 3
Hydraulic Lines Blocked or Damaged
Inspect hydraulic lines. See Hydraulic System Component Location and see Ripper Hydraulic Component Location. (Group 9025-15.)
YES: Repair or replace damaged lines.
Are any lines against frame, damaged, kinked, or in a condition that would cause a line or hose to have a restriction?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Cylinders Leaking Internally. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-28/55
• 4
Hydraulic Cylinders Leaking Internally
Check cylinders for internal leakage. See Lift Cylinder Drift Test and see Cylinder Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Repair or replace leaking cylinders.
Are any hydraulic cylinders leaking internally?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Control Valve Spool Binding. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-29/55
• 5
Hydraulic Control Valve Spool Binding
Remove and inspect suspected control valve spool. See Hydraulic Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble—IGC. (Group 3260.)
YES: Repair or replace control valve as necessary.
Is control valve spool binding?
NO: Checks complete. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-30/55
Hydraulic Power Low Diagnostic Procedure—IGC AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-31/55
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check standard display monitor (SDM) for any DTCs. See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
Check diagnostic trouble codes using Service ADVISOR™. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Diagnose and repair displayed DTCs.
Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Hydraulic System Relief Valve Stuck Open.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-15-13
AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-32/55
082417
PN=847
Diagnostic Information
• 2
Hydraulic System Relief Valve Stuck Open
Check hydraulic system relief valve pressure. See Hydraulic System Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic Enable Solenoid Stuck or Pilot Control Pressure Low.
Is system relief valve pressure within specification?
NO: Adjust system relief valve to specification. Replace if system relief valve will not adjust correctly. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-33/55
• 3
Hydraulic Enable Check pilot control pressure. See Pressure Reducing Valve Pressure Test and Solenoid Stuck or Pilot Adjustment—IGC. (Group 9025-25.) Control Pressure Low
YES: Go to Anticavitation Valve Stuck Open.
Is pilot pressure regulating valve within specification?
NO: Adjust pilot pressure regulating valve to specification. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-34/55
• 4
Anticavitation Valve Stuck Open
Remove and inspect anticavitation valves. See Hydraulic Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble—IGC. (Group 3260.)
YES: Repair or replace anticavitation valve.
Is anticavitation valve worn or damaged?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-35/55
• 5
Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged
Check pump flow. Perform Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Checks complete.
Is pump flow to specification?
NO: Repair or replace pump as necessary. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-36/55
Function Drifts Down Diagnostic Procedure—IGC AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-37/55
• 1
Hydraulic Cylinders Leaking Internally
Check cylinders for internal leakage. See Lift Cylinder Drift Test and see Cylinder Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Repair or replace leaking cylinders.
Are any hydraulic cylinders leaking internally?
NO: Go to Anticavitation Valve Stuck Open. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-38/55
• 2
Anticavitation Valve Stuck Open
Remove and inspect anticavitation valves. See Hydraulic Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble—IGC. (Group 3260.)
YES: Repair or replace anticavitation valve.
Is anticavitation valve worn or damaged?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Control Valve Spool Binding.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-15-14
AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-39/55
082417
PN=848
Diagnostic Information
• 3
Hydraulic Control Valve Spool Binding
Remove and inspect suspected control valve spool. See Hydraulic Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble—IGC. (Group 3260.)
YES: Repair or replace control valve as necessary.
Is control valve spool binding?
NO: Checks complete. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-40/55
Oil Overheats Diagnostic Procedure—IGC AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-41/55
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check standard display monitor (SDM) for any DTCs. See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
Check diagnostic trouble codes using Service ADVISOR™. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Diagnose and repair displayed DTCs.
Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Oil Cooling System Check.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-42/55
• 2
Hydraulic Oil Cooling System Check
Check hydraulic oil cooling system.
YES: Go to Oil Viscosity Incorrect.
Is hydraulic oil the only fluid that is overheating?
NO: Inspect cooling package and hydraulic fan system. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-43/55
• 3
Oil Viscosity Incorrect
Check hydraulic reservoir oil. See Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic System Relief Valve Stuck Open.
Is correct oil used?
NO: Replace reservoir oil with recommended oil. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-44/55
• 4
Hydraulic System Relief Valve Stuck Open
Check hydraulic system relief valve pressure. See Hydraulic System Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Circuit Relief Valve Stuck Open.
Is system relief valve pressure within specification?
NO: Adjust system relief valve to specification. Replace if system relief valve will not adjust correctly. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-45/55
• 5
Circuit Relief Valve Stuck Open
Check circuit relief pressures. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Anticavitation Valve Stuck Open.
Are circuit relief valves within specification?
NO: Adjust or replace circuit relief valve as necessary.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-15-15
AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-46/55
082417
PN=849
Diagnostic Information
• 6
Anticavitation Valve Stuck Open
Remove and inspect anticavitation valves. See Hydraulic Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3260.)
YES: Repair or replace anticavitation valve.
Is anticavitation valve worn or damaged?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Lines Blocked or Damaged. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-47/55
• 7
Hydraulic Lines Blocked or Damaged
Inspect hydraulic lines. See Hydraulic System Component Location—IGC and see Ripper Hydraulic Component Location. (Group 9025-15.)
YES: Repair or replace damaged lines.
Are any lines against frame, damaged, kinked, or in a condition that would cause a line or hose to have a restriction?
NO: Go to Load Check Valve Sticking. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-48/55
• 8
Load Check Valve Sticking
Check load check valves. See Hydraulic Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble—IGC. (Group 3260.)
YES: Repair or replace load check valve.
Are load check valves worn or damaged?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Cylinders Leaking Internally. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-49/55
• 9
Hydraulic Cylinders Leaking Internally
Check cylinders for internal leakage. See Lift Cylinder Drift Test and see Cylinder Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Repair or replace leaking cylinders.
Are any hydraulic cylinders leaking internally?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-50/55
•
10 Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged
Perform hydraulic pump flow test. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Checks complete.
Is pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace pump as necessary. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-51/55
Blade Response Not Smooth Diagnostic Procedure—IGC AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-52/55
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check standard display monitor (SDM) for any DTCs. See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
Check diagnostic trouble codes using Service ADVISOR™. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Diagnose and repair displayed DTCs.
Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Hydraulic System Relief Valve Stuck Open.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-15-16
AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-53/55
082417
PN=850
Diagnostic Information
• 2
Hydraulic System Relief Valve Stuck Open
Check hydraulic system relief valve pressure. See Hydraulic System Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic Control Valve Spool Binding.
Is system relief valve pressure within specification?
NO: Adjust system relief valve to specification. Replace if system relief valve will not adjust correctly. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-54/55
• 3
Hydraulic Control Valve Spool Binding
Remove and inspect suspected control valve spool. See Hydraulic Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble—IGC. (Group 3260.)
YES: Repair or replace control valve as necessary.
Is control valve spool binding?
NO: Checks complete. AB06447,0000BEC -19-18NOV16-55/55
Hydraulic Fan Does Not Reach Full Speed AB06447,0000BED -19-26FEB15-1/8
Hydraulic Fan Does Not Reach Full Speed Diagnostic Procedure AB06447,0000BED -19-26FEB15-2/8
• 1
DTC Check
Check diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-20.)
YES: Correct problem causing diagnostic trouble code.
Are diagnostic trouble codes displayed?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Fan Speed Check. AB06447,0000BED -19-26FEB15-3/8
• 2
Hydraulic Fan Speed Check
Check hydraulic fan speed. See Fan Motor Speed Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Checks complete.
Is hydraulic fan speed within specification?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid Check. AB06447,0000BED -19-26FEB15-4/8
• 3
Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid Check
Check hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid (Y11) for sticking, blockage, or damage. YES: Clean or replace as See Fan Harness (W11) Component Location, see Vehicle Harness (W16) Component necessary. Location, or see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Is hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid (Y11) sticking, blocked, or damaged?
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-15-17
NO: Go to Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid Check. AB06447,0000BED -19-26FEB15-5/8
082417
PN=851
Diagnostic Information
• 4
Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid Check
Check hydraulic fan reversing solenoid (Y12) for sticking, blockage, or damage. See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
YES: Clean or replace as necessary.
Is hydraulic fan reversing solenoid (Y12) sticking, blocked, or damaged?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Fan Pump Flow Check. AB06447,0000BED -19-26FEB15-6/8
• 5
Hydraulic Fan Pump Flow Check
Check hydraulic fan pump output flow. See Fan Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic Fan Motor Case Drain Check.
Is hydraulic fan pump flow at specification?
NO: Repair or replace hydraulic fan pump. See Hydraulic Fan Pump Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) AB06447,0000BED -19-26FEB15-7/8
• 6
Hydraulic Fan Motor Case Drain Check
Check hydraulic fan motor internal leakage. See Fan Motor Case Drain Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Checks complete.
Is hydraulic fan motor leakage at specification?
NO: Repair or replace hydraulic fan motor as necessary. AB06447,0000BED -19-26FEB15-8/8
Hydraulic Fan Runs at Full Speed Only AB06447,0000BEE -19-19MAR15-1/5
Hydraulic Fan Runs at Full Speed Only Diagnostic Procedure AB06447,0000BEE -19-19MAR15-2/5
• 1
DTC Check
Check diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-20.)
YES: Correct problem causing diagnostic trouble code.
Are diagnostic trouble codes displayed?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid Check. AB06447,0000BEE -19-19MAR15-3/5
• 2
Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid Check
Check hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid (Y11) for sticking, blockage, or damage. YES: Clean or replace as See Fan Harness (W11) Component Location, see Vehicle Harness (W16) Component necessary. Location, or see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Is hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid (Y11) sticking, blocked, or damaged?
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-15-18
NO: Go to Hydraulic Fan Reversing Valve Return Line Check. AB06447,0000BEE -19-19MAR15-4/5
082417
PN=852
Diagnostic Information
• 3
Hydraulic Fan Reversing Valve Return Line Check
Check return line from fan reversing valve to hydraulic return filter for crimped hose or blockage. See Hydraulic Fan Drive Operation. (Group 9025-05.)
YES: Repair or replace fan reversing valve return line as necessary.
Is fan reversing valve return line crimped or blocked?
NO: Checks complete. AB06447,0000BEE -19-19MAR15-5/5
Hydraulic Fan Does Not Spin AB06447,0000BEF -19-26FEB15-1/7
Hydraulic Fan Does Not Spin Diagnostic Procedure AB06447,0000BEF -19-26FEB15-2/7
• 1
DTC Check
Check diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-20.)
YES: Correct problem causing diagnostic trouble code.
Are diagnostic trouble codes displayed?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Fan Motor/Fan Coupling Check. AB06447,0000BEF -19-26FEB15-3/7
• 2
Hydraulic Fan Motor/Fan Coupling Check
Check hydraulic fan motor/fan coupling for wear or damage.
YES: Replace worn or damaged hydraulic fan motor/fan coupling as necessary.
Is hydraulic fan motor/fan coupling worn or damaged?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid Check. AB06447,0000BEF -19-26FEB15-4/7
• 3
Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid Check
Check hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid (Y11) for sticking, blockage, or damage. YES: Clean or replace as See Fan Harness (W11) Component Location, see Vehicle Harness (W16) Component necessary. Location, or see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Is hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid (Y11) sticking, blocked, or damaged?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid Check. AB06447,0000BEF -19-26FEB15-5/7
• 4
Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid Check
Check hydraulic fan reversing solenoid (Y12) for sticking, blockage, or damage. See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
YES: Clean or replace as necessary.
Is hydraulic fan reversing solenoid (Y12) sticking, blocked, or damaged?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Fan Pump Flow Check.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-15-19
AB06447,0000BEF -19-26FEB15-6/7
082417
PN=853
Diagnostic Information
• 5
Hydraulic Fan Pump Flow Check
Check hydraulic fan pump output flow. See Fan Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Checks complete.
Is hydraulic fan pump flow at specification?
NO: Repair or replace hydraulic fan pump. See Hydraulic Fan Pump Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) AB06447,0000BEF -19-26FEB15-7/7
Hydraulic Fan Will Not Reverse Direction AB06447,0000BF0 -19-19MAR15-1/4
Hydraulic Fan Will Not Reverse Direction Diagnostic Procedure AB06447,0000BF0 -19-19MAR15-2/4
• 1
DTC Check
Check diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-20.)
YES: Correct problem causing diagnostic trouble code.
Are diagnostic trouble codes displayed?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid Check. AB06447,0000BF0 -19-19MAR15-3/4
• 2
Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid Check
Check hydraulic fan reversing solenoid (Y12) for sticking, blockage, or damage. See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
YES: Clean or replace as necessary.
Is hydraulic fan reversing solenoid (Y12) sticking, blocked, or damaged?
NO: Checks complete. AB06447,0000BF0 -19-19MAR15-4/4
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-15-20
082417
PN=854
Group 20
Adjustments Blade Control Lever Linkage Adjustment SPECIFICATIONS Blade Control Lever Inboard Angle 12° Blade Control Lever Forward Angle
9.4°
Spool Linkage Jam Nut Torque
24 N.m 18 lb.-ft.
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Magnetic Base Angle Finder
1. Adjust the ball joint (2, 3, and 4) linkage so the hydraulic control lever (1) is tilted inboard and forward to the specified angles. Specification Blade Control Lever Inboard—Angle...................................................................................12° Blade Control Lever Forward—Angle.................................................................................9.4°
2. Make adjustment at the control valve by loosening jam nuts at spools and turning the spools to position ball joints (2, 3, and 4). 3. Tighten jam nut.
T129317 —UN—16DEC09
Specification Spool Linkage Jam Nut—Torque..................................................................................24 N.m 18 lb.-ft.
4. With linkage fully assembled, operate lever through full stroke of all functions. Make adjustments as necessary for operator comfort as long as it does not limit travel of spools. 1— Blade Control Lever 2— Boom Lift Ball Joint
3— Blade Tilt Ball Joint 4— Blade Angle Ball Joint
Blade Control Lever Linkage
KK70125,000000B -19-29JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-20-1
082417
PN=855
Adjustments
Auxiliary Hydraulic Control Lever Linkage Adjustment SPECIFICATIONS Auxiliary Control Lever Forward Angle
7.5°
Lock Nut Torque
20 N·m 15 lb.-ft.
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Magnetic Base Angle Finder
1. Viewing the auxiliary control lever from the front of the machine, adjust linkage (8) by loosening nut (9). Align lever forward to specification. Specification Auxiliary Control Lever Forward—Angle.................................................................................7.5°
2. Tighten nut (9) to specification. T132359 —UN—16DEC09
Specification Lock Nut—Torque..........................................................................20 N·m 15 lb.-ft.
3. With linkage fully assembled, operate lever through full stroke of all functions. Make adjustments as necessary for operator comfort as long as it does not limit travel of spool. 1— Grip 2— Rod 3— Ball Joint 4— Nut 5— Cap Screw 6— Washer 7— Bracket 8— Linkage
Auxiliary Control Lever Linkage
9— Nut 10— Yoke 11— Cotter Pin 12— Pin 13— Spool Tang End 14— Cap Screw 15— Lock Nut 16— Washer
KK70125,000000A -19-29JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-20-2
082417
PN=856
Adjustments
Blade Pitch Linkage Adjustment SPECIFICATIONS Forward Pitch
42 mm 1.65 in.
Mid Pitch
21 mm 0.83 in.
Back Pitch
0 mm 0.00 in.
T200336A —UN—27MAY04
Blade Pitch
This machine has an adjustable pitch link that can vary the pitch of the blade (angle cutting edge makes with ground) from 52° to 60°. The pitch link has a threaded turnbuckle with left and right hand threads.
Blade Pitch Linkage Adjustment
1. Raise blade off the ground. Support blade with a floor jack.
1— 42 mm (1.65 in.) Minimum Pitch 21 mm (0.83 in.) Mid Pitch 0 mm (0.00 in.) Maximum Pitch
2. Relieve all hydraulic system pressure.
2— Threaded Turnbuckle
3. Turn threaded turnbuckle (2) in or out until desired pitch is achieved. Blade Pitch—Specification Forward—Pitch.............................................................................. 42 mm 1.65 in. Mid—Pitch..................................................................................... 21 mm 0.83 in. Back—Pitch..................................................................................... 0 mm 0.00 in.
Forward pitch is used for maximum material carrying. Mid pitch is used for a combination between maximum material carrying and fine grading. Back pitch is used for fine grading. 4. Remove floor jack and lower blade to the ground. KM71343,0000C41 -19-30JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-20-3
082417
PN=857
Adjustments
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-20-4
082417
PN=858
Group 25
Tests JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit T8543AI —UN—25AUG95
JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02159 6 m (20 ft.) Cable with Couplers JT02161 3400 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) Transducer JT02162 34 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Transducer JT05969 Thermo-Coupler 312883 Carry Case JT02160 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10 000 psi) Transducer (Optional, Order Separately) A—Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer B—3400 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) Transducer
Use the digital pressure and temperature analyzer (A) and transducers (B) in place of analog gauges and a separate temperature reader. Transducers are temperature sensitive. Allow transducer to warm to system temperature. After transducer is warmed and no pressure applied, push sensor zero button for one second to set the true zero point.
— 34 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Transducer — 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10 000 psi) Transducer
When using for different pressures, turn selector to OFF for two seconds and then to the pressure range. Readings are inaccurate if proper range for transducer is not used. DX,JT02156A -19-20JAN10-1/1
Ultra Clean® Hand Launcher Use the Ultra Clean® Hand Launcher Kit to help eliminate contamination in hydraulic systems. All newly installed
hose and tube assemblies should be cleaned using this tool.
Ultra Clean is a trademark of Ultra Clean Technologies Corp. KK70125,00007DE -19-20MAR17-1/1
Hydrostatic Oil Sampling Procedure—If Equipped For hydrostatic oil sampling procedure, see Fluid Sampling Procedure—If Equipped. (Group 9010-25.) JD29379,00000ED -19-18OCT16-1/1
Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure
2. View hydraulic oil temperature. See Diagnostics—Machine Readings, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
Fast Idle
1. Start engine. Set engine speed to specification. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
3. Hold control valve lever in blade lift position over relief for 30 seconds. 4. Cycle each hydraulic function twice, observe temperature. 5. Repeat cycle until oil temperature stabilizes to test specification. SK32938,0000901 -19-19JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-25-1
082417
PN=859
Tests
Hydraulic Accumulator Discharge Procedure—IGC SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
60—71°C 140—160°F
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02162 34 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Transducer
TX1182224A —UN—13JAN15
The purpose of this procedure is to ensure that no hydraulic pressure remains in accumulator after disabling hydraulics. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 1. Stop engine and relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Operator’s Manual.)
Pilot Pressure Test Port (550K/650K shown)
2. Install JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer with JT02162 34 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Transducer between hydraulic accumulator (114) and hydraulic control valve-to-hydraulic accumulator line (299). 3. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)
TX1182241A —UN—20JAN15
Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................60—71°C 140—160°F
4. Stop engine. Turn switched power on. Enable hydraulics. Cycle blade control lever in all directions. 5. Hold blade control lever in forward position until digital pressure and temperature analyzer reads zero. All hydraulic accumulator pressure has been discharged. If pressure does not fall to zero, perform Hydraulic System Diagnose Malfunctions—Integrated Grade Control (IGC). (Group 9025-15.)
Pilot Pressure Test Port (700K shown) 114— Hydraulic Accumulator 140— Main Control Valve
299— Hydraulic Control Valve-to-Hydraulic Accumulator Line SK32938,0000904 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-25-2
082417
PN=860
Tests
Hydraulic Accumulator Precharge Test—IGC SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
60—71°C 140—160°F
Hydraulic Accumulator Precharge Pressure
1517—1655 kPa 15.2—16.6 bar 220—240 psi
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02162 34 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Transducer
TX1182224A —UN—13JAN15
The purpose of this test is to determine hydraulic accumulator precharge pressure. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Pilot Pressure Test Port (550K/650K shown)
1. Stop engine and relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Install JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer with JT02162 34 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Transducer between hydraulic accumulator (114) and hydraulic control valve-to-hydraulic accumulator line (299). 3. Ensure pilot pressure regulating valve is within specification. See Pressure Reducing Valve Pressure Test and Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.)
TX1182241A —UN—20JAN15
4. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................60—71°C 140—160°F
5. Stop engine with blade on ground. 6. Turn switched power on. Enable hydraulics.
Pilot Pressure Test Port (700K shown)
NOTE: Hydraulic accumulator pressure will drop slowly when cycling blade control lever. The last pressure recorded before pressure drop of approximately 345 kPa (3.4 bar) (50 psi) is the hydraulic accumulator precharge pressure. Accumulator precharge pressure must be within specification. 7. Record pressure while slowly cycling blade control lever to blade up and down positions. Compare to specification.
114— Hydraulic Accumulator 140— Main Control Valve
299— Hydraulic Control Valve-to-Hydraulic Accumulator Line
Specification Hydraulic Accumulator Precharge—Pressure.................................................... 1517—1655 kPa 15.2—16.6 bar 220—240 psi
8. If pressure is not within specification, replace hydraulic accumulator. SK32938,000090B -19-02FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-25-3
082417
PN=861
Tests
Hydraulic System Relief Valve Test SPECIFICATIONS 40—50°C 104—122°F
Engine Speed
Fast idle
550K and 650K Hydraulic System Relief Valve (manual control) Pressure
19 650—21 718 kPa 197—217 bar 2850—3150 psi
700K Hydraulic System Relief Valve (manual control) Pressure
20 960—23 166 kPa 209—237 bar 3040—3360 psi
550K and 650K Hydraulic System Relief Valve (IGC) Pressure
20 960—23 166 kPa 209—237 bar 3040—3360 psi
700K Hydraulic System Relief Valve (IGC) Pressure
22 063—22 580 kPa 221—226 bar 3200—3275 psi
TX1182396A —UN—14JAN15
Hydraulic Oil Temperature
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Quick Coupler (7/16-20UN M ORB) JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02162 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Transducer
Hydraulic Control Valve (550K/650K manual control)
The purpose of this procedure is to test and adjust the hydraulic system relief valve pressure. Relief Valve Test—Manual Control CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
TX1182398A —UN—20JAN15
1. Activate control valve levers to release pressure in hydraulic system. 2. Install quick coupler in hydraulic system relief valve test port (1). Connect JT02162 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Transducer and JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer. 3. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................60—71°C 140—160°F
Hydraulic Control Valve (700K manual control) 1— Hydraulic System Relief Valve Test Port 140— Main Control Valve
Start engine and run at specification. Specification Engine—Speed...........................................................................Fast idle
4. Hold blade raise function over relief and record pressure. Compare pressure to specification. Specification 550K/650K Hydraulic System Relief Valve (manual control)—Pressure.................................................. 19 650—21 718 kPa 197—217 bar 2850—3150 psi
700K Hydraulic System Relief Valve (manual control)—Pressure.................................................. 20 960—23 166 kPa 209—237 bar 3040—3360 psi
If needed, adjust hydraulic system relief valve (142), located in inlet end cap of control valve. See Hydraulic Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
142— Hydraulic System Relief Valve
9025-25-4
SK32938,0000905 -19-02FEB15-1/3
082417
PN=862
Tests SK32938,0000905 -19-02FEB15-2/3
Relief Valve Test—IGC 1. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................40—50°C 104—122°F
2. View HYD PUMP PRESSURE in standard display monitor (SDM). See Diagnostics—Machine Readings, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
Specification 550K and 650K Hydraulic System Relief Valve (IGC)—Pressure...................................................... 20 960—23 166 kPa 209—237 bar 3040—3360 psi 700K Hydraulic System Relief Valve (IGC)—Pressure...................................................... 22 063—22 580 kPa 221—226 bar 3200—3275 psi
TX1182397A —UN—16JAN15
3. Hold blade raise function over relief and record pressure. Compare pressure to specification.
Hydraulic Control Valve (550K/650K IGC)
If needed, adjust system relief valve (142), located in inlet end cap of control valve. See Hydraulic Control Valve Operation—IGC. (Group 9025-05.) Reading Presssure With Test Equipment
TX1182399A —UN—21JAN15
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. If necessary to confirm sensor operation, pressure readings can be obtained by installing JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer with JT02162 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Transducer in the hydraulic pump pressure sensor (B42) port. Repeat test. For more information:
• See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation. (Group 9025-25.)
Hydraulic Control Valve (700K IGC) 140— Main Control Valve 142— Hydraulic System Relief Valve
B42— Hydraulic Pump Pressure Sensor
SK32938,0000905 -19-02FEB15-3/3
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-25-5
082417
PN=863
Tests
Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
60—71°C 140—160°F
550K/650K 51 021—52 055 kPa 510—521 bar 7400—7550 psi
Blade Angle Circuit Relief Valve (IGC control valve) Pressure
31 716—33 095 kPa 317—331 bar 4600—4800 psi
Ripper Lower (cylinder head end) Circuit Relief Valve (4-spool manual and IGC control valve) Pressure
23 787—24 994 kPa 238—250 bar 3450—3625 psi
Ripper Raise and Lower Circuit Relief Valve (5-spool manual control valve) Pressure
12 755—13 445 kPa 128—134 bar 1850—1950 psi
294 177 293 294 TX1182640 —UN—20JAN15
Blade Angle Circuit Relief Valve (manual control valve) Pressure
293 177
700K
606
Blade Angle Circuit Relief Valve (IGC control valve) Pressure
41 700—42 300 kPa 417—423 bar 6045—6135 psi
Ripper Lower (cylinder head end) Circuit Relief Valve (manual control valve) Pressure
24 132—25 338 kPa 241—254 bar 3500—-3675 psi
Ripper Lower (cylinder head end) Circuit Relief Valve (IGC control valve) Pressure
23 994—25 993 kPa 240—260 bar 3480—3770 psi
Blade Angle Cylinder Hydraulic Lines 177— Blade Angle Cylinder (2 used) 293— Main Control Valve-to-Right Angle Cylinder (head end) and Left Angle Cylinder (rod end)
294— Main Control Valve-to-Left Angle Cylinder (head end) and Right Angle Cylinder (rod end) 606— Trapped Oil
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT07192 Electric/Hydraulic Pump
4. Connect JT07192 Electric/Hydraulic Pump pressure hose and JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit with JT02160 68 900 kPa (689 bar) (10 000 psi) Transducer to open fitting of work port.
JT02160 68 900 kPa (689 bar) (10 000 psi) Transducer JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit
1. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................60—71°C 140—160°F
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 2. Relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Disconnect work port hose of circuit relief valve to be tested. Close open end of work port hose with a plug. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-25-6
SK32938,0000908 -19-16APR15-1/3
082417
PN=864
Tests
5. Start pump to pressurize function circuit. Record circuit relief valve pressure readings. NOTE: 700K manual control valves do not have blade angle relief valves. Blade angle circuit relief valve pressures apply to both left and right blade angle circuits.
257
550K/650K—Specification Blade Angle Circuit Relief Valve (manual control valve)—Pressure..................................................... 51 021—52 055 kPa 510—521 bar 7400—7550 psi Blade Angle Circuit Relief Valve (IGC control valve)—Pressure..................................................... 31 716—33 095 kPa 317—331 bar 4600—4800 psi Ripper Lower (cylinder head end) Circuit Relief Valve (4-spool manual and IGC control valve)—Pressure..................................................... 23 787—24 994 kPa 238—250 bar 3450—3625 psi Ripper Raise and Lower Circuit Relief Valve (5-spool manual control valve)—Pressure..................................................... 12 755—13 445 kPa 128—134 bar 1850—1950 psi
NOTE: IGC control valve circuit reliefs are not adjustable. 7. If a blade angle circuit relief valve or ripper circuit relief valves are not within specification, adjust circuit relief valve. a. Loosen lock nut on circuit relief valve adjustment screw.
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
606 Ripper Cylinder Hydraulic Lines (650K shown)
256
257
181
257 256
181
606
TX1182642 —UN—19JAN15
700K—Specification Blade Angle Circuit Relief Valve (IGC control valve)—Pressure..................................................... 41 700—42 300 kPa 417—423 bar 6045—6135 psi Ripper Lower (cylinder head end) Circuit Relief Valve (manual control valve)—Pressure..................................................... 24 132—25 338 kPa 241—254 bar 3500—-3675 psi Ripper Lower (cylinder head end) Circuit Relief Valve (IGC control valve)—Pressure..................................................... 23 994—25 993 kPa 240—260 bar 3480—3770 psi
181
TX1182641 —UN—19JAN15
256
6. Compare circuit relief pressure readings to specification.
Ripper Cylinder Hydraulic Lines (700K shown) 181— Ripper Cylinder (2 used) 256— Main Control Valve (port B)-to-Ripper Lift Cylinder Line
257— Main Control Valve (port A)-to-Ripper Lift Cylinder Line 606— Trapped Oil
b. Turn adjustment screw in to increase pressure or out to decrease pressure. c. Tighten lock nut. For more information:
• See Hydraulic System Schematic. (Group 9025-10.) • See Hydraulic System Schematic—IGC. (Group 9025-10.)
• See Hydraulic Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)
• See Hydraulic Control Valve Operation—IGC. (Group 9025-05.)
• See Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-10.)
Continued on next page
9025-25-7
SK32938,0000908 -19-16APR15-2/3
082417
PN=865
Tests
• See Hydraulic System Component Location—IGC. (Group 9025-10.)
• See Ripper Hydraulic Component Location. (Group 9025-10.)
SK32938,0000908 -19-16APR15-3/3
Lift Cylinder Drift Test 34—46°C 94—114°F
Cylinder Drift With Engine Off
7 mm/min 0.28 in./min
T6222AM —UN—26MAY89
SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Steel Rule Dial Indicator
1. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. Perform Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) Specification Oil—Temperature......................................................................34—46°C 94—114°F
T6222AN —UN—26OCT88
Cycle all functions to circulate oil through system. 2. Raise blade about two feet off the ground and record amount of drift down in one minute. 3. If drift is more than two inches in a minute, measure cylinder rod movement and compare to specifications. Specification Cylinder—Drift With Engine Off................................................................................ 7 mm/min 0.28 in./min
4. If drift is excessive, load cylinder in opposite direction and record amount of drift.
If cylinder drifts in both directions, leakage could be in the control valve.
If cylinder drifts in rod extend function only. Perform Cylinder Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.) SK32938,000090C -19-09FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-25-8
082417
PN=866
Tests
Cylinder Leakage Test 60—71°C 140—160°F
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Cylinder Leakage Test Flow (maximum)
5 mL/min 1/6 oz./min
X9811 —UN—23AUG88
SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS -6 M ORFS Plug -8 M ORFS Plug Escaping Fluid
1. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)
T6222AL —UN—26OCT88
Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................60—71°C 140—160°F
NOTE: If function uses paired cylinders, both rod end cylinder pins must be disconnected. 2. Disconnect cylinder pin at rod end of all cylinders to be tested. 3. Support cylinder for unobstructed movement. Fully extend rod on cylinder to be checked. 4. Stop engine and relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Operator’s Manual.) CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
Cylinder Leakage Test
8. Start and run engine at specification. Specification Engine—Speed..........................................................................Slow Idle
9. Activate rod extend function and record leakage from rod end of cylinder for 1 minute. Compare to specification.
5. Remove hose from rod end of cylinder. Position a beaker under rod end port.
Specification Cylinder Leakage Test—Flow (maximum).............................................................. 5 mL/min 1/6 oz./min
6. Disable exhaust filter auto cleaning. See Operation—Exhaust Filter Auto Cleaning, SDM
10. If leakage exceeds specification, repair cylinder.
7. Install correct size ORFS plug to hose that was disconnected from rod end of cylinder. SK32938,000090D -19-09FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-25-9
082417
PN=867
Tests
Pressure Reducing Valve Pressure Test and Adjustment 60—71°C 140—160°F
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve Pressure
4137—4826 kPa 41.4—48.3 bar 600—700 psi
Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve Adjustment Screw Pressure Change (approximate)
543 kPa per 1/4 Turn 5.4 bar per 1/4 Turn 79 psi per 1/4 Turn TX1182224A —UN—13JAN15
SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02162 34 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Transducer
The purpose of this test is to determine pressure setting of pilot pressure regulating valve and adjust if necessary. Pilot pressure regulating valve regulates pressure to the pilot control systems in the IGC control valve.
Pilot Pressure Test Location (550K/650K shown)
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 1. Stop engine and relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Operator’s Manual.)
TX1182241A —UN—20JAN15
2. Install JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer with JT02162 34 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Transducer between hydraulic accumulator (114) and hydraulic control valve-to-hydraulic accumulator line (299). 3. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................60—71°C 140—160°F
NOTE: Exhaust filter auto cleaning needs to be disabled to prevent engine from operating at elevated slow idle engine speed.
114— Hydraulic Accumulator 140— Main Control Valve
4. Disable exhaust filter auto cleaning. See Operation—Exhaust Filter Auto Cleaning, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.) 5. Set engine speed to specification. Specification Engine—Speed..........................................................................Slow Idle
6. Hold blade tilt function over relief with engine at slow idle. Record pressure reading and compare to specification.
Pilot Pressure Test Port (700K shown)
Specification Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve—Pressure............................................................ 4137—4826 kPa 41.4—48.3 bar 600—700 psi
7. If pressure is not within specification, adjust pilot pressure regulating valve. a. Loosen lock nut on pilot pressure regulating valve. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
299— Hydraulic Control Valve-to-Hydraulic Accumulator Line
9025-25-10
SK32938,000090F -19-02FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=868
Tests
b. Turn adjustment screw in to increase pressure or out to decrease pressure. Specification Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve Adjustment Screw—Pressure Change (approximate).............................................543 kPa per 1/4 Turn 5.4 bar per 1/4 Turn 79 psi per 1/4 Turn
c. Tighten lock nut. 8. Enable exhaust filter auto cleaning. See Operation—Exhaust Filter Auto Cleaning, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
SK32938,000090F -19-02FEB15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-25-11
082417
PN=869
Tests
Hydraulic Pump Flow Test SPECIFICATIONS 60—71°C 140—160°F
Engine Speed
2000 rpm
Hydraulic Oil Pressure
13 700 kPa 137 bar 2000 psi
550K and 650K Hydraulic Pump Flow (typical, new)
78 L/min 19 gpm
550K and 650K Hydraulic Pump Flow (minimum)
58 L/min 15 gpm
700K Hydraulic Pump Flow (typical, new)
89 L/min 24 gpm
700K Hydraulic Pump Flow (minimum)
71 L/min 19 gpm
185 140
195
280
TX1182911 —UN—03FEB15
Hydraulic Oil Temperature
100 264
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS -10 M ORFS Cap -12 M ORFS Cap JT07148 Digital Hydraulic Flowmeter Tester
Hydraulic Pump Flow Test (550K/650K IGC shown)
-16 M ORFS Cap
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
195
253 140
1. Stop engine and relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil reservoir. For 550K/650K machines, See Drain and Refill Hydraulic System Oil and Replace Filter. (Operator’s Manual.)
TX1182912 —UN—21JAN15
264 100
For 700K machines, see Drain and Refill Transmission Oil and Replace Hydrostatic Charge Oil Filter. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Disconnect main hydraulic pump-to-main control valve line (264) from main control valve (140). Close main control valve opening with correct size cap. 4. Install main hydraulic pump-to-main control valve line to JT07148 Digital Hydraulic Flowmeter Tester. 5. Disconnect main control valve-to-hydraulic oil filter manifold line (280) or main control valve return line (253) from main control valve.
Hydraulic Pump Flow Test (700K IGC shown) 100— Main Hydraulic Pump 140— Main Control Valve 185— Hydraulic Oil Filter Assembly 195— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir
6. Close opening of control valve fitting using correct size cap. 7. Connect main control valve-to-hydraulic oil filter manifold line or main control valve return line to outlet port of flowmeter.
8. Open flowmeter loading valve fully. 9. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic reservoir.
IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to hydraulic pump. Flowmeter loading valve must be fully opened before starting engine. Continued on next page TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
253— Main Control Valve Return Line 264— Main Hydraulic Pump-to-Main Control Valve Inlet Section Line 280— Main Control Valve-to-Hydraulic Oil Filter Line
9025-25-12
SK32938,0000911 -19-18NOV16-1/2
082417
PN=870
Tests
10. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................60—71°C 140—160°F
11. Run engine at specification. Specification Engine—Speed......................................................................... 2000 rpm
12. Slowly close flowmeter loading valve to obtain specified pressure. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Pressure......................................................... 13 700 kPa 137 bar 2000 psi
Specification 550K and 650K Hydraulic Pump—Flow (typical, new)............................................................................................ 78 L/min 19 gpm Flow (minimum) ......................................................................... 58 L/min 15 gpm 700K Hydraulic Pump—Flow (typical, new)............................................................................................ 89 L/min 24 gpm Flow (minimum) ......................................................................... 71 L/min 19 gpm
14. If flow is not within specification, repair or replace hydraulic pump as necessary. 15. When testing is complete, remove test equipment.
13. Record pump flow. Compare to specification. SK32938,0000911 -19-18NOV16-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-25-13
082417
PN=871
Tests
Fan Motor Speed Test SPECIFICATIONS 60—71°C 140—160°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Fan Motor Speed (minimum)
2475 rpm
TX1215165A —UN—03MAY16
Hydraulic Oil Temperature
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05709 Reflective Tape JT05719 Handheld Digital Tachometer
The purpose of this test is to determine fan motor speed. Motor speed not within specification can indicate improper fan pump flow or excessive wear on internal components. Solenoid Location (non-reversing fan shown)
1. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................60—71°C 140—160°F
2. Remove front grille. 3. Install JT05709 Reflective Tape on front of one blade of cooling fan.
TX1182981 —UN—22JAN15
NOTE: Disconnecting hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid (Y11) causes hydraulic fan motor to operate at full speed. Disconnecting hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid before performing the hydraulic oil warm-up procedure will prevent proper hydraulic oil warm-up. 4. For machines with non-reversing fan, disconnect hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid (Y11). 5. Install front grille.
Solenoid Location (reversing fan shown)
6. For machines with reversing fan, complete the following steps. NOTE: Disconnecting hydraulic fan reversing solenoid (Y12) prevents machine from reversing fan direction during test. a. Remove rubber mat, floor plate, and modular telematics gateway (MTG) from operator’s station to access hydraulic fan reversing valve manifold (212). b. Disconnect hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid (Y11). c. Disconnect hydraulic fan reversing solenoid (Y12). 7. Start engine and increase engine speed to fast idle. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
211— Hydraulic Fan Motor 212— Hydraulic Fan Reversing Valve Manifold
Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid Y12— Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid
8. Record fan speed using JT05719 Handheld Digital Tachometer. Fan motor speed must be at or above specification. Specification Fan Motor—Speed (minimum)................................................................................. 2475 rpm
9. If fan motor speed is below specification, see Hydraulic Fan Does Not Reach Full Speed. (Group 9025-15.) SK32938,0000912 -19-03MAY16-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-25-14
082417
PN=872
Tests
Fan Motor Case Drain Test SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
60—71°C 140—160°F
Fan Motor Case Drain Leakage (maximum per minute)
1.2 L/min 0.32 gpm
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT07148 Digital Hydraulic Flowmeter Tester TX1183131A —UN—22JAN15
Test Hose -4 F ORFS x 1 m (3.3 ft.) (approximate)
The purpose of this test is to determine if case drain leakage is within specification. Accelerated case drain can indicate excessive wear on internal components. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
Front Grille
1. Stop engine and relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil reservoir. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic System Oil and Replace Filters. (Operator's Manual.)
TX1183132A —UN—04FEB15
3. Remove cap screws (1) and lower front grille (2). Disconnect fan motor case drain line (3) from front grille bulkhead plate (4). 4. Connect -4 F ORFS x 1 m (3.3 ft.) (approximate) test hose from open fitting on front grille bulkhead plate fitting to JT07148 Digital Hydraulic Flowmeter Tester outlet port. 5. Connect fan motor case drain line to flowmeter inlet port. 6. Open flowmeter loading valve fully.
Front Grille Bulkhead Plate
7. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic reservoir. 1— Cap Screw (4 used) 2— Lower Front Grille
8. Warm hydraulic oil to specification.
3— Fan Motor Case Drain Line 4— Front Grille Bulkhead Plate
Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................60—71°C 140—160°F Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-25-15
SK32938,0000916 -19-19MAR15-1/2
082417
PN=873
Tests
9. Remove rubber mat, floor plate, and modular telematics gateway (MTG) from operator’s station to access hydraulic fan reversing valve manifold. NOTE: Disconnecting hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid (Y11) causes hydraulic fan motor to operate at full speed. Disconnecting hydraulic fan reversing solenoid (Y12) prevents machine from reversing fan direction during test.
TX1182981 —UN—22JAN15
10. Disconnect hydraulic fan proportional relief solenoid (Y11) and hydraulic fan reversing solenoid (Y12). 11. Set engine speed to specification. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
12. Measure case drain flow. Compare to specification. Specification Fan Motor Case Drain—Leakage (maximum per minute).............................................................. 1.2 L/min 0.32 gpm
13. If case drain flow is above specification, repair or replace hydraulic fan motor. See Hydraulic Fan Motor Remove and Install. (Group 2160.)
Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid 212— Hydraulic Fan Reversing Valve Manifold Y11— Hydraulic Fan Proportional Relief Solenoid
Y12— Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid
SK32938,0000916 -19-19MAR15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-25-16
082417
PN=874
Tests
Fan Pump Flow Test 60—71°C 140—160°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Fan Pump Pressure
17 926 kPa 179 bar 2600 psi
Fan Pump (550K and 650K) Flow Rate (typical, new)
48 L/min 12.7 gpm
Fan Pump (550K and 650K) Flow Rate (minimum)
40 L/min 10.6 gpm
Fan Pump (700K) Flow Rate (typical, new)
66 L/min 17.5 gpm
Fan Pump (700K) Flow Rate (minimum)
56 L/min 14.8 gpm
TX1183121A —UN—27JAN15
SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT07148 Digital Hydraulic Flowmeter Tester -8 F ORFS x 1 m (3.3 ft.) (approximate) Test Hose 550K/650K Hydraulic Fan Pump
The purpose of this test is to determine fan pump flow. Flow not within specification can indicate excessive wear on internal components. Perform this test only if fan motor speed test did not meet specification. See Fan Motor Speed Test. (Group 9026-25.) CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
TX1183122A —UN—27JAN15
1. Stop engine and relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Disconnect hydraulic fan pump pressure line (1) from hydraulic fan pump (210) and install to JT07148 Digital Hydraulic Flowmeter Tester outlet port. 3. Connect -8 F ORFS x 1 m (3.3 ft.) (approximate) test hose from flowmeter inlet port to hydraulic fan pump outlet.
700K Hydraulic Fan Pump
IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to hydraulic fan pump. Flowmeter loading valve must be fully opened before starting engine.
1— Hydraulic Fan Pump Pressure Line
4. Open flowmeter loading valve fully.
210— Hydraulic Fan Pump
6. Set engine speed to specification.
5. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)
Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................60—71°C 140—160°F
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-25-17
SK32938,0000914 -19-05FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=875
Tests
7. Adjust fan pump pressure to specification using loading valve. Record pump flow. Compare result to specification. Specification Fan Pump—Pressure............................................................. 17 926 kPa 179 bar 2600 psi Fan Pump (550K and 650K)—Flow Rate (typical, new).............................................................................. 48 L/min 12.7 gpm Fan Pump (550K and 650K)—Flow Rate (minimum).................................................................................. 40 L/min 10.6 gpm
Fan Pump (700K)—Flow Rate (typical, new)...................................................................... 66 L/min 17.5 gpm Fan Pump (700K)—Flow Rate (minimum).......................................................................... 56 L/min 14.8 gpm
8. If fan pump flow is below specification, remove and inspect fan pump. See Hydraulic Fan Pump Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) Repair or replace as necessary.
SK32938,0000914 -19-05FEB15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9025-25-18
082417
PN=876
Section 9026 Hydrostatic System Contents Page Page
Group 05—Theory of Operation Hydrostatic System Operation................... 9026-05-1 Transmission Control Circuit Operation (Flow Chart) .......................... 9026-05-2 Hydrostatic Pump Operation ..................... 9026-05-4 Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Operation............................................... 9026-05-5 Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Operation ................................. 9026-05-7 Multi-Function Valve Operation ................. 9026-05-8 Charge Pump Operation.......................... 9026-05-10 Neutral Charge Relief Valve Operation............................................. 9026-05-11 Hydrostatic Charge Oil Filter Operation............................................. 9026-05-12 Park Brake Valve Operation .................... 9026-05-14 Hydrostatic Motor Operation.................... 9026-05-15 Flushing Valve and Operating Charge Relief Valve Operation ............ 9026-05-19 Hydrostatic Thermal Bypass Valve Operation............................................. 9026-05-20 Group 10—System Diagrams Hydrostatic System Schematic.................. 9026-10-1 Hydrostatic System Component Location ................................................. 9026-10-5 Hydrostatic System Line Identification .......................................... 9026-10-9 Hydrostatic System Diagram—Neutral (Park Brake On)....................................................... 9026-10-13 Hydrostatic System Diagram—Reverse (Slow Speed) ................................................. 9026-10-17 Hydrostatic System Diagram—Forward (Fast Speed) ................................................. 9026-10-21 Group 15—Diagnostic Information Overheating Malfunctions..........................9026-15-1 Overheating Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9026-15-1 High/Low Charge Pressure Malfunctions ..........................................9026-15-3 High/Low Charge Pressure Malfunctions Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9026-15-3 Mistrack/Index Malfunctions ......................9026-15-5 Mistrack or Index Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9026-15-5 Machine Full Speed Malfunctions.......................................................9026-15-7 Machine Will Not Reach Full Speed Diagnostic .............................................9026-15-7
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
Low Power Malfunctions..........................9026-15-10 Low Power Diagnostic Procedure .....................................................9026-15-10 Track Malfunctions ..................................9026-15-14 Engine Starts But One or Both Tracks Will Not Move Diagnostic Procedure............................................9026-15-14 TCU Calibration Malfunctions..................9026-15-16 TCU Calibration Malfunctions Diagnostic Procedure..........................9026-15-16 Group 25—Tests Ultra Clean® Hand Launcher .................... 9026-25-1 Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure .............................................. 9026-25-2 Hydrostatic Oil Sampling Procedure—If Equipped ........................ 9026-25-3 Releasing Park Brake to Tow the Machine ................................................. 9026-25-4 Hydrostatic Pump and Motor Initial Start-Up Procedure................................ 9026-25-6 Hydrostatic Pump Flushing Procedure .............................................. 9026-25-7 Hydraulic Oil Cleanup Procedure .............. 9026-25-7 Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Manual Override Test ............................ 9026-25-8 Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Test.............. 9026-25-9 Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Internal Adjustment.............................. 9026-25-11 Multi-Function Relief Valve Test .............. 9026-25-13 Transmission Efficiency Test ................... 9026-25-16 Neutral Charge Relief and Operating Charge Relief Pressure Test....................................... 9026-25-19 Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Neutral (Null) Adjustment........................................... 9026-25-21 Pump Servo Pressure Test...................... 9026-25-23 Charge Pump Flow Test .......................... 9026-25-25 Charge Pressure Sensor Test ................. 9026-25-27 Motor Shift Solenoid Valve Adjustment........................................... 9026-25-28 Hydrostatic Motor Min./Max. Angle Servo Piston Pressure Test ................. 9026-25-30 Hydrostatic Thermal Bypass Valve Test ...................................................... 9026-25-32 Park Brake Test ....................................... 9026-25-34
9026-1
082417
PN=1
Contents
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-2
082417
PN=2
Group 05
Theory of Operation Hydrostatic System Operation The transmission consists of an automatic, dual-path, hydrostatic drive with a load sensing feature that automatically adjusts speed and power to match changing load conditions. An electronic controller governs transmission control. Each individually controlled track is powered by a variable-displacement, axial piston pump and a variable-displacement, bent axis motor combination. Travel speeds (forward and reverse) are controlled by a rocker switch on the transmission control lever (TCL). Independently selectable reverse speed ratios of 100%, 115%, or 130% of forward ground speed are selected through the sealed switch module (SSM). A decelerator/brake pedal controls ground speed down to a complete stop. The pumps are mounted directly to the engine in a tandem configuration and are designed for through torque capability. This means the main hydraulic pump can be driven from the back of the tandem hydrostatic pump. High-pressure hoses transmit pump flow to the motors. The variable-displacement, bent axis motors are mounted directly to the final drives. The following are electrical components in the hydrostatic system:
• Left Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor (B6) • Right Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor (B7) • Hydrostatic Charge Pressure Sensor (B8) • Brake Pressure Sensor (B9) • Right Motor Speed Sensor (B11) • Left Motor Speed Sensor (B12) • Front Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) (B13) • Rear Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) (B14) • Hydrostatic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (B15) • Hydrostatic Oil Temperature Sensor (B17) • Left Motor Shift Solenoid (Y1)
• Right Motor Shift Solenoid (Y2) • Park Brake Solenoid (Y3) For more information, see Hydrostatic System Schematic. (Group 9025-10.) Transmission control can be divided into three groups: inputs, outputs, and feedbacks. The operator sends inputs into the transmission control unit (TCU) from the steering sensor, forward, neutral, and reverse (FNR) sensor, transmission speed control switch, decelerator sensor, decelerator mode switch, and engine speed control. The TCU sends a current signal to the pressure control pilot (PCP) on each pump. The PCP is a servo valve that produces a hydraulic pressure differential relative to the amount of current. The pressure differential is sent to the pump displacement control valve (PDCV) on the pump. This pressure differential shifts the servo piston, causing the angle of the swash plate to increase or decrease, controlling the amount of displacement produced by the axial pistons. The TCU also sends a current signal to energize the motor shift solenoid on the motor. The motor is normally held at its maximum displacement (slower speed, greater torque). Energizing the solenoid causes the servo piston to shift, causing the angle of the swash plate to decrease. As the swash plate angle decreases, the displacement decreases (faster speed, less torque). The left and right motor speed sensors provide feedback to the TCU for tracking. The engine control unit (ECU) provides engine speed feedback to the TCU for antistall control. The TCU compares operator input commands and feedback from the sensors to regulate output accordingly.
SK32938,00008BC -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-05-1
082417
PN=879
Theory of Operation
Transmission Control Circuit Operation (Flow Chart) B1 DECELERATOR SENSOR
S34 TRANSMISSION SPEED CONTROL SWITCH
B3 STEER SENSOR
B2 FNR SENSOR
1 OPERATOR INPUT COMMANDS
A8 STANDARD DISPLAY MONITOR (SDM)
2 POWER IN 24V DC 3 (TRACKING FEEDBACK)
(TRACKING FEEDBACK) 3
A1 VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT (VCU) 4 CURRENT
B14 REAR PUMP PRESSURE CONTROL PILOT (PCP)
A4 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM)
CURRENT 4
TO LEFT 7 8 TRACK THROTTLE ANTI5 COMMAND STALL
TO RIGHT TRACK 6
B13 FRONT PUMP PRESSURE CONTROL PILOT (PCP)
9
9 10 DIFFERENTIAL CONTROL PRESSURE
Y1 LEFT MOTOR SHIFT SOLENOID
19 CONTROL PRESSURE
11 FUEL DELIVERY COMMAND
REAR PUMP DISPLACEMENT CONTROL VALVE (PDCV) 12
ENGINE 14
CHARGE PRESSURE 20
FRONT PUMP 15
LEFT HYDROSTATIC MOTOR
CLOSED LOOP 21 PRESSURE RPM
FRONT PUMP DISPLACEMENT CONTROL VALVE (PDCV) 13
HP
HP
17
10 DIFFERENTIAL CONTROL PRESSURE
A5505 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
CHARGE 20 PRESSURE CLOSED LOOP 21 PRESSURE
REAR PUMP 16
B12 LEFT MOTOR SPEED SENSOR
B11 RIGHT MOTOR SPEED SENSOR
(TRACKING FEEDBACK) 3
VOLTAGE
Y2 RIGHT MOTOR SHIFT SOLENOID
19 CONTROL PRESSURE
18 RIGHT HYDROSTATIC MOTOR RPM
3 (TRACKING FEEDBACK)
TX1177636
TX1177636 —UN—29JAN15
VOLTAGE
Transmission Control Circuit (flow chart)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-05-2
SK32938,00008B4 -19-07OCT16-1/2
082417
PN=880
Theory of Operation 13— Front Pump Displacement 1— Operator Input Commands Control Valve (PDCV) 2— Power in 24 V DC 14— Engine 3— Tracking Feedback 15— Front Pump 4— Current 16— Rear Pump 5— To Left Track 17— Left Hydrostatic Motor 6— To Right Track 18— Right Hydrostatic Motor 7— Throttle Command 19— Control Pressure 8— Antistall 20— Charge Pressure 9— Voltage 10— Differential Control Pressure 21— Closed-Loop Pressure A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) 11— Fuel Delivery Command 12— Rear Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV)
A4—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) B13— Front Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) A8—Standard Display Monitor B14— Rear Pump Pressure (SDM) Control Pilot (PCP) A5505—Engine Control Unit S34— Transmission Speed (ECU) Control Switch B1—Decelerator Sensor Y1— Left Motor Shift Solenoid B2—Forward, Neutral, and Y2— Right Motor Shift Solenoid Reverse (FNR) Sensor B3—Steer Sensor B11— Right Motor Speed Sensor B12— Left Motor Speed Sensor
SK32938,00008B4 -19-07OCT16-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-05-3
082417
PN=881
Theory of Operation
Hydrostatic Pump Operation
30 31
3
11
1
2
8
8
4
5 7 9 6
9
10
4
TX1159549 —UN—22MAY14
5
604 609 611
TX1159549 Hydrostatic Pump 1— Piston (9 used) 2— Rotating Group 3— Swash Plate 4— Servo Piston 5— Flow From Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV)
6— Tilting Pin 7— Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Detail 8— Feedback Link 9— Pump Pressure 10— Flow From Charge Pressure Relief Valve
The front and rear hydrostatic pumps (30 and 31) are mounted directly to the engine in a tandem configuration and are designed for through torque capability. The main hydraulic pump is driven from the back of the tandem hydrostatic pumps. Each pump consists of a nine piston (1) rotating group (2) of the parallel axial piston/slipper design, a tiltable cradle swash plate (3) that controls pump flow and direction, and an integral gerotor-type charge pump mounted on the pump drive shaft. A hydraulic displacement control valve directs swash plate angle through a servo piston (4) and a pressure control pilot (PCP), which controls the hydraulic displacement control valve. The output of the PCP is controlled by current signal to the PCP coil from the transmission control unit (TCU). The front pump is connected to the right motor with two pressure hoses. In the same manner, the rear pump is connected to the left motor. The rotating group in each pump turns at engine speed. In neutral, the swash plate angle is zero. At zero swash
11— Case Drain 609— Pilot Oil 30— Front Hydrostatic Pump 611— Charge Oil (right track) 31— Rear Hydrostatic Pump (left track) 604— Return Oil
plate angle, there is no axial movement of the pistons and no pump flow. In forward, the TCU sends a current signal to the PCP. The PCP sends a differential control pressure to the pump displacement control valve (PDCV). The PDCV sends a controlled charge pressure to the servo piston. As the servo piston is moved, the connected swash plate also moves. Increasing the swash plate angle increases axial movement of the pistons. As a result of the increased axial movement of the pistons, pump displacement increases. See Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Operation and see Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Operation. (Group 9026-05.) In reverse, the TCU sends a current signal of opposite polarity to the PCP. As a result, all control signals and movements are reversed. With the swash plate movement reversed, the pump output will be switched from one side of the closed-loop circuit to the other side. The pump is protected from high pressure by two multi-function valves, one for each direction. See Multi-Function Valve Operation. (Group 9026-05.) SK32938,00008BF -19-11DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-05-4
082417
PN=882
Theory of Operation
Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Operation
35
6
1 3 7 2
4 8 5 TX1170999 —UN—08SEP14
7 604 9
609 611
TX1170999 Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Operation (neutral) 1— Torque Motor 2— Coil 3— Orifice (2 used) 4— Nozzle (2 used) 5— Flapper Valve
6— Pilot Stage 7— Pressure to Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) 8— Case Drain
9— Hydrostatic Charge Line 609— Pilot Oil 35— Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) 611— Charge Oil Valve 604— Return Oil
There are two identical pressure control pilot (PCP) valves (35), one for each hydrostatic pump. The basic function of each PCP is to take a current signal from the transmission control unit (TCU) and convert it to a differential control pressure that is sent to each pump displacement control valve (PDCV) to regulate hydrostatic pump swash angle.
When track movement is commanded, the TCU sends a current signal to the coils in the front and rear pump PCPs. Depending on the polarity of the signal, the coil produces a magnetic field in a given direction, which, in turn, causes the flapper to move accordingly.
The major components of the PCP are the torque motor (1) and the flapper valve (5). The coil (2) establishes a magnetic force to position the flapper valve. One coil is used for forward and reverse. The flapper is centered between two nozzles (4). Centering springs help keep the flapper at null (centered) position. Upstream from each nozzle is an orifice (3) that provides a nominal pressure drop when the system is at null. With the flapper at null, there is equal charge oil (611) flow and both output pressures are equal.
The flapper restricts oil flow through one nozzle and opens the other. This restriction produces a higher pressure at the restricted nozzle and a lower pressure at the unrestricted nozzle. Increased pressure at the restricted nozzle as well as centering spring pressure tries to force the flapper and armature back to neutral, requiring greater current to the coil to achieve a greater pressure differential. Increased output differential pressure is produced, relative to the magnetic force on the armature, causing pump displacement control valve to increase pump swash angle. The increased pump swash angle increases machine speed.
When the machine is in neutral, no current signal is sent to the torque motor. The centering springs hold the flapper in a null (centered) position. Charge pressure oil is equal through both upstream orifices and through each nozzle. With equal flow and pressure drop, the two output pressures are exactly the same and the pressure differential is zero. In this condition, the pump swash angle will be zero and the motor will be at maximum swash angle.
For reverse operation, the TCU sends a current signal of the opposite polarity. The magnetic field in the pump PCP is in the opposite direction, which causes the flapper to move toward the opposite nozzle orifice.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-05-5
SK32938,00008C2 -19-18NOV14-1/2
082417
PN=883
Theory of Operation
There is a manual override mode that is controlled by an external manual override lever on the PCP. The lever is connected to the flapper valve and can be moved in both directions. Using the manual override moves the flapper
valve and overrides the TCU current signal. Manual input to the lever will force the armature and flapper valve against the centering springs, creating differential pressure in the PCP pilot stage for testing purposes. SK32938,00008C2 -19-18NOV14-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-05-6
082417
PN=884
Theory of Operation
Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Operation 2 1
34
14
9
3
15 10 11 12 16
4
5 TX1160227 —UN—08MAY14
8 6
4
604
7
609 611
TX1160227 Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Operation (neutral) 1— Null Adjustment Screw 2— Control Pressure Oil From Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) 3— Centering Spring 4— Case Return 5— Charge Pressure Inlet
6— Control Pressure Oil From Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) 7— To Pump Servo 8— To Pump Servo 9— Feedback Linkage Pivot 10— Feedback Linkage
The major components in the pump displacement control valve (PDCV) (34) are the valve spool (16), centering spring (3), feedback linkage (10) connecting the displacement spool to the pump swash plate, and a null adjustment screw (1). The PDCV is supplied with charge oil (611) and a differential control pressure oil (2 and 6) from the pressure control pilot (PCP). For more information on PCP, see Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Operation. (Group 9026-05.) The PDCV produces a servo pressure at two output ports (7 and 8), which directs the pump servo piston. In a neutral condition with zero differential control pressure, the valve spool is centered by the feedback linkage and the centering spring. Charge pressure oil is blocked at the spool center and both output ports are connected to case return (4). In forward operation, a differential control pressure will shift the spool against the centering spring. Charge
11— One-Pin Link 604— Return Oil 12— Main Adjustment Cam 609— Pilot Oil 14— Adjustment Cam Pivot 611— Charge Oil 15— Guide Track 16— Valve Spool 34— Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV)
pressure oil is now directed to the servo piston that controls hydrostatic pump swash angle. As the swash plate moves, the feedback linkage causes a movement on the centering spring opposite to that of the differential control pressure. The spool moves back toward neutral to a point where servo pressure is maintained to the servo piston. This provides control of the pump swash plate relative to differential control pressure. In reverse operation, the PCP produces an opposite differential control pressure, moving the spool in the opposite direction. Charge oil is then directed to the opposite side of the servo piston, changing pump swash angle for reverse operation. The null adjustment screw adjusts the centering position of the spool through the feedback linkage. The adjustment is made so that with no current signal to the PCP, the valve spool is exactly centered. Charge pressure oil is blocked and both output ports are connected to case return. SK32938,00008C3 -19-11DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-05-7
082417
PN=885
Theory of Operation
Multi-Function Valve Operation 2
32 4
7 1
3
49 48
5
6 47
32
48 38
47
1
TX1174171
TX1174171 —UN—20OCT14
2
611
Multi-Function Valve—Make-Up Operation 1— From Closed-Loop Circuit 2— From Hydraulic Integrated Circuit (HIC) Valve (port CHG_OUT) 3— Poppet Valve Seat
4— Pressure-Limiting Valve Poppet 5— Limiting Valve Seat 6— Spring Seat 7— Pressure Relief Valve Poppet
The multi-function valves are located in the pump end cap. There are two multi-function valves for each pump. The valves are in the closed-loop circuit and sense closed-loop pressure. Two functions performed by each valve include closed-loop charge and high-pressure relief. Closed-Loop Charge
32— Multi-Function Valve 38— Pressure Relief Valve 47— Pump Bypass Valve 48— Check Valve Poppet
49— Pressure Relief Valve Orifice 611— Charge Oil
(7) and check valve poppet (48) sense closed-loop circuit pressure. When the closed-loop circuit pressure is less than charge pressure, the check valve poppet and pressure relief valve poppet unseat. The pressure differential between the inside and outside of the poppet causes the poppet to compress the spring and allows charge oil (611) to flow into the closed circuit.
When the machine is started, charge pressure builds in the closed-loop circuit. The pressure relief valve poppet Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-05-8
SK32938,00008C4 -19-06DEC14-1/2
082417
PN=886
Theory of Operation
2
32 8
4 7 1
3
49 5
48
6 47
32 48
38
47
TX1174170 —UN—22OCT14
2
600 602 611
1
TX1174170
Multi-Function Valve—High-Pressure Relief Operation 1— From Closed-Loop Circuit 2— From Hydraulic Integrated Circuit (HIC) Valve (port CHG_OUT) 3— Poppet Valve Seat
4— Pressure-Limiting Valve Poppet 5— Limiting Valve Seat 6— Spring Seat 7— Pressure Relief Valve Poppet 8— Pressure-Limiting Valve Spring
High-Pressure Relief Operation During normal operation of the machine, the pressure-limiting valve poppet (4) senses closed-loop circuit pressure and is held against its seat by spring force through the spring seat (6). Relief operation occurs when the closed-loop circuit pressure on the pressure-limiting valve poppet overcomes the charge oil pressure and the spring force on the spring seat, causing the poppet to move off limiting valve seat (5). In this condition, there is oil flow through the pressure relief valve orifice (49), the unseated pressure-limiting valve poppet, and out of the housing to charge pressure circuit. The oil flow through the orifice causes a pressure drop inside the pressure relief valve poppet, moving the poppet off the valve seat. With the poppet off of the valve seat, closed-loop high-pressure oil (600) is allowed to flow past the poppet and into the charge circuit.
32— Multi-Function Valve 600— High-Pressure Oil 38— Pressure Relief Valve 602— Low-Pressure Oil 47— Pump Bypass Valve 611— Charge Oil 48— Check Valve Poppet 49— Pressure Relief Valve Orifice
The pump bypass valve (47) adjusts the spring tension of the pressure-limiting valve spring (8) without changing valve adjustment. For additional information on adjusting the pump bypass valve, see Releasing Park Brake to Tow the Machine. (Group 9026-25.) When spring tension on the spring seat is reduced, the pressure on the pressure-limiting valve poppet is reduced. The pressure drop due to flow at the pressure relief valve orifice causes the pressure relief valve and check valve poppet to open at reduced pressure. The reduced relief pressure bypasses the hydrostatic pump pistons and oil flows to the return circuit. Due to the design of the high-pressure relief valves, extended operation in tow bypass should be avoided. Heat damage to system components may occur due to lack of charge pressure normally used for lubrication.
Tow Bypass Operation SK32938,00008C4 -19-06DEC14-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-05-9
082417
PN=887
Theory of Operation
Charge Pump Operation
1
TX1170972 —UN—09SEP14
2
604 611
TX1170972 Charge Pump Operation 1— To Hydrostatic Charge Oil Filter
2— From Reservoir 604— Return Oil
611— Charge Oil
The charge pump is an integral part of each hydrostatic pump. The charge pump is a gerotor-type pump and is driven directly at engine speed. Each pump has a separate suction line from the reservoir. Charge pressure oil from each pump is combined and sent to a single filter. After passing through the filter, the charge oil is routed to the control circuit for each hydrostatic pump. From the front pump control circuit, the charge oil is routed to the hydraulic circuit integrated grade control (IGC) only. From
the rear pump control circuit, the charge oil is routed to the park brake valve. Both pump control circuits provide charge pressure to the pressure control pilot (PCP) valves. A neutral charge relief valve is located in the return line from the hydrostatic charge oil filter. The relief function regulates charge pressure and protects the charge pumps. If charge pressure exceeds the relief setting on the valve, excess charge oil flows through the hydrostatic pump cases to the case drain line. SK32938,00008C5 -19-10OCT16-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-05-10
082417
PN=888
Theory of Operation
Neutral Charge Relief Valve Operation A direct-acting and adjustable valve, the neutral charge relief valve (44) provides relief for the charge circuit in neutral. The neutral charge relief valve is located under the front hydrostatic pump on the return line from the hydrostatic charge oil filter housing. While the machine is in neutral, charge oil (611) pressure opens the neutral charge relief valve, allowing oil to flow to both pump cases for cooling. 1— To Front Hydrostatic Pump Case 2— To Rear Hydrostatic Pump Case 3— From Hydrostatic Oil Filter
1
44— Neutral Charge Relief Valve 604— Return Oil 611— Charge Oil
44
2 604 611
TX1177802 —UN—18NOV14
3
Neutral Charge Relief Valve SK32938,00008C7 -19-09JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-05-11
082417
PN=889
Theory of Operation
Hydrostatic Charge Oil Filter Operation B 8 B15
2
1
3
1
6
4
7
TX1177901 —UN—19NOV14
5
B-B B 611 TX1177901 Filter Operation—Normal 1— High-Pressure Passage 2— Low-Pressure Passage 3— Switch Spring
4— Bypass Valve 5— Filter Element 6— Inlet 7— Outlet
8— Filter Head 611— Charge Oil B15— Hydrostatic Oil Filter Restriction Switch
Filter Operation—Normal: The hydrostatic charge oil filter removes contaminants from the hydrostatic system. The filter head contains a bypass valve (4) and the hydrostatic oil filter restriction switch (B15).
Under normal operation, charge oil (611) enters the inlet (6), flows through the filter element (5), up through the filter canister, and through the outlet (7). The filtered charge oil then flows to the neutral charge relief valve and both pump control circuits. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-05-12
SK32938,00008C8 -19-10OCT16-1/2
082417
PN=890
Theory of Operation
1
8
B
2
3
B15
2
1
6
4
7
TX1177900 —UN—19NOV14
5
B-B B
611 613
TX1177900 Filter Operation—Restricted 1— High-Pressure Passage 2— Low-Pressure Passage 3— Switch Spring
4— Bypass Valve 5— Filter Element 6— Inlet 7— Outlet 8— Filter Head
611— Charge Oil 613— Reduced Charge Oil B15— Hydrostatic Oil Filter Restriction Switch
Filter Operation—Restricted: If charge oil flow through the filter element becomes restricted, the differential between inlet and outlet pressures increases. Charge oil pressure is sensed through the high-pressure passage (1) and the low-pressure passage (2) by the hydrostatic charge oil filter restriction switch. As charge oil flow is restricted through the filter element, the high-pressure oil on the inlet side moves the switch piston against spring force and outlet pressure. The piston contacts the terminal, closing the circuit, causing the oil filter restriction indicator to illuminate. The transmission control unit (TCU) receives the signal from the hydrostatic charge oil filter restriction switch. The TCU communicates with the standard display monitor (SDM) via the controller area network (CAN) to display oil filter restriction warning indicator. As the filter element becomes plugged, the pressure differential between the inlet and outlet increases. Inlet pressure is sensed on the bypass valve, which then opens against spring force and outlet pressure. The oil then bypasses the filter while the oil restriction indicator illuminates.
It is normal for the oil restriction indicator to be illuminated when operating the machine with cold oil. If the oil restriction indicator is still illuminated after the oil reaches operating temperature, the filter is being bypassed and the filter element should be replaced. Extended operation in the bypass mode could cause damage to the hydrostatic system. At engine start, if the transmission oil is less than 20°C (68°F), an alternate transmission filter restriction logic is used. The alternate logic begins a 15-minute timer during which the oil restriction indicator will not illuminate. When the 15-minute timer ends, or the transmission oil temperature reaches 40°C (104°F), the normal filter restriction logic resumes. If the transmission oil temperature is greater than or equal to 20°C (68°F) but less than 37°C (99°F) at engine start, the alternative logic timer will only run for 5 minutes. Once the 5-minute timer expires, or the transmission oil temperature reaches 40°C (104°F), normal filter restriction logic resumes.
SK32938,00008C8 -19-10OCT16-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-05-13
082417
PN=891
Theory of Operation
Park Brake Valve Operation Y3 Y3
When the park lock levers are in the DOWN position and pressure on the decelerator/brake pedal is removed, the park brake solenoid is energized. While the park brake solenoid is energized, charge oil (611) enters the cavity behind the park brake piston, which compresses the springs. With the springs compressed, the friction disks are free to rotate with the final drive gear and the tracks are able to move. When the park lock levers are in the UP position, the decelerator/brake pedal is fully depressed, or the machine is shut off, spring force applies the park brakes. When the park brake is applied or the machine is shut off, the park brake solenoid is de-energized. When the park brake solenoid is de-energized, the solenoid valve blocks oil from the charge pump and opens the brake piston cavity to return. The springs force the piston towards the final drive, compressing the separator plates against the friction disks, locking the final drive gear to the brake housing to apply the brake.
1 58 3
604 611
2
TX1177820 —UN—03DEC14
The multiple wet disk park brakes are located in the final drives. There are two types of disk/plates within the park brake: separator plates and friction disks. The separator plates are held stationary with the brake housing, while the friction disks are splined to the final drive gear. The park brakes are spring applied and hydraulically released.
Park Brake Valve (brake on)
Y3 Y3
To manually release the park brake, see Releasing Park Brake to Tow the Machine. (Group 9026-25.) 604— Return Oil 611— Charge Oil Y3— Park Brake Solenoid
1
58 3
604 611
2
TX1177821 —UN—03DEC14
1— From Rear Hydrostatic Pump (port M3/X11) 2— Hydrostatic Oil Return Line 3— To Park Brakes 58— Park Brake Solenoid Valve
Park Brake Valve (brake off) SK32938,00008C9 -19-05JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-05-14
082417
PN=892
Theory of Operation
Hydrostatic Motor Operation
54
55
8 1
7
11
6
4
51 2
5
52
9 604
12 3
TX1159065 —UN—23JUL14
53
611
10
TX1159065 Hydrostatic Motor Operation (neutral) 1— Rotating Group 2— Hydrostatic Circuit Pressure (port A, forward travel) 3— Hydrostatic Circuit Pressure (port B, reverse travel)
4— Synchronizing Shaft 5— Piston (9 used) 6— Feedback Spring 7— Feedback Pin 8— Valve Segment 9— Speed Ring 10— Motor Shift Solenoid
11— Output Shaft 12— Minimum Angle Stop 51— Motor Shift Solenoid Valve 52— Ball Shuttle Valve 53— Flushing Valve 54— Operating Charge Pressure Relief Valve (2 used)
turn. Spent oil flows to opposite side of valve segment as rotating group turns.
Hydrostatic motors convert hydraulic power from the hydrostatic pumps to mechanical power for track speed and torque.
Synchronizing shaft (4) with spherical rollers synchronizes the rotation of the rotating group and output shaft. The ball end of each piston runs in a socket bushing pressed into the output shaft assembly. No other parts are used to connect the pistons to the output shaft.
A bent-axis, variable-displacement hydrostatic motor is mounted to each final drive. Hydrostatic motors and final drives are located at the rear of the machine frame. An internal splined output shaft (11) connects each motor to a park brake assembly mounted on the corresponding final drive. Each motor uses an electronic displacement control, consisting of a motor servo piston (55), a feedback spring (6), a two-position, three-way motor shift solenoid valve (51) and a direct-acting motor shift solenoid (10). During operation, hydrostatic circuit pressure is forced through appropriate motor port into valve segment (8) passages. Pressure oil flows through valve segment into cylinder block of rotating group (1), forcing pistons (5) into flat face of output shaft assembly. Pistons slide down flat face of output shaft assembly, causing rotating group to
The servo piston is connected to rotating group with feedback pin (7). The servo piston positions the rotating group between maximum and minimum angle. A minimum angle stop (12) set screw is designed to limit travel of rotating group and controls minimum displacement of hydrostatic motor. The minimum angle stop screw is preset past actual motor minimum displacement angle, and not used to control minimum motor displacement. Minimum displacement stop screw is located in the motor housing and protected by a tamper-proof cap. When de-energized, the motor shift solenoid keeps the motor at maximum displacement.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
55— Motor Servo Piston 604— Return Oil 611— Charge Oil
9026-05-15
SK32938,00008CA -19-10OCT16-1/4
082417
PN=893
Theory of Operation motor speed sensors (B11 and B12), see Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
When energized, the motor shift solenoid pushes on the spool of the motor shift solenoid valve, which directs pressurized oil to servo piston. The servo piston and rotating group move to change the displacement to the point where the oil pressure on the servo piston is in balance with the force from the feedback spring. Depending on the current supplied to the motor shift solenoid, the motor will stroke between maximum displacement at zero current and minimum displacement at maximum current.
Neutral Operation
The loop flushing valve (53) and the operating charge pressure relief valve (54) use closed-loop circuit pressure to flush the return side of the closed-loop circuit. Operating charge relief valve also sets charge system pressure during forward or reverse operation. The speed ring (9) is used by the motor speed sensors (B11 or B12, not shown) to determine track speed and to calibrate transmission control. For more information on
With the transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral, the TCU sends zero control signal current to the motor shift solenoid, which in turn applies no force to the motor shift solenoid valve. The ball shuttle valve (52) sends closed-loop circuit pressure, which is charge pressure when in neutral, to the motor shift solenoid valve. With no force applied to the motor shift solenoid valve, charge pressure is directed to low-speed end of the servo piston. As the opposite end of the piston is connected to return, the piston moves to the low speed, maximum angle position. Therefore, when the TCL is moved out of neutral, the motor always starts turning at low speed, maximum torque.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-05-16
SK32938,00008CA -19-10OCT16-2/4
082417
PN=894
Theory of Operation
55 1
11
51 2
600 12
52 3
TX1159066
604 611
10
TX1159066 —UN—17SEP14
6
Hydrostatic Motor Operation (low-speed) 1— Rotating Group 2— Hydrostatic Circuit Pressure (port A, forward travel) 3— Hydrostatic Circuit Pressure (port B, reverse travel)
6— Feedback Spring 10— Motor Shift Solenoid 11— Output Shaft 12— Minimum Angle Stop 51— Motor Shift Solenoid Valve
Forward or Reverse Operation (Low-Speed) For low-speed operation, the TCU sends a low current signal to the motor shift solenoid, which, in turn, sends an applied force to the motor shift solenoid valve. The motor shift solenoid valve is spring-biased by the feedback spring so the small applied force will not move the servo piston. The ball shuttle now directs the high-pressure side of the closed-loop circuit to the motor shift solenoid valve.
52— Ball Shuttle Valve 55— Motor Servo Piston 600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 611— Charge Oil
Since the motor shift solenoid valve has not moved from the previous neutral operation position, high pressure from the closed-loop circuit continues to hold the servo piston at maximum angle. Motor movement will be low speed, maximum torque because the motor pistons are working with a longer stroke and a greater quantity of oil for each revolution of the rotating group.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-05-17
SK32938,00008CA -19-10OCT16-3/4
082417
PN=895
Theory of Operation
55 11
6
51 2
602
1
52
604
12 3
TX1159067
TX1159067 —UN—23JUL14
600
611
10 Hydrostatic Motor Operation (high-speed)
1— Rotating Group 2— Hydrostatic Circuit Pressure (port A, forward travel) 3— Hydrostatic Circuit Pressure (port B, reverse travel)
6— Feedback Spring 10— Motor Shift Solenoid 11— Output Shaft 12— Minimum Angle Stop 51— Motor Shift Solenoid Valve
Forward or Reverse Operation (High-Speed) Utilizing a variable current signal to the motor shift solenoid, the TCU has proportional control of the motor displacement angle. As the TCU receives input commands for increased speed, the current signal sent to the motor shift solenoid increases. In turn, the solenoid-applied force increases. As applied force increases, the motor shift solenoid valve starts moving against feedback spring force. At this point, pressure from the high-pressure side of the closed-loop circuit is
52— Ball Shuttle Valve 55— Motor Servo Piston 600— High-Pressure Oil 602— Low-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil
611— Charge Oil
directed to the high-speed (minimum-angle) side of the piston. The difference in force created by the increased pressure on the high-speed side of the piston causes piston movement. The movement from the piston starts de-swashing the motor and increases the feedback spring force on the servo piston. Once the feedback spring force is equal to the opposing solenoid-applied force, the servo piston goes to a "hold" position. This “hold” position maintains the motor displacement angle while the current signal to the motor shift solenoid remains the same. SK32938,00008CA -19-10OCT16-4/4
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-05-18
082417
PN=896
Theory of Operation
Flushing Valve and Operating Charge Relief Valve Operation
1 54 2
3
TX1159440 —UN—29APR14
53
600 604 611 TX1159440
5
4
Hydrostatic Motor Flushing Valve Operation (forward travel) 1— Flushing Flow to Hydrostatic 3— Hydrostatic Circuit Pressure 5— Flow to Shuttle Valve (port B, 600— High-Pressure Oil Motor Case (port B, reverse travel) reverse travel) 604— Return Oil 2— Hydrostatic Circuit Pressure 4— Flow to Shuttle Valve (port A, 53— Flushing Valve 611— Charge Oil (port A, forward travel) forward travel) 54— Operating Charge Pressure Relief Valve
The flushing valve (53) and the operating charge pressure relief valve (54) are a part of the closed-loop circuit and are used to cool both the oil and the hydraulic components of the closed-loop circuit. Valves are located in the hydrostatic motors. The flushing valve is a spring-balanced spool that senses pressure on both sides of the closed-loop circuit. The operating charge pressure relief valve is of the direct-acting, orificed, poppet-type design. In neutral with equal pressure on both sides of the closed-loop circuit, the springs center the flushing valve spool. In the centered position, operating charge pressure relief valve is not connected to the closed-loop circuit. The closed-loop circuit pressure is controlled by the neutral charge valve. In forward, one side of the closed-loop circuit will be at a higher pressure than the other. The flushing valve senses this and shifts away from the high pressure. In
this position the lower pressure side of the closed-loop circuit is connected to the operating charge pressure relief valve. The operating charge pressure relief valve pressure setting is lower than the neutral charge pressure, allowing oil flow through the operating charge pressure relief valve. In this condition, oil on the low-pressure side of the closed-loop circuit is lost through the flushing and operating charge pressure relief valves. To make up for this loss, cool, filtered oil from the charge circuit enters the low side of the closed-loop circuit through the multi-function valve. Thus there is constant flow of clean, cool oil into the closed-loop circuit when in forward. In reverse, the closed-loop circuit pressures switch from one side to the other, the flushing valve shifts to the opposite side and the low side pressure is again connected to the operating charge pressure relief valve. As in forward, the hot oil in the closed-loop circuit is routed out and clean oil is directed in. SK32938,00008CC -19-17DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-05-19
082417
PN=897
Theory of Operation
Hydrostatic Thermal Bypass Valve Operation B17
2
3
B17
3
1 4
1
4
2
TX1177842 —UN—21JAN15
T
5 604 TX1177842 Hydrostatic Thermal Bypass Valve Operation 1— To Hydrostatic Oil Cooler 3— From Hydrostatic Motor Case 5— From Hydrostatic Oil Cooler 2— From Hydrostatic Pump Case Drain 604— Return Oil Drain 4— To Hydrostatic Oil Reservoir B17— Hydrostatic Oil Temperature Sensor
The hydrostatic thermal bypass valve provides a means of quickly warming the hydrostatic oil after machine start-up.
fully open, full hydrostatic pump and motor case drain cooling oil flow to the oil cooler.
The operation of the thermal bypass valve is similar to that of a coolant thermostat in an engine. When the hydrostatic oil temperature reaches approximately 57—66°C (135—150°F), the thermostat starts to expand, opening the valve.
If the oil cooler becomes plugged, the pressure overcomes the relief spring within the thermal bypass valve and oil flow returns directly to the reservoir, protecting the hydrostatic pump and motor case seals and oil cooler from excessive pressure buildup.
While the hydrostatic oil is cold, the thermal bypass valve allows a small amount of oil to flow to the hydrostatic oil cooler through an orifice in the valve. The majority of the oil is routed to the hydrostatic oil reservoir.
The transmission control unit (TCU) receives the signal from the hydrostatic oil temperature sensor (B17). The TCU then communicates with the standard display monitor (SDM) via the controller area network (CAN) to display transmission oil temperature indicator if hydrostatic oil temperature is too high.
As temperature increases, the valve opens further until full open, at approximately 74°C (165°F). With the valve
SK32938,00008CD -19-17DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-05-20
082417
PN=898
Group 10
System Diagrams Hydrostatic System Schematic TX1175767 —UN—06JAN15
67 FINAL DRIVE Y3
50 HYDROSTATIC MOTOR
65 M4
57
B6
T
B
Y1 P
55
700
P
P
M5
77
PS2
P
58
B15
60
PS1
B9 B8
MA
51
61 44
A L1
62
52 B
MB
X3,M11
53
L2
X3,M11
L2
A L2
54
32
83
32
B17 80 T
54
36
36
L2
32 53
32 33
64
81
33
64
82
MB B
B
52
34
L1
34 64
64
A
MA
M5
55
51
REAR HYDROSTATIC 31 PUMP (LEFT TRACK)
B7
64
TX1175767
67 FINAL DRIVE
B13 35
35
P
195 HYDRAULIC OIL RESERVOIR
Y2
30 FRONT HYDROSTATIC PUMP (RIGHT TRACK)
M4
65
64
B14
L1
50
B
A
602 L1
604
HYDROSTATIC MOTOR
611 Hydrostatic System Schematic-Neutral (park brake on)
SK32938,00008B5 -19-03FEB16-1/2
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-10-1
082417
PN=899
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-10-2
082417
PN=900
System Diagrams 30— Front Hydrostatic Pump 53— Flushing Valve (2 used) 80— Hydrostatic Oil Cooler B9—Brake Pressure Sensor (right track) 54— Operating Charge Pressure 81— Hydrostatic Thermal Bypass B13— Front Pump Pressure 31— Rear Hydrostatic Pump (left Relief Valve (2 used) Valve Control Pilot (PCP) track) 55— Motor Servo Piston (2 used) 82— Hydrostatic Oil Cooler B14— Rear Pump Pressure 32— Multi-Function Valve (4 57— Park Brake Valve Manifold Bypass Valve Control Pilot (PCP) used) 58— Park Brake Solenoid Valve 83— Thermal Bypass Thermostat B15— Hydrostatic Charge Oil 33— Motor Servo Piston (2 used) 60— Hydrostatic Charge Oil Filter 195— Hydrostatic Oil Reservoir Filter Restriction Switch 34— Pump Displacement Control Assembly 602— Low-Pressure Oil B17— Hydrostatic Oil Valve (PDCV) (2 used) 61— Hydrostatic Charge Oil Filter 604— Return Oil Temperature Sensor 35— Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) 62— Hydrostatic Charge Oil Filter 611— Charge Oil Y1— Left Motor Shift Solenoid Valve (2 used) Bypass Valve 700— Supplemental Charge Y2— Right Motor Shift Solenoid 36— Charge Pump (2 used) 64— Screen (6 used) Pressure Line to Main Y3— Park Brake Solenoid 44— Neutral Charge Relief Valve 65— Brake Piston (2 used) Control Valve (IGC only) 50— Hydrostatic Motor (2 used) 67— Final Drive (2 used) B6—Left Hydrostatic Pressure 51— Motor Shift Solenoid Valve 77— Park Brake Quick Coupler Sensor (2 used) B7—Right Hydrostatic Pressure 52— Ball Shuttle Valve (2 used) Sensor B8—Hydrostatic Charge Pressure Sensor SK32938,00008B5 -19-03FEB16-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-10-3
082417
PN=901
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-10-4
082417
PN=902
System Diagrams
Hydrostatic System Component Location TX1177548 —UN—29MAY15
30
195
36
36
31
32
60 67 57
32 32 65
44
50
50
67
32
81 A
65 B
50
80 67
B 50 31
30 A 67 81 44
TX1177548 Hydrostatic System Component Location Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-10-5
082417
PN=903
SK32938,00008C0 -19-07JAN15-1/2
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-10-6
082417
PN=904
System Diagrams 30— Front Hydrostatic Pump (right track) 31— Rear Hydrostatic Pump (left track) 32— Multi-Function Valve (4 used)
36— Charge Pump (2 used) 44— Neutral Charge Relief Valve 50— Hydrostatic Motor (2 used) 57— Park Brake Valve Manifold
60— Hydrostatic Charge Oil Filter 81— Hydrostatic Thermal Bypass Valve Assembly 195— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir 65— Brake Piston (2 used) 67— Final Drive (2 used) 80— Hydrostatic Oil Cooler SK32938,00008C0 -19-07JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-10-7
082417
PN=905
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-10-8
082417
PN=906
System Diagrams
Hydrostatic System Line Identification TX1177747 —UN—09DEC14
60 195
1
66
2
700
14 65
50 8
15 16 14
11
10 31 80
13
4 13
5 7
8 10
17
9 57
30
17
50 7 16
12
66
6 15
5
11 4 65
81 3
12
3
TX1177747 Hydrostatic System Line Identification Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-10-9
082417
PN=907
SK32938,00008C1 -19-11DEC14-1/2
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-10-10
082417
PN=908
System Diagrams
1— Charge Pump-to-Hydrostatic Charge Oil Filter Line 2— Hydrostatic Charge Oil Filter-to-Hydrostatic Pumps and Neutral Charge Relief Valve Line 3— Hydrostatic Thermal Bypass Valve-to-Hydrostatic Oil Cooler Line 4— Hydrostatic Oil Cooler-to-Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Line 5— Hydrostatic Thermal Bypass Valve-to-Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Line 6— Hydrostatic Pumps-toHydrostatic Thermal Bypass Valve Case Drain Line
14— Front Hydrostatic Pump 7— Park Brake Solenoid 57— Park Brake Valve Manifold (port B)-to-Right Hydrostatic 60— Hydrostatic Charge Oil Filter Valve-to-Left Park Brake Line Motor (port B) Line 8— Park Brake Solenoid Assembly 15— Rear Hydrostatic Pump (port 65— Brake Piston (2 used) Valve-to-Right Park Brake A)-to-Left Hydrostatic Motor 66— Park Brake (2 used) Line (port B) Line 9— Park Brake Solenoid 80— Hydrostatic Oil Cooler 16— Rear Hydrostatic Pump (port 81— Hydrostatic Thermal Bypass Valve-to-Hydraulic Oil B)-to-Left Hydrostatic Motor Reservoir Line Valve (port A) Line 10— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir-to195— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir 17— Rear Hydrostatic Pump Hydrostatic Pumps Line 700— Supplemental Charge (port M3/X11)-to-Park Brake 11— Right Hydrostatic Pressure Line to Main Solenoid Valve Motor-to-Left Hydrostatic Control Valve 30— Front Hydrostatic Pump Motor Case Drain Line (right track) 12— Hydrostatic Motors-toHydrostatic Thermal Bypass 31— Rear Hydrostatic Pump (left track) Valve Case Drain Line 50— Hydrostatic Motor (2 used) 13— Front Hydrostatic Pump (port A)-to-Right Hydrostatic Motor (port A) Line SK32938,00008C1 -19-11DEC14-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-10-11
082417
PN=909
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-10-12
082417
PN=910
System Diagrams
Hydrostatic System Diagram—Neutral (Park Brake On) TX1177604 —UN—08JAN15
35 54 34
195
33
53 80 51 10
81
64 51 64
36 30 31 32
60 52
64
Y3 50 77 700
57 602 7 604
44 8
609 611
TX1177604 Hydrostatic System Diagram—Neutral (park brake on) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-10-13
082417
PN=911
SK32938,00008CE -19-12JAN15-1/2
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-10-14
082417
PN=912
System Diagrams
7— Park Brake Solenoid Valve-to-Left Park Brake Line 8— Park Brake Solenoid Valve-to-Right Park Brake Line 10— Motor Shift Solenoid 30— Front Hydrostatic Pump (right track) 31— Rear Hydrostatic Pump (left track) 32— Multi-Function Valve
53— Flushing Valve 33— Pump Servo Piston 195— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir 34— Pump Displacement Control 54— Operating Charge Pressure 602— Low-Pressure Oil Relief Valve Valve (PDCV) 604— Return Oil 35— Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) 57— Park Brake Valve Manifold 609— Pilot Oil 60— Hydrostatic Charge Oil Filter 611— Charge Oil Valve Assembly 36— Charge Pump 700— Supplemental Charge 44— Neutral Charge Relief Valve 64— Screen Pressure Line to Main 77— Park Brake Quick Coupler 50— Hydrostatic Motor Control Valve 51— Motor Shift Solenoid Valve 80— Hydrostatic Oil Cooler Y3— Park Brake Solenoid 81— Hydrostatic Thermal Bypass 52— Ball Shuttle Valve Valve SK32938,00008CE -19-12JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-10-15
082417
PN=913
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-10-16
082417
PN=914
System Diagrams
Hydrostatic System Diagram—Reverse (Slow Speed) TX1177605 —UN—09JAN15
35 54 34
195
33
53 80
10
81
64 51 64
36 30 31 32
60 52
64
Y3 50
77 57
600
700 7 44 8
601 602 604 611
TX1177605 Hydrostatic System Diagram—Reverse (slow speed) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-10-17
082417
PN=915
SK32938,00008CF -19-12JAN15-1/2
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-10-18
082417
PN=916
System Diagrams
7— Park Brake Solenoid Valve-to-Left Park Brake Line 8— Park Brake Solenoid Valve-to-Right Park Brake Line 10— Motor Shift Solenoid 30— Front Hydrostatic Pump (right track) 31— Rear Hydrostatic Pump (left track) 32— Multi-Function Valve
33— Pump Servo Piston 54— Operating Charge Pressure 600— High-Pressure Oil 34— Pump Displacement Control Relief Valve 601— Medium-Pressure Oil Valve (PDCV) 57— Park Brake Valve Manifold 602— Low-Pressure Oil 35— Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) 60— Hydrostatic Charge Oil Filter 604— Return Oil Valve Assembly 611— Charge Oil 36— Charge Pump 64— Screen 700— Supplemental Charge 44— Neutral Charge Relief Valve 77— Park Brake Quick Coupler Pressure Line to Main 50— Hydrostatic Motor 80— Hydrostatic Oil Cooler Control Valve 51— Motor Shift Solenoid Valve 81— Hydrostatic Thermal Bypass Y3— Park Brake Solenoid 52— Ball Shuttle Valve Valve 53— Flushing Valve 195— Hydrostatic Oil Reservoir SK32938,00008CF -19-12JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-10-19
082417
PN=917
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-10-20
082417
PN=918
System Diagrams
Hydrostatic System Diagram—Forward (Fast Speed) TX1177606 —UN—09JAN15
35
54 34
195
33 80
53
81
10
64
51
64
36 30 31 32
60
64
52
Y3 50 77 700 600
57
601 7
44
602 8
604 611
TX1177606 Hydrostatic System Diagram—Forward (fast speed) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-10-21
082417
PN=919
SK32938,00008D0 -19-14JAN15-1/2
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-10-22
082417
PN=920
System Diagrams
7— Park Brake Solenoid Valve-to-Left Park Brake Line 8— Park Brake Solenoid Valve-to-Right Park Brake Line 10— Motor Shift Solenoid 30— Front Hydrostatic Pump (right track) 31— Rear Hydrostatic Pump (left track) 32— Multi-Function Valve
33— Pump Servo Piston 54— Operating Charge Pressure 600— High-Pressure Oil 34— Pump Displacement Control Relief Valve 601— Medium-Pressure Oil Valve (PDCV) 57— Park Brake Valve Manifold 602— Low-Pressure Oil 35— Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) 60— Hydrostatic Charge Oil Filter 604— Return Oil Valve Assembly 611— Charge Oil 36— Charge Pump 64— Screen 700— Supplemental Charge 44— Neutral Charge Relief Valve 77— Park Brake Quick Coupler Pressure Line to Main 50— Hydrostatic Motor 80— Hydrostatic Oil Cooler Control Valve 51— Motor Shift Solenoid Valve 81— Hydrostatic Thermal Bypass Y3— Park Brake Solenoid 52— Ball Shuttle Valve Valve 53— Flushing Valve 195— Hydrostatic Oil Reservoir SK32938,00008D0 -19-14JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-10-23
082417
PN=921
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-10-24
082417
PN=922
Group 15
Diagnostic Information Overheating Malfunctions SK32938,00008D1 -19-13OCT16-1/12
Overheating Diagnostic Procedure SK32938,00008D1 -19-13OCT16-2/12
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check standard display monitor (SDM) for any DTCs. See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. YES: Diagnose and repair (Operator’s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ displayed DTCs. Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.) Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to All Systems Running Hot. SK32938,00008D1 -19-13OCT16-3/12
• 2
All Systems Running Hot
Check for reduced air flow through cooler.
YES: Operate reversing fan.
Is there external debris in cooler?
NO: Go to next step in this check.
Inspect cooler fins.
YES: Repair cooler. Install sand shield in abrasive conditions.
Are cooling fins damaged?
NO: Go to next step in this check.
Check fan motor speed. See Fan Motor Speed Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to next step in this check.
Is fan motor speed within specification?
NO: Diagnose and repair hydraulic fan. See Hydraulic Fan Does Not Reach Full Speed. (Group 9025-15.)
Check to see if fan is installed backward. Concave side of fan blades should be facing away from machine.
YES: Go to Oil Level Check.
Is fan installed correctly?
NO: Install fan in correct orientation. SK32938,00008D1 -19-13OCT16-4/12
• 3
Oil Level Check
Check transmission oil level. See Check Hydrostatic Transmission Oil Level or see Check Hydraulic/Hydrostatic System Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Go to Oil Type Check.
Is oil level between ADD and FULL mark on sight glass?
NO: Add or remove transmission system oil. See Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) SK32938,00008D1 -19-13OCT16-5/12
• 4
Oil Type Check
Check transmission oil for correct type.
YES: Go to Temperature Sensor Check.
Is transmission oil the correct type?
NO: If transmission oil is not correct type, drain and fill with correct oil. See Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-15-1
SK32938,00008D1 -19-13OCT16-6/12
082417
PN=923
Diagnostic Information
• 5
Temperature Sensor Check
Install temperature gauge on hydrostatic thermal bypass valve-to-oil cooler line. See Hydrostatic System Component Location. (Group 9026-10.)
Compare temperature reading to transmission oil temperature displayed on standard display monitor (SDM). See Accessing Service Mode, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
YES: Go to Thermal Bypass Valve Check.
Is transmission oil temperature displayed on SDM approximately the same as reading from temperature gauge?
NO: Repair or replace temperature sensor, vehicle harness (W16), or vehicle (IGC controls) harness (W17). See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) SK32938,00008D1 -19-13OCT16-7/12
• 6
Thermal Bypass Valve Check
Perform Hydrostatic Thermal Bypass Valve Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Tracker OFF Check.
Is hydrostatic thermal bypass valve functioning properly?
NO: Repair or replace hydrostatic thermal bypass valve. SK32938,00008D1 -19-13OCT16-8/12
• 7
Tracker OFF Check
Set TRACKER CONTROL to OFF in SDM. See Diagnostics—TCU Diagnostics, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
YES: Diagnose and repair mistrack malfunction. See Mistrack/Index Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.)
Does machine mistrack with tracker OFF?
NO: Go to Motor Shift Solenoid Valve Check. SK32938,00008D1 -19-13OCT16-9/12
• 8
Motor Shift Solenoid Valve Check
Check motor shift solenoid valves for proper adjustment. See Motor Shift Solenoid Valve Adjustment. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Transmission Efficiency Check.
Are motor shift solenoid valves adjusted properly?
NO: Repair or adjust motor shift solenoid valves as necessary. SK32938,00008D1 -19-13OCT16-10/12
• 9
Transmission Efficiency Check
Perform transmission efficiency test. See Transmission Efficiency Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Repair or replace hydrostatic pumps as necessary.
Is internal leakage indicated in hydrostatic pump?
NO: Go to Flushing Valve Check.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-15-2
SK32938,00008D1 -19-13OCT16-11/12
082417
PN=924
Diagnostic Information
•
10 Flushing Valve Check
Remove and inspect flushing valve for signs of wear or damage. See Hydrostatic Motor Disassemble. (Group 0360.) See Flushing Valve and Operating Charge Relief Valve Operation. (Group 9026-05.)
YES: Repair or replace flushing valve as necessary.
Does flushing valve show signs of wear or damage?
NO: Checks complete. SK32938,00008D1 -19-13OCT16-12/12
High/Low Charge Pressure Malfunctions SK32938,00008D2 -19-18NOV16-1/12
High/Low Charge Pressure Malfunctions Diagnostic Procedure SK32938,00008D2 -19-18NOV16-2/12
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check standard display monitor (SDM) for any DTCs. See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. YES: Diagnose and repair (Operator’s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ displayed DTCs. Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.) Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Transmission Oil Level Check. SK32938,00008D2 -19-18NOV16-3/12
• 2
Transmission Oil Level Check
Check transmission oil level. See Check Hydrostatic Transmission Oil Level or see Check Hydrostatic Transmission Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic Blade Functions Check.
Is oil level between ADD and FULL mark on sight glass?
NO: Add or remove transmission system oil. See Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) SK32938,00008D2 -19-18NOV16-4/12
• 3
Hydraulic Blade Functions Check
Operate hydraulic blade functions.
YES: Go to Charge Pressure Sensor Check.
Do hydraulic blade functions work?
NO: Go to Drive Coupler and Pump Shaft Check. SK32938,00008D2 -19-18NOV16-5/12
• 4
Drive Coupler and Pump Shaft Check
Turn off tracker control. See Diagnostics—TCU Diagnostics, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) Drive machine forward.
YES: Diagnose and repair hydraulic blade functions. See Hydraulic System Diagnose Malfunctions or see Hydraulic System Diagnose Malfunctions—Integrated Grade Control (IGC). (Group 9025-15.) After repairs to hydraulic system are complete, go to Charge Pressure Sensor Check.
Do both tracks move forward?
NO: Repair or replace drive coupling or hydrostatic pump shaft. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-15-3
SK32938,00008D2 -19-18NOV16-6/12
082417
PN=925
Diagnostic Information
• 5
Charge Pressure Sensor Check
Perform charge pressure sensor test. See Charge Pressure Sensor Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Relief Valve Adjustment Check.
Is charge pressure sensor working correctly?
NO: Replace charge pressure sensor. SK32938,00008D2 -19-18NOV16-7/12
• 6
Relief Valve Adjustment Check
Adjust neutral charge relief valve. See Neutral Charge Relief and Operating Charge Relief Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Checks complete.
After relief valve is adjusted, is pressure within specification?
NO: Repair or replace neutral charge relief valve. See Neutral Charge Relief Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0360.) If pressure remains outside of specifications after repair or replacement of neutral charge relief valve, go to Transmission Efficiency Check. SK32938,00008D2 -19-18NOV16-8/12
• 7
Transmission Efficiency Check
Perform transmission efficiency test. See Transmission Efficiency Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Flushing Valve Check.
Is internal leakage indicated in hydrostatic motor?
NO: Go to next step in this check. YES: Repair or replace hydrostatic pump as necessary.
Is internal leakage indicated in hydrostatic pump?
NO: Go to Park Brake Check. SK32938,00008D2 -19-18NOV16-9/12
• 8
Flushing Valve Check
Remove and inspect flushing valve for signs of wear or damage. See Hydrostatic Motor Disassemble. (Group 0360.) See Flushing Valve and Operating Charge Relief Valve Operation. (Group 9026-05.)
YES: Repair or replace flushing valve as necessary.
Does flushing valve show signs of wear or damage?
NO: Go to Park Brake Valve Check. SK32938,00008D2 -19-18NOV16-10/12
• 9
Park Brake Check
Perform park brake test. See Park Brake Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Charge Pump Flow Check.
Is park brake system functioning correctly?
NO: Repair park brake system.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-15-4
SK32938,00008D2 -19-18NOV16-11/12
082417
PN=926
Diagnostic Information
•
10 Charge Pump Flow Check
Perform charge pump flow test. See Charge Pump Flow Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Checks complete.
Is charge pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair charge pump. See Charge Pump Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0360.) SK32938,00008D2 -19-18NOV16-12/12
Mistrack/Index Malfunctions SK32938,00008D3 -19-12JUL17-1/14
Mistrack or Index Diagnostic Procedure SK32938,00008D3 -19-12JUL17-2/14
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check standard display monitor (SDM) for any DTCs. See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. YES: Diagnose and repair (Operator’s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ displayed DTCs. Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.) Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Track Tension Check. SK32938,00008D3 -19-12JUL17-3/14
• 2
Track Tension Check
Check track tension. See Check and Adjust Track Sag. (Operator's Manual.)
YES: Go to Tracker OFF Check.
Is track tension within specification?
NO: Adjust tracks. SK32938,00008D3 -19-12JUL17-4/14
• 3
Tracker OFF Check
Turn off tracker control. See Diagnostics—TCU Diagnostics, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
YES: Repair or replace motor speed sensors. See Vehicle Harness (W16) Component Location or if equipped with SmartGrade™ and integrated grade control (IGC), see Vehicle (SmartGrade™ and IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Does mistracking improve with tracker OFF?
NO: Go to Neutral and Operating Charge Pressure Check.
SmartGrade is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-15-5
SK32938,00008D3 -19-12JUL17-5/14
082417
PN=927
Diagnostic Information
• 4
Neutral and Operating Charge Pressure Check
Perform neutral charge relief and operating charge relief pressure test. See Neutral Charge Relief and Operating Charge Relief Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration Check.
Are charge relief pressures within specification?
NO: Diagnose and repair charge pressure malfunctions. See High/Low Charge Pressure Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) SK32938,00008D3 -19-12JUL17-6/14
• 5
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration Check
Turn diagnostic mode ON in SDM. See Diagnostics—TCU Diagnostics, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
YES: Calibrate TCU. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.)
Does mistracking improve with diagnostic mode ON?
NO: Go to PCP Pressure Check. SK32938,00008D3 -19-12JUL17-7/14
• 6
PCP Pressure Check
Perform Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Neutral (Null) Adjustment Check.
Is differential pressure less than 34 kPa (0.34 bar) (5 psi)?
NO: Go to Hydrostatic System Flushing Check. SK32938,00008D3 -19-12JUL17-8/14
• 7
Hydrostatic System Flushing Check
Perform Hydrostatic Pump Flushing Procedure. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Neutral (Null) Adjustment Check.
After system has been flushed, perform Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Test. (Group 9026-25.)
NO: If differential pressure is more than 34 kPa (0.34 bar) (5 psi) but less than 103 kPa (1.03 bar) (15 psi), adjust PCP. See Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Internal Adjustment. (Group 9026-25.) After PCP is adjusted, go to Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Neutral (Null) Adjustment Check.
Is differential pressure less than 34 kPa (0.34 bar) (5 psi)?
NO: If differential pressure is more than 103 kPa (1.03 bar) (15 psi), replace PCP. See Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble. (Group 0360.) After PCP is replaced, go to Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Neutral (Null) Adjustment Check.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-15-6
SK32938,00008D3 -19-12JUL17-9/14
082417
PN=928
Diagnostic Information
• 8
Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Neutral (Null) Adjustment Check
Check PDCV for proper adjustment. See Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Neutral (Null) Adjustment. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Motor Shift Solenoid Valve Check.
Is PDCV adjusted properly?
NO: Adjust PDCV. SK32938,00008D3 -19-12JUL17-10/14
• 9
Motor Shift Solenoid Valve Check
Check motor shift solenoid valves for proper adjustment. See Motor Shift Solenoid Valve Adjustment. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Hydrostatic Motor Min./Max. Angle Servo Piston Pressure Check.
Are motor shift solenoid valves adjusted properly?
NO: Repair or adjust motor shift solenoid valves as necessary. SK32938,00008D3 -19-12JUL17-11/14
•
10 Hydrostatic Motor Check hydrostatic motor min./max. angle servo piston pressure. See Hydrostatic Motor YES: Go to Transmission Min./Max. Angle Servo Min./Max. Angle Servo Piston Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.) Efficiency Check. Piston Pressure Check
Is hydrostatic motor min./max. angle servo piston pressure within specification?
NO: Repair or replace hydrostatic motor as necessary. SK32938,00008D3 -19-12JUL17-12/14
•
11 Transmission Efficiency Check
Perform transmission efficiency test. See Transmission Efficiency Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Repair or replace hydrostatic pump as necessary.
Is internal leakage indicated in hydrostatic pump?
NO: Go to Flushing Valve Check. SK32938,00008D3 -19-12JUL17-13/14
•
12 Flushing Valve Check
Remove and inspect flushing valve for signs of wear or damage. See Hydrostatic Motor Disassemble. (Group 0360.) See Flushing Valve and Operating Charge Relief Valve Operation. (Group 9026-05.)
YES: Repair or replace hydrostatic motor as necessary.
Does loop flushing valve show signs of wear or damage?
NO: Checks complete. SK32938,00008D3 -19-12JUL17-14/14
Machine Full Speed Malfunctions SK32938,00008DC -19-12FEB15-1/16
Machine Will Not Reach Full Speed Diagnostic SK32938,00008DC -19-12FEB15-2/16
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check standard display monitor (SDM) for any DTCs. See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. YES: Diagnose and repair (Operator’s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ displayed DTCs. Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.) Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Cold Operating Conditions Check. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-15-7
SK32938,00008DC -19-12FEB15-3/16
082417
PN=929
Diagnostic Information
• 2
Cold Operating Conditions Check
See Cold Weather Warm-Up. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Warm engine and transmission.
Are engine and transmission speeds limited due to cold operating conditions?
NO: Go to Decelerator/Brake Pedal Check. SK32938,00008DC -19-12FEB15-4/16
• 3
Decelerator/Brake Pedal Check
Set decelerator mode to transmission mode.
Check fast idle engine speed with decelerator/brake pedal not pressed. Set decelerator mode to engine mode. Check fast idle engine speed with decelerator/brake pedal not pressed.
YES: Adjust decelerator sensor (B1). See Decelerator/Brake Pedal Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.)
Did engine speed decrease when decelerator mode was switched to engine mode?
NO: Go to Engine Speed Check. SK32938,00008DC -19-12FEB15-5/16
• 4
Engine Speed Check
Set engine to fast idle. Check engine speed using SDM.
YES: Go to Transmission Speed Check.
Is engine speed within specification?
NO: Follow engine diagnostic procedure. See Engine Idle Speeds and Auto Shutdown Check. (Group 9010-25.)
Specification 550K and 650K Engine—Speed..............................................................2325-2375 rpm 700K Engine—Speed..............................................................................2250-2300 rpm
SK32938,00008DC -19-12FEB15-6/16
• 5
Transmission Speed Check
Set transmission speed to 3.0.
YES: Go to Tracker OFF Check.
Is engine speed during machine travel at least 2200 rpm?
NO: Diagnose and repair low power malfunction. See Low Power Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) SK32938,00008DC -19-12FEB15-7/16
• 6
Tracker OFF Check
Turn off tracker control. See Diagnostics—TCU Diagnostics, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
YES: Diagnose and repair mistrack malfunction See Mistrack/Index Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.)
Does machine mistrack with tracker OFF?
NO: Go to Track Tension Check. SK32938,00008DC -19-12FEB15-8/16
• 7
Track Tension Check
Check track sag. See Check and Adjust Track Sag. (Operator's Manual.)
YES: Go to Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration Check.
Is track sag within specifications?
NO: Adjust tracks. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-15-8
SK32938,00008DC -19-12FEB15-9/16
082417
PN=930
Diagnostic Information
• 8
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration Check
Turn diagnostic mode ON in SDM. See Diagnostics—TCU Diagnostics, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
YES: Calibrate TCU. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.)
Does machine reach full speed with diagnostic mode ON?
NO: Go to Neutral and Operating Charge Pressure Check. SK32938,00008DC -19-12FEB15-10/16
• 9
Neutral and Operating Charge Pressure Check
Perform neutral charge relief and operating charge relief pressure test. See Neutral Charge Relief and Operating Charge Relief Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Check.
Are charge relief pressures within specification?
NO: Diagnose and repair charge pressure malfunction. See High/Low Charge Pressure Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) SK32938,00008DC -19-12FEB15-11/16
•
10 Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Check
Perform Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Motor Shift Solenoid Valve Adjustment Check.
Is neutral PCP differential pressure within specifications?
NO: Adjust pressure control pilot (PCP). See Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Test. (Group 9026-25.) If pressures are still out of specification range, repair or replace PCP. See Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble. (Group 0360.) SK32938,00008DC -19-12FEB15-12/16
•
11 Motor Shift Solenoid Valve Adjustment Check
Perform Motor Shift Solenoid Valve Adjustment. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Transmission Efficiency Check.
Is motor shift solenoid valve adjusted properly?
NO: If motor shift solenoid valve cannot be adjusted, repair or replace motor shift solenoid valve as necessary. See Hydrostatic Motor Disassemble. (Group 0360.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-15-9
SK32938,00008DC -19-12FEB15-13/16
082417
PN=931
Diagnostic Information
•
12 Transmission Efficiency Check
Perform transmission efficiency test. See Transmission Efficiency Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Flushing Valve Check.
Is internal leakage indicated in hydrostatic motor?
NO: Go to next step in this check. YES: Repair or replace hydrostatic pump as necessary.
Is internal leakage indicated in hydrostatic pump?
NO: Go to Hydrostatic Motor Minimum Displacement Stop Screw Check. SK32938,00008DC -19-12FEB15-14/16
•
13 Flushing Valve Check
Remove and inspect flushing valve for signs of wear or damage. See Hydrostatic Motor Disassemble. (Group 0360.) See Flushing Valve and Operating Charge Relief Valve Operation. (Group 9026-05.)
YES: Repair or replace hydrostatic motor as necessary.
Does loop flushing valve show signs of wear or damage?
NO: Go to Hydrostatic Motor Minimum Displacement Stop Screw Check. SK32938,00008DC -19-12FEB15-15/16
•
14 Hydrostatic Motor Minimum Displacement Stop Screw Check
NOTE: Hydrostatic motor minimum displacement stop screw is preset at a considerable distance from actual motor minimum displacement angle. Stop screw is not actually used to control minimum motor displacement and should not need to be adjusted if it has not been tampered with previously. This check is to determine if stop screw has been tampered with. Cap is tamper-evident and requires replacement if removed. Remove hydrostatic motor minimum displacement stop screw cap. See Hydrostatic Motor Disassemble. (Group 0360.)
YES: Turn stop screw out until motor is able to achieve minimum displacement and machine is able to reach full speed.
Does hydrostatic motor minimum displacement stop screw show signs of tampering?
NO: Checks complete. SK32938,00008DC -19-12FEB15-16/16
Low Power Malfunctions SK32938,00008D7 -19-19MAR15-1/17
Low Power Diagnostic Procedure SK32938,00008D7 -19-19MAR15-2/17
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check standard display monitor (SDM) for any DTCs. See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. YES: Diagnose and repair (Operator’s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ displayed DTCs. Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.) Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Track Tension Check. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-15-10
SK32938,00008D7 -19-19MAR15-3/17
082417
PN=932
Diagnostic Information
• 2
Track Tension Check
Check track tension. See Check and Adjust Track Sag. (Operator's Manual.)
YES: Go to Neutral and Operating Charge Pressure Check.
Is track tension within specification?
NO: Adjust tracks. SK32938,00008D7 -19-19MAR15-4/17
• 3
Neutral and Operating Charge Pressure Check
Perform neutral charge relief and operating charge relief pressure test. See Neutral Charge Relief and Operating Charge Relief Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Park Brake Check.
Are charge relief pressures within specification?
NO: Diagnose and repair charge pressure malfunction. See High/Low Charge Pressure Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) SK32938,00008D7 -19-19MAR15-5/17
• 4
Park Brake Check
Perform park brake test. See Park Brake Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Tracker OFF Check.
Is park brake system functioning correctly?
NO: Repair park brake system. SK32938,00008D7 -19-19MAR15-6/17
• 5
Tracker OFF Check
Turn off tracker control. See Diagnostics—TCU Diagnostics, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
YES: Diagnose and repair mistrack malfunction. See Mistrack/Index Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.)
Does machine mistrack with tracker OFF?
NO: Go to Antistall Setting Check. SK32938,00008D7 -19-19MAR15-7/17
• 6
Antistall Setting Check Access the ANTISTALL submenu in the SDM. See Diagnostics—TCU Diagnostics, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) Is ANTISTALL set to NORMAL?
YES: Go to Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration Check. NO: Set ANTISTALL to NORMAL, then calibrate TCU. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) If TCU will not calibrate properly, see TCU Calibration Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-15-11
SK32938,00008D7 -19-19MAR15-8/17
082417
PN=933
Diagnostic Information
• 7
Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration Check
Turn diagnostic mode ON in SDM. See Diagnostics—TCU Diagnostics, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
YES: Calibrate TCU. See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.)
Does machine reach full power with diagnostic mode ON?
NO: Go to Low Engine Power Check. SK32938,00008D7 -19-19MAR15-9/17
• 8
Low Engine Power Check
Connect Service ADVISOR™ to machine. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-15.)
NOTE: Access interactive tests by clicking Tests and Calibrations shortcut bar, and selecting All Interactive Tests \ ECU - Engine Control Unit. Perform the following interactive tests:
• Cylinder Cutout Test • Cylinder Electronic Compression Test • Cylinder Misfire Test
YES: Diagnose cause of engine low power. See Engine Does Not Develop Full Power. (CTM132219.) 550K and 650K; See Engine Does Not Develop Full Power. (CTM 120119.) 700K; See Engine Does Not Develop Full Power. (CTM 120019.)
Do results from any test indicate a possible cause of low engine power?
NO: Go to Multi-Function Relief Valve Check.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company SK32938,00008D7 -19-19MAR15-10/17
• 9
Multi-Function Relief Valve Check
Check multi-function relief valve pressures. See Multi-Function Relief Valve Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Motor Shift Solenoid Valve Check.
Are multi-function relief valves within specification?
NO: Adjust multi-function relief valves as needed. SK32938,00008D7 -19-19MAR15-11/17
•
10 Motor Shift Solenoid Valve Check
Check motor shift solenoid valve for proper adjustment. See Motor Shift Solenoid Valve YES: Go to Pilot Control Adjustment. (Group 9026-25.) Pressure (PCP) Check.
Are motor shift solenoid valves adjusted properly?
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-15-12
NO: Adjust motor shift solenoid valves as needed. SK32938,00008D7 -19-19MAR15-12/17
082417
PN=934
Diagnostic Information
•
11 Pilot Control Pressure (PCP) Check
Flush hydrostatic pump. See Hydrostatic Pump Flushing Procedure. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Pump Servo Pressure Check.
Perform Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Test. (Group 9026-25.)
NO: Repair or adjust PCP. See Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Internal Adjustment. (Group 9026-25.)
Specification Neutral PCP Differential—Pressure................................................................ 0—34 kPa 0—0.34 bar 0—5 psi Is differential pressure for pumps within specification?
SK32938,00008D7 -19-19MAR15-13/17
•
12 Pump Servo Pressure Check
Perform Pump Servo Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Transmission Efficiency Check.
Are pressures OK?
NO: Repair or replace PDCV. See Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0360.) SK32938,00008D7 -19-19MAR15-14/17
•
13 Transmission Efficiency Check
Perform transmission efficiency test. See Transmission Efficiency Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Flushing Valve Check.
Is internal leakage indicated in hydrostatic motor?
NO: Go to next step in this check. YES: Repair or replace hydrostatic pump as necessary.
Is internal leakage indicated in hydrostatic pump?
NO: Go to Hydrostatic Motor Min./Max. Angle Servo Piston Pressure Check. SK32938,00008D7 -19-19MAR15-15/17
•
14 Flushing Valve Check
Remove and inspect flushing valve for signs of wear or damage. See Hydrostatic Motor Disassemble. (Group 0360.) See Flushing Valve and Operating Charge Relief Valve Operation. (Group 9026-05.)
YES: Repair or replace flushing valve as necessary.
Does flushing valve show signs of wear or damage?
NO: Go to Hydrostatic Motor Min./Max. Angle Servo Piston Pressure Check. SK32938,00008D7 -19-19MAR15-16/17
•
15 Hydrostatic Motor Check hydrostatic motor min./max. angle servo piston pressure. See Hydrostatic Motor YES: Checks complete. Min./Max. Angle Servo Min./Max. Angle Servo Piston Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.) Piston Pressure Check
Is hydrostatic motor min./max. angle servo piston pressure within specification?
NO: Repair or replace hydrostatic motor as necessary. SK32938,00008D7 -19-19MAR15-17/17
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-15-13
082417
PN=935
Diagnostic Information
Track Malfunctions SK32938,00008D9 -19-06MAY15-1/15
Engine Starts But One or Both Tracks Will Not Move Diagnostic Procedure SK32938,00008D9 -19-06MAY15-2/15
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check standard display monitor (SDM) for any DTCs. See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. YES: Diagnose and repair (Operator’s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ displayed DTCs. Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.) Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Park Brake Check. SK32938,00008D9 -19-06MAY15-3/15
• 2
Park Brake Check
Perform park brake test. See Park Brake Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Fuse Check.
Is park brake system functioning correctly?
NO: Repair park brake system. SK32938,00008D9 -19-06MAY15-4/15
• 3
Fuse Check
Check continuity of vehicle control unit (VCU) unswitched power 10 A fuse (F5) and transmission switches 5 A fuse. See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic Blade Functions Check.
Is continuity indicated?
NO: Replace malfunctioning fuse. SK32938,00008D9 -19-06MAY15-5/15
• 4
Hydraulic Blade Functions Check
Operate hydraulic blade functions.
YES: Go to Monitor Display Motor Speed Check.
Do hydraulic blade functions work?
NO: Go to Drive Coupler and Pump Shaft Check. SK32938,00008D9 -19-06MAY15-6/15
• 5
Drive Coupler and Pump Shaft Check
Turn off tracker control. See Diagnostics—TCU Diagnostics, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) Drive machine forward.
YES: Diagnose and repair hydraulic blade functions. See Hydraulic System Diagnose Malfunctions or see Hydraulic System Diagnose Malfunctions—Integrated Grade Control (IGC). (Group 9025-15.) After repairs to hydraulic system are complete, go to Monitor Display Motor Speed Check.
Do both tracks move forward?
NO: Repair or replace drive coupling or hydrostatic pump shaft. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-15-14
SK32938,00008D9 -19-06MAY15-7/15
082417
PN=936
Diagnostic Information
• 6
Monitor Display Motor Speed Check
Check motor speed by accessing the appropriate SDM menu. See Accessing Service Mode, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
YES: Check for mechanical malfunction of final drive or motor. See Hydrostatic Motor Remove and Install. (Group 0300.) For 550K and 650K, see Park Brake Remove and Install. (Group 1100.) For 700K, see Park Brake Housing Remove and Install. (Group 1100.) See Final Drive Remove and Install. (Group 0201.)
Is motor speed indicated, but no track movement?
NO: Go to Neutral and Operating Charge Pressure Check. SK32938,00008D9 -19-06MAY15-8/15
• 7
Neutral and Operating Charge Pressure Check
Perform neutral charge relief and operating charge relief pressure test. See Neutral Charge Relief and Operating Charge Relief Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Multi-Function Relief Valve Check.
Are charge relief pressures within specification?
NO: Diagnose and repair charge pressure system. See High/Low Charge Pressure Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) SK32938,00008D9 -19-06MAY15-9/15
• 8
Multi-Function Relief Valve Check
Check multi-function relief valve pressures. See Multi-Function Relief Valve Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Pump Manual Override Check.
Are multi-function relief pressures within specification?
NO: Adjust multi-function relief valves as needed. SK32938,00008D9 -19-06MAY15-10/15
• 9
Pump Manual Override Activate pump manual override. See Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Manual Override Check Test. (Group 9026-25.)
Do tracks move?
YES: Go to Pump Servo Pressure Check.
NO: Go to System Pressure Check. SK32938,00008D9 -19-06MAY15-11/15
•
10 System Pressure Check
Does system pressure build in circuit while activating pump manual overrides?
YES: Go to Pump Servo Pressure Check.
NO: Adjust or replace multi-function relief valves as needed. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-15-15
SK32938,00008D9 -19-06MAY15-12/15
082417
PN=937
Diagnostic Information
•
11 Pump Servo Pressure Check
Perform Hydrostatic Pump Flushing Procedure. (Group 9026-25.) Perform pump servo YES: Go to Pressure pressure test. See Pump Servo Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.) Control Pilot (PCP) Check.
Does pump servo pressure test OK?
NO: Repair or replace pump servo. See Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble and see Hydrostatic Pump Assemble. (Group 0360.) SK32938,00008D9 -19-06MAY15-13/15
•
12 Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Check
Perform Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Check.
Is PCP differential pressure within specification?
NO: Adjust or replace PCP as necessary. SK32938,00008D9 -19-06MAY15-14/15
•
13 Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Check
Perform Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Neutral (Null) Adjustment. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Checks complete.
Is PDCV neutral (null) adjustment within specification?
NO: Follow adjustment procedure to return PDCV neutral (null) to specification. SK32938,00008D9 -19-06MAY15-15/15
TCU Calibration Malfunctions SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-1/27
TCU Calibration Malfunctions Diagnostic Procedure SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-2/27
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check standard display monitor (SDM) for any DTCs. See Diagnostics—Codes, SDM. YES: Diagnose and repair (Operator’s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ displayed DTCs. Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.) Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Begin Calibration Process Check. SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-3/27
• 2
Begin Calibration Process Check
Begin transmission calibration process. See Setup—Machine Setup, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
YES: Go to Sensor Portion of Calibration Check.
Does transmission control unit (TCU) start the calibration process?
NO: Go to Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Check.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-15-16
SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-4/27
082417
PN=938
Diagnostic Information
• 3
Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Check
Check if SDM is powered up and functioning correctly.
Check SDM for the following:
• Normal start-up display. • Menu buttons function correctly. • Engine speed is displayed.
YES: Go to SDM Park Lock Status Check.
Is monitor functioning properly?
NO: Check fuses F1 and F11. See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-5/27
• 4
SDM Park Lock Status Cycle park lock levers. Check
YES: Go to VCU Circuit Harness Check.
Does monitor display “N” when park lock levers are down and “P” when park lock levers are up?
NO: Check monitor wire harness and connectors. Repair or replace if necessary. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-6/27
• 5
VCU Circuit Harness Check
Check vehicle control unit (VCU) wire harness for open circuits or short to power and/or to ground at vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors 2 and 4 (X10, X12).
• See Vehicle Harness (W16) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) • See Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) • See Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Is VCU wiring harness OK?
NO: Repair or replace wire harness. See Vehicle Harness (W16) Wiring Diagram and see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Also, see Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram and see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) After wiring is repaired, go to Transmission Calibration. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
YES: Go to Transmission Calibration.
9026-15-17
SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-7/27
082417
PN=939
Diagnostic Information
• 6
Transmission Calibration
Perform transmission FULL CALIBRATION. See Setup—Machine Setup, SDM. (Group YES: Checks complete. 9015-16.)
Does transmission calibration pass?
NO: Go to Sensor Portion of Calibration Check. SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-8/27
• 7
Sensor Portion of Calibration Check
Does TCU calibration pass sensor portion of calibration?
YES: Go to Pump Threshold Portion of Calibration Check. NO: If a DTC is displayed, correct problem causing the code. If no DTC is displayed, go to Sensor Output Check. SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-9/27
• 8
Sensor Output Check
NOTE: For information on navigating the SDM menu structure, see Accessing Service Mode, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) Display sensor live values on the SDM by accessing the appropriate menu. Actuate sensor where calibration stops and read voltage output of the sensor on the appropriate SDM menu. View calibrated values on the appropriate SDM menu and note the sensor output calibration value.
YES: Check TCU for internal malfunction. If OK, go to Pump Threshold Portion of Calibration Check.
Is sensor output voltage the same as calibrated output voltage?
NO: Check sensor and wiring. See Vehicle Harness (W16) Wiring Diagram and see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Also, see Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram and see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-10/27
• 9
Pump Threshold Portion of Calibration Check
Does TCU calibration pass pump threshold portion of calibration?
YES: Go to Pump Maximum Portion of Calibration Check.
NO: Go to Pump Threshold DTC Check. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-15-18
SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-11/27
082417
PN=940
Diagnostic Information
•
10 Pump Threshold DTC Check
Check for diagnostic trouble codes by accessing the appropriate SDM menu. See Accessing Service Mode, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
A pump threshold DTC containing failure mode identifier (FMI) 15 indicates that pump threshold high current is greater than 25 mA. A pump threshold DTC containing FMI 17 indicates that pump threshold low current is less than 6 mA. Pump threshold used for the DTCs depends on pump coil being calibrated. For example, left forward refers to left forward pump threshold. Right forward refers to right forward pump threshold. Are any of the following codes active?
YES: If a pump threshold code occurs containing FMI 15, go to Motor Speed Display Check. If a pump threshold code occurs containing FMI 17, cycle PCP manual overrides to flush contaminant, then go to Pressure Control Pilot Test Check.
Pump Threshold Codes Codes With FMI 15
Codes With FMI 17
522450.15—Left Forward Pump Coil Calibration Fault
522450.17—Left Forward Pump Coil Calibration Fault
522447.15—Right Forward Pump Coil Calibration Fault
522447.17—Right Forward Pump Coil Calibration Fault
522449.15—Left Reverse Pump Coil Calibration Fault
522449.17—Left Reverse Pump Coil Calibration Fault
522448.15—Right Reverse Pump Coil Calibration Fault
522448.17—Right Reverse Pump Coil Calibration Fault
NO: Check complete.
SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-12/27
•
11 Motor Speed Display Check
Is motor speed displayed on the appropriate SDM menu when tracks are moving? See YES: Go to Pressure Diagnostics—Machine Information, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) Control Pilot Test Check.
NO: Check motor speed sensors wiring for opens and shorts. See Vehicle Harness (W16) Wiring Diagram and see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-13/27
•
12 Pressure Control Pilot Test Check
Perform Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Pump Displacement Control Valve Turn Check.
Is PCP adjusted properly?
NO: Adjust or replace PCP as necessary. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-15-19
SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-14/27
082417
PN=941
Diagnostic Information
•
13 Pump Displacement Control Valve Turn Check
Perform Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Neutral (Null) Adjustment. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Pump Maximum Portion of Calibration Check.
Is the PDCV properly adjusted?
NO: Adjust or repair PDCV as necessary. SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-15/27
•
14 Pump Maximum Portion of Calibration Check
Does TCU calibration pass pump max portion of the calibration?
YES: Go to Motor Maximum Portion of Calibration Check.
NO: Go to Max Pump Calibration DTC Check. SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-16/27
•
15 Max Pump Calibration DTC Check
Check for codes by accessing the appropriate SDM menu. See Accessing Service Mode, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
FMI 16—Indicates that max pump calibration is greater than pump threshold (mA) + 83 mA or max pump calibration is greater than 95 mA. FMI 18—Indicates that max pump calibration is less than pump threshold (mA) + 51 mA. Pump threshold used for the DTCs depends on pump coil being calibrated. For example, left forward refers to left forward pump threshold. Right forward refers to right forward pump threshold. Are any of the codes listed in the following table active?
YES: If a max pump calibration code occurs containing FMI 16, go to Track Tension Check. If a max pump calibration code occurs containing FMI 18, go to Motor Shift Solenoid Valve Check.
Max Pump Calibration Codes Codes With FMI 16
Codes With FMI 18
522450.16—Left Forward Pump Coil Calibration Fault
522450.18—Left Forward Pump Coil Calibration Fault
522447.16—Right Forward Pump Coil Calibration Fault
522447.18—Right Forward Pump Coil Calibration Fault
522449.16— Left Reverse Pump Coil Calibration Fault
522449.18— Left Reverse Pump Coil Calibration Fault
522448.16—Right Reverse Pump Coil Calibration Fault
522448.18—Right Reverse Pump Coil Calibration Fault
NO: Check complete.
SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-17/27
•
16 Motor Shift Solenoid Valve Check
Check motor shift solenoid valve for proper adjustment. See Motor Shift Solenoid Valve YES: Go to Hydrostatic Adjustment. (Group 9026-25.) Motor Min./Max. Angle Servo Piston Pressure Check. Is motor shift solenoid valve adjusted properly?
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-15-20
NO: Adjust motor shift solenoid valve. SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-18/27
082417
PN=942
Diagnostic Information
•
17 Hydrostatic Motor Check hydrostatic motor min./max. angle servo piston pressure. See Hydrostatic Motor YES: Go to Track Tension Min./Max. Angle Servo Min./Max. Angle Servo Piston Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.) Check. Piston Pressure Check
Is hydrostatic motor min./max. angle servo piston pressure within specification?
NO: Repair or replace hydrostatic motor as necessary. SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-19/27
•
18 Track Tension Check
Is track tension within specification? See Check and Adjust Track Sag. (Operator's Manual.)
YES: Go to Engine Speed Check. NO: Adjust tracks. SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-20/27
•
19 Engine Speed Check
Set engine to fast idle.
YES: Go to Transmission Speed Check.
Is engine speed reading on SDM approximately 2250—2300 rpm?
NO: Follow engine diagnostic procedure. See Engine Idle Speeds and Auto Shutdown Check. (Group 9010-25.) SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-21/27
•
20 Transmission Speed Check
Set transmission speed to 3.0.
YES: Go to Neutral and Operating Charge Pressure Check.
Is engine speed during machine travel at least 2100 rpm?
NO: Diagnose low power malfunctions. See Low Power Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-22/27
•
21 Neutral and Operating Charge Pressure Check
Perform neutral charge relief and operating charge relief pressure test. See Neutral Charge Relief and Operating Charge Relief Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Transmission Efficiency Check.
Are the charge relief pressures within specification?
NO: Diagnose and repair charge pressure system. See High/Low Charge Pressure Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-15-21
SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-23/27
082417
PN=943
Diagnostic Information
•
22 Transmission Efficiency Check
Perform transmission efficiency test. See Transmission Efficiency Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Flushing Valve Check.
Is internal leakage indicated in hydrostatic motor?
NO: Go to next step in this check. YES: Repair or replace hydrostatic pump as necessary.
Is internal leakage indicated in hydrostatic pump?
NO: Go to Motor Maximum Portion of Calibration Check. SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-24/27
•
23 Flushing Valve Check
Remove and inspect flushing valve for signs of wear or damage. See Hydrostatic Motor Disassemble. (Group 0360.) See Flushing Valve and Operating Charge Relief Valve Operation. (Group 9026-05.)
YES: Repair or replace flushing valve as necessary.
Does flushing valve show signs of wear or damage?
NO: Go to Motor Maximum Portion of Calibration Check. SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-25/27
•
24 Motor Maximum Portion of Calibration Check
Does TCU calibration pass motor max portion of calibration?
YES: Calibration complete.
NO: Go to Max Motor Calibration DTC Check. SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-26/27
•
25 Max Motor Calibration DTC Check
Check for diagnostic trouble codes by accessing the appropriate SDM menu. See Accessing Service Mode, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
NOTE: A max motor calibration DTC containing FMI 16 indicates that max motor calibration low current is greater than 700 mA. A max motor calibration DTC containing FMI 18 indicates that max motor calibration low current is less than 470 mA. Are any of the codes listed in the following table active?
YES: If a max motor calibration code occurs containing FMI 16, go to Track Tension Check. If a max motor calibration code occurs containing FMI 18, see Motor Shift Solenoid Valve Adjustment. (Group 9026-25.)
Max Motor Calibration Codes Codes With FMI 16
Codes With FMI 18
523578.16—Right Motor Solenoid Calibration Fault
523578.18—Right Motor Solenoid Calibration Fault
523577.16—Left Motor Solenoid Calibration Fault
523577.18—Left Motor Solenoid Calibration Fault
NO: Checks complete.
SK32938,00008DA -19-16FEB16-27/27
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-15-22
082417
PN=944
Group 25
Tests Ultra Clean® Hand Launcher Use the Ultra Clean® Hand Launcher Kit to help eliminate contamination in hydraulic systems. All newly installed
hose and tube assemblies should be cleaned using this tool.
Ultra Clean is a trademark of Ultra Clean Technologies Corp. TE14778,0000386 -19-20MAR17-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-1
082417
PN=945
Tests
Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure
a. Cycle each hydraulic function twice.
SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Transmission Speed Setting (circulate oil)
1.6
Transmission Oil Temperature
57—66°C 135—150°F
Transmission Speed Setting (oil warm-up)
2.0
b. Push decelerator/brake pedal to floor. c. Put park lock levers in UNLOCKED (down) position. d. Put transmission control lever (TCL) in forward. e. Slowly release decelerator/brake pedal and cycle TCL in forward and reverse for a total of 20 seconds. f. Push decelerator/brake pedal to floor.
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
g. Put TCL in neutral.
D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stand (4 used)
The transmission oil warm-up procedure utilizes the shared hydraulic and hydrostatic oil reservoir to warm the hydrostatic oil with the machine on the ground. The transmission oil warm-up—supported procedure utilizes the brake test mode for warming the transmission oil with the machine on stands. Transmission Oil Warm-Up This procedure brings the hydrostatic and hydraulic oil up to operating temperature without raising the machine off the ground. The hydraulic and hydrostatic circuits share the same oil reservoir. One system can be used to warm up the other.
h. Put park lock levers in LOCKED (up) position. 9. Alternate heat and circulation cycles until transmission oil temperature reaches specification. Specification Transmission Oil—Temperature......................................................................57—66°C 135—150°F
Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure—Supported Follow this procedure to heat transmission oil to operating temperature with machine on stands. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected track movement. Raise the machine off the ground and support with appropriate stands. Tracks MUST be clear of tools and objects before rotating.
1. Start engine. 2. Set decelerator mode switch to transmission mode (LED off). 3. Set engine to specification. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
1. Raise machine off the ground and support with D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stands. Lower blade to ground. Tracks MUST be free to rotate in either direction.
4. Set transmission speed to specification. Specification Transmission—Speed Setting (circulate oil)............................................................................ 1.6
5. View hydraulic oil temperature. See Diagnostics—Machine Readings, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.) 6. Enable hydraulics.
NOTE: Brake test setting is accessed with the monitor in service mode. Brake test mode MUST be disabled during normal operation. If transmission speed is above 2.0, the transmission control unit (TCU) will default transmission speed to 2.0 when brake mode is set to test. 2. Set BRAKE MODE setting to TEST in standard display monitor (SDM). See Setup—Machine Setup, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
7. Heat hydraulic/hydrostatic oil: Hold control valve lever in blade lift position over relief for 30 seconds. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected track movement. Tracks must be free to rotate in either direction. Tracks will rotate when transmission control lever (TCL) is moved to forward or reverse. Be careful not to accidentally actuate controls when bystanders are present. Check for objects on tracks before rotating tracks.
3. View transmission oil temperature. See Diagnostics—Machine Information, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) 4. Start engine. 5. Set engine speed to specification. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
6. Set decelerator mode switch to transmission mode.
8. Circulate hydraulic/hydrostatic oil: Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-2
SK32938,00008DF -19-14JAN15-1/2
082417
PN=946
Tests
7. Set transmission speed to specification.
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected track movement. Tracks will rotate when transmission control lever (TCL) is moved to forward or reverse.
Specification Transmission Speed—Setting (oil warm-up)............................................................................................. 2.0
NOTE: Brake test mode allows machine to be out of neutral for 20 seconds, after which TCU returns machine to neutral. Transmission control lever (TCL) MUST be returned to neutral for at least 20 seconds before moving TCL to forward or reverse to start cycle again.
NOTE: Tracks must be operated in 20-second intervals, allowing sufficient time for oil to circulate and prevent oil overheating. 10. Circulate hydraulic/hydrostatic oil: a. Push decelerator/brake pedal to floor. b. Put park lock levers in UNLOCKED (down) position.
8. Heat hydraulic/hydrostatic oil: a. Push decelerator/brake pedal to floor.
c. Put TCL in forward.
b. Put park lock levers in LOCKED (up) position.
d. Release decelerator/brake pedal and cycle TCL in forward and reverse for a total of 20 seconds.
c. Put transmission control lever (TCL) in forward. d. Slowly release decelerator/brake pedal. e. Heat oil for 20 seconds while reading transmission temperature on monitor. f. Push decelerator/brake pedal to floor. g. Move TCL to neutral. 9. Set transmission speed to specification. Specification Transmission Speed—Setting (circulate oil)........................................................................................................ 1.6
e. Push decelerator/brake pedal to floor. 11. Alternate heat and circulate cycles until transmission oil temperature reaches specification. Specification Transmission Oil—Temperature......................................................................57—66°C 135—150°F
12. Stop engine and reset brake mode in SDM submenu to NORMAL.
SK32938,00008DF -19-14JAN15-2/2
Hydrostatic Oil Sampling Procedure—If Equipped For hydrostatic oil sampling procedure, see Fluid Sampling Procedure—If Equipped. (Group 9010-25.) JL05046,000014C -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-3
082417
PN=947
Tests
Releasing Park Brake to Tow the Machine 1379—2758 kPa 13.8—27.6 bar 200—400 psi
Multi-Function Valve Lock Nut Torque
79 N·m 58 lb.-ft.
TX1179264A —UN—16DEC14
SPECIFICATIONS Brake Circuit Pressure
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Quick Coupler JT07192 Electric/Hydraulic Pump With Gauge 1-3/8 in. Socket Hydrostatic Pumps
This procedure is used to release the park brakes for towing the machine. 1— Park Brake Quick Disconnect
32— Multi-Function Valve (4 used)
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected machine movement. Place blocks at front and rear of tracks and secure machine to prevent from rolling.
6. Put park lock levers in UNLOCKED (down) position and transmission control lever (TCL) in NEUTRAL.
Do not allow an operator on the machine being towed unless the operator can control the steering and brakes.
NOTE: The TOW setting will allow the machine to be towed without automatically applying the brakes (hill hold disabled).
1. Remove floor plate in operator’s station to access hydrostatic pumps. See Remove Operator’s Station Floor Plate. (Operator’s Manual.)
7. Set brake mode to TOW in standard display monitor (SDM). See Setup—Preferences, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
NOTE: Multi-function valves can be turned out using a 1-3/8 in. socket and a flexible head ratchet. Engine does not have to be running to tow machine.
8. Display brake pressure. See Diagnostics—Machine Information, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
2. To tow machine in forward or reverse, both forward and reverse multi-function valves (32) of left and right track pumps must be turned out (counterclockwise) 3 turns.
IMPORTANT: Prevent over pressurizing the brake circuit. Brake circuit pressure must not exceed the maximum charge pressure. Brake seals can be damaged if pressurized above 2758 kPa (27.6 bar) (400 psi).
3. Raise blade off the ground.
Release brakes using an electric/hydraulic pump equipped with a pressure gauge so the pressure applied to the brakes can be monitored. Apply a minimum pressure of 1379 kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi) and a maximum pressure of 2758 kPa (27.6 bar) (400 psi).
IGC Machines: If engine will crank but will not start, blade can be raised by cranking engine while pressing and holding hydraulic enable switch, and engaging blade raise function. Non IGC Machines: If engine will crank but will not start, blade can be raised by cranking engine while engaging blade raise function. 4. Disconnect park brake quick disconnect (1) from pump. NOTE: If spare quick coupler is not available, the male quick coupler can be removed from hydrostatic pump and used to adapt electric/hydraulic pump hose. Hydrostatic pump fitting must be sealed with cap. 5. Install quick coupler fitting on electric/hydraulic pump hose. Connect quick coupler fittings so electric/hydraulic pump can pressurize the brake circuit. NOTE: When towing the machine with person in operator's seat, the park brake can be applied to stop machine at any time by moving the park lock levers to the LOCKED (up) position.
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
NOTE: The brakes initially start to release at approximately 896 kPa (9 bar) (130 psi) and are fully released at approximately 1310 kPa (13.1 bar) (190 psi). 9. Pressurize brake circuit to specification. Specification Brake Circuit—Pressure................................................ 1379—2758 kPa 13.8—27.6 bar 200—400 psi
IMPORTANT: Do not tow machine faster than 1.6 km/h (1 mph) (646 motor rpm max) for more than 10 minutes. Tow distance is not to exceed 305 m (1000 ft.) of total tow distance. Failure to do this may result in extensive machine damage. 10. Tow machine. Continued on next page
9026-25-4
SK32938,00008DE -19-11FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=948
Tests
NOTE: Brake pressure will degrade due to internal brake valve leakage. Brake pressure will fall quickly from 2068 kPa (20.68 bar) (300 psi); however, the brake pistons will not need to be pumped up again until pressure drops below 1000 kPa (10 bar) (145 psi).
12. Tighten multi-function valve lock nut to specification.
11. Remove electric/hydraulic pump and connect brake hose to rear hydrostatic pump.
13. Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power and reset brake mode to NORMAL.
Specification Multi-Function Valve Lock Nut—Torque..................................................................................79 N·m 58 lb.-ft.
SK32938,00008DE -19-11FEB15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-5
082417
PN=949
Tests
Hydrostatic Pump and Motor Initial Start-Up Procedure 345 kPa 3.45 bar 50 psi
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
TX1179299A —UN—02JAN15
SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Charge Pressure
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stand (4 used)
This procedure is used to bleed air from the hydrostatic circuit after a major component repair. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected track movement. Raise the machine off the ground and support with appropriate stands. Tracks MUST be clear of tools and objects before rotating. 1. Raise machine off the ground and support with D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stands. Lower blade to ground. Tracks must be free to rotate in either direction. NOTE: The 550K and 650K hydraulic and hydrostatic systems share an oil reservoir. 2. Fill reservoir with specified oil. See Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil. (Operator's Manual.) For 550K and 650K machines, see Check Hydrostatic Transmission Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.) For 700K machines, see Check Hydrostatic Transmission Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.)
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Unswitched Power 25 A Fuse 1 (F31) F31— Engine Control Unit (ECU) Unswitched Power 25 A Fuse 1
F64— Fuse Box 2
7. Crank engine in 30-second intervals until transmission charge pressure reaches specification. Specification Transmission Charge—Pressure....................................................................... 345 kPa 3.45 bar 50 psi
8. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. 9. Install ECU unswitched power 25 A fuse 1. 10. Turn battery disconnect to ON position.
3. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. 4. Remove engine control unit (ECU) unswitched power 25 A fuse 1 (F31) from fuse box 2 (F64).
11. Start engine and run at specification for 1 minute. Specification Engine—Speed..........................................................................Slow Idle
12. Set engine speed to specification.
5. Turn battery disconnect to ON position. 6. Display transmission charge pressure on standard display unit (SDM). See Diagnostics—Machine Information, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) IMPORTANT: Overheating, caused by excessive operation, will severly damage starting motor. Never operate starting motor more than 30 seconds. Allow at least 2 minutes for cooling and battery recovery before operating again.
Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
13. Operate machine at low speed in forward, reverse, and counter rotation for several minutes. This process will flush the displacement control valve areas. 14. Check oil level in hydraulic oil reservoir (550K and 650K machines) or hydrostatic oil reservoir (700K machines). SK32938,00008E0 -19-05DEC16-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-6
082417
PN=950
Tests
Hydrostatic Pump Flushing Procedure Slow Idle
Transmission Speed Setting
1.6
Engine Speed
1500 rpm
TX1180973A —UN—09JAN15
SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stand (4 used) -4 M -6 M ORFS 90° Fitting (2 used) -4 M -6 M ORFS Straight Fitting (4 used) Fitting 9/16 ORB (4 used) Hydrostatic Pump Test Ports
Hose 2134 mm (7 ft) (4 used)
This procedure is used whenever major repair has been done to the hydrostatic circuit.
1— Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Test Port (4 used) 2— Pump Servo Test Port (4 used)
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected track movement. Raise machine off the ground and support with appropriate stands. Tracks must be free to rotate in either direction; check for objects on tracks before rotating tracks. 1. Raise machine off the ground and support with D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stands. Lower blade to ground. Tracks must be free to rotate in either direction. 2. Remove floor plate in operator’s station to access hydrostatic pumps. See Remove Operator’s Station Floor Plate. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Install test hoses and fittings into pump displacement control valve (PDCV) test ports (1) on both pump displacement control valves. Route opposite end of hoses back to reservoir.
3— Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Connector (2 used)
rotate when transmission control lever (TCL) is moved to forward or reverse. IMPORTANT: To prevent damage to hydrostatic system, operate in 20 second intervals to allow for sufficient cooling. 6. Cycle transmission control lever (TCL) from forward left counter rotate through right counter rotate positions to flush the displacement control valve areas. Continue cycling TCL with engine at slow idle for several minutes.
4. Start engine and run engine at specification.
7. Increase engine speed to specification and continue cycling TCL to actuate transmission pumps for approximately 10 minutes.
Specification Engine—Speed..........................................................................Slow Idle
Specification Engine—Speed......................................................................... 1500 rpm
5. Set transmission speed to specification.
NOTE: PDCV test ports (1) MUST be closed to shift displacement control valve and allow flow from pump servo test ports (2).
Specification Transmission Speed—Setting................................................................................... 1.6
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected track movement. Tracks will
8. Repeat procedure using pump servo test ports (2). 9. Install floor plate in operator’s station. See Remove Operator’s Station Floor Plate. (Operator’s Manual.) SK32938,00008E1 -19-14OCT16-1/1
Hydraulic Oil Cleanup Procedure A hydraulic oil cleanup procedure must be done prior to starting machine after a component has been repaired or replaced. The use of attachments increases the need to
monitor and filter oil to a safe contamination level. See General Oil Cleanup Procedure. (CTM310—Super Caddy Oil Cleanup Procedure.) KK70125,00008D0 -19-02NOV10-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-7
082417
PN=951
Tests
Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Manual Override Test SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
Slow Idle SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stand (4 used)
TX1179393A —UN—05DEC14
This procedure will help isolate electrical and hydraulic problems. Moving the manual override lever produces a hydraulic differential pressure signal to the pump displacement control valve (PDCV). If operation is normal, pressure will be produced in the closed-loop and tracks will rotate. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected track movement. Raise the machine off the ground and support with appropriate stands. Tracks MUST be clear of tools and objects before rotating. PCP Manual Override Lever
1. Raise machine off the ground and support with D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stands.
1— Pump PCP Manual Override Lever (2 used)
Lower blade to ground. Tracks MUST be free to rotate in either direction. 2. Remove floor plate in operator’s station to access hydrostatic pumps. See Remove Operator’s Station Floor Plate. (Operator’s Manual.)
The tracks will rotate as the lever is moved in each direction, indicating normal hydraulic operation in the closed-loop system.
3. Start engine and run at specification. Specification Engine—Speed..........................................................................Slow Idle
NOTE: In order to allow manual override in neutral, the brake control setting must be set to TOW. In NORMAL mode, the brakes will engage after 3 seconds.
7. Turn machine off to set brake mode to NORMAL setting. 8. Install floor plate in operator’s station. See Remove Operator’s Station Floor Plate. (Operator’s Manual.)
4. Set brake control setting to TOW on standard display monitor (SDM). See Setup—Preferences, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.) 5. Put park lock levers in UNLOCKED (down) position. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected track movement. Tracks will rotate when PCP manual override lever is moved. Be careful not to accidentally actuate PCP manual override lever when bystanders are present. 6. Momentarily move the pump PCP manual override lever (1) in each direction. SK32938,00008E2 -19-11FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-8
082417
PN=952
Tests
Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Test 57—66°C 135—150°F
Neutral PCP Differential Pressure
0—34 kPa 0—0.34 bar 0—5 psi
Transmission Speed Position
1.0
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Input Current to Control Pressure
1 mA/6.89 kPa 1 mA/0.069 bar 1 mA/1 psi
TX1180973A —UN—09JAN15
SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
Hydrostatic Pump Test Ports SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stand (4 used)
1— Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Test Port (4 used) 2— Pump Servo Test Port (4 used)
Quick Coupler (9/16-20UN M ORB) (2 used) Test Hose (2 used) JT05753 Hydrostatic Test Switch Box
3— Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Connector (2 used)
JT02156A Digital Pressure And Temperature Analyzer JT02161 3500 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) Transducer (2 used) Specification Neutral PCP Differential—Pressure............................................................. 0—34 kPa 0—0.34 bar 0—5 psi
This procedure will test pump pressure control pilots (PCPs) in neutral and in operational mode. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected track movement. Raise the machine off the ground and support with appropriate stands. Tracks MUST be clear of tools and objects before rotating.
If neutral PCP differential pressure is greater than specification but less than 103 kPa (1.03 bar) (15 psi), PCP must be adjusted. See Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Internal Adjustment. (Group 9026-25.)
1. Raise machine off the ground and support with D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stands.
If differential pressure is over 103 kPa (1.03 bar) (15 psi), PCP must be replaced.
Lower blade to ground. Tracks MUST be free to rotate in either direction.
7. Set transmission speed to specification. Specification Transmission Speed—Position.................................................................................. 1.0
2. Remove floor plate in operator’s station to access hydrostatic pumps. See Remove Operator’s Station Floor Plate. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Install fittings and test hoses into pump displacement control valve (PDCV) test ports (1). NOTE: A switching valve and gauge or differential pressure gauge must be used to obtain an accurate differential pressure reading. Two separate pressure gauges cannot be used. 4. Install JT02156A Digitial Pressure and Temperature Analyzer with JT02161 3500 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) Transducers.
8. In service mode, access the TRANS READINGS menu in the standard display monitor (SDM). See Diagnostics—Machine Information, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) 9. Set decelerator mode switch to transmission mode. 10. Record RIGHT FWD PCP and LEFT FWD PCP mA values. 11. Depress decelerator/brake pedal to floor. 12. Set engine speed to specification.
5. Start engine and warm transmission oil to specified temperature. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9026-25.)
Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
Specification Transmission Oil—Temperature......................................................................57—66°C 135—150°F
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected track movement. Tracks will rotate when transmission control lever (TCL) is moved to forward or reverse. Be careful not to accidentally actuate controls when bystanders are present.
6. Compare neutral PCP differential pressure to specification. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-9
SK32938,00008E3 -19-30JAN15-1/2
082417
PN=953
Tests 13. Move transmission control lever (TCL) to forward. Slowly release decelerator/brake pedal. Carefully monitor the mA as the decelerator/brake pedal is released. The reading will go from 0 mA to a low reading (e.g., 15.9 mA), indicating the threshold or initial reading. Transmission Speed
Control Milliamp
Neutral Reading at (1.0)
0
Initial Reading at (1.0) (record actual mA)
__mA
Increase speed to get—
35 mA
Increase speed to get—
50 mA
Increase speed to get—
75 mA
Maximum Reading at (3.0) (record actual mA)
__mA
14. With the decelerator/brake pedal fully released, slowly increase speed in grip (SIG) to maximum speed position to continue increasing the mA. 15. Record milliamp and differential readings as follows:
Front Pump Control Pressure
Rear Pump Control Pressure
Calculated Pressure Differential
Forward
Forward
Front Pump
Reverse
16. Repeat the procedure for reverse.
The relationship between control milliamps and differential control pressure is approximately 7 kPa (0.07 bar) (1 psi) differential OUT of the pressure control pilot (PCP) for each milliamp IN.
Rear Pump
The operation of the PCP can be considered acceptable if pressure reading is reasonably close to the theoretical value and linear to the milliamp values.
17. Analyze test results as follows: The initial reading when coming out of neutral is the threshold of movement value (tracks begin to move).
Reverse
Specification Input Current to Control—Pressure.............................................................1 mA/6.89 kPa 1 mA/0.069 bar 1 mA/1 psi SK32938,00008E3 -19-30JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-10
082417
PN=954
Tests
Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Internal Adjustment SPECIFICATIONS 57—66°C 135—150°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Transmission Speed Position
1.0
Differential Pressure
0—34.5 kPa 0—0.34 bar 0—5 psi
TX1180975A —UN—09JAN15
Transmission Oil Temperature
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Hydrostatic Pump Test Ports
D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stand (4 used) Quick Coupler (9/16-20UN M ORB) (2 used)
1— Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Test Port (4 used) 2— Pump Servo Test Port (4 used)
Test Hose (2 used) JT05753 Hydrostatic Test Switch Box JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02161 3500 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) Transducer (2 used)
3— Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Connector (2 used) 4— Slotted Screw and O-Ring Cover
Hex Key Wrench (3/32 in.)
5. Install fittings and test hoses in PDCV test ports (1).
The purpose of this test is to adjust the internal flapper valve in the pressure control pilot (PCP).
6. Connect JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer and JT02161 3500 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) Transducers.
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected track movement. Raise the machine off the ground and support with appropriate stands. Tracks MUST be clear of tools and objects before rotating.
7. Disconnect pump pressure control pilot (PCP) connectors (3). 8. Set engine speed to specification.
1. Raise machine off the ground and support with D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stands.
Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
Lower blade to ground. Tracks MUST be free to rotate in either direction. 2. Start engine and warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9026-25.) Specification Transmission Oil—Temperature......................................................................57—66°C 135—150°F
3. Remove floor plate in operator’s station to access hydrostatic pumps. See Remove Operator’s Station Floor Plate. (Operator’s Manual.)
9. Set transmission speed to specification. Specification Transmission Speed—Position.................................................................................. 1.0
10. Read or calculate differential pressure and compare to specifications. Specification Differential—Pressure.......................................................... 0—34.5 kPa 0—0.34 bar 0—5 psi
• If differential pressure is within specification, test is complete.
• If differential pressure is too high, go to next step
4. Thoroughly clean area around PCP and pump displacement control valve (PDCV) test ports.
to adjust.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-11
SK32938,00008EB -19-28JAN15-1/2
082417
PN=955
Tests
TX1174684A —UN—20OCT14
IMPORTANT: The coil and flapper valve area of the PCP MUST be kept clean for proper operation. Always use clean wrenches and keep entire area clear of any dirt. NOTE: Some silicone oil will leak from port when screw is removed. 11. Remove slotted screw and O-ring (5) on side of PCP. 12. Adjust internal hex screw as necessary to get differential pressure to specification. Specification Differential—Pressure.......................................................... 0—34.5 kPa 0—0.34 bar 0—5 psi
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to O-ring and PCP. Do not overtighten slotted screw and O-ring. 13. Install slotted screw and O-ring by hand until O-ring contacts housing. Turn screw an additional 1/8 turn. 14. Route all wiring harnesses back to their original location and replace all tie bands.
Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) 5— Slotted Screw and O-Ring
15. Install floor plate in operator’s station. See Remove Operator’s Station Floor Plate. (Operator’s Manual.) 16. Calibrate transmission control unit (TCU). See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) SK32938,00008EB -19-28JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-12
082417
PN=956
Tests
Multi-Function Relief Valve Test 3. Set brake mode to TEST on the SDM. See Setup—Machine Setup, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
57—66°C 135—150°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Transmission Speed Setting
1.6
4. Depress decelerator/brake pedal to floor and set engine speed to specification. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
Multi-Function Valve 550K Relief Valve Pressure
650K Relief Valve Pressure
39 300—41 609 kPa 393—416 bar 5700—6035 psi
5. With park lock levers in LOCKED (up) position, set transmission speed to specification.
43 299—45 643 kPa 433—456 bar 6280—6620 psi
700K Relief Valve Pressure
46 195—48 953 kPa 462—490 bar 6700—7100 psi
Relief Valve Pressure Change
7000 kPa per 1/2 Turn 70 bar per 1/2 Turn 1000 psi per 1/2 Turn
Lock Nut Torque
16.3 N·m 144 lb.-in.
Specification Transmission Speed—Setting................................................................................... 1.6
6. Display RIGHT SYSTEM PRESSURE and LEFT SYSTEM PRESSURE. See Diagnostics—Machine Information, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) IMPORTANT: To prevent damage to multi-function valves, the test software limits the test function to 20 seconds before returning transmission to neutral. The tracks must be operated between test functions to prevent localized overheating of multi-function valves. Rotating the tracks will circulate some hot oil out of closed-loop circuit to the hydrostatic oil reservoir for cooling.
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stand (4 used) Quick Coupler (9/16-20UN M ORB) JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02160 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10 000 psi) Transducer
Carefully monitor transmission temperature during this test. Temperature will rise very quickly when operating in an over-relief condition. Do not exceed 71°C (160°F).
The purpose of this test is to check and adjust multi-function valve relief settings. For more information, see Multi-Function Valve Operation. (Group 9026-05.) For this test, multi-function valve relief pressures are viewed using the standard display monitor (SDM) via hydrostatic pressure sensors connected to diagnostic test ports on the hydrostatic motors. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected track movement. Raise the machine off the ground and support with appropriate stands. Tracks MUST be clear of tools and objects before rotating.
NOTE: Brake test mode allows the machine to be out of neutral for 20 seconds, after which the transmission control unit (TCU) returns the machine to neutral. Transmission control lever (TCL) should be returned to neutral for at least 20 seconds before moving TCL to forward or reverse to start cycle again. 7. Check multi-function valve relief pressure: NOTE: Stopping one track tests multi-function valve relief pressure one side at a time. Measuring one relief pressure at a time allows for more accurate results.
1. Raise machine off the ground and support with D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stands.
a. Place transmission control lever (TCL) in appropriate detent corresponding with test being performed. Hold TCL to stop track on opposite side.
Lower blade to ground. Tracks MUST be free to rotate in either direction. 2. Start engine and warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9026-25.) Specification Transmission Oil—Temperature......................................................................57—66°C 135—150°F
NOTE: Brake test setting is accessed with the monitor in service mode. Brake test mode MUST be disabled during normal operation.
NOTE: In order to obtain an accurate pressure reading, avoid flooding the relief valve with excessive oil flow. Do not continue increasing engine speed after pressure levels out. b. Slowly release decelerator/brake pedal and record highest pressure reading. NOTE: Pressure should rise as the engine speed is slowly increased and then levels out. The point at which the pressure levels out is the relief valve setting.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-13
SK32938,00008EC -19-16JUL15-1/4
082417
PN=957
Tests
TX1179264A —UN—16DEC14
c. If high-pressure reading is erratic (very unstable), rotate tracks slightly to reposition motor speed ring and sensor. Repeat test. If pressures remain erratic, turn TRACKER CONTROL off and perform test. See Diagnostics—TCU Diagnostics, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) d. Compare reading to specification. If the relief setting cannot be reached at fast idle, then slowly increase transmission speed until pressure levels out. Multi-Function Valve—Specification 550K Relief Valve—Pressure...................................................... 39 300—41 609 kPa 393—416 bar 5700—6035 psi 650K Relief Valve—Pressure...................................................... 43 299—45 643 kPa 433—456 bar 6280—6620 psi 700K Relief Valve—Pressure...................................................... 46 195—48 953 kPa 462—490 bar 6700—7100 psi
8. Repeat procedure to test other relief valve settings and record pressures. NOTE: The top multi-function valve on each pump controls pressure in forward and the bottom valve controls pressure in reverse.
Multi-Function Valves 1— Park Brake Quick Disconnect
32— Multi-Function Valve (4 used)
c. Turn multi-function valve in to increase pressure or out to decrease pressure. Multi-Function Valve—Specification Relief Valve—Pressure Change..................................................................7000 kPa per 1/2 Turn 70 bar per 1/2 Turn 1000 psi per 1/2 Turn
d. Tighten lock nut to specification. Multi-Function Valve—Specification Lock Nut—Torque.......................................................................16.3 N·m 144 lb.-in.
9. If multi-function valve setting does not meet test specification: a. Remove floor plate in operator’s station to access hydrostatic pumps. See Remove Operator’s Station Floor Plate. (Operator’s Manual.)
e. Start machine and repeat test to verify pressure. Adjust as required. 10. Stop engine to reset brake mode to NORMAL.
b. Loosen the outer lock nut of multi-function valve. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-14
SK32938,00008EC -19-16JUL15-2/4
082417
PN=958
Tests
Reading Pressure With Test Equipment CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
TX1181395A —UN—23DEC14
If necessary to confirm sensor operation, pressure readings can be obtained by removing the hydrostatic pressure sensor and installing quick coupler into pressure port (M5) (3) of hydrostatic motor. Install JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer with JT02160 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10 000 psi) Transducer or a gauge. For more information:
• See Hydrostatic System Schematic. (Group 9026-10.) • See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation. (Group 9025-25.)
3— Pressure Port (M5) Hydrostatic System Pressure Port Location (650K shown) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-15
SK32938,00008EC -19-16JUL15-3/4
082417
PN=959
Tests
Transmission Efficiency Test 1. Raise machine off the ground and support with D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stands.
SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
57—66°C 135—150°F
Transmission Speed Setting
1.6
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
550K Relief Valve Pressure
39 300—41 609 kPa 393—416 bar 5700—6035 psi
650K Relief Valve Pressure
43 299—45 643 kPa 433—456 bar 6280—6620 psi
700K Relief Valve Pressure
46 194—48 953 kPa 462—490 bar 6700—7100 psi
System Test Pressure (low)
6895 kPa 68.9 bar 1000 psi
System Test Pressure (high)
34 500 kPa 345 bar 5000 psi
Pump Amperage (good)
0—11 mA
Pump Amperage (marginal)
11—16 mA
Pump Amperage (bad)
Over 16 mA
Lower blade to ground. Tracks MUST be free to rotate in either direction. IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to hydrostatic system components. Carefully monitor transmission temperature during this test. Temperature will rise very quickly when operating in an over-relief condition. Do not exceed 71°C (160°F). 2. Start engine and warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9026-25.) Specification Transmission Oil—Temperature......................................................................57—66°C 135—150°F
NOTE: The brake test mode allows the machine to be out of neutral for 20 seconds, after which the transmission control unit (TCU) returns the machine to neutral. Return transmission control lever (TCL) to neutral for at least 20 seconds before moving TCL to forward or reverse to start cycle again.
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stand (4 used) Quick Coupler (9/16-20UN M ORB) (2 used) JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer
3. Set brake control setting to TEST. See Setup—Machine Setup, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
JT02160 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10 000 psi) Transducer (2 used)
The purpose of this test is to determine the amount of transmission internal leakage in the closed-loop circuit. Internal leakage is determined by the amount of oil the transmission pump must deliver to maintain a specified system pressure in the closed-loop. Because this pressure is below the relief valve setting, the amount of pump flow indicates the amount of internal leakage in the closed-loop. The transmission control unit (TCU) sends a current signal to the pressure control pilot (PCP) on each pump. The PCP produces a hydraulic pressure differential to the servo piston relative to the amount of current. By monitoring the current signal being sent to the PCP, the amount of leakage in the closed-loop can be determined.
The TRANS EFFICIENCY screens on SDM display system pressure and pump command amperage. 5. Set decelerator mode switch to transmission mode. 6. With park lock levers in LOCKED (up) position, set transmission speed to specification. Specification Transmission Speed—Setting................................................................................... 1.6
7. Fully depress decelerator/brake pedal.
A small current signal to maintain system pressure indicates very little leakage.
8. Set engine speed to specification.
A large current signal reading indicates higher internal leakage.
Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
For more information, see Hydrostatic System Operation. (Group 9026-05.) CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected track movement. Raise the machine off the ground and support with appropriate stands. Tracks MUST be clear of tools and objects before rotating.
4. View transmission system information on SDM; TRANS EFFICIENCY >> TRANS EFFICIENCY LF PCP. See Diagnostics—Machine Information, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
NOTE: Pressure should rise as the decelerator/brake pedal is released and then levels out. If high-pressure reading is erratic (very unstable), tracks can be rotated slightly to reposition motor speed ring and sensor. If pressures remain erratic, tracker can be turned off to perform test.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-16
SK32938,00008EF -19-08JUN16-1/5
082417
PN=960
Tests
IMPORTANT: To prevent damage to multi-function valves, the tracks must be operated between test function to prevent localized overheating of multi-function valves. Rotating the tracks will circulate some hot oil out of closed-loop circuit to the hydrostatic oil reservoir for cooling. 9. Move transmission control lever (TCL) to forward and hold lever to stop track on opposite side. System pressure will increase rapidly to maximum value. Record maximum pressure. 10. Compare reading to specification. Specification 550K Relief Valve—Pressure...................................................... 39 300—41 609 kPa 393—416 bar 5700—6035 psi 650K Relief Valve—Pressure...................................................... 43 299—45 643 kPa 433—456 bar 6280—6620 psi 700K Relief Valve—Pressure...................................................... 46 194—48 953 kPa 462—490 bar 6700—7100 psi
• If pressure is within multi-function valve specification,
go to next step of test. • If pressure is low or high, stop test and perform Multi-Function Relief Valve Test. (Group 9026-25.)
16. Move transmission control lever (TCL) to neutral. Return engine speed to slow idle. 17. Subtract mA reading at 6895 kPa (68.9 bar) (1000 psi) from mA reading at 34 500 kPa (345 bar) (5000 psi). Refer to specifications to determine closed-loop circuit condition. Specification Pump—Amperage (good)........................................................................................0—11 mA Pump—Amperage (marginal)................................................................................11—16 mA Pump—Amperage (bad)...................................................................................... Over 16 mA
• If mA difference is 16 mA or less, machine is OK. • If difference is over 16 mA, indicating high internal leakage in closed-loop circuit, go to next step.
NOTE: The hydrostatic pump does not have test ports to record closed-loop pressure. By setting mA the same as first part of test, engine speed can be monitored to isolate if leakage is in pump or motor. 18. If any of the four readings are not within specification, remove the high-pressure hoses from pump. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 19. Run test as before and set to the same mA reading at 34 500 kPa (345 bar) (5000 psi) on monitor. Record engine speed.
• If engine speed decreases, internal leakage is
11. Return TCL to neutral.
indicated in the motor. Repair or replace hydrostatic motor. See Hydrostatic Motor Remove and Install. (Group 0300.) • If engine speed stays the same, leakage is indicated in the pump. Repair or replace hydrostatic pump. See Hydrostatic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 0300.)
NOTE: LF PCP and LR PCP are read with left system pressure (L. PRESS). RF PCP and RR PCP are read with right system pressure (R. PRESS). 12. Move TCL into forward and slowly release decelerator/brake pedal until left system pressure meets test specification. Specification System Test—Pressure (low)........................................................................................... 6895 kPa 68.9 bar 1000 psi
20. Change test connections and repeat test procedure for opposite track. 21. Stop engine to return brake mode to NORMAL. Reading Pressure With Test Equipment If necessary to confirm sensor operation, pressure readings can be obtained by removing hydrostatic pressure sensors.
Record mA value for left forward PCP. 13. Continue releasing decelerator/brake pedal until left system pressure meets test specification.
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
Specification System Test—Pressure (high)...................................................................................... 34 500 kPa 345 bar 5000 psi
Record mA value for left forward PCP.
Remove left hydrostatic pressure sensor (3) and right hydrostatic pressure sensor (not shown) from left and right hydrostatic motors. Install quick couplers in test port M5.
14. Repeat procedure for left reverse PCP. 15. Repeat test procedure for opposite side right forward PCP and right reverse PCP.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-17
SK32938,00008EF -19-08JUN16-2/5
082417
PN=961
Tests
• See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature
TX1181395A —UN—23DEC14
Analyzer Kit Installation. (Group 9025-25.)
TX1181396A —UN—23DEC14
Hydrostatic Motor Pressure Sensors (650K shown)
Hydrostatic Motor Pressure Sensor (700K shown) 3— Left Hydrostatic Pressure Sensor
Install JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer with JT02162 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Transducer or a gauge. For more information:
• See Hydrostatic System Schematic—Neutral (Park Brake On). (Group 9026-10.)
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-18
SK32938,00008EF -19-08JUN16-3/5
082417
PN=962
Tests
Neutral Charge Relief and Operating Charge Relief Pressure Test SPECIFICATIONS 57—66°C 135—150°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Transmission Neutral Charge Oil Pressure
2034—2379 kPa 20.3—23.8 bar 295—345 psi
Neutral Charge Relief Valve Pressure Change
580 kPa per Turn 5.8 bar per Turn 84 psi per Turn
Minimum Operating Charge Oil Pressure
1827 kPa 18.3 bar 265 psi
TX1181680A —UN—07JAN15
Transmission Oil Temperature
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stand (4 used)
This procedure will check the charge pump pressure in neutral and operating charge relief pressure. For more information, see Charge Pump Operation. (Group 9026-05.)
Neutral Charge Relief Valve 44— Neutral Charge Relief Valve
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected track movement. Raise the machine off the ground and support with appropriate stands. Tracks MUST be clear of tools and objects before rotating.
Specification Transmission Neutral Charge Oil—Pressure................................................... 2034—2379 kPa 20.3—23.8 bar 295—345 psi
1. Raise machine off the ground and support with D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stands. Lower blade to ground. Tracks MUST be free to rotate in either direction. 2. Warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9026-25.) Specification Transmission Oil—Temperature......................................................................57—66°C 135—150°F
3. Put park lock levers in LOCKED (up) position and transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral.
8. If charge pressure is not within specification, adjust pressure by turning neutral charge relief valve adjusting screw in to increase pressure or out to decrease pressure. Specification Neutral Charge Relief Valve—Pressure Change..........................................................................580 kPa per Turn 5.8 bar per Turn 84 psi per Turn
9. If specification is not obtainable with adjustment, remove neutral charge relief valve and inspect seals. Replace if necessary.
4. Start engine. 5. Display CHARGE OIL pressure on standard display monitor (SDM). See Diagnostics—Transmission Readings, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
10. Put park lock levers in UNLOCKED (down) position. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected track movement. Tracks will rotate when transmission control lever (TCL) is moved to forward or reverse. Be careful not to accidentally actuate controls when bystanders are present.
6. Set engine speed to specification. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
7. Record CHARGE OIL pressure and compare to specification.
NOTE: If operating charge pressure drops below 1310 kPa (13.1 bar) (190 psi), brakes will start to engage. Neutral charge pressure should be adjusted to the high end of specification. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-19
SK32938,00008F1 -19-28JAN15-1/2
082417
PN=963
Tests
• Transmission charge oil pressure must not drop
11. Move TCL into forward or reverse. Record charge pressure and compare to specification. Specification Minimum Operating Charge Oil—Pressure............................................................... 1827 kPa 18.3 bar 265 psi
below specification.
• If pressure is below specifications, remove and
inspect operating charge relief valves in hydrostatic motors.
If necessary to verify sensor readings, see Charge Pressure Sensor Test. (Group 9026-25.)
• Transmission charge oil pressure must drop
approximately 207 kPa (2.07 bar) (30 psi) as TCL is moved to forward or reverse. SK32938,00008F1 -19-28JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-20
082417
PN=964
Tests
Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Neutral (Null) Adjustment SPECIFICATIONS 57—66°C 135—150°F
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
PDCV Neutral Adjustment Screw Turn
1/2 total number of turns as marked (from forward pressure rise-to-reverse pressure rise)
Neutral Adjustment Screw Lock Nut Torque
7 N·m 62 lb.-in.
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
TX1180973A —UN—09JAN15
Transmission Oil Temperature
Hydrostatic Pump Test Ports SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stand (4 used)
1— Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Test Port (4 used) 2— Pump Servo Test Port (4 used)
JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02161 3500 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) Transducer (2 used) -4 M x -6 M ORFS Straight Adapter Fitting (2 used)
3— Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Connector (2 used)
-6 F ORFS x 122 cm (4 ft.) (approximate) Jumper Hose
This procedure will adjust the hydrostatic pump neutral between forward and reverse. Repeat procedure for left and right track.
5. Disconnect front and rear pump pressure control pilot (PCP) connectors (3). 6. Start engine and run at specification.
This procedure must be performed anytime a pump is serviced and reinstalled on machine.
Specification Engine—Speed..........................................................................Slow Idle
Diagnostic trouble codes will be recorded during this test and must be cleared when completed.
7. Put park lock lever is in the LOCKED (up) position.
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected track movement. Raise the machine off the ground and support with appropriate stands. Tracks MUST be clear of tools and objects before rotating. 1. Raise machine off the ground and support with D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stands. Lower blade to ground. Tracks MUST be free to rotate in either direction. 2. Warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9026-25.) Specification Transmission Oil—Temperature......................................................................57—66°C 135—150°F
3. Remove floor plate in operator’s station to access hydrostatic pumps. See Remove Operator’s Station Floor Plate. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Install JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer with JT02161 3500 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) Transducer in one of the pump servo test ports (2). Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-21
SK32938,00008F2 -19-11FEB15-1/3
082417
PN=965
Tests
8. Loosen pump neutral adjustment screw lock nut (4). 9. Slowly turn neutral adjustment screw (5), noting direction of turn, until pressure on gauge begins to rise. Stop and mark location of neutral adjustment screw. 10. Stop engine and move gauge to opposite servo test port. 11. Start engine and run at specification. Specification Engine—Speed..........................................................................Slow Idle
12. Put park lock lever in the LOCKED (up) position. TX1174806A —UN—20OCT14
13. Slowly turn neutral adjustment screw in the opposite direction, counting the number of turns until pressure on gauge just rises. Stop and mark location of neutral adjustment screw.
• If adjustment is erratic or not repeatable, go to swash plate level check at end of procedure.
• If total number of turns is more than 2 turns,
disassemble pump displacement control valve and check for a worn feedback link. See Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0360.) • If total number of turns is more than 1/2 but less than 2 turns, continue with next step. 14. Turn adjusting screw back 1/2 the total number turns and tighten locking nut. Specification PDCV Neutral Adjustment Screw—Turn........................... 1/2 total number of turns as marked (from forward pressure rise-to-reverse pressure rise) Neutral Adjustment Screw Lock Nut—Torque....................................................................................7 N·m 62 lb.-in.
Neutral Adjustment Screw 4— Neutral Adjustment Screw Lock Nut
5— Neutral Adjustment Screw
1. Install straight adapter fittings -4 M x -6 M ORFS and 122 cm (4 ft.) -6 jumper hose between pump servo test ports on suspect hydrostatic pump. 2. Set BRAKE MODE to TOW in standard display monitor (SDM). See Setup—Machine Setup, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) 3. Start engine and run at specification. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
15. Repeat procedure on the other hydrostatic pump.
4. Put lock levers in UNLOCKED (down) position and transmission control lever (TCL) in NEUTRAL.
16. Disconnect test equipment and return cab to operating position.
5. Observe tracks for creep.
• If no track creep is detected, disassemble pump
17. Calibrate transmission control unit (TCU). See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.)
displacement control valve and check for a worn feedback link. See Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0360.) • If track creep is detected, swash plate is not level. Disassemble pump and level swash plate. See Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble. (Group 0360.)
Swash Plate Level Check NOTE: Leveling swash plate is only necessary if pump was just installed on machine after servicing.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-22
SK32938,00008F2 -19-11FEB15-2/3
082417
PN=966
Tests
Pump Servo Pressure Test Fast Idle
Transmission Speed Setting
3.0
TX1180973A —UN—09JAN15
SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stand (4 used) Quick Coupler (2 used) JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02161 3500 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) Transducer (2 used) JDG1932 Test Harness Hydrostatic Pump Test Ports
DFT1369 Pump Control Pilot (PCP) Test Harness
NOTE: This procedure tests only one pump servo control circuit and pump displacement control valve (PDCV) but can be done on each pump separately. The purpose of this test is to check proper operation of the pump servo control circuit and pump displacement control valve (PDCV).
1— Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Test Port (4 used) 2— Pump Servo Test Port (4 used)
3— Pump Pressure Control Pilot (PCP) Connector (2 used)
7. Set transmission speed to specification.
Diagnostic trouble codes will be recorded during this test and must be cleared when completed.
Specification Transmission Speed—Setting................................................................................... 3.0
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected track movement. Raise the machine off the ground and support with appropriate stands. Tracks MUST be clear of tools and objects before rotating.
8. Select transmission mode (LED on) using sealed switch module (SSM) decelerator mode switch. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected track movement. Tracks will rotate when TCL is moved to forward or reverse. Be careful not to accidentally actuate controls when bystanders are present.
1. Raise machine off the ground and support with D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stands. Lower blade to ground. Tracks MUST be free to rotate in either direction.
9. Test forward servo pressure and charge pressure:
2. Remove floor plate in operator’s station to access hydrostatic pumps. See Remove Operator’s Station Floor Plate. (Operator’s Manual.)
a. Push decelerator/brake pedal to floor. b. Put park lock levers in UNLOCKED (down) position.
3. Install quick couplers in pump servo test ports (2). Install JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer with JT02161 3500 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) Transducers or pressure gauges.
c. Put TCL lever in forward. d. Slowly release decelerator/brake pedal. e. Record forward servo pressure and charge pressure.
4. Display CHARGE OIL pressure on standard display monitor (SDM). See Diagnostics—Transmission Readings, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.) 5. Start engine and check that forward and reverse servo pressures on both pumps are equal, and less than charge pressure in neutral. If pressures are not within specification, check neutral (null) adjustment or go to Mistrack/Indexes diagnostics. See Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Neutral (Null) Adjustment. (Group 9026-25.) See Mistrack/Index Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.)
10. Repeat test using reverse servo pressure and charge pressure. 11. Compare servo pressures with charge pressure. Servo pressures must be approximately equal or less than charge pressure.
• If servo pressures are equal and less than charge pressure, proceed to next step.
• If servo pressures are not approximately equal, a problem exists in the pump displacement control valve (PDCV) such that the PDCV cannot fully activate or a leak in the servo is indicated.
6. Set engine speed to specification. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-23
SK32938,00008F3 -19-28JAN15-1/2
082417
PN=967
Tests
• If servo pressure is equal to charge pressure, a
mechanical problem is indicated in the pump or pump servo. Remove PDCV and inspect pump servo or repair pump. See Pump Displacement Control Valve (PDCV) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0360.) • If pressures are still not within specification, see Mistrack/Index Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.)
NOTE: During normal operation, the transmission control unit (TCU) regulates the mA signal to the pump pressure control pilot (PCP), which will not allow the swash plate to contact the mechanical stop. When the JDG1932 Test Harness with DFT1369 PCP Test Harness is installed, 5 volts are supplied directly to the PCP forcing the swash plate to the mechanical stops. If necessary, use JDG1886 Test Harness for additional length when connecting JDG1932 Test Harness with DFT1369 PCP Test Harness to machine.
12. Install JDG1932 Test Harness with DFT1369 PCP Test Harness between pump PCP and left or right motor speed sensor harness connector. For information on DFT1369 PCP Test Harness, see DFT1369 Pump Control Pilot (PCP) Test Harness. (Group 9900-99.) 13. Set BRAKE MODE to TOW in standard display monitor (SDM). See Setup—Preferences, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.) 14. Repeat servo pressure test using JDG1932 Test Harness switch to activate track in forward and reverse. Servo pressure must now equal charge pressure. 15. Clear any diagnostic trouble codes that may have appeared during procedure. 16. Turn machine off to reset brake mode to NORMAL setting.
SK32938,00008F3 -19-28JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-24
082417
PN=968
Tests
Charge Pump Flow Test SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
57—66°C 135—150°F
Engine Speed
1800 rpm
550K and 650K Combined Charge 53—61 L/min. Pump Flow (typical) 14—16 gpm
700K Combined Charge Pump Flow (typical)
64—76 L/min 17—20 gpm
700K Combined Charge Pump Flow (minimum)
60.5 L/min. 16 gpm
550K and 650K Single Charge Pump Flow (typical)
26—30 L/min. 7—8 gpm
550K and 650K Single Charge Pump Flow (minimum)
25 L/min. 6.5 gpm
700K Single Charge Pump Flow (typical)
32—38 L/min. 8.5—10 gpm
700K Single Charge Pump Flow (minimum)
30L/min. 8 gpm
T116990B —UN—28AUG98
550K and 650K Combined Charge 49 L/min. Pump Flow (minimum) 13 gpm
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT07148-2 Flowmeter JT03448 Test Hose (2 used)
This procedure is used to determine charge pump flow and to isolate front and rear charge pump flow, if necessary. Charge pressures must be to specification before performing this test. Perform Neutral Charge Relief and Operating Charge Relief Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.) Combined Charge Pump Flow 1.
Open right rear access door.
IMPORTANT: Damage to charge pumps will result if flowmeter valve is not fully open. Flow control valve on flowmeter must be fully open. 2. Connect flowmeter in line at the hydrostatic filter housing inlet as shown. Open flowmeter valve so pump flow is not restricted. 3. Warm oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9026-25.) Specification Transmission Oil—Temperature......................................................................57—66°C 135—150°F
4. With park lock levers LOCKED (up), run engine at specified speed. Record flowmeter reading for the total flow of both charge pumps.
Flowmeter Shown Installed on Filter Inlet
Specification 550K and 650K Combined Charge Pump—Flow (typical).........................................................53—61 L/min. 14—16 gpm 550K and 650K Combined Charge Pump—Flow (minimum)............................................................ 49 L/min. 13 gpm 700K Combined Charge Pump—Flow (typical)..........................................................64—76 L/min 17—20 gpm 700K Combined Charge Pump—Flow (minimum)......................................................... 60.5 L/min. 16 gpm
5. If flow is below minimum specification for combined flow, the front pump flow must be checked in order to determine which pump is below specification. 6. Remove test equipment.
Specification Engine—Speed......................................................................... 1800 rpm Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-25
SK32938,00008F4 -19-05MAY15-1/2
082417
PN=969
Tests Single Charge Pump Flow 1. Remove rubber floor mat and floor plate from operator’s station. 2. Install flowmeter in-line from front charge pump outlet fitting (1).
T157979B —UN—23JUL02
3. Heat oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9026-25.) Specification Transmission Oil—Temperature......................................................................57—66°C 135—150°F
4. Park lock levers in LOCKED (up) position, run engine at specified rpm. Record flow. Specification Engine—Speed......................................................................... 1800 rpm 550K and 650K Single Charge Pump—Flow (typical)...............................................................................26—30 L/min. 7—8 gpm 550K and 650K Single Charge Pump—Flow (minimum)................................................................................. 25 L/min. 6.5 gpm 700K Single Charge Pump—Flow (typical).........................................................32—38 L/min. 8.5—10 gpm 700K Single Charge Pump—Flow (minimum)............................................................. 30L/min. 8 gpm
5. Determine front and rear charge pump flow as follows:
Front Pump Flowmeter Installation Shown 1— Front Charge Pump Outlet Fitting
• Subtract single charge pump flow from combined
charge pump flow to calculate the flow of the rear charge pump, compare to specifications. • If charge pump flow is below specification, the complete hydrostatic pump assembly must be removed to replace or repair the charge pump. See Hydrostatic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 0300.) See Charge Pump Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0360.)
6. Stop engine and remove test equipment. SK32938,00008F4 -19-05MAY15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-26
082417
PN=970
Tests
Charge Pressure Sensor Test SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
57—66°C 135—150°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
Quick Coupler (7/16-20UN M ORB) JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02161 3500 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) Transducer
TX1181935A —UN—08JAN15
This procedure is used to confirm that the charge pressure sensor is reading properly. 1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Start engine and warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9026-25.) Specification Transmission Oil—Temperature......................................................................57—66°C 135—150°F
3. Set engine speed to specification. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
Park Brake Valve Manifold 57— Park Brake Valve Manifold B8—Hydrostatic Charge Pressure Sensor
4. Display and record CHARGE OIL pressure using standard display monitor (SDM). See Diagnostics—Transmission Readings, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
5. Display brake pressure using the SDM. See Diagnostics—Transmission Readings, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.) 6. Release park brake and record reading. 7. Compare transmission charge pressure to brake pressure. If there is less than 69 kPa (0.69 bar) (10 psi) difference, the sensor is reading properly. If the difference is greater than 69 kPa (0.69 bar) (10 psi), one of the sensors is not reading properly. Reading Pressure With Test Equipment
B9—Brake Pressure Sensor Y3— Park Brake Solenoid
If necessary to confirm sensor operation, pressure readings can be obtained by installing JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer with JT02161 3500 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) transducer in the charge pressure port. Repeat test. For more information:
• See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation. (Group 9025-25.)
SK32938,00008F5 -19-27JAN15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-27
082417
PN=971
Tests
Motor Shift Solenoid Valve Adjustment SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
57—66°C 135—150°F
Transmission Speed Setting
2.0
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
M4 Pressure
1/2 M5 pressure
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Amperage
225—255 mA
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stand (4 used) TX1175625A —UN—29OCT14
Quick Coupler (9/16-20UN M ORB) (2 used) JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02162 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Transducer (2 used)
This procedure is used to establish the point where the hydrostatic circuit goes from pump phase to motor phase. NOTE: This procedure is performed for right track pump and right motor or left track pump and left motor.
Hydrostatic Motor Servo Piston Pressure Test Port Location
Both left track pump and right track pump neutral (null) adjustment MUST be accurate (and machine calibrated, if it was adjusted) before performing this threshold adjustment.
1— Miniumum Angle Servo Piston Pressure Test Port (M4)
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected track movement. Raise the machine off the ground and support with appropriate stands. Tracks MUST be clear of tools and objects before rotating.
Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
NOTE: Tracker control must be turned OFF to perform this adjustment.
1. Raise machine off the ground and support with D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stands. Lower blade to ground. Tracks MUST be free to rotate in either direction. 2. Install quick couplers in test ports M4 and M5. Connect JT02162 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Transducers and JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer.
6. Set tracker control to OFF in standard display monitor (SDM). See Diagnostics—TCU Diagnostics, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) 7. Set monitor to display hydrostatic motor mA values. See Diagnostics—Machine Information, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) 8. Record LEFT MOTOR and RIGHT MOTOR mA values. 9. Set decelerator mode switch to transmission mode.
3. Warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9026-25.) Specification Transmission Oil—Temperature......................................................................57—66°C 135—150°F
4. With park lock levers in LOCKED (up) position, set transmission speed to specification. Specification Transmission Speed—Setting................................................................................... 2.0
5. Set engine speed to specification.
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected track movement. Tracks will rotate when transmission control lever (TCL) is moved out of neutral. 10. Push decelerator/brake pedal to floor. Put park lock levers in UNLOCKED (down) position and TCL in forward. 11. Slowly release decelerator/brake pedal until the pressures meet specification. Specification M4—Pressure................................................................ 1/2 M5 pressure
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
2— Servo Piston Maximum Pressure Test Port (M5)
9026-25-28
SK32938,00008FE -19-29JAN15-1/3
082417
PN=972
Tests
If the LEFT MOTOR or RIGHT MOTOR amperage is not to specification at pressure specification, adjust motor shift solenoid.
Specification Vehicle Control Unit (VCU)—Amperage............................................................. 225—255 mA SK32938,00008FE -19-29JAN15-2/3
NOTE: Turning adjustment screw out will cause the motor servo to actuate at a lower amperage. 12. If adjustment is necessary, remove cap screws (3), guard (4), and cap (5). Turn adjustment screw (6) at 1/8 increments and repeat procedure until pressure and current match specification. Specification M4—Pressure................................................................ 1/2 M5 pressure
13. Repeat procedure for other pump and motor.
TX1175677A —UN—28OCT14
NOTE: Tracker control must be returned to normal setting. 14. Set tracker control to NORMAL. See Diagnostics—TCU Diagnostics, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) 15. Calibrate transmission control unit (TCU). See Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3— Cap Screw (2 used) 4— Guard
5— Cap 6— Adjustment Screw
Motor Shift Solenoid Adjustment Screw
SK32938,00008FE -19-29JAN15-3/3
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-29
082417
PN=973
Tests
Hydrostatic Motor Min./Max. Angle Servo Piston Pressure Test SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
57—66°C 135—150°F
Transmission Speed Setting
1.0
Engine Speed
Fast Idle SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stand (4 used) Quick Coupler (9/16-20UN M ORB) (2 used) TX1175625A —UN—29OCT14
JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02162 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Transducer (2 used)
The purpose of this test is to verify that the motor shift solenoid shifts at the correct time, allowing control pressure to the servo piston. The servo piston controls motor swash plate angle for either minimum or maximum displacement. For more information, see Hydrostatic Motor Operation. (Group 9026-05.) IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to hydrostatic system components. Carefully monitor transmission temperature during this test. Temperature will rise very quickly when operating in an over-relief condition. Do not exceed 71°C (160°F).
Servo Piston Pressure Test Port Location 1— Miniumum Angle Servo Piston Pressure Test Port (M4)
2— Servo Piston Maximum Pressure Test Port (M5)
4. Set transmission speed to specification.
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected track movement. Raise the machine off the ground and support with appropriate stands. Tracks MUST be clear of tools and objects before rotating.
Specification Transmission Speed—Setting................................................................................... 1.0
5. Set decelerator mode switch to transmission mode (LED on).
1. Raise machine off the ground and support with D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stands.
6. Push decelerator/brake pedal to floor.
Lower blade to ground. Tracks MUST be free to rotate in either direction.
7. Set engine speed to specification. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
NOTE: The hydrostatic motor uses two test ports: M4 and M5 (1 and 2).
8. Put park lock levers in UNLOCKED (down) position.
Test port M5 (2) senses maximum pressure available to the control piston. Test port M4 (1) senses minimum angle (minimum displacement) control pressure. 2. Install quick couplers in test ports M4 and M5. Connect JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer and JT02162 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Transducers or a gauge. 3. Warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9026-25.)
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected track movement. Tracks will rotate when transmission control lever (TCL) is moved out of neutral. Be careful not to accidentally actuate controls when bystanders are present. 9. Put transmission control lever (TCL) in forward and slowly release decelerator/brake pedal. 10. Slowly increase transmission speed to maximum. 11. Compare test port pressures to table. Track speeds MUST increase evenly.
Specification Transmission Oil—Temperature......................................................................57—66°C 135—150°F
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-30
SK32938,00008F7 -19-30JAN15-1/2
082417
PN=974
Tests Transmission Control Lever Position/Speed
Miniumum Angle Servo Piston Pressure Test Port (M4)
Servo Piston Maximum Pressure Test Port (M5)
Neutral/Speed (1.0)
Return Pressure
Charge Pressure
Forward/Speed (1.0)
Return Pressure
Reduced Closed-Loop Pressure
Forward/Speed (3.0)
Reduced Closed-Loop Pressure
Reduced Closed-Loop Pressure
Servo Piston Pressures Comparison Chart
12. If pressures do not match table, remove and inspect motor shift solenoid valve. See Hydrostatic Motor Disassemble. (Group 0360.) SK32938,00008F7 -19-30JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-31
082417
PN=975
Tests
Hydrostatic Thermal Bypass Valve Test SPECIFICATIONS 1800 rpm
Engine Speed
T8438AA —UN—10MAR95
Pump Case (thermal bypass valve 124—165 kPa 1.24—1.65 bar closed) Pressure 18—24 psi Pump Case (thermal bypass valve 310—414 kPa 3.1—4.1 bar open) Pressure 45—60 psi Thermal Bypass Valve Opening Temperature
57—63°C 135—145°F
Thermal Bypass Valve Fully Open 74°C Temperature 165°F
Hydrostatic Pump Case Test Port
ESSENTIAL TOOLS Quick Coupler (9/16-20 UN M ORB)
1— Test Port L2
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stand (4 used)
a. Depress and hold decelerator/brake pedal to lower stop.
JT03448 Test Hose (2 used) JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer
b. Pull park lock levers to up position.
JT02162 3500 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) Transducer
c. Push transmission control lever (TCL) to forward detent.
The purpose of this test is to determine if the hydrostatic thermal bypass valve is opening and closing at specified temperatures.
IMPORTANT: To prevent damage to multi-function valves, the test software limits the test function to 20 seconds before returning TCU to neutral. The tracks must be operated between test function to prevent localized overheating of multi-function valves. Rotating the tracks will circulate hot oil out of closed-loop circuit through the case drain filter, hydrostatic oil cooler, and to reservoir for cooling.
1. Loosen reservoir cap. DO NOT tighten until test is completed. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected track movement. Raise the machine off the ground and support with appropriate stands. Tracks MUST be clear of tools and objects before rotating.
d. Slowly release decelerator/brake pedal and run until TCU returns to neutral, approximately 20 seconds.
2. Raise machine off the ground and support with D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stands.
e. Go to next step and circulate oil.
Lower blade to ground. Tracks MUST be free to rotate in either direction.
8. Oil Circulate Cycle: a. Depress and hold decelerator/brake pedal to lower stop.
IMPORTANT: To ensure accurate results, hydrostatic oil temperature must be below 50°C (122°F) before starting this test.
b. Push park lock levers in down position. c. Push transmission control lever (TCL) to forward detent.
3. Install quick coupler in servo test port (1) on left side of rear pump. Connect JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer and JT02162 3500 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) Transducer.
d. Slowly release decelerator/brake pedal and run for 15 seconds in forward.
4. Start engine.
e. Shift TCL to reverse and run for 15 seconds.
5. Set brake mode to TEST in the standard display monitor (SDM). See Accessing Service Mode, SDM. (Group 9015-16.)
NOTE: As temperature increases to opening temperature, pressure will also start to increase. A rise in pressure indicates the thermal bypass valve is opening.
6. Set engine speed to specification. Specification Engine—Speed......................................................................... 1800 rpm
9. Alternate heating and circulating cycles while monitoring pump case pressure and temperature until bypass is open.
7. Oil Heating Cycle: Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-32
SK32938,00008F8 -19-05MAY15-1/2
082417
PN=976
Tests
Compare readings to specification. Specification Pump Case (thermal bypass valve closed)—Pressure............................................................. 124—165 kPa 1.24—1.65 bar 18—24 psi Pump Case (thermal bypass valve open)—Pressure............................................................... 310—414 kPa 3.1—4.1 bar 45—60 psi Thermal Bypass Valve Opening—Temperature.............................................................57—63°C 135—145°F
Thermal Bypass Valve Fully Open—Temperature......................................................................... 74°C 165°F
If hydrostatic thermal bypass valve does not meet specifications: • Remove and inspect hydrostatic thermal bypass valve. See Hydrostatic Thermal Bypass Valve Remove and Install. (Group 0360.) • Repair or replace as required. 10. Remove test equipment, tighten reservoir cap, and reset brake control to NORMAL in the SDM.
SK32938,00008F8 -19-05MAY15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-33
082417
PN=977
Tests
Park Brake Test SPECIFICATIONS
2. Using standard display monitor (SDM), display brake pressure. See Diagnostics—Transmission Readings, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.)
Brake On Pressure
0—207 kPa 0—2.1 bar 0—30 psi
Neutral Charge Pressure
2034—2379 kPa 20.3—23.8 bar 295—345 psi
3. With park lock levers in LOCKED (up) position, record brake pressure.
Park Brake Solenoid Coil Resistance at 20°C (68°F)
27—30 ohms
Park Brake Solenoid Mounting Screws Torque
3—4 N·m 27—36 lb.-in.
Specification Brake On—Pressure............................................................. 0—207 kPa 0—2.1 bar 0—30 psi
Park Brake Voltage
24 V
Transmission Oil Temperature
57—66°C 135—150°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Transmission Speed Setting
1.6
NOTE: With park levers in UNLOCKED (down) position, brake pressure should equal neutral charge pressure. 4. Put park lock levers in UNLOCKED (down) position. Record brake pressure.
Multi-Function Valve 550K Relief Valve Pressure
39 300—41 609 kPa 393—416 bar 5700—6035 psi
650K Relief Valve Pressure
43 299—45 643 kPa 433—456 bar 6280—6620 psi
700K Relief Valve Pressure
46 195—48 953 kPa 462—490 bar 6700—7100 psi
Specification Neutral Charge—Pressure............................................................................... 2034—2379 kPa 20.3—23.8 bar 295—345 psi
5. Stop engine. 6. If brake pressures are not within specification, test park brake solenoid (Y3) and solenoid valve. If brake pressures are within specification, test park brake slippage.
ESSENTIAL TOOLS JDG1886 Test Harness JT07237-1 Single Pin Test Harness
Park Brake Solenoid Test SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
1. Disconnect vehicle harness from park brake solenoid (Y3).
D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stand (4 used) Multimeter
The purpose of this test is to ensure proper operation of brake solenoid, brake disks, and brake valves.
2. Connect JDG1886 Test Harness to park brake solenoid. Do not connect other connector to left frame harness.
Diagnostic trouble codes will be generated during this test and must be cleared when completed.
3. Connect multimeter using JT07237-1 Single Pin Test Harness.
Machine Preparation
NOTE: Park brake solenoid must be disconnected from vehicle harness for correct measurement.
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected track movement. Raise the machine off the ground and support with appropriate stands. Tracks MUST be clear of tools and objects before rotating.
4. Record resistance of solenoid coil. Compare to specification. Specification Park Brake Solenoid Coil—Resistance at 20°C (68°F)..................................................................................27—30 ohms
1. Raise machine off the ground and support with D01182AA 20-Ton Floor Stands. 2. Lower blade to ground. Tracks MUST be free to rotate in either direction. Brake Operation Test 1. Start engine.
5. If resistance is not within specification, replace park brake solenoid. Specification Park Brake Solenoid Mounting Screws—Torque........................................................................ 3—4 N·m 27—36 lb.-in.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-34
SK32938,00008F9 -19-27JAN15-1/2
082417
PN=978
Tests
6. Disconnect test harness from solenoid and connect to vehicle harness. 7. Put park lock levers in LOCKED (up) position. Push engine start switch once to turn on switched power. 8. Set brake mode to TOW in standard display monitor (SDM). See Setup—Preferences, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.) 9. Measure DC voltage at harness. Voltage should be zero. 10. Put park lock levers in UNLOCKED (down) position. Measure DC voltage at harness. If voltage is not to specification, check wiring. See Vehicle Harness (W16) Wiring Diagram or see Vehicle (IGC Controls) Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: The brake test mode allows the machine to be out of neutral for 20 seconds, after which the transmission control unit (TCU) returns the machine to neutral. Transmission control lever (TCL) must be returned to neutral for at least 20 seconds before moving TCL to forward or reverse to start cycle again. Brake test mode setting must be disabled during normal operation. 3. Set brake mode to TEST. See Setup—Machine Setup, SDM. (Group 9015-16.) 4. Display right and left system pressure. See Diagnostics—Transmission Readings, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.) 5. Set engine speed to specification.
Specification Park Brake—Voltage.........................................................................24 V
Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
Park Brake Solenoid Valve Test
6. Put park lock levers in LOCKED (up) position.
1. Connect solenoid to vehicle harness.
7. Set transmission speed to specification.
2. Push engine start switch once to turn switched power on.
Specification Transmission Speed—Setting................................................................................... 1.6
3. Set brake mode to TOW in standard display monitor (SDM). See Setup—Preferences, SDM. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Cycle park lock levers to LOCKED (up) and UNLOCKED (down) positions.
8. Slowly increase forward travel speed. 9. Compare brake slippage test results to following criteria: If motion is detected by either motor speed sensor, the transmission will default to neutral and closed-loop pressure will go to near charge pressure.
5. If solenoid piston is moving freely, a click can be felt and heard. 6. If solenoid is not moving freely, replace park brake solenoid.
If closed-loop pressure (system pressure) meets multi-function relief valve pressure specification, the brakes have held and are in good condition.
7. Install and tighten solenoid to specification. Specification Park Brake Solenoid Mounting Screws—Torque........................................................................ 3—4 N·m 27—36 lb.-in.
8. Stop engine to reset brake to NORMAL operation setting. Park Brake Slippage Test 1. Warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9026-25.)
Multi-Function Valve—Specification 550K Relief Valve—Pressure...................................................... 39 300—41 609 kPa 393—416 bar 5700—6035 psi 650K Relief Valve—Pressure...................................................... 43 299—45 643 kPa 433—456 bar 6280—6620 psi 700K Relief Valve—Pressure...................................................... 46 195—48 953 kPa 462—490 bar 6700—7100 psi
If track movement occurs, the brakes are slipping and need repair. See Park Brake Remove and Install. (Group 1100.)
Specification Transmission Oil—Temperature......................................................................57—66°C 135—150°F
2. Start engine.
10. Stop engine to reset brake to NORMAL operation setting.
SK32938,00008F9 -19-27JAN15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-35
082417
PN=979
Tests
11. Clear any diagnostic trouble codes that may have been generated during procedure. SK32938,00008F9 -19-27JAN15-3/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9026-25-36
082417
PN=980
Section 9031 Heating and Air Conditioning Contents Page Page
Group 05—Theory of Operation Air Conditioning System Cycle of Operation............................................... 9031-05-1 Group 10—System Diagrams Air Conditioner and Heater Component Location ............................. 9031-10-1 Under Seat Heater System Component Location ............................. 9031-10-4
R134a Refrigerant Hoses and Tubing Inspection .................................. 9031-25-4 Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Switch Test ............................................ 9031-25-5 Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Test ............................................ 9031-25-6 Air Conditioning System Test..................... 9031-25-7 Operating Pressure Diagnostic Chart...................................................... 9031-25-9
Group 15—Diagnostic Information Air Conditioning System Does Not Operate .................................................9031-15-1 Air Conditioning System Does Not Operate Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9031-15-1 Air Conditioning System Does Not Cool Interior of Cab ...............................9031-15-3 Air Conditioning System Does Not Cool Interior of Cab Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9031-15-4 Air Conditioning System Runs Constantly, Too Cold .............................9031-15-5 Air Conditioning System Runs Constantly, Too Cold Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9031-15-5 Heating System Does Not Operate .................................................9031-15-7 Heating System Does Not Operate Diagnostic Procedure............................9031-15-7 Heating System Does Not Warm Interior of Cab .......................................9031-15-9 Heating System Does Not Warm Interior of Cab Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9031-15-9 Interior Windows Continue to Fog ......................................................9031-15-10 Interior Windows Continue to Fog Diagnostic Procedure..........................9031-15-10 Group 25—Tests R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling..................................... 9031-25-1 R134a Oil Charge Capacity....................... 9031-25-1 R134a Refrigerant Charge Capacity................................................. 9031-25-1 Heater and Air Conditioner Operational Checks ............................... 9031-25-2 Visual Inspection of Components .....................................................9031-25-2 Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Test ........................................................ 9031-25-3 R134a Refrigerant Leak Test..................... 9031-25-4
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-1
082417
PN=1
Contents
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-2
082417
PN=2
Group 05
Theory of Operation Air Conditioning System Cycle of Operation
1
2
4 5 4
3
7
6 TX1153371 —UN—11FEB14
8 9 10 11 TX1153371 Refrigerant System Cycle of Operation 1— Evaporator 2— Compressor 3— Condenser 4— Circulation Blower Motor
5— Expansion Valve 6— Receiver-Dryer 7— High-Pressure Liquid
8— High-Pressure Gas 9— Low-Pressure Liquid 10— Low-Pressure Gas
The compressor (2) is belt driven and engaged by an electromagnetic clutch. The air conditioner circuit automatically controls compressor engagement or disengagement when system is in operation. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend or see System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—Integrated Grade Control (IGC). (Group 9015-10.) The compressor draws low-pressure gas (10) from evaporator (1) and compresses it into high-pressure gas (8). High-pressure gas causes temperature of refrigerant to rise higher than outside air temperature. High-pressure gas leaves compressor and flows through condenser (3). Inside condenser, heat is removed and transferred to outside air that is drawn through condenser core by the fan. Cooling refrigerant causes it to condense,
and refrigerant leaves condenser as high-pressure liquid (7). High-pressure liquid flows into receiver-dryer (6), where moisture and contaminants (acid, solids, etc.) are removed. The receiver-dryer contains a color moisture indicator. (Blue) indicates no moisture is present. (Pink) indicates moisture is present. Should moisture be combined with refrigerant, hydrofluoric and hydrochloric acids are formed. These acids are corrosive to metal surfaces, and leakage will eventually develop. The receiver-dryer also stores refrigerant, allowing a longer period of time before additional refrigerant is needed. Refrigerant hoses allow a small amount of refrigerant to migrate through their walls.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
11— Air Flow
9031-05-1
MM12851,00003D7 -19-13FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=983
Theory of Operation
Refrigerant flows from receiver-dryer through expansion valve (5) to the evaporator. The expansion valve senses refrigerant temperature and pressure to modulate refrigerant flow, which then changes refrigerant to low-pressure liquid (9) entering evaporator. Actual cooling and drying of cab air takes place at evaporator. Heat absorbed by evaporator and transferred to refrigerant causes refrigerant to vaporize into low-pressure gas. Low-pressure gas is drawn from evaporator by compressor and cycle is repeated. A freeze control switch senses temperature of evaporator coil through a capillary tube. This prevents the evaporator from becoming cold enough to freeze moisture that
condenses on the evaporator coil. Condensed moisture is drained away through drain tubes connected to a drain pan under evaporator. System pressure is monitored by a high/low pressure-switch, located on high-pressure side of expansion valve. If pressure becomes too high or too low, the switch opens and stops the compressor, interrupting the cycle. For location of heating and air conditioning system components, see Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W27) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
MM12851,00003D7 -19-13FEB15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-05-2
082417
PN=984
Group 10
System Diagrams Air Conditioner and Heater Component Location TX1177440 —UN—20DEC14
7 11
M12
M12
10
M12 10
11
10 7
2
10 7
M11
11
11 M10
M11
7
A
C 5 8
M10
2
4 12 1
8
5
6
17
8
3
B32 4
A
C
14 14
6
6 8 13
14
15
4
M8 B
8
M8
4
M9
16
13
M8
B
TX1177440 Air Conditioner and Heater System Component Location
MM12851,00003D9 -19-12NOV14-1/2
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-10-1
082417
PN=985
System Diagrams
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-10-2
082417
PN=986
System Diagrams 1— Receiver-Dryer 2— Receiver-Dryer-to-Expansion Valve Line 3— Condensor Core-to-ReceiverDryer Line 4— Overhead Heater Core-to-Under Seat Heater Core Line 5— Overhead Heater Core-to-Heater Valve Motor Line
6— Compressor-to-Condensor Core Line 7— Condensor Core 8— Expansion Valve-toCompressor Line 10— Evaporator Core 11— Overhead Heater Core 12— Expansion Valve 13— Under Seat Heater Return Line
14— Under Seat Heater Core 15— Compressor 16— Under Seat Heater Supply Line 17— Drain Hose B32— Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Switch M8—Under Seat Heater Blower Motor
M9—Heater Valve Motor M10— Condensor Fan Motor 1 M11— Condensor Fan Motor 2 M12— Blower Motor
MM12851,00003D9 -19-12NOV14-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-10-3
082417
PN=987
System Diagrams
Under Seat Heater System Component Location
14 13
16 M8 16
13 A
M8
B
14
A
13
B TX1177652
TX1177652 —UN—20NOV14
16
Under Seat Heater System Component Location 13— Under Seat Heater Return Line
14— Under Seat Heater Core 16— Under Seat Heater Supply Line
M8—Heater Valve Motor
MM12851,00003F7 -19-13NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-10-4
082417
PN=988
Group 15
Diagnostic Information Air Conditioning System Does Not Operate MM12851,00003E9 -19-11FEB15-1/14
Air Conditioning System Does Not Operate Diagnostic Procedure MM12851,00003E9 -19-11FEB15-2/14
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Code Check
Check for active diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) using Service ADVISOR™. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Diagnose code. See specific code diagnostic procedure in Group 9001.
Are any DTCs present?
NO: Go to Machine Settings Check.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company MM12851,00003E9 -19-11FEB15-3/14
• 2
Machine Settings Check
Check machine settings for proper air conditioner control mode setting. See Heating and Air Conditioning System—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Go to Fuse Check.
Is the correct setting selected?
NO: Select the correct setting. MM12851,00003E9 -19-11FEB15-4/14
• 3
Fuse Check
Remove blower motor 15 A fuse (F21). See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location or see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Check continuity of blower motor 15 A fuse.
YES: Go to Blower Motor Speed Switch Check.
Is continuity indicated?
NO: Replace blower motor 15 A fuse. MM12851,00003E9 -19-11FEB15-5/14
• 4
Blower Motor Speed Switch Check
Check blower motor speed switch (S7). See Left Console Harness (W23) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Check continuity of blower motor speed switch in all switch positions. Switch Position
Continuity Between Pins
Off
No continuity
Low
1 and B
Medium
1, 2, and B
High
1, 2, 3, and B
Maximum
1, 2, 3, 4, and B
Is switch operating properly?
NO: Replace switch. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
YES: Go to Air Conditioner On/Off Switch Check.
9031-15-1
MM12851,00003E9 -19-11FEB15-6/14
082417
PN=989
Diagnostic Information
• 5
Air Conditioner On/Off Check air conditioner on/off switch (S5). See Left Console Harness (W23) Component Switch Check Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Check continuity of air conditioner on/off switch in all switch positions. Switch Position
Continuity Between Pins
Off
No continuity
Low
1 and B
Medium
1, 2, and B
High
1, 2, 3, and B
Maximum
1, 2, 3, 4, and B
Is switch operating properly?
YES: Go to Blower Motor Speed Resistor Check.
NO: Replace switch. MM12851,00003E9 -19-11FEB15-7/14
• 6
Blower Motor Speed Resistor Check
Disconnect blower motor speed resistor (R5). See Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W27) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Measure speed 1 resistance between terminals 1 and M on blower motor speed resistor. Measure speed 2 resistance between terminals 2 and M on blower motor speed resistor. Measure speed 3 resistance between terminals 3 and M on blower motor speed resistor. Measure speed 4 resistance between terminals 4 and M on blower motor speed resistor. Compare resistance values to specification. Specification Speed 1 Resistance
3.07—3.75 ohms
Speed 2 Resistance
1.40—1.72 ohms
Speed 3 Resistance
0.58—0.70 ohms
Speed 4 Resistance
0 ohms
Are all resistances within specification?
YES: Go to Blower Motor Check.
NO: Replace resistor. MM12851,00003E9 -19-11FEB15-8/14
• 7
Blower Motor Check
Disconnect blower motor (M12). See Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W27) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Supply 24 volts to terminal 1 and ground to terminal 2 of blower motor.
YES: Go to Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Check.
Does motor run?
NO: Replace blower motor. MM12851,00003E9 -19-11FEB15-9/14
• 8
Air Conditioner Freeze Test air conditioner freeze control switch (B31). Control Switch Check
See Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Test. (Group 9031-25.)
YES: Go to Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Switch Check.
Does air conditioner freeze control switch test good?
NO: Replace switch.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-15-2
MM12851,00003E9 -19-11FEB15-10/14
082417
PN=990
Diagnostic Information
• 9
Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Switch Check
Test air conditioner high/low-pressure switch (B32).
See Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Switch Test. (Group 9031-25.)
YES: Go to Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid Check.
Does air conditioner high/low-pressure switch test good?
NO: Replace switch. MM12851,00003E9 -19-11FEB15-11/14
•
10 Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid Check
Test air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid (Y14).
See Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Test. (Group 9031-25.)
YES: Go to Air Conditioner Relay Check.
Does air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid test good?
NO: Replace solenoid. MM12851,00003E9 -19-11FEB15-12/14
•
11 Air Conditioner Relay Check
Remove air conditioner relay (K3). See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location or see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Test air conditioner relay. See Relay Test. (Group 9015-20.)
YES: Go to Wiring Harness Check.
Does air conditioner relay test good?
NO: Replace air conditioner relay. MM12851,00003E9 -19-11FEB15-13/14
•
12 Wiring Harness Check Check heating and air conditioning system wiring for open and short circuits.
For additional information:
• See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend or see System Functional
Schematic and Section Legend—Integrated Grade Control (IGC). (Group 9015-10.)
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location or see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Left Console Harness (W23) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W27) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Condenser Harness (W28) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Under Seat Heater Harness (W29) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Does heating and air conditioning system contain open or short circuits?
YES: Repair or replace heating and air conditioning system wiring. NO: Checks complete. MM12851,00003E9 -19-11FEB15-14/14
Air Conditioning System Does Not Cool Interior of Cab Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-15-3
MM12851,00003EA -19-11DEC14-1/11
082417
PN=991
Diagnostic Information Air Conditioning System Does Not Cool Interior of Cab Diagnostic Procedure MM12851,00003EA -19-11DEC14-2/11
• 1
Air Filter Restriction Check
Check cab fresh air filter for debris or air flow restrictions. See Inspect and Replace Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Filter Elements. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Replace cab fresh air filter.
Is cab fresh air filter dirty or clogged with debris?
NO: Go to Cab Recirculating Air Filter Restriction Check. MM12851,00003EA -19-11DEC14-3/11
• 2
Cab Recirculating Air Filter Restriction Check
Check cab recirculating air filter for debris or air flow restrictions. See Inspect and Replace Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Filter Elements. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Clean or replace cab recirculating air filter.
Is cab recirculating air filter dirty or clogged with debris?
NO: Go to Cab Seals Check. MM12851,00003EA -19-11DEC14-4/11
• 3
Cab Seals Check
Check windows and doors to make sure seals are in good condition.
YES: Go to Refrigerant Hose Restriction Check.
Are seals on all windows and doors in good condition?
NO: Repair or replace damaged or malfunctioning seals. MM12851,00003EA -19-11DEC14-5/11
• 4
Refrigerant Hose Restriction Check
Check refrigerant hoses. See R134a Refrigerant Hoses and Tubing Inspection. (Group YES: Reroute or re-index 9031-25.) hoses. Replace kinked or collapsed hoses. See Air Conditioner and Heater Component Location. (Group 9031-10.) Are any hoses kinked, pinched, or collapsed?
NO: Go to Condenser Air Flow Restriction Check. MM12851,00003EA -19-11DEC14-6/11
• 5
Condenser Air Flow Restriction Check
Check condenser fins for air flow restrictions.
YES: Clean condenser fins.
Are condenser fins clogged with debris?
NO: Go to Evaporator Core Air Flow Restriction Check. MM12851,00003EA -19-11DEC14-7/11
• 6
Evaporator Core Air Flow Restriction Check
Check evaporator core fins for restrictions.
YES: Clean evaporator fins.
Are the evaporator core fins clogged with debris?
NO: Go to Evaporator Core Fins Check.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-15-4
MM12851,00003EA -19-11DEC14-8/11
082417
PN=992
Diagnostic Information
• 7
Evaporator Core Fins Check
Check evaporator core fins for frosting or freezing.
YES: Air conditioner freeze control switch not positioned correctly on evaporator core. Reposition air conditioner freeze control switch.
Is there any ice or frost on evaporator core fins?
NO: Go to Serpentine Belt Check. MM12851,00003EA -19-11DEC14-9/11
• 8
Serpentine Belt Check Check serpentine belt for proper pulley alignment and damage. See Inspect or Replace YES: Go to System Belt and Check Automatic Belt Tensioner. (Operator’s Manual.) Operating Pressures Check. Is belt properly aligned and in good condition?
NO: Adjust or replace belt. See Inspect or Replace Belt and Check Automatic Belt Tensioner. (Operator’s Manual.) MM12851,00003EA -19-11DEC14-10/11
• 9
System Operating Pressures Check
Check air conditioning system operating pressures. See Air Conditioning System Test. (Group 9031-25.)
YES: Checks complete.
Are air conditioning system operating pressures within range?
NO: Check conditions. See Operating Pressure Diagnostic Chart. (Group 9031-25.) MM12851,00003EA -19-11DEC14-11/11
Air Conditioning System Runs Constantly, Too Cold MM12851,00003EB -19-19MAR15-1/9
Air Conditioning System Runs Constantly, Too Cold Diagnostic Procedure MM12851,00003EB -19-19MAR15-2/9
• 1
Air Conditioning System Check
Check air conditioning system for proper operation. See Heater and Air Conditioner Operational Checks. (Group 9031-25.)
YES: Go to Evaporator Core Component Check.
Is the air conditioning system operating correctly?
NO: Go to Air Conditioning System Does Not Operate. (Group 9031-15.) MM12851,00003EB -19-19MAR15-3/9
• 2
Evaporator Core Component Check
Check evaporator core fins for frosting or freezing.
YES: Go to Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Position Check.
Is there any ice or frost on evaporator core fins?
NO: Go to Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid Check.
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-15-5
MM12851,00003EB -19-19MAR15-4/9
082417
PN=993
Diagnostic Information
• 3
Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Position Check
Verify proper position of air conditioner freeze control switch (B31).
YES: Go to Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Check.
Is air conditioner freeze control switch properly positioned?
NO: Reposition freeze control switch. MM12851,00003EB -19-19MAR15-5/9
• 4
Air Conditioner Freeze Test air conditioner freeze control switch (B31). Control Switch Check
See Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Test. (Group 9031-25.)
YES: Go to Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid Check.
Does air conditioner freeze control switch test good?
NO: Replace switch. MM12851,00003EB -19-19MAR15-6/9
• 5
Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid Check
Test air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid (Y14).
See Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Test. (Group 9031-25.)
YES: Go to Air Conditioner Relay Check.
Does air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid test good?
NO: Replace solenoid. MM12851,00003EB -19-19MAR15-7/9
• 6
Air Conditioner Relay Check
Remove air conditioner relay (K3). See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location or see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Test air conditioner relay. See Relay Test. (Group 9015-20.)
YES: Go to Wiring Harness Check.
Does air conditioner relay test good?
NO: Replace relay. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-15-6
MM12851,00003EB -19-19MAR15-8/9
082417
PN=994
Diagnostic Information
• 7
Wiring Harness Check Check heating and air conditioning system harnesses for open and short circuits.
For additional information:
• See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend or see System Functional
Schematic and Section Legend—Integrated Grade Control (IGC). (Group 9015-10.)
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location or see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Left Console Harness (W23) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W27) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Condenser Harness (W28) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Under Seat Heater Harness (W29) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Is heater and air conditioner harness in good condition?
YES: Checks complete. NO: Repair or replace harnesses. MM12851,00003EB -19-19MAR15-9/9
Heating System Does Not Operate MM12851,00003DD -19-11FEB15-1/10
Heating System Does Not Operate Diagnostic Procedure MM12851,00003DD -19-11FEB15-2/10
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Code Check
Check for active diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) using Service ADVISOR™. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Diagnose code. See specific code diagnostic procedure in Group 9001.
Are any DTCs present?
NO: Go to Machine Settings Check.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company MM12851,00003DD -19-11FEB15-3/10
• 2
Machine Settings Check
Check machine settings for proper air conditioner control mode setting. See Heating and Air Conditioning System—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Go to Fuse Check.
Is the correct setting selected?
NO: Select the correct setting. MM12851,00003DD -19-11FEB15-4/10
• 3
Fuse Check
Remove blower motor 15 A fuse (F21). See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location or see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Check continuity of blower motor 15 A fuse.
YES: Go to Blower Motor Speed Switch Check.
Is continuity indicated?
NO: Replace blower motor 15 A fuse. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-15-7
MM12851,00003DD -19-11FEB15-5/10
082417
PN=995
Diagnostic Information
• 4
Blower Motor Speed Switch Check
Check blower motor speed switch (S7). See Left Console Harness (W23) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Check continuity of blower motor speed switch in all switch positions. Switch Position
Continuity Between Pins
Off
No continuity
Low
1 and B
Medium
1, 2, and B
High
1, 2, 3, and B
Maximum
1, 2, 3, 4, and B
Is switch operating properly?
YES: Go to Blower Motor Speed Resistor Check.
NO: Replace switch. MM12851,00003DD -19-11FEB15-6/10
• 5
Blower Motor Speed Resistor Check
Disconnect blower motor speed resistor (R5). See Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W27) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Measure speed 1 resistance between terminals 1 and M on blower motor speed resistor. Measure speed 2 resistance between terminals 2 and M on blower motor speed resistor. Measure speed 3 resistance between terminals 3 and M on blower motor speed resistor. Measure speed 4 resistance between terminals 4 and M on blower motor speed resistor. Compare resistance values to specification. Specification Speed 1 Resistance
5.1—5.5 ohms
Speed 2 Resistance
3.1—3.7 ohms
Speed 3 Resistance
1.1—1.5 ohms
Speed 4 Resistance
0 ohms
Are all resistances within specification?
YES: Go to Blower Motor Check.
NO: Replace resistor. MM12851,00003DD -19-11FEB15-7/10
• 6
Blower Motor Check
Disconnect blower motor (M12). See Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W27) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Supply 24 volts to terminal 1 and ground to terminal 2 of blower motor.
YES: Go to Air Conditioner Relay Check.
Does motor run?
NO: Replace blower motor. MM12851,00003DD -19-11FEB15-8/10
• 7
Air Conditioner Relay Check
Remove air conditioner relay (K3). See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location or see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Test air conditioner relay. See Relay Test. (Group 9015-25.)
YES: Go to Wiring Harness Check.
Does air conditioner relay test good?
NO: Replace air conditioner relay. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-15-8
MM12851,00003DD -19-11FEB15-9/10
082417
PN=996
Diagnostic Information
• 8
Wiring Harness Check Check heater and air conditioning system wiring for open and short circuits.
For additional information:
• See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend or see System Functional
Schematic and Section Legend—Integrated Grade Control (IGC). (Group 9015-10.)
• See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Load Center Harness (W18) Component Location or see Load Center (IGC Controls) Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Operator’s Station Harness (W20) Component Location or see Operator’s Station (IGC Controls) Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Left Console Harness (W23) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Roof Harness (W24) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Canopy Roof Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W27) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Condenser Harness (W28) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Under Seat Heater Harness (W29) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Does heater and air conditioning system contain open or short circuits?
YES: Repair or replace heating and air conditioning system wiring. NO: Checks complete. MM12851,00003DD -19-11FEB15-10/10
Heating System Does Not Warm Interior of Cab MM12851,00003DE -19-11FEB15-1/10
Heating System Does Not Warm Interior of Cab Diagnostic Procedure MM12851,00003DE -19-11FEB15-2/10
• 1
Heater Check
Check heating system for proper operation. See Heater and Air Conditioner Operational YES: Go to Coolant Check. Checks. (Group 9031-25.) Is the heating system operating correctly?
NO: Diagnose and repair heating system. See Heating System Does Not Operate. (Group 9031-15.) MM12851,00003DE -19-11FEB15-3/10
• 2
Coolant Check
Check engine coolant level. See Check Coolant Level at Surge Tank. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Go to Cab Fresh Air Filter Restriction Check.
Is engine coolant full?
NO: Fill with proper coolant to specification. See Drain and Refill Engine Cooling System. (Operator’s Manual.) Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-15-9
MM12851,00003DE -19-11FEB15-4/10
082417
PN=997
Diagnostic Information
• 3
Cab Fresh Air Filter Restriction Check
Check cab fresh air filter for debris or air flow restrictions. See Inspect and Replace Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Filter Elements. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Replace cab fresh air filter.
Is cab fresh air filter dirty or clogged with debris?
NO: Go to Cab Recirculating Air Filter Restriction Check. MM12851,00003DE -19-11FEB15-5/10
• 4
Cab Recirculating Air Filter Restriction Check
Check cab recirculating air filter for debris or air flow restrictions. See Inspect and Replace Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Filter Elements. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Clean or replace cab recirculating air filter.
Is cab recirculating air filter dirty or clogged with debris?
NO: Go to Cab Seals Check. MM12851,00003DE -19-11FEB15-6/10
• 5
Cab Seals Check
Check windows and doors to make sure seals are in good condition.
YES: Go to Heater Hose Restriction Check.
Are seals on all windows and doors in good condition?
NO: Repair or replace damaged or malfunctioning seals. MM12851,00003DE -19-11FEB15-7/10
• 6
Heater Hose Restriction Check
Check heater hoses. See Air Conditioner and Heater Component Location. (Group 9031-10.)
YES: Reroute or re-index hoses. Replace kinked or collapsed hoses.
Are any hoses kinked, pinched, or collapsed?
NO: Go to Heater Valve Motor Check. MM12851,00003DE -19-11FEB15-8/10
• 7
Heater Valve Motor Check
Inspect heater valve motor (M9). See Air Conditioner and Heater Component Location. YES: Go to Heater Core (Group 9031-10.) Air Flow Restriction Check.
Is heater flow control valve operating correctly?
NO: Repair or replace heater valve motor. MM12851,00003DE -19-11FEB15-9/10
• 8
Heater Core Air Flow Restriction Check
Check heater core fins for debris. See Air Conditioner and Heater Component Location. YES: Clean heater core (Group 9031-10.) fins.
Are the heater core fins clogged with debris?
NO: Checks complete. MM12851,00003DE -19-11FEB15-10/10
Interior Windows Continue to Fog MM12851,00003DF -19-14NOV14-1/7
Interior Windows Continue to Fog Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-15-10
MM12851,00003DF -19-14NOV14-2/7
082417
PN=998
Diagnostic Information
• 1
Machine Settings Check
Check machine settings for proper air conditioner control mode setting. See Heating and Air Conditioning System—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Go to Air Filter Restriction Check.
Is the correct setting selected?
NO: Select the correct setting. MM12851,00003DF -19-14NOV14-3/7
• 2
Air Filter Restriction Check
Check cab fresh air filter for debris or air flow restrictions. See Inspect and Replace Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Filter Elements. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Replace cab fresh air filter.
Is cab fresh air filter dirty or clogged with debris?
NO: Go to Cab Recirculating Air Filter Restriction Check. MM12851,00003DF -19-14NOV14-4/7
• 3
Cab Recirculating Air Filter Restriction Check
Check cab recirculating air filter for debris or air flow restrictions. See Inspect and Replace Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Filter Elements. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Clean or replace cab recirculating air filter.
Is cab recirculating air filter dirty or clogged with debris?
NO: Go to Heater Valve Motor Check. MM12851,00003DF -19-14NOV14-5/7
• 4
Heater Valve Motor Check
Inspect heater valve motor (M9). See Air Conditioner and Heater Component Location. YES: Go to Air Conditioner (Group 9031-10.) Check.
Is heater flow control valve operating correctly?
NO: Repair or replace heater valve motor. MM12851,00003DF -19-14NOV14-6/7
• 5
Air Conditioner Check
Check to see if the air conditioner is working properly.
YES: Checks complete.
Is air conditioner working properly?
NO: Correct air conditioner problem. See Air Conditioning System Does Not Operate. (Group 9031-15.) MM12851,00003DF -19-14NOV14-7/7
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-15-11
082417
PN=999
Diagnostic Information
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-15-12
082417
PN=1000
Group 25
Tests R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling
If skin freezes to container, pour COOL water over container to free the skin. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment.
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Refrigerant Identifier
CAUTION: DO NOT allow liquid refrigerant to contact eyes or skin. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, and protective clothing. If liquid refrigerant contacts eyes or skin, DO NOT rub the area. Splash large amounts of COOL water on affected area. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment.
IMPORTANT: To meet government standards relating to the use of refrigerants, R134a is used in the air conditioning system. Because it does not contain chlorine, R134a is not detrimental to the ozone in the atmosphere. However, it is illegal to discharge any refrigerant into the atmosphere. It must be recovered using the appropriate recovery stations. Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging stations. Do not mix refrigerants, hoses, fittings, components, or refrigerant oils.
DO NOT allow refrigerant to contact open flames or very hot surfaces such as electric welding arc, electric heating element, and lighted smoking materials.
Use only John Deere approved R134a refrigerant products. Mixing of products not compatible will cause system damage and contaminate recovery, recycling, and charging station equipment. Care must be taken to identify and use equipment, refrigerant oil, and refrigerant designed only for R134a refrigerant systems. Refrigerant should be tested for type and purity before recovery, recycling, or charging of system. Refrigerant identifier should be used before any testing or repair to system is performed.
DO NOT heat refrigerant over 52°C (125°F) in a closed container. Heated refrigerant will develop high pressure which can burst the container. Keep refrigerant containers away from heat sources. Store refrigerant in a cool place. DO NOT handle damp refrigerant container with bare hands. Skin may freeze to container. Wear gloves.
AS79221,00005A0 -19-03MAR16-1/2
Refrigerant Identifier
Used to safely and correctly identify type and check purity of refrigerant prior to recovery, recycling, and charging of air conditioning systems. AS79221,00005A0 -19-03MAR16-2/2
R134a Oil Charge Capacity IMPORTANT: Prevent possible air conditioner compressor damage. Only use polyakyleneglycol (PAG) oil or equilivant. Item
Measurement
Specification
System (total)
Capacity
276.8 mL 9.4 fl. oz.
Compressor (precharge)
Capacity
160 mL 5.4 fl. oz. MM12851,00003E1 -19-13NOV14-1/1
R134a Refrigerant Charge Capacity Item
Measurement
Specification
Refrigerant Charge
Capacity
1.81 kg 4.0 lb. MM12851,00003E2 -19-13NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-25-1
082417
PN=1001
Tests
Heater and Air Conditioner Operational Checks MM12851,00003E3 -19-11NOV14-1/10
Visual Inspection of Components MM12851,00003E3 -19-11NOV14-2/10
Lines and Hoses Check
Inspect all lines and hoses. LOOK/FEEL: Are all lines and hoses straight and in good condition, not kinked, worn from rubbing, or weather checked? LOOK/FEEL: Are hose and line connections clean and not showing signs of leakage, such as dirt, oil, or refrigerant dye?
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK/FEEL: Are all hose and line clamps in place and tight, with cushions or rubber inserts in place to prevent damage to hoses or lines?
NO: Reposition hoses and lines as necessary. Replace, adjust, and tighten clamps as necessary. Note any hoses or lines that will require replacement. MM12851,00003E3 -19-11NOV14-3/10
Air Conditioner Compressor Check
Inspect air conditioner compressor. LOOK/FEEL: Is belt in good condition, not frayed, worn, or glazed? LOOK/FEEL: Is belt properly tensioned? LOOK/FEEL: Is belt tensioner in good condition, not worn or damaged? LOOK/FEEL: Is compressor pulley in good condition and properly aligned with belt drive pulley on engine? LOOK/FEEL: Are compressor mounting brackets in good condition, and is mounting hardware properly tightened?
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK/FEEL: Are electrical connections to compressor clean and tight? Is wiring in good condition?
NO: Repair or replace components as necessary. MM12851,00003E3 -19-11NOV14-4/10
Condenser Check
Inspect condenser core. LOOK/FEEL: Is core free of dirt and debris? LOOK/FEEL: Is core not showing signs of leakage, such as dirt, oil, or refrigerant dye? YES: Go to next check. LOOK/FEEL: Are fins of core straight, not bent or damaged?
NO: Clean and straighten fins if necessary. Repair or replace components as necessary. MM12851,00003E3 -19-11NOV14-5/10
Engine Fan Check
Inspect engine fan. LOOK/FEEL: Are fan blades in good condition, not worn, bent, broken, or missing?
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK/FEEL: Is fan securely installed?
NO: Repair or replace components as necessary. Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-25-2
MM12851,00003E3 -19-11NOV14-6/10
082417
PN=1002
Tests Heater/Evaporator Core Check
Inspect heater/evaporator core. LOOK/FEEL: Is core free of dirt and debris? LOOK/FEEL: Is core not showing signs of leakage such as dirt, oil, or refrigerant dye? LOOK/FEEL: Are fins of core straight, not bent or damaged?
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK/FEEL: Is condensation drain hose attached and in good condition; not kinked, damaged, or clogged?
NO: Clean and straighten fins if necessary. Repair or replace components as necessary. MM12851,00003E3 -19-11NOV14-7/10
Cab Air Filter Check
Inspect cab air filter.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK/FEEL: Is cab air filter clean and free of debris?
NO: Replace cab air filter. MM12851,00003E3 -19-11NOV14-8/10
Freeze Control Switch Capillary Tube Check
Inspect freeze control switch capillary tube.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK/FEEL: Is capillary tube straight, not kinked or broken?
NO: If capillary tube is kinked or broken, replace freeze control switch.
LOOK/FEEL: Is capillary tube properly positioned and securely inserted into evaporator NO: If capillary tube is core? improperly positioned, test freeze control switch. See Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Test. (Group 9031-25.) MM12851,00003E3 -19-11NOV14-9/10
Cab Door and Windows Check
Open and close cab door and windows. Inspect seals. LOOK/FEEL: Are seals present, properly installed, and in good condition?
YES: Checks complete.
LOOK/FEEL: Do door and windows contact seals evenly?
NO: Adjust door and windows if necessary. Repair or replace components as necessary. MM12851,00003E3 -19-11NOV14-10/10
Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Test 1. Disconnect engine auxiliary harness (W9) from air conditioner compressor clutch soleniod (Y14). See Engine Auxiliary Harness (W9) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 2. Connect battery voltage to air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid connector pin 1. 3. Connect ground to air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid connector pin 2.
4. Clutch solenoid should engage and a click may be heard. 5. If clutch solenoid does not engage, replace air conditioner compressor clutch. See Compressor Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 6. If clutch solenoid does not engage when connected to machine, check heater and air conditioner harness (W27). See Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W27) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) MM12851,00003E4 -19-11NOV14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-25-3
082417
PN=1003
Tests
R134a Refrigerant Leak Test
NOTE: Some refrigerant manufacturers add dye to refrigerant to aid in leak detection.
SPECIFICATIONS Leak Detector Probe Speed
25 mm per second 1 in per second
1. Inspect all lines, fittings, and components for oily or dusty conditions or for traces of refrigerant dye.
CAUTION: Refrigerant is under high pressure and system must be serviced by qualified personnel only. Improper service methods may cause injury. If accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate the work area before resuming work. Avoid breathing in the air conditioner refrigerant and lubricant vapor or mist. Exposure may irritate the eyes, nose, and throat. Additional health and safety information may be obtained from the refrigerant and lubricant manufacturers. NOTE: When refrigerant leaks from a system, a small amount of oil is carried out with it.
2. Spray a soap and water solution on refrigerant lines and components to cause bubbles to form at source of leak. 3. If a leak detector is used, move leak detector probe under hoses and around connections at a rate of 25 mm (1 in) per second. Specification Leak Detector Probe Speed—Speed........................................................... 25 mm per second 1 in per second
AS79221,000058E -19-06AUG15-1/1
R134a Refrigerant Hoses and Tubing Inspection
tubing, or fittings and cannot be removed by cleaning, then replace parts.
IMPORTANT: Hoses used for air conditioning systems contain special barriers in its walls to prevent migration of refrigerant gas.
IMPORTANT: Chlorinated solvents (such as trichloroethylene) are contaminants, and must not be used for cleaning. The use of these solvents will cause deterioration of hoses.
Do not use hydraulic hoses as replacement hoses in the air conditioning system. Only use certified hose meeting SAE J2064 requirements. When a component is disconnected from the system, special care should be given to inspecting hoses and tubing for moisture, grease, dirt, rust, or other foreign material. If such contamination is present in hoses,
Fittings that have grease or dirt on them should be wiped clean with a cloth dampened with alcohol. To assist in making leak-proof joints, use a small amount of clean, correct viscosity refrigerant oil on all hose and tube connections. Dip O-rings in correct viscosity oil before assembling. AS79221,000058F -19-16FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-25-4
082417
PN=1004
Tests
Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Switch Test
Specification Switch Closes—Low Pressure...................................................................... 158.6—255.1 kPa 1.586—2.551 bar 23—37 psi
SPECIFICATIONS Switch Opens—Low Pressure
137.9—227.5 kPa 1.379—2.275 bar 20—33 psi
Switch Closes—Low Pressure
158.6—255.1 kPa 1.586—2.551 bar 23—37 psi
Switch Opens—High Pressure
2620.0—2895.8 kPa 26.20—28.95 bar 380—420 psi
Switch Closes—High Pressure
1379.0—2068.4 kPa 13.79—20.68 bar 200—300 psi
between terminals until pressure increases to switch closing (low) pressure specification.
11. Slowly release pressure. Air conditioner high/low-pressure switch must have continuity until pressure decreases to switch opening (low) pressure specification. Specification Switch Opens—Low Pressure...................................................................... 137.9—227.5 kPa 1.379—2.275 bar 20—33 psi
ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT02148 Straight Connector SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Multimeter
NOTE: Air conditioner high/low-pressure switch (B32) is normally open when removed from machine. When installed, the switch becomes closed due to normal system pressure. 1. Power machine ON, but do not start engine. 2. Turn blower motor speed switch to ON position. 3. Turn temperature control switch to the maximum cooling position. 4. Disconnect harness from air conditioner high/low-pressure switch (B32). Compressor clutch must disengage (click). 5. Connect harness to air conditioner high/low-pressure switch. Compressor clutch must engage (click). 6. Disconnect harness from air conditioner high/low-pressure switch. NOTE: Refrigerant line is equipped with valve at the air conditioner high/low pressure switch port to prevent system from discharging when switch is removed.
12. Slowly increase pressure. Air conditioner high/low-pressure switch must have continuity between terminals until pressure increases to switch opening (high) pressure specification. Specification Switch Opens—High Pressure.................................................................. 2620.0—2895.8 kPa 26.20—28.95 bar 380—420 psi
13. Slowly release pressure. Air conditioner high/low-pressure switch must not have continuity until pressure decreases to switch closing (high) pressure specification. Specification Switch Closes—High Pressure.................................................................. 1379.0—2068.4 kPa 13.79—20.68 bar 200—300 psi
NOTE: The air conditioner high/low-pressure switch can also be checked when installed in air conditioning system; however, pressure is slow to increase to test specification. a. Connect an air conditioner gauge set to service fittings at compressor.
7. Remove high/low pressure switch from refrigerant line.
b. Cover condenser with paper or plastic to stop air flow.
8. Connect harness to air conditioner high/low-pressure switch. Compressor clutch must not engage (click).
c. Operate air conditioning on maximum cooling.
9. Connect air conditioner high/low-pressure switch to regulated air supply or dry nitrogen using JT02148 Straight Connector. 10. Slowly apply pressure. Air conditioner high/low-pressure switch must not have continuity
d. Note high-side pressure when high-pressure switch opens and then closes. If switch does not operate within specifications, replace air conditioner high/low-pressure switch. MM12851,00003E5 -19-10DEC14-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-25-5
082417
PN=1005
Tests
Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Test SPECIFICATIONS Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Cut-Out Temperature
0.5—1.7°C 33—35°F
Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Cut-In Temperature
3.3—4.4°C 38—40°F
Specification Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch—Cut-Out Temperature............................................................................0.5—1.7°C 33—35°F
4. Increase temperature of solution. When cut-in temperature specification is reached or exceeded, meter reading should be 24 volts.
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05791A Digital Multimeter
1. Apply 24 volts to pin A and ground to pin C on the freeze control switch connector. 2. Using a multimeter, measure voltage at pin B; make sure negative lead is grounded. If temperature is above 4.4°C (40°F), meter reading should be 24 volts. 3. Place end of probe into an ice and saltwater solution. When cut-out temperature specification is reached or exceeded, meter reading should be zero volts.
Specification Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch—Cut-In Temperature............................................................................3.3—4.4°C 38—40°F
5. If switch does not operate within specifications, replace switch. JD29379,00001AD -19-15JUL16-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-25-6
082417
PN=1006
Tests
Air Conditioning System Test
8. Start engine and run at specification.
SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
2200 rpm
Auto-Idle Switch Position
OFF
Economy (ECO) Mode Switch Setting
ECO Mode OFF
Auto Fan Reversing Position
OFF
Specification Engine—Speed......................................................................... 2200 rpm Auto-Idle Switch—Position............................................................................... OFF Economy (ECO) Mode Switch—Setting.............................................................. ECO Mode OFF Auto Fan Reversing—Position.......................................................................... OFF
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Thermometer
IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging stations. Do not mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components, or refrigerant oils to avoid air conditioning system contamination. Identify refrigerant before recovering, recycling, and charging system. 1. Prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 9000-01.)
9. Press the blower motor speed switch to turn air conditioner ON. 10. Turn the temperature control/mode switch to maximum cooling position. 11. Turn blower motor speed switch to high. 12. Open cab door and windows. 13. Run machine for at least 5 minutes.
2. Clean the cooling package compartment access door, and fins of hydraulic oil cooler, radiator, condenser, and evaporator to ensure proper air flow.
14. Measure and record air temperature at condenser air inlet and at air ducts in cab. Compare to specifications. Ambient Air Temperature
Expected Air Duct Temperature
22—24°C 72—76°F
18°C 65°F
25—26°C 77—79°F
20°C 68°F
CAUTION: Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, and protective clothing.
27—29°C 81—85°F
21°C 70°F
30—32°C 86—90°F
22°C 72°F
4. Follow refrigerant cautions and proper handling procedures. See R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling. (Group 9031-25.)
33—35°C 92—95°F
24°C 75°F
36—38°C 97—101°F
25°C 78°F
39—40°C 103—104°F
27°C 80°F
41—43°C 106—110°F
28°C 83°F
3. Clean and inspect cab fresh air filter. Replace if necessary. See Replace Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Filters. (Operator’s Manual.)
5. Identify refrigerant type using refrigerant identifier. NOTE: Follow manufacturer's instructions when operating refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. 6. Connect refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. See R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station Installation Procedure. (Group 1830.)
15. Observe low side pressure and high side pressure on gauges. 16. Compare pressures and air duct temperature readings to specifications shown.
7. Open both low and high-pressure valves on refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. Ambient Air Temperature
Low Side Pressure
High Side Pressure
22—24°C 72—76°F
96—116 kPa 0.96—1.16 bar 14—17 psi
1100—1331 kPa 11.00—13.31 bar 159—193 psi
25—26°C 77—79°F
104—126 kPa 1.04—1.26 bar 15—18 psi
1181—1430 kPa 11.81—14.30 bar 171—207 psi
27—29°C 81—85°F
110—134 kPa 1.10—1.34 bar 16—19 psi
1259—1524 kPa 12.59—15.24 bar 183—221 psi
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-25-7
MM12851,00003E7 -19-19FEB15-1/2
082417
PN=1007
Tests Ambient Air Temperature
Low Side Pressure
High Side Pressure
30—32°C 86—90°F
119—144 kPa 1.19—1.44 bar 17—21 psi
1377—1667 kPa 13.77—16.67 bar 200—242 psi
33—35°C 92—95°F
126—153 kPa 1.26—1.53 bar 18—22 psi
1480—1791 kPa 14.80—17.91 bar 215—260 psi
36—38°C 97—101°F
136—165 kPa 1.36—1.65 bar 20—24 psi
1612—1952 kPa 16.12—19.52 bar 234—283 psi
39—40°C 103—104°F
146—177 kPa 1.46—1.77 bar 21—26 psi
1726—2089 kPa 17.26—20.89 bar 250—303 psi
41—43°C 106—110°F
158—191 kPa 1.58—1.91 bar 23—28 psi
1865—2257 kPa 18.65—22.57 bar 270—327 psi
17. If measurements do not meet specifications, diagnose malfunction. See Operating Pressure Diagnostic Chart. (Group 9031-25.) MM12851,00003E7 -19-19FEB15-2/2
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-25-8
082417
PN=1008
Tests
Operating Pressure Diagnostic Chart Condition
Low Side kPa High Side kPa (bar) (psi) (bar) (psi)
Sight Glass
Suction Line
ReceiverDryer
Liquid Line
Discharge Line
Discharge Air
Lack of Refrigerant
Very Low
Very Low
Clear
Slightly Cool
Slightly Warm
Loss of Refrigerant
Low
Low
Bubbles
Cool
Warm to Hot
Warm
Warm to Hot
Slightly Cool
High Side Restriction
Low
Low
Clear
Cool
Cool, Sweating, or Frosting
Cool, Sweating, or Frosting
Hot to Point of Restriction
Slightly Cool
Warm
Warm
Hot
Slightly Cool
Slightly Warm Slightly Warm
Warm
Expansion Valve Closed
Low
Low
Clear
Cold, Sweating, or Frosting Heavily at Valve Outlet
Loose Belt or Compressor Malfunction
High
Low
Clear
Cool
Warm
Warm
Warm
Slightly Cool
Condenser Malfunction
High
High
Clear to Occasional Bubbles
Slightly Cool to Warm
Hot
Hot
Hot
Warm
Refrigerant Contaminated and Air in System
High
High
Bubbles
Warm to Hot
Warm
Warm
Hot
Warm
Warm
Warm
Hot
Slightly Cool
Expansion Valve Open
High
High
Clear
Cold, Sweating, or Frosting Heavily
Plugged Condenser, Overcharge of Refrigerant
Normal
High
Clear
Cool
Warm
Warm
Hot
Slightly Cool
Moisture in System
Normal (may drop)
Normal (may drop)
Clear
Cool
Warm
Warm
Hot
Cool to Warm
Heater Valve Stuck Open
Normal
Normal
Clear
Cool
Warm
Warm
Hot
Warm
Lack of Refrigerant and Air in System
Normal (no drop)
Normal
Occasional Bubbles
Warm to Hot
Warm
Warm
Warm
Slightly Cool
AS79221,0000594 -19-16FEB15-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-25-9
082417
PN=1009
Tests
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9031-25-10
082417
PN=1010
Contents
Section 9900 Dealer Fabricated Tools
Page
Group 99—Dealer Fabricated Tools DFT1369 Pump Control Pilot (PCP) Test Harness.......................................... 9900-99-1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9900-1
082417
PN=1
Contents
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9900-2
082417
PN=2
Group 99
Dealer Fabricated Tools DFT1369 Pump Control Pilot (PCP) Test Harness
3 6
A
1
5
2
4
3
C
1
2
A B C
— — — — BLK RED
RED — BLK
TX1165048 —UN—10JUL14
1 2 3 4 5 6
B
TX1165048 DFT1369 Pump Control Pilot (PCP) Test Harness Wiring Diagram
Materials Required:
• DT06-3S Deutsch® 3-Pin Male Connector • DM04-6P Deutsch® 6-Pin Female Connector • 183 cm (72 in.) 18 gauge Red Wire • 183 cm (72 in.) 18 gauge Black Wire The pump control pilot (PCP) test harness is used with the JDG1932 test harness to provide 5-volt power to the PCP in order to move swash plate to full deflection. 1. Create the wire harness using the following components: TX1165047A —UN—10JUL14
• DT06-3S Deutsch® 3-Pin Male Connector • DM04-6P Deutsch® 6-Pin Female Connector • 183 cm (72 in.) 18 gauge Red Wire • 183 cm (72 in.) 18 gauge Black Wire 2. Load harness connectors as shown in the wiring diagram. 1— DT06-3S Deutsch® 3-Pin Male Connector 2— DM04-6P Deutsch® 6-Pin Female Connector
3— 183 cm (72 in.) DFT1369 Pump Control Pilot (PCP) Test Harness
Deutsch is a trademark of Deutsch Co. JD29379,000026A -19-26APR17-1/1
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9900-99-1
082417
PN=1013
Dealer Fabricated Tools
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
9900-99-2
082417
PN=1014
Index Page Page
A Accumulator Hydraulic, precharge test ............................... 9025-25-3 Adjustment Auxiliary control lever linkage ........................ 9025-20-2 Blade control lever linkage............................. 9025-20-1 Adjustments Decelerator-brake pedal adjustment ............................................................. 9015-20-3 John deere engine ...................9010-15-1, 9010-20-1, 9010-25-1 Transmission control lever (TCL), adjustment.................................................... 9015-20-4 After machine repair Diagnostic trouble code deletion.................... 9015-15-9 Aftertreatment harness (W8) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-27 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-29 Air conditioner Freeze control switch test .............................. 9031-25-6 Operating pressure diagnostic chart ............................................................. 9031-25-9 Operational checks ........................................ 9031-25-2 Air conditioner and heater Component location ....................................... 9031-10-1 Air conditioner and heater circuits Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-69 Air conditioner check ....................................... 9005-10-42 Air conditioner circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-69 Air conditioner compressor clutch Test ................................................................ 9031-25-3 Air conditioning Binary pressure switch test ............................ 9031-25-5 Hoses and tubing inspection.......................... 9031-25-4 R134a oil charge capacity.............................. 9031-25-1 R134a Refrigerant charge capacity ............... 9031-25-1 R134a system test ......................................... 9031-25-7 Refrigerant cautions and proper handling........................................................ 9031-25-1 Refrigerant charge capacity ........................... 9031-25-1 Refrigerant leak test....................................... 9031-25-4 System cycle of operation.............................. 9031-05-1 Air filter restriction Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-27 Air seat motor circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-74 Alternator Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-25 Test procedure ............................................. 9015-25-15 Attachments Adding safely ............................................... 9000-01-11 Operating safely........................................... 9000-01-11 Auto shutdown Check............................................................. 9010-25-6 Auxiliary control lever linkage adjustment ....................................................... 9025-20-2
B Backover Accidents ........................................... 9000-01-9 Battery check..................................................... 9005-10-9 Battery disconnect switch check........................ 9005-10-8 BCJ DTCs.............................................................. 9001-70-1 Belt Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-5 Blade Control lever check ...................................... 9005-10-40 Hydraulic controls check .............................. 9005-10-38 Blade control joystick (BCJ) Diagnostic trouble codes................................ 9001-70-1 Blade control lever linkage adjustment................................................................. 9025-20-1 Brake Decelerator-brake pedal adjustment ............................................................. 9015-20-3 Park brake, test............................................ 9026-25-34 Releasing park brake to tow the machine........................................................ 9026-25-4 Brake pedal check ........................................... 9005-10-33
C Cab door Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-8 Cab interior light Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-20 Cab roof harness (W24) Component location ................................... 9015-10-132 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-135 Calibration Hydraulic valve controller (HVC).................... 9015-20-2 Transmission control unit (TCU) .................... 9015-20-1 Calibration malfunctions TCU.............................................................. 9026-15-16 CAN circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-11 Canopy roof harness (W25) Component location ................................... 9015-10-137 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-139 Charge capacity R134a oil........................................................ 9031-25-1 Charge circuit Theory of operation........................................ 9015-05-1 Charge pressure sensor Test .............................................................. 9026-25-27 Charge pump Operation ..................................................... 9026-05-10 Check Auto shutdown ............................................... 9010-25-6 Engine idle speeds......................................... 9010-25-6 Engine idle speeds and auto shutdown...................................................... 9010-25-6 Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
Index-1
082417
PN=1
Index
Page
Page
Circuit relief valve Adjustment ..................................................... 9025-25-6 Test ................................................................ 9025-25-6 Cleaning Service filter ................................................... 9010-20-1 Cold start aid system Theory of operation........................................ 9010-05-1 Component location Aftertreatment harness (W8)........................ 9015-10-27 Air conditioner and heater.............................. 9031-10-1 Cab roof harness (W24)............................. 9015-10-132 Canopy roof harness (W25)....................... 9015-10-137 Condenser harness (W28)......................... 9015-10-143 Cooling package harness (W10).................. 9015-10-35 Cooling sytem ................................................ 9010-10-1 Dome light harness (W30) ......................... 9015-10-145 Engine auxiliary harness (W9) ..................... 9015-10-31 Engine cooling system ................................... 9010-10-1 Engine fuel system......................................... 9010-10-5 Engine harness (W32) ............................... 9015-10-149 Engine intake and exhaust............................. 9010-10-9 Exhaust .......................................................... 9010-10-9 Fan harness (W11) ...................................... 9015-10-37 Front dash harness (W22) ......................... 9015-10-125 Fuel injector harness (W33)....................... 9015-10-159 Fuel sender harness (W44) ....................... 9015-10-168 Fuel system.................................................... 9010-10-5 Glow plug harnesses (W34, W35, and W36)......................................................... 9015-10-163 Heater and air conditioner harness (W27) ....................................................... 9015-10-141 Hydraulic ..................................9025-10-30, 9025-10-34 Hydraulic oil filter harness (W45) ............... 9015-10-169 Hydrostatic system......................................... 9026-10-5 IGC contoller-reciever harness (W40 and W41)............................................................. 9015-18-6 IGC display unit harness (W42) ..................... 9015-18-9 IGC grille harness (W43) ............................. 9015-18-11 Information ..................................................... 9015-10-1 Intake ............................................................. 9010-10-9 JDLink™ harnesses (W6002 and W6003)..................................................... 9015-10-173 Left console harness (W23) ....................... 9015-10-129 Load center (IGC controls) harness (W19) ....................................................... 9015-10-103 Load center harness (W18) ......................... 9015-10-92 Main hydrauilic .........................9025-10-30, 9025-10-34 Master legend .............................................. 9015-10-12 Operator's station (IGC controls) harness .................................................... 9015-10-114 Operator's station (IGC controls) harness (W21) ....................................................... 9015-10-114 Operator's station harness (W20) .............. 9015-10-108 Power outlet harness (W31) ...................... 9015-10-146 Radio auxiliary harness (W26)................... 9015-10-141 Radio USB harness (W39)......................... 9015-10-167 Rear service (IGC controls) harness (W15) ......................................................... 9015-10-47
Rear service harness (W14) ........................ 9015-10-39 Ripper .......................................................... 9025-10-37 Ripper hydrauilic .......................................... 9025-10-37 Satellite radio harness (W38)..................... 9015-10-166 Under seat heater harness (W29).............. 9015-10-144 Under seat heater system.............................. 9031-10-4 Vehicle (IGC controls) harness (W17) ......................................................... 9015-10-73 Vehicle harness (W16)................................. 9015-10-55 Winch ready ................................................. 9025-10-39 Compressor clutch Air conditioner, test ........................................ 9031-25-3 Condenser harness (W28) Component location ................................... 9015-10-143 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-143 Control valve Hydraulic ......................................9025-05-3, 9025-05-9 Theory of operation......................9025-05-3, 9025-05-9 Control valve operation Integrated grade control................................. 9025-05-9 Controller area network (CAN) circuit Test procedure ............................................... 9015-25-1 Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-11 Controls Transmission control lever (TCL), adjustment.................................................... 9015-20-4 Coolant condition Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-6 Coolant level Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-6 Cooler Hydrostatic oil cooler, bypass operation .................................................... 9026-05-20 Cooling fan Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-19 Operational check ....................9005-10-3, 9005-10-27, 9005-10-28 Cooling package harness (W10) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-35 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-36 Cooling system Service safely............................................... 9000-01-11 Cooling sytem Component location ....................................... 9010-10-1 Cycle time check ............................................. 9005-10-41 Cylinder Hydraulic, leakage test................................... 9025-25-9 Cylinder drift test................................................ 9025-25-8
D Dealer fabricated tool DFT1369 test harness ................................... 9900-99-1 Decelerator mode Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-34 Decelerator/brake pedal check........................ 9005-10-33 DFT1369 Test harness................................................... 9900-99-1 Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
Index-2
082417
PN=2
Index
Page
Page
Diagnose hydraulic system malfunctions Blade float does not work diagnostic procedure ..................................................... 9025-15-4 Function drifts down diagnostic procedure ..................................................... 9025-15-6 Hydraulic functions slow diagnostic procedure ..................................................... 9025-15-1 Hydraulic pump noisy diagnostic procedure ..................................................... 9025-15-3 No hydraulic functions diagnostic procedure ..................................................... 9025-15-1 Oil overheats diagnostic procedure ............... 9025-15-6 One hydraulic function does not work diagnostic procedure.................................... 9025-15-5 Diagnose hydraulic system malfunctionsIGC Blade float does not work diagnostic procedure ................................................... 9025-15-12 Blade response not smooth diagnostic procedure ................................................... 9025-15-16 Function drifts down diagnostic procedure ................................................... 9025-15-14 Hydraulic functions slow diagnostic procedure ................................................... 9025-15-10 Hydraulic power low diagnostic procedure ................................................... 9025-15-13 No hydraulic functions diagnostic procedure ..................................................... 9025-15-9 Oil overheats diagnostic procedure ............. 9025-15-15 One hydraulic function does not work diagnostic procedure.................................. 9025-15-12 Diagnostic connection Service ADVISOR.......................................... 9015-15-1 Diagnostic information Hydrostatic machine full speed malfunctions ................................................. 9026-15-7 Hydrostatic mistrack/index malfunctions.............................................................. 9026-15-5 Hydrostatic overheating malfunctions.............................................................. 9026-15-1 Hydrostatic system component location......................................................... 9026-10-5 Hydrostatic system diagram, neutral with park brake on ............................................. 9026-10-13 Hydrostatic system diagram, reverse (fast speed) ........................................................ 9026-10-21 Hydrostatic system diagram, reverse (slow speed)............................................... 9026-10-17 Hydrostatic system schematic ....................... 9026-10-1 Hydrostatic track malfunctions ..................... 9026-15-14 Hydrostatic, low power malfunctions............................................................ 9026-15-10 John deere engine ...................9010-15-1, 9010-20-1, 9010-25-1 TCU calibration malfunctions ....................... 9026-15-16 Diagnostic test box Sensor circuit check out of range high ............................................9015-17-6, 9015-17-9
Sensor circuit check out of range low............................................ 9015-17-8, 9015-17-11 Setup and functional test ............................... 9015-17-1 Three wire sensor circuit check out of range high .................................................... 9015-17-9 Three wire sensor circuit check out of range low.................................................... 9015-17-11 Two wire sensor circuit check out of range high .............................................................. 9015-17-6 Two wire sensor circuit check out of range low................................................................ 9015-17-8 Diagnostic trouble codes Blade control joystick (BCJ) ........................... 9001-70-1 Engine control unit (ECU) .............................. 9001-10-1 Reading, Service ADVISOR .......................... 9015-15-6 Sealed switch module (SSM)......................... 9001-30-1 Transmission control unit (TCU) .................... 9001-40-1 VC2 ................................................................ 9001-80-1 Vehicle control unit (VCU).............................. 9001-50-1 Vehicle control unit 2 (VC2) ........................... 9001-80-1 Diagnostic Trouble Codes Service ADVISOR.......................................... 9015-15-1 Diagnostic trouble codes (DTC) After machine repair DTC deletion................. 9015-15-9 Intermittent diagnostics .................................. 9015-15-8 Standard display monitor (SDM).................... 9001-20-1 Diagnostics, hydraulic Hydraulic fan does not reach full speed ......................................................... 9025-15-17 Hydraulic fan does not spin.......................... 9025-15-19 Hydraulic fan runs at full speed only............................................................. 9025-15-18 Hydraulic fan will not reverse direction—if equipped .................................................... 9025-15-20 Dome light harness (W30) Component location ................................... 9015-10-145 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-146 Door washer Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-19 Door wiper Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-18 Drive lights Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-12 DTCs BCJ ................................................................ 9001-70-1 Sealed switch module (SSM)......................... 9001-30-1
E ECU circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-21 Electrical Component specifications............................ 9015-15-10 Schematic, wiring diagram, and component location information ................... 9015-10-1 Electrical system Functional schematic ................................... 9015-10-20 Section legend ............................................. 9015-10-20 Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
Index-3
082417
PN=3
Index
Page
Page
Emissions Exhaust, test point ......................................... 9010-25-7 Engine John deere ...............................9010-05-1, 9010-15-1, 9010-20-1, 9010-25-1 Low-pressure fuel pump pressure test ............................................................... 9010-25-1 Theory of operation........................................ 9010-05-1 Engine auxiliary harness (W9) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-31 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-33 Engine control unit (ECU) Diagnostic trouble codes................................ 9001-10-1 Engine control unit (ECU) circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-21 Engine cooling system Component location ....................................... 9010-10-1 Engine fan Operational check ....................9005-10-27, 9005-10-28 Engine fuel system Component location ....................................... 9010-10-5 Engine harness (W32) Component location ................................... 9015-10-149 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-153 Engine idle speeds Check............................................................. 9010-25-6 Engine idle speeds and auto shutdown Check............................................................. 9010-25-6 Engine intake and exhaust Component location ....................................... 9010-10-9 Engine oil Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-4 Engine speed control switch Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-26 Exhaust Component location ....................................... 9010-10-9 Emissions test point ....................................... 9010-25-7 Exhaust aftertreatment circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-91 Exhaust filter...................................................... 9000-01-5 Standard display monitor (SDM).................... 9015-16-2 Exhaust Filter, Safety Safety, Exhaust Filter ................................... 9000-01-13
Fan speed Test .............................................................. 9025-25-14 Fan system Fan motor, case drain test ........................... 9025-25-15 Fan motor, speed test .................................. 9025-25-14 Fan pump, flow test...................................... 9025-25-17 Filter Hydrostatic filter theory of operation ............................................................. 9026-05-12 Fire prevention................................................... 9000-01-4 Flow chart Transmission control circuit operation (flow chart) ................................................... 9026-05-2 Fluid sample Procedure ...................................................... 9010-25-2 Flushing procedure Hydrostatic pump ........................................... 9026-25-7 Hydrostatic pump flushing procedure .............................................................. 9026-25-7 Flushing valve Operation ..................................................... 9026-05-19 FNR joystick Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-32 Front dash harness (W22) Component location ................................... 9015-10-125 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-127 Front washer motor Operational checkout ................................... 9005-10-17 Front wiper Operational checkout ................................... 9005-10-14 Fuel cap Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-7 Fuel injector harness (W33) Component location ................................... 9015-10-159 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-161 Fuel pump Low-pressure, pressure test .......................... 9010-25-1 Fuel sender harness (W44) Component location ................................... 9015-10-168 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-169 Fuel system Component location ....................................... 9010-10-5 Fuel water separator Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-5 Functional schematic Electrical system .......................................... 9015-10-20 Fuse and relay Specifications............................................... 9015-10-10 Fuse block Specifications............................................... 9015-10-10
F Fan Component location ..................................... 9025-10-22 Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-3 Fan harness (W11) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-37 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-38 Fan motor Case drain test............................................. 9025-25-15 Speed test.................................................... 9025-25-14 Fan pump Flow test....................................................... 9025-25-17
G Glow plug Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-20 Glow plug harnesses (W34, W35, and W36) Component location ................................... 9015-10-163 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-165 Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
Index-4
082417
PN=4
Index
Page
Page
Grouser wear Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-1
Operation ....................................................... 9025-05-1 Hydraulic reservoir Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-16 Hydraulic system Accumulator, precharge test .......................... 9025-25-3 Circuit relief valve, adjustment ....................... 9025-25-6 Circuit relief valve, test................................... 9025-25-6 Cylinder, leakage test..................................... 9025-25-9 Diagnose IGC malfunctions ........................... 9025-15-9 Diagnose malfunctions................................... 9025-15-1 Line identificcation ....................................... 9025-10-14 Pressure reducing valve, adjustment ........................................................... 9025-25-10 Pressure reducing valve, test....................... 9025-25-10 Pump, flow test ............................................ 9025-25-12 Pump, operation............................................. 9025-05-1 System pressure discharge ........................... 9025-25-2 System relief valve, adjustment ..................... 9025-25-4 System relief valve, test ................................. 9025-25-4 Hydraulic system diagnose malfunctions Hydraulic fan does not reach full speed ......................................................... 9025-15-17 Hydraulic fan does not spin.......................... 9025-15-19 Hydraulic fan runs at full speed only............................................................. 9025-15-18 Hydraulic fan will not reverse direction...................................................... 9025-15-20 Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) Calibration...................................................... 9015-20-2 Hydrostatic Flushing valve and operating charge relief valve, operation.......................................... 9026-05-19 Motor, operation ........................................... 9026-05-15 Hydrostatic motor Efficiency test............................................... 9026-25-16 Initial start-up procedure ................................ 9026-25-6 Min./max. angle servo piston pressure test ............................................................. 9026-25-30 Motor shift solenoid valve adjustment ........................................................... 9026-25-28 Hydrostatic pump Efficiency test............................................... 9026-25-16 Flushing procedure ........................................ 9026-25-7 Initial start-up procedure ................................ 9026-25-6 Operation ....................................................... 9026-05-4 Servo pressure test...................................... 9026-25-23 Hydrostatic system Charge pressure sensor test........................ 9026-25-27 Charge pump flow test ................................. 9026-25-25 Charge pump, operation .............................. 9026-05-10 Component location ....................................... 9026-10-5 Decelerator-brake pedal adjustment ............................................................. 9015-20-3 Hydrostatic filter operation ........................... 9026-05-12 Hydrostatic motor, min./max. angle servo piston pressure test.................................... 9026-25-30 Hydrostatic Oil Sampling..........9025-25-1, 9026-25-3
H Hand launcher Ultra Clean® ................................9025-25-1, 9026-25-1 Harness Test .............................................................. 9015-25-16 Harness, test DFT1369 ........................................................ 9900-99-1 Heater Operational checks ........................................ 9031-25-2 Heater and air conditioner harness (W27) Component location ................................... 9015-10-141 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-142 Heater blower motor check........9005-10-42, 9005-10-43 Heater circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-69 Heater hoses and clamps Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-6 High/low pressure switch Test ................................................................ 9031-25-5 Horn check ........................................................ 9005-10-9 Hoses and tubing inspection Air conditioning .............................................. 9031-25-4 Hydraulic Accumulators discharge................................. 9025-25-2 Component location .................9025-10-30, 9025-10-34 Line identification .....................9025-10-14, 9025-10-18 Schematic ...................................................... 9025-10-6 System operation ........................................... 9025-05-1 Theory of operation......................9025-05-3, 9025-05-9 Hydraulic components IGC............................................................... 9025-10-34 Hydraulic control lever check........................... 9005-10-40 Hydraulic controls check.................................. 9005-10-38 Hydraulic cylinder Leakage test .................................................. 9025-25-9 Hydraulic diagram Schematic ...................................................... 9025-10-1 Hydraulic enable solenoid Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-29 Hydraulic fan Component Location.................................... 9025-10-22 Hydraulic fan system Fan motor, case drain test ........................... 9025-25-15 Fan motor, speed test .................................. 9025-25-14 Fan pump, flow test...................................... 9025-25-17 Hydraulic oil filter Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-16 Hydraulic oil filter harness (W45) Component location ................................... 9015-10-169 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-170 Hydraulic oil warm-up procedure....................... 9025-25-1 Hydraulic pump Flow test....................................................... 9025-25-12
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
Index-5
082417
PN=5
Index
Page
Page
Hydrostatic pump and motor initial start-up procedure ..................................................... 9026-25-6 Hydrostatic pump flushing procedure .............................................................. 9026-25-7 Hydrostatic pump, flushing procedure ..................................................... 9026-25-7 Hydrostatic pump, operation .......................... 9026-05-4 Hydrostatic pump, servo pressure test ............................................................. 9026-25-23 Hydrostatic system diagram, neutral with park brake on ............................................. 9026-10-13 Hydrostatic system diagram, reverse (fast speed) ........................................................ 9026-10-21 Line identification ........................................... 9026-10-9 Motor shift solenoid valve, adjustment ........................................................... 9026-25-28 Multi-function valve, operation ....................... 9026-05-8 Multi-function valve, test .............................. 9026-25-13 Neutral charge relief valve, test ................... 9026-25-19 Oil cooler bypass operation ......................... 9026-05-20 Operating charge relief valve, test ............... 9026-25-19 Operation ....................................................... 9026-05-1 Park brake valve operation .......................... 9026-05-14 Park brake, test............................................ 9026-25-34 Pump displacement control valve (PDCV), neutral (null) adjustment............................. 9026-25-21 Pump pressure control pilot (PCP), internal adjustment..................................... 9026-25-11 Pump pressure control pilot (PCP), manual override test..................................... 9026-25-8 Pump pressure control pilot (PCP), operation ...................................................... 9026-05-5 Pump pressure control pilot (PCP), test ............................................................... 9026-25-9 Releasing park brake to tow the machine........................................................ 9026-25-4 Schematic ...................................................... 9026-10-1 System diagram, reverse (slow speed) ........................................................ 9026-10-17 Thermal bypass valve test ........................... 9026-25-32 Transmission control lever (TCL), adjustment.................................................... 9015-20-4 Transmission efficiency test ......................... 9026-25-16 Transmission Oil Warm-up Procedure .............................................................. 9026-25-2 Hydrostatic System Transmission control circuit operation (flow chart) ................................................... 9026-05-2
IGC contoller-reciever harness (W40 and W41) Component location ....................................... 9015-18-6 IGC controller-receiver harness 1 (W40) Wiring diagram............................................... 9015-18-7 IGC controller-reciever harness 2 (W41) Wiring diagram............................................... 9015-18-8 IGC display unit harness (W42) Component location ....................................... 9015-18-9 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-18-10 IGC grille harness (W43) Component location ..................................... 9015-18-11 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-18-12 IGC system Topcon® (factory installation), circuit theory of operation ....................................... 9015-18-4 Topcon® (factory installation), schematic ..................................................... 9015-18-1 Ignition off, engine off Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-1 Indicator light Operational check ....................9005-10-10, 9005-10-23 Intake Component location ....................................... 9010-10-9 Integrated grade control Hydraulic schematic....................................... 9025-10-6 Integrated grade control (IGC) circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-81 Interior light Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-20 Intermittent DTC diagnostics ............................. 9015-15-8
I IGC Component location ..................................... 9025-10-34 Hydraulic line identification .......................... 9025-10-18 IGC circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-81
J JDLink circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-87 JDLink™ harnesses (W6002 and W6003) Component location ................................... 9015-10-173 John deere Engine......................................9010-05-1, 9010-15-1, 9010-20-1, 9010-25-1 John deere engine Adjustments .............................9010-15-1, 9010-20-1, 9010-25-1 Diagnostic information .............9010-15-1, 9010-20-1, 9010-25-1 Tests.......................... 9010-15-1, 9010-20-1, 9010-25-1 JT02156A digital pressure and temperature analyzer Installation...................................................... 9025-25-1
L Left and right door washer Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-19 Left and right door wiper Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-18 Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
Index-6
082417
PN=6
Index
Page
Page
Left console harness (W23) Component location ................................... 9015-10-129 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-130 Legend System functional schematic, wiring diagram, and component location .............. 9015-10-12 Lights, drive Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-12 Lights, work Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-13 Line identification Hydraulic ..................................9025-10-14, 9025-10-18 Hydrostatic system......................................... 9026-10-9 IGC............................................................... 9025-10-18 Linkage adjustment Auxiliary control lever..................................... 9025-20-2 Blade control lever ......................................... 9025-20-1 Load center (IGC controls) harness (W19) Component location ................................... 9015-10-103 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-104 Load center harness (W18) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-92 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-93 Low power malfunctions Hydrostatic ................................................... 9026-15-10
Hydrostatic pump and motor initial start-up procedure ..................................................... 9026-25-7 Hydrostatic, efficiency test ........................... 9026-25-16 Hydrostatic, initial start-up procedure .............................................................. 9026-25-6 Hydrostatic, min./max. angle control piston pressure test.................................... 9026-25-30 Hydrostatic, motor shift solenoid valve adjustment.................................................. 9026-25-28 Hydrostatic, operation .................................. 9026-05-15 Motor shift solenoidl valve Adjustment ................................................... 9026-25-28 Multi-function valve Operation ....................................................... 9026-05-8 Test .............................................................. 9026-25-13
M Machine full speed malfunctions Hydrostatic ..................................................... 9026-15-7 Machine information Standard display monitor (SDM).................... 9015-16-3 Machine modifications Avoid .............................................................. 9000-01-2 Machine setup Standard display monitor (SDM).................... 9015-16-7 Machine,inspect................................................. 9000-01-2 Main hydraulic Component location .................9025-10-30, 9025-10-34 Malfunctions Hydrostatic mistrack/index ............................. 9026-15-5 Low power, hydrostatic ................................ 9026-15-10 Machine full speed, hydrostatic...................... 9026-15-7 Overheating hydrostatic ................................. 9026-15-1 TCU calibration ............................................ 9026-15-16 Tracks .......................................................... 9026-15-14 Master legend Component location ..................................... 9015-10-12 System functional schematic ....................... 9015-10-12 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-12 Mistrack/Index malfunctions Hydrostatic ..................................................... 9026-15-5 Modular telematics gateway (MTG) harness (W6002) Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-176 Motor Fan motor, case drain test ........................... 9025-25-15 Fan motor, speed test .................................. 9025-25-14
O Oil charge capacity Air conditioning .............................................. 9031-25-1 Oil cooler Hydrostatic, oil cooler bypass operation .................................................... 9026-05-20 Operating charge relief valve Operation ..................................................... 9026-05-19 Test .............................................................. 9026-25-19 Operating pressure diagnostic chart Air conditioner ................................................ 9031-25-9 Operation Flushing Valve.............................................. 9026-05-19 Hydrostatic motor......................................... 9026-05-15 Operating charge relief valve ....................... 9026-05-19 Operation qualification....................................... 9000-01-1 Operational checkout......................................... 9005-10-1 Operational checks Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) check............................................................ 9005-10-1 Ignition on, engine off..................................... 9005-10-8 Ignition on, engine on................................... 9005-10-20 Operator's station (IGC controls) harness Component location ................................... 9015-10-114 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-117 Operator's station (IGC controls) harness (W21) Component location ................................... 9015-10-114 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-117 Operator's station harness (W20) Component location ................................... 9015-10-108 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-110 Overheating malfunctions Hydrostatic ..................................................... 9026-15-1
P Park and Prepare for Service Safely Park and prepare for service safely ............. 9000-01-11
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
Index-7
082417
PN=7
Index
Page
Page
Park brake Test .............................................................. 9026-25-34 Park brake check............................................. 9005-10-33 Park brake circuit Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-29 Theory of operation........................................ 9015-05-7 Park brake valve Operation ..................................................... 9026-05-14 Test .............................................................. 9026-25-34 Park brake valve leakage check...................... 9005-10-30 Park lock lever switch Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-24 Parts, moving Stay clear ....................................................... 9000-01-2 PCP valve Internal adjustment ...................................... 9026-25-11 Manual override test ...................................... 9026-25-8 Operation ....................................................... 9026-05-5 Test ................................................................ 9026-25-9 PDCV Neutral (null) adjustment.............................. 9026-25-21 Pins, metal Drive safely .................................................. 9000-01-12 Piston Hydrostatic motor servo, min./max. angle pressure test .............................................. 9026-25-30 Power outlet harness (W31) Component location ................................... 9015-10-146 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-147 Pressure reducing valve Adjustment ................................................... 9025-25-10 Test .............................................................. 9025-25-10 Pump Charge pump flow test ................................. 9026-25-25 Charge pump, operation .............................. 9026-05-10 Fan pump, flow test...................................... 9025-25-17 Hydraulic, flow test....................................... 9025-25-12 Hydraulic, operation ....................................... 9025-05-1 Hydrostatic pump flushing procedure .............................................................. 9026-25-7 Hydrostatic, efficiency test ........................... 9026-25-16 Hydrostatic, flushing procedure ..................... 9026-25-7 Hydrostatic, initial start-up procedure .............................................................. 9026-25-6 Hydrostatic, operation .................................... 9026-05-4 Hydrostatic, servo pressure test .................. 9026-25-23 Low-pressure fuel, pressure test.................... 9010-25-1 Pump displacement control valve (PDCV) Neutral (null) adjustment.............................. 9026-25-21 Pump pressure control pilot (PCP) Internal adjustment ...................................... 9026-25-11 Manual override test ...................................... 9026-25-8 Test ................................................................ 9026-25-9 Pupmp pressure control pilot (PCP) Operation ....................................................... 9026-05-5
R R134a air conditioning System test .................................................... 9031-25-7 R134a oil charge capacity Air conditioning .............................................. 9031-25-1 R134a refrigerant charge capacity Air conditioning .............................................. 9031-25-1 Radiator hoses and clamps Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-6 Radio auxiliary harness (W26) Component location ................................... 9015-10-141 Radio circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-77 Radio USB harness (W39) Component location ................................... 9015-10-167 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-167 Reading diagnostic trouble codes Service ADVISOR.......................................... 9015-15-6 Rear service (IGC controls) harness (W15) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-47 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-49 Rear service harness (W14) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-39 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-41 Rear washer motor Operational checkout ................................... 9005-10-17 Rear wiper Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-16 Recognize Safety, information ......................................... 9000-01-1 Reducing valve Pressure reducing, adjustment .................... 9025-25-10 Pressure reducing, test ................................ 9025-25-10 Refrigerant cautions and proper handling Air conditioning .............................................. 9031-25-1 Refrigerant leak Test ................................................................ 9031-25-4 Relay Specifications............................................... 9015-10-10 Test .............................................................. 9015-25-16 Relief valve Circuit relief, adjustment ................................ 9025-25-6 Circuit relief, test ............................................ 9025-25-6 Neutral charge relief, test............................. 9026-25-19 Operating charge relief, test......................... 9026-25-19 System relief, adjustment............................... 9025-25-4 System relief, test .......................................... 9025-25-4 Reverse ratio Operational checkout ................................... 9005-10-37 Right door washer Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-19 Right door wiper Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-18 Ripper Component location ..................................... 9025-10-37 Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-23 Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
Index-8
082417
PN=8
Index
Page
Page
Ripper hydraulic Component location ..................................... 9025-10-37 ROPS Inspect ......................................................... 9000-01-10 Maintain ....................................................... 9000-01-10
System functional schematic (IGC).............. 9015-10-24 Sensor Charge pressure, test .................................. 9026-25-27 Sensor circuit check out of range high Diagnostic test box.......................9015-17-6, 9015-17-9 Sensor circuit check out of range low Diagnostic test box..................... 9015-17-8, 9015-17-11 Serpentine belt Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-5 Service ADVISOR Connection procedure.................................... 9015-15-1 Overview ........................................................ 9015-15-1 Reading diagnostic trouble codes.................. 9015-15-6 Service advisor remote Using.............................................................. 9015-15-3 Service filter Cleaning......................................................... 9010-20-1 Service mode Standard display monitor (SDM).................... 9015-16-1 Servo piston Hydrostatic motor, min./max. angle pressure test .............................................. 9026-25-30 Setup and functional test Diagnostic test box......................................... 9015-17-1 Software delivery Standard display monitor (SDM).................... 9015-16-6 Specifications Electrical components.................................. 9015-15-10 Fuse and relay ............................................. 9015-10-10 Fuse block.................................................... 9015-10-10 Relay............................................................ 9015-10-10 Sprocket wear Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-2 SSM Diagnostic trouble codes................................ 9001-30-1 Standard display monitor (SDM) Diagnostic trouble codes (DTC)..................... 9001-20-1 Exhaust filter .................................................. 9015-16-2 Machine information....................................... 9015-16-3 Machine setup................................................ 9015-16-7 Service mode ................................................. 9015-16-1 Software delivery ........................................... 9015-16-6 Transmission control unit (TCU) diagnostics ................................................... 9015-16-5 Standard display monitor (SDM) circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-37 Start and charge circuits Theory of operation........................................ 9015-05-1 Start circuit Theory of operation........................................ 9015-05-1 Start-up procedure Hydrostatic pump and motor initial start-up ......................................................... 9026-25-6 Steps Use correctly Handholds .................................................. 9000-01-6 Switch Binary pressure, test ...................................... 9031-25-5
S Safety Add cab guarding for special uses............................................9000-01-1, 9000-01-6 Avoid machine tip over................................. 9000-01-10 Clean debris from machine ............................ 9000-01-6 Keep riders off machine ................................. 9000-01-8 Operator's seat .............................................. 9000-01-7 Prevent unintended machine movement .................................................... 9000-01-7 Protective equipment ..................................... 9000-01-2 Safety, high-pressure fluids Avoid high-pressure fluids.............................. 9000-01-3 Safety, information Recognize ...................................................... 9000-01-1 Sample Fluid, procedure ............................................. 9010-25-2 Satellite (SAT) harness (W6003) Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-177 Satellite radio harness (W38) Component location ................................... 9015-10-166 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-167 Satellite radio harness (W47) Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-171 Schematic Hydraulic ........................................................ 9025-10-1 Hydrostatic system......................................... 9026-10-1 Hydrostatic system diagram, neutral with park brake on ............................................. 9026-10-13 Hydrostatic system diagram, reverse (fast speed) ........................................................ 9026-10-21 Hydrostatic system diagram, reverse (slow speed)............................................... 9026-10-17 Information ...................................9015-10-1, 9015-10-7 Integrated grade control................................. 9025-10-6 Symbols, electrical ......................................... 9015-10-7 SDM circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-37 Sealed switch module (SSM) Diagnostic trouble codes................................ 9001-30-1 Seat belt Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-7 Seat control Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-11 Seat heater and air seat motor circuits Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-74 Seat heater circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-74 Section legend Electrical section .......................................... 9015-10-20 System functional schematic ....................... 9015-10-20
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
Index-9
082417
PN=9
Index
Page
Page
Symbols Schematic, electrical ...................................... 9015-10-7 System cycle of operation Air conditioning .............................................. 9031-05-1 System functional schematic Information ..................................................... 9015-10-1 Master legend .............................................. 9015-10-12 Section legend ............................................. 9015-10-20 System functional schematic (IGC) Section legend ............................................. 9015-10-24 System functional schematic, wiring diagram, and component location Legend ......................................................... 9015-10-12 System relief valve Adjustment ..................................................... 9025-25-4 Test ................................................................ 9025-25-4
Hydrostatic system, hydrostatic filter operation .................................................... 9026-05-12 IGC circuit .................................................... 9015-05-81 Integrated grade control (IGC) circuit.......................................................... 9015-05-81 JDLink circuit................................................ 9015-05-87 Oil cooler bypass operation ......................... 9026-05-20 Park brake circuit ........................................... 9015-05-7 Park brake valve operation .......................... 9026-05-14 Radio circuit ................................................. 9015-05-77 SDM circuit................................................... 9015-05-37 Seat heater and air seat motor circuits ........................................................ 9015-05-74 Seat heater circuit ........................................ 9015-05-74 Standard display monitor (SDM) circuit.......................................................... 9015-05-37 Start and charge circuits ................................ 9015-05-1 Start circuit ..................................................... 9015-05-1 Thermal Bypass Valve ................................. 9026-05-20 Transmission control circuit operation (flow chart) ................................................... 9026-05-2 Transmission control unit (TCU) circuit.......................................................... 9015-05-56 VCU circuit ................................................... 9015-05-42 Vehicle control unit (VCU) circuit ................. 9015-05-42 Thermal bypass valve Hydrostatic system, operation...................... 9026-05-20 Three wire sensor circuit check out of range high Diagnostic test box......................................... 9015-17-9 Three wire sensor circuit check out of range low Diagnostic test box....................................... 9015-17-11 Topcon® IGC system Circuit theory of operation (factory installation) ................................................... 9015-18-4 Schematic (factory installation) ...................... 9015-18-1 Towing Releasing park brake to tow the machine........................................................ 9026-25-4 Track idler leakage Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-2 Track malfunctions Hydrostatic ................................................... 9026-15-14 Track roller Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-2 Track sag Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-2 Track shoe Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-1 Tracking and maximum speed check .............. 9005-10-36 Transmission Hydrostatic system operation......................... 9026-05-1 Hydrostatic, efficiency test ........................... 9026-25-16 Transmission control circuit operation (flow chart) ................................................... 9026-05-2 Transmission control lever (TCL) check ............................................................. 9005-10-31
T TCU Calibration malfunctions............................... 9026-15-16 TCU calibration malfunctions Hydrostatic ................................................... 9026-15-16 Test Binary pressure switch................................... 9031-25-5 Relay............................................................ 9015-25-16 Test procedure Alternator ..................................................... 9015-25-15 Controller area network (CAN) circuit............................................................ 9015-25-1 Tests Charge pump flow test ................................. 9026-25-25 Hydrostatic oil sampling procedure ..902525-1, 9026-25-3 Hydrostatic pump flushing procedure .............................................................. 9026-25-7 John deere engine ...................9010-15-1, 9010-20-1, 9010-25-1 Releasing park brake to tow the machine........................................................ 9026-25-4 Thermal bypass valve test ........................... 9026-25-32 Transmission Oil Warm-up Procedure .............................................................. 9026-25-2 Theory of operation Air conditioner and heater circuits................ 9015-05-69 Air conditioner circuit.................................... 9015-05-69 Air seat motor circuit .................................... 9015-05-74 CAN circuit ................................................... 9015-05-11 Charge circuit................................................. 9015-05-1 Cold start aid system ..................................... 9010-05-1 Controller area network (CAN) circuit.......................................................... 9015-05-11 ECU circuit ................................................... 9015-05-21 Engine............................................................ 9010-05-1 Engine control unit (ECU) circuit.................. 9015-05-21 Exhaust aftertreatment circuit ...................... 9015-05-91 Heater circuit................................................ 9015-05-69 Hydrostatic System ........................................ 9026-05-1
Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
Index-10
082417
PN=10
Index
Page
Page
Transmission control lever (TCL) speed change Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-32 Transmission control unit (TCU) Calibration...................................................... 9015-20-1 Diagnostic trouble codes................................ 9001-40-1 Transmission control unit (TCU) circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-56 Transmission control unit (TCU) diagnostics Standard display monitor (SDM).................... 9015-16-5 Two wire sensor circuit check out of range high Diagnostic test box......................................... 9015-17-6 Two wire sensor circuit check out of range low Diagnostic test box......................................... 9015-17-8
Pump pressure control pilot (PCP), test ............................................................... 9026-25-9 System relief, adjustment............................... 9025-25-4 System relief, test .......................................... 9025-25-4 Thermal bypass valve test ........................... 9026-25-32 VC2 Diagnostic trouble codes................................ 9001-80-1 VCU circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-42 Vehicle (IGC controls) harness (W17) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-73 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-77 Vehicle control unit (VCU) Diagnostic trouble codes................................ 9001-50-1 Vehicle control unit (VCU) circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-42 Vehicle control unit 2 (VC2) Diagnostic trouble codes................................ 9001-80-1 Vehicle harness (W16) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-55 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-59
U Ultra Clean® Hand launcher..............................9025-25-1, 9026-25-1 Under seat heater harness (W29) Component location ................................... 9015-10-144 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-145 Under seat heater system Component location ....................................... 9031-10-4 Using Service advisor remote .................................. 9015-15-3
V Valve Circuit relief, adjustment ................................ 9025-25-6 Circuit relief, test ............................................ 9025-25-6 Flushing valve, operation ............................. 9026-05-19 Hydrostatic pump displacement control valve (PDCV), neutral (null) adjustment.................................................. 9026-25-21 Motor shift solenoid valve, adjustment ........................................................... 9026-25-28 Multi-function valve, operation ....................... 9026-05-8 Multi-function valve, test .............................. 9026-25-13 Neutral charge relief, test............................. 9026-25-19 Operating charge relief valve, operation .................................................... 9026-05-19 Operating charge relief, test......................... 9026-25-19 Park brake, operation................................... 9026-05-14 Park brake, test............................................ 9026-25-34 Pressure reducing, adjustment .................... 9025-25-10 Pressure reducing, test ................................ 9025-25-10 Pump pressure control pilot (PCP), internal adjustment..................................... 9026-25-11 Pump pressure control pilot (PCP), manual override test..................................... 9026-25-8 Pump pressure control pilot (PCP), operation ...................................................... 9026-05-5
W Washer Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-19 Washer motor Operational checkout ................................... 9005-10-17 Water separator Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-5 Welding repairs................................................ 9000-01-12 Winch component location...................................... 9025-10-39 Hydraulic component location...................... 9025-10-39 Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-25 Window seal Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-8 Wiper Operational check ..................9005-10-14, 9005-10-16, 9005-10-18 Wiper speed Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-15 Wire harness Test .............................................................. 9015-25-16 Wiring diagram Aftertreatment harness (W8)........................ 9015-10-29 Cab roof harness (W24)............................. 9015-10-135 Canopy roof harness (W25)....................... 9015-10-139 Condenser harness (W28)......................... 9015-10-143 Cooling package harness (W10).................. 9015-10-36 Dome light harness (W30) ......................... 9015-10-146 Engine auxiliary harness (W9) ..................... 9015-10-33 Engine harness (W32) ............................... 9015-10-153 Fan harness (W11) ...................................... 9015-10-38 Front dash harness (W22) ......................... 9015-10-127 Fuel injector harness (W33)....................... 9015-10-161 Fuel sender harness (W44) ....................... 9015-10-169 Continued on next page
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
Index-11
082417
PN=11
Index
Page
Page
Glow plug harnesses (W34, W35, and W36)......................................................... 9015-10-165 Heater and air conditioner harness (W27) ....................................................... 9015-10-142 Hydraulic oil filter harness (W45) ............... 9015-10-170 IGC controller-receiver harness 1 (W40) ........................................................... 9015-18-7 IGC controller-reciever harness 2 (W41) ........................................................... 9015-18-8 IGC display unit harness (W42) ................... 9015-18-10 IGC grille harness (W43) ............................. 9015-18-12 Information ..................................................... 9015-10-1 Left console harness (W23) ....................... 9015-10-130 Load center (IGC controls) harness (W19) ....................................................... 9015-10-104 Load center harness (W18) ......................... 9015-10-93 Master legend .............................................. 9015-10-12 Modular telematics gateway (MTG) harness (W6002)...................................... 9015-10-176
Operator's station (IGC controls) harness .................................................... 9015-10-117 Operator's station (IGC controls) harness (W21) ....................................................... 9015-10-117 Operator's station harness (W20) .............. 9015-10-110 Power outlet harness (W31) ...................... 9015-10-147 Radio USB harness (W39)......................... 9015-10-167 Rear service (IGC controls) harness (W15) ......................................................... 9015-10-49 Rear service harness (W14) ........................ 9015-10-41 Satellite (SAT) harness (W6003) ............... 9015-10-177 Satellite radio harness (W38)..................... 9015-10-167 Satellite radio harness (W47)..................... 9015-10-171 Under seat heater harness (W29).............. 9015-10-145 Vehicle (IGC controls) harness (W17) ......................................................... 9015-10-77 Vehicle harness (W16)................................. 9015-10-59 Work lights Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-13
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
Index-12
082417
PN=12
Index
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
Index-13
082417
PN=13
Index
TM13356X19 (24AUG17)
Index-14
082417
PN=14